Demetrius

8 October · commentary

ON ST. DEMETRIUS, MARTYR, AT THESSALONICA IN MACEDONIA,

About the year 306.

PRELIMINARY COMMENTARY.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

BY C. B.

§ I. The manifold writings found concerning St. Demetrius, chiefly Greek, are reviewed.

That this holy Martyr, whom the Greeks call μεγαλομάρτυρα, that is, great martyr, and commonly adorn with many most honourable titles, The Saint's veneration among the Greeks is shown by the manifold to be mentioned below in their place, enjoyed among them a quite signal veneration as well as celebrity of name, is shown more than enough even by the manifold ancient Greek writings of various kinds alone which are found today in the cases of libraries, and have in part also come into our hands, namely sermons or homilies, panegyrical orations or encomia, and other Opuscula, in which either St. Demetrius himself is celebrated, or the martyrdom which he underwent is set forth, or finally the miracles which he wrought in great number are narrated. That this may become plain, and that at the same time I may inform the studious reader, from the very beginning of the Commentary, in which not a few of these will either have to be weighed or will at least be of some use, what and of what kind are the literary monuments of the Saint that survive today, I review in the present § all and each of those writings of which I have been able to acquire any knowledge whatever, intending to set out in the following one which of these are to be published, and to add also what either plainly reveals, or at least makes easy to gather, how much credit or authority each, and above all those which I shall say are to be put into print, possesses. I begin with the Opuscula or compositions in which either the Saint himself or the miracles which he wrought are celebrated.

[2] Leo Allatius, On the writings of the Simeons, at pages 85, 94, 96, 97, 102, 103, 105 and 107, reviews ten different such compositions, writings found concerning him in Greek. These, of which the first has as author Philotheus, patriarch of Constantinople, the second Demetrius Chrysoloras, the third, fourth and seventh the emperor Leo, surnamed the Wise, the fifth an anonymous author, the sixth John Stauracius, chartophylax of Thessalonica, the eighth John, bishop of Thessalonica, the ninth Gregory the deacon, and finally the tenth Nicholas Cabasilas. Fabricius in the Bibliotheca Graeca, to these, also enumerated by himself in the same work, volume 6, page 521 and following, and volume 9, page 71 and following, adds besides four other compositions of the same kind, of which the first was composed by Gregory Palamas, archbishop of Thessalonica, the second by Nicetas, likewise archbishop of Thessalonica, and the third and fourth by anonymous authors, in the latter of the two volumes just mentioned, at the page likewise just cited and following. And indeed Leo Allatius and Fabricius agree exactly in assigning authors to the compositions which both review; but both the one which begins Μαριανός

τις

ἀνὴρ

τῶν

ἐν

γένει, the third of the last four compositions which Fabricius alone reviews, and the one which begins Καιρὸς

δὲ

λοιπὸν, the fifth of the first ten compositions which both he and Allatius record, are wrongly ascribed to an anonymous author: for each constitutes only a part of the eighth of the same ten compositions, which begins with these words, Παντὸς

ἔργουτε

καὶ

λόγου, and which has John of Thessalonica as author.

[3] of which one, ascribed to John of Thessalonica in the list of the Mazarin codex, Besides, there will perhaps be someone in whom manuscript MDXVII, which occurs in volume 2 of the manuscript codices of the Royal Library of Paris, published in print in the year 1740, and is wholly about St. Demetrius, will raise a doubt whether the third of the same first ten compositions, which begins with these words, Ἔφη

ὁ

Σωτήριος

λόγος, and which both cited writers attribute to the emperor Leo the Wise, truly has him as author; a parchment codex, as it appears, of the twelfth century, or rather the list of the compositions contained in this codex, formerly Mazarin's, supplied in the same place; for this runs thus: In which (namely the Greek parchment codex, formerly Mazarin's) are contained: 1. The martyrdom of Demetrius. It begins Μαξιμιανὸς,

ὁ

καὶ

Ἑρκούλιος. 2. His Life and miracles, by John, archbishop of Thessalonica. 3. A Homily of the same John, when a church in the palace was consecrated to St. Demetrius. It begins Ἔφη

ὁ

Σωτήριος

λόγος. 4. A history of the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius. It begins: Ἄλλοι

μὲν

ἄλλα

τῶν

τοῦ

μεγαλομάρτυρος. 5. A Homily of John, bishop of Thessalonica, in praise of St. Demetrius. It begins Μνήμην

δικαίον (rather δικαίων)

μετ᾽

ἐγκωμίων. 6. An unpublished Homily of Joseph, archbishop of Thessalonica, in praise of Demetrius. It begins Φαιδρὰ

μὲν

οὖν

ἡ

πανήγυρις. The end is lacking; and thus the said composition, which begins with these words, Ἔφη

ὁ

σωτήριος

λόγος, and is ascribed by Allatius and Fabricius to the emperor Leo, is here expressly attributed to John, archbishop of Thessalonica.

[4] for the reasons adduced here But in the list brought forward there lurks not one error only; and first indeed the composition which in it immediately follows the martyrdom of the Saint, and is mentioned in the second place, is none other than the eighth of the first ten compositions reviewed above; it does not comprise the Life of St. Demetrius together with his miracles, as is indicated in the list, but, together with these, as I learned by turning over the aforesaid codex, formerly Mazarin's, now royal, only a panegyrical oration, which holds in a manner the place of a preface set before the miracles, woven as an elogium in praise of God and of St. Demetrius, with absolutely no particular facts or circumstances brought forward that pertain to his Life or martyrdom; and next, the same composition, which bears at its head the following title, Τοῦ

ἁγίου

Ἰωάννου

ἀρχιεπισκόπου

Θεσσαλονίκης

ὕμνος

εἰς

Θεὸν

καὶ

τὸν

πανένδοξον

ἀθλοφόρον

Δημήτριον

ἐν

μερικῆ

διηγήσει

τῶν

θαυμάτων, Of St. John, archbishop of Thessalonica, a praise of God and of the most glorious victor Demetrius, with a particular narration of the miracles, most certainly does not occupy, contrary to what the said list requires, the whole space which in the cited codex, formerly Mazarin's — from which here and there a leaf or two has been cut out, yet without the series of pages being interrupted, since it happened that these were not numbered before that was done — lies between the martyrdom of St. Demetrius beginning with these words, Μαξιμιανὸς,

ὁ

καὶ

Ἑρκούλιος,

and the Homily mentioned in the third place in the adduced list, and runs from page 12 to page 206; or, what comes to the same thing, it does not extend as far as that Homily.

[5] For, as will become evident to one inspecting the very codex in question, is vindicated for the emperor Leo. from page 135, at which it ends, up to page 206 it has yet two other Opuscula subjoined to it, of which the one, destitute at its head of both title and author's name, sets forth six different miracles of St. Demetrius from page 135 to 205, and the other, destitute not only of title and author's name but also, because a leaf has been cut out after page 205, mutilated at the beginning, comprises from page 205 to page 206 a certain exhortation to celebrate the feast of St. Demetrius with spiritual rather than bodily joy; and only then follows the Homily of whose author we are disputing here. Now, since this is so, and this Homily has prefixed to it the following title, Τοῦ

αὐτοῦ

Ὁμιλία,

ὅτε

τῶ

ἀοιδίμω

τῆς

εὐσεβείας

ἀγωνιστῆ,

καὶ

τὰ

οὐράνια

περιπολοῦντι

ἀνάκτορα

Δημητρίω

ὁ

οἶκος

ἐν

τοῖς

βασιλείοις

ἀνιερώθη, A Homily of the same, when a church in the palace was consecrated to Demetrius, the celebrated champion of piety, who occupies the heavenly court, there was assuredly no reason why he who drew up the list of the Opuscula contained in the said manuscript codex on St. Demetrius should ascribe this little composition, which runs only from page 206 to page 208, to John, archbishop of Thessalonica. Indeed, since the same little composition, as is clear from the title which it bears, already given, was undoubtedly composed by the same author as the Opusculum which immediately precedes it, and nothing at all

stands in the way of this, as being destitute of the author's name in the aforesaid codex according to what has been said, being attributed to Leo the Wise, it appears to me assuredly most probable, not to say beyond doubt, that this too was composed by that illustrious writer to whom it is ascribed by Allatius and Fabricius, so that in the list, already mentioned more than once, it is wrongly marked with the name of John, archbishop of Thessalonica.

[6] But even if this is so, in the same list indeed the Homily, or rather, as it is inscribed in the title which it bears, the Encomium into the open composed in praise of St. Demetrius, which immediately follows another composition of an anonymous author on the miracles of St. Demetrius, beginning with these words Ἄλλοι

μὲν

ἄλλα

and extending from page 208 to page 226, and which runs from page 226 to page 247 verso, is rightly ascribed to John, archbishop of Thessalonica, as is also to Joseph, likewise archbishop of Thessalonica, another encomium of the Saint, which is immediately subjoined to the encomium just mentioned, and which, being mutilated at the end, extends only from page 247 verso to page 253 verso, the last of the codex so very often cited, from which some leaves have here been cut out. And thus at the same time we have from this same codex three other compositions besides, which celebrate either the Saint himself or the miracles wrought by him, and which still remained to be reviewed here, to be added to those enumerated above. Next it is that we now also review the Opuscula in which either the Life or the martyrdom of St. Demetrius is set forth. Allatius, On the Writings of the Simeons, reviews at page 123 and page 126 two different ones, each of which he inscribes the martyrdom of St. Demetrius. The first, which he reports among the Lives of the Saints not written by Metaphrastes, has for its beginning these words Ὅτε

Μαξιμῖνος

ὁ

βασιλεὺς

ἐν

τῇ

Θεσσαλονικέων

διῆγε

πόλει; and the second, which he reckons among the Acts or Lives composed by Metaphrastes, has for its beginning the following, Εἶχε

μὲν

τὰ

Ρωμαίων

σκῆπτρα

Μαξιμιανος

ὁ

Ἑρκούλιος.

[7] are brought forward, And this latter composition indeed, which, first turned into the Latin tongue by Lipomano, was inserted in the sixth volume of the Lives given Latin dress by him, at the 26th day of October, sacred to St. Demetrius among the Greeks, Surius afterwards brought into the collection of Lives which he compiled, with absolutely no change introduced into Lipomano's interpretation, at the 8th day of October, dedicated to the same Saint among the Latins; and our Bollandus, at the request and with the funds of Lorenzo Cocchi, in the year 1635 had it printed in the Meursius press, recensed anew from the Greek Medicean copy of the Library of the Most Christian king, in Greek and Latin together, in a separate Opusculum, of which one copy exists in my possession; and as regards the former, I think this is the very one which, given Latin dress by Anastasius the librarian and then inserted into many manuscript books and others, begins with these words: When the emperor Maximian was staying in the city of the Thessalonians. This opinion holds, because thus the beginning of both is one and the same. Nor does it matter that in Greek in Allatius Μαξιμῖνος, in Latin in Anastasius Maximian, is written. For besides that in Greek Μαξιμῖνος is not seldom found written for Μαξιμιανὸς, or the contrary, Fabricius, in volume 9 of the Bibliotheca Graeca, page 72, cites the Greek copy, existing in manuscript in the Coislin library, of the Life or Passion of St. Demetrius rendered into Latin by Anastasius the librarian, in which not Μαξιμῖνος but Μαξιμιανὸς is uttered. Nor is this name written otherwise in another Greek Passion of Demetrius, presented by Photius in the Bibliotheca, codex 255, which agrees exactly with the Anastasian composition both in substance and in almost all circumstances, although very different from it in words. Besides, in absolutely all the Latin copies of the Life translated by Anastasius which I have been permitted to see, Maximian, not Maximin, is written.

[8] or are reviewed. But enough of this matter already. Besides the two, or rather three, Greek Lives or Passions of the Saint, that one namely being counted which I have just pointed out is presented by Photius, yet another Greek one likewise, beginning with these words, Μαξιμιανὸς

ὁ

καὶ

Ἑρκούλιος

ὑποτάξας

Γοτθούς, is cited by Fabricius in volume 9 of the Bibliotheca Graeca, page 72, who there also reviews the two former already mentioned from Allatius, and the same is presented entire in the codex formerly Mazarin's, cited more than once above, from page 1 to page 10 verso, as also in our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, from page 38 to page 42. For the rest, so that for brevity's sake I may pass over the more contracted elogia of the Saint, which are to be either transcribed or at least mentioned only in the course of the Commentary, if they contain anything worthy of note, there is yet to be added to the Greek Lives of Demetrius already enumerated a more prolix Latin Life, or rather a paraphrase of the Greek Life which I reviewed in the former place, and of the other which I reviewed in the latter, brought into the Legend of the holy patrons of Poland, Hungary, Bohemia, Moravia, Prussia and Silesia, compiled by Jan Longinus, otherwise Długosz, about the year 1470, as a manuscript note prefixed to it teaches, and printed at Cracow only in the year 1511; and presented in abridgement by Pelbart of Temesvár, who flourished in the Order of Minors as the fifteenth century was growing old, in the Pomerium of Sermons on the Saints, part 2, Sermon 79. And thus I have now reviewed the writings which treat of St. Demetrius, and which I had resolved to review here; what credence each merits, and at the same time which of them are to be published, I shall set out in the following §, beginning with the Lives or Passions.

§ II. Which of the writings reviewed in the preceding § are to be published, and of what credit or authority each is.

[Whatever, as regards the various Lives of the Saint, and namely the Metaphrastic,] The composition reviewed last in the preceding § is assuredly such that, having been originally written only by a more recent author — whether he be meanwhile Długosz himself, or, as I rather think more probable, another distinct from him — and adorned with various circumstances which you would not find elsewhere, or rather with fictions which are grounded in absolutely no sufficiently ancient monument, it is of very slight credit, and therefore, although it will have to be cited from time to time in this Commentary, especially when it furnishes things to be confuted, and partly also to be transcribed, yet it does not merit to be reprinted entire in print, and in fact will not be reprinted: and as regards now the Greek Lives or Passions, the one which is ascribed to Metaphrastes by Allatius in the place cited above, and is in fact the offspring of that writer, is now held in slight esteem by absolutely all those skilled in the critical art, and to it both that which was turned from the Greek tongue into Latin by Anastasius the librarian and the other which is supplied by Photius in the Bibliotheca, at the codex cited, are by far preferred, and assuredly not undeservedly: for besides that it attributes to St. Demetrius and to a certain youth named Nestor, whom it also proposes as a martyr, things altogether contrary to the holiness of the Christian faith, as the disputations below on this argument will clearly prove, it also comprises prodigies which, although indeed you would not deservedly reject them on that ground alone, that they are prodigies, yet do not easily find credence among critics, even less severe ones, unless they are known to have been recorded or drawn from authors or monuments either contemporary or nearly contemporary, which as regards the things narrated in the Metaphrastic Life or Passion of the Saint with which we are here concerned certainly has no place; so that indeed Tillemont, in volume V of the Monuments, page 149, rightly pronounces that improbable facts are intermixed with the Metaphrastic Passion or Acts of the Saint. But does the same author also rightly hold these for fictions which were first fabricated in the tenth century either by Metaphrastes himself or by another writer who went before him?

[10] which from the Life by John, archbishop of Thessalonica, For the matter seems to me otherwise; for as regards Metaphrastes in particular, he did not, as our Predecessors long ago learned by experience, and as we ourselves learn daily by the same teacher, bring new prodigies or circumstances unlike the truth into the Acts of the Saints which he polished with his style, but only transcribed and adopted those which he found already committed to writing by others; and so that it may appear whence too those improbable facts which occur in the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint were fabricated by no other writer of the tenth century, I shall now bring forward: John, archbishop of Thessalonica, who, as I shall teach below, flourished in the seventh century, in the panegyrical oration mentioned above, which he sets before the miracles of St. Demetrius written by himself in the manner of a preface, at page 17 (namely of the codex formerly Mazarin's, so often cited already) speaks thus: Ἀλλὰ

τὸ

μὲν

μνησθῆναι

παντῶν

τῶν

θαυμασίων

αὐτοῦ,

ὧν

ἐποιήσεν,

οὐκ

εὔκολον,

ὅτι

καὶ

ἀδύνατον.

Ἵστε

γὰρ

τὸ

γεγραμμένον

ἐν

τῶ

ὕμνω

τῆς

παμμακαρίστου

αὐτοῦ

ἀθλήσεως,

ὡς

ἑκ

τῶν

λογῶν,

οὐ

μικρῶν

δυνάμεων,

συνθημάτων,

ἱασεώντε

καὶ

Χαρισμάτων

περιβοήτου

γεγενημένης

τῆς

ἐνεργείας

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος.

Οὐκ

ἐκείνα

γοῦν

τὰ

παμπληθῆ

καὶ

παλαιότερα

διηγείσθαι προήρημαι· which words sound thus in Latin: But to remember all the miracles which he (namely St. Demetrius) did is not easy, because it is even impossible. For you know what is written in the praise of the most Blessed one's Passion, since the efficacy of the Martyr, in no mediocre powers, signs, healings and graces, has been made celebrated from discourses. I have therefore not proposed to narrate those very many and older ones.

[11] perhaps formerly held before the eyes, There was therefore, as appears from this text, already from the age of John, archbishop of Thessalonica, or the seventh century, a composition in which not a few miracles wrought by the patronage of St. Demetrius were reviewed. What then if this was that very one whose beginning is Μαξιμιανὸς

ὁ

καὶ

Ἑρκούλιος

ὑποτάξας

Γοτθούς, the Greek Life or Passion of St. Demetrius mentioned above and written by an anonymous author? This assuredly does not appear to me altogether unlike the truth. For this Life or Passion also comprises not a few miracles. Besides, in almost the same words with which, in the text now given, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, speaks of the celebrity of the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius, discourse is also had of it in that one, so that it seems to have lighted the way for John, archbishop of Thessalonica. The very words of the same Life or Passion which bear on this I also transcribe here, with a Latin interpretation added, so that, a comparison of them having been made with the recited words of John of Thessalonica, the studious reader may judge of the matter. They run thus:

Σημείωντε

πολλῶν

καὶ

ἰάσεων

γενομένων

ἐν

τῷ

τόπῳ,

καὶ

θείων

Χαρισμάτων

φοιτούντων

τοῖς

πίστει

προσερχομένοις

ἐν

αὐτῷ

…

περιβοήτου

διὰ

πάσης

Μακεδονίας

καὶ

Θετταλίας

γενομένης

τῆς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

θαυματουργοῦ

ἐνεργείας

…

Λεόντιος

…

τὶς

ἀνὴρ

…

νόσῳ

ἀνιάτω

ληφθεὶς

…

εὐθέως

τῆς

ὑγιείας

ἐπέτυχεν. After many signs and healings had been wrought in the place (namely where the Saint had been committed to the earth), and divine graces had been most frequently conferred on those who approached him with faith, … the efficacy of the Martyr, working miracles, through all Macedonia and Thessaly

had been made celebrated, … Leontius … a certain man … seized with an incurable disease … at once obtained health (namely, placed upon the Saint's tomb). Where these Greek words, περιβοήτου

…

γενομένης

τῆς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

θαυματουργοῦ

ἐνεργείας, are chiefly to be noted, and compared with the likewise Greek words of John of Thessalonica recited above, to which they correspond.

[12] But if, this comparison having been made, you do not yet think that the aforesaid composition of the anonymous author, of which we speak here, lighted the way for this prelate, to have flowed there will still indeed be reason for it to appear that the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint flowed from it. For since all the prodigies and the facts in any way worthy of note — if, however, you except one, of which presently — which occur in the Opusculum of Metaphrastes occur likewise in the composition of the anonymous author, it can hardly be doubted that either the latter flowed from the former or the former from the latter; and the last seems to be established, as what is now to be said will show. It is narrated toward the end of the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint that a certain Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, when he had been animated to confidence by St. Demetrius appearing to him, crossed unharmed in a chariot the Danube, stirred by a stormy tempest and gone out of its channel, the Flood silently retreating and yielding to nods which do not fall under sight; but in the other, composed by the anonymous author, although indeed the apparition of St. Demetrius offered to Leontius is mentioned at the end, yet no mention at all is made of the flood silently retreating and yielding to nods which do not fall under sight by the author of that writing, who nevertheless, as one quite addicted to narrating prodigies, and omitting absolutely none of the others related by Metaphrastes, would not have failed to record that signal and most memorable prodigy if he had had the composition of this writer before his eyes and had woven his own from it. Nor is there ground for replying that a miracle at least, wrought in the crossing of the Ister by Leontius, is indicated by the anonymous author: for even if this is so, yet nothing is had from it from which you might in any way conclude, as would nevertheless be necessary, that Metaphrastes lighted the way for the anonymous author by his composition, and not the latter for him.

[13] That the matter may become manifest, whatever the anonymous author supplies it seems, that bears on this, I present here in Latin. After, therefore, he has narrated that the Danube, when Leontius came to it, had so gone out of its channel that it could not be crossed even by ships, and that St. Demetrius, appearing to Leontius in sleep, had nevertheless commanded him to cross it without hesitation, he presently subjoins concerning Leontius: In the morning, therefore, having mounted his chariot, holding in his hands the venerable reliquary (in which namely the sacred relics of St. Demetrius were contained), he crossed the river unharmed; by which words assuredly it is by no means indicated that the determinate miracle which Metaphrastes relates was wrought in the crossing of the Ister by Leontius, even though that writer meanwhile most probably drew this out of them. For what if Leontius crossed the Danube unharmed, the waters indeed not withdrawing to right and left, as happened to the Israelites crossing the Red Sea, but only not sinking beneath him, as was done to Christ and Peter in Matthew chapter 14? Indeed, even had it been done so, the miracle would be plainly signal, and perhaps the anonymous author meant nothing else to be indicated. But let us grant for the moment that that very miracle which Metaphrastes narrates is indicated by the anonymous author in the recited words; this writer, as one who clearly sets forth all the other miracles related by Metaphrastes, would certainly not have indicated it only obscurely, had he had the latter lighting his way, but would likewise have set it forth clearly, no otherwise than he did; and since he certainly does not do so, the anonymous author surely did not have Metaphrastes lighting his way, but the latter had the former, as I have said, and from him, understood with freer interpretation, built up the determinate miracle by which he relates that Leontius crossed the Ister.

[14] and another, by Anastasius the Librarian And thus too it follows from what has already been said that Metaphrastes assuredly did not himself fabricate the prodigies and improbable facts which he relates in the Life of the Saint composed by him, but most probably received them from the aforesaid anonymous author, who in the Acts of Demetrius composed by himself reviews all the same things, if you except the one already mentioned. But since this is so, were then all those prodigies and improbable facts first fabricated by this later writer? Before I declare what I think of this matter, some things must yet be set forth first concerning the Greek Life or Passion of the Saint mentioned above, turned into the Latin tongue by Anastasius the Librarian. This, which already existed somewhat contracted in Vincent of Beauvais, book 12 of the Speculum Historiale, chapter 150, and in Mombritius, volume 1 of the Lives, Mabillon at length brought entire, with the Prologue set before it by Anastasius and the miracles added at the end, into volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta; and our manuscript codex, which formerly belonged to Cornelius Dayn and is marked ✠ Ms. 84, also presents the same, as do two manuscripts existing in our collections, of which one is noted as taken from the codex of Rouge-Cloître, the other from the Trier codex of St. Maximin, yet so that the last of these lacks both the miracles and the Prologue or dedication of Anastasius made to the emperor Charles, which the abridgements supplied by Vincent of Beauvais and Mombritius also lack, if you except the miracle which is about Marianus.

[15] rendered in Latin in the ninth century Further, Anastasius the Librarian, concerning whom Mabillon in the aforesaid volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 96, may also be consulted, transmitted the said Life or Passion of the Saint, given Latin dress by himself, to the emperor Charles, as the Prologue prefixed to the same Life gives proof; wherefore, since this does not seem to have been another than that very emperor Charles the Bald, first crowned with the imperial diadem at Rome in the year 875 and taken from among the living in the year 877, to whom the same Anastasius (go to Pagi in the Critica at the year 876, number 12) sent in the year 876 the Life of St. Dionysius the Areopagite rendered into Latin by himself, this composition was most probably turned into the Latin tongue by Anastasius not later than this very year, and certainly, since this writer departed from among the living before the year 882, as Muratori teaches in the Preface set before volume three of the Writers of Italian Affairs, it surpasses in antiquity the Life composed by Metaphrastes, a writer only of the tenth century. Nor does it appear to be doubted that it also surpasses in antiquity the other Life of Demetrius mentioned above which, as I have taught, seems to have lighted the way for Metaphrastes. For not only is that Life which lighted the way for Metaphrastes much briefer, but it also does not comprise the prodigies and improbable facts which occur in this one; and that one of two Lives of one and the same Saint which is distinguished by those two characters is customarily held by all students of antiquity and those skilled in the critical art to be not only more genuine than the other but also older.

[16] [and perhaps written already from the sixth century, what is chiefly worth knowing is set forth,] Further, since this is so, and besides the same order, and also almost all the same phrases with which the martyrdom of Demetrius and its course are set forth in that briefer Life or Passion, written by an anonymous author, are likewise kept in the Life composed by another anonymous author which lighted the way for Metaphrastes, this latter was most probably, not to say undoubtedly, adorned from the former, and that indeed in such a way that the anonymous author by whom this was done explained paraphrastically the facts found by him in the said briefer Life or Passion, inserting here and there the prodigies and improbable facts which he narrates in his, as will become evident from a comparison of the two compositions. And these indeed — that I may at length declare what I think of that writer — if he did not fabricate them himself, he most probably received from the faithless rumour of the vulgar or from popular tradition: I now further set out of how great antiquity that briefer Life of our Saint seems to be. If truly, as has perhaps been made out from what has been said, the more prolix composition of the anonymous author which lighted the way for Metaphrastes likewise lighted the way for John, prelate of Thessalonica in the seventh century, the briefer Life or Passion of the Saint of which we speak here, as being older than it, as I have already taught, was written already from the same seventh century, indeed perhaps already from the sixth century or perhaps still earlier. And indeed, since Anastasius the Librarian, a writer of the ninth century, says in the Prologue that he did not then first compose it, but only translated it, already composed, from the Greek tongue into Latin, nothing assuredly seems to hinder its being determined to have been written so early, and it hardly appears to be doubted that it was committed to writing at least before the ninth century.

[17] This briefer composition of the anonymous author, therefore, and at length which of these which besides, although indeed it does not merit undoubted credence because it is not known to have been drawn from contemporary or nearly contemporary writers or monuments, yet comprises absolutely nothing certainly at odds with the truth or even unlike the truth, I shall reprint at the end of the Commentary in the first place, because it is older both than the Life composed by Metaphrastes and than the other which lighted the way for it, from Mabillon's edition, compared with the Rouge-Cloître manuscript and the other copies of the same composition mentioned above which are at hand, both printed and manuscript, as also with the Photian Life of the Saint, which not only agrees exactly with this in substance and almost all circumstances, as was said above, but also, since Photius, who flourished in the ninth century, hints at the beginning that he did not compose it but brought it, already composed by another, into his Bibliotheca, is perhaps of equal antiquity. Further, to this briefer Life of the Saint written by an anonymous author I shall subjoin, in Greek and Latin together, the two other Passions or Lives of Demetrius already mentioned above, of which one was composed also by an anonymous author, the other by Metaphrastes, both because they are not very prolix, and the one which the anonymous author composed has not hitherto been published in print, and because I think it will not be unwelcome to the studious reader, who will thus be able conveniently to examine what we have taught above about the genesis, so to speak, of both; the former indeed from the Greek manuscript of our codex ✠ Ms. 193, which is noted as taken from codex 821 of the Vatican library, and which I myself turned from the Greek tongue into Latin; the latter from the edition of our Bollandus mentioned above, or rather from the Medicean codex of the library of the Most Christian king, from which this was prepared, compared with the editions of Lipomano and Surius. And thus I have now set out what each of the Lives of the Saint that are found is worth, and which of these are to be subjoined to this Commentary; and although, as I pointed out, I shall reprint from Mabillon's edition the briefer Passion or Life of the Saint, rendered into Latin by Anastasius the Librarian, yet the miracles, although in this edition they are immediately annexed to that Life, I shall add only at the end of the two others, likewise, as I have already said, to be published, and that not from their editor Mabillon or their interpreter Anastasius, but from the very Greek sources from which they originally flowed.

[18] and others, who concerning signal Who these are, I set out. In the codex formerly

Mazarin's, mentioned above very often, there exist three different compositions, likewise mentioned above, on the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius, of which the first was elaborated by John, archbishop of Thessalonica, the second by an anonymous author who continued his composition, and finally the third by another anonymous author, who, as is indicated in the very title which it bears, committed to writing various miracles done by St. Demetrius at various times and places. That the individual miracles which Anastasius the Librarian rendered into Latin, and Mabillon published, were originally drawn from the miracles occurring either in the composition of John of Thessalonica or in that of the former anonymous author hardly appears doubtful, since these are only abridgements of those to which they correspond, and John of Thessalonica and his anonymous continuator excel Anastasius in antiquity, as you will understand from what is to be said below. The miracles supplied, therefore, in Mabillon by Anastasius the Librarian I shall add from those two writers at the end of the three Lives or Passions to be published, intending thus to subjoin their compositions, or rather all the miracles which are contained in these, together with the composition of the anonymous author who, as I have already said, committed to writing various miracles done by St. Demetrius at various times and places, put into print for the first time (for they have not hitherto, so far as I know, been published), in Greek and Latin together: and that I may do this according to our custom, I shall distinguish the whole Work into as many different books as there are compositions, which themselves also are divided into chapters and numbers, and shall illustrate it with annotations too, where I shall judge it fitting and necessary, added at the end of the individual chapters.

[19] the miracles of St. Demetrius, But since, during the brief time in which the codex formerly Mazarin's, cited above very often, was at hand, it was permitted to copy from it, of the miracles which are comprised in those three compositions, only some entire, together with fragments of some others, the rest of the narrative being drawn into an abridgement, it still remains to be set out in what manner I am to prepare that edition. The miracles which we have entire from the Mazarin codex we shall also give entire from it. We shall do the same also as regards the fragments which exist with us copied from the same codex, yet so that I shall inform the reader in the Annotations of what is missing from these out of the rest of the narrative, and which we have in abridgement, as I have already hinted — these being therefore distinguished here and there by the interposition of points, which mark a gap. And as regards the other miracles which are contained in the three compositions mentioned above, I shall publish one of these from Combefis, who presents it in the Writers of Byzantine History after Theophanes, page 314 and the two following, from the Mazarin codex cited above very often, and the rest from our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, in which, the name of the author, who is John of Thessalonica, being suppressed, they are had partly entire, copied and taken, as is noted, from codex 821 of the Vatican library, partly drawn into an abridgement by John Stauracius through the oration to be cited below, and, as is marked in the margin, received from the manuscripts of Leo Allatius.

[20] Further, that I may now inform the reader of the things which have contributed not a little to my publishing those miracles, held in great esteem by Combefis, Combefis, at page 314 of the Work just cited, in the Preface which he sets before the Narrative of John Cameniates on the destruction of Thessalonica by the Hagarenes in the year 904, after some other things adduced before, speaks in the following manner: There was another thing which occurred to me in Thessalonica, the jewel of the empire in these times and in those before them, a city second in dignity after the ruling one itself; namely that I should bring forth those great things of St. John, archbishop of Thessalonica, under the emperors Justinian the Great and Maurice, on his Demetrius, and then other things produced in following times by another author, by which the city, attacked more than once, sometimes by the Chagan himself, the most formidable enemy of Maurice himself, besieging it with every effort and abundance of forces, was freed by divine rather than human help, by open miracles of the Great Demetrius of such a kind that not even the most obstinate and most incredulous could easily refuse belief; to which matter the industry of the said most holy man, archbishop John, applies itself excellently, although there are not lacking on either side stratagems and deeds of war nobly performed, all of which perhaps will have to be produced by me on another occasion, as also the last capture of the same city, excellently described by John Anagnostes.

[21] But here the bulk of the book must be spared, treat, and by John of Thessalonica, by which I have imposed a law on myself not to run out beyond the bounds in anything, and to give a foretaste of only one chapter from that dense Work (namely the Mazarin manuscript codex cited above, which is wholly about St. Demetrius), which touches at its extreme limit this very History of the destroyed city of Thessalonica. But why Demetrius, his city having formerly been preserved in so many ways from such great enemies, allowed it once and again to be plundered by the enemies of Christ, and at last to come under their right by firm possession, these are the deep judgements of God; from which we too may deservedly fear. It is so: quite excellent, as Combefis here hints, at least for the greater part, are the miracles of St. Demetrius narrated by John, archbishop of Thessalonica, and by the former anonymous writer, already cited by us earlier, who continued his composition, and there occur among them also some which, since they record that St. Demetrius freed his native city of Thessalonica from the siege of the Avars, the Slavs and other barbarians, contribute in some way to illustrating the history of these nations, or the affairs carried on between the Greeks and them; which assuredly alone, even if the other reasons which are sought from the Saint's glory were lacking, would almost have moved me to give those miracles the public light which they have hitherto lacked, although meanwhile they also have some less illustrious ones mixed in. But as regards the titles of Saint and most holy man with which Combefis adorns John, archbishop of Thessalonica, in the place transcribed, I find this prelate inscribed in absolutely no sacred Fasti, nor honoured with ecclesiastical cult either by the Greeks or by the Latins. Wherefore, although I am well aware that by a custom formerly received all bishops, both deceased and those still surviving among the living, were called Saints for honour's sake, or by way of an honorary title, and the John of Thessalonica with whom we are here concerned is himself also given the title of Saint more than once in the titles which are set before his compositions in the codex formerly Mazarin's, yet I should not dare, after the example of Combefis, who does not seem to have regarded that custom in that place, to attribute to John of Thessalonica the title of Saint or of most holy man.

[22] a writer of good mark But although the matter stands so, this writer is nevertheless very much commended by virtue and probity of life, so that assuredly in narrating those things which were done in his age, and which he either saw himself or learned from men worthy of credit to whom they were thoroughly known, he merits entire credence; and thus he had ascertained, if not all, yet most of the miracles which he relates were wrought by the power of St. Demetrius. Hear him speaking opportunely for the present purpose about the miracles which he is about to commit to writing, in the panegyrical Oration mentioned above more than once, which he set before the miracles narrated by himself, in the codex formerly Mazarin's, page 17, immediately after the words recited at number 10.

Ἀλλὰ

καθὼς

ὁ

παρθένος

ἀπόστολος

ἔφησεν,

ἅ

ἀκηκόαμεν,

δῆλον

δὲ

ὅτι

παρὰ

τῶν

πείρᾳ

παρειληφότων,

ἢ

ἀκριβείᾳ

μεμαθηκότων,

καὶ

ἅ

αὐτοι

&ldquogr;ἐωράκαμεν

τοῖς

ὀφθαλμοῖς

ἡμῶν,

ἅ

ἐθεασάμεθα,

καὶ

αἵ

χείρες

ἡμῶν

ἐψηλάφησαν.&rdquogr;

Ταῦτα

διὰ

τῆς

αὐτοῦ

συνάρσεως

ἀπαγγελούμεν ὑμῖν. But, as the virgin Apostle said, "What we have heard," namely from those who had found it by experience, or had learned it by diligent inquiry, and what we ourselves "have seen with our eyes, what we have looked upon, and our hands have handled," these things by his help we shall announce to you.

[23] who flourished in the seventh century, Further, that I may declare not only how much credence John of Thessalonica merits, but also about what age he flourished: in book 1, chapter 5, of the Miracles to be published, he makes mention of Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, who occupied this see under the emperor Maurice, and in the following chapter he affirms that he heard the miracle which he narrates there from the archbishop mentioned before, and therefore from the said Eusebius; wherefore, since Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica under the emperor Maurice, is not known to be another than he who occupied that see eighteenth in order, and certainly closed his last day before the year 649, since in that year his successor, Paul the heretic, already administered the church of Thessalonica, as may be seen at this year in Pagi's Critica and in Le Quien's Oriens Sacer, volume 2, column 40, it is altogether necessary that John, himself afterwards also archbishop of Thessalonica, who according to what has been said spoke with this Eusebius and comprised in writing the miracles of St. Demetrius, flourished in the seventh century, and accordingly (for I do not find in that same century two different archbishops of Thessalonica who had the name of John) cannot be other than John, archbishop of Thessalonica, subscribed to the sixth general council, celebrated at Constantinople in the year 681, in the collections of the Councils in Labbe and Hardouin.

[24] and by two of the credit set out here Now some things are to be brought forward concerning the age and at the same time the credit of the anonymous author who, as has been said, continued the composition of John of Thessalonica, and likewise of the other anonymous author who committed to writing various miracles of St. Demetrius done at various times. The former, whose composition, as I have already pointed out, will constitute the second book of the Miracles to be published, narrates in chapter 4 a miracle which, as I shall teach in the Annotations to be subjoined to it, happened toward the end of the eighth century, so that he certainly did not flourish earlier than as this century was growing old. Nor does his age seem to be deferred beyond the ninth century: for the last of the miracles which Anastasius the Librarian — snatched from among the living before the year 882, as I taught above — narrates in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, he seems first of all, or at least before Anastasius, to have committed to writing, and he hints that this, which he reviews in the last place of his composition, here mutilated in the codex formerly Mazarin's, was done in his own times. Now since these things are so, and those which he relates in the first three chapters were done in the seventh century, and chiefly in the very age of John, archbishop of Thessalonica, so very often cited already, as he himself teaches, he assuredly does not merit altogether undoubted credence in narrating them, as being too far removed from the time in which he flourished, especially because besides he neither himself declares anywhere from what sources he drew those narratives of his, nor is it ascertained from elsewhere.

[25] As regards now the other anonymous writer, whose Composition, as I said before, and they were written by authors of the age, will constitute the third book of the Miracles to be published, he certainly flourished not earlier than the ninth century, since the miracle published by Combefis in the place cited above, which he relates in chapter 3, happened in the year 904, as I shall teach in the Annotations to be subjoined to it; indeed, since he not obscurely invokes that the destruction of the city of Thessalonica by the Hagarenes in the said year 904 under the emperor Leo was already past by several years when he was writing, he perhaps did not flourish even before the tenth century. Another thing, by which

I might define his age more nearly, does not occur to me; but since, as the title prefixed to his composition teaches, he relates miracles wrought by St. Demetrius at various times, it may indeed not undeservedly be doubted whether he did not live more remotely from some of the miracles which he narrates than to be able to win certain and altogether undoubted credence for his narratives. However that may be, I should not dare to reject undoubtingly, as certainly false and fictitious, any one of those things which he relates. And thus I have now set out also in what esteem each of the three compositions on the miracles of St. Demetrius to be published is to be held.

[26] Further, to the publication of these I shall attach various analecta also, both concerning the prodigious ointment or oil which drips, compositions, at least in part, or certainly once dripped, at Thessalonica from the Saint's tomb, or, as others write, from his body, and concerning some other miracles of St. Demetrius which are absent from the three said compositions, received partly from writers already published by the benefit of print, partly from the not yet published compositions of John Stauracius and Demetrius Chrysoloras. And indeed, if I shall judge that anything is to be noted concerning the writers not yet published by the benefit of print, by which I may teach what credence they merit, I shall do this when it will be needful to adduce their words or testimony. And as regards John Stauracius and Demetrius Chrysoloras, it is pleasing to set out in this place in what esteem the things which these two not yet published writers committed to writing are to be held. John Stauracius composed a very prolix oration on the miracles of St. Demetrius, which exists in our codex ✠ Ms. 193 from page 66 to page 99 verso, taken, as is written in the margin, from a manuscript of Leo Allatius. William Cave, in the History of Ecclesiastical Writers, part 2, in the first of the Dissertations added at its end, page 10, declares that he doubts whether that composition has not been published, most probably led to this because he had read a part of it published by Leo Allatius in the Notes on the History of Acropolites, and remembered the matter only confusedly. Certainly I have not yet found that that Opusculum was published entire in print; which it suffices to have noted here. Its author most probably flourished in the thirteenth century. For not only does he relate almost all the miracles which John, archbishop of Thessalonica, and the two anonymous writers, to be printed as has been said, record, but also some others, so that his aim seems to have been to commit to writing whatever miracles had been done by St. Demetrius up to his own age. Wherefore, since he records absolutely no miracles later than the thirteenth century, it can hardly be doubted that he flourished in this same century and committed what he narrates to writing.

[27] are to be published, Although further, to speak now of the writer's credit, in narrating things that were done very far from his age, he does not by his authority alone merit certain and undoubted credence, especially when, as happens now and then, he is at variance with John, archbishop of Thessalonica, and other older writers, there is nevertheless no reason why credence should be denied him in those things which happened either in his very age or less remotely from it, unless a reason sought from elsewhere urge it, especially if the things he records are of such a kind that they could have been thoroughly perceived by him, as assuredly are those which he relates of the ointment gushing from St. Demetrius's tomb or body. I come now to Demetrius Chrysoloras. This writer, who, as William Cave teaches in the Appendix added to part 1 of the History of Ecclesiastical Writers, page 71, was illustrious about the year 1430, besides the Opuscula partly reviewed by Cave in the same place, also wrote an Oration on St. Demetrius in the Greek idiom. This little composition, which is presented entire in the tenth pluteus of the Medicean Library of San Lorenzo, codex 13, from folio 41, comprises two parts, in one of which the Saint's martyrdom and its circumstances are set forth encomiastically, in the other the prodigious ointment or oil which drips from his tomb is treated. The latter, which supplies nothing other than what the author most probably had best ascertained, and which accordingly merits a place among the Analecta to be published by us, as has been said, we have copied from the said codex of the Medicean Library; but the former not so; nor indeed, since, regarding the age in which the author flourished, it can add absolutely no weight to the things which he records of Demetrius, do we greatly miss it.

[28] and which are not to be published, And thus I have now set out not only which compositions treating of St. Demetrius or his miracles are to be published entire at the end of this Commentary, but also which only in part. It remains that I bring forward still some things concerning some other compositions which will either be of some use in the very course of this Commentary, or certainly are reviewed among the compositions on St. Demetrius from various libraries or authors enumerated above. Of the Oration to be attributed to Leo the Wise, as I taught above, whose beginning is Ἔφη

ὁ

σωτήριος

λόγος, some part, copied from the codex formerly Mazarin's, exists with us, and this, together with the title which that little composition bears, will be of some use in the course of the Commentary, as also the elogium of St. Demetrius beginning with these words, Μνήμην

δικαίων, which John, archbishop of Thessalonica, cited so very often, also composed, of which some Fragments too exist with us, likewise copied from the same codex formerly Mazarin's. Besides, in our codex ✠ Ms. 193 a diffuse encomium of the Saint, which is ascribed to Gregory, deacon and referendary, is presented not only in part but entire, from page 100 to page 106 verso. But this composition can be of absolutely no use, and accordingly does not merit to be published. For besides that it sets forth the Metaphrastic Life or Passion of the Saint only encomiastically, the author at the end invokes St. Demetrius against the Hagarenes, who had devastated Thessalonica, captured by them, and defiled it with the shed blood of its citizens; wherefore, since Thessalonica was captured by the Hagarenes not earlier than the year 904, he most probably flourished in the tenth century, and certainly not earlier; so that whatever he records of St. Demetrius adds absolutely no weight to the Metaphrastic assertions about him.

[29] As regards further the two orations of the emperor Leo on Demetrius, likewise mentioned above, of which one (go to Fabricius, Bibliotheca Graeca, volume 9, page 71 and following) begins with these following words, is declared. Θαυμαστὸς

ὁ

Θεὸς, the other with these, Οὕδεν

οὕτω,

and the compositions of other writers, concerning which I proposed to say a little more here, namely of Philotheus, patriarch of Constantinople, and of the following four archbishops of Thessalonica, Joseph, Gregory Palamas, Nicholas Cabasilas and Nicetas, these Opuscula, being for that very reason so far from to be published, we do not have even in part, nor do I know whether they are much to be desired. For unless perhaps — which meanwhile may easily be otherwise — they supply something either about the Saint's cult or about the prodigious ointment or oil which drips at Thessalonica from his tomb or body, their authors, regarding the age in which they flourished, seem very little fit for illustrating the things which pertain to our Saint. That the matter may become manifest, I subjoin about what time each flourished. Leo the Wise governed the reins of the Eastern empire from the year 870 to the year 911; Philotheus was raised to the see of Constantinople (go to the Chronological History of the patriarchs prefixed to volume 1 of August of our Work) in the year 1354, and departed from among the living about the year 1376. Gregory Palamas and his successor Nicholas Cabasilas occupied the see of Thessalonica in the 14th century, as may be seen in Le Quien in the Oriens Sacer, volume 2, and in Cave in the History of Ecclesiastical Writers. As regards Nicetas, there were two archbishops of Thessalonica distinguished by the name of Nicetas, of whom one, as Le Quien teaches in the place cited, flourished in the twelfth century, the other still later.

§ III. The Saint's undaunted fortitude in preaching the faith of Christ, and what is to be thought of the things narrated about his race, fatherland and condition.

The Saint, who whether, as is narrated, of illustrious That our Saint was sprung of an illustrious and senatorial race is recorded by his Life or Passion to be published in the second place, which has an anonymous author, nor does that which will be published in the third place, composed by Metaphrastes, depart much from it in establishing his distinguished race, as it has thus at the beginning: As regards … his parents, he was distinguished and most illustrious in race, tracing himself to the ancient Macedonians. Further, that Demetrius was sprung of an illustrious and senatorial race his Latin Life, cited at number 8 and composed by Długosz, not only affirms but also gives out the names of the parents by whom he was begotten. The words with which it does so are these: Whose (namely Demetrius's) parents were not only adorned with the Christian dignity, but also nobly sprung from the renowned progeny of the senators; his father was called by the most blessed name of Adrian, and his mother of Theogona. But absolutely all the writers, both Greek and Latin, whom I have been permitted to see thus far, if you except one, who drew what he writes from the Długosz Life, Pelbart of Temesvár in his Pomerium of the Saints, which I cited at number 8, wrap in the deepest silence the names by which Demetrius's parents were called; and since this is so, who would give credence to Długosz, who first gives these out, a writer removed by many centuries from the things he narrates, of whom it is not known whence he drew what he relates and what is absent from older monuments? To me assuredly either he or certainly another writer whom he had lighting his way seems first to have devised those names at his own discretion.

[31] race he was sprung, is doubtful, Nor do I think one should speak in a much more favourable manner about the Saint's illustrious race, which is established not only in his Długosz Life but also in the Metaphrastic, and in the other, composed by an anonymous author, which lighted the way for Metaphrastes. For not even any word occurs either in the Anastasian or in the Photian Life or Passion of Demetrius, or in any other sufficiently ancient monument, which even obscurely hints that he was born of an illustrious or noble race; wherefore, since not only Długosz but also Metaphrastes and the other anonymous biographer who lighted his way, regarding even only the age in which they flourished, are not of a nature to win undoubted credence for their assertions about the Saint, it may assuredly not undeservedly be doubted whether our Saint was truly sprung of an illustrious race, as is established by these without any testimony of a sufficiently ancient writer or monument; indeed it may even be feared that whatever is found recorded about the Saint's illustrious race in his said biographers owes its origin solely to the licence of feigning, to which also, beyond doubt, must be attributed the things which are recorded in the Długosz Life or Passion of the Saint in these following words: And he (namely Demetrius) was … sceptre-bearer of the emperor and duke of Bellademensis (I do not know whether the author Belgradensis, as in Pelbart

has it, did not want it expressed) and of Lacedaemon, and consul of the imperial court.

[32] not at Sirmium in Pannonia, Nor do I think that only these things, which are destitute of absolutely every testimony of antiquity, were born of the desire or licence of devising, but also those which are read about the Saint's birthplace in the same Długosz Life or Passion of his. For they run thus: The most blessed boy Demetrius was born within Pannonia … in the city of Syrmium. But who would think that Długosz is safely to be believed here, who makes Demetrius a Pannonian by nation and a Sirmian by fatherland, without the authority or testimony of an older writer? Assuredly I think that whatever is asserted by him about our Saint's nation or fatherland was originally fabricated by an author who, carried away by a perverse love of his native soil, did not fear to fasten upon it a Saint foreign to it, and this not only because it is grounded in absolutely no ancient monument or writer, but most of all because it manifestly conflicts both with the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint and with the other, written by an anonymous author, both of which most plainly make Demetrius a Thessalonian. Nor is there ground for replying that Metaphrastes and the anonymous biographer of the Saint who lighted his way are, according to what has been said, not to be made so much of that they could by their authority alone make it certain that the Saint was born neither in Pannonia nor at Sirmium. For even if this is so, and the Lives of him presented by Photius and Anastasius the librarian do not note the Saint's fatherland or native soil, yet that the Saint was a Thessalonian by fatherland the anonymous writer who committed to writing book 2 of the Miracles, chapters 1, 2 and 4, not obscurely reveals.

[33] For in the former place, in which he narrates that Thessalonica was prodigiously freed from a siege of the barbarians by the action of St. Demetrius, but born at Thessalonica, he calls the Saint φιλοπατρὶν, that is, lover of his fatherland, designating Thessalonica by this; and in the second and third, in which he reveals that help was likewise brought to Thessalonica by Demetrius, he calls this Saint σωσιπατρὶν, that is, preserver of his fatherland, again surely designating Thessalonica by this. Besides, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, who flourished in the seventh century, and is accordingly much older than Photius and Anastasius the librarian, in the encomium beginning with these words, Μνημὴν δικαίων, which I have mentioned above more than once, not obscurely teaches that St. Demetrius was born at Thessalonica. For in that composition, making discourse about the benefits shown by the Saint to the city of Thessalonica, at page 227 verso of the codex formerly Mazarin's he speaks thus: Ποῦ

τοίνυν

ὁ

λόγος

βαδίσει;

ἐπὶ

τὴν

εὐφημίαν

καὶ

μόνην

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος,

καὶ

πῶς

ἂν

μᾶλλον

ἐγκωμίασαι

τίς

τούτον,

ἢ

τὰς

περὶ

τὴν

πατρίδα

βοηθείας

αὑτοῦ,

καὶ

προνοίας

ἀπαριθμούμενος,

εἴκαι

τῶν

ἀκαταλήπτων

τὸ

ἐπιχείρημα;

αὖται

γὰρ

τῶ

μὲν

ἀριθμῶ

τὰς

οὐρανίους

νιφάδας,

τῆ

δὲ

λαμπρότητι

καὶ

τοῦς

ἀστέρας

ὑπερηκόντισαν.

Τί

γὰρ

ἄν

τις

εἴποι

καὶ

πρῶτον,

ποῖον

δέ

καὶ

παροφθὲν,

οὐ

ζημιώσει

τὰ

μέγιστα·

εἴπω

τὸν

σύνδεσμον

τῆς

ἀγάπης

καὶ

τῆς

ὁμονοίας

τῆς

πόλεως

αὐτοῦ

καὶ

μόνου

πεφοιτηκότα

κατόρθωμα; which Greek words I render into Latin in this manner. Whither then shall the oration turn? To the praise, and that alone, of the Martyr: and in what way could one rather praise him than by enumerating his aids and cares toward his fatherland, even though it be to attempt a thing incomprehensible? For these exceed in number the showers of heaven, and in splendour the stars. For what should one say first, and what, even if neglected, will not detract from the greatest things? Shall I speak of the continual bond of charity and concord of the city, the benefit of him and of him alone? There is added that among the writers, both Latin and Greek, absolutely none is found, distinct from Długosz and Pelbart, who, if he speaks of the Saint's birthplace at all, does not make the Saint a Thessalonian; all which things being weighed, I bring myself to the conclusion that Demetrius was truly born in the city of Thessalonica.

[34] Nor does John, archbishop of Thessalonica, teach this only by the words which I have already given, and was also brought up there; but he relates also by other words, which I subjoin, in the codex formerly Mazarin's, page 227 verso, that the Saint was brought up in the same place. Ἐτράφη, he says, τοίνυν

ὁ

Μάρτυς

παρ᾽

ἡμῖν,

τοἶς

λειπομένοις

τούτου

κατὰ

τὸ

ἄπειρον.

Τόπω

γὰρ

συνετράφημεν

αὐτῶ,

οὐ

κατ᾽

ἐνέργειαν

ὀμοιότητος. Which words I render thus in Latin: The Martyr (namely Demetrius) was therefore brought up among us (namely the Thessalonians), who are as far as heaven from him. For we were brought up with him according to place, not according to the effect of likeness. The three Lives or Passions to be published, and the other which Photius brought into the Bibliotheca, do not indeed declare that the Saint was brought up at Thessalonica; but neither do they mention the place in which it befell him to be brought up: indeed the two older Lives, namely the Photian and the Anastasian, make not even an obscure mention of the very upbringing which the Saint received. Nor ought this to seem strange to anyone, since the anonymous authors of those two little compositions, having narrated the occasion on which Demetrius underwent martyrdom, leap at once to narrating this very thing, omitting even other things which they might have recorded about the Saint. That Demetrius was brought up at Thessalonica, therefore, I believe John of Thessalonica asserting it (go to his words just given), especially because it appears most probable both that this writer learned it from an older monument, and that the Saint was brought up in the place which fell to him as his birthplace, and which, as I have already taught, was Thessalonica.

[35] and although that he was a soldier and consul Długosz, or whoever else it was from whom he took the things which he records of the Saint, seems to have been of the opinion which determines that Demetrius, born at Sirmium, as he will have it, was also brought up at Sirmium, yet so that he believed that he afterwards gave his effort to Dialectic and Rhetoric in the city of Thessalonica. For after he asserted, by the words recited above, that the Saint was born at Sirmium, having interposed only a few words by which he establishes at his own discretion what were the names of his parents, he subjoins: The most glorious … Demetrius was handed over to liberal studies, and, being full of the Holy Spirit, endowed with the knowledge of the human and divine Page, he went to the city of Thessalonica, where he became an acute dialectician and a most eloquent rhetorician. So he: but the things which he relates in these words, besides that they seem partly to oppose John of Thessalonica, rest on absolutely no testimony of antiquity, and hence are to be held in very slight esteem, not to say anything worse, especially since the author is also of slight credit, as is clear from what has already been said. Nor is much more to be valued what Metaphrastes and the anonymous biographer of Demetrius who lighted his way together assert about the effort placed by the Saint, when already come to manly age, in the military art, and about the dignity of proconsul of Greece to which he was afterwards raised by the emperor Maximian, both being too remote from his age to be able to make certain and indubitable either these things or others which they also relate about him without the testimony of an older writer. But, you will say, in book 1 of the Miracles to be published, chapter 3, Demetrius is narrated to have appeared clothed in a mantle, no otherwise than a consul; and in book 2 of the same Miracles, chapter 6, to have given himself to be seen in military dress by Stephen, an African bishop captured by the Slavs, and in the same manner, as things which occur besides in the latter place give proof, he was presented painted in the image which represented him in the Demetrian church at Thessalonica.

[36] is not known for certain, I admit it is so, and there are besides other places in the same Miracles to be published in which Demetrius is likewise either expressly related, or at least in some way hinted, to have appeared in military dress. But the Saints do not always appear in the clothing or dress expressing the office or dignity of which they were when they were among the living, but sometimes also in another, if they see this more suitable to their design. That I may not have to resort to another source to prove this, the Saint's miracles to be published themselves serve. For in book 1, chapter 1 of these, which treats of Marianus, prefect of Illyricum, healed of an incurable disease through the Saint, he is narrated to have given himself to be seen in sleep by Marianus in the guise not of himself but of a friend whom the latter had at Constantinople, joined to him by intimate bond. Since then, as is clear from this, the Saints can appear even under a form or guise different from that in which they were among the living, why could they not also do this in a clothing or dress not expressing the office or dignity of which they were while surviving among the living, and indeed in fact do it from time to time? Besides, that I may say something also in particular against the asserted military condition of Demetrius, Demetrius could from time to time give himself to be seen in military dress not because he in fact served as a soldier for a worldly emperor while surviving among the living, but because he contended strenuously, like a soldier, even with blood shed, for the faith of Christ. Further, as regards now the image which presented the Saint clothed in military dress in the church dedicated to him at Thessalonica, it does indeed in some way show that in the ninth century, in which, as you will understand from the Annotations to be subjoined to the said sixth chapter of the second book of the Miracles, that image existed there, the military condition of Demetrius was believed, but it does not prove that he was in fact a soldier. Whatever, therefore, may be found recorded about the dress either in which the Saint appeared or in which he was painted, all the things nevertheless which are said by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous author who lighted his way, either about the Saint's consular dignity or about the effort placed by him in the military art, are altogether uncertain. But otherwise must one speak about the Saint's undaunted ardour in preaching the faith of Christ, asserted by the same, and the not inconsiderable fruit borne, many being converted to Christ.

[37] For in this matter they have not only the two older Lives or Passions of the Saint, yet that his native city, namely the Photian and the Anastasian, voting with them, but also John, archbishop of Thessalonica, in the encomium of our Saint beginning with these words Μνημὴν δικαίων, which I have already cited more than once. And first indeed the words of the Anastasian Life which bear on this, at number 1, are these: Among whom (the Christians) was blessed Demetrius, making himself manifest without any fear, who from his youth had both done good works and taught others. For he taught how the divine Wisdom had come down to earth from heaven, that He might quicken by His own blood man, who had died by sin. When he preached these and many other things, etc.; and those of the Photian these: This martyr of Christ, Demetrius, herald and teacher of piety, imitated the journeys and contests of the Apostles, and, having led the city of Thessalonica away from the darkness of error by the light of his teaching, brought it to Christ. These two Lives or Passions of the Saint not obscurely, assuredly, favour the assertion about St. Demetrius, of which we speak here, of Metaphrastes and of the anonymous writer who lighted his way, yet so that the latter openly declares, what the former of those Lives does not, that the whole city of Thessalonica was converted to Christ through him. And indeed that Demetrius, if not this whole native city of his, from error to Christ

he did not bring the whole, yet bore much fruit in it, not a few being imbued with the truth of the faith, John of Thessalonica, so very often cited already, at least also not obscurely hints, whose Greek words bearing on the present purpose, however very prolix, are nevertheless still to be copied here, with a Latin version added, because I have decided to publish in print almost all the things which we have copied concerning the Saint from the codex formerly Mazarin's.

[38] as John of Thessalonica himself also In the aforesaid encomium of St. Demetrius, then, at page 227 verso and following of the codex formerly Mazarin's, he has this: Αὐτὸς

δὲ

λαβὼν

τὸ

διδασκαλικὸν

τοῦτο

καὶ

Ἀποστολικὸν

χάρισμα,

ἴδωμεν

τίνα

τὴν

ἀντίδωσιν

προσήνεγκε

τῶ

Θεῶ…

Δείκνυται

χάριτι

Θεοῦ

περὶ

τῆς

διδασκαλίας

αὐτοῦ

τὸ

ἀθόλοτον.

Τὸ

γὰρ

ἰουδαΐκὴν

καὶ

ἑλληνικὴν

καὶ

πᾶσαν

ἄλλην

θεοπόλεμον

αἵρεσιν

ἐκ

πρέμνων

αὐτῶν

ἀνεσπάσθαι

τῆς

θεοφυλάκτου

ταύτης

ποίμνης

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

τίνος

ἄλλου

κατόρθωμα,

ἢ

μετὰ

Θεὸν

τοῦ

διδασκάλου

τῆς

πόλεως;

…

περὶ

δὲ

τοὺς

χρόνους

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

σφοδρῶς

τῇ

θεοσεβεία

ὁ

αντικείμενος

πιεζόμενος

σφοδρότερα

καθώπλισε

καὶ

τὰ

Σκάνδαλα·

ἔνθα

λοιπὸν

κηρύσσων

ὅ

θεοπάροχος

οὖτος

τῶν

Θεσσαλονικέων

προστάτης

καὶ

σύντροφος

καὶ

διδάσκαλος

(δεῖ

γἀρ

μοι,

τοῦ

λόγου

πρὸς

τοῦτο

χωρήσαντος,

μνησθῆναι

καὶ

θαυμαστοῦ

διηγήματος,

ὃ

παρὰ

πατέρων

ἀκήκοα)

ἐπλήρου

τὴν

πόλιν

ὀρθοδοξίας,

καὶ

τοὺς

ἀντιδοξούντας

ἐχώννυε…

Τί

δὲ

καὶ

τὸ

διήγημα;

Ἐξητεῖτο

…

παρὰ

τῶν

νουνεχῶς

τὰ

θεία

διακριβούντων,

πόθεν

ἡ

περὶ

τὸν

φιλόπολιν

τοῦτον

καὶ

θεοστεφῆ

Μάρτυρα

φήμη

ἐπὶ

τοσοῦντον

διέδραμεν,

ὥς

καὶ

μεγαλυνομένης

αὐτῆς

τὸ

βάσκανον

οὖς

παροξυνθῆναι

τοῦ

τυραννοῦντος

ἐνταῦθα

τότε

διάγοντος·

καὶ

ἐλέγετο;

ὥς

οὐ

τοσοῦτον

ἐκ

τῶν

διὰ

προσευχῆς

ἰωμένων

σωμάτων,

ὄσον

ἐκ

τῶν

διὰ

διδαχῆς

καθαριζομένων

ψυχῶν.

[39] teaches in the words recited here, Ὥς

γὰρ

ἐξ

ὕπνου

διήγειρε,

καὶ

ὥς

ἐκ

βορβόρου

ἀπέλουε

τὰς

ἐν

τῶ

λάκκω

τῆς

εἰδωλολατρείας

δυσωδία

καὶ

ζόφω

κατεσχομένας

ψυχὰς

τὴν

νοητὴν

καὶ

τὸ

θυμίαμα

τῆς

οὐρανίου

συνθέσεως

Χρίστον,

τὸν

ἀληθινὸν

Θέον

ἡμῶν

ταῖς

καρδίαις

αὐτῶν

εισοικίζων,

τὰ

μὲν

γὰρ

ἰώμενα

σώματἁ

τὴν

τοῦ

Θέου

δωρέαν

ἐνεφάνιζον,

εἰ

καὶ

ὅτι

πρὸς

ἀξίαν

διδόμενα

καὶ

τὰ

τοιαῦτα

χαρίσματα

οὐ

μικρὰν

τῶν

δεχομένων

τὴν

ἐν

ἀρετῆ

προκοπὴν

ἀπαγγέλλουσιν·

αἵ

δὲ

ψυχαὶ

τῶν

ἐπιστροφεμένων

εἰς

θεοσέβειαν

καὶ

τὸ

ἀτρεμὲς

τῆς

διδαχῆς

καὶ

τὸ

ἀκατάπληκτον

τοῦ

ἐπικινδύνου

κηρύγματος

αὐτοῦ

τοὺς

ἰδρώτας

τοῦ

Ἀθλοφόρου

τοὺς

εὐγενεῖς

ἐκκαλύπτουσιν,

οὐκ

ἐν

τῆ

χώρα

μόνον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

τοῖς

ἀπανταχοῦ

τὸ

ὑπέρογκον

αὐτοῦ

τῆς

ἀρετῆς

ἐμφανίζουσαι· Here now is the Latin interpretation which I have adapted to these words of John of Thessalonica. But let us see what return he himself (namely St. Demetrius) paid to God for that Apostolic grace, fit for teaching, which he had received… By God's gift the purity of his teaching appears manifest. For that the Jewish, the heathen, and every other heresy hostile to God has been torn up by the roots from this fold of Christ, which is guarded by God, whose benefit is it if not, after God, the city's teacher's (namely Demetrius's)?… For in the Martyr's times the enemy of religion, driven into straits, armed strongly even graver scandals; where at length this man (namely Demetrius), appointed by God as shepherd, patron, fosterling and teacher of the Thessalonians, preaching (for I must, the discourse having come to this, remember a wondrous narrative which I heard from our elders), filled the city with right doctrine, and repressed those who thought the contrary… But what is that narrative?

[40] illumined with the light of orthodox doctrine. It was asked by those … who prudently search into divine things, how the fame of that lover of the city and Martyr crowned by God had spread so widely that envy of it, increased, could stir the ears of him who then held dominion, who was staying there (namely in the city of Thessalonica); and it was answered: Not so much from bodies healed by prayer as from souls cleansed by teaching: for when he roused from sleep, and purged from mud, the souls which were held in the pit of idolatry in stench and darkness, setting in their hearts the spiritual region of the East and the incense of the heavenly sign, Christ, our true God, the healed bodies indeed manifest the gratuitous gift of God, although even graces of this kind, given according to merit, argue no small progress in virtue of those who receive them; but the souls of those converted to piety reveal his unmoved and undaunted mind in teaching and dangerous preaching, and the noble sweats of the glorious Champion himself, making the sublimity of his virtue manifest not here only but everywhere. So John of Thessalonica, in which words assuredly he affirms that the Saint preached the faith of Christ with quite signal fruit borne, even among the Thessalonians themselves, although meanwhile he does not say that all these were converted by him. Nor does John establish only this in the recited words, but also that it came about from this rather than from the miracles, by which he hints that he was also illustrious, that he incurred the indignation of the emperor by whose order he was slain. But of the occasion on which the Saint was put to death it will be more conveniently treated after I shall have examined in the following § the things which are related, in the Life composed by Metaphrastes and in the other by the anonymous author who lighted his way, about Nestor, and about the Saint, who blessed him when about to engage in single combat with the gladiator Lyaeus.

§ IV. What is to be thought of the things related about Nestor by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of the Saint who lighted his way.

[The things narrated about Nestor and partly also about Demetrius by Metaphrastes,] The narrative supplied by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted his way about a certain Nestor, which comes here to be examined, drawn into an abridgement, comes down roughly to this: There was a gladiator named Lyaeus, a Vandal by nation, who, since he excelled most in strength of body, easily overcame whoever joined hands with him in single combat, and hence was in great love and at the same time esteem with the emperor Maximian. It happened that the latter was exhibiting a spectacle of gladiators at Thessalonica, and when Lyaeus was challenging the other gladiators to combat, and was a terror to all, a certain youth nevertheless, named Nestor, not bearing the pride and arrogance of Lyaeus, resolved to undergo the hazard of a fight with him. Wherefore, that he might accomplish this design of his with happy success, he betakes himself to St. Demetrius, known to him, of whose power in working miracles he had heard, declares what he has proposed, and earnestly asks him to assist him with his prayers. Demetrius, as Metaphrastes says, as if he himself had asked, and not been asked, almost anticipated the petition by fulfilling it, and having quickly imposed upon him the seal which is in Christ, both on the forehead and on the heart, he dismisses him, saying: Thou shalt both conquer Lyaeus, and shalt be a martyr of Christ. Nestor, strengthened by these words of the Saint, at once springs into the stadium and openly offers himself for single combat with Lyaeus, all wondering at his daring.

[42] are presented here in abridgement. The emperor, thinking that the youth had taken that desperate resolve driven by poverty alone, of his own accord offers money to him, summoned to himself, and exhorts him not to commit himself to the danger of a fight with a man to whom he was much inferior in strength. But Nestor, rejecting the money, declared that he pursued solely the glory of overcoming Lyaeus. He enters, therefore, with the emperor's assent, into the fight with Lyaeus, and, having invoked the God of Demetrius, at once strikes him in the heart with a blow and lays him dead on the ground. The emperor, angered and sorrowful at this, and ascribing the thing to magic, questions Nestor about it, and he answers that no Christian uses magic, and that he, helped by the God of Demetrius and of all Christians, had gained the victory over Lyaeus. When the emperor had heard this, he orders Nestor to be put to death with the very sword with which he had killed Lyaeus, and thus, says Metaphrastes, Nestor is sent across to Christ, whom he loved, and from whom he was to receive the crowns of a double victory. Such, presented here now in abridgement, are the things which are reported in the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint, and in the other of the anonymous author, from which this, as appears from what has been adduced above, flowed, about a youth named Nestor, a part in the things narrated being attributed also to St. Demetrius.

[43] These are held by Tillemont for fictions. And indeed, But hear how Tillemont, in volume V of the Ecclesiastical Monuments, page 639, receives that narrative, also presented by him there in abridgement. It is difficult, he says in French words, rendered here by me into Latin, to find anything more apt to give offence, and more unworthy of a Christian man, than that fabulous narrative, in which, what is most horrible and opposed to the Gospel, is held for Saint. We call it fabulous, because such it is in its circumstances most worthy of note. For Photius and Anastasius speak of the combat of Nestor against Lyaeus; but they carefully abstain from asserting Nestor a Christian, or from mixing St. Demetrius into it (namely into the combat). Indeed they do not even assert that Maximian ordered death to be inflicted on Nestor, but only that he did not give him the rewards promised to victorious gladiators. It is manifest therefore that all the rest was added to the truth, and that probably after the ninth century, by men ignorant of history as well as of Gospel doctrine. So far he, and assuredly not undeservedly: yet what he affirms of the things having at length been added after the ninth century to the truth related by Photius and Anastasius by no means appears certain to me. For all the same things occur also in the Life to be published in the second place, which has an anonymous author, and this, according to what has been said above, is probably older than the ninth century, indeed perhaps even than the eighth or seventh century. Nor is there ground for replying that all these things are not recorded by John of Thessalonica, the seventh-century writer cited above very often and to be cited below: for since he nowhere narrates even the substance of the martyrdom endured by the Saint, it is not surprising that things which could be held only for its circumstances were passed over by him in silence.

[44] whatever also from Petrus de Natalibus, whose words, But however the matter may be, the things which, as regards Nestor, are absent from the narrative of Photius and Anastasius, and which Tillemont therefore rejects as fictions in the recited words, I think are in fact fictions too. And first indeed, that I may now set out why this opinion holds with me, what just cause could Nestor have had for committing himself to single combat against Lyaeus? The design, as they say, of breaking his pride and arrogance. But who would pronounce a deed of this kind, most severely forbidden by the divine law, and one from which the Christians too, as I shall teach below, most shrank, sufficiently excused and immune from guilt on this head alone? Indeed he who first composed the elogium of our Saint which exists in Petrus de Natalibus, book 9, chapter 110, whether he be meanwhile Petrus himself or any other writer whatever, seems to have thought far otherwise. For he alleges a cause of the single combat undertaken by Nestor against Lyaeus which differs much from the one just mentioned. The matter will become evident to one who inspects that elogium, in which Lyaeus is always called Libeus; which, because in this part it is plainly singular

and must be carefully discussed, I transcribe here almost entire, omitting only the things which pertain to the veneration shown to the Saint by Leontius, prefect of Illyricum. It is framed in these following words: Demetrius the martyr suffered at the city of Thessalonica under the emperor Maximian. He, a Christian from his youth and serving God, was a noble citizen of that city of Thessalonica and a strenuous soldier, who nevertheless preached Christ the Lord and converted many to the faith. And the emperor, having entered Thessalonica, hearing of Demetrius, caused him to be seized and put into prison.

[45] Now there was with the emperor a very strong giant, and terrible in aspect, bearing on this, are recited, named Libeus, who, fighting with the Christians by the command of the Augustus, crushing them to himself with his arms, dashed them to the ground, and at once they breathed out their spirit. Many others too were afflicted by the emperor with various punishments. And when Demetrius had been put in prison, he saw near his feet a scorpion striving to strike him with its tail, which, making the sign of the Cross, he at once killed. As he prayed, an angel forthwith appeared to him, and, comforting him in Christ, set a crown upon his head. But while the emperor was planning to try Demetrius with Libeus, a certain Christian, Nestor, offered himself by night to St. Demetrius, saying that he had resolved to take up this combat, asking that the holy Martyr would pray the Lord for him. Strengthened by him, on the following day he presented himself to the emperor, and asserted that he was a Christian, offering to fight with Libeus and to take up the combat on behalf of Demetrius. And when the emperor could not draw him back by entreaties, he promised gifts to the victor. Nestor therefore, entering the duel, laid Libeus on the ground and, having laid him low, killed him. But the emperor, seeing this, and grieving to have lost the giant, the avenger against the Christians, contrary to his promise discharged Nestor from the army and cast him out of the city; and Demetrius too, who had been the cause of his slaying, he ordered to be killed in prison. And the soldiers came to the prison, and plunged a sword into his breast. And thus, praying, he passed with the palm to the Lord; whose body was hidden by the Christians for fear of the pagans, in which place God wrought marvels, where the sicknesses of all were healed.

[46] He who composed this Elogium or encomium of St. Demetrius, therefore, you may plead, yet by the divine law disagreeing besides with his Metaphrastic Life in some other circumstances, which, however, because they do not bear on the present purpose, are not to be examined here, records in the recited words, as will become evident to one who considers them, that Nestor committed himself to single combat against Lyaeus not in order to break his daring or pride, but both to free the Christians from a dangerous enemy, who had already killed many of them in single combat entered upon with them by the emperor's order, and to exempt Demetrius from the necessity of fighting with him. But be it so, even so Nestor could not have committed himself to single combat against Lyaeus without guilt. For that any Christian should kill, or intend to kill, as Nestor undoubtedly did here, either the very tyrants by whom the faithful suffer persecution for the faith's sake, or even only the ministers of their cruelty, is repugnant to the holiness of the Christian Religion, nor does anything occur by which this could be in any way reconciled with the divine law forbidding homicide. Besides, since, Lyaeus being slain, other means by which the emperor might torture the Christians and even put them to death would by no means be lacking, Nestor, by attacking Lyaeus in single combat, must have had as his purpose not so much to free the Christians from an unjust enemy as to take vengeance for the injuries and damages with which he had afflicted them; and that to intend by the death of anyone not so much liberation from evil as vengeance is adverse to the divine law as well as to the holiness of the Christian religion, no one surely will deny. Since the matter stands thus, indeed the deed which Nestor perpetrated by the single combat entered upon against Lyaeus is not rightly proposed as holy and as approved by Demetrius himself, both in his encomium just given and in the two Lives or Passions cited at the beginning of the present §; and how true this is will become still more evident from what I shall now say about the customs of the Christians in the age of Demetrius.

[47] and the horror which the Christians had of the gladiatorial art being regarded, Eusebius, On the Martyrs of Palestine, of the Valesius edition, chapter 7, narrates that three Christians of Palestine, while the Diocletianic persecution was raging, in which also, according to what is to be said, Demetrius fell, were condemned by Urbanus, the most cruel governor of Palestine, to the contests of boxing, that is, to devote themselves to the gladiatorial art; and in the following chapter, having spoken of some confessors of Christ condemned to the mines after various tortures, he sets out what the same three Christians of Palestine did after that sentence was pronounced against them by the governor Urbanus. Nor indeed, he says, did we see these alone (namely the confessors mentioned before in the same place) suffer punishments of this kind; but also those of the Palestinians whom we related a little before had been condemned to the contests of boxing, because namely they would neither endure to receive rations from the prince's treasury, nor to be exercised in the daily preliminary bouts according to the custom of boxers. For which cause, presented not only to the procurators but also to Maximin himself (the emperor namely, then ruling in Syria and Palestine), when they had declared their invincible constancy in the confession of Christ by the endurance of hunger and scourges, they suffered the same things as those of whom we have spoken. Since, then, as is understood from these words of Eusebius, those three Christians of Palestine so shrank from the gladiatorial art, or, if you prefer, from the single contests of boxing, that they preferred to bear hunger, scourges and other extreme punishments rather than give themselves even to the mere preliminary bouts of an art so detestable, or receive the rations appointed for gladiators, who, I ask, would believe either that many Christians at Thessalonica engaged in single combat with Lyaeus, as the narrative of the encomium just transcribed here requires, or that the one which Nestor entered upon against him was approved by St. Demetrius, as is indicated both in the same encomium and in the two Lives or Passions of the Saint just cited?

[48] This indeed does not at all appear probable to me, both these and other things which I brought forward above being weighed, neither the deed perpetrated by Nestor, nor he himself, and accordingly I think that all those things which are superadded to the narrative about Nestor supplied by Photius and Anastasius the Librarian in the Metaphrastic Life of Demetrius, and in the other of the anonymous author from which this seems to have flowed, are to be held, with Tillemont, as I already hinted above, for fictions, however they were perhaps invented earlier than the ninth century (go to number 43). And hence too I should not dare to reckon among the Saints even that Nestor who, as is related in absolutely all the Lives or Passions of Demetrius, killed Lyaeus in single combat, whether meanwhile you will have it that he, when he had slain Lyaeus, was put to death by the emperor's order, as is asserted by Metaphrastes and the anonymous author who lighted his way, and died a martyr, or only, as is reported by Photius and Anastasius, who do not even anywhere call Nestor a Christian, that, the emperor being angry, he did not obtain the rewards promised to victorious gladiators, and, when he had been discharged from the army and cast out of the city, ended his life in peace after the manner of confessors, as he who composed the encomium transcribed here above from Petrus de Natalibus seems to have thought. But indeed, you will say, the Greeks celebrate Nestor, adorned with the title of Μεγαλομάρτυρος, and with an elogium in which he is narrated to have killed Lyaeus, overcome in single combat, at the 27th day of October, with a principal Office of their own, consecrated to him at that time also, and Baronius brought the same at this 8th day of October into the Roman Martyrology, because the things narrated of him are woven into the Passion or Acts of St. Demetrius, then celebrated by the Latins, namely the Metaphrastic ones, citing for his purpose, in the Annotations with which he illustrated it, the Menology of the Greeks, namely Sirleto's, together with Nicephorus Callistus and the said Acts of St. Demetrius.

[49] I admit it is so, and even more sacred Fasti of the Greeks than those already named however inscribed in many sacred fasti, as a Saint reckon Nestor among the Saints at the 27th day of October. But what then? All these, as is now commonly known to the learned, from time to time hold even the unworthy as Saints. And as regards now Nicephorus Callistus, who reviews almost the same things about Nestor as are narrated by Metaphrastes, in book 7, chapter 15 of the Ecclesiastical History composed by him, and Baronius, who, citing Nicephorus for himself, inserted Nestor into the Roman Martyrology, the former of these two writers, Nicephorus, is known not seldom to have adopted fictions and narratives of very slight credit and to have transcribed them into his History; and the latter, Baronius, seems not so much to have considered how greatly the things narrated by Metaphrastes about Nestor and his deed approved by Demetrius are opposed to the holiness of the Christian faith, as to have regarded the credit or authority of the Sirleto Menology, from which he brought not a few Saints into the Roman Martyrology, made by him of more account even than is fair. But if these things displease, what at length will you bring forward by which you may defend Baronius, and the Greeks who venerate Nestor as a Saint, against the authority of the Decalogue forbidding homicide, and against the horror of the Christians who were of St. Demetrius's age for the gladiatorial art and the single contests which were in a manner its exercises and games?

[50] I think is to be held, Will you perhaps have recourse to a singular instinct of the Holy Spirit, and assert that Nestor and Demetrius were likewise impelled by that by which many holy Virgins are read to have been once impelled to inflict death upon themselves, the one to inflict death on Lyaeus by single combat, the other to approve that deed? But even if we should grant gratuitously that a singular instinct of God could have had place here — which nevertheless seems capable of being called in doubt — yet, lest things perpetrated against the law of God should easily be admitted as perpetrated without fault, it seems fair that recourse should not be had either to that, or also, by parity of reason, to the invincible ignorance and good faith of those who committed things which need excuse, except when it is established on every side both concerning the truth of the deed which needs excuse and concerning the holiness of the man to whom it is attributed; and although it is established indeed concerning the holiness of Demetrius, yet concerning the asserted approval by which he ratified the single combat to be entered upon by Nestor against Lyaeus it is by no means established, because this is grounded only in the Metaphrastic acts, of slight credit, as I taught above, and in the others of the anonymous author from which these flowed; as neither concerning the holiness of Nestor, which does not rest on more certain documents.

[51] [although meanwhile some Nestor, who is venerated by the Greeks on 27 October, may in fact perhaps be a Saint.] But if nevertheless, as regards this last point, someone should still think otherwise, from the quite signal cult which, as has been said, Nestor enjoys among the Greeks at the 27th day of October, and should not be moved to change his opinion by what I said above about the ecclesiastical cult from time to time paid among the Greeks even to the unworthy, I should wish him to remember that it can easily happen that some Nestor, distinct from the Nestor who killed Lyaeus in single combat, was anciently venerated by the Greeks, and that

then, since who he was was not sufficiently ascertained, there were in the lapse of time fastened upon him by the Greeks, lovers of fables, and at the same time wishing to explain in some way what Nestor they venerated, the Acts of the gladiator Nestor which are read in the Photian and Anastasian Lives or Passions of St. Demetrius, increased with fictitious circumstances such as are found in the Metaphrastic Life of our Saint and in the other of the anonymous author from which this was composed. Assuredly not a few Saints are to be found, even among the Latins, whose holiness indeed is held as ascertained, but whose Acts are plainly uncertain and sprinkled with fables. Although therefore I should not dare to hold as a Saint the Nestor who, in the Photian and Anastasian Passions of Demetrius, is narrated to have killed Lyaeus, overcome in single combat, yet I do not affirm that the Nestor who is honoured with signal cult by the Greeks at the 27th day of October is certainly to be struck out of the number of the Saints, although meanwhile, the Acts with which he is celebrated there being rejected, I cannot declare who he was.

§ V. Demetrius is seized and afflicted with martyrdom: when this was done, and who was Lupus, who is said to have been his servant.

The Saint, led captive to the emperor Maximian, That St. Demetrius, while he still survived among the living, became illustrious for many miracles, and that it nevertheless came about not so much from these as from the multitude of heathens whom he had brought to the Christian faith that he was hateful to the emperor Maximian, by whose order he was slain, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, not obscurely indicates in the words of the encomium cited there, in which he celebrated Demetrius, transcribed at number 38 and following. And indeed, since Maximian held the Christian Religion in assuredly the highest hatred, anyone will easily bring himself to believe that, whatever meanwhile may be the case with the miracles wrought by the Saint while still living, Demetrius displeased that emperor on no head more than from the signal multitude of heathens brought through him from error to the truth of the faith, as we have taught above. Nor do those who committed to writing the Life or Passion of the Saint supply anything from which you might gather the contrary. I transcribe here the words, bearing in some way on this matter, of the anonymous author rendered into Latin by Anastasius the Librarian alone, which at the same time set out on what occasion Demetrius was seized and brought to Maximian, and are still to be cited below. They run thus: When the emperor Maximian was staying in the city of the Thessalonians, a superstitious man, he persecuted the hearers of the pious religion, and they were put to death by him. Among whom was blessed Demetrius, making himself manifest without any fear, who from his youth had both done good works and taught others. For he taught how the divine Wisdom had come down to earth from heaven, that He might quicken by His own blood man, who had died by sin. When he preached these and many other things, certain ministers of the emperor, who had been deputed to seize the Christians, laying hold of St. Demetrius, presented him to the emperor Maximian.

[53] So far the cited anonymous biographer of the Saint; by his order, not long after, was pierced with spears, but what Maximian first did with Demetrius, when he had been brought captive to him, he does not set out; the Passion or Life of the Saint which exists in Photius, however, does set it out. The words with which it does so are these: And the tyrant (namely Maximian) was going to the spectacle of the gladiators, and the Martyr, bound, is brought by the impious ministers to that stadium, which was near, as a Christian in life and doctrine. He, hastening to the spectacle, ordered the holy Man to be guarded near the stadium, to which a public bath was adjacent, in a vault. In the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint, and in the other of the anonymous author from which it is composed, some words exchanged back and forth between Maximian and St. Demetrius, before the latter was shut in the vault by the former's order, are reported. But both these and other things which occur in those two compositions and are absent from the Anastasian and Photian Lives of the Saint do not merit entire credence, however they may seem neither absurd nor unlike the truth, as being destitute of a sufficiently ancient testimony, which would be required for that end. Further, how at length it came about that the Saint, whom Maximian, as he hastened to the spectacle, had ordered to be shut in a vault for the time, won the palm of martyrdom pierced with lances, is narrated in the Photian Life or Passion of Demetrius in these words: These things said, descending into the arena (namely Nestor) he forthwith laid low and killed him who in the judgement of all bore the first place; but he obtained none of the things which were proposed for the victors; and he filled the tyrant with intolerable grief and wrath, and, rising from his seat, inflamed with anger, the impious man departs thence home. And when certain men reported to him words from Demetrius the martyr, as though drunk with fury and impiety, and at the same time thinking that an unlucky omen had been offered him when the Saint had met him as he hastened to the stadium, he orders him to be killed with spears in the place in which he was shut up.

[54] and in this manner, and indeed, contrary to what here With this narrative of the Photian Life that which the Anastasian supplies agrees well enough, nor does the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint differ much from it, if you except the things narrated about Nestor, discussed above, nor the other of the anonymous author which, as I taught above, seems to have flowed from this. Now, since this is so, and no other ancient monuments are found which conflict with those Lives of the Saint in this matter, we have ascertained the kind of martyrdom which the Saint underwent. But what is to be pronounced about the time at which this happened? If one is to stand by John, archbishop of Thessalonica, cited so very often already, it certainly did not happen before the year 314. I transcribe here, together with an added Latin version, the Greek words of this writer from which I gather this, immediately subjoined to the words of the encomium composed by him recited at number 39, that I may share with the reader whatever we have committed to writing by him. They run thus: Εἰκὸς

μὲν

οὖν

καὶ

ταῦτα

διαβόητον

αὐτὸν

κομιδῆ

καθιστᾶν,

τὸ

δὲ

μᾶλλον

αὐτοῦ

τὴν

φὴμην

ὑψῶσαν,

καὶ

παρὰ

ταῖς

ἄλλαις

πατρίσι

τοῦτο

γεγονέναι

φημίζεται·

ἐπέστησαν

αὑτῶ,

φασὶ,

διδάσκοντι,

ὥς

καὶ

τῶ

κυριῶ

Θεῶ

ἡμῶν

Ιεσοῦ

οἱ

πειρασταὶ

σαδδουκαῖοι,

…

οὕτω

καὶ

τῶ

μαθητῆ

τοῦ

Χρίστου

τῶ

πανενδόξω

Μαρτυρι,

ἔλληνες

ἐξ

ἀθηνῶν,

καὶ

Ἰουδαῖοι

ἐξ

Ἱεροσολύμων,

καὶ

Μανιχαῖοι

ἐκ

Μεσοποταμίας,

καὶ

ἀπὸ

Ἀλεξανδρείας

ἀρειανοὶ

(Πρὸ

πολλοῦ

γὰρ

τῆς

αὐτῶν

καθαιρέσεως

τὴν

οἰκουμένην

ἐτάραττον

καὶ

ἀπλῶς

πάσης

σχεδὸν

αἰρέσεως

παραγεγόνασιν

πρόμαχοι)

…

μαθεῖν

…

θέλοντες

…

μᾶλλον

δε

οὐ

μαθεῖν

(πονηρία

γὰρ

ἀνορηξία

πέφυκεν

ἀγαθοῦ)

ἀλλὰ

πειράσαι

καὶ

διαστρέψαι

τῆς

πίστεως

τὴν

εὐθύτητα.

[55] the words of John of Thessalonica, recited, Καὶ

ὁ

μὲν

ἕλλην

ἠρέμα

πῶς

καὶ

ειρωνευόμενος,

ἅτε

δὴ

ταῖς

συλλογιστικαῖς

ἐπικομπάζων,

καὶ

τὰ

μὴ

ὄντα

ὣς

ὄντα

δεικνῦναι,

καὶ

τὰ

ὄντα

πάλιν,

ὥς

μή

ὑπάρχοντα,

ἠρῶτα

τόν

Μάρτυρα,

ὅπως

περὶ

τοῦ

θείου

δοξάζοι,

τὸν

δὲ

ἀποκρίνασθαι

ἐνα

Θέον

ὁμολογεῖν

ἄκτιστον

καὶ

ἀῒδιον,

ποιητήν

πάντων

ὀρατῶν

καὶ

ἀοράτων

καὶ

διὰ

τοῦτο

καὶ

δεσπότην

καὶ

προνοητὴν·

κἀγὼ,

ἐφὴ

ὁ

ἕλλην,

οὕτω

φρονῶ·

τῆς

γὰρ

Σωκράτους

είμὶ

διατριβῆς,

οὺ

τῆς

Ἐπικούρου

καὶ

τῶν

κατ᾽

αὐτὸν. That these things, therefore, should make him assuredly celebrated, or rather extol his fame, was fitting, and this is narrated to have been done in other regions too. As, they say, the tempters, the Sadducees, rose up against the Lord Jesus, our God, … so also against the disciple of Christ, the most glorious Martyr, there rose up heathens from Athens, and Jews from Jerusalem, and Manichaeans from Mesopotamia, and Arians from Alexandria (for long before they were rooted out these troubled the whole world, and were the champions of almost every heresy) … wishing to learn, … or rather not to learn (for malice disdains the good) but to tempt and to pervert the rectitude of the faith. And the heathen indeed, in a manner dissembling, boasting namely that he could show syllogistically things which are not as if they were, and again things which are as if they were not, asked the Martyr what he thought about God; and when he had answered that he confessed one God, uncreated and eternal, Maker of all things visible and invisible, and therefore both Lord and Provider: I too, said the heathen, think thus; I am a follower of the doctrine of Socrates, not of Epicurus and of those who think with him.

[56] Further, with these words he weaves into the said quite prolix encomium, in which he praises St. Demetrius chiefly for his doctrine, require, certainly before the year 314, very many other things, in which the Saint, in discussions held back and forth with the Heathen, the Manichaean, the Jew and the Arian, confuted each of these heterodox men, and at length compelled them, vanquished, to give him their hands, and at the same time he indicates most clearly, in more than one place, as will become evident to one consulting that encomium, that very many Arians then existed. Now, since these things are so, it is necessary that John, archbishop of Thessalonica, thought that the Arian heresy had already then, when our Saint still survived among the living, arisen and spread abroad, and accordingly that St. Demetrius was not crowned with martyrdom before the year 314, since before this year certainly (go to François Pagi, in the Breviary of the Roman Pontiffs, volume 1, page 75) that impious sect did not take its beginning. But this opinion of that writer can by no means be admitted; for Demetrius, as is agreed among all, underwent martyrdom at Thessalonica; and the whole of Macedonia, and accordingly also Thessalonica situated in it, was already from the year 314, as may be seen in Tillemont in the History of the Roman emperors, volume IV, page 162, in the power of Constantine the Great, under whom assuredly no one would say the Saint was afflicted with martyrdom, and he continued to hold it thereafter until the year 337, the year of his death, to which the martyrdom of Demetrius most certainly cannot be deferred.

[57] Besides, Demetrius, as I shall now teach, underwent martyrdom under an emperor under the emperor Maximian, not Herculius, whose name was Maximian; and no emperor named Maximian ruled at Thessalonica after the year 311, in which Galerius Maximian, as Pagi in the Critica at this year, Tillemont in the History of the emperors, volume 4, page 116, and others commonly teach, closed his last day; so that indeed, all the things which have already been said being considered, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, either was wholly ignorant of the true epoch of the martyrdom endured by Demetrius, or certainly, deceived by the tradition which he alleges, thought it to be deferred later than the truth of the matter allows. But what time at length is to be assigned to this event? That St. Demetrius was seized and slain while the emperor Maximian was staying in the city of Thessalonica, his Life or Passion both the Anastasian and the Photian teaches. With these also agree in this matter the other two Lives of the Saint, namely the Metaphrastic, and the other, composed by an anonymous author, from which this flowed. But these wrongly assert that the Maximian under whom they place the Saint's martyrdom was also called Herculius. For Maximian Herculius, as becomes plain from what Tillemont writes of this emperor in volume IV of the History of the Roman emperors, never ruled at Thessalonica; so that, since the Saint certainly suffered there, this assuredly

did not happen under Maximian Herculius. Nor does the Greek Life of the Saint cited above from Leo Allatius, and beginning with these words: Ὅτε

Μαξιμῖνος

ὁ

βασιλεὺς

ἐν

τῇ

Θεσσαλονικέων

διῆγε

πόλει, better determine that it was done under Maximin, whether we understand the first or the second emperor of this name.

[58] but Galerius, For Maximin, the first of this name, most probably was never at Thessalonica after he had taken up the reins of empire, as you will easily understand from what is found recorded of him; wherefore, since the Saint underwent martyrdom at Thessalonica while he who was emperor was staying in that city, by the testimony of absolutely all the writers who treat of this matter, it indeed cannot have happened under Maximin, the first of this name; and that this should be established is besides hindered by the unanimous opinion of all the learned, which determines that Demetrius won the palm of martyrdom, his blood shed for Christ, later than the year 240, in which Maximin, the first of this name, departed from among the living. And as regards now Maximin, the second of this name, Thessalonica never belonged to him any more than to Maximian Herculius, as is manifest from what is commonly found recorded of him in Tillemont, already cited more than once, in the History of the Roman emperors, volume 4, and in other writers; wherefore our Saint's martyrdom cannot be placed under him either, as you will easily gather from what has already been said. From all these things, further, it now follows, first indeed, that in the Greek Life or Passion of Demetrius cited by Leo Allatius, by an error very common among the Greeks, by which the names of Maximin and Maximian are customarily confused, Μαξιμῖνος is wrongly written for Μαξιμιανὸς, as is also sufficiently clear from what I brought forward at number 7; and then, that the martyrdom of our Saint is to be placed under Maximian Galerius, who, as is now agreed among the learned, acted as emperor from the year 305 up to the year 311, the year of his death, and during that whole time had in his power Macedonia, and accordingly also Thessalonica, which is situated in it. But in what year of Christ?

[59] when he, having conquered the Sarmatians and the Goths, Since Maximian Galerius departed from among the living in the year 311 (go to Pagi in the Critica at this year, number XV), the martyrdom of Demetrius cannot be deferred beyond the same year; indeed, since the same emperor laboured through the whole year 310 with a most grievous disease, and at the time when he ordered the Saint to be killed enjoyed the best of health, it must most probably be placed even before this year; and about how long before, what is now to be said will make in some way probable. In the Metaphrastic Life of the Saint, and in the other of the anonymous author which lighted the way for Metaphrastes, it is not obscurely related that our Saint was afflicted with Martyrdom at the time when Maximian — who nevertheless, as I have already taught, is wrongly called Herculius in those two compositions — having conquered the Goths and Sarmatians, had come to Thessalonica; and although Metaphrastes and the anonymous author from whom he culled his material by no means merit undoubted credence here, as is easy to draw out from what has already been said above, there is nevertheless no reason why what they supply here for determining more nearly the time at which the Saint underwent martyrdom should not be held at least as probable. Since, then, according to them the Saint was crowned with martyrdom at the time when Maximian, having conquered the Goths and Sarmatians, came to Thessalonica, let us examine at what time he conquered the Goths and Sarmatians.

[60] Tillemont, in volume 4 of the History of the emperors, page 89, mentions the war waged by Maximian Galerius against the Sarmatians, with whom the Goths could have been joined, and the victory won by him over them, because he had conquered in the year 305 or the following, the palm of martyrdom and adds that that war, of which no record is found elsewhere than in Zonaras and Ammianus Marcellinus, whom he cites there, is to be fixed either to the year 305 or to the beginning of the following. Now since, besides the war mentioned here by Tillemont, no other war is in fact known by which Galerius Maximian, already namely created emperor — before which time certainly he did not order Demetrius to be killed — conquered the Goths and Sarmatians, and it seems one should stand by that writer as regards the time at which he writes the war he mentions was waged, I think it probable that our Saint won the palm of martyrdom about the year 306, because Metaphrastes, as has already been said, and the anonymous author who lighted his way together clearly indicate that he fell for Christ after the war waged by Galerius Maximian against the Goths and Sarmatians; and hence I wrote that year in the margin above.

[61] Now let us also say a little about the day on which the Saint, his blood shed for the Christian faith, won on the very day perhaps assigned by the Greeks, 26 October, fell a martyr. To the Elogium with which he is adorned in the Menaea at the 26th day of October these following little verses are set before, in which allusion is made to the kind of martyrdom which he underwent, having some likeness to the passion of the side of Christ:

Δημήτριον

νύττουσι

λόγχαι,

Χριστέ

μου,

Ζηλοῦντα

πλευρᾶς

λογχονύκτου

σῆς

πάθους.

Εἰκοστῆ

μελίαι

Δημήτριον

ἕκτη

ἀνεῖλον.

The first two, from the version which I have adapted to them, and the third, from the interpretation adapted to it by Papebroch in the Graeco-Muscovite Ephemerides, sound thus in Latin:

Lances pierce Demetrius, my Christ,

Emulating the Passion of Thy side, pierced by the lance.

On the twentieth and sixth the spear slew Demetrius.

It is asserted in the Menaea, therefore, that the Saint underwent martyrdom on the twenty-sixth day of October; and although the Menaea, as is well enough known, do not merit certain credence in similar matters, yet I should not dare to assert that they are certainly false here. Nor is there ground for replying that Demetrius is celebrated in the Roman Martyrology, both the old and the present, at the 8th day of October, and that this is also done in all the other sacred Fasti of the Latins which have mentioned Demetrius; for although this is so, these, as is held ascertained by all the learned, do not always customarily celebrate the Saints on those days on which they passed by a happy death to the Lord, nor do those of them who commemorate St. Demetrius on the eighth day of October anywhere assert that he was crowned with martyrdom on this day. That the Saint in fact fell for Christ on the 26th day of October, therefore, does not seem to lack all probability, although meanwhile it can by no means be held for certain, because it is not grounded in documents of sufficient antiquity and credit.

[62] For the rest, no other things are available by which I might determine the year and day his servant, named Lupus, surviving him, about whom on which the Saint won the palm of martyrdom. I now proceed to that which still remains to be discussed here. In the Metaphrastic Acts of the Saint, with which the things that the anonymous author, older than Metaphrastes, composed agree, the following are subjoined to the narrative of the martyrdom endured by our Saint: One of the Saint's (namely Demetrius's) servants, standing near him when he underwent that blessed slaughter, when he had collected, as he could, that divine blood in the sacred superhumeral of the Martyr, and had taken the ring which he wore on his hand and dipped it in the Martyr's blood, wrought very many miracles through these. Nor was there any disease, nor evil demon so strong, but that at once, if it had made trial of him, he would overcome it; so that the whole city of the Thessalonians was filled with such fame of miracles. Wherefore it was neither fitting that these things should be hidden from Maximian, nor could he bear the envy; and therefore the servant, the steward of these goods, is at once seized and put to death. The place in which he was killed was the Tribunal; and that excellent servant was called Lupus.

[63] some things are brought forward here. Our Predecessors, at the 23rd day of August, on which St. Lupus or Luppus, martyr, is inscribed in the Roman Martyrology, in the printed Menaea of the Greeks, in the Sirleto Menology, and in other sacred Fasti not only of the Greeks and Latins but also of other nations, inquired whether this holy martyr is one and the same with the Lupus mentioned in the Acts of St. Demetrius in the words just now recited. And it indeed seemed more probable to them that the martyr Lupus, inserted in the sacred Fasti at the said day, is one and the same with Lupus, the servant of St. Demetrius, who is commemorated in his Acts; but since nothing was available by which they might establish this opinion of theirs firmly enough, they referred the matter to this day to be examined more accurately, if meanwhile any light should shine forth. That I might perform, therefore, what they had in a manner promised to do, I carefully discussed the various Acts of St. Demetrius which are at hand, and other monuments from which I thought some light might perhaps shine forth, as also whatever I found consigned anywhere to writing about the martyr Lupus inscribed in the sacred Fasti at the 23rd day of August. But it has befallen me to find absolutely nothing by which I might solidly confirm the opinion which holds the Lupus of the Acts of St. Demetrius and the other, inserted in the sacred Fasti at the 23rd day of August, to be the same; wherefore, especially because the servile or slave condition, the title of martyr, and the name by which they are called are common to both those Saints, and nothing occurs anywhere that urges that they are certainly to be distinguished, I impose an end on this §, content to pronounce that opinion, with our said Predecessors, probable, indeed more probable than the opposite.

§ VI. The Saint's memory in the sacred Fasti, the ecclesiastical cult which he enjoys universally among the Greeks today, and formerly enjoyed.

The Saint, who seems nowhere inserted in the Hieronymian copies, Although indeed not a few Saints who bore the name of Demetrius occur inscribed at various days of the year in the Hieronymian copies, both the greater ones in Fiorentini and the lesser or more contracted ones which were published by him and others, yet there is none among them who is celebrated either at this day, sacred to our Saint among the Latins, or at the 26th of October, dedicated to him among the Greeks, or at least who could safely be determined, from the characters by which he is distinguished, to be one and the same with our Demetrius. But although perhaps, as follows from this, our Saint is nowhere inserted in those sacred Fasti, which are held older than all the rest, yet that he was anciently held as a Saint, and is held so today, is shown even by the manifold sacred Fasti of various nations, distinct from the Hieronymian, in which he is celebrated, both the older, and not yielding much to the Hieronymian in antiquity, and also the less ancient.

[65] And first indeed, to begin with enumerating the sacred Fasti of the Latins, yet in many others, both of the Latins, Demetrius is announced today in the Little or Old Roman Martyrology, which is reckoned of nearly equal antiquity with the Martyrology which circulates under the name of St. Jerome, in these few words: At Thessalonica, of Demetrius the martyr. Further, the Saint, received from this most ancient Martyrology, Ado first, and then from him Usuard and Notker, all reckoned among the ancient martyrologists whom we call Classical, likewise brought into the Martyrologies composed by them at this eighth day of October; which Wandelbert also did, although meanwhile it is not known what determinate guide he used here, celebrating Demetrius today in his metrical Martyrology thus:

On the eighth before the Ides, holy Demetrius, thou art blessed,

Having suffered unjust torturers for the name of Christ.

To the Classical or older Martyrologists, from

whom meanwhile Rabanus, and the Bede, perhaps genuine, who exists with us prefixed to volume 2 of March, pass over Demetrius, no otherwise than the Hieronymian copies, not a few more recent hagiologists of the Latin Church besides have joined themselves, namely Belinus, Maurolico, Galesini, Molanus and others; since it is not worth the effort to enumerate them all here, or even to transcribe the announcements which they supply, passing them over, I transfer here only the words with which the Roman Martyrology also celebrates Demetrius today. They run thus: At Thessalonica, of St. Demetrius the proconsul, who, when he was leading very many to the faith of Christ, by order of the emperor Maximian, pierced with lances, consummated his martyrdom.

[66] As regards now the sacred Fasti of other nations, and in the sacred Fasti of the Greeks and other nations, although on days the memory of our Saint is recalled not only among the Greeks, among whose Hagiologies you would hardly find any that does not mention Demetrius, but also among the Ethiopians, the Russians or Muscovites, the Copts and the Syrians: among the Ethiopians indeed in the Ethiopic Calendar in Job Ludolf; and among the Russians or Muscovites in the Slavo-Russian Menology which the most noble baron of Sparwenfeld, having rendered it into Latin, communicated to us, in the Graeco-Muscovite Ephemerides prefixed to volume 1 of May of our Work, as also in the Ruthenian Calendar in Possevino, and likewise in the Ruthenian Synaxarion which George David, priest of our Society, sent us from Moscow in the year 1688. And as regards the Copts and the Syrians, among the latter indeed the name of our Saint is recorded in the Syriac or Chaldaic Calendar published at Rome in print in the year 1624, which, afterwards rendered into Latin, exists with us in manuscript; and among the former in the manuscript Coptic Calendar which we have, and which we suspect was turned into the Latin Language by Kircher, priest of our Society. And in all those sacred Fasti enumerated, the Ethiopians, the Russians or Muscovites, the Copts and the Syrians celebrate Demetrius not, as the Latins do, at the 8th, but at the 26th day of October, most probably, not to say undoubtedly, imitating the Greeks, who, contrary to what the Latins do, commemorate the Saint likewise at the same 26th day of October in absolutely all the sacred Fasti customarily used among them which mention Demetrius.

[67] different, perhaps for the reason which is given here, is commemorated, But why do the Greeks consign the Saint to one day, the Latins to another, in the sacred Fasti destined for the use of their Church? It not seldom happens among the Latins that Saints are honoured with ecclesiastical veneration not on those days on which they exchanged life for death, but on others which are not hindered by the cult of other Saints. What if, then, the Saint formerly among the Latins was also inscribed by them in the sacred fasti not on the day which had fallen to him as the day of his death, but on another, on which, unhindered by the veneration of another Saint, he was honoured with ecclesiastical cult among them, and it befell that among the Greeks this was done on that very day which had been the day of his death, the 26th of October? Indeed, that it came about from this that the name of Demetrius was inserted in the sacred Fasti on the 8th day of October among the Latins, but on the 26th among the Greeks, does not appear to me altogether unlike the truth, especially since the Greeks in the Menaea, as I taught above, expressly affirm that the Saint won the palm of martyrdom on the 26th day of October, and in fact he perhaps passed to the Lord on that day, as I likewise taught above. However that may be, the Saint is celebrated, as is clear from what has already been said, in the sacred Fasti of the Latins as well as of the Greeks; and since the discourse has now fallen upon the ecclesiastical cult which was paid to him, the argument of the matter admonishes that we now make discourse about it.

[68] and is honoured with an Office by the Greeks even today, and that, as especially That I may do this in more orderly fashion, I shall treat first of the ecclesiastical cult which Demetrius universally enjoys among the Greeks today, and formerly enjoyed; and then of that with which he was honoured in particular both at Thessalonica and at Constantinople, even by the very emperors of the East and their court; and finally I shall end this Commentary with an explanation of the veneration which is either still paid, or certainly was formerly paid, to the Saint elsewhere than among the Greeks. The Greeks perform their own Office of St. Demetrius at the 26th day of October, only with the commemoration of some other Saints added, which they then, as often elsewhere, institute. Anyone will find that the matter is so who inspects the great printed Menaea of the Greeks, the Typicon distinguished with the name of St. Sabas, and the most recent Anthology, which is noted as printed in the year 1738, at the said 26th day of October. But from what time did that ecclesiastical cult begin to be paid to St. Demetrius by the Greeks, who besides adorn him with the most honourable titles of μεγαλομάρτυρος and, for a reason to be stated below, μυροβλύτου? Since in the aforesaid ecclesiastical Office, with which the Saint is celebrated in the Menaea, a commemoration is instituted of the earthquake which happened under Leo the Isaurian, and this emperor died when the eighth century had advanced to about its middle, it assuredly cannot be older than this century as regards that commemoration, and there will perhaps be someone who for this very reason will not attribute greater antiquity to it as regards the rest either. But however this matter may be, it appears most probable to me that the Saint was venerated every year with an ecclesiastical Office universally by the Greeks long even before the eighth century, both from what we shall say below as regards his most ancient cult at Thessalonica as well as at Constantinople, and above all from the singular veneration and at the same time celebrity of name which he enjoyed among the Greeks in that century, indeed even long before; both of which prerogatives of our holy Martyr I now give proved.

[69] St. Theodore the Studite, who flourished as the eighth century was growing old and at the beginning of the following, in Sirmond, Various Works, volume V, page 208, [from the signal veneration, proved here from Theodore the Studite, which in the eighth century] in the letter which he gave to John the Spatharius, writes thus: Hearing of a certain divine deed done by your lordship, we wondered at your truly great faith, man of God. For he who reported it affirms that you employed the sacred image of the great Martyr Demetrius in the place of a sponsor; and thus performed the baptism of your son, guarded by God. And O your confidence! "I have not found so great faith in Israel," I think was said by Christ not only then to the centurion, but now also to you, who contend in faith with him. He therefore found what he sought; and you too have obtained what you hoped. There the divine command for bodily presence: here the bodily image in place of the prototype. For there the great Word was present by words, invisibly accomplishing by His divinity the wondrous work of healing; and here likewise the great Martyr was present in spirit to his image, receiving the infant. But these things indeed, to profane ears and unbelieving minds, seem by no means to be received, as incredible, especially to the iconoclasts; but to your piety manifest arguments and examples have been laid open. For what is there that God cannot grant to those who believe? Or how is he who is represented not seen in the image homonymously, and believed to be in it? Since the honour of the image, as the great Basil says, passes to the prototype. Wherefore it is manifest that it was the Martyr who received the infant through his own image, inasmuch as you so believed. But O your magnificence, who have obtained such and so great a syntecnus, as they call it, not this one or that, a prince, say, or a dynast; or even him who is wreathed with the diadem. For greater and far superior is he whom you have found.

[70] For of the Martyrs the bravest, of the wonder-workers the most illustrious, [enjoyed, from veneration and celebrity of name, it appears that long before this century] a true friend of Christ, a citizen of the Angels: who always could and can do so many and so great things on earth, that the trumpet of his miracles is celebrated in all regions. Blessed in truth are you, most pious man, that you have obtained such a sponsor: thrice blessed too is your son, who was received by one endowed with such great glory and power. But let it be permitted to us to see this son of yours, namesake of St. Demetrius, if you assent: that, embracing him as his son, we may also address him in words fitting to him, as sinners, and may transmit the deed to others too. For it is not fitting that beautiful things be kept silent, but that they be set before others as clear proofs of pious faith. Indeed both the quite singular deed which is praised here, and the words with which this is done by Theodore the Studite, argue a wholly exceptional veneration toward St. Demetrius both of John the Spatharius — who perhaps is one and the same with John the Protospatharius and Bajulus, chosen by Irene and mentioned in Theophanes at the tenth year of this empress — and of Theodore the Studite himself. Besides, since this holy writer, who, as I have already taught, flourished as the eighth century was growing old and at the beginning of the following, affirms through the recited words that Demetrius always could and further can do so many and so great things on earth that the trumpet of his miracles is celebrated in all regions, he assuredly affords ground on which we may not undeservedly judge that our Saint shone among the Greeks with signal celebrity of name, and with the veneration arising from it, long even before the eighth century.

[71] Since this is so, it hardly appears doubtful that he too, no otherwise than other more illustrious Saints, was already then honoured by them with an ecclesiastical Office, especially since it befell that his festal day was celebrated every year at Thessalonica already from the sixth century, and most probably even earlier, [he most probably obtained, and afterwards certainly with a feast partly a holiday,] as I shall show below. Further, Demetrius was honoured among the Greeks not only with an ecclesiastical Office but also with an annual feast, at the time of whose sacred cult, or of the most holy sacrifice of the Mass, it was unlawful to give judgement, if not before the eighth century, certainly before the thirteenth century. This is clear from the Novel given in the year of the world 6674 according to the Greeks, that is, of the Christian era 1166, by the emperor Manuel Comnenus, concerning the days on which the courts were to keep holiday either wholly or in part, that is, to abstain from giving judgement. For in this, which exists in the Graeco-Roman Law published by Leunclavius at Frankfurt in the year 1596, page 160, and in Photius in the Nomocanon, Title seven, page 58 and following, the emperor first speaks thus, in the following words turned from the Greek tongue into Latin by Leunclavius: We sanction that those days be holidays which we shall enumerate by name in the present constitution; and that some of them indeed have holiday in general, so that by no means, during their whole space, can a court be constituted, unless perhaps the emperor by way of dispensation, or from necessity (as often a certain sudden variety of affairs is wont to innovate rather freely), should will to constitute a court on these too; but that others be free from courts in part, so that namely these are exercised from the morning time up to

the time of the sacred worship, or rather (for in Greek λειτουργίας is had) of the sacrifice of the Mass, during which it may be permitted to the judges to be intent both on prayer and on the celebration of the divine Majesty, and, the sacred rite being completed, they may take care of justice, and succour those who have suffered injuries according to the vigour of the laws.

[72] [on which perhaps afterwards the whole day was to be kept as a holiday, he was honoured every year.] But nevertheless those to whom it is permitted in this manner to give judgement after the sacred worship shall, in the notations and instruments drawn up by them, make mention of the time at which they were drawn up. These things being premised, he first enumerates the days wholly holidays, that is, on which the whole day must be free from giving judgement, and then proceeds to those on which the tribunal has vacation only in part, and reckons among these the 26th day of October, because on it a feast is kept to Demetrius, the great, as he says, and gushing with ointments. That Demetrius, therefore, was honoured by the Greeks before the thirteenth century with an annual feast, during some part of which there was to be vacation from giving judgement, is not to be doubted. Further, Baillet, in volume 3 of the Lives, column 115, at the 8th day of October, affirms that during part of that feast there was also abstinence from servile works. And this indeed, although not expressly asserted in the cited Novel of the emperor Manuel Comnenus, appears most probable: but that writer adds besides, in the same place, about that feast, which, compared with the other feasts wholly holidays, was the first feast of only the second class, the following: It became afterwards so celebrated that it was celebrated with ceremonies not less than the feasts of the first class, and it is of precept to be observed through the whole day even today. So he, citing for himself in the margin what Smith's Statutes of the Greek church have at page 12; but since this Work is not at hand, I will let the credit of what he teaches in the recited words rest with him, and I now step to other things which pertain to the Saint's cult.

§ VII. How exceptional a cult was paid to the Saint at Thessalonica, and how ancient indeed it is.

[The Saint was venerated at Thessalonica in the seventh century, indeed even earlier:] That St. Demetrius enjoyed at Thessalonica a quite exceptional veneration and ecclesiastical cult in the age of John, archbishop of this city, already cited very often above and to be cited below, that is, in the seventh century, you might not altogether ineptly conjecture even solely from the most honourable titles with which that writer very frequently adorns him in book 1 of the Miracles to be published, and which are customarily given only to those who are venerated as Saints. But that conjectures alone need not be used in this matter, that very writer also brings about. For he indicates, from the very beginning of the said encomium, that the encomium already cited above more than once, beginning with these two words, Μνημὴν δικαίων, which he spoke to the Thessalonians about St. Demetrius, he spoke at the time when his festal day was being kept, beginning it thus: Μνήμην

δικαίων

μετ᾽

ἐγκωμίων

ποιεῖθαι

Σαλομῶν

συνεβούλευσεν, that is: Solomon counselled that the memory of the Saints be celebrated with encomiums. Besides, he declares that the burning of the Ciborium, or canopy of the altar, which he relates in book 1 of the miracles, chapter 12, happened some space of time before he committed it to writing there, on the very sacred day of St. Demetrius, which was then customarily celebrated every year, as he says, on the 26th day of October, and he adds in the same place things from which it is understood that the Saint's festivity at Thessalonica then lasted not only one day; so that assuredly it is on no ground to be doubted that the Saint was honoured with a quite signal ecclesiastical cult in the age of John of Thessalonica, that is, in the seventh century, indeed even, since the said burning happened in the sixth century or at the beginning of the following, as I shall teach in the Annotations to be subjoined to the chapter just mentioned, in the sixth century.

[74] But did not the Saint begin to be so honoured in his native city even before the sixth century? for long before, a church there, which, Before I declare what my opinion is on this matter, it will help to premise some things more. That a sacred church was built to St. Demetrius at Thessalonica, after his sacred body had lain for some while under the earth, by Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, in that very place in which it had been committed to the earth, the Anastasian and at the same time the Photian Passion of the Saint gives testimony. The words of the latter little composition bearing on this, from which the former does not disagree in substance, are these: But a certain Leontius, a pious man, who afterwards obtained the prefecture with which he administered Illyricum, purifying the place in which the relics of the holy Martyr had rested, and enlarging it, raised a church to the Martyr in that place, a common propitiatory and refuge, not for Thessalonica only, but also for all the neighbouring parts. But in order that we may define at what time this was more probably done: in the Theodosian code, published at Lyons in the year 1665 with the Commentaries of Godefroy, volume 6, page 369, Leontius is mentioned, who was prefect of Illyricum in the year 412 and 413. Wherefore, since no other Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, to whom what is narrated in the recited words of Photius could apply, occurs in the ancient monuments, it assuredly appears probable that the sacred church of which we speak here was erected to our Saint at Thessalonica already from the beginning of the fifth century, although meanwhile, because perhaps in fact a Leontius different from the Leontius of the Theodosian code, and yet mentioned in no ancient monuments, administered Illyricum later with the office of prefect, the matter is not certain on every side. But however it may be, that there existed at Thessalonica a sacred church to Demetrius, and that one which was not a building of small bulk only, as someone perhaps might gather from the Anastasian Life of the Saint, in which it is called only an Oratory, but a quite signal temple, long before the age of John, archbishop of Thessalonica, who, as I taught above, flourished in the seventh century, is beyond doubt from what this writer records.

[75] as from various For in the panegyrical oration which he sets before the miracles narrated by him in the manner of a Preface (go to number 4), concerning the first miracle which he is just about to relate, in the codex formerly Mazarin's, cited above very often, page 17 verso and following, he speaks thus: Ἀκούσωμεν

τοίνυν,

εἰ

δοκεί,

μετὰ

συντονίας

καὶ

κατανύξεως

πρώτου

τοῦδε

τοῦ

θαύματος,

ὅ

καὶ

πολλοὺς

ὑμῶν

πέπεισμαι

μὴ

ἀγνόειν

διὰ

τὸ

περίφαντον

ἐν

ὅλη

τῆ

Μακεδονία

καὶ

τῆ

βασιλευούση

πόλει

γεγονέναι,

καὶ

μέχρι

νῦν

ἄδεσθαι

παρὰ

τοῖς

ἀπάντων

στόμασι,

παίδων

ἐκ

πατέρων

παρειληφότων

τὴν

ἐναργῆ

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

καὶ

ἀπροσδόκητον

θαυματουργίαν. Which Greek words sound thus in Latin: Let us hear, then, if it please you, with attention of mind and at the same time compunction, that first miracle, which I think many of you are not ignorant of, since it is very well known in all Macedonia and in the ruling city (so the Greek writers commonly call Constantinople), and is celebrated up to the present time in the mouth of all, the evident and unexpected working of a miracle by the Martyr (namely Demetrius) having been heard from the fathers through the sons; and in the narrative of this miracle, which he relates in book 1 of the Miracles to be published, chapter 1, and which he inscribes concerning the prefect of despaired-of health, namely Marianus, in Greek περὶ

τοῦ

ἀπελπισθέντος

ἐπάρχου, he makes mention in more than one place of a quite signal temple which existed at Thessalonica, sacred to St. Demetrius, while the miracle narrated by him was being wrought in the prefect Marianus. Wherefore, since John, archbishop of Thessalonica, most clearly teaches by the words just recited that that miracle happened long before his age, it is a consequence that also long before this, and accordingly before the seventh century, in which according to what has been said this writer flourished, a huge temple which was sacred to St. Demetrius had already been built at Thessalonica.

[76] contrary to what can be argued from Anastasius the Librarian, But indeed, you will say, the miracle wrought in the prefect Marianus by the patronage of St. Demetrius is also narrated by Anastasius the librarian in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 71 and the two following, and he not obscurely hints that at the time when it happened a signal temple had not yet been built to St. Demetrius at Thessalonica. I admit it is so: For Anastasius writes thus in the place cited: These things said, he (Marianus) is at once seized by sleep for pain and sadness; and when he had fallen asleep, blessed Demetrius appeared to him, saying: Rise and command your servants to carry you into the house of Demetrius: for there, God helping, you will receive health. And when, awaking, he asked of those standing round about the house of Demetrius the martyr, someone said: There is a very mean house near the stadium, in which they say lies Demetrius, who was formerly killed with lances by order of the emperor Maximian. Then he: Carry me thither, for it was said to me in a vision that there I could receive health. Then the servants carried their master where they had been ordered, and he ordered himself to be placed merely on the pavement. And as he lay, he is suddenly seized by sleep, and behold, blessed Demetrius again appeared to him, saying: Through me you can be healed, but I fear lest perhaps after health you entangle yourself in the cares of this world. And Marianus: You know, Lord, that I never did this, nor desire to do it. And he: Christ heals you, who raises up those who are dashed down. And Marianus, awaking, began to narrate the vision, and when he had come to this point, where the martyr said: Christ heals you, who raises up those who are dashed down, he rose whole, giving thanks to God with all who were present there; and since he calls the house of Demetrius the martyr, in which the body of our Saint lay laid up when Marianus, carried to it, recovered his health by its patronage, Very mean, and at that time no other house sacred to St. Demetrius the martyr existed at Thessalonica than that in which his sacred body lay laid up, he indicates sufficiently openly, in the narrative transcribed here, in which besides, long as it is, he supplies absolutely nothing from which you might suspect otherwise, that a signal temple which was sacred to Demetrius had assuredly not yet been built at Thessalonica at that time.

[77] But John, archbishop of Thessalonica himself, the words of John of Thessalonica, who first committed that miracle to writing, in book 1 of the miracles to be published, chapter 1, when he records that the servants carried Marianus, to be restored to health by the patronage of St. Demetrius, who had appeared to him in sleep, into the church of St. Demetrius at Thessalonica, calls it Πανσέπτον ναὸν, the most venerable Temple, and presently subjoins the following words, which, with a Latin interpretation added, I transcribe: ὁ

δὲ

εἰσελθὼν,

καὶ

ἰδών

τὴν

εὐπρέπειαν

τοῦ

οἴκου

καὶ

τὴν

ἐν

αὐτῶ

πνευματικὴν

εὐωδίαν,

τὴν

τρέφουσαν

τὰς

ψυχὰς

τῶν

πιστῶν,

ὠς

ὀ

παράδεισος

τοῦ

Θεοῦ,

εἴπεν

τοῖς

βαστάζουσιν

αὐτὸν

οἰκέταις,

ῥίψατέ

με

πλωτὸν

εἰς

τὸ

ἔδαφος. But he (namely Marianus), when he had entered (the temple of Demetrius), and perceived the adornment of the church, and the spiritual odour of it which, like the paradise of God, nourishes the souls of the faithful, said to the domestics who were carrying him: Lay me down on the bare pavement. Besides, in the church of Demetrius, into which he writes Marianus was carried by his servants to be restored to health, a Ciborium, or (go to Du Cange in the Glossary at this word) a structure raised into a gabled form, under which the body of St. Demetrius laid up

was believed to lie, he writes that a canopy of the altar made of silver existed; but who would think either that in the church at Thessalonica containing the sacred relics of Demetrius, into which Marianus was carried, there would have been an ornament of such a precious kind, or that John of Thessalonica would have spoken of it so magnificently, as according to what has been said he does, if it had been only a mean, indeed a very mean, house, such as is hinted by Anastasius to have existed? Now since these things are so, it is not to be doubted that already at the time when the miracle wrought in Marianus happened, a signal temple sacred to St. Demetrius existed at Thessalonica.

[78] This, further, is in some way confirmed from John Stauracius, Chartophylax of Thessalonica, and from John Stauracius, the interpretation of Anastasius, which here and there when he flourished I have taught above. For he too brought the miracle wrought in Marianus into his composition on the miracles of St. Demetrius, mentioned above, and there, in our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, he calls the church of St. Demetrius into which Marianus, to be restored to health, was carried, ἀνάκτορον, a royal edifice or basilica. Nor is there reason for the authority of Anastasius the Librarian to move us much here. For the interpretation by which he turned from the Greek tongue into Latin the things which pertain to St. Demetrius in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 65 and many following, does not seem to be free of absolutely every fault, whether meanwhile this is to be ascribed to the carelessness or unskilfulness of this writer himself, or to the defect of the Greek copy which lighted his way. I give the matter proved by one or another example. The anonymous author who composed the Life or Passion of our Saint, to be published by us in the second place, having narrated the martyrdom of Demetrius, affirms that he was entombed by certain Christians under heaped-up earth, and then subjoins: Οὐδενὶ

δέ

μετὰ

ταῦτα

φροντίς

ἐγένετο

μετενεγκεῖν

τὸ

σῶμα

τοῦ

Ἁγίου,

ἀλλ᾽

ἔμεινεν

ἐπὶ

σχήματος. And to these Greek words the following correspond in Mabillon, at the cited volume of the Vetera Analecta, page 70, in the Life or Passion of our Saint rendered into Latin by Anastasius: But no one afterwards had care to transfer the little body of the Saint, but it remained under the sign. But since it becomes evident from the context of the sense that it is only signified here that the Saint's body, which had been entombed under heaped-up earth, remained buried under it, I think that for the last word which occurs in the recited words of Anastasius the word earth or ground should be substituted. The word σχήματος, indeed, which can perhaps not ineptly be rendered in Latin by the word sign, is placed in the words of the anonymous biographer just recited; but for the cause already mentioned, which is sought from the context of the sense, I think it was wrongly written there, by the carelessness or yawning of copyists, for the word χώματος, which signifies earth or also a Mound; so that, although indeed an error lies here, it must nevertheless be attributed not to Anastasius but to the Greek copyist whom this writer used for preparing his version.

[79] being faulty, rejected, But behold now also a fault occurring in the Latin version which most probably proceeded from no other than him. John, archbishop of Thessalonica, in book 1 of the Miracles to be published, chapter 3, narrates the Vision in which St. Demetrius, about to succour the city of Thessalonica, then most greatly pressed by famine, gave himself to be seen by a certain upright man in the island of Chios, and then subjoins: Ὁ

δὲ

διαναστὰς

καὶ

πορευθεὶς

ἐπὶ

τὸ

μαρτύριον

τοῦ

καλλινίκου

μάρτυρος

ἰσιδώρου,

ὀφείλων

ἄκριβέστερον

καταμαθεῖν

ἀπὸ

τῶν

ἐγχωρίων

τίς

ὅ

Δημήτριος

οὔτος· and to these Greek words the following Anastasian ones correspond in Mabillon, at the volume of the Analecta cited more than once, page 81: He (namely the man to whom St. Demetrius had appeared in the island of Chios), rising, went to the church of Saints Victor and Isidore, wishing to learn from the country people who this Demetrius was, namely who had appeared to him. The church, then, to which the upright man to whom St. Demetrius had appeared in the island of Chios betook himself, in order to understand who the Demetrius was who had appeared to him, was sacred to two Saints, namely Victor and Isidore, according to the interpretation of Anastasius. But the Greek words of John of Thessalonica just recited, from which what is found in Anastasius about that church was originally drawn, reveal that the church to which the upright man to whom St. Demetrius had appeared betook himself was consecrated not to two, but only to one, St. Isidore. For the word Καλλινίκος which occurs in the Greek words of John of Thessalonica just recited is by no means a proper name of a Saint to which, as Anastasius thought, the Latin proper name Victor might correspond, but only an adjective qualifying St. Isidore the martyr, signifying in Greek the same as in Latin adorned with beautiful victories, as is now commonly known to those skilled in the Greek tongue.

[80] Whatever, therefore, Anastasius may establish in the narrative of the miracle by which Marianus was restored to health, is shown, he had a signal temple sacred to his name. Further, of that one it is nevertheless not to be doubted, on account of all the things which I have now brought forward, that already at the time when this was wrought, and therefore long even before the age of John of Thessalonica, a quite signal temple sacred to St. Demetrius existed at Thessalonica. And from this it now flows that it is likewise not to be doubted that the Saint was honoured at Thessalonica with a quite signal cult long even before that time. Indeed, since according to what has been said above he most probably had there also a signal temple consecrated to his name already from the fifth century, it appears most probable that he was venerated in that native city of his with an annual festivity already then, or at least before the sixth century, especially since already from this century he was most probably held by the Thessalonians as their principal patron too, as I shall teach in the Annotations to be subjoined to book 1 of the Miracles, chapter 2. Further, the said Thessalonian temple of the Saint then comprised among its ornaments not only, what I have already mentioned above, a ciborium, or canopy of the altar of gabled form, made of silver, but also perhaps a throne built of the same metal. Certainly that this sacred edifice was enriched with this ornament already from the sixth century, or at least from the beginning of the following, book 1 of the Miracles to be published, chapter 6, gives proof. For there John, archbishop of Thessalonica, supplies a miraculous narrative about St. Demetrius which pertains to the age of Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, snatched from among the living in the year 602 under the emperor Maurice, and makes mention of a silver throne which, while this archbishop was living, existed in the Thessalonian church of Demetrius. And these ornaments indeed, with which the Thessalonians took care to adorn the Saint's church, indeed perhaps, for reasons to be stated below, with one of these, namely the ciborium, also his tomb, give in some way testimony to the quite exceptional veneration in which they anciently held him; and what I now subjoin will show this still more amply.

[81] It happened, as John of Thessalonica relates in the place just cited, [in caring for the adornment, the Thessalonians showed also their veneration toward the Saint,] that the ciborium, or canopy of the altar raised into a gabled form, under which, as was believed by many, the Saint's body lay laid up, was set on fire at night, and the silver of which it was, as I said, made, melted by the vehement heat of the fire, perished for the greatest part. Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, whom I have just cited, struck by the unexpected mishap, thought seriously of building a new ciborium as soon as possible, by which thing assuredly his exceptional veneration toward the Saint shone forth; and when he saw that for this end, no small part of the silver of which the burned ciborium had been made being lost, the necessary material was lacking to him, and he thought the ciborium, which was reckoned to contain the sacred relics of the Saint, a more necessary furnishing than the silver Throne which we have just mentioned, he was meditating destroying that throne and applying the silver taken from it to the structure of the new ciborium. But St. Demetrius himself prevented this from being done, declaring through a priest, to whom he appeared once, twice and a third time, to archbishop Eusebius that it was not his will. Nor indeed was it necessary that the aforesaid Throne be destroyed in order that the new ciborium might be made. For the citizens of Thessalonica, without being admonished, brought silver in abundance to their archbishop so that a new ciborium might be built. The words of John of Thessalonica by which this last thing is set forth in the place cited above, drawn into an abridgement by Anastasius the Librarian, as they exist in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 77, I present here. They run thus: While they (the priest to whom St. Demetrius had given himself to be seen, and archbishop Eusebius) were still speaking of these things with one another, behold the doorkeeper came, saying: Holy prelate, the very rich Mennas stands before your door desiring to speak with you. He says to him, let him come. The aforesaid Mennas, coming, offered him LXXV pounds of silver in aid of the ciborium. And then came John, namely the Sweetness of the poor, offering him a weight of forty pounds of silver; and the citizens, coming up, offered as they could, that the ciborium might be rebuilt. In such manner the often-named work was rebuilt by the merits of the holy Martyr.

[82] [and no less did they attest it by building a new one in place of that sacred edifice burned] And thus assuredly the Thessalonians, as concurring liberally with gifts offered by themselves for the structure of the ciborium with which the sacred relics of St. Demetrius might be reverently covered, made manifest the quite exceptional veneration with which they shone toward him. And if further anyone, that he may be able to judge of this still better, should perhaps wish to know besides of what sort and how great, of what figure and magnificence that Work was, he will find his desire satisfied by reading through the tenth chapter of the first book of the Miracles to be published. For there, in the narrative of an apparition which happened while the tyrant Phocas, taken from among the living in the year 610, governed the reins of the Eastern empire, the silver ciborium which in the Thessalonian church of St. Demetrius was believed to contain his sacred body is elegantly described, and this, since Phocas presided over the Eastern empire immediately after Maurice, under whom the aforesaid Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, sat, was most probably, not to say undoubtedly, no other than that which we have already seen was built by this very archbishop of Thessalonica. But this Work, which according to what has been said had been substituted for the other one, burned, either as the sixth century was growing old or at the beginning of the seventh, was most probably likewise burned in this latter century. For the anonymous author who continued the composition of John of Thessalonica on the miracles of St. Demetrius relates, in book 2 of the miracles to be published, chapter 3, that the Thessalonian church of St. Demetrius was consumed by flames, and not obscurely hints that this happened not long after the death of John, archbishop of Thessalonica, who most probably died before the year 690. Now since this is so, it does not appear to be doubted that then again the ciborium which Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica mentioned above, had built was burned.

[83] by building a new one. This, or certainly the same, collapsed. But although then, that is, as the seventh century was growing old, not only this Work but also, as has already been said, the very Thessalonian temple of our Saint in which it was contained was consumed by flames, yet the Thessalonians did not on that account

seem to have abated anything of their veneration toward him. For, as the same anonymous writer teaches in the place cited, in place of the burned temple they built another, very magnificent, which still existed in his age, St. Demetrius supplying help in a singular manner to his fellow citizens, that is, the Thessalonians. By which thing assuredly they gave testimony to their veneration toward the Saint no less than by adorning his old church. Further, no otherwise than the old one built by Leontius, that new sacred edifice, or another which was substituted for it when it too afterwards collapsed or was destroyed by fire or otherwise, was generally most celebrated as well as most sung among the Greeks, and that chiefly on account of the body of the holy Martyr preserved and venerated in it, from which a liquor, salutary for healing diseases, continually dripped. But of the body of Demetrius, and of the liquor which drips from it and is salutary for healing diseases, I shall treat in the following §; my purpose now is solely to inform the reader further of the things worthy of note which occur, besides those already adduced, concerning the Thessalonian temple of the Saint, and another, also sacred to him, which is not much removed from Thessalonica. And first indeed the Saint's Thessalonian temple, as John Cameniates gives testimony concerning the destruction of Thessalonica, which happened at the beginning of the tenth century, in the Writers of Byzantine History after Theophanes, page 326 and following, shone most of all with the solemnity of the divine Office customarily performed in it before that destruction, and with the celebration of the annual festivity of Demetrius.

[84] Behold here the words bearing on this which that writer supplies in the same place. [another substituted, which also with the annual celebration of the Demetrian feast.] For certain temples, he says, (are seen) very great and munificent, and most beautiful with varied adornment, standing and set forth through the middle of the city (namely of Thessalonica), as common propitiatories of the Divinity; above all, and chief among them, that of the divine and supersubstantial Wisdom of the Word, the maker of all things, and likewise that of the ever Virgin immaculate Mother of God; and also (of which I made mention above) that of the most glorious and illustrious victor, Demetrius the martyr, where he performed divine contests and carried off the palm of victory; these namely, as the solemnities of the feasts recurred through the circle of the year, gathering into themselves the assembly of the whole multitude, brought unspeakable gladness and spiritual joy to those who came together. In each of these the Orders of priests filled the register of the clergy, by whose work the mystical worship and the sacred action is performed; likewise companies of lectors, who have diligence in singing canticles, and ring out verses in alternation, and arrange the sounds of the modulations with motions of the hands, and constitute a great and worthily spectacular choir; now soothing the eyes of the beholders with the shining form of their vestments, now delighting the hearing with the artful lyre of the Psalms. For what was the fabulous Orpheus, if you consider these canticles, or the Homeric muse, or the ravings of the Sirens, arranged with the lies of fictions, so that there is no true reason for praise, but false rumours, seducing the race of mortals and enslaving them to error? In vain, therefore, do the Greeks (or rather, since Ἕλληνες, which word signifies both Heathen and Greek, is had in the Greek, the heathens) boast themselves in these things with rattling cheeks, who lack true knowledge of things, and fight with themselves in vain speeches; but to us both the Divinity is true, and the very thing which we sing and frequent with the homage of praise.

[85] Nor did the Saint's Thessalonian temple shine most of all only with a quite exceptional solemnity of the divine Office, before the destruction, mentioned before, of the city in which it is situated, which is described by John Cameniates, [and with the frequent imploring of the Saint's help at it, as the words of Cameniates] and with the annual celebration of the Demetrian feast, which, as is understood from the words of Cameniates already recited, was performed with the greatest pomp; but this, no otherwise than the old Thessalonian temple of our Saint built by Leontius, which had been consumed by flames (go to the words of the Photian Life recited at number 74), was a common propitiatory and refuge, to which both other faithful and most of all the Thessalonians not seldom had recourse, to implore the Saint's help in their necessities. How true this is, the words alone supplied by John Cameniates are proof, when he records, in the composition cited above which exists in the Writers of Byzantine History after Theophanes, page 335, what the Thessalonians and others did when the Hagarenes in the year 904 were threatening Thessalonica, shortly afterwards stormed and destroyed by them as well; and they are these: But distracted and wavering with various thoughts, through the remaining following days we ourselves now strive for this, which is what remains to the wretched; namely that with vows we might invoke the bowels of divine mercy, which no one can tell, and the patronage of the Saints. For coming to the church of the most glorious martyr Demetrius, mentioned above, most splendid with illustrious beauty, both all the dwellers of the city and strangers from various nations, every dignity and age, a lamentable choir being formed, a cry being raised to the Martyr, we asked that he would be our patron against the death and slaughter threatening from the menacing wrath of the Barbarians. Thou hast shown, we said, generous Martyr, the ready help of thy defence and the ardour of thy mind, not seldom in many dangers which assailed thy city, and, all the snares of the adversaries being dissolved, thou hast preserved it immune from all harm and destruction. Show now too, most merciful one, thy immense care toward us; and let not the barbarous and foreign nations, who know not God, glory against us.

[86] the words of whom are recited here, Nor do thou give over this house, which the whole world holds as a new medical workshop for diseases and a ready refuge, to be profaned by impure and impious men, who mock our faith, and spurn our worship and religion: and charge us with this one crime, the piety with which we are toward God; and threaten untimely death and destruction. For although we are worthy of innumerable punishments for the crimes which we have committed on earth, and are liable to this very devastation and disaster which threatens, yet we know no other God than Him who crowned thee, in whose favour too thou didst perform divine contests, whom thou didst glorify by an emulous passion: by whose gift too thou didst obtain the grace of many miracles, and wast granted to us as a firm wall and unshaken prop and pillar, to whom daily pouring out suppliant prayers for us thou dost beg the things which conduce to our good. Look therefore now too upon the helplessness of counsel and mind of this people and the hopes laid down, and hearing our prayer, stand with free intercession for us thy servants, and snatch us from the expected overthrow, lest the sons of the handmaid Agar glory against us, nor say, Where is their defender? For thou seest thyself too, most kindly one, that we have laid down the sum of the matter not in lances but in thy powerful intercession, who also hope again that we shall be partakers of thy providence and care. Offering these vows with anguish of mind, all suppliantly to the Martyr night and day, and watering the floor of the temple with tears, we passed our time in suspense with the expectation of the enemy, while our sin, no otherwise than a most firm hedge, stood in the way, and rendered the Martyr's intercession vain, lest it win for us the divine kindness by a propitious Divinity.

[87] Further, the city of Thessalonica, when it had been stormed by the Hagarenes in the year 904, and a public one, likewise here as I have already taught, these did not hold in their power for very long; for when, within not yet a whole month, as is understood from John Cameniates, it had been wiped out by the destruction which immediately followed the storming, they thought it should be deserted, and in fact deserted it. And then indeed the most celebrated city at once began to be restored, nor does it appear to be doubted that at once likewise effort was made by the lovers of the Saint that the signal temple of Demetrius, which had been profaned by the barbarians, should be restored to its former beauty. However that may be, that sacred edifice was certainly frequented, no otherwise than before, by the faithful having recourse to the Saint's help. This it is permitted to gather from the public instrument which exists inserted among the Epistles of Innocent III, published at Paris by Étienne Baluze in the year 1682, book 15, epistle 84; which accordingly, since besides it also teaches some other things pertaining to the Saint and his Thessalonian temple, I transcribe here entire. But that the things which are related in it may be more easily understood, a few things are still to be premised before I do so. The Latins, having brought Constantinople into their power at the beginning of the thirteenth century, also subdued Thessalonica; and then the Thessalonian temple of St. Demetrius was granted to the Canons Regular of the Holy Sepulchre of Jerusalem. But between these and the archbishop of Thessalonica, who contended that some right in the church of St. Demetrius and the goods pertaining to it belonged to him, a suit shortly arose, which was at length settled by the conditions expressed in the instrument cited above, which they sent to the Pontiff for approval, and he approved them in the cited epistle 84. Here it is now: To the Most Holy Father and Lord Innocent, by the grace of God supreme Pontiff of the most holy and universal Church, G., by His patience and yours minister, though unworthy, of the Church of Thessalonica, himself at your feet with filial obedience. When, on account of schismatic disobedience, the vengeance of the supreme king had scourged the land of the Greeks with the cord of correction, and out of His secret and inestimable counsel had brought it back into the hands of the Latins, many religious coming from various parts obtained various benefices, both through the Lord Cardinals and through princes and Barons and other faithful.

[88] Among whom the Canons of the most holy sepulchre rejoiced to obtain, in whatever way, the church of St. Demetrius of Thessalonica, recited, which they possessed until my enthronement with many labours, and, to confess the truth, very necessary to that land. Indeed, although the aforesaid church of St. Demetrius is known to pertain to my jurisdiction, nevertheless out of reverence for the Lord's sepulchre, where the redemption of the human race was wrought, and for whose relief the army of the crusaders is said to have acquired the land of Romania, and also lest the said canons be wholly defrauded of their hope and labours, and that every question and controversy such as has arisen between me and them on this matter, which could not easily be defined at the present time by judicial order on account of the perplexity of the cause, may be more easily laid to rest through peace and equity, especially since in the often-said church, adorned with the body of so great a martyr, canons regular of so favoured a church can serve more honourably than seculars, relying on the counsel of prudent men, namely Ar., bishop of Thermopylae, postulated of Sarra, W., elect of Nazareth, postulated of Philippi, and Master R., elect of Citrum, it seemed to me, so far as in me lies, useful and likewise honourable, that the said canons of the Lord's sepulchre, of all possessions, proceeds, fruits, revenues, legacies, and alms pertaining in whatever just manner to the said church of St. Demetrius, as can be lawfully proved by instruments or by suitable witnesses or in another just manner, and moreover of all those things which at any time were bestowed on the Archbishops of Thessalonica in the name of the church of the aforesaid St. Demetrius, or shall be bestowed in future, as, as has been said above, can be lawfully proved, shall receive, for the service of the often-said church, such a portion as the canons of St. Sophia of the metropolis of Thessalonica shall receive from its possessions,

when it shall happen that it is ordained.

[89] the instrument is proof, The houses indeed which the clerics of St. Demetrius had within Thessalonica in the time of the Greeks, the canons of the holy sepulchre shall possess outside the share; the hand offerings also, and whatever shall have been bequeathed to them by name, or in the name of the holy sepulchre, they shall likewise receive outside the share. But those things which shall be offered upon the tomb of St. Demetrius, or shall have been bequeathed by name to the same church, shall be divided according to the aforesaid division. This only being added, that when the said canons shall institute chaplains or clerics in that church for the time, under the same religion of faith by which they themselves shall be bound, they shall enjoin on them that they by no means persuade any in a testament or otherwise to bestow upon the canons themselves rather than upon the church, to the prejudice and damage of the Archbishop. The expenses, as regards the repairs of the roof or the lighting of the church and the just custody of the tomb, to be made in common pro rata. Furthermore, the prior who shall for the time be delegated in the often-said church of St. Demetrius by the Patriarch of Jerusalem and his chapter shall be bound to show obedience and reverence to me and to my successors canonically entering. All our right and liberty in the said church being, moreover, fully reserved to the mother church of Thessalonica and to me and my successors, as also in other churches of this kind. Saving the obedience of the Lord Patriarch of Jerusalem and of his chapter in all things over the prior himself and the canons and other religious dwelling there.

[90] it shone most of all with the concourse, Since, therefore, the ordering of churches which cannot be done by inferior prelates ought to be reserved to the Roman church, which by the Lord's disposition is the mother and mistress of all churches, I thought the said composition or disposition, which I did not presume to make or confirm by myself, should be transmitted to your holiness, beseeching your paternity on the bended knees of the mind attentively and earnestly that, for God's cause and out of reverence for the Lord's sepulchre and by the intervention of my prayers, if it shall seem fitting and honourable to your holiness, you would deign to make it by your authority or to complete it as begun, and, that it may have greater firmness, strengthening the same by the aforesaid authority. Consider now these words in which the said instrument is framed, and you will see that at the time at which it was given, that is, at the beginning of the thirteenth century, the Thessalonian temple of St. Demetrius was not seldom customarily frequented by the access of the faithful to it, who also honoured his tomb with offered gifts. Nor will you learn only this from that charter, but also some other things which pertain either to our Saint himself or to the Thessalonian temple dedicated to him.

[91] For the rest, it is beyond doubt that this temple long still after the thirteenth century was customarily frequented by the Greeks, the schismatic Greeks, although subject to the Turks, in the fifteenth century although schismatics, not seldom also, that they might implore the help of Demetrius in their necessities. And that this was still practised in particular by the Thessalonians in the fifteenth century, by no means doubtful proofs are both the things which John Anagnostes, a contemporary writer and eyewitness of almost all the things which it describes, records at number 10 in his Composition on Thessalonica destroyed by the Turks in the year 1429, inserted in the Symmicta of Leo Allatius, published at Cologne in the year 1653 by Bertold Nihusius, concerning the Thessalonians fleeing to the help of St. Demetrius when they knew the Turks were already threatening their city, and also the things which, as the Analecta to be subjoined to the miracles to be published will teach, Demetrius Chrysoloras, himself also a writer of the fifteenth century, records about the oil or ointment still wondrously gushing in his age from the tomb of St. Demetrius. Nor is there reason why anyone should doubt somewhat whether that most celebrated temple of our Saint in this city did not cease, at least from the year 1429, to be frequented by the Thessalonians and other Greeks, because in that year Thessalonica was stormed and destroyed by the Turks. For then, as John Anagnostes testifies in the cited composition, number 18, only two temples were snatched from the Christians, of which one was sacred to the Mother of God, the other to the Forerunner of the Lord. But indeed, you will ask, did it not happen that about two or three years afterwards the church dedicated to Demetrius was snatched from the Christians by the Turks? This assuredly does not seem to be so. For although then these, by order of Amurath II, their emperor, occupied almost all the temples of the Christians, as the same Anagnostes teaches at number 20, yet four of these were still left to them; and among these the temple of St. Demetrius seems to have been.

[92] For Ducas, grandson of Michael Ducas, sprung from the imperial family of the Ducae, still possessed; and although now, as appears, of that sacred place who also himself flourished in the fifteenth century, and could therefore have the matter best perceived, writes thus in the Byzantine History composed by him, chapter 29: The principal monasteries, whose fame was everywhere celebrated, he (namely Amurath) consecrated as temples to his religion (namely the Mahometan), except the church of the illustrious martyr Demetrius. For although he had entered that temple and immolated a ram with his own hands, and prayed to God, yet he afterwards ordered it to be restored to the Christians. But whatever adornment there was of the sepulchre and of the memorial of the Martyr, of the temple and of the sanctuaries, the Turks stole, leaving only the bare walls; and this writer, lest he should be said to fight with John Anagnostes, who relates, as I have already taught, that only two temples were snatched from the Christians immediately after Thessalonica was stormed, must be understood of the monasteries which, except the sacred church of St. Demetrius, Amurath consecrated as temples to his religion about two or three years after Thessalonica was stormed. Since this is so, it appears certain that neither then was the Thessalonian temple of Demetrius snatched from the Christians; so that accordingly the Thessalonians and others most probably frequented that sacred place thereafter no otherwise than before. But is it open to them to do so even today? That the Thessalonian temple of St. Demetrius is now converted into a mosque, or Turkish shrine, La Martinière teaches in the Geographical Dictionary, relating also in a few words how signal it was, at the name Salonicki, by which Thessalonica is now called, from the historical and geographical Monuments of Coronelli and the Itinerary written by Paul Lucas; nor does anything occur by which this matter might be called into doubt, although meanwhile I do not find when it was done; wherefore it is not to be doubted that the temple formerly built to the Saint at Thessalonica is now assuredly much less visited by the Christians than it formerly was wont to be.

[93] are stripped, they nevertheless still hold Demetrius in veneration. But not all veneration of the Saint has on that account perished among the Thessalonians, as will become evident from what is now to be said. Among the churches snatched from them by the Turks there was also the metropolitan or principal basilica, consecrated to the eternal Wisdom of God, as you will easily understand from the words of John Cameniates given at number 84, and from others contained in the public instrument transcribed here above at number 88; and in its place the Thessalonians, as it seems, built another metropolitan or principal church, and consecrated it to St. Demetrius, which is proof that their veneration toward our Saint has not wholly perished. Certainly that the principal church at Thessalonica is now consecrated under the name of St. Demetrius Le Quien affirms, with whom other writers also agree, in the Oriens Christianus, volume 2, column 27; and that this sacred church is distinct from the old one mentioned above very often, since this, according to what has been said, is now converted into a Turkish shrine, is not to be doubted. For the rest, that I may at length now proceed to another thing which still remains to be mentioned here, out of the singular veneration of the Thessalonians for St. Demetrius there also formerly existed yet another sacred church, not indeed at Thessalonica, but nevertheless not far from this city, as the fourth chapter of the third book of the Miracles to be published gives proof, the time, however, at which it was built not being expressed. And this indeed was built at a fountain, by whose waters those who washed themselves, St. Demetrius being invoked, not seldom recovered lost health (go to the Miracles to be published in the place cited), and it was customarily much frequented by the Christians while these were still masters of affairs at Thessalonica; but whether this pious custom too, that sacred place being perhaps likewise occupied by the Turks, has not now been wholly abrogated, I have not ascertained.

§ VIII. When the prodigious ointment first began to drip from the Saint's tomb or body, and what besides is to be believed concerning this sacred pledge.

The principal authors who the ointment, That a prodigious ointment anciently gushed from the Thessalonian sepulchre of St. Demetrius, by a stupendous miracle ascribed to the merits of St. Demetrius, is not to be doubted. For not a few writers give testimony to it, who, since they either beheld the thing with their own eyes or certainly heard it from witnesses worthy of credit, ought not to be suspect to us here. But from what time that miracle first began is not equally beyond doubt, as neither about when it befell that our Saint's body, at which this prodigy happened, was discovered. These two heads, therefore, I have resolved to examine in the present §, as also some other things which pertain to that sacred pledge and of which it is fitting that the reader be informed. But before I do so, it is pleasing here to bring forward the chief things of the ancient writers who speak of the prodigious ointment of St. Demetrius, salutary for healing diseases, beginning with the older ones. John Cameniates, who flourished in the tenth century, and described the siege, storming and destruction of the city of Thessalonica by the Hagarenes in the year 904, at page 184 of the Cologne edition made in the year 1653, calls St. Demetrius myroblytes, thus not obscurely signifying that ointment, which in Greek is called μυρὸν, gushed, in Greek βλυζεῖν, from his body or at least his tomb.

[95] John Scylitzes, who flourished in the eleventh century, in Michael the Paphlagonian expressly affirms that oil or ointment gushed from the sepulchre of St. Demetrius. salutary for healing diseases, Nor does Anna Comnena, who was illustrious in the twelfth century, and transmitted to posterity the things then done by her father, Alexius Comnenus, in a composition written by her which she entitled the Alexiad, record it less clearly, in book 2 of this Work of hers, page 60, writing thus in that place: In which (namely the city of Thessalonica) an illustrious temple built in the name of the great martyr Demetrius is seen: where also the ointment gushing from his venerable coffin works the greatest cures daily in those who approach with faith. Nicetas Choniates, who exchanged life for death in the year 1205, in the Annals written by him, graphically describing the crimes committed by the Sicilians at Thessalonica when they had stormed this city in the year 1185, at the same time reveals things from which it becomes manifest that then too ointment or oil boiled out in very great abundance from the sepulchre of St. Demetrius. For thus he has in the same work, in Andronicus Comnenus, book 1, number 9: Nor were they moved by the miracles wrought through them, by which Christ rewards those who have shown honour to His members; so that the ointment which boils out from the monument of the most celebrated martyr Demetrius, drawn in jars and cauldrons, they poured into the pans of fish,

greased their shoes with it, and rashly and wickedly abused it for the other services for which oil is of use. But it, as if issuing from an inexhaustible fountain or gushing from an abyss, flowed more copiously, and overflowed in a new manner, so that even the barbarians wondered at this one thing, and were astounded at the grace divinely granted to the Martyr.

[96] John Cantacuzenus, who, having abdicated the fasces of empire in the year 1355, spent his old age in writing the history of the things done by himself and others, from the Saint's tomb anciently in book 1, chapter 53 of this Work composed by him, and likewise in book 3, chapter 9, adorns St. Demetrius, when he makes mention of his Thessalonian temple or tomb, with the title μυροβλύτου, in Latin myroblytes, that is, gushing or dripping oil or ointment. The same is also done, besides John Cameniates already mentioned above, by not a few other Greek writers, yet so that among these there are also some who, although indeed they do not give the Saint the title μυροβλύτου, or myroblytes, nevertheless give him that of μυροβλήτου, which comes to the same thing, or myrobletes, that is, emitting oil or ointment, an appellation derived from the Greek words μυρὸν, oil or ointment, and βαλλεῖν, to send or send forth. For the rest, that I may join to the writers already cited another writer, who spoke most diffusely of all about the ointment or oil which prodigiously dripped from the body or tomb of St. Demetrius: John Anagnostes, a Greek writer of the fifteenth century cited still above, who comprised in writing the destruction of Thessalonica, his fatherland, besieged and stormed by the Turks in the year 1429, in the Opusculum which he composed to describe that mournful event, at which he himself had been present, and which exists published in print in the latter book of the Symmicta of Leo Allatius, page 355 and following, having already earlier in the same Opusculum, at page 329, adorned the Saint with the title μυροβλύτου, that is, myroblytes or dripping ointment, records thus, in the interpretation of Leo Allatius: What further would you say of the myrothecium of our trophy-bearer and martyr (namely Demetrius)?

[97] gushed, the writers who relate it are reviewed. Neither did those who had raged against us like untamed beasts preserve it unmoved or undisturbed, out of the excess of their fury; not, however, for the same cause for which other sepulchres built anciently by us were unsealed and thrown down, and the remains of the corpses lying in them scattered over the earth: for in those the Turks found moneys stored by the citizens, for the cause already narrated, and therefore they unsealed and overturned almost all; but here for a double cause, both on account of the adornment composed about it of no little gold and silver and precious stones and also gems, and on account of the divine ointment which affords health. For some despoiled it only for the sake of the adornment; others, envying us the abundance of the ointments, and desiring to deprive us of the health which follows from it, so that thereafter that medicine would not be available to us when there was need. Wherefore, the marbles laid over it being thrown down, they draw out the ointments with no light effort, and try to bring out the sacred and divine body of the Martyr. For they thought they would attain their purpose, and reduce us to bereavement of the inexhaustible ointments. But the end which their lust had rashly proposed to itself it did not have. For many days, therefore, the ointment was drawn out with both hands, and to some it seemed plainly ridiculous; but those who were wiser than others took care to bring it into their fatherland, and to handle it with reverence and religion. For they had heard from those who had experienced it that for any diseases it was much more efficacious than medicinal drugs themselves. Nevertheless they could neither dry up nor empty the fountain of ointments, although they strove for it rather contentiously and for a long time, and deservedly … for the things which God bestows on the worthy do not equal human things; just as neither are they subject to the same limits.

[98] That prodigy, not already, as the words of John Stauracius, which And these are the chief testimonies of the writers about the ointment or oil which dripped from the Saint's body or tomb which I thought should be brought forward here; and there is no one, so far as I think, who, these being weighed, would in any way doubt the truth of the matter. But, to come now to the things which besides are doubtful here and to be discussed, when did that signal and continuous prodigy of the oil or ointment gushing from the Saint's body or tomb first begin to happen? Since John Cameniates, as I have already taught, flourished in the tenth century, and gives the Saint the title of Myroblytes, it is not to be doubted that already from that same tenth century ointment or oil dripped from the tomb of St. Demetrius; indeed, since that title does not seem to have been attributed to the Saint then for the first time, when that author flourished, I should not with difficulty believe that oil or ointment prodigiously dripped from his body or tomb already from the ninth or even the eighth century. But can the beginning of this miracle be placed even earlier? It assuredly can, and will even have to be, if only John Stauracius is to be believed in his composition on the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius, of what sort it is I have set out above. For that Greek writer, whose words therefore, together with an added Latin version which I have prepared, I transfer here, writes thus in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, page 73:

Μετακαλεῖταὶ

ἡμᾶς

τὰ

περὶ

Ἰουστινιανὸν

τὸν

μέγαν

αὐτοκράτορα.

Οὕτος

ἀφύλακτον

ἅλλως

ἔχειν

τὸ

τῆς

βασιλείας

σκῆπτρον

ὑπελογίζετο,

εἰμὴ

ποῦ

τί

τῶν

Δημητριακῶν

λειψάνων

συστρατηγοῦν

αὐτῷ,

μᾶλλον

δὲ

προμαχοῦν

ἐπιφέροιτο.

[99] Γράμματα

τοίνυν

αὐτοῦ

καὶ

προθέβατα

ἡ

Θεσσαλονικέων

εἶχεν

εἰς

ἐπήκοον, are recited, the words require, μέρός

που

τῆς

μαρτυρικῆς

διαρτίας

τοῦ

σώματος

ἐξαιτούμενα.

Γνωσιμαχοῦσιν

ἡ

πόλις

πᾶσα,

καὶ

τῷ

πράγματι

δυσχεραίνουσι·

κάμπτονται

δὲ

ὅμως

τῇ

αἰτήσει

τοῦ

αὐτοκράτορος

ὡς

ἐκ

πίστεως

ἐληλυθυῖᾳ

εἰλικρινοῦς·

καὶ

δὴ

παρῆσαν

μὲν

οἱ

τὴν

ὀρυγὴν

ἐκ

πλαγίου

τῆς

μαρτυρικῆς

σοροῦ

σκευαζόμενοι·

ἄλλως

γάρ

πως

τῇ

τοσαύτῃ

τῶν

μύρων

πλημμύρᾳ

ὁ

μαρτυρικὸς

θησαυρὸς

ἀνηρεύνητο;

Τοῦ

πράγματος

δὲ

ὅλαις

εἴχοντο

ταῖς

χερσὶ,

δάκτυλόν

που

τυχὸν

ἢ

βραχίονα,

ἢ

ἂλλο

τι

μέρος

τῆς

μαρτυρικῆς

ὁλομελείας

μεθ᾽

ὅσου

τοῦ

τάχους

ἁρπαλέως

τεμαχιζόμενοι,

ὡς

μὴφθάσοι

τούτους

κατακλύσαι

ἡ

τῶν

μύρων

ἐκεῖθεν

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

ἐκπηδίουσα

ἄβυσσος. The emperor Justinian the Great now calls us. He thought that he would not hold the sceptre of empire safely unless he obtained some of the relics of Demetrius, by which he might lead the army with him, or rather that might fight for him. The city of Thessalonica therefore receives from him letters, and mandates which it could hear, demanding some part of the Martyr's body. The whole city resists, and takes the matter ill; yet it is bent by the emperor's petition, as proceeding from sincere faith, and there are present men who set about digging at the left side of the Martyr's coffin; for otherwise how could the Martyr's treasure be searched for, there being so great an abundance of ointments? And they pressed on the thing with all their hands, striving to cut off from some place perhaps a finger or arm, or some other part of the Martyr's body, with as much speed as they could, lest, before they carried out their purpose, they should be overwhelmed by the abundance of ointments dripping thence from the Martyr.

[100] If, therefore, one is to stand by John Stauracius, from the emperor Justinian I, already from the age of the emperor Justinian I, who is adorned by some with the title of Great, and therefore already from the sixth century, in whose 65th year he died, ointment or oil gushed from the tomb, or rather, regarding the words already recited, from the Saint's body, and indeed, as is most clearly related in these words, in huge abundance. But there are things which make it very doubtful, not to say anything worse, whether already then ointment dripped from the body of Demetrius in either small or great abundance. And first indeed John, archbishop of Thessalonica, in book 1 of the miracles, chapter 5, brings forward a letter written to the emperor Maurice, when he too had demanded a part of the relics of St. Demetrius, by Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica toward the end of the sixth century, in which he signifies how a part of the relics of St. Demetrius had formerly been demanded by the emperor Justinian I, and yet, a miracle presently to be mentioned standing in the way, had not been obtained, and with a reason sought thence he excuses himself from fulfilling Maurice's demand. But although Eusebius records in the said letter that the ground of the place in which the Saint's body was believed to lie laid up was then dug by some men in order that they might find the sacred pledge, yet he makes mention not even by a word of ointment or oil which then dripped from that place or from the Saint's body. And it appears little probable that he himself would not have made mention of a prodigy of this kind, by which, more than by anything else assuredly, the sepulchre or tomb of Demetrius would have been illustrious, if it had already then had place, in the cited letter, in which he brings forward not a few things about that tomb, or, as he speaks, about the place in which the sacred body of the saint was believed to lie laid up.

[101] as from reasons Besides, the same Eusebius relates in the cited letter that the Men who, seeking the Saint's body, had begun to dig the ground were compelled to desist from the work begun, fire prodigiously bursting forth from the earth against them, and he adds that a part of the ground, which from the fire bursting forth had wonderfully acquired an ineffable fragrance, was sent to Justinian in place of the demanded relics, and that he received it with gladness, no otherwise than the Saint's body itself; but of ointment or oil prodigiously dripping from the Saint's body or tomb, which was likewise then sent to Justinian, he makes no mention, and yet, if that prodigious gushing had already then had place, it seems it would have come about that the ointment, salutary for healing diseases, would equally, or even rather, have been sent to Justinian in place of the demanded relics than the ground, affected miraculously only by a good odour. There is added that the place, certainly, in which the sacred body of St. Demetrius lay in the church dedicated to him at Thessalonica could not but have been very well known if from it, or, if you prefer, from the Saint's body which it comprised, ointment continually dripped in great abundance, and this prodigy was commonly held ascertained, as the words of John Stauracius transcribed here above suggest. But the place in which the Saint lay laid up in his Thessalonian church appears not to have been known in the age of Justinian, that is, when he demanded for himself a part of the relics of St. Demetrius.

[102] brought forward here I so maintain, first indeed, because when Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, narrates in the letter already cited more than once that the ground was tried by some men to seek the body of Demetrius, he affirms that this was done not in the place in which the sacred body of the Saint lay, but in which it was thought to lie; and then because not even in the age of John, archbishop of Thessalonica, cited very often above, who nevertheless flourished after Eusebius, was the determinate place in which the Saint lay known in the church sacred to his name at Thessalonica, as that writer himself gives proof in book 1 of the Miracles, chapter 5. His words, from which at the same time the Saint's tomb

or the place in which he lay laid up in his Thessalonian church was not known even while archbishop Eusebius occupied the see of Thessalonica will become evident more clearly, I transcribe here, made Latin by me from the Greek. They run thus: But since always indeed, and most of all in the time of idolatry, the Christians who inhabited this city beloved of God were careful and most constant lovers of the martyrs, for fear lest the bodies of the Saints crowned with martyrdom should be committed to the fury of the idolaters, they hid them silently and mysteriously in the earth, so that up to the present time, of those who underwent martyrdom in this city, the sacred tomb in which they were deposited is known of absolutely none, except of the most celebrated and most holy virgin Matrona.

[103] Now, since up to the age of John of Thessalonica, adduced, in what determinate place of his church our Saint lay laid up was altogether unknown even at Thessalonica, as the recited words of this writer give proof, by what reasoning can it be learned for certain that either already then, or even before, ointment or oil, salutary for healing diseases, gushed from his tomb or body? Perhaps either from a tradition begun from the very age of John of Thessalonica or even earlier, or from documents, either written or otherwise, transmitted to posterity by those who either themselves had flourished in the same age of John of Thessalonica or earlier, or had heard the matter from their elders? But how could either a tradition or documents, by which it might be held ascertained that ointment dripped from the body of St. Demetrius already from the age of John of Thessalonica, and even earlier, have drawn their origin at that time, if then the determinate place in which that sacred pledge lay laid up was altogether unknown, as John of Thessalonica reveals it to have been? This indeed appears to me very difficult to grasp, and I cannot accordingly bring myself to believe that oil or ointment, salutary for healing diseases, gushed from our Saint's tomb or body either in the age of John of Thessalonica or even before it.

[104] But indeed, you will say, John of Thessalonica in book 1 of the Miracles to be published supplies things also from others which can make for the contrary, from which it appears that oil or ointment gushed from our Saint's body already from the age of this writer, indeed even before it. For there, toward the end of chapter 1, he introduces Marianus, who, as is clear from what has been said above, flourished long before John of Thessalonica, speaking thus to St. Demetrius, or rather imploring his help for recovering health: Τὴν

δεδωρημένην

σοι

χάριν

ὑπ᾽

αὐτοῦ

τῶν

ἰαμάτων

ἔκχεον

εἰς

ἐμὲ·. and a little after: ἔκχεον

ἐπ᾽

ἐμὲ

τὴν

ἐλεεμοσύνην

σου

καὶ

τὰ

οἰκτείρμονα

σου

ἰάματα. Besides, in the same book of the miracles, chapter 4, he writes thus of Demetrius at the beginning: Ὀͅυ

σωμάτων

δὲ

μόνον

ἰάμασιν

ὁ

καλλίνικος

οὐτὸς

ἐναμβλύνεται

Μάρτυς,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ &c.

I admit, John of Thessalonica records these things in the places cited; but from the texts adduced it does not seem to be concluded that ointment or oil, salutary for healing diseases, gushed from the body or tomb of St. Demetrius already from the age of John of Thessalonica or even before it. For since the Greek word ἰαμὰ signifies not only a medicament, but also the effect of a medicament, or healing, the first of the three texts adduced is turned into the Latin tongue in this manner: Pour out upon me the grace of cures given thee by Him; the second thus: Pour out upon me thy mercy, and thy compassionate healings; and finally the third as follows: But not only with healings of bodies does that Martyr, adorned with beautiful victories, abound, but also, etc.

[105] the confutation, it is concluded, first in the age, but the house Nor, even if we should grant for the moment that the Greek word ἰαμὰ signifies in the texts brought forward exactly the same as the Latin word medicamen, or remedy, will it on that account be a consequence that John of Thessalonica certainly meant the miracle of the ointment or oil gushing from the Saint's tomb to be indicated by them. For why could he not have understood by remedies, both in the first two texts and also in the last, the very intercession of St. Demetrius, or rather the succours either to be brought by the Saint's patronage or in fact often brought to the wretched? That the three texts of John of Thessalonica given above are to be explained in one or the other of the ways already assigned, or at least in another by which the prodigy of the ointment gushing from the Saint's body is not established, is clear even from this, that since this writer did not know in what place of his Thessalonian church our Saint lay laid up, he most probably also did not have it ascertained that ointment gushed from his body, and therefore did not make mention of this prodigy in the texts brought forward, indeed could not even make it. And thus, all the things which I have already said being weighed, it appears most probable, not to say beyond doubt, that assuredly not yet in the age of John of Thessalonica, much less before it, did ointment or oil drip from the Saint's tomb or body. But at what time, then, at length shall we determine that this prodigy first began? We saw above that the Thessalonian temple of Demetrius was consumed by flames not long after the death of John of Thessalonica, that is, as the seventh century was growing old, and another built in its place. What if, then, when this new edifice was being erected, and the earth was being dug in various places for this end, the sacred body of Demetrius was first then found or uncovered, and at the same time oil or ointment, salutary for healing diseases, began to gush from it?

[106] [took its beginning either perhaps as the seventh century was growing old or at the beginning of the following,] This assuredly does not appear to me altogether unlike the truth; yet I should not dare to hold it for certain, for this very reason, that the anonymous author who continued the composition of John of Thessalonica on the miracles of Demetrius, and flourished, as I taught above, either as the eighth century was growing old or at the beginning of the ninth, nowhere, in the miracles wrought by the patronage of our Saint which he narrates, makes mention of ointment prodigiously gushing from his tomb or body. He calls the Saint's temple indeed, in book 2 of his composition, or of the Miracles to be published, chapter 3, ἰαματοφόρον; but since the word ἰαμὰ can signify healing as well as remedy, as I have already taught above, assuredly from the epithet ἰαματοφόρος attributed by the cited anonymous writer to the Thessalonian church of St. Demetrius, as one which is apt to signify both that which brings healing and that which brings a medicament or remedy, it cannot be argued that he meant to make even an obscure mention of ointment prodigiously gushing from the Saint's tomb. Since this is so, that oil began to drip prodigiously from the Saint's tomb already from the beginning of the eighth century, or even as the seventh was growing old, is indeed in some way probable, but by no means certain and beyond doubt. Hence further, and at the same time from the other things which I discussed above from John Cameniates, it now flows that certainly already from the ninth century, but perhaps only already from the eighth or the seventh century, ointment or oil, salutary for healing diseases, dripped prodigiously from the body or tomb of St. Demetrius. And let it suffice now to have discussed this great and continuous miracle; now, since mention not infrequent has been made of the body of Demetrius in the present §, it is fitting that some further things which remain to be said of it be dispatched here too, lest things which are in a manner joined be treated separately.

[107] And first indeed that sacred pledge, since the determinate place in which it lay laid up in the Thessalonian church dedicated to the Saint nor was the Saint's body uncovered earlier. had long been unknown, was not uncovered before the seventh century was growing old or the beginning of the following, as is plain even from the testimony alone of John of Thessalonica transcribed here at number 102. But indeed, you will say, according to the Metaphrastic Passion of the Saint, and the other written by the anonymous author who lighted the way for Metaphrastes, Leontius, prefect of Illyricum about the beginning of the fifth century, as appears from what has been said above, when he had already built a church to St. Demetrius in that city and was about to set out from Thessalonica for Sirmium, had resolved to take some part of the sacred body of the holy Martyr, and was drawn away from this purpose by the Saint appearing to him in sleep. I admit it is so: but it cannot be certain from this that the determinate place in which our Saint's sacred body lay was known to Leontius: for besides that that design of Leontius is not recorded in the Anastasian and Photian Acts of the Saint, Leontius could also have had this as his purpose although he did not yet then know the place in which the sacred pledge lay, and only hoped that it would be found by himself, a digging being made. However that may be, one must stand by John of Thessalonica rather than by Metaphrastes and the anonymous biographer of Demetrius from whom the latter took his material, and accordingly I bring myself to believe, whatever these too may write, that the Saint's body was not uncovered before the seventh century was growing old or the beginning of the following. And this was done then indeed only probably, but certainly, as is easy to gather from what has been said above, not later than the ninth century.

[108] But, to proceed now to another matter, did that sacred pledge always thereafter remain in the church sacred to the Saint among the Thessalonians? This, whatever the biographer of St. Lietbert too may write, In the Life of St. Lietbert, bishop of Cambrai and Arras, published in our Work at the 23rd day of June, on which he is venerated, chapter 5, in which the journey of this holy bishop to Jerusalem is described, Radulphus, the author of that little composition, records thus: Having entered Dalmatia (namely Lietbert), and having traversed the places in which Diocletian of old, in building Baths, had inflicted various punishments of death on the martyrs of Christ, he turned his course toward Isauria. Passing by which he came to Corinth, and there, hearing that the body of St. Demetrius, illustrious among the martyrs, rests there, he sought his sepulchre, and with the whole affection of his mind he seeks the divine help by his merits. St. Lietbert, bishop of Cambrai and Arras, flourished in the eleventh century, as having been taken from among the living in the year 1076, as may be seen with us at the said day of June; wherefore, if Radulphus records true things in the recited words, and meant the whole body of St. Demetrius to be understood, it is necessary that it no longer rested at Thessalonica in the eleventh century, but had been translated thence, either in this very century or even earlier, to Corinth, where St. Lietbert visited it. But our Henschenius, in his Annotations on the recited words of Radulphus, suspecting some ignorance of this author about the places indicated in the text transcribed here — who besides records that Diocletian, intent on wearing out the martyrs with labour, built Baths in Dalmatia, assuredly wrongly (for he did this not there but at Rome) — promised that it would be inquired at this 8th day of October whether the body of St. Demetrius had been translated to Corinth from Thessalonica, in which city it was honoured with a great concourse of peoples because a medicinal ointment gushed from it.

[109] nor from Thessalonica to Corinth in the eleventh century That I may therefore redeem the pledge given by him, and at the same time

show how deservedly he doubted, in the Annotations cited above, whether Radulphus was not mistaken in assigning the place in which St. Lietbert visited the body of St. Demetrius, I recall to the reader's memory the public instrument which I transcribed here entire at number 87 and the three following. For in this, which, as I taught there, was undoubtedly given at the beginning of the thirteenth century, it is not obscurely indicated that the body of St. Demetrius was still then, when it was given, preserved at Thessalonica in the church sacred to him: and since this is so, and nothing can be brought by which the credit of the cited instrument may be weakened, no one indeed will say that that sacred pledge entire had been translated from Thessalonica to Corinth already from the eleventh century, in which it was visited by St. Lietbert, unless perhaps he should wish at the same time to establish — which, however, I do not think will happen — that, after it had lain some while at Corinth in the eleventh century and perhaps also in the following, it was carried back thence again to Thessalonica. But indeed, you will say, if the matter is so, it appears not only to be doubted whether Radulphus erred in assigning the place in which St. Lietbert venerated the sacred body of St. Demetrius, but it seems beyond doubt that he was in fact mistaken in this matter. I admit, it altogether appears so, unless perhaps that writer meant to speak not of the entire body of St. Demetrius, as having been visited at Corinth by St. Lietbert, but of a part of it; but that he did not mean to speak only of a part of the sacred body which Lietbert venerated at Corinth, but rather took Corinth for Thessalonica by error, I think more probable for this very reason, that he records that Lietbert, making for Jerusalem, set out from Bulgaria into Dalmatia, thence into Isauria, then to Corinth and finally to Laodicea; whereas he could conveniently have directed his journey from Bulgaria to Thessalonica, and thence from a most suitable port have sailed into Syria to the maritime city of Laodicea, as Henschenius too already observed before me in the Annotations mentioned above.

[110] had been translated, nor to Pola, And hence it is now a consequence that the testimony of the cited Radulphus, who described the Life of St. Lietbert, and in particular his journey to Jerusalem, by no means suffices for us to believe that there existed at Corinth, when that holy bishop was making for Jerusalem, even only a part of the body of St. Demetrius. But was that city at least afterwards enriched with a sacred pledge of this kind? This I, although it can be affirmed from absolutely no document, yet should not dare to deny undoubtingly, especially because it appears from what is now to be said that after the eleventh century, in which St. Lietbert made for Jerusalem, or perhaps even earlier, at least some relics of St. Demetrius were distributed, that is, communicated with other churches. Baillet, in volume 3 of the Lives, column 115, affirms that at Paris, in a small church which is called St.-Denis-du-Pas, and is situated behind the church sacred there to the most holy Mother of God, certain sacred relics are preserved which they contend are those of St. Demetrius, venerated there according to what is to be said below; but since this writer speaks of this matter there only in the manner of one doubting, still less adduces anything by which he may establish it, if you except the cult paid there to Demetrius, I must have recourse to another source in order to make in some way probable that relics of St. Demetrius were communicated with other churches after the eleventh century or even earlier. That the bodies of six Saints, namely of Theodore, Demetrius and George, martyrs, of Florus, Basil and Solomon, king of Hungary, confessors, were found under a particular altar of the cathedral church at Pola in Istria in the year 1653 is proved from authentic documents with us in volume VII of September, in the historical account of Bl. Solomon, from king of Hungary a hermit, page 848, and on the following page a public instrument is also brought forward, from which it becomes beyond doubt that those six bodies were deposited under that altar by Don Michele Orsini, bishop of Pola, in the year 1487.

[111] And since the martyr Demetrius mentioned in those monuments or was ever carried entire to other places different from Thessalonica. is joined with two other most celebrated martyrs, namely Theodore, honoured with ecclesiastical cult on the 7th day of February, and George on the 23rd day of April, and both these, as the things which we discussed about them at those two days show, are customarily held as patrons or champions of the Christians in war, no otherwise than our holy Thessalonian martyr Demetrius, it appears probable enough that discourse is made in the cited monuments of no other holy martyr Demetrius than this one of ours; and since this is so, it likewise seems probable enough that sacred relics of our Saint are preserved at Pola in Istria, or at least were preserved at the time noted in the aforesaid documents. But shall we say that these were the Saint's entire body, or only a part of it? Since it not seldom, indeed most frequently, happens that relics which constitute only a part of the body of some Saint come under the name of body, even in authentic documents, and nothing could be found anywhere which suggests that the entire body of our Saint was ever carried from Thessalonica elsewhere, it seems more probable that those who drew up the documents mentioned above took a part of the body of the St. Demetrius mentioned there, that is, as appears probable from what has been said, of ours, for his entire body. The same, further, seems to be said for a like cause of Gelenius, who in Colonia supplex, Auctarium number 4, page 164, attributes the body of St. Demetrius to the Benedictine monastery of Siegburg, if perhaps the discourse there is of our Saint, as also of any other writers or documents in which the body of our Saint is ascribed to some determinate sacred place.

§ IX. How signal a cult was paid to the Saint at Constantinople, even by the very emperors of the East, and how ancient indeed it is.

To the temple of St. Demetrius, on the day sacred to him, with ceremonies How signal a cult the Saint formerly received at Constantinople, even from the very emperors of the East and in their court, becomes manifest even from the Ceremonies alone of the Byzantine court, written not later, as I shall teach below, than the beginning of the eleventh century, and published at Leipzig in the year 1751. For in book 1 of these, chapter 21, it is set out how the emperors together with their court customarily honoured every year the feast of St. Demetrius, a solemn procession to the church sacred to him being instituted. I therefore transcribe it here entire. It runs thus: On the day before, the lords indicate to the praepositi that the whole senate is to come forth on the following day with allaximi, and in the morning about the second hour they order the praepositi to come in; which being done, with a few cubicularii, the papas (in Greek παπία is had, that is, from Du Cange's Glossary at the word παπίας, the keeper of the palace) and the hetaeriarch go away, and bring the patriarch with the metropolitans and the rest of his office. He, having entered through the portico of the triconch, sits down in the chamber of the golden triclinium, which is next to the pantheon. And the praepositi, having entered, announce his arrival to the emperors, who rise, and, having entered the chamber of St. Theodore, put on their tunics, and, having gone out beyond the curtain of that chamber, stand there. Meanwhile the praepositi bring in the patriarch, whom the lords according to custom kiss, and sit with him a little in the golden triclinium, and, all things being well ordered, the praepositi enter to announce it to the lords, who at once rise with the patriarch, and, going out with the rite solemn to them, passing through the tripeton, the lausiacum, the justinianeum, the scyla and the outer porticoes of Marcian, make for the oratory of St. Peter, which is situated there.

[113] which here It is to be known that, as the lords proceed with the patriarch from the golden triclinium, before its silver doors stand the eunuch aspatarii, and the logothete of the public course, with the protoscriniarius and the first of the notaries, and the ministers of the golden triclinium near the clock. Further, the lords, having gone out from the bronze doors to the lausiacum, are received and accompanied by the manclavitae and all the cubicularii. Within the scyla, that is, in the extreme part of the triclinium of Justinian, the magistri, proconsuls and officials are present, and, falling to the ground, adore the lords as they pass. And these, as was observed above, go away to St. Peter's, where the patriarch enters the sanctuary, and, solemn prayers being performed, the psalts begin the troparion. Then the patriarch proceeds from the sanctuary, holding the holy Gospel in his hand, to the imperial doors of the same oratory, a subdeacon carrying the processional cross before him. The lords receive candles from the praepositi, and, having thrice bent the knee, pray to God, then kiss the Gospel and the cross, and, the deacon incensing, the emperor, leaning on the patriarch, goes out of the temple. It is also to be observed that, as the procession proceeds from St. Peter's, the singers recite the troparion of the Martyr, which Leo, the most wise and best emperor, composed, up to the words: Hidden thou wast born; and as the procession enters the golden triclinium, the troparion of the dedication, namely: Thanks to Thee, Christ God, glory of the Apostles.

[114] are described, the emperors were wont to proceed every year. The emperor, departing thence whither he had gone, goes on through the middle of the chrysotriclinium, and goes out with the procession by the eastern doors, while meanwhile the magistri, proconsuls, patricians and officials stand opposite the temple of St. Demetrius, that is, on the left side, and the cubicularii at the eastern parts of the Solarium, the lords with the Patriarch in the atrium of the temple; and, the solemn rites of the dedication being performed, the entrance is made. The Patriarch enters the sanctuary, the lords, passing through the middle of the church, go out, and stand in the tetraseron which is there, to hear the reading of the Gospel. Afterwards, having proceeded through the silver doors of the Macron, or long portico, they put on their tunics, and, having entered the golden triclinium, sit down according to custom, and shortly after the dismissal is given. And at the banquet on this day they have the patriarch, the metropolitans, and whatever senators they will. Indeed, that the feast of St. Demetrius was customarily celebrated every year at Constantinople with great solemnity by the Constantinopolitan emperors and their court becomes manifest from the ceremonies described here, with which one then proceeded from the golden triclinium, that is, from the place of the emperors' abode in their palace, to the temple of St. Demetrius.

[115] But what was that temple of St. Demetrius? That temple, which, as appears, is the same as the sacred church mentioned here, Codinus, On the Offices of the church and court of Constantinople, chapter 15, writes in this manner: On the memory of the great Demetrius the emperor goes to the venerable monastery of the Palaeologi, which is distinguished with the name of the aforesaid Martyr. The monastery of the Palaeologi, to which the emperors customarily went every year on the 26th day of October, sacred to St. Demetrius, Pachymeres too mentions in volume 2, book 4, chapter 12. I hardly, nay scarcely even hardly, doubt that the temple of this monastery of the Palaeologi is one and the same with the temple mentioned just now in the Ceremonies of the Byzantine court, to which, first built by the Caesar Bardas according to what is to be said, a monastery was afterwards added. The matter will shine out more amply from what is to be said. In Banduri, volume 1 of the Eastern empire, the anonymous writer of the Antiquities, or, as they are called by others, the Origins of Constantinople, who, as the cited Banduri teaches in the Preface set by him before that volume, which comprises chiefly Works previously unpublished, flourished when the twelfth century had advanced to about its middle,

writes thus in part 2 of his Work, number 68: The church of St. Demetrius, which stands above the walls, the Caesar Bardas built, the uncle of Michael, whom Basil killed at St. Mamas, the Caesar himself having already earlier, while he was undertaking an Eastern expedition together with Michael, been cut limb from limb in the sight of Michael, born of his sister. For Bardas was the brother of the Augusta Theodora, who was the mother of Michael. The Caesar Bardas was killed in the year 867 by order of the emperor Michael, the third of this name, so that accordingly the sacred church which the cited anonymous writer teaches in the recited words that he built to St. Demetrius was built when the ninth century had already passed about its middle. And this was undoubtedly done in that very corner of the city of Constantinople in which the Acropolis was situated, toward the Eastern side of the same city, as is understood from Du Cange in Constantinopolis Christiana, book 1, page 44 and following, as is clear even from this, that Ducas, in the History composed by him, chapters 38 and 39, calls that place Μεγαδημήτριον ἀκρόπολιν, or the Acropolis of the Great Demetrius, the name being taken namely from the neighbouring temple of St. Demetrius.

[116] But here there arises a very intricate question, and difficult to solve. from the temple which Cantacuzenus in the palace For Constantine Porphyrogenitus, in Basil the Macedonian, chapter 54, in which he reviews some sacred churches restored by this emperor, also reckons among these a church sacred to St. Demetrius, in the following words: The sacred churches also of St. Anne in the Deuteron, and of the holy martyr of Christ Demetrius, labouring with age, he made new and elegant; and Du Cange, in Constantinopolis Christiana, book 4, page 122, calls into doubt whether this sacred church of St. Demetrius, which Scylitzes too records at page 588 was restored by Basil the Macedonian, is one and the same with that which we mentioned above from the anonymous writer of the antiquities, or Origins, of Constantinople, and assuredly not undeservedly. For, as that writer rightly notes in this place, Cantacuzenus, in the History composed by him, book 3, chapters 6 and 9, also places a church sacred to St. Demetrius in the very palace, or residence, of the Constantinopolitan emperors, in the former place indeed writing thus: Καὶ

πρὸς

τῷ

ναῷ

τοῦ

μεγαλομάρτυρος

γενόμενοι

Δημητρίου,

ὅς

τῶν

βασιλείων

ᾠκοδόμητο

ἐντὸς, and when they were near the temple of the great martyr Demetrius, which had been built in the palace; and in the latter supplying the following words: Καὶ

πρὸς

τὸν

ἐν

βασιλειοις

τοῦ

μυροβλύτου

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

γενόμενος

ναόν, And when he had come to the temple of the Myroblytes martyr, situated in the palace. Now, if the sacred church of our Saint mentioned here by Cantacuzenus was different from the church sacred to him which existed in that very place where the Acropolis was, Du Cange assuredly had reason to call into doubt whether Basil the Macedonian restored this one or that one.

[117] places, for reasons which But let us examine the matter. Anna Comnena, in the Alexiad, book 12, page 361, mentions a sacred church existing in the imperial palace of Constantinople, which, although it was distinguished by many, or rather, as the Greek words sound, by the common people, with the name of the great martyr Demetrius, had nevertheless been erected in the name of the Mother of God; and Scylitzes and Constantine Porphyrogenitus, just cited, the former indeed at the page just cited, the latter in Basil the Macedonian, chapter 55, record that a church sacred to the most holy Mother of God was built by this emperor in the palace; wherefore, unless perhaps someone would have it that two churches dedicated to the same Mother of God existed in the palace, which appears little probable, this must be that very one which, although, as Anna Comnena teaches according to what has been said, it existed in the palace sacred to the Mother of God, was nevertheless distinguished by the common people with the name of Demetrius, and which, unless perhaps someone would have it, contrary to what appears probable, that two churches distinguished by the name of St. Demetrius existed in the palace, must be the same as the sacred church of the Saint which Cantacuzenus places in the palace. Further, the cited Scylitzes and Constantine Porphyrogenitus, who, as I have already taught, relate that a church was built to the Mother of God in the palace by Basil the Macedonian, record also, a little before they do so, that a church sacred to St. Demetrius was restored by this prince; wherefore, since they most manifestly distinguish this one from that one, which was customarily distinguished even by the common people, as I have already taught, by the name of St. Demetrius, it is a consequence from all that has been said that the church sacred to St. Demetrius which they write was restored by Basil the Macedonian was situated outside the palace, and was therefore distinct from the church sacred to St. Demetrius which Cantacuzenus places in the Palace. But indeed, you will say, the title prefixed to the oration or Homily mentioned above more than once, and beginning with these words, Ἕφη ὁ σωτήριος λόγος, which in § I of this Commentary I vindicated for Leo the Wise, emperor of the East, as being framed in the words recited at number 5, gives proof that it was spoken by him at the time when a church to St. Demetrius was being consecrated in the residence, or palace.

[118] into the open Now, since Leo the Wise was the son of Basil the Macedonian, and succeeded this his father in the year 886, by whose will he had been crowned emperor already from the year 870, it appears most probable that the church sacred to St. Demetrius at whose consecration he spoke the mentioned oration or Homily is that very one which Porphyrogenitus and Scylitzes relate, in the places cited above, was restored by his father, Basil the Macedonian, and that this accordingly was none other than that which is placed by Cantacuzenus, in the words recited above, in the palace or residence. Thus it can be argued against the opinion by which, according to what has been said, we placed the sacred church of St. Demetrius restored by Basil the Macedonian outside the palace. But the writer who prefixed the title to the said Homily or Oration in the codex formerly Mazarin's, written, as appears, in the twelfth century, perhaps noted in it that it was spoken at the time when a church was being consecrated to St. Demetrius in the residence, for this reason, that at the time when he was writing the aforesaid codex, that is, in the twelfth century, that sacred edifice was customarily distinguished by the name of St. Demetrius alone. Besides, in order that the writer of the title of which we speak here may be brought into concord with Anna Comnena, who likewise flourished in the twelfth century, and notes that that sacred church, although customarily distinguished by the common people with the name of Demetrius, was dedicated to the most holy Mother of God, it may be that that sacred church was dedicated both to the most holy Mother of God and at the same time to St. Demetrius, and hence the writer of the title, intent solely on transcribing the compositions composed about this our Saint (go to number 3), made mention of it as sacred to St. Demetrius, omitting even the name of the Mother of God, by which he had perceived that that sacred place was then perhaps distinguished only by a few. Whatever therefore can be argued from the title which the cited Oration or Homily bears in the Mazarin codex, it appears beyond doubt that this was pronounced not when the sacred church of St. Demetrius which Scylitzes and Porphyrogenitus relate was restored by Basil the Macedonian, but when the other was being consecrated, which Anna Comnena affirms was built in the palace to the Mother of God and was nevertheless customarily distinguished by the common people by the name of St. Demetrius; and it remains therefore that the sacred church of St. Demetrius which Basil the Macedonian restored was situated outside the palace, and is thus distinct from the church sacred to the Saint which Cantacuzenus places in the palace.

[119] But what at length is the sacred church of St. Demetrius are adduced here, which is both distinguished from the church mentioned by Cantacuzenus and was restored by Basil the Macedonian? No other, as it appears, than that which was built by the Caesar Bardas, as we taught above, in that very place where the Acropolis was. For this, no otherwise than that one, existed outside the palace, as what is now to be said will show. That the church of St. Demetrius to which the emperors, as I taught above, were customarily wont to go every year on the day sacred to him was situated outside the palace is clear even from the words alone, transcribed here above from the book of the Ceremonies of the court of Constantinople, by which their customary approach to that sacred place with great solemnity is described; for by these the emperors are asserted to have customarily gone out through the gates of their palace in order to approach that temple of St. Demetrius; and now, since these, as the same transcribed words give proof, were at the Eastern side of the city, and the church of St. Demetrius built by the Caesar Bardas was also situated at this side, it appears most probable that this sacred place is the same as the church to which the emperors went every year on the 26th day of October with the solemn rite of suppliants, and that it accordingly, no otherwise than this, was situated outside the palace. Besides, since Codinus relates in the words recited above that the emperors of the East were customarily wont to go every year to the monastery distinguished by the name of St. Demetrius on the day sacred to him, that is, the 26th day of October, and the same emperors, as the words transcribed here above from the Ceremonies of the court of Constantinople give proof, customarily proceeded on the same festal day of St. Demetrius with the solemn rite of suppliants to the said temple of this Saint, situated outside the gates of the Palace, it appears almost beyond doubt that discourse is made of the same sacred place both in Codinus and in the said Ceremonies, or rather the book written about them.

[120] seems different; and the monastery joined to it, not by Andronicus, Since this is so, and the temple which the emperors were customarily wont to approach on the Saint's festal day had besides a monastery joined to it, as is understood from the words of Codinus, contrary to what seems to suit a sacred church situated in the palace or its precinct, it must assuredly be said that that sacred place, and accordingly also the church built by the Caesar Bardas, as not distinct from it, as I have already taught, was situated outside the palace. Now, since the Saint's church which Basil the Macedonian restored was likewise situated outside the palace, as I showed above, it appears most probable that no other sacred church of Demetrius was restored by Basil the Macedonian than that which had been built by the Caesar Bardas. Nor is there ground for replying that the churches of St. Demetrius which Basil the Macedonian restored are called ruinous in the edition of Leo Allatius, and labouring with age in the other, which Combefis supplies in the Byzantine Writers after Theophanes; and that these denominations could not have suited the churches of St. Demetrius built by the Caesar Bardas, as having been erected, as I taught above, only about the year 850, in the time of Basil the Macedonian, since he died when not yet fifty years had passed after the same churches were built: for although this is so, yet in the Greek text both of Scylitzes and of Porphyrogenitus, if the Greek words in which it is framed are accurately expounded, it is only had that Basil the Macedonian either made the churches of St. Demetrius new out of old ones, or founded new ones in place of old ones. And these

are the things which I thought should be brought forward in order to show at the same time both which church of St. Demetrius Basil the Macedonian restored, and that this one, customarily approached with solemn rite by the emperors every year on the day sacred to St. Demetrius, is different from the sacred church of St. Demetrius which Cantacuzenus places in the palace. Further, to turn the discourse now elsewhere, Du Cange, in Constantinopolis Christiana, book 4, page 122, seems to incline to think that the monastery which, according to what has been said, was added to the temple built by the Caesar Bardas received its name from Andronicus the Younger, sprung from the stock of the Palaeologi, by whom it was built or restored. For he writes thus of that monastery in the same place: I should believe it perhaps either built or renewed by Andronicus the Younger, who venerated St. Demetrius with the highest veneration even from a boy, on account of the help shown him above all by that Saint in the Thessalonian expedition, as Cantacuzenus narrates, book 1, chapter LIII.

[121] having experienced Demetrius beneficent toward him, This assuredly, which Du Cange affirms here, Cantacuzenus narrates in the place cited; indeed he also adds there that Andronicus was prodigiously healed without delay of an inveterate and dangerous wound which he had received in his foot, when he had resolved to anoint it with the ointment gushing from the tomb of St. Demetrius, recording thus of Andronicus when he had already occupied Thessalonica: Having arranged the things which pertained to the guarding of the citadel (of Thessalonica), the emperor proceeded to the holy tomb of Demetrius, martyr and myroblytes, both to venerate him with prayers (since he honoured him from a boy above the other martyrs, and placed more hope in him than in the rest, and loved him greatly) and to render him thanks for the good fortune offered (namely in occupying Thessalonica). Both being done, since also, wounded in the foot in the conflict with the Persians, he could not be cured for fourteen months, the physicians vainly trying many remedies; but, as it gradually wasted, he was tormented with intolerable pains; loosening his shoe, he prepared to anoint it with the ointment of the Saint, revolving with himself that what human art and study could not do, God could grant to His holy martyrs. When the bandages were taken off and the foot bared, that plucked lint which is put into wounds (O great care and providence of God in honouring His martyrs!) appeared outside the wound; and the foot was so sound that there remained no trace either of wound or of scar, and it was not known whether it had ever been wounded. This miracle being seen, the emperor exulted more than over the acquisition of Thessalonica, and gave more fervent and greater thanks for this benefit; and the whole city, having understood so admirable a work wrought upon him, sang many praises to God and to Demetrius, by whom he had been cured.

[122] So far Cantacuzenus; however, although he relates in the recited words not only the benefit which Du Cange mentions, in the fourteenth century, but was perhaps built earlier, and even earlier, but also another conferred on Andronicus the Younger by St. Demetrius, yet whether the monastery which was called that of the Palaeologi, dedicated to this same Saint of ours, received its name from that emperor, although sprung from the family of the Palaeologi, appears very doubtful to me. For since that prince, from a boy, as the transcribed words of Cantacuzenus give proof, was of greater veneration and at the same time love toward St. Demetrius than toward other martyrs, it can easily happen that this particular affection toward the Saint was instilled in him by his parents, who perhaps had drawn it also from their forebears. Since this is so, it can also easily happen that the monastery of which we are discoursing here, dedicated to our Saint by these — among whom some, as may be seen in Du Cange in the Byzantine Augustan Families, page 230 and following, excelled in wealth and authority — and therefore called that of the Palaeologi, was built long even before the age of Andronicus the Younger, that is, the fourteenth century, although meanwhile it cannot on any foundation be undoubtingly either denied or even affirmed that it was restored by him. However it may be, it is manifest indeed from all that has been said that our Saint was in the greatest veneration among the emperors of the East, and was honoured by them also with a quite signal cult. But from about what time did those princes begin so to honour Demetrius? That the Work on the ceremonies of the Byzantine court which I cited at the beginning of this § above and then further was committed to writing either by Constantine Porphyrogenitus, taken from among the living in the year 959, or, as appears more probable, by another Constantine, grandson of Porphyrogenitus, who laid down by death in the year 1028 the reins of the Eastern empire conferred on him in the year 1025, the arguments adduced in the Preface which it has prefixed to it clearly prove; wherefore it is beyond doubt that certainly not later than either the tenth century or the beginning of the following the custom began to obtain at Constantinople that the emperors venerated St. Demetrius every year, betaking themselves on the 26th day of October to the temple sacred to him in the Acropolitan corner of the city with the ceremonies expressed in the words recited from that Work at number 112 and the two following.

[123] and with much, a signal cult, Besides, that custom, since the aforesaid temple of the Saint was built already from about the middle of the ninth century, as the things which I brought forward above clearly show, perhaps obtained already from the same ninth century. Assuredly that Demetrius was honoured in this very and in the following century, and even earlier, with great veneration, and besides with the cult customarily paid to the Saints, at Constantinople, even by the very emperors of the East, appears almost beyond doubt as well. But I shall treat of this matter after I shall have brought forward some further things which prove the veneration of the Saint among those emperors later than the tenth century. Glycas, in the Annals published at Basel in the year 1572, part 4, writes thus of Michael, emperor of the East, the fourth of this name, when toward the end of his life he was labouring most grievously with ill health: Michael, when he was being troubled worse daily by an evil spirit, sent to every region and island, to each of the priests indeed two gold coins; and to the monks one, though with vain effort, because the evil increased, and the disease of dropsy came on. For which reason the emperor, having set out for Thessalonica, stayed there, and was constantly at the sepulchre of the excellent martyr and victor in contests Demetrius, that he might be freed from that evil. The same is also recorded of the same emperor by Zonaras and Cedrenus, the latter indeed in the Compendium of Histories, page 744, the former in the Annals, volume 2, page 239; and since this emperor, under whom too, or rather while he still held the reins of empire, Cedrenus in the Work cited, page 748, narrates in words to be recited in the Analecta which I shall subjoin to the three books of miracles to be published, that the Thessalonians won a signal victory over the Bulgarians by the help or patronage of St. Demetrius, exchanged life for death in the forty-first year of the eleventh century, assuredly the deed of him, continually having recourse to the help of St. Demetrius that he might be freed from a most grievous disease, is proof that our Saint was in great veneration in that century even among the emperors themselves, or certainly with Michael, the fourth of this name.

[124] which did not abate even with the lapse of time. Nor does it appear probable that anything of it was abated in the three following centuries. And first indeed how true this is as regards the twelfth century, the Novel alone mentioned at number 71, by which Manuel Comnenus, emperor from the year 1180, in the year 1166 decreed that during part of the feast of Demetrius there should be abstinence from giving judgement in veneration of this Saint, is proof. And as regards now the fourteenth century (for nothing occurs which I might say in particular of the thirteenth), that Demetrius was then also honoured by the very emperors of the East is plain both from what was related before of Andronicus the Younger, who ended his life in the year 1341, and from the words of George Codinus transcribed here above, by which this writer of the fourteenth century teaches that the emperors of his age, and accordingly of the fourteenth century, were customarily wont to betake themselves every year, together with their court, with the solemn rite of suppliants, on the 26th day of October, devoted to the cult of our Saint, to the monastery of St. Demetrius, that is, to the church sacred to this Saint, to which the monastery called that of the Palaeologi was joined. I now proceed to the things which show that veneration, customarily paid to the Saints, was shown to the Saint even before the eleventh century. Pellerin, in the Miscellanies of various coins, brought to light at Paris in the year 1765, book 1, at page 222, presents a plate, twelfth in order among various others by which various coins are expressed, whose coin, distinguished by the numeral 13, presents on the obverse indeed the emperor Constantine, and on the reverse St. Demetrius, with his name written not Δημητριος, but, according to the custom then introduced among the Greeks by which Eta was customarily pronounced as Iota, Διμιτρι, and with a spear placed in his right hand, because he consummated his martyrdom pierced with spears; and he adds that there is reason why we should think that the emperor who caused that coin to be struck is none other than Constantine VI, who together with his mother Irene restored the cult of images abrogated by Constantine Copronymus and Leo the Isaurian, his predecessors.

[125] So, as to the substance, that writer in French words; among the emperors of Constantinople, and although the opinion which is expressed in these is by no means certain, as he himself presently admits, yet it appears probable enough, and hence too it becomes in some way probable that already from the eighth century, as it was growing old, in which Constantine VI and his mother Irene flourished, he was in the highest veneration among the emperors of Constantinople, if, however, you except the iconoclasts. And these are the things which I found to be recorded about the veneration which the Saint had among the emperors of Constantinople in the eighth century; and as regards now the next following century, that is, the ninth, that Demetrius was assuredly not then in slight veneration at Constantinople, or among the very emperors of the East, the temple alone built to him there, as I taught above, about the year 850 by the Caesar Bardas, is a very strong proof. I come to the tenth century. That the Saint was held in great esteem and veneration by John Tzimisces, who presided over the Eastern empire from the year 969 to the year 975, appears probable. But before I give this proved, some things are still to be premised, lest anyone perhaps be led into error even as regards the veneration paid to the Saint by that emperor. Cedrenus records in the Compendium of Histories that a victory over the Russians was won by the same emperor, St. Theodore, general and martyr, helping him; the words with which he does this, although not properly pertaining to our Saint, I nevertheless transcribe here, because they conduce to the understanding of the matter to be discussed here, which pertains to the veneration in which Tzimisces held the Saint.

[126] They run thus: *They relate that in that battle by divine power

help was also brought to the Romans: [although meanwhile by John Tzimisces, who routed the Russians, St. Theodore helping,] for a storm arising from the South fell upon the faces of the Scythians, and prevented them from carrying on the matter at their own will. And by the whole army of the Romans a man was seen riding on a white horse, who as leader entered the fight and threw the ranks of the enemy into confusion, known to no one either before or afterwards: they said that he was Theodore, one of the Martyrs who obtained most beautiful victories. Assuredly this emperor was always wont to use them as auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy: and the day on which this battle was fought was the feast of the memory of that Theodore, the leader of armies. But also a certain venerable woman at Constantinople gave proof that this vision was divine. For on the day before that day she had seemed in sleep to stand by the Mother of God, and to hear her saying to a certain soldier: Lord Theodore, my John and yours is in danger; hasten to bring help to him: and at first light she had narrated this dream to her neighbours. Indeed the Scythians are routed in that battle, and when they perceived themselves shut out from the gates by Bardas, they are scattered in flight over the plain, and perish innumerable, partly trampled down by one another, partly cut down by the Romans, almost all wounded. The emperor, rendering thanks to the Martyr Theodore for the help brought, demolished to its foundations the temple in which he was buried, built another most magnificent, and endowed it with estates having ample revenues: the city in which it was he named Theodoropolis instead of Euchaneia. Our Bollandus also recites these words of Cedrenus in the Commentary prefixed to the Acts of St. Theodore, general and martyr, at the 7th day of February, on which he is venerated, and then, some things being interposed, subjoins at number 28: What we reported above from Cedrenus, that Tzimisces was always accustomed to use as auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy, προμάχοις καὶ προβόλοις, the holy Martyrs whom they call καλλινίκους, adorned with beautiful victories, from this fact perhaps flowed the rite of the flammula, which Codinus mentions in chapter 6; or, if it is older, it was certainly confirmed by the piety of that most religious emperor.

[127] as auspex of war against the enemy, from the words of Cedrenus "While," says Codinus, "the liturgy is being performed, or even Vespers alone are being sung on Saturday or Sunday, those nobles who are the directors of the attendance carry flammula, or φλάμουλα. And these are: First, the archistrategus, or the image of St. Michael. The second, the octapodion, having many divine images of holy pontiffs, with eight tongues. The third, a cross having the images of the four great martyrs Demetrius, Procopius and both Theodores. The fourth representing St. George as a horseman. The fifth, the Dragon standard. The sixth exhibiting the effigy of the emperor sitting on a horse. And all are in pairs, that is, twelve together." Hence perhaps someone may believe that among the holy martyrs called Καλλινίκους, or adorned with beautiful victories, whom Cedrenus relates that John Tzimisces was always accustomed to use as Auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy, προμάχοις καὶ προβόλοις, St. Demetrius too is reckoned by Bollandus through the recited words; but the matter is otherwise. For Bollandus will have meant to be designated as the holy Martyrs whom Tzimisces used as auspices in war no others than Cedrenus, on whose authority he relies; and the latter records only two holy martyrs Theodore, namely those two more celebrated ones, of whom one is customarily distinguished by the title of Tiro, the other of General, as employed by Tzimisces as auspices and standard-bearers in war. That the matter may become manifest, I transfer here his Greek words which bear on this, and which have not been given Latin dress accurately enough, together with another Latin interpretation prepared by me. They run thus:

Καὶ

τις

ἀνήρ,

ὦπτο

παντὶ

τῷ

στρατοπέδῳ

Ρωμαίων,

ἐφ᾽

ἵππου

λευκοῦ

προαγωνιζόμενος,

καὶ

τὰς

τῶν

πολεμίων

κλονῶν

καὶ

διαταράσσων

φάλαγγας,

μηδενὶ

πρότερον

ἤ

μετὰ

ταῦτα

γενόμενος

γνώριμος,

ὅν

ἕφασκον

ἕνα

εἶναι

τῶν

καλλινίκων

μαρτύρων

Θεοδώρων.

Τούτοις

δὲ

προμάχοις

ἀεὶ

καὶ

προβόλοις

κατὰ

τῶν

πολεμίων

ἐχρῆτο

ὁ

βασιλεὺς·

καὶ

γὰρ

δὴ

καί

συνετυχέ

τόνδε

δὲ

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

κατ᾽

αὐτὴν

συνεχθῆναι

τὴν

ἡμέραν,

καθ᾽

ἥν

εἰώθαμεν

ἑορτάζειν

τὴν

μνὴμην

τοῦ

στρατηλάτου. So far the Greek words of Cedrenus; behold now the strict Latin interpretation which is to be fitted to them.

[128] There was also seen by the whole army of the Romans a certain man, was not held, fighting on a white horse before the front line, and driving and disturbing the ranks of the enemy, known to no one before or after these things, whom they said was one of the martyrs Theodore, adorned with beautiful victories. For these the emperor always used as auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy, and it happened moreover that that battle was joined on that very day on which we are wont to celebrate the festivity of the leader of armies (namely of one of the two Theodores of whom he has just spoken). Consider now these words, and you will easily understand that only the holy martyrs Theodore, whom John Tzimisces was customarily wont to use as auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy, are mentioned by Cedrenus and therefore also by Bollandus. But although this is so, and our holy martyr Demetrius accordingly cannot be numbered, from the recited words of Cedrenus, among those martyrs whom John Tzimisces used as auspices and standard-bearers against the enemy, nor did Bollandus number him among them from these, it nevertheless appears beyond doubt that Demetrius was formerly reckoned among the principal protectors of the Constantinopolitan empire, because among the six flammula, or banners, which on the greater feasts were customarily carried by the nobles before the emperor assisting at the divine service, one also is reckoned which, as the words of Codinus adduced by Bollandus give proof, represented St. Demetrius; and that either from the ninth century, if the use of those flammula or banners was first introduced by John Tzimisces, or even earlier, if it already obtained before the age of this prince and was only confirmed by him. That one or the other assuredly happened, and therefore that Demetrius was in great veneration with John Tzimisces, seems probable to me, as it also seemed to Bollandus.

[129] And I incline to this opinion the more readily from this, he obtained. that the Saint was certainly held, long even before the ninth century, that is, the age of John Tzimisces, emperor of Constantinople, as σύμμαχος, or helper in wars, by the emperors of Constantinople, and was also on this account in great veneration with them, as you may gather even from this, that Maurice, emperor of Constantinople as the sixth century was growing old and at the beginning of the following, demanded from Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, a part of the body of St. Demetrius, in order to experience his help in wars, and that Justinian I, who himself also flourished in the sixth century, likewise did the same before Maurice, as chapter five of the first book of the Miracles to be published gives proof. Nor do we have only these things from this, but also that Justinian, when there had been sent to him (go to number 101) a part of the earth which from the fire bursting forth from the Saint's tomb had wonderfully acquired an ineffable fragrance, in place of the relics demanded, received it with the greatest joy, no otherwise than the Saint's body itself; which is assuredly a by no means doubtful proof that he was in the highest veneration with that emperor.

§ X. Ecclesiastical cult paid to the Saint also among the Latins and other nations from a very long time already.

A temple sacred to St. Demetrius, by Leontius, Metaphrastes, and at the same time the anonymous biographer of our Saint whom he had here lighting his way, record toward the end of the Passions of Demetrius composed by them that Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, probably at the beginning of the fifth century, as I taught above, who, according to what was said before, had built a signal church to St. Demetrius at Thessalonica, having set out from this city to Sirmium, a very celebrated city of Illyricum, indeed from the age of Constantine the Great the metropolis of the whole of Illyricum, before this was divided in two into Eastern and Western Illyricum, and the seat of the praetorian prefect, erected there also another church to the Saint, in which he deposited the relics of the same which he had brought with him from Thessalonica, namely the Chlamys, still marked with the Martyr's blood, and the orarium, or at least a part of it. But can credence safely be given to these two writers in that matter, from which, as it was done, both the one and the other were most probably very far removed? The Photian and Anastasian Acts of the Saint indeed nowhere make mention of the church which Leontius built at Sirmium to St. Demetrius; but neither do they supply anything by which the assertion of Metaphrastes and of the anonymous author who lighted his way on this matter becomes in any way suspect of falsity. Wherefore, since neither does anything occur from elsewhere which urges that credence should be denied here to those two biographers of our Saint, I bring myself to believe that a church was in fact built to our Saint at Sirmium by Leontius, prefect of Illyricum.

[131] prefect of Illyricum, in the very city of Sirmium, And this indeed I do the more readily also from this, that it is held ascertained that at least in the eleventh century a temple sacred to St. Demetrius existed at Sirmium, from John Cinnamus, who flourished in that century, and comprised the things done by John and Manuel, who then governed the reins of the Constantinopolitan empire, in six books of Histories written by himself and published at Paris by the benefit of print in the year 1670. For that writer records thus toward the end of book 5, number 12 of this Work composed by him: The nation of the Hungarians often invaded the borders of the Romans (so all those who were subject to the emperors of the East are commonly called by the Greek historians), and a little before Alexius Comnenus reigned, took Sirmium, and, having stormed many cities beyond the Ister, came as far as Naissus. There, coming upon the coffin of the holy Martyr (namely Procopius), thinking it inhuman, as I judge, to carry off the whole body from there, they withdrew taking only the hand, and, returning to Sirmium, deposited it in the temple of Demetrius the martyr, which he who governed Illyricum as prefect had formerly built. That hand, then, found there (namely at Sirmium), the emperor (namely Manuel Comnenus) took away thence and restored, as we have said, to the rest of the body. Since the emperor Manuel Comnenus, who is here narrated by Cinnamus to have found in that city the hand which the Hungarians had once taken from the body of St. Procopius the martyr and deposited at Sirmium in the temple of St. Demetrius, and to have restored it to the rest of that Saint's body, died in the year 1180, and Alexius Comnenus, the second of this name, then first succeeded him, it is necessary that the Alexius Comnenus, before whose accession to the reins of the Eastern empire the Hungarians are related by the same Cinnamus in the recited words to have taken Sirmium and to have deposited there the hand of St. Procopius the martyr in the church of St. Demetrius, was the emperor first of that name.

[132] Wherefore, since he began to reign already from the year 1080, contrary to what from Du Cange someone perhaps it is a consequence that already from the eleventh century a church sacred to St. Demetrius certainly existed at Sirmium; which assuredly is also some kind of proof that the things which are related by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of the Saint who lighted his way about the church built to St. Demetrius at Sirmium by Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, are consonant with the truth. Du Cange nevertheless, in his Annotations on the place of Cinnamus transcribed here, as being in them, of the same Sirmian church of the Saint of which Metaphrastes and the anonymous author who lighted his way

speak, as will become evident from what is to be said below, supplies things from which someone perhaps might somewhat doubt whether Leontius ever built at Sirmium a church sacred to St. Demetrius. For he writes thus in the same place: The temple of St. Demetrius which is had here seems to be that from which the town of St. Demetrius, situated on the river Save, took its name, today called S. Demeter, not far from ancient Sirmium. But as to Cinnamus saying that that temple stood in Sirmium, I think that is to be taken for the territory of Sirmium; for Σίρμιον is so said more than once by the same writer. And the town of St. Demetrius is mentioned by Bonfini, Decade V, at the end of book IV. If then one is to assent to Du Cange, the temple of St. Demetrius which Cinnamus mentions in the recited words was situated not in the very city of Sirmium but in the territory adjoining it, and afterwards gave its name to the town which was likewise situated in it, or not far from Sirmium, and is today called S. Demeter. But these things by no means please me: for although Cinnamus, as Du Cange adds in proof of his statements, from time to time employs Σίρμιον to signify only the territory adjoining this city, yet in the transcribed text it does not appear probable that that word is so taken by him in the place where he speaks of the relics of St. Procopius the martyr deposited by the Hungarians, returning to Sirmium, in the sacred church there of St. Demetrius.

[133] For he says in the same text that the Hungarians, a little before Alexius Comnenus took up the reins of the Eastern empire, may argue, besides many cities beyond the Ister subdued by them, also took Sirmium, and there he undoubtedly uses this word to signify not the territory adjoining Sirmium but this city itself; and now, since this is so, and writers are not wont to employ one and the same word to signify things altogether different, no indication at all being supplied by which they reveal it, in so brief a text as is that transcribed here above from Cinnamus, it appears most probable, not to say beyond doubt, that this writer also, in the place in which he makes discourse of the relics of St. Procopius deposited by the Hungarians in the temple of St. Demetrius at Sirmium, uses the word Sirmium to signify not the territory of Sirmium but this city itself. Besides, Cinnamus expressly relates that the church dedicated to St. Demetrius of which he speaks in the text transcribed here above was built by him who governed Illyricum as prefect, and accordingly makes discourse of the same sacred church of St. Demetrius which Metaphrastes and the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted his way say Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, built to the Saint; and these two writers place it not in the territory which adjoins Sirmium, but in this city itself. For besides that they clearly reveal that Leontius, when he had come to Sirmium, built a temple there to our holy Martyr, and they are not known ever to call the territory of Sirmium by the name of Sirmium, they teach that that temple was situated near a church sacred to St. Anastasia, and it does not seem probable that in the territory of Sirmium, or in some rustic place, there existed at the same time, in the age of Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, that is, the fifth century, two temples, of which one was consecrated to St. Demetrius, the other to St. Anastasia the martyr. Nor is there ground for replying that a temple sacred to Anastasia the martyr is asserted to have existed at Sirmium only by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted his way; for although this is so, yet that one must assent to these two writers in that matter appears even from this, that the relics of St. Anastasia existed in that city in the fifth century, that is, at the time at which the same two writers relate that a church was built at Sirmium by Leontius to St. Demetrius beside another which was sacred to St. Anastasia, as seems beyond doubt from what Theodore the Lector records in book 2, page 568 of the edition prepared by Valesius.

[134] was built, and there too cult was paid to him already from the fifth century, Further, as regards now Du Cange's Annotations about the town situated not far from ancient Sirmium, which is still today called S. Demeter, and took its name from the temple of St. Demetrius built there, neither do these confirm his opinion about the site of the church of St. Demetrius built by Leontius, prefect of Illyricum, and mentioned by Cinnamus in the words recited above. For why, when first a church sacred to St. Demetrius had already been erected at Sirmium by Leontius, could not another afterwards, likewise sacred to our Saint, have been built in the territory of Sirmium, which gave its name to the place adjacent to it, gradually growing into a town? Assuredly, since a town called S. Demeter, which is situated on the Save, is in fact mentioned by Bonfini in the place cited above by Du Cange, and it undoubtedly still exists today, as being commonly marked in the modern Geographical maps of Hungary and Slavonia, I bring myself to believe that the matter truly happened so. Hence further it now follows that our Saint had in Illyricum, of which Slavonia, now comprising ancient Sirmium and the town called after St. Demetrius, formerly constituted a part, not one only, but two churches consecrated to his name, and accordingly that it is not to be doubted that he enjoyed a quite exceptional ecclesiastical veneration, if not throughout the whole of Illyricum far and wide, at least at Sirmium, where also his sacred relics mentioned above, which Leontius had brought there, were preserved, and in the said town to which he gave his name; and at Sirmium indeed, on account of what has already been said of the church built to him there by Leontius, already from his age, that is, from the beginning of the fifth century; and that this persevered there for a long time is clear even from this, that since Sirmium was overthrown about the year 441, as is agreed among the learned, by Attila, king of the Huns, and a church sacred to St. Demetrius nevertheless still existed at Sirmium in the eleventh century, as I have already taught, it is altogether necessary that the Sirmian church of the Saint, built according to what has been said by Leontius, was restored after that Hunnish disaster, or that in place of the old one, almost wholly destroyed by it, a new one was erected, which then, or certainly another built again in its place, stood until the eleventh century.

[135] Nor did the veneration of our Saint persevere long at Sirmium only, which afterwards to the whole, but also spread itself further thence; for although, as I have already indicated, it was perhaps not propagated throughout the whole of Illyricum far and wide, yet it extended itself in the lapse of time throughout the whole of Hungary, neighbouring Slavonia and Sirmium situated in it. For Demetrius is numbered among the patrons of Hungary by the natives of this kingdom, and every year, as such, he is venerated with an Office of double rite, as I learn from the proper Offices of the holy patrons of the kingdom of Hungary printed at Vienna in Austria in the year 1703, throughout the whole of Hungary far and wide on the 26th day of October, which is sacred to him among the Greeks. And in the canonical Hours which are proposed to be recited of him then, he has three Lessons proper to himself alone, namely the fourth, fifth and sixth, woven for the greatest part from his Metaphrastic Acts, and likewise a proper prayer, framed in these words: O God, who dost glorify blessed Demetrius, Thy martyr, with signs of virtues, absolve us propitiously, we beseech Thee, by his intervention from all guilt, and from the evils which we merit for it. Through our Lord; and in the Mass which is then customarily said of him, and which, with this introit: In Thy strength, O Lord, the just man shall rejoice, etc., is from the common of one Martyr, besides the prayer already recited, two others, namely the secret and the other which is called the postcommunion, altogether different from the prayers of this kind which are customarily said in other Masses from the common of one or many martyrs, are presented to be recited of St. Demetrius, as the Masses of the holy patrons of the kingdom of Hungary, printed at Trnava in the year 1735, teach me. And the former indeed in these words: May our gifts, O Lord, we beseech Thee, be rendered acceptable to Thee by the merits of blessed Demetrius the martyr, and may we ourselves be made a sacrifice pleasing to Thee; and the latter consists of the following: May the partaking of the heavenly table purify us, we beseech Thee, O Lord, and, blessed Demetrius Thy martyr interceding, profit us unto life everlasting.

[136] And thus I have now set out with what cult the Saint is honoured by the Hungarians, by whom he is venerated as patron; and indeed even before the thirteenth century, now it is pleasing to bring forward a few things more about the time at which this began to be done by them. In the Life of Bl. Margaret, Virgin of Hungary, published with us at the 28th day of January, on which she is venerated, St. Demetrius, together with SS. Lawrence and Bartholomew, is narrated to have given himself to be seen in sleep by a certain nun labouring with an acute fever, and to have admonished her to treat with the archbishop of Esztergom about instituting an inquiry into the holiness and miracles of the said Blessed Margaret; wherefore, since from this it seems to have been a care to St. Demetrius that the holiness of this blessed virgin, already departed this life, should become known, it can seem probable that he was honoured with singular veneration by her while still surviving among the living, and accordingly that his cult obtained in Hungary at least from the thirteenth century, in which the same blessed virgin died. Besides, since Sirmium, where it is clear from what has been said above that the Saint was venerated already even from the fifth century, was under the jurisdiction of the Hungarians long before the said thirteenth century, in which Bl. Margaret of Hungary passed to the Lord, it does not appear to me at all unlike the truth that St. Demetrius was honoured with ecclesiastical cult among the Hungarians long even before this. I so maintain because it has not seldom happened that the cult of some Saint which flourished in one city was propagated even in a brief space of time to other cities of the same kingdom, and it does not appear to be doubted that the cult of St. Demetrius was propagated from Sirmium to other cities of Hungary, although meanwhile the time at which this was first done cannot be defined closely enough.

[137] throughout Hungary far and wide, and also, For the Hungarians, although they follow the rites and customs of the Roman or Latin church, nevertheless customarily celebrate Demetrius not on the 8th day of October, which is sacred to this Saint among the Latins, but on the 26th of the same month, which is dedicated to him among the Greeks: and this (for they do not seem to have received the Saint's cult directly from the Greeks) seems capable of being done by them for no better reason than that they received the custom of honouring Demetrius every year with ecclesiastical cult from the people of Sirmium, who, the custom having been propagated to them from Thessalonica by the Greeks, masters of their city long before the Hungarians, were wont to celebrate the Saint's festal day not on the 8th but on the 26th day of October. However these things, which I do not know whether they can be defined with sufficient certainty, may stand, that the Saint's cult was propagated to the whole of Hungary far and wide is indeed beyond doubt from what I have discussed above. Nor ought it to be held less beyond doubt that it likewise flowed to Bulgaria, bordering on Hungary. This from the fact, a quite

singular one, which is related by Nicetas Choniates in Isaac Angelus, book 1, numbers 4, 5 and 6, I give proved. The Bulgarians in the year 1041 had planned to bring Thessalonica into their power, an army of forty thousand soldiers, under the leader Alusianus, having been moved up to attack this city; but, terrified by an unexpected charge of the garrison, the gates of the city being opened, they had been thrown into flight with a huge slaughter of their own, St. Demetrius being openly seen going before the Thessalonians and fighting for the city, as I shall teach from Cedrenus in the Analecta which I shall subjoin to the Saint's miracles to be published.

[138] as from a wholly singular, The Bulgarians, further, this disaster being received, were wholly subdued by Michael, emperor of the East, the fourth of this name, and Bulgaria remained peacefully annexed to the empire of the Greeks from then until the time of Isaac Angelus, who began to reign in the year 1185. But that nation, then relying on the narrow passes and very many castles which it had built upon precipitous rocks, at length openly revolted from the Greeks, whose power too it held of little account. The leaders of the revolt were Peter and Asan, two brothers sprung from the blood of the ancient kings of Bulgaria, as the Deeds of Pope Innocent III teach at page 67. And these indeed, lest they should seem to contrive revolution without cause, approach the emperor Isaac Angelus, then staying at Cypsella, by whom they foresaw that what they were to ask would be refused them, and ask that an estate of small revenue at mount Haemus be assigned to them, and that they be admitted into the legions of the Greeks; and having suffered a refusal, as they had foreseen, they return home, openly revolt from the emperor of the Greeks, and entice their fellow countrymen to do the same; by what wholly singular, indeed outlandish, means they nevertheless achieved this, since they found them not readily enough assenting to their design — most probably still mindful of the disaster formerly received by their forebears near Thessalonica, St. Demetrius bringing help to this his besieged city — although most grievously offended with the Greeks on the occasion of cattle driven off by force and of certain exactions, it is pleasing to set out in the very words supplied by Nicetas Choniates in the book cited.

[139] which is related here in the very words of Choniates, Thus then he has there at number 6: When the Vlachs (namely the confederates of the Bulgarians, or rather a part of them in Moesia), at the beginning, terrified by the difficulty of the matter, shrank from that attempt to which they were being induced by Peter and Asan: the brothers, to take that fear from their fellow countrymen, built a church in the name of the illustrious martyr Demetrius, and gathered into it many demoniacs of both sexes, who with bloodshot and distorted pupils and dishevelled hair expressed exquisitely all the other things which that kind of men has as its own, and they taught them to speak out in frenzy: that it had seemed good to God that the nation of the Bulgarians and the Vlachs, the long yoke being shaken off, should obtain liberty, and for that cause Christ's martyr Demetrius, having left the metropolis of Thessalonica and his church, and the companionship of the Romans, had come to them, to help that work. Therefore those senseless men, having delayed a little, and suddenly gathering greater spirit, again carried away, were agitated, and with a loud voice, as if inspired by a divinity, kept crying out: That there was no longer place for sloth, but that, arms being seized, the Romans must be attacked: and that those taken in war must not be preserved or sold, but slain without mercy, and that, prayer and price being repudiated, they ought to be moved by any entreaty no more than adamant. The whole nation, therefore, stirred up by such prophets, runs together to arms, and as the beginnings of the revolt were auspicious, they believed still more that God favoured their liberty. Nor content with these, they spread themselves into the towns and estates remote from Haemus.

[140] Behold indeed the wholly singular deed, as I have already pointed out, from the deed it is understood, it was propagated to Bulgaria, of the Bulgarian princes Peter and Asan related here by Nicetas! And this indeed, although by no means to be approved, nevertheless shows the exceptional veneration of the Bulgarians toward St. Demetrius, as being men who, impelled by it, came over to the designs of Peter and Asan, as also in how great esteem they held the patronage of this Saint, who, as I have already taught, had formerly been most adverse to their forebears; so that assuredly it does not appear to be doubted that they, enjoying thereafter prosperous fortune against the Greeks, whose yoke they had shaken off, also thereafter paid cult to our holy Martyr, whom, deluded by the arts of Peter and Asan, they believed to have migrated into Bulgaria, having left Thessalonica and the protection of the Greeks, and to be about to patronize them, especially in the church which Peter and Asan had erected to him; indeed, since Peter and Asan thought, in order to draw the Bulgarians, their countrymen, to their side, that they should devise that the help not of any other Saint whatever but of Demetrius would be present to them, it also appears probable that he was in the greatest veneration among the Bulgarians, and obtained cult, even when they had not yet, at the persuasion of Peter and Asan, seized arms against the Greeks to assert themselves into liberty. However that may be, since I have not perceived who or of what sort it was, and thus nothing more occurs by which I might inform the reader on that matter, I now turn the discourse to the ecclesiastical cult paid to our Saint elsewhere besides.

[141] Anastasius the librarian, in the Preface which he set before the Passion of our Saint composed by him, and besides probably indeed at Rome, inscribing this composition of his to Charles the Bald (go to number 14), speaks thus to this prince toward the beginning: The Passion and miracles of blessed Demetrius, martyr of Thessalonica, at the exhortation of the brethren, and especially of the most skilled man John the deacon, very well known to your faith for purity and for clarity of knowledge, I have lately translated from Greek into the Latin tongue; which aforesaid John had indeed in his house an oratory of this Martyr of wonderful antiquity and beauty, yet he did not know of what sort this martyr of Christ was. But I, as I experienced at Thessalonica, where his precious body is fragrant and shines with the splendour of miracles, made it known to him in order. John, mentioned here by Anastasius the Librarian, was a deacon of the Holy Roman Church, and accordingly, as it does not appear to be doubted, dwelt at Rome; wherefore, if the oratory of wonderful antiquity and beauty which he had in his house, as Anastasius testifies in the recited words, was in fact consecrated to our holy Martyr, as this writer indicates that he reckoned, it will be a consequence from the recited words of Anastasius that he too enjoyed at Rome, and indeed before the ninth century, in which the same Anastasius flourished, at least some ecclesiastical cult. But since two Martyrs of Italy too, distinguished by the name of Demetrius, one at Veroli, the other at Ostia, are inscribed in the Roman Martyrology, and Anastasius brings forward nothing from which he gathered that the Demetrius having an oratory in the house of John the deacon is the homonymous Thessalonian martyr, I should not dare to assert for certain, relying solely on the words of Anastasius transcribed here, whether our Demetrius or another homonymous Saint was in fact venerated at Rome in the ninth century and perhaps even earlier, although meanwhile, because this writer was no unskilled man, and seems to have examined diligently enough the things which he committed to writing, the matter can be held in some way probable.

[142] and perhaps also at Novara, For almost a like cause I think it is to be doubted whether Carlo, bishop of Novara, makes discourse of our Saint or of another homonymous one, when he writes thus in the composition prepared by him, which he entitled Novaria, book 1, page 184: There is venerated (namely at Novara) in the same church of St. Julius also Demetrius the martyr on the 11th day of May, and there was an altar dedicated to him in it; of whose translation, however, I have nothing to report; and certainly I should believe that he speaks of another martyr Demetrius than ours, if the people of Novara contend that the entire body of the Demetrius whom they venerate in the church of St. Julius on the 11th of May — perhaps because on this day they formerly received his sacred body — was at some time translated to them, or rather that they possess it entire today, or at least formerly possessed it; the reason why I so think anyone will easily understand from what I discussed at number III concerning the sacred relics or body of our Saint, never carried from Thessalonica elsewhere in all its parts. Further, neither have I better perceived whether the church of the parish distinguished with the name of St. Demetrius in Armorican Britain, which is mentioned at number 27 in the Life of St. Gildas, abbot, published with us at the 29th day of January, on which he is venerated, is consecrated to our Demetrius or to another homonymous martyr. But another church besides, which it is beyond doubt was built and consecrated to our holy Demetrius, now occurs to be mentioned here too.

[143] but certainly in Africa, A certain Cyprian, bishop in Africa, — the see, however, which he occupied being nowhere indicated, — is recorded in book 2 of the Miracles to be published, chapter 6, to have been unhappily captured by the Slavs when he was making for Byzantium on account of some business, and, having thus fallen into hard servitude, to have been restored to liberty by St. Demetrius, who appeared to him and offered himself as guide of the way by which he might flee to Thessalonica. Hence, having returned to Africa, in order to show himself grateful to his holy Preserver, he built a signal temple, the holy Martyr again wonderfully bringing him help, and dedicated it to him. Further, since the miracle which the Saint wrought in favour of the said bishop happened in the ninth century or perhaps even a little earlier, as I shall teach in the Annotations to be subjoined to it, it is altogether certain that the cult of our Demetrius was then also propagated into Africa, which it is permitted to gather took increase there too in the lapse of time even from the following words alone with which the narrative of that miracle, drawn into an abridgement by Anastasius the Librarian, ends in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 95: Through his (namely St. Demetrius's) prayers, if any sick person shall come devoutly to the same temple (namely built by bishop Cyprian), if he shall be anointed with the oil of his lamp, he will at once be healed.

[144] To this church, further, which the Saint had in Africa, sacred to his name, and obtained in Cappadocia, as also among the Syrians and others, there is still to be joined another, far removed from it, which Demetrius formerly had dedicated to himself in Cappadocia. So chapter five and last of the third book of the Miracles to be published will teach you, from which you will also understand that that sacred place was made illustrious by the frequent concourse to it of the faithful imploring the help of St. Demetrius, and by miracles wrought by his patronage; so that assuredly, unless the anonymous author of the cited book of Miracles strays here from the truth — which, however, I should not dare to assert — it does not appear to be doubted that our Saint enjoyed in Cappadocia too the veneration customarily paid to the Saints. Nor does it appear certain that he was destitute of it among the Russians, the Syrians and the Copts, even from this, that he is inserted in the sacred Fasti of all these, as I taught above, at the 26th day of October, on which he is also venerated by the Greeks. Further, Baillet, in volume 3 of the Lives, column 115, toward the end, writes thus in French words rendered by me into Latin: It is not doubted that it is the cult of Demetrius of Thessalonica that is established at Paris in the small church of St.-Denis-du-Pas, behind the church of the Mother of God, where a chapel is consecrated in his honour, and relics,

which they contend are his, are preserved. So he: and deservedly assuredly; and that it is not doubted that the cult of St. Demetrius established at Paris in the small church mentioned in these words pertains to our Saint, I think the more readily for this very reason, that, since Demetrius at the time of the sacred expeditions into the Holy Land more than once offered himself as helper to the Western Christians against the infidels, as I shall teach in the Analecta which I shall subjoin to the three books of the Miracles to be published, it ought by no means to happen as a wonder if he were honoured with ecclesiastical cult not only at Paris, but also in many other places of the Western church.

[145] But indeed there remains to be mentioned here yet another thing, at which everyone might not undeservedly wonder. and even the Turks themselves. Even among the Turks themselves the Saint is in veneration. So I understand from the book which is entitled The Art of verifying the chronological notes of historical facts, charters, etc. Behold the words bearing on this, which occur in it at page 154, made Latin by me from the French. This saint (namely Demetrius) is called by the Italians S. Dimitri. The Turks designate him by the name Casin-Giuni. They have, says Prince Cantemir, their fabulous Legends about him, and assert that he was a Mussulman; which they also affirm of St. George, who is called among them Hydyrlez. They celebrate the feasts of both these Saints on the same days as the Eastern Christians, namely the 23rd of April and the 26th of October. To these days the Turks order their expeditions. After the 23rd day of April they lead their forces out into the field, and on the 26th of October they put an end to military service. The Work of Prince Cantemir, which is cited in these words by the author of the cited Art, I do not have at hand; wherefore I will let the credit as regards the things he relates here rest with him, and I do not with difficulty believe that the Turks, who, what is assuredly wonderful, ascribe Demetrius to their sect, although he flourished long before it arose, hold him in veneration, inclining also to think that it perhaps came about from the veneration with which they are borne toward him that they at length snatched the most celebrated Thessalonian temple of the Saint (go to number 92) from the Christians and converted it into a shrine of their sect.

FIRST PASSION,

Written by an anonymous author and turned from the Greek tongue into Latin by Anastasius the Librarian,

From Mabillon's edition, compared with various manuscripts and the Photian Passion.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

BHL Number: 2122

By an anonymous author.

PROLOGUE.

The author sets out why he rendered the Saint's Passion into Latin, To the most pious lord, the emperor Charles a, ever Augustus, Anastasius b the least, a crown and a kingdom with Christ. The passion and miracles of blessed Demetrius, martyr of Thessalonica, at the exhortation of the brethren, and especially of the most skilled man John the Deacon c, very well known to your faith for purity and for clarity of knowledge, I have lately translated from Greek into the Latin tongue d; which aforesaid John had indeed in his house an oratory of this Martyr of wonderful antiquity and beauty, yet he did not know of what sort this Martyr of Christ was.

[2] and sends it to the emperor Charles. But I, as I experienced at Thessalonica, where his precious body, laid up there, is fragrant e and shines with the splendour of miracles, made it known to him in order f. But because I knew that your empire was defrauded of the knowledge of so great a Champion, I took care opportunely to send this very thing to you also, so that your greatness, with the intercessions of the Saints and friends of God, may be able to obtain grace with God by his prayer too, and may merit to enjoy everlasting glory. May the King of kings and Lord of lords protect your kingdom with His right hand, and transfer you from a temporal to an eternal kingdom.

ANNOTATIONS.

SOLE CHAPTER.

The Saint preaches the faith, is set as a captive before the emperor Maximian as he hastens to a spectacle of gladiators, and by his order is first consigned to custody, and then also slain.

The Saint, while he preaches the faith, When the emperor Maximian was staying in the city of the Thessalonians a, a superstitious man, he persecuted the hearers of the pious religion, and they were put to death by him b. Among whom was blessed Demetrius, making himself manifest without any fear, who from his youth had both done good works and taught others. For he taught how the divine Wisdom had come down to earth from heaven, that He might quicken by His own blood man, who had died by sin c.

[4] When he was preaching these and many other things, certain ministers of the emperor, to the emperor Maximian, a spectacle of gladiators, who had been deputed to seize the Christians, laying hold of St. Demetrius, presented him to the emperor Maximian. For it had happened that the emperor was going to the stadium of the city on account of those who were to engage in single combat. For there a circle was being prepared, fenced round by certain boards, where he was to watch those who would fight one another face to face in theatrical fashion d. Because it was a delight to him to behold the shedding of human blood.

[5] at which he was going to see Lyaeus, dear to him, fighting, Nevertheless he held that which was seen to be delightful to him not without care and anxiety. For he burned with desire concerning a certain gladiator named Lyaeus, who had already slain many, abusing his strength and bulk of body, possessing experience in killing by practice and custom. This man, because all feared him, and no one seemed to be able to resist him, Maximian held among the first, and loved him, and gladly looked upon him.

[6] [to the one approaching, he is set as a captive, by his order is consigned to custody,] And he praised and wondered, and gloried in the pride of the man as over a great thing e. Further, when he had come near the stadium, then those who had seized him bring to him blessed Demetrius. And the emperor, hearing that he was a Christian, because he had given himself wholly to attending the spectacle, ordered blessed Demetrius to remain there by the stadium, and to be guarded near the public bath. And the Emperor himself, sitting down, Lyaeus being brought in, asked who would enter into single combat with him, promising and proposing gifts f.

[7] [and then, when by Nestor, who dared to commit himself to single combat against Lyaeus, the emperor vainly dissuading it,] And a certain youth named Nestor g, leaping down from the upper tiers, stood against Lyaeus, desiring to take up single conflict: so that Maximian, astonished, called to himself Nestor, who had leapt down for this, and gave him counsel, saying: I know that want of money has made you rise to so great a fancy, that either, prevailing, you may acquire sudden riches; or, cheated of your wish, you may be rid of troublesome poverty together with life. But I, out of compassion for the age with which you are adorned, will give you worthy and sufficient gifts even for your daring alone, and go, have gifts together with life. But do not expose yourself to Lyaeus, since he has vanquished many more powerful than you.

[8] Lyaeus had been killed, Nestor, hearing these things, neither received the emperor's admonitions nor feared the strength of Lyaeus; but answered the emperor: Not for money, as you asserted, have I come to this contest, but that I may show myself better than Lyaeus h. At once, therefore, both the emperor and those who were about him, favouring Lyaeus, rise in anger at the words of Nestor i, not bearing his boasting: and the emperor encouraged Lyaeus and made him confident. And he hastened to show himself worthy of the imperial judgement. And when the encounter had taken place, Lyaeus received a mortal blow, and at once died, and caused the emperor the utmost confusion.

[9] [he too is slain, and committed to the earth in the very place where this was done] Whence, not recompensing Nestor with any of the agreements and promised moneys k, but at once he leapt down from his throne, and returned sad to the palace. And when some suggested to him about Demetrius, at once moved with anger, he ordered him to be pierced with lances in the very place in which he was detained. Thus blessed Demetrius consummated the martyrdom of a good confession. l But his body was held of little account by the slayers: but certain religious men came secretly by night, and taking it out of the very dust into which it had been thrown, and earth being carried together, took care to hide it as best they could, lest it suffer injury from any of the fierce and bloody animals. But no one afterwards had care to transfer the little body of the Saint, but it remained under the sign m.

[10] Further, that it might be a little celebrated, not a few signal wonders of powers and healings were wrought in the same place for those who invoked him with faith. When the merit of the Martyr had now been spread abroad, a certain Leontius n, beloved of God, a man adorning the throne of the prefecture of the Illyrians, the house which contained the most holy body of the Martyr, since it was very lowly, and on every side overwhelmed and hemmed in by the porticoes of the public bath and of the stadium, was honoured with a church afterwards built to him there. he cleansed and purged of all harmful things, and enlarged it with ampler grounds o, and erected there an oratory [p] in honour of the holy martyr Demetrius,

to the praise of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father and the Holy Spirit is glory, honour and dominion for ages of ages.

ANNOTATIONS.

p. Do not infer from this that the sacred church which Leontius built to St. Demetrius at Thessalonica was a building of only small bulk. See what was disputed in § VII of the preliminary Commentary.

ANOTHER PASSION,

By an anonymous author,

From codex 821 of the Vatican Library,

TRANSLATED BY CORNELIUS BYEUS.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

a

By an anonymous author.

CHAPTER I.

The Saint preaches the faith, is seized, is brought to Maximian, is ordered by him to be guarded, is approached by Nestor, about to fight against Lyaeus, and blesses him.

ΜΑξιμιανὸς,

ὁ

καὶ

Ἑρκούλιος,

ὑποτάξας

Γόθθους,

καὶ

Σαυρωμάτας

τοῖς

Ῥωμαίοις,

κατελθὼν

ἐν

τῆ

Θεσσαλονικαίων

πόλει

διέτριβε,

δυσευδαίμων

καὶ

θεόμαχος

ἄνθρωπος

καὶ

εἰς

βάθος

τῆς

πλάνης

ὀλισθηκὼς.

Ἐφαιδρύνετο

τότε

ἡ

τῶν

εἰδώλων

πλάνη

πανταχοῦ

τιμωμένη,

καὶ

δωρεῶν

μεγίστων

ἀξιουμένη.

Ἐδιώκον

γὰρ

οἱ

τῶν

θεῶν

θεραπευταὶ

τοὺς

Χριστὸν

ὁμολογοῦντας

Θεοῦ

υἵον,

καὶ

ἀκινδύνως

κατέσφαττον

τοὺς

τῆς

ἀληθινῆς

σοφίας

θεραπευτὰς.

Ἐν

οἷς

ἦν

καὶ

ὁ

μακαριώτατος

Δημήτριος,

ἐμφανῆ

ποιῶν

ἑαυτὸν,

καὶ

οὐδένα

φόβον,

ἢ

κίνδυνον

ὑποστελλόμενος.

Βίον

μὲν

καθαρὸν,

καὶ

ἄμεμπτον

ἐκ

νεότητος

ἐπιδειξάμενος

τὸν

σωτήριον

λόγον

ἔχων

ἐν

ἑαυτῷ,

καὶ

μεταδιδοὺς

τοῖς

προστυγχάνουσιν,

καὶ

διδάσκων

μετὰ

προθυμίας,

πείθωντε,

καὶ

διαλεγόμενος

κατὰ

τὸ

ἀποστολικὸν

ἔνταλμα

τοῦ

μακαρίου

Παύλου

πρὸς

τὸν

ἅγιον

Τιμόθεον

γράψαντος,

καὶ

ὑποθέσθαι

καταξιώσαντος

τὸ

ἐπίσθητι

εὐκαίρως,

ἀκαίρως.

[2] Οὕτως,

οὖν

ὁ

μακαριότατος

Δημήτριος

ἐκ

γένους

τῶν

περιδόξων,

καὶ

τῆς

συγκλήτου

βουλῆς

ὑπάρχων,

ἐκσκέπτωρ

τὸ

πρῶτον

στρατευσάμενος,

καὶ

ἀνθύπατος

γεγονώς

ἑλλάδος,

καὶ

ὑπάτου

ὠραιῶνα

ἔλαβεν

ὐπὸ

τοῦ

βασιλέως

Μαξιμιανοῦ.

αὐτος

δὲ

πᾶσαν

γήἳνον

δόξαν

εἰς

οὐδὲν

λογισάμενος,

τοὺς

ζωοποιοὺς

ἐποιήσατο

λόγους,

ἑρμηνεύωντε

καὶ

δεικνὺς,

ὅτι

τὸν

ἀπολολῶτα

ἄνθρωπον,

καὶ

ταῖς

ἰδίαις

ἀνομίαις

τεθανατωμένον·

ἡ

πάνσοφος

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

λόγου

κατὰ

σάρκα

παρουσία,

διέστεισεν

μὲν

ἀπὸ

τῆς

πλάνης,

ἀπεκάθηρεν

δὲ

ἀπὸ

πάσης

ἀνομίας,

καὶ

παντὸς

σκότους,

φῶς

δὲ

ἀνέτειλεν,

καὶ

ἡμέραν

ἐλευθερίας

ἐν

ταῖς

ψυχαῖς

τῶν

δεχομένων

αὐτὴν

ἀπειργάσατο,

δικαιοσύνην,

ἐπιήκειαν,

εἰρήνην,

ἀγάπην,

ἐλπίδα

ζώης

περιποιοῦσαν

αἰωνίου,

τὰ

πρόσκαιρα

μὲν

ἀπορίπτουσαν,

τὸν

δὲ

ἀΐδιον,

καὶ

ἄφθαρτον

ἀῤῥαβῶνα

παρέχουσαν,

τὴν

ἐκ

νεκρῶν

ἀνάστασιν,

καὶ

τὴν

εἰς

παράδεισον

προξενοῦσαν

ἐπανάζευξιν.

[3] Ταῦτα

διδάσκοντος

τοῦ

μακαρίου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου

μετὰ

παρουσίας,

καὶ

τὸν

λόγον

τοῦτον

πρακτικῶς

βεβαιοῦντος

διὰ

τῆς

πίστεως.

Πολλῶν

δὲ

αὐτῷ

διὰ

ταῦτα

ἐκ

τῆς

τῶν

ἑλλήνων

πληθύως

προσιόντων,

καὶ

συνευρισκομένων

ἐκ

δυσμῶν

τοῦ

τῆς

πόλεως

μεγαλοφόρου

ἐν

τῇ

ἐκείσε

χαλκεοτικῇ

λεγομένῃ

στοᾷ,

ἔνθα

καὶ

εἰώθη

τὰς

συνόδους

ποιεῖσθαι

ὑπὸ

τὰς

τοῦ

ἐγγὺς

δημοσίου

λουτροῦ

ὑπογαίας

καμὰρας,

μεγαλυνομένησττε

τῆς

περὶ

αὐτὸν

φήμης

καθ᾽

ὅλης

τῆς

πόλεως

καὶ

τῆς

περιχώρου,

οἱ

τὴν

ἀναζήτησιν

τῶν

Χριστιανῶν

στρατιῶται

τοῦ

βασιλέως,

ἅμα

τοῖς

δημοσίοις

προστεταγμένοις

ποιεῖσθαι,

συλλαβόντες

τὸν

μακάριον

Δημήτριον

(οὐδὲ

γὰρ

φεύγων

συνελείφθη,

ἀλλὰ

τὰς

συνήθεις

ἅμα

τοῖς

ἀδελφοῖς

ἱερουργῶν

λατρείας)

τῷ

θεομάχῳ

Μαξιμιανῷ

καθάπερ

τί

μέγιστον

θήραμα

προσήγαγον,

οἰωμενοι

ἑαυτοὺς

μάλιστα

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

παραθεσθαι,

ἢ

τὴν

ἐπιμέλειαν

τοῦ

μηδένα

Χριστιανὸν

λανθάνειν

ἐπιδείξοντο,

τὸ

καὶ

τοὺς

ὑπεροχῇ

ὄντας

καταμηνύοντες.

[4] Καὶ

ὁ

μὲν

ἔτυχεν

ἐπὶ

τὸ

τῆς

πόλεως

θέατρον

τὸ

καλούμενον

στάδιον

ἀνιέναι,

θέας

ἕνεκεν

τῶν

μονομαχεῖν

μελλόντων,

καὶ

τὰ

λοιπὰ

τοῦ

πεντάθλου

θεάματα

ἐπιτελούντων·

ἐκεῖ

γὰρ

αὐτῷ

παρεσκεύαστο

διά

τινων

σανίδων

περιπεφραγμένος

κύκλῳ

ἐν

ὕψει

κρεμάμενος,

ὅ

δέχεσθαι

μέλλων

τοὺς

ἐν

αὐτῷ

εἰσιόντας,

διότι

τέρψις

ἦν

αὐτῷ

τοῦ

βλέπειν

ἀνθρωπίνων

αἱμάτων

ἔκχυσιν:

πλὴν

οὐκ

ἐκτὸς

φροντίδος

ἤ

μερίμνης

εἶχεν

τὸ

ὁρώμενον·

διέκειτο

γὰρ

ὁ

βασιλεὺς

περί

τινα

μονομάχον

Λυαίον

ὀνόματι

ἐκ

τοῦ

ἔθνους

τῶν

Οὐανδάλων

ὑπάρχοντα,

ἰσχύει

καὶ

μεγέθει

σώματος

ἀνεσταλμένον,

ὅς

οὐ

μόνον

ἐν

Ῥώμῃ

πολλοὺς

εἰς

τὸν

λοῦδον

ἀνῃρήκη,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

ἐν

τῷ

Σερμίῳ

καὶ

ἐν

τῇ

Θεσσαλονικαίων

πόλει:

διέτρεχεν

γὰρ

διάτε

τῶν

σανίδων,

καὶ

τοῦ

μαγγάνου,

ἅτε

διὰ

πολλὴν

ἐμπειρίαν

εἰς

τὸ

φονεύειν

διὰ

μελήτης

καὶ

συνηθείας

κεκτημένος.

[5] Τοῦτον,

ἐπειδήπερ

ἅπαντες

ἐδεδύκησαν

διὰ

τὸ

μηδένα

αὐτοῦ

ἀνταγονιστὴν

ἀναφαίνεσθαι,

ἐν

πρώτοις

εἶχεν

ὁ

βασιλεὺς,

ὅ

καὶ

φιλεῖν

ἐπιδείκνυτο,

καὶ

ἠδέως

ἔβλεπεν

εἰς

αὐτὸν;

ἐπῄνει

δὲ

καὶ

ἐθαύμαζεν

τὴν

ἀκμὴν

τῆς

ἡλικίας

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

εἰς

τὴν

περιφάνειαν

αὐτοῦ

ἐσεμνύνετο.

Ὅτε

δὲ

πλησίον

ἐγένετο

τοῦ

σταδίου,

κατίοντος

αὐτοῦ

ἐκ

τοῦ

ὀχήματος,

τότε

μηνύσαντες

προσάγουσιν

τῷ

Μαξιμιανῷ

τὸν

μακάριον

οἱ

συνειληφώτες

Δημήτριον.

Πειθόμενος

δὲ

εἰ

ἐπιμένει

τὸν

Χριστόν

προσκυνῶν,

καὶ

μαθὼν

καὶ

ἑτέρους

αὐτὸν

διδάσκειν

τὸν

ἐσταυρωμένον

σέβειν,

ἦχθη

μὲν

πρὸς

αὐτὸν.

[6] Ἱδὼν

δὲ

τὴν

παῤῥησίαν

τοῦ

ἀνδρὸς,

Χριστιανὸν

σεαυτὸν

ἀποκαλοῦντος,

καὶ

πᾶν

ὁτιοῦν

ὑπὲρ

τοῦ

ὀνόματος

τοῦ

κυρίου

ἡμῶν

Ἰησοῦ

Χριστοῦ

ὑπομεῖναι

θαῤῥοῦντος,

εἶτα

καὶ

τὸ

πρόσωπον

αὐτοῦ

πάνυ

ὡραίον

γενόμενον,

καὶ

τῶν

προκειμένων

θεαμάτων

ὅλος

ὢν,

τὸν

μὲν

ἀοίδιμον

Μάρτυρα

ἐκέλευσεν

αὐτὸν

παρὰ

τὸ

στάδιον

δημοσίου

γητνιόντος

βαλανίου

περὶ

τὰς

τῶν

ἐκεῖσε

καμίνων

φρουρεῖσθαι

καμάρας.

Ἔνθα

φυλαττόμενος,

ὡρᾶ

σκορπίον

ἐκ

τῆς

γῆς

ὑπὸ

τοὺς

πόδας

αὐτοῦ

ἀνελθόντα,

πειρᾶσθαι

δὲ

τῷ

κέντρῷ

πλῆξαι

τὸν

Ἅγιον.

Ὁ

δὲ

τὸ

σημεῖον

τοῦ

σταυροῦ

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

ποιήσας

κατὰ

τοῦ

σκορπίου,

καὶ

προσατρίσας

αὐτὸν

νεκρὸν

ἀπέδειξεν.

Παραχρῆμα

δὲ

ἄγγελος

Κυρίου

ἐλθὼν

στέφανον

ἐπέθηκεν

τῇ

κορυφῇ

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος,

καὶ

εἶπεν

αὐτῷ,

εἰρήνη

σοι,

ἀθλητὰ

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ,

ἴσχυε

καὶ

ἀνδρίζου.

[7] Ὁ

δὲ

βασιλεὺς

εἰσελθὼν

ἐν

τῷ

σταδίῳ

καὶ

προκαθίσας,

τόντε

Λυαῖον

εἰσαγαγὼν

ἐκάλει

διὰ

τῶν

κηρύκων

τὸν

βουλόμενον

μονομαχῆσαι,

προστιθεὶς

μετὰ

τῶν

ἐπάθλων

καὶ

χρήματα

πολλὰ,

καί

τις

ἐκ

τοῦ

δήμου

νεανίσκος

ὡραῖος

πάνυ,

κομιδῆ

νέος

ὤν,

Νέστωρ

ὄνομα,

ἄρτι

τὸν

ἰοῦλον

ἐπανθοῦντα

φέρων,

γνωστὸς

ὑπάρχων

τῷ

πανενδόξῳ

μάρτυρι

Δημητρίῳ

(ἐθεώρει

γὰρ

τὰ

ὑπ᾽

αὐτοῦ

γενόμενα

θαύματα,

πολλύντε

λαὸν

προσττρέχοντα

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

διδασκόμενον

σέβειν,

καὶ

προσκυνεῖν

τὸν

Χριστὸν)

ἐκδραμὼν

ἐν

ᾡ

ἐφυλάττετο

τόπῳ,

καὶ

πεσὼν

είς

τοὺς

πόδας

αὐτοῦ

ἔλεγεν:

δοῦλε

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

Δημήτριε,

βούλομαι

τῷ

Λυαίῳ

ἀλλ᾽

εὔξαι

μοι

τὸν

Χριστὸν

ὀνομάσας.

Ὁ

δὲ

Ἅγιος

ποιήσας

τὴν

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

σφραγίδα

εἰστε

τὸ

μέτοπον,

καὶ

τὴν

καρδίαν

αὐτοῦ,

ἀπέλυσεν

αὐτὸν

εἰρηκὼς,

καὶ

τὸν

Λυαῖον

νικήσεις,

καὶ

ὑπὲρ

Χριστοῦ

μαρτυρίσεις.

While the Saint, the persecution against the Christians growing hot, Maximian, who is also Herculius b, having subdued the Goths and Sauromatae to the Roman empire c, returning, was staying in the city of the Thessalonians, an unhappy man and an enemy of God, and fallen into the depth of error. The madness of the idols then flourished, everywhere worshipped and honoured with the greatest gifts; for the ministers of the gods persecuted those who confessed Christ the Son of God, and with impunity killed the worshippers of the true Wisdom, among whom was also the most blessed Demetrius, who, caring for no fear or danger, made himself manifest, and who, having led from his youth a life assuredly pure and irreproachable, had in himself the words of salvation, and handed them on to those he met, with alacrity of mind both teaching and pressing and reproving, according to the Apostolic precept of blessed Paul writing to St. Timothy d, and striving to inculcate that "Press on in season, out of season."

[2] Thus, then, the most blessed Demetrius, sprung of an illustrious and senatorial race e, preaches the faith of Christ, when he had first served in the office of exceptor f, and had then been created proconsul of Greece, received also the consular insignia from the emperor Maximian; but he himself, making nothing of all the glory of the world, spoke words bringing salvation, explaining and showing how the coming according to the flesh of the all-knowing Word of God drew man, lost and dead in his own sins, away from error, purged him from all iniquity and all darkness, made light to rise, and brought forth the day of liberty in the souls of those who receive Him, who offers justice, meekness, peace, charity, the hope of eternal life, casts away temporal things, confers an eternal and incorruptible pledge, and wins resurrection from the dead and entrance into paradise.

[3] When the blessed martyr Demetrius was boldly teaching these things, is seized by those who watched for the apprehension of Christians, and was confirming that word of faith by works; and many on that account from the multitude of the heathen came to him, at the western side of the great forum of the city, in a place situated there which was called the Bronze portico, where also he was wont to hold assemblies under the underground vaults of the adjacent public bath, and his fame was spreading through the whole city and the neighbourhood, the emperor's soldiers together with the public lictors, who had been enjoined to search out the Christians, having seized Demetrius (for he was taken not fleeing, but performing with the brethren the customary ministries of religion), set him before Maximian, the enemy of God, as the greatest prey, thinking that they would prove to the emperor in the highest degree how great diligence they were spending that no Christian should remain hidden, as betraying even those who were of loftier condition.

[4] and to Maximian, going to a spectacle of gladiators, Now it happened that he was going to the theatre of the city, which is called the stadium, to see those who were to contend in single combat and to give the other spectacles of the game of the pentathlon g. For there a fence of certain boards, raised on high, which was to receive those entering, had been prepared for him in the manner of a circle h; for to behold the shedding of human blood was a delight to him, and yet he could not watch what was given him to be seen without care or anxiety. And the emperor was borne with love toward a certain gladiator named Lyaeus, being of the nation of the Vandals i, outstanding in strength and greatness of body, who had killed many in duel not only at Rome but also at Sirmium k and in the city of the Thessalonians, having acquired by exercise and custom no common skill in killing.

[5] is brought, Him, since he was a terror to all because no one seemed able to engage with him, the emperor held among the first, which he also continually affected to do, and looked upon him with a more placid countenance; and he praised and wondered at the vigour of his age, and gloried in the pride of the man no otherwise than as of a great thing. Further, when he had now come to the stadium, and had descended from his chariot, those who had seized him then bring blessed Demetrius to Maximian, forewarned of the matter. And inquiring whether he persisted in adoring Christ, and being informed that he also by his teaching impelled others to adore the crucified one, he ordered him to be led to him.

[6] is ordered by him to be guarded, And having beheld the constancy of the man, acknowledging himself a Christian and daring to suffer whatever for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, and his most comely countenance, because he was wholly intent on exhibiting the spectacles, he ordered the venerable Martyr to be consigned to custody near himself, close to the public bath, in the underground vaults existing there l. Guarded there, he saw a scorpion coming out of the earth under his feet, which also tried to strike the Saint with its tail. And he, having made the sign of the cross over the scorpion, at once rendered it dead. And at once an angel of the Lord, arriving, set a crown upon the Martyr's head: Peace be with thee, champion of Christ, be strong and take courage. m

[7] [is approached by Nestor, about to fight against the gladiator Lyaeus, and blesses him.] Further, when the emperor had entered the stadium and occupied his place, introducing Lyaeus, he called through heralds for whoever would enter into single combat with him, promising, together with the gifts customarily given to those who win the victory, much money too: and a certain youth of the common people, very handsome, who was still very young, named Nestor, bearing only the first down, being known to the most glorious martyr Demetrius (for he saw the miracles wrought by him, and the many people who ran to him venerating both what he taught and adoring Christ), running to the place in which he was guarded, and falling at his feet, said: Servant of God Demetrius, I wish to fight in single combat against Lyaeus, but pray for me, invoking Christ. But the Saint, having formed the sign of Christ both on his forehead and on his heart, dismissed him, saying: Thou shalt both conquer Lyaeus and undergo martyrdom for Christ. n

ANNOTATIONS.

CHAPTER II.

Maximian, angered by the death inflicted on Lyaeus, orders first Nestor and then also St. Demetrius to be put to death, and he, afterwards becoming illustrious for miracles, is honoured with sacred places built to him.

ἈΠέλθων

οὖν

ἐν

τᾧ

σταδίῳ,

καὶ

διὰ

τῶν

βαθμίδων

καταπηδήσας,

ῥίψας

τὲ

τὸν

χιτῶνα

αὐτοῦ,

ἔστησεν

ἔμπροσθεν

τοῦ

Μαξιμιανοῦ,

ὡς

ἐκπλαγέντα

τὸν

βασιλέα.

Καλέσας

δὲ

πρὸς

ἑαυτὸν

εἰς

τοῦτο

πηδήσαντα,

καὶ

συμβουλεύειν

αὐτῷ

καὶ

λέγειν:

νεανίσκε,

οἶδα,

ὅτι

χρημάτων

σε

σπάνις

ἐπὶ

τοσοῦτον

ἀρθῆναι

φαντασίας

παρεσκεύασεν,

ἴνα

ἢ

περιγενάμενος

πλοῦτον

ἀθρόον

κτήσεις,

ἢ

ἀποτυχὼν

πενίας

ἐνοχλούσης

μετὰ

τοῦ

ζῆν

ἀπαλλαγήση,

ἐγὼ

δὲ

σοι

δι᾽

οἶκτον

τῆς

νεότητος

καὶ

τῆς

ἡλικίας,

ἧς

καὶ

κόσμησαι,

δόσω

καὶ

ὑπέρ

μόνης

τῆς

τόλμης

ἄξια,

καὶ

ἀρκοῦντα

χαρίσματα,

καὶ

ἄπιθι

μετὰ

τοῦ

ζῆν

ἔχων

καὶ

τὰ

χρήματα,

Λυαίῳ

δὲ

σεαυτόν

μὴ

ἀντιστήσης,

ἐπειδὴ

σοῦ

πολλοὺς

ἤδη

δυνατωτέρους

ἀπήλλαξεν.

[9] Ταῦτα

ἀκούσας

ὁ

Νέστωρ,

οὔτε

ἤρπασεν

τήν

τοῦ

βασιλέως

φιλοτιμίαν,

ἀλλ᾽

οὔτε

ἐδειλίασεν

πρὸς

τὸν

ἔπαινον

τοῦ

Λυαίου,

τῷ

δὲ

βασιλεῖ

ἀπεκρίνατο:

οὐ

χρημάτων

φήσας,

ὦ

βασιλεῦ,

οὐ

δὲ

διὰ

τοῦτο

ἐπὶ

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

ἐλήλυθα,

ἀλλ᾽

ἵνα

κρείττονα

Λυαίου

ἐμαυτόν

συστήσω:

μὴ

δὲ

γὰρ

βούλεσθαι

ζῆν,

ἢ

πλουτεῖν

ἥξαντα,

καὶ

ἐκχωρισαντα

τῇ

προλαβούσῃ

τοῦ

Λυαίου

δόξῃ.

Εὐθὺς

οὐν

ὀ

βασιλεὺς

καὶ

οἱ

ὑπὲρ

αὐτὸν

ὀργῆς,

τούτων

λεχθέντων,

ἐπλήσθησαν,

τὴν

ἀλαζωνίαν

τοῦ

Νέστορος

οὐχ

ὑπομείναντες,

καὶ

ὁ

μὲν

βασιλεὺς

προτρεπόμενος

ἐβόα,

καὶ

παρεθάρυνεν

τὸν

Λυαῖον.

[10] Ὁ

δέγε

Νέστωρ

ποιήσας

τὸν

ζωοποιὸν

σταυρὸν

ἐν

τῇ

καρδίᾳ

αὐτοῦ,

ἔλαβεν

τὸν

ἀκινάκην,

καὶ

ἀναβλέψας

εἰς

τὸν

οὐρανὸν,

εἶπεν,

ὁ

Θεὸς

Δημητρίου

τοῦ

δούλου

σου,

καὶ

ὁ

ἠγαπημένος

σου

παῖς

Ἰησοῦς

Χριστὸς,

ὁ

ὑποτάξας

Γολιάθ

τὸν

ἀλλόφυλον

τῷ

πιστῷ

σου

Δαουΐδ,

αὐτὸς

κατάβαλε

τὸ

θράσος

τοῦ

Λυαίου

καὶ

Μαξιμιανοῦ,

τοῦ

τυράννου,

καὶ

εἰσπήδησεν

μέσον

τῶν

μαγγάνων·

γενομένης

δὲ

τῆς

συμπλοκῆς,

κερίαν

λαβὼν

κατὰ

τῆς

καρδίας

ὁ

Λυαῖος,

ἀνηρέθη

παραχρῆμα,

καὶ

τὴν

ἐσχάτην

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

ψυχικὴν

περιεποίησεν

σύγχυσιν·

ὁ

δὲ

Νέστωρ

ἐδόξασεν

τὸν

Θεὸν,

ὅτι

τῇ

εὐχῇ

τοῦ

ἀγίου

Δημητρίου

ἀνηρέθη

ὁ

βάρβαρος.

[11] Μαξιμιανὸς

δὲ

πάραυτικα

τῆς

καθέδρας

αὐτοῦ

ἀπεπήδησεν,

καὶ

στυγνὸς

ἐπὶ

τὰς

βασιλείους

αὐλὰς

ἐπανέρχετο,

λέγων:

μὰ

τοὺς

θεοὺς

γοητεία

τίς

προεχώρησεν:

ἐπεὶ

οὐκ

ἄν

ἐσφάττετο

ὑπὸ

τοῦ

νεανίου

τούτου

ὁ

τοσαύτας

καὶ

τηλικαύτας

ἐπιδειξάμενος

ἀνδραγαθείας·

καλέσας

οὖν

πρὸς

ἐαυτὸν

ὁ

τύραννος

τὸν

Νέστωρα,

ἔφη

πρὸς

αὑτὸν:

εἰπὲ,

νεανίσκε,

ποίᾳ

μαγείᾳ

χρησάμενος,

ἢ

τίνας

ἔχων

συνεργοὺς,

τὸν

Λυαῖον

ἀπέκτεινας;

ὁ

δὲ

Νέστωρ

ἀπεκρίνατο:

Μαγίᾳ

οὐκ

ἐχρηματισεν,

μὴ

γένοιτο,

ἀλλ᾽

οὐ

δὲ

μαγγανίᾳ

τινὶ

ἀνηρέθη:

ἀλλ᾽

θεὸς

Δημητρίου,

ὁ

θεὸς

τῆς

Χριστιανῶν,

αὐτὸς

ἀπέστειλεν

τὸν

ἄγγελον

αὐτοῦ,

ἀπέκτεινεν

ἐν

τῇ

χειρί

μου

τὸν

ἀλάστορα,

καὶ

ὑπερήφανον.

Ὀργισθεὶς

οὖν

ὁ

βασιλεὺς,

ἐκέλευσεν

αὐτὸν

ὡς

Χριστιανὸν

ἀπενεχθῆναι

ἐν

τοῖς

δυτικοῖς

τῆς

πόλεως

μέρεσιν

ἐντῇ

ἑπωνομαζομένῃ

χρυσέᾳ

πύλῃ,

κἀκεῖσε

τῷ

ἰδίῷ

ξίφει

ἀναιρεθῆναι

ὐπὸ

Μηνουκιανοῦ

προτίκτορος

καὶ

οὕτως

τῆς

μαρτυρίας

τὸν

στέφανον

ἀνεδέξατο.

[12] Ὑποβαλλόντων

δὲ

τινῶν

τῶν

ἀρχόντων

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

περὶ

Δημητρίου,

καὶ

ὐποθεμένων

ὡς

αἴτιος

τῆς

τοῦ

Λυαίου

σφαγῆς

γεγένηται,

αὐτίκα

ὑπερζέσας

τῷ

θυμῳ

οἰωνισάμενόστε

ὡς

οὐκ

ἀγαθὸν

τὸ

συνάντημα

αὐτῷ

γεγονέναι

εἰς

τὸ

στάδιον

αὐτῷ

εἰσβάλλοντι,

κελεύει

αὐτὸν

ἐν

αὐτοῖς,

οῖς

ἐφυλάττετο

καμινίοις,

λογχαῖς

κατασφαγῆναι,

καὶ

οὕτως

ἀνηρεθεὶς

ὁ

πανένδοξος

Μάρτυς

τῆς

καλῆς

ὁμολογίας

τὴν

μαρτυρίαν

ἐπλήρωσεν.

Λούππος

δὲ

ὁ

τοῦ

ἁγίου

Δημητρίου

οἰκέτης

παρεστώς

αὐτῷ,

λαβὼν

τὸ

ὁράριον

τοῦ

Ἁγίου,

ἐν

αὐτῷ

ἀνελέξατο

τὸ

αἷμα

αὐτοῦ.

[13] Ἀφελόμενος

δὲ

καὶ

τὸ

βασιλικὸν

δακτύλιον,

ὅν

ἐφόρει

ἐν

τῇ

χειρὶ

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

αὐτὸν

ἐγκλείσας

ἐν

τῷ

ἁγίῳ

αἵματι,

ἐπετέλει

δι᾽

αὐτοῦ

ἴασεις·

πάντας

γὰρ

τοὺς

κατεχομένους

ποικίλαις

νόσοις,

καὶ

τοὺς

ὑπὸ

ἀκαθάρτων

πνευμάτων

βεβλαμμένους

ἰᾶτο

διὰ

τῆς

εὐχῆς

καὶ

ἐπισκιάσεως

τοῦ

Ἅγίου,

καὶ

τῆς

ἐν

τῷ

δακτυλίῳ

χάριτος,

ὡς

διαδραμεῖν

τὴν

περὶ

τούτουν

φήμην

ἐν

ὅλῃ

τῇ

Θεσσαλονικέων

πόλει.

Μαθὼν

δὲ

ὁ

βασιλεὺς

περὶ

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

πῶς

ἰᾶται

τοὺς

κάμνοντας,

ἐκέλευσεν

καὶ

αὐτὸν

ἀναιρεθῆναι

ἐν

τῷ

τριβουναρίῳ

τῆς

πόλεως

ἐν

ἡμέρᾳ

τῶν

βουλουμπτάτων *, προκαθημένου

αὐτοῦ,

μετὰ

καὶ

ἄλλων

τινῶν

πεπιστευκότων

τῷ

Χριστῷ.

[14] Τὸ

δὲ

πανάγιον

Δημητρίου

τοῦ

ὁσίου

λείψανον

καταφρονηθὲν

ὑπὸ

τῶν

ἀνῃρηκότων,

οἱ

τῶν

τότε

δὲ

ἀδελφῶν

εὐλαβέστεροι

λαβόντες

νύκτωρ

διὰ

τὸν

φόβον

τοῦ

βασιλέως,

καὶ

ἐν

αὐτοῖς

οἷς

ἔῤῥιπτον

χώμασιν

διανημάμενοι

τῆς

γῆς,

ὅσον

οἷοντε

ἦν,

ἐκρυψαν,

ἴνα

μὴ

παρά

τινος

τῶν

αἱμοβόρων

ζώων

ὑπομείνη

βλάβην·

οὐδενὶ

δὲ

μετὰ

ταῦτα

φροντίς

ἐγένετο

μετανεγκεῖν

τὸ

σῶμα

τοῦ

Ἁγίου,

ἀλλ᾽

ἔμεινεν

ἐπὶ

σχήματος * σημείωντε

πολλῶν,

καὶ

ἰάσεων

γενομένων

ἐν

τῷ

τόπῳ,

καὶ

θείων

χαρισμάτων

φοιτούντων

τοῖς

πίστει

προσερχομένοις

ἐν

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

ὁσημέραι

πάντων

εὐφραινομένων

ἐκείσε,

περιβοήτου

διὰ

πάσης

Μακεδονίας,

καὶ

Θετταλίας

γινομένης

τῆς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

θαυματουργοῦ

ἐνεργείας·.

[15] Λοιπὸν

δὲ

καὶ

τῆς

τῶν

εἰδόλων

πλάνης

καθαρθείσης,

τῆς

δὲ

ζωοποιοῦ,

καὶ

ἀμομήτου

τῶν

Χριστιανῶν

ὀρθοδόξου

πίστεως

λαμπρυνομένης,

Λεόντιος

δὲ

τις

ἀνὴρ

τοὺς

ἐπαρχικοὺς

τῶν

Ἰλλυρίων

κατακοσμῶν

θρόνους,

ἀπερχόμενος

ἐν

τῇ

Δακῶν

χώρᾳ

νόσῳ

ἀνιάτῳ

ληφθεὶς

λεκτικίῳ

ὑπὸ

τῶν

οἰκείων

ἐν

τῇ

Θεσσαλονικαίων

ἀπηνέχθη

πόλει,

καὶ

ἀνεκλίθη

ἐν

τῷ

σεβασμίῳ

σηκῷ,

ἔνθα

ἦν

ὑπὸ

γῆν

κείμενον

τοῦ

Ἁγίου

τὸ

λείψανον·

παραχρῆμα

δὲ

τοῦ

κατακλιθῆναι

αὐτὸν

ἐπάνω

τοῦ

ἰαματοφόρου

μνήματος

εὐθέως

τῆς

ὑγίας

ἐπέτυχεν,

ὥστε

θαυμάζειν

αὐτόντε

καὶ

τοὺς

περὶ

αὐτὸν

τὴν

ταχίστην

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

ἐπισκοπὴν,

καὶ

χάριτας

ὁμολογεῖν

τῷ

Θεῷ,

καὶ

τῷ

πανενδόξῳ

μάρτυρι

Δημητρίῳ·

ὅς

αὐτίκα

κατὰ

τὰς

τῶν

καμίνων

καμάρας,

ἅμα

καὶ

τοῦ

τῶν

θερμῶν

ὑδάτων

οἴκου

καθελὼν

καὶ

περικαθάρας

μετὰ

καὶ

τῶν

ἐκεῖσαι

ὄντων

δημοσίων

ἐμβόλων

καὶ

προπινῶν,

ἀνήγειρεν

πάνσεπτον

οἶκον

τῷ

Μάρτυρι,

δαψίλειᾳ

κατακοσμήσας

χρειῶν

μέσον

τοῦ

δημοσίου

λουτροῦ,

καὶ

τοῦ

σταδίου.

[16] Μέλλων

δὲ

ἀπέρχεσθαι

ἐν

τῷ

ἰλλυρικῷ,

ἠβουλήθη

τινὰ

τῶν

λειψάνων

λαβεῖν

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

πρὸς

τὸ

κἀκεῖσαι

ναὸν

αὐτῷ

οἰκοδομῆσαι

εἰς

ὄνομα

τοῦ

Ἁγίου·

ᾧ

τινι

ὁ

πανένδοξος

ἀθλοφόρος

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

Δημήτριος

νυκτὸς

ἐπιστὰς

τοῦτον

προελθεῖν

διεκώλυσεν.

Λαβών

οὖν

τὴν

χλαμύδα

αὐτοῦ

τὴν

ἐκ

τῶν

ἁγίων

αἱμάτων

πεφυραμένην

καὶ

μέρος

τοῦ

ὁραρίου,

καὶ

ποιήσας

γλωσσόκομον

ἀργύρεον,

ἐν

αὐτῷ

ἀπέθετο.

Ὁδοιποροῦντος

δὲ

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

σφοδροῦ

χειμῶνος

γεγονότος,

καὶ

τοῦ

δανοβίου

ποταμοῦ

κοχλάζοντος

τῷ

ῥεύματι,

ὡς

μηδὲ

ναυσὶ

πόρον

τοῦτον

ὑπάρχειν

ἐπὶ

ἱκανὰς

τε

ἡμέρας

μὴ

ὑπολείποντος

αὐτοῦ,

ἀλλ᾽

εἴργοντος

τὴν

ἐπὶ

τὸ

πρόσω

πορίαν,

ἐν

ἀθυμίᾳ

ἐτύγχανεν

ὁ

ἔπαρχος.

[17] Καὶ

δὴ

ὥρα

τὸν

πανένδοξον

Δημήτριον

λέγοντα

αὐτῷ,

πᾶσαν

ἀπιστίαν

καὶ

ἀθυμίαν

ἁπωσάμενος,

λαβὼν

ὅπερ

ἐπιφέρει,

πάρελθε

τὸν

ποταμὸν

ἀδιστάκτως.

Ἕωθεν

οὖν

ἐπιβὰς

τῷ

ὀχήματι,

ἔχων

ἐν

χερσὶν

τὴν

τιμίαν

σωρὸν,

διῆλθεν

ἀβλαβὴς

τὸν

ποταμὸν,

καὶ

οὕτως

ἀπελθὼν,

ἐν

τῷ

Σερμίῳ

ἀπέθετο

τὴν

ἁγίαν

σωρὸν

μετὰ

τοῦ

ἐν

αὐτῇ

θησαυροῦ

ἐν

τῷ

παρ᾽

αὐτοῦ

κτισθέντι

ἐκείσε

πανσέπτῳ

ναῷ

τοῦ

ἁγίου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου,

πλησίον

τοῦ

σεβασμίου

οἴκου

τῆς

καλλινίκου

μάρτυρος

Ἀναστασίας,

πολλάτε

θαύματα,

καὶ

ἱάσεις

ὁ

Κύριος

ἐποίησεν

ἔνθα

διὰ

τῆς

ὁδοῦ

τὸ

ὤχημα

καὶ

τὰ

ζῶα

ἐννεπαύσαντο,

χάριτι

καὶ

οἰκτειρμοῖς

καὶ

φιλανθρωπίᾳ

τοῦ

Κυρίου

ἡμῶν

Ἰησοῦ

Χριστοῦ,

ᾧ

ἡ

δόξα

καὶ

τὸ

κράτος

νῦν

καὶ

ἀεὶ

καὶ

εἰς

τοὺς

αἰῶνας

τῶν

αἰώνων.

Αμὴν.

Nestor, the words given him by Maximian Going, therefore, to the stadium, when he had both leapt down from the tiers and laid aside his tunic, he stood before Maximian, so that the emperor was astonished: and when he had called to himself him who had sprung forth for this, he began to persuade him and to say: Youth, I know that want of riches has driven you to be carried away to so great a vanity, that either, conquering, you may suddenly acquire riches, or, falling from victory, you may lay down at once the poverty which troubles you and your life. But I, out of compassion for your youth and the age in which you flourish, will bestow on you gifts both worthy and sufficient for your daring alone; go away possessing riches together with life, and do not expose yourself to Lyaeus, since he has already killed many stronger than you.

[9] not accepting, the fight with Lyaeus Hearing these things, Nestor neither accepted the emperor's munificence, nor did he conceive fear at the praises of Lyaeus; but answered the emperor, saying: I do not desire riches, emperor, nor have I come to the contest for that, but that I may show myself more excellent than Lyaeus: for he would prefer neither life nor riches to the praise snatched from Lyaeus. At once, therefore, these things said, the emperor and those who were with him were filled with wrath, not bearing Nestor's boasting. And the emperor indeed, rousing Lyaeus, kept shouting, and gave him boldness.

[10] he enters, and kills him. But Nestor, having formed on his breast the sign of the saving cross, took a short sword, and, raising his eyes to heaven, said: O God of Demetrius, Thy servant, and Thy beloved Son Jesus Christ, who didst subject the foreigner Goliath to Thy faithful David, break the confidence of Lyaeus and of Maximian; and he leapt into the middle of the enclosure. And the fight being made, Lyaeus, receiving a blow in the heart, at once died, and brought the utmost confusion upon the emperor. And Nestor praised God that the barbarian had been killed by the prayers of St. Demetrius.

[11] Hence the emperor, angered, first Nestor, But Maximian at once rose from his seat, and returned sad to the palace, saying: By the Gods, some sorcery has been done, since he who performed so many and so great deeds has been killed by this youth. And having summoned Nestor to himself, the tyrant said: Tell me, youth, using what magic art, or having what helpers, did you kill Lyaeus? And Nestor answered: Far be it, he did not fall by magic art, nor was he killed by any incantation, but the God of Demetrius, the God of the Christians, sent His angel, and killed the wicked and proud one by my hand. The emperor, therefore, angered, commanded that he, as being a Christian, be led away to the Western parts of the city, to the place which has the name of the Golden gate, and there be killed with his own sword by Menutianus the protector; and thus he obtained the crown of martyrdom a.

[12] Further, when certain of the chief men made mention of Demetrius to the emperor, and suggested that he had been the cause of the death of Lyaeus, at once inflamed with anger, and thinking that every ill had come about because he had met him as he hastened to the stadium, and then he orders St. Demetrius too to be put to death. He, his Servant, he ordered him to be killed with lances in the very vaults in which he was being guarded, and thus the most glorious Martyr, slain, fulfilled his martyrdom with a beautiful confession. And Lupus, the servant of St. Demetrius, who was present with him, taking the Saint's girdle, collected his blood in it b.

[13] And when he had also taken away the imperial ring which he wore on his hand c, having afterwards obtained a follower of himself even in martyrdom, and had dipped it in the holy blood, he wrought many healings through it. For all who were held by various diseases, or suffered from unclean spirits, he healed by the prayer and patronage of the Saint and by the grace which was in the ring, so that the fame of this thing spread through the whole city of the Thessalonians; and when the emperor had learned of the same thing, and who it was that healed those labouring with ill health, he ordered him, together with certain others believing in Christ, to be killed in the tribunal of the city, on a day of judgements, he himself presiding.

[14] And when the most sacred body of blessed Demetrius was held in contempt by those who had killed him, and having become celebrated for miracles wrought at his tomb, certain of the more religious of the brethren, for fear of the emperor, taking it up by night, hid it in the very pits into which it had been thrown, the earth being dug out as deep as they could, lest it suffer injury from any of the bloody animals. But no one

but it remained under the earth d, and when, many signs and healings having been wrought in the place, and divine graces having been most frequently conferred on those who approached him with faith, and joy being felt there, the efficacy of the Martyr, working miracles, had been made celebrated through all Macedonia and Thessaly; e.

[15] And when at length the error of the idols had been driven away, by a sacred church at Thessalonica, and the saving and pure orthodox faith of the Christians was shining forth, a certain man, Leontius f, who adorned the throne of the prefecture of Illyricum, seized with an incurable disease as he was departing for Dacia, was carried to Thessalonica by his servants on a litter, and placed upon the venerable monument where his sacred relics also exist under the ground; and he recovered health as soon as he was placed upon the monument bringing healings, so that both he himself and those who were with him wondered at the most swift visitation of the Martyr, and gave thanks to God and to the most glorious martyr Demetrius; and he at once, when he had destroyed and cleared away the vaults of the arched works together with the house of hot waters and the public porticoes which were there, built a venerable temple to the holy Martyr between the public bath and the stadium, adorning it with an abundance of gifts.

[16] and by another built at Sirmium, in which some of his relics also And when he was about to depart into Illyricum g, he wished to take some part of the Martyr's relics, that he might erect a temple under his name there too; but the most glorious Martyr, standing by him at night, forbade him to carry this out. Having taken, therefore, the chlamys dyed with his blood, and a part of the orarium, he laid them in a silver reliquary made for that end; and when he was making the journey, and the winter was harsh, and the Danube, gone out of its channel for sufficient days, left no way even for ships, and hindered the advance of the journey, the prefect lost heart.

[17] But he saw the most glorious martyr Demetrius himself saying to him: Having laid aside all distrust and faint-heartedness, were deposited, he was honoured. taking what you carry, enter the river without hesitation. In the morning, therefore, having mounted his chariot, carrying the venerable relics in his hand, he crossed the river unharmed h, and thus, carried across, at Sirmium i he deposited the sacred reliquary, with the treasure contained in it, in the church of St. Demetrius, built near the venerable temple of the martyr Anastasia, adorned with beautiful victories; and God wrought many miracles and healings on the way too, when both the chariots and the animals rested, by the grace and longanimity and mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and power now and always and for ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATIONS.

* Perhaps βουλευμάτων?

* Perhaps χώματος?

THIRD PASSION OF ST. DEMETRIUS, M.

By Simeon Metaphrastes,

From the Greek Medicean copy of the library of the Most Christian king, compared with the editions of Lipomano and Surius.

TRANSLATED BY LIPOMANO.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

By Symeon Metaphrastes.

CHAPTER I.

The Saint's fatherland, race, education, dignity, preaching of Christ, apprehension, and casting into prison.

Εἶχε

μὲν

τὰ

Ῥωμαίων

σκῆπτρα

Μαξιμιανὸς

ὅ

Ερκούλιος,

πολὺς

κατὰ

Χριστιανῶν

πνέων

τε

καὶ

φερόμενος·

εἰδωλικῆς

δὲ

πλάνης

τὴν

ὑπουρανὸν

ἅπασαν

ὲκάλυπτε

νέφος,

εἰ

καὶ

λαμπροὶ

καθάπερ

ἀστέρες

ταύτην

διαλαχόντες,

οἱ

διὰ

Χριστὸν

παθόντες,

ἐξέλαμτον.

Ὧν

εἷς

τότε

καὶ

ὁ

θαυμαστὸς

Δημήτριος

ἐγνωρίζετο·

Δημήτριος,

ὁ

καὶ

τὴν

εἰς

Χριστὸν

πίστιν

περίβλεπτος,

καὶ

τοῖς

ἐν

Χριστῷ

θαύμασι

περιβόητος.

Ὃν

ἤνεγκε

μὲν

ἡ

μεγάλη

πόλις

Θεσσαλονίκη.

τόγε

μὴν

εἰς

πατέρας

ἧκαν,

ἐπίσημος

ἦν,

καὶ

τὴν

εἰς

τοὺς

ἄνω

τοῦ

γένους

ἀναφορὰν

τῶν

Μακεδόνων

ἐπιφανέστατος.

[2] Ἀλλ᾽

οὐχ

οὕτω

περιφανείᾳ

προγόνων,

ὡς

οἰκείῳ

κόσμῳ

τῆς

ἀρετῆς

ἐλαμπρύνετο.

Τοσοῦντον

γὰρ

εὐγενείᾳ

ψυχῆς

τοὺς

ἐπὶ

τούτῳ

λαμπροὺς

παρέδραμεν,

ὅσον

ὥρᾳ

σώματος

τοὺς

ἐπὶ

κάλλει

σεμνυνομένους

ὑπερεβάλετο·

φύσις

γὰρ

αὐτῷ

μαθήματα

μὲν

παρελαβεῖν

ἱκανή,

συλλέξαι

δὲ

ἤθη

καὶ

κεράσαι

πρὸς

τὸ

χρηστότερον

ἀγαθή·

τό

τε

τοῦ

προσώπου

λίαν

ἐπίχαρι,

τὴν

τῆς

ψυχῆς

εὐγενείαν

ὑπεδήλου.

Τὸν

μὲν

οὖν

ἐκ

παίδων

εἰς

ἥβην

χρόνον,

πάντων

ὁμοῦ

τῷν

ἡλίκων

ἐκράτει.

καὶ

ἦν

οὐδὲν

τῶν

ἀληθῶς

ἀγαθῶν,

εφ᾽

ᾧ

μὴ

τῶν

ἄλλων

πολλῷ

τῷ

μέσῳ

διέφερεν·

ἀλλὰ

δῆλον

ἦν

ἐξ

ἀρχῆς

τὸ

φυτὸν,

ὅπως

μὲν

γένοιτο

χαριέστατον,

ὅπως

δὲ

πολύν

τε

καὶ

ἀγατὸν

τὸν

καρπὸν

ἐνέγκοι.

[3] Εἰς

ἄνδρας

δὲ

ἤκων,

φύσεως

μὲν

ἰσχὺν

ἐπεδείκνυτο,

ἀνδρίαν

δὲ

ἤσκει

καὶ

ῥώμην,

πρὸς

μάθησίν

τε

τῶν

πολεμικῶν

ἐαυτὸν

ἐξεπόνει,

μετὰ

χρηστοῦ

τοῦ

ἤθους

καὶ

τῆς

ἥδιστον

αὐτῶ

ἐπανθούσης

αἰδοῦς

τε

καὶ

κοσμιότητος·

αὐτό

τε

τὸ

διαβεβοῆσθαι

πρὸς

ἃπαντας,

γνώριμον

τὸν

ἄνδρα

καὶ

βασιλεῖ

καθιστᾷ.

Λαμπρᾶς

οὖν

καὶ

μεγαλογνώμονος

οὕτως

ἔχοντα

φύσεως

ὁ

βασιλεὺς

τὸν

Δημήτριον

ἐννοήσας,

ἐπιπολὺ

δόξης

ἐκ

πρώτης

εὐθὺς

αἴρει,

καὶ

ἀνθύπατον

προβάλλεται

τῆς

ἑλλάδος·

ὡς

καὶ

ὑπατικὸν

ἅμα

περιβαλεῖν

ὁρατίωνα.

Ὁ

δὲ

(ἦν

γὰρ

τὸ

δέον

συνιδεῖν

ἱκανώτατος,

καὶ

τὸ

κρεῖττον

προέλεσθαι

τῶν

ἄλλων

άξιωματικώτατος)

τούτων

μὲν

βραχὺν

ἐποιεῖτο

λόγον,

τῶν

δὲ

πρὸς

θεραπείαν

φερόντων

θεοῦ

διαφερόντως

εἴχετο.

Καὶ

διὰ

τοῦτο

πάντα

μὲν

ἐπίσης

τὰ

ἐνταῦθα

περπνὰ

διώπτυε,

πρὸς

ἒν

δὲ

τοῦτο

μόνον

εῖχεν

ἐρωτικὦς,

τὴν

εὐσέβειαν·

καὶ

τὸν

ὑπὲρ

Χριστοῦ

θάνατον

ἐδίψα,

καὶ

τὴν

ἐκεῖθεν

μακαριότητα.

[4] Ἐκήρυττεν

οὐν

οὒ

φόβῳ

τινὶ

καὶ

ὁποστολῇ,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

λίαν

εὐπαῤῥησιαστῶς

τὸ

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

σωτήριον

ὄνομα·

καὶ

οὐδὲν

ὅτε

μὴ

Χριστὸς

αὐτῷ

διὰ

στόματος

ἦν.

Τὸν

δὲ

τῆς

ζωῆς

ἄρτον,

ὃν

λόγον

εἶναι

τῆς

ἀληθείας

γινώσκομεν,

πᾶσι

τοῖς

πτωχοῖς

τὴν

εὐσέβειαν

φιλοθέως

διένεμε,

παράγων

ἀπὸ

τῶν

θείων

γραφῶν,

καὶ

διδάσκων

ὅτι

τῆς

μακαρίας

ἐκείνης

ἐν

τῷ

παραδείσῳ

διαγωγῆς

τὸν

ἄνθωρπον

ἐκπεσόντα,

καὶ

δουλωθέντα

τῇ

ἅμαρτίᾳ,

αὑτὸς

ὁ

τῷ

πατρὶ

συνάναρχος

λόγος,

οὔτε

τῆς

θεότητος

ἐκστὰς

καὶ

σάρκα

λαβὼν

ἐκ

παρθένου,

δούλουτε

μορφὴν

ἐκουσίως

ἀναλαβὼν,

θειοτέρας

ἠξίωσε

πολιτείας,

καὶ

τὴν

προτέραν

ἐλευθερίαν

αὐτῷ

ἐχαρίσατο.

Ταῦτα

καὶ

ἕτερα

διδάσκωντε

καὶ

διερμενεύων

αὐτοῖς

ἐξηγεῖτο,

καὶ

οἱονεί

ἀφορμὰς

παρεῖχε

καὶ

σπέρματα

πρὸς

τὸ

τοῦ

καὶ

υἱοὺς

γενέσθαί

τε

καὶ

κληθῆναι

Θεοῦ,

καὶ

τῆς

ἐν

Χριστῷ

κρυπτομένης

ἀξιωθῆναι

ζωῆς.

[5] Ἑντεῦθεν

πολλοὶ

τῆς

ἡδίστης

ἐκεὶνης

διδασκαλίας

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

ἀπολαύοντες,

τοῦ

μέν

πικροῦ

τῆς

ἀπάτης

ἀφίσταντο

σκότους,

τῷ

δὲ

γλυκεῖ

τῆς

ἀληθείας

φωτὶ

προσετίθεντο.

Ἀλλ᾽

ἐκεῖνος

πολὺν

ὠδύνων

τὸν

εἰς

Χριστὸν

ἔρωτα,

καὶ

ἀπλήστως

τῆς

τῶν

ἀντρώπων

ὁρεγόμενος

σωτηρίας,

εἰ

μὴ

πὰντας

τῶν

τοῦ

ἐχθροῦ

χειρῶν

ἐξελέσθαι

δυνατὸς

γένοιτο,

ζημίαν

τοὖτο

πλείστην

ἡγεῖτο,

καὶ

οὐδὲν

ὅλως

κατορθοῦν

ἐνόμιζεν.

Ἐχώρει

τοίνυν

αὐτῷ

κατὰ

γνώμην

τὸ

πρᾶγμα,

καὶ

ἡ

φήμη

πανταχοῦ

τὸν

ἄνδρα

παρέπεμπε

κηρύττοντα

τὴν

Τριάδα,

μὴ

ὅτι

τοῖς

ἀνὰ

τὴν

Ἑλλάδα

τε

καὶ

Θεσσαλονίκην,

ἀλλ᾽

ἤδη

καὶ

οἷς

οὐδέ

λόγος

περὶ

αὐτοῦ

ἀφίκετο

πρότερον.

Ἐν

τούτῳ

δὲ

ὄντος

καὶ

τὸ

καλὸν

ἐκεῖνο

τῆς

διδασκαλίας

νᾶμα

προχέοντος,

ἥκουσί

τινες

παρ᾽

αὐτὸν,

οἷς

ἔργον

Χριστιανοὺς

ἐρευνᾷν,

καὶ

τὴν

εἰς

βασιλέα

οἰκείωσιν

ἑαυτοῖς

διὰ

τῆς

ἐκείνων

προδοσίας

περιποιεῖσθαι.

[6] Δημήτριος

δὲ,

ὡς

ἤδη

φθάσαντες

ἐδηλώσαμεν,

οὐκ

ἐν

γωνίαις

τὰ

Χριστιανῶν

μετιὼν,

οὐδὲ

νυκτερινὸς

ὢν

Χριστοῦ

μαθητὴς,

μᾶλλον

δὲ

τῆς

ἀληθείας

διδάσκαλος,

ἀλλ᾽

ἀνακεκαλυμμένως

καὶ

φανερῶς

ὁμολογῶν

τὴν

εὐσέβειαν

συλλαμβάνεται

παρ᾽

αὐτῶν·

καὶ

δῆλα

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

τὰ

κατ᾽

αὐτὸν

γἰνεται,

ὅτι

τὰ

μὲν

τῶν

Χριστιανῶν

πρεσβεύων

ἐστί,

τὰ

καὶ

τῶν

ἡμετέρων

φησὶ

θεῶν

σαφῆ

γέλωτα

καὶ

μυκτηρισμὸν

τιθέμενος.

Μαξιμιανὸν

δὲ

ἄρα

Θεσσαλονίκη

τότε

παρ᾽

ἑαυτῇ

εἶχε,

μέγαν

μὲν

τῷ

ἐπὶ

Σαυρομάτας

πολέμῳ

καὶ

Σκύθας

γενόμενον,

πολλῶ

δὲ

μείζω

τῇ

κατὰ

τῶν

εὐσεβῶν

ὠμότητι

γνωριζόμενον.

Ὰκούσαντα

τοίνυν

εὐθέως

τὸν

βασιλέα

πάντα

εἶχεν

ὁμοῦ,

ἔκπληξις,

ἀνία,

δέος,

ὀργῄ·

ἐξεπέπληκτο

τῆς

ἀκοῆς

τὴν

καινότητα,

ἠνιᾶτο

τῇ

τοῦ

ἀνδρὸς

ζημίᾳ,

εδεδίει

μὴ

καὶ

ἀλλούς

τοιοῦτος

ὢν

ἑλκύση

πρὸς

θεοσέβειαν,

δι᾽

ὀργῆς

εἶχεν

ὡς

τῆς

παρ᾽

αὐτοῦ

τιμῆς

ἀλογήσαντα.

Πλην

ἀλλὰ

πιστεύειν

ἀκοῇ

τοσοῦτον

οὐκ

ἔχων,

ἅτε

μὴ

δὲ

φέρων

ὅλως

ἄνδρὰ

τοιοῦτον

ζημιωθῆναι

(καὶ

γὰρ

ὅ

μὴ

βούλεταί

τις,

οὐ

δὲ

ῥαδίως

πιστεύειν

δύναται)

ἤθελε

καὶ

ὀφθαλμοὺς

μάρτυρας

τοῦ

ἀκουσθέντος

παραλαβεῖν.

Ἄγειν

οὖν

κελεύει

τὸν

ἄνδρα

παρ᾽

αὐτόν.

[7] Ὅ

δὲ

παραστὰς

οὐκ

ἔφριξε

τό

μέγεθος

τῆς

ἀρχῆς,

οὐ

τὰς

ἐλπιζομένας

ὑπεστάλη

κολάσεις,

οὐ

τὴν

ἀγριότητα

τοῦ

δικάζοντος

ἐδειλίασεν·

ἀλλὰ

τὴν

ὠμότητα

ταύτην,

ὕλην

ἐκεῖνος

τοῦ

φανῆναι

μᾶλλον

τὸν

πρὸς

Θεὸν

αὐτοῦ

πόθον

νομίσας,

λέων

εἰς

ἀγῶνα

εἰσῃει,

μαλακὸν

οὐδὲν

οὐ

βλέπων,

οὐ

λέγων,

ἀλλὰ

πιστούμενος

μᾶλλον

τοῖς

παρ᾽

ἑαυτοῦ

λόγοις

τὰ

τῷ

τυράννῳ

προακουσθέντα,

ὡς

εἴη

μὲν

στρατώτης

Χριστοῦ

καὶ

αὐτοῦ

μόνου

προσκυνητής·

τοὺς

δὲ

παρ᾽

αὐτῶν

λεγομένους

καὶ

σεβομένους

θεοὺς

τοσοῦτον

ἀπέχει

τιμᾷν,

ὅτι

καὶ

μυκτηρίζει

σαφῶς

καὶ

βδελύττεται·

ἃς

δὲ

καὶ

ἀπειλοῦσιν

αὐτοὶ

βασάνους,

τότε

ἀνιαθήσεται

πάσχων,

ὅταν

εἰδῇ

τοὺς

κολαστὰς

ἤ

φιλανθρώπως

αὐτὰς,

ἤ

ἐλάττους

ἐπάγοντας

τῆς

ἐπιθυμίας.

Τιμαὶ

δέ,

φησιν,

αἱ

παρὰ

σοῦ,

βασιλεῦ,

καὶ

ἅπερ

δίδως

τοῖς

πειθομένοις

σοι

ἀγαθὰ,

πῶς

ἃν

θέλξωσι

τὸν

καὶ

αὐτόν

σοι

τὸν

ἐπίφθονον

τῆς

ἀρχῆς,

αὐτὴν

ἐκείνην

ταῖς

βασιλείαν,

σὺν

ἅμα

πλούτοις

καὶ

θησαυροῖς,

ἶσον

καὶ

λεπτῇ

κόνει

περιφρονοῦντάτε

καὶ

ἀτιμάζοντα;

εἰ

δὲ

καὶ

θάνατον

ἔπαγάγοις,

τότε

μοι

τὸ

εὐκταιότατον

ἴσθι

ποιῶν

καὶ

πρὸς

τὴν

αληθῆ

ζωὴν,

καὶ

τὸν

αὐτῆς

πλέον

ἐμοὶ

ποθούμενον

παραπέμπων

Χριστόν.

[8] Τούτων

ἐπειδὴ

Μαξιμιανὸς

ἤκουσε,

μετὰ

φρονήματος

ἀτρέπτου

καὶ

γενναίου

τοῦ

παραστήματος,

ἐλευθέρουτε

στόματος

εἰρημένων,

τὸ

παραυτίκα

τὴν

βάσανον

ἀναβάλλεται,

σοφώτερόν

τι

μᾶλλον

ποιῶν,

οὐ

φιλανθρωπότερον.

Ἠβούλετο

γὰρ

μετάνοιαν

αὐτῷ

ἐμβαλεῖν

καὶ

πάρεσιν

τῆς

θερμῆς

εὐστάσεως

τὸν

μεταξὺ

χρόνον,

καὶ

διὰ

τοῦτο

τόγε

νῦν

ἔχον

αὐτοῦ

που

τὸν

Δημήτριον

δημοσίου

γειτονοῦντος

λουτροῦ

καμάραι

καμίνων

εἰς

φρουρὰν

ἐλάμβανον.

Μαξιμιανὸς

δὲ

τοῦ

θεάτρου

ἐπιβὰς,

ὁ

κατ᾽

ἐκεῖνο

συνεκρότει

τῆς

ὥρας

τοὺς

παγκρατιαστάς

τε

συναγαγὼν,

τὴν

πόλιν

ἐκκλησιάζων

ἦν,

καὶ

τὴν

ἀγωνίαν

διατιθέμενος,

αὐτὸς

ἐπὶ

μετεώρου

τοῦ

βήματος

προκαθήμενος.

[9] Ὁ

Μάρτυρ

δὲ

πρὸς

τὴν

εἰρκτὴν

ἀπαγόμενος

ἥδετότε

ὁμοῦ

καὶ

ἀνιαρῶς

διέκειτο·

ἥδετο

μὲν,

ὅτε

μικρὸν

ὅσον,

οὔπω

τοῦ

μαρτυρίου

ἀξιωθήσεσθαι

ἔμελλε·

ἠννιᾶτο

δὲ

ὅτι

μὴ

καὶ

θαττον

ἐπιόντας

αὐτῷ

τοὺς

κολαστὰς

ἐθεᾶτο,

καὶ

προς

βασάνους

ἤδη

καὶ

τὸν

θάνατον

συνηρπάζετο.

Τοσοῦτος

γὰρ

Δημητρίῳ

τοῦ

διὰ

Χριστὸν

ἀποθανεῖν

ἀγὼν

ἦν,

ὅση

Μαξιμιανῷ

πάλιν

τοῦ

τὸν

ἄνδρα

ἑλεῖν

διὰ

τῶν

χρηστοτέρων

σπουδή.

Τὴν

εἰρκτὴν

τοίνυν

ὁ

Μάρτυρ

κατειληφὼς,

Ο

Θεὸς

ἒλεγεν,

εἰς

τὴν

βοήθειάν

μου

πρόσχες·

Κύριε,

εἰς

τὸ

βοηθῆσαί

μοι

σπεῦσον.

Ὅτι

σὺ

ἡ

ὑπομονή

μου,

Κύριε,

ἡ

ἐλπίς

μου

ἐκ

νεόθητός

μου.

Ἐπὶ

σὲ

ἐπιστηρίχθην

ἀπὸ

γαστρὸς·

ἐκ

κοιλίας

μητρός

μου

σύ

μου

εἶ

σκεπαστής.

Ἐν

σοὶ

ἡ

ὑμνησίς

μου

διαπαντός.

Ψαλῶ

τῷ

Θεῷ

μοῦ,

ἕως

ὑπάρχω.

Διὰ

τοῦτο

ἀγαλλιάσεται

τὰ

χείλη

μου,

ὅταν

ψάλω

σοι,

καὶ

ἡ

γλῶσσά

μου

ὅλην

τὴν

ἡμέραν

μελετήσει

τὴν

δικαιοσύνην

σου.

[10] Καὶ

τῆς

εὐχῆς

αὐτῷ

τελεσθείσης,

ὁρᾷ

σκορπίον

ἕρποντα

κατὰ

γῆς

τὸ

κέντροντὲ

ἠρκότα,

καὶ

αὐτοῦ

τὸν

πόδα

βαλεῖν

μέλλοντα.

Ὅ

δὲ

τῷ

σταυρῳ

σφαγισάμενος,

καὶ

τὸν

ἐπάνω

ὄφεων

καὶ

σκορπίων

τῷ

οἰκείῳ

πλάσματι

δόντα

πατεῖν,

ἐπικαλεσάμενος,

νεκρὸν

ἐκεῖνον

εὐθέως,

μᾶλλον

δὲ

τὸν

ἐν

αὐτῷ

νοητὸν

σκορπίον

ὑποκρυπτόμενον,

ἀπεργάζεται.

Καὶ

παραχρῆμα

θεῖος

ἄγγελος

ἐπιφανεὶς,

στέφανον

αὐτοῦ

τῇ

κορυφῇ

ἐπιτίθησι,

προσειπὼν,

Εἰρήνη

σοι,

ἀθλητὰ

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ,

ἴσχυε

καὶ

ἀνδρίζου.

Οὕτως

ὁ

ταχὺς

εἰς

παράκλησιν

τῶν

φοβουμένων

αὐτὸν

Κύριος,

ἅμα

τῆ

τῆς

εἰρκτῆς

κατακλείσει

καὶ

πρὸς

τὸ

παρὸν

ἡμέρως

ἄγαν

παραμυθεῖται

τὸν

ἀθλητὴν,

καὶ

πρὸς

τὸ

μέλλον

προθυμίας

ἐμπίπλησιν.

Ἀλλὰ

Δημήτριον

μὲν

οὕτως

ἡ

φρουρὰ

εἶχε.

While the Saint, born at Thessalonica in an illustrious station, Maximian Herculius a indeed held the sceptres of the Romans, and was borne against the Christians with great onset and spirit, and the cloud of the error of images covered all the earth which is under heaven; even though, like certain bright stars that had obtained it as their lot, they shone forth who suffered for Christ. Of whom one was then recognized, the admirable Demetrius: Demetrius, who was distinguished for faith in Christ, and celebrated for the miracles which he wrought in Christ. Him indeed the great city of Thessalonica bore b: and as regards his parents, he was distinguished and most illustrious in race, tracing himself to the ancient Macedonians c.

[2] But he was not so illustrious by the splendour of his forebears and imbued with the best morals, as by the ornament of his virtue. For he surpassed by nobility of soul those who were renowned by this name as much as he surpassed by beauty of body those who boasted of their comeliness. For he had a wit sharp enough for grasping disciplines, and apt for forming morals and tempering them with kindness; and the elegant appearance of his countenance signified the nobility of his mind. From boyhood up to puberty he was superior to all his equals in age: nor was there anything among those things which are truly good in which he did not excel others by a long interval, and it was manifest from the beginning how most delightful a tree he was, and how abundant and good fruit he would bear.

[3] And when he had come to manly age, he showed the powers of his wit, and created proconsul of Greece, and exercised strength and fortitude, and laboured at learning the military art, d adorned with good morals, and with the modesty and moderation which flourished most sweetly in him: so that the most celebrated talk of all about him made him known to the Emperor. When, therefore, the Emperor had noticed Demetrius endowed with so illustrious and great a wit, from the beginning he raises him to great glory, and creates him Proconsul of Greece e: so that he even clothed him with the insignia of the Consulate. But he (for he was most apt to understand what is fitting, and the most excellent of others at choosing what is more excellent) made small account of these things, attending excellently only to those things which pertain to the worship of God. And therefore whatever things here are pleasant he rejected equally: but he was held by the love of one thing alone, namely piety, and he thirsted for death for Christ, and for the beatitude which proceeds from it.

[4] the faith of Christ He preached, therefore, not timidly, nor with any hesitation, but very boldly and freely, the saving name of God; and there was nothing else in his mouth but Christ. And the bread of life, which we know to be the word of truth, he distributed religiously to all who were in need of piety, adducing from the divine Scriptures, and teaching that man, who had fallen from that blessed converse which is in paradise and had been reduced to the servitude of sin, the Word Itself, which together with the Father is without beginning, having neither departed from the Divinity, and having received flesh from the Virgin, and having of Its own accord taken the form of a servant, made worthy of a more divine manner of living, and gave him back his former liberty. Teaching and interpreting these and other things, he set them forth to them, and in a manner offered them the occasion and seeds for this, that they might be and be called sons of God, and might obtain the life which is hidden in Christ.

[5] he preaches at Thessalonica and elsewhere, Hence many, enjoying the most sweet teaching of the Martyr, withdrew from the foul darkness of error, and came to the sweet light of truth. But he, conceiving great love for Christ, and insatiably desiring the salvation of men, if he could not snatch all from the hands of the enemy, thought this the greatest loss, and did not think he was doing anything rightly. The matter therefore succeeded for him according to his wish, and fame carried him into all parts, and he preached the Trinity not only to those who were at Thessalonica and in Greece, but also to those far off who heard of him f. And while he was at this, and pouring forth that beautiful stream of doctrine, there come to him certain men whose office it was to search out the Christians, and by their betrayal to acquire for themselves the goodwill of the Emperor.

[6] is summoned by Maximian, And so Demetrius, not exercising Christianity in corners, as we have already signified before, nor a nocturnal disciple of Christ, but rather a master of truth, and openly confessing piety, is seized by them, and is denounced to the emperor, because he held the opinion of the Christians, and openly laughed at and mocked the affairs of the gods. And Maximian was then at Thessalonica, who had indeed become great from the war waged against the Sarmatians and Scythians g, but was much more recognized from the cruelty which he exercised against the pious. As soon, therefore, as the emperor had heard these things, he was variously affected. He was astounded, he grieved, he feared, he was angered: he was astounded on account of the novelty of what he heard. He grieved on account of the loss of the man. He feared lest, being such as he was, he should draw others to his religion. He was angered that he had made no account of the honour conferred on him. But since he could not trust his hearing alone, as one who could not bear to suffer the loss of so great a man (for what one does not wish, one cannot easily believe either), he wished also to take his eyes as witnesses of what had been heard. He orders, therefore, the man to be brought to him.

[7] and having freely confessed Christ, And he, set before him, did not fear the greatness of the empire, did not stand in awe of the punishments which were expected, did not dread the savagery of the judge: but, thinking this cruelty matter for showing more openly his love toward God, he came at once like a lion to the contest, not looking softly or effeminately, nor saying anything abject; but rather confirming by his words the things which the tyrant had before heard of him; that he was indeed a soldier of Christ, and the adorer of Him alone: that he was so far from honouring the gods who were spoken of and worshipped by him that he even openly mocked and abominated them: and that he would take it ill to suffer the torments which he threatened only when he should see the torturers inflict them more mildly or more sparingly than he desired. But your honours, he said, O King, and the goods which you give to those who obey you, how could they entice him who despises and holds in contempt the envied crown of your empire, that very empire, I say, with its riches and treasures, equally with fine dust? But if you should even inflict death, then know that you do for me what is most to be desired, as one who sends me across to the true life and to Christ, whom I desire more than life itself.

[8] After Maximian heard these things, which had been spoken with mighty spirit and the highest constancy and the greatest freedom, by order of Maximian he is cast into prison, he then indeed defers the torment, doing this cunningly rather than kindly. For he wished to instil repentance in him, and to bring it about that the interposed time should slacken so vehement a constancy. And therefore for the present he orders that the vaults of the furnaces of the public bath, which was nearby, should receive Demetrius into custody. And Maximian, having entered the theatre, which he was furnishing at that very time, calling together the athletes, and gathering all the people, and instituting the contests, himself sat down on a lofty throne.

[9] And the Martyr, when he was being led away into prison, was at the same time glad and affected with sorrow: in which, glad of the martyrdom at hand for him glad indeed that martyrdom would soon be

he should see the torturers approach him more quickly, and that he was not already being hurried to torments and death. For Demetrius strove as much to die for Christ as Maximian was eager to call him back from better things. When, therefore, the martyr had come into the prison, he said: O God, come to my assistance; O Lord, make haste to help me. For Thou art my patience, O Lord, my hope from my youth. By Thee have I been confirmed from the womb: from my mother's belly Thou art my protector. Of Thee shall my praise be always. I will sing to my God as long as I shall be. Therefore my lips shall rejoice when I shall sing to Thee, and my tongue shall meditate on Thy justice all the day h.

[10] And his prayers being finished, he sees a scorpion creeping along the ground, he is also refreshed by an angelic vision. and it was about to sting his foot. But he, fortified by the Cross, having invoked Him who gave to His creature the power to tread upon serpents and scorpions, renders it dead, or rather that scorpion, perceived by the understanding, which lay hidden in it. And at once a divine Angel, appearing to him, sets a crown upon his head, saying: Peace to thee, athlete of Christ. Be strong, and show thyself a man i. Thus the Lord, who is swift for the consolation of those who fear Him, as soon as he was shut in prison, both consoles the athlete very gently in the present things, and fills him with alacrity of mind for the things to come. And Demetrius indeed was thus in custody.

ANNOTATIONS.

CHAPTER II.

Lyaeus is killed by Nestor; Maximian, angered at this, orders Nestor and Demetrius to be put to death, and he both is illustrious for miracles and is honoured as a Saint.

ΜΑξιμιανῷ

δὲ

τὸ

τῶν

μονομάχων

συνεκροτεῖτο

θέατρον,

καὶ

τ᾽

ἆλλα

ὅσα

τὰ

τοῦ

πενταθλοῦ

συνεπλήρου

θεάματα.

Ὁ

δὲ

ἐκ

περιωπῆς

καθῆστο,

διατριβὴν

ἡδίστην

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

ποιούμενος.

ἥδετο

γὰρ,

ὡς

ἔοικεν,

αἱμάτων

ἀντρωπίνων

ὁρῶν

ἔκχυσιν.

Ἧν

δέ

τις

ἀνὴρ

βαρβαρος

τῶν

ἐπιτηδείων

Μαξιμιανῷ,

πρὸσττε

χεἶα

γενναῖος,

καὶ

πρὸς

πάλην

οὐχ

ἥκιστα

ἀγαθὸς,

μέγεθόσττε

τοῦ

μετρίου

μείζων,

καὶ

παρὰ

τοῦτο

σφόδρα

κεχαρισμένος

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

λόγου

κομιδῇ

πολλοῦ

ἀξιούμενος·

Λυαῖος

ὅνομα

τῷ

ανδρὶ,

πατρὶς

Ουάνδαλα.

[12] Οὗτος

τάγε

εἰς

ῥώμεν

σώματος

πάντων

κρατεῖν

ἀλαζονευόμενος,

ἐπ᾽

ὀκρίβαντος

τότε

στὰς,

ὡς

ἐπίδηλος

εἴη

τῷ

θεάτρῳ

παντὶ,

τὸν

βουλόμενον

εἰς

πάλην

προεκαλεῖτο.

Εἶργαστο

δὲ

ἄρα

τῷ

Μαξιμιανῷ

κύκλος

σανίσι

διειλημμένος

συχναῖς·

ἐφ᾽

ὃν

οἱ

μονομαχεῖν

μέλλοντες

εἰσήεσαν,

καὶ

τὸ

παγκράτιον

ὑπήρχοντο

καὶ

τὴν

πάλην.

Ἐπεὶ

τοίνυν

τῇ

τοῦ

σώματος

ῥῶμῃ

πάντων

ἐκράτει

Λυαῖος,

καὶ

πᾶς

ὅστις

εἰς

χεῖρας

αὐτῷ

ἐρχόμενος,

χάμαι

κείμενος

εὐθὺς

ἐθεᾶτο,

ἢ

καὶ

θάνατον

ἐκ

τοῦ

παραχρῆμα

σπασάμενος,

τοσοῦτον

ἥδεσθαι

τῷ

τυράννῳ

παρεῖχεν,

οὔς

κατέβαλλε

τοὺς

συμπλεκομένους,

ὅσον

οὐ

πολλῷ

ὕστερον

λύτῃ

περιβαλεῖν

αὐτὸν

ἔμελλεν.

[13] Ἀνὴρ

γάρ

τις,

ὄνομα

Νέστωρ,

τὴν

μέν

ἡλικίαν

κομιδῇ

νέος,

ἄρτι

τὸν

ἴουλον

ἐπανθοῦντα

φέρων,

ἰδεῖν

δὲ

ἥδιστος,

καὶ

κάλλει

διαπρεπέστατος,

γνωστὸς

τῷ

περιδόξῳ

μάρτυρι

Δημητρίῳ

τελῶν,

ὁρῶν

οὕτω

Μαξιμιανὸν

περὶ

τὸν

βὰρβαρον

διακείμενον,

καὶ

πολλὰ

πρὸς

τοῖς

μονομαχίας

ἄθλοις

καὶ

χρήματα

προτιθέντα,

τοῦτο

μὲν

τὸ

ὐπερήφανον

Λυαίου

μισήσας,

τοῦτο

δὲ

καὶ

τὰ

ὑπὸ

τοῦ

θείου

Μάρτυρος

γινόμενα

θαύματα

κατιδών,

καὶ

ὅπως

αὐτῷ

πλεῖστοι

προσιόντες

τὴν

εἰς

Χριστόν

θεοσέβειαν

ἐδιδάσκοντο,

ἓν

δὲ

τοῦτο

θελήσας

γενέσθαι

τῶν

Δημητρίου

θαυμάτων

τὸ

ταῖς

εὐχαῖς

ἐκείνου

καθοπλισθέντα

λῦσαί

τέ

Λυαῖου

τὸ

θράσος

καὶ

τὴν

ὀφρῦν

αὐτὸν

τοῦ

βαρβάρου

καταβαλεῖν,

προστρέχει

τῷ

Μάρτυρι,

καὶ

τῶν

ποδῶν

ἐκείνου

τῶν

ἀγίων

προκείμενος,

Δοῦλε

τοῦ

θεοῦ

Δημήτριε,

λέγει,

πρόθυμός

εἰμι

καὶ

ὀργᾷ

μοι

ἔνδον

ἡ

ψυχὴ,

Λυαίῳ

πρὸς

συμπλοκὴν

συνελθεῖν,

εἰ

μόνον

αὐτὸς

ὁπλίσεις

με

ταῖς

εὐχαῖς,

καὶ

ταύταις

τὴν

κραταιάν

χεῖρα

συμμαχοῦσαν

παράσχῃς.

[14] Τί

οὖν

ὁ

θεῖος

Δημήτριος;

Ὥσπερ

αἰτήσας

αὐτός

μᾶλλον

ἢ

αἰτηθεὶς,

μικροῦ

τῇ

θελειώσει

τὴν

αἴτησιν

ἐπιφθάνει·

καὶ

ταχέως

ἐπιβαλὼν

αὐτῷ

τὴν

ἐν

Χριστῷ

σφραγίδα

εἰς

τὸ

μέτωπόντε

καὶ

τὴν

καρδίαν,

ἀφίησιν,

ἐπειπών·

καὶ

τὸν

Λυαῖον

νικείσεις,

καὶ

ὑπέρ

Χριστοῦ

μαρτυρήσεις·

ὅπερ

τ᾽

αὐτὸν

ἦν

εἰπεῖν·

καὶ

τὸν

φανερὸν

ἀντίπαλον

καὶ

τὸν

ἀφανῆ

νικήσεις.

οὕτως

οὐ

μόνον

θάρσος

ἐνῆκεν

αὐτοῦ

τῇ

ψυχῇ,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

περὶ

τοῦ

μέλλοντος

ἀσφαλέστατα

προσεφθέγξατο.

Αυτίκα

γοῦν

ὁ

Νέστωρ

ἀφικόμενος

εἰς

τὸ

στάδιον

καὶ

διὰ

τῶν

βαθμίδων

καταπηδήσας,

τόντε

χιτῶνα

ἀποτίθεται,

καὶ

ἑαυτὸν

δῆλον

καθίστησι

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

παραστάς.

Μαξιμιανὸς

δὲ

τὴν

πολλὴν

τόλμαν

ἐκείνην

τοῦ

νεανίσκου

καταπλαγεὶς,

καὶ

ἄλλο

τι

εἶναι

ὑπερλαβὼν,

ἢ

ἀνδρίας

ἐπίδειξιν

τὸ

γινόμενον,

ἐγγυτέρω

παραστῆναι

κελεύει,

καὶ

Ω

νεανίσκε,

συμβουλεύων

φησί,

οἶδ᾽

ὅτι

χρημάτων

ἔνδεια

εἰς

τοῦτό

σε

τόλμης

ἠνάγκασεν

ἐπαρθῆναι,

ἱνὰ

ἢ

περιγενόμενος

πλοῦτον

σεαυτῷ

ἀθρόον

περιποιήσῃ·

ἢ

ἀποτυχὼν,

πενίαν

ὡς

ἐχθρὸν

ἄσπονδον

μετὰ

καὶ

ζῆν

ἀποφύγῃς.

Ἐγὼ

δέ

σε

καὶ

τῆς

ἡλικίας,

καὶ

τῆς

καλὸν

ἐπιλαμπούσης

σοι

ὥρας

οἰκτείρων

παρέξω,

καὶ

ὑπὲρ

μόνησγε

τῆς

τόλμης,

ἄξια

καὶ

ἱκανὰ

χρήματα.

[15] Καὶ

λαβὼν

ἄπιθι

μετὰ

τοῦ

ζῆν

ἀπολαύων

καὶ

τῶν

χρημάτων·

Λυαίῳ

δὲ

σεαυτὸν

τὸ

παράπαν

μὴ

ἀντιστήσῃς.

Πολλοὺς

γὰρ

τοῦ

ζῆν

ἀπήλλαξε,

καὶ

τῶν

καταπολὺ

σοῦ

ῥωμαλεωτέρων.

ταῦτα

ὁ

Νέστωρ

ἀκούσας,

οὔτε

ἥρπασε

τὴν

τοῦ

βασιλέως

φιλοτιμίαν,

οὔτε

πάλιν

πρὸς

τὸν

τοῦ

Λυαίου

ἔπαινον

ἐδειλίασε.

τῷ

δὲ

βασιλεῖ,

οὐ

χρημάτων

ἐπιθυμῶ,

ἔφη,

οὐδὲ

παρὰ

τοῦτο

ἐμαυτὸν

εἰς

τόνδε

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

καθῆκα,

ἀλλὰ

δόξης

ἐρῶν

μᾶλλον,

καὶ

Λυαίου

κρείττων

άναφανῆναι

βουλόμενος.

Ἀπώμοτον

γὰρ

ἐμοὶ

μη

ὅτιγε

τὸ

πλουτεῖν,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

αὐτὸ

τὸ

ζῆν,

δόξης

εἴξαντι

Λυαίῳ,

καὶ

τῶν

πρωτείων

ἐκείνῳ

παραχορήσαντι.

Ταῦτα

οὔτω

λεχθέντα

καὶ

βασιλέα

καὶ

τοὺς

περὶ

αὐτὸν

ἅπαντας

ἠρέθησαν

εἰς

ὀργὴν·

ὅπως

γὰρ

ὡπλίσθη,

καὶ

ἐφ᾽

ᾧ

πεποιθὼς

ἐκεῖνος

οὕτως

ἐφθέγγετο,

αὐτοὶ

ἀγνοοῦντες,

ἀλαζονείας

μόνης

καὶ

κενοῦ

τύφου

τὰ

ῥήματα

ὐπελάμβανον.

Ὁ

μὲν

οὖν

βασιλεὺς

πολὺς

ἦν

εἰς

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

διεγείρων

Λυαῖον

καὶ

τήν

ὀρμῆς

καὶ

θάρσους

ἔμπλεον

παροξύνων

ψυχήν.

[16] Νέστορι

δὲ

τὸ

θάρσος

οἱ

Δημητρίου

λόγοι

καὶ

Χριστὸς

ἦν,

πρὸς

ὃν

ἀνατείνας

τοὺς

ὀφθαλμοὺς,

Ο

Θεὸς,

ἔλεγε,

Δημητρίου,

δὸς

ἐμὲ

τὸν

βραχὺν

τὴν

ἡλικίαν

Δαβὶδ,

Γολιὰθ

ἄλλον

καταισχύναι

Λυαῖον·

σοὶ

γὰρ

πεποιθὼς

τὸν

ἀγῶνα

τοῦτον

ἐν

μέσῳ

πολλῶν

ἠράμεν,

ἱνὰ

τὸ

σὸν

ὄνομα

δοξάσθῃ

τοῦ

μόνου

ἀληθῶς

Θεοῦ,

καὶ

τοῖς

ἐν

σοὶ

δύναμιν

ποιουμένοις

ἐπιπέμποντος

βοήθειαν

ἐξ

ἁγίου.

Οὕτως

ἔφη

καὶ

ἅμα

τὸν

ἀκινάκην

σπασάμενος,

καὶ

τὸ

θέατρον

εἰσπηδήσας,

τῆς

συμπλοκῆς

ἤδη

γενομένης

βάλλει

καιρίως

κατὰ

τῆς

καρδίας

τὸν

βάρβαρον·

καὶ

εὐθὺς

τὸν

μὲν

ἀναιρεῖ,

σχεδὸν

δὲ

καὶ

Μαξιμιανὸν

τῇ

περὶ

αὐτὸν

λύτῃ·

πολλῷ

δὲ

μᾶλλον

εἰπεῖν

καὶ

πλάνην

αὐτὴν,

καὶ

σὺν

ἐκείνῃ

τὸν

ταύτης

αἴτιον,

τὸν

κρυπτόν,

φημι,

μαξιμιανὸν

θανατοῖ.

[17] Μαξιμιανῷ

μέντοι

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

οὐκ

ἦν

ἔτι

ἄνεκτον

ἡ

καθέδρα·

ἀλλὰ

πλήρης

ὀργῆς

καὶ

κατηφείας,

εὐθὺς

ἐξανέστη,

καὶ

πρὸς

τὰς

βασιλείους

αὐλὰς

δεινὰ

στρέφων

καθ᾽

ἑαυτον

ἀποχώρει,

ἐπισκοτῆσαι

τῷ

φέγγει

τῆς

ἀληθείας

ὁ

δυσσεβὴς

βουλόμενος,

Νέστορόσττε

τὴν

νίκην

καὶ

δι᾽

ἐκείνου

τὸ

πρὸς

Χριστὸν

ἀμαυρῶσαι

σέβας,

γοητείαν

ἐκ

πολλῆς

ἀνοίας

τὸ

πρᾶγμα

καλῶν.

Επεὶ

οὐκ

ἄν,

φησι,

παρὰ

τοιοῦδε

τοιαύτας

ἀνδραγαθίας

ἐπιδειξάμενος

ἀνηρεῖτο.

ἀμέλει

καὶ

Νέστορα

τὸν

γενναῖον

μεταπεμψάμενος,

ὡς

ἐπὶ

πράγματι

ὁμολογουμένῳ

καὶ

οὐδεμιᾶς

δεουμένου

ζητήσεως,

Ειπἑ

μοι,

νεανίσκε,

λέγει,

τίσι

μαγείαις

χρησάμενος

ἢ

τίνας

ἔχων

τοὺς

συνεργούς,

Λυαῖον

ἀνήρηκας

τὸν

τοσοῦτον;

πρὸς

ταῦτα

ὁ

Νέστωρ

οὐδὲν

ὐποδειλιάστεις,

ἀλλὰ

θαῤῥήσας

πάντως,

ὅτι

ὁ

δοὺς

ἐκεῖνον

τὸν

ὑπερήφανον

ἀνελεῖν,

αὐτὸς

δώσει

καὶ

προσήκουσαν

τὴν

περὶ

αὐτοῦ

θέσθαι

ἀπωλογίαν,

οὐδὲν,

ἔφη,

βασιλεῦ

τοιοῦτον

οὐδὲ

ἐμοὶ,

οὔτε

ἄλλῳ

Χριστιανῶν·

συνουργός

δέ

μοι

πρὸς

τοῦτο

τῶν

ἀντρώπων

οὐδεὶς,

ὅτι

μὴ

μόνος

ὁ

Δημητρίου

Θεὸς,

ὁ

Θεὸς,

βασιλεῦ,

τῶν

Χριστιανῶν.

[18] Τούτου

φανερὸς

ἄθλος

ὁ

Λυαίου

θάνατος,

ὅς

ἐν

χειρὶ

κραταιᾷ

καὶ

ἐν

βραχίονι

ὑψιλῷ

καὶ

Σηὼν

καὶ

Ωκ

καὶ

μυρίους

ἄλλους

πολλῷ

μᾶλλον

ἢ

Λυαῖος

τὴν

ῥώμην

ἐπιφανεῖς

εὐχερῶς

ἀνεῖλεν,

οὐ

καθ᾽

ἔνα

μόνον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

κατὰ

πλῆθος

συνηθροισαμένους.

Τί

μὴ

λέγω

τὰ

ἐκείνου

μόνου

ἀληθῶς

ἄξια,

οὗ

ἔργον

οὐρανὸς

καὶ

γῆ

καὶ

τὰ

ἐν

αὐτοῖς

ἅπαντα.

Οὐκ

ἤνεγκε

τὰ

μεγάλα

ταῦτα

ἡ

φαύλη

Μαξιμιανοῦ

ἀκοὴ,

ἀλλὰ

τῶν

καλῶν

λόγων

μισθοὺς,

καὶ

τῆς

νίκης

αὐτῷ

βραβεῖα

τὸν

διὰ

ξίφους

ἐπάγει

θάνατον.

Νέστωρ

μὲν

οὖν

τοῦ

διὰ

Χριστὸν

μακαρίου

τέλους

ἐπιτυγχάνει,

καὶ

τῷ

ἰδίῳ

ξίφει

δέχεται

τὴν

τομὴν,

οὕτω

μὲν

Μαξιμιανοῦ

κελεύσαντος,

ἱνά

κᾳκείνο

τάχα

μαρτυρικῷ

αἵματι

καταγιασθῇ,

Μινουκιανου

δὲ

Προτίκτωρος

πρὸς

τὴν

σφαγὴν

ὑπουργήσαντος.

Καὶ

οὕτω

πρὸς

Χριστὸν,

ὅν

ἐφίλησε

παραπέμπεται,

παρ᾽

οὗ

καὶ

τῆς

δυπλῆς

νίκης

ἀπολήψεται

τοὺς

στεφάνους.

[19] Εντεῦθεν

ὑποβολαὶ

κατὰ

Δημητρίου

πάλιν

καὶ

διαβολαὶ

πιθανώτεραι,

ὡς

αὐτὸς

εἴ

τοῦ

Λυαίου

σφαγῆς

αἴτιος.

Αὐτίκα

γοῦν

Μαξιμιανὸς

ὀξύτατα

χολωτεὶς,

καὶ

ἅμα

οἰωνισάμενος

ὡς

οὐκ

ἀγαθὸν

αὐτῷ

συνάντημα

Δημήτριος

γένοιτο

πρὸς

τὸ

στάδιον

ἀνίοντι,

κελεύει

τὸν

Μάρτυρα

ἐν

αὐταῖς,

αἷς

ἐφρουρεῖτο

καμίνοις

λόγχαις

ἀναιρεθῆναι.

ὅ

δὲ

καὶ

γίνεται.

Καὶ

ὁ

καλὸς

σὺ

τὰ

πάντα,

Δημήτριος,

ὁ

λίαν

τοῦ

δεσπότου

περιεχόμενος,

ὁμοίως

αὐτῷ

τὴν

πλευρὰν

λογχεύει

καὶ

τοῦτο

ἀφορμὴν

καὶ

ὁδὸν

εὐρίσκεις

τῆς

πρὸς

ἐκεῖνον

ἀφίξεως·

μακάριος

μὲν

τοῦ

βίου,

μακαριώτερος

δὲ

τοῦ

τέλους

καὶ

τῶν

στεφάνων

γενόμενος,

καὶ

τῆς

εἰς

αἰῶνας

αὐτῷ

τῷ

ποθουμένῳ

συγκατοικήσεως.

[20] Εἶχε

μὲν

οὖν

οὕτω

ταῦτα,

καὶ

ὁ

νεκρὸς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

κατὰ

γῆς

ἔῤῥιπτο,

καὶ

οὐδεὶς

αὐτοῦ

λόγος

μέχρι

τινός.

Πάντως

δὲ

οὔτε

ὅσιον

ἦν,

οὔτε

Θεοῦ

ὅλως

ἄξιον,

ὑπέρ

οὗ

πέπονθεν

ἐκεῖνο

τὸ

ἱερὸν

σῶμα

οὕτως

αὐτὸ

παριδεῖν.

Οὔκουν

οὐδὲ

παρεῖδεν.

Ἀλλὰ

τῶν

φιλοχρίστων

τινὲς

ὑποβολαῖς

ἐκείνου

νυκτὸς

προσελθόντες,

καὶ

ἁτίμως

κείμενον

τὸ

κομιδῇ

τίμιον

ἀνελόμενοι

εὐλαβῶς

περιστέλλουσιν.

Εἶτα

καὶ

κόνιν

ἐπιβαλόντες

ἐν

αὑτῷ

τῷ

τόπῳ

ἔνθα

δὴ

καὶ

τετελείωτο

θεωφιλῶς

τάπτουσιν·

εἷς

δέ

τις

τῶν

οἰκετῶν

τοῦ

Ἁγίου

παρεστὰς

αὐτῷ

τὴν

μακαρίαν

ὑφισταμένῳ

σφαγὴν,

καὶ

ὡς

οἷόντε

ἦν,

τὸ

θεῖον

ἐκεῖνο

αἷμα

εἰς

τὸ

ἰερὸν

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

ἀνελόμενος

ἐπώμιον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

ὃν

ἐφόρει,

κατά

χεῖρα

δακτύλιον

καὶ

αὐτὸν

συλλαβὼν

καὶ

τῷ

μαρτυρικῷ

αἷματι

περιχρίσας

πολύ

τι

χρῆμα

τεραστίων

εἰργάζετο

δι᾽

αὐτοῦ.

[21] Καὶ

οὐδὲν

ἦν

οὔτε

τῶν

νοσημάτων,

οὔτε

τῶν

πονηρῶν

πνευμάτων

οὕτως

ἰσχυρὸν,

ὥς

τε

εἰς

ἐκείνου

πεῖραν

ἐλθὸν;

μὴ

εὐθὺς

ἡττᾶσθαι

καὶ

πρὸς

φυγὴν

τρέπεσθαι·

ὡς

πλήρη

γενέσθαι

τῆς

τοιαύτης

φήμης

τῶν

τεραστίων

τὴν

πόλιν

Θεσσαλονικέων

ἅπασαν.

Ὅθεν

οὐ

δὲ

είκὸς

ἦν

ταῦτα

οὔτε

Μαξιμιανὸν

λαθεῖν,

οὔτε

τὸν

φθόνον

ὑπενεγκεῖν.

Καὶ

διὰ

τοῦτο

χειροῦται

παραχρῆμα

καὶ

ὁ

τῶν

ἀγαθῶν

δὴ

τούτων

ἐπίτροπος

οἰκέτης,

καὶ

ἀναιρεῖται.

Τριβουνάλιον

τὸ

τῆς

ἐκτομῆς

χωρίον,

Λοῦπος

ὁ

καλὸς

οἰκέτης

κατωνομάζετο.

Χρόνου

δὲ

παριόντος

καὶ

τῶν

σημείων

ἐν

ᾧ

τὸ

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

ἐκρύττετο

σῶμα,

τοῦτο

μὲν

Μακεδονίαν,

τοῦτο

δὲ

καὶ

Θετταλίαν

διατρεχόντων,

ἤδη

δὲ

καὶ

τῆς

εἰδωλικῆς

ἀχλύος

εἰς

ἀκριβῆ

αἰθρίαν

μεταβαλούσης,

Λεόντιός

τις

ἀνὴρ

τήντε

δόξαν

λαμπρὸς,

τήν

τε

πρός

Χριστὸν

πίστιν

μάλα

θερμὸς

τοὺς

μὲν

ἐπαρχικοὺς

τότε

τῶν

Ἰλλυρικῶν

κατακοσμῶν

θρόνους,

εἰς

δὲ

τὴν

Δακῶν

ἀπιὼν,

νόσῳ

βαρυτάτῃ

κάτοχος

γίνεται,

οὕτως

αὐτὸν

πιεζούσῃ,

ὠς

καὶ

σιτίων

ἄγευστον

καὶ

ποτοῦ

ποιεῖν,

τὸν

δὲ

πᾶσι

φευκτὸν

θάνατον,

χρῆμά

τι

νομίζειν

ἐπιεικῶς

ποθείνοτατον,

καὶ

τοῦ

συνεχθέντος

αὐτὸν

δεινοῦ

μόνην

ἐλευθερίαν.

[22] Ἐπεὶ

οὖν

ἰατροὶ

μὲν

τῆς

νόσου

φανερῶς

ἡττῶντο,

φίλων

δέ

παρουσίαι

πρὸς

παραμυθίαν

τοῦ

πάθους

κόπος

κενὸς

ἐνομίζοντο,

ἐλπίσττε

ἦν

ἀπαλλαγῆς

τοῦ

νοσήματος

οὐδεμία,

ἐν

τούτῳ

χαλεπῶ

κλύδωνι

καὶ

ἀφύκτῷ

ἱερὰ

τις

ἄγκυρα

τῷ

ἐπάρχῳ

ἡ

πρὸς

τὸν

θεῖον

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

ναὸν

καταφυγὴ

γίνεται.

Ἔνθα

δέ

καὶ

κλινοπετὴς

εἰσαχθεὶς

καὶ

κατὰ

τὸν

τόπον,

ἐν

ᾧ

τὸ

ἱερὸν

ἑκεῖνο

ὑπὸ

γὴν

κέκρυπτο

σῶμα,

κατατεθεὶς,

(ὢ

θείας

ἐπισκοπῆς!

ὢ

πράγματος

ἀποῤῥήτου!)

ἤρκει

μὲν

εἰς

δεῖγμα

σαφὲς

τῆς

Δημητρίου

χάριτος

καὶ

δυνάμεως,

καὶ

εἰ

τεθεὶς

καὶ

χρόνον

τινὰ

προσμείνας

καὶ

θερμότατα

δεηθεὶς

ᾔσθετο

τῆς

ἐπικουρίας.

Νῦν

δὲ

τοῦτό

ἐστι

τὸ

καινότατον,

τοῦτο

τῶν

ἐκείνου

θαυμάτων

τὸ

χαριέστατον,

ὅτι

ὁμοῦ

συνέδραμε

πάντα,

ἡ

ἐν

τῷ

ναῷ

τὸ

νοσοῦντος

κατάθεσις,

ἡ

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

διὰ

τῶν

ἐκείνου

χειλέων

ἀνάκλησις,

καὶ

ἡ

τοῦ

νοσήματος

εὐχερὴς

ἀπόθεσις.

Οὕτω

ταχείας

Λεόντιος

τῆς

θερᾳπείας

τυχὼν,

ταχεῖαν

καὶ

αὐτὸς,

ὡς

εἶχε

τὴ

ἀμοιβὴν

ἀποδίδωσι.

[23] Καὶ

τὸν

μικρὸν

οἰκίσκον,

ὅς

τὸ

ἱερὸν

εἶχε

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

σῶμα,

ἐπιβραχέος

κομιδῇ

καὶ

στενοῦ

τοῦ

σχήματος

ὄντα,

τοῖς

περιβόλοις

τε

τοῦ

λουτροῦ

καὶ

τῷ

σταδίῳ

ἀπειλημμένον

καταστρέψας

αὐτὸς,

ναὸν

ἐν

αὐτῷ

τῷ

ἄστει

Θεσσαλονίκης

ἐξ

αὐτῶν

ἐδείματο

τῶν

κρηπίδων,

ὅς

καὶ

νῦν

ὁρᾶται

μέσος

τοῦ

δημοσίου

λουτροῦ

καὶ

τοῦ

σταδίου

κάλλιστα

διηρμένος,

οὐδενὸς

τῶν

ἄλλων

ὅσοι

πρὸς

θαῦμα

καὶ

ἡδονὴν

ὀφθαλμοὺς

κινοῦσι

κάλλους

ἤ

μεγέθους,

ἀπολειπόμενος.

Μέλλων

δὲ

φιλευσεβὴς

οὗτος

καὶ

πρὸς

τὸ

Ιλλυρικὸν

ἀπιέναι,

καὶ

τινα

τῶν

μερῶν

τοῦ

ἱεροῦ

σώματος

λαβεῖν

βουληθεὶς,

ὥστε

κἀκεῖσε

ναὸν

τῷ

εὐκλέει

Μάρτυρι

ἀναστῆσαι,

οὐκ

ἔσχε

συνευδοκοῦντα

τὸν

Ἅγιον,

ἀλλὰ

νυκτεριναῖς

αὐτὸν

ἐπιφανείαις

εἴρκει

τοῦ

ἀποχειρήματος.

Διὰ

ταῦτα

καὶ

δεύτερον

πλοῦν,

ὅ

λέγεται,

τὴν

χλαμύδα

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

σεπτοῖς

αἵμασι

τοῖς

ἐκείνου

πεφοινιγμένην,

καὶ

τι

τοῦ

ἐπωμίου

λαβὼν,

ὁ

σύνηθες

ὀράριον

ὀνομάζειν,

καὶ

κιβωτῷ

τιμίᾳ

τὸ

ἀληθῶς

τίμιον

καταθέμενος,

οὕτω

τῷ

Μάρτυρι

μὲν

ἀφοσιοῖ

τὸν

πόθον,

ἑαυτῷ

δὲ

τὴν

μεγίστην

περιποιεῖται

ἀσφάλειαν.

[24] Ἀμέλει

καὶ

τὴν

ἐπὶ

τὸ

Σίρμιον

ὥρᾳ

χειμῶνος

διαβαίνειν

μέλλων,

ἤδη

παρὰ

ταῖς

ὄχθαις

τοῦ

Ιστρου

γενόμενος,

ἐπεὶ

πολὺς

ἦν

ἐκεῖνος,

καὶ

ἐπὶ

μέγα

τὸ

ῥεῖθρον

ἐξαίρων

ἐντεῦθέντε

οὐδενὶ

τῶν

πάντων

διαβατὸς

γινόμενος·

καί

ὁ

μὲν

χρόνος

πολὺς

μεταξὺ

ἦν,

ἔληγε

δὲ

οὐδαμῶς

τὸ

ῥεῖθρον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

ἔτι

τοῖς

βουλομένοις

ἀπηγόρευε

τὴν

διάβασιν,

ἐν

ἀθυμίαις

ὀ

ἀνὴρ

ἦν

λογισμοῖς

τε

ἐβάλλετο

καὶ

ἀπορίᾳ

συνείχετο.

Ἐπιφανεὶς

οὖν

ὁ

θεῖος

αὐτῷ

Δημήτριος,

πᾶσαν

ἀθυμίαν,

ἔφη,

καὶ

ἁπιστίαν

ὅτι

πόῤῥῳ

θέμενος

ἀπὸ

τῆς

ψυχῆς,

ὁ

ἐπιφέρη

μετὰ

χεῖρας

ἔχων

διάβηθι

τὸν

ποταμὸν

ἀδιστάκτως.

[25] Πείθεται

τῷ

φανέντι

ὁ

ἔπαρχος,

καὶ

ἔωθεν

τοῦ

ὀχήματος

ἐπιβὰς

ἐχώρει

διὰ

τοῦ

ῥείθρου

μετὰ

χεῖρας

τὴν

σορὸν

ἔχων,

ἄνω

δὲ

τοὺς

ὀφθαλμοὺς

μετὰ

τῆς

ψυχῆς,

ἡσυχῇ

τοῦ

ῥεύματος

ὑποχωροῦντος

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

εἵκοντος

νεύμασιν

άθεάτοις,

ἀξίαν

μὲν

θαύματος,

οὐ

μὲν

ἀναξίαν

καὶ

τῆς

πρὸς

τὸν

Μάρτυρα

πίστεως,

τὴν

διάβασιν

ὑποστάς.

Οὕτως

οὗν

ἀβλαβὴς

διελθὼν,

καὶ

προσωσι

Σιρμίῳ

γενόμενος

τὴν

ἱερὰν

ἐκείνην

σορὸν

μετὰ

τοῦ

ἐν

αὐτῇ

θησαυροῦ,

τῷ

παρ᾽

αὐτοῦ

νεαργηθέντι

ναῶ

τῷ

Μάρτυρι

δίδωσιν,

ἐν

γειτόνων

δὲ

οὗτος

τὸ

τῆς

καλλινίκου

μάρτυρος

Ἀναστασίας

ἵδρυται

σηκῷ·

ἱνὰ

καὶ

μάρτυρες

μάρτυσιν

ἄνω

τε

καὶ

κάτω

ταῖς

σκηναῖς

πλησίαζουσι.

Πολλῶν

μὲν

τῶν

θαυμάτων

δηλαδὴ

καὶ

ἰάσεων,

καὶ

παρ᾽

αὐτήνγε

τὴν

ὁδὸν

πλεῖστοι

τῆς

ἁγιαστικῆς

ἐκείνης

φερομένης

χλαμύδος

ἀπέλαυσαν,

χάριτι

καὶ

δυνάμει

Χριστοῦ

τοῦ

ἀληθινοῦ

Θεοῦ

ἡμων,

ᾧ

πρέπει

πᾶσα

δόξα,

τιμὴ

καὶ

προσκύνησις,

νῦν

καὶ

εἰς

τους

ἀτελευτήτους

αἰῶνας

τῶν

αἰώνων.

The gladiator Lyaeus, who to Maximian, And Maximian was exhibiting a spectacle of gladiators, and all the games of the pentathlon were being fulfilled a. And he sat on a lofty watch-place, determining that it was most delightful to be occupied in watching the contest. For he rejoiced, as it seems, seeing the shedding of human blood. And there was a certain barbarian man among Maximian's intimates, strong of hand, and powerful in wrestling, and of a size which exceeded measure: and therefore he was very pleasing to him, and was held in great esteem. His name was Lyaeus: and by fatherland he was a Vandal b.

[12] because he surpassed all in skill of fighting, was dear, He, boasting insolently that he conquered all by strength of body, and standing on a platform, that he might be manifest to the whole theatre, challenged the other gladiators to the contest. And then a circus had been made by Maximian, enclosed by many boards, into which had entered those who were to contend in single combat, and they began the pancratium and the wrestling c. Since, then, Lyaeus surpassed all in strength of body, and whoever joined hands with him was at once seen laid on the ground, or even meeting death at once from it, he brought the tyrant as great pleasure in laying low those who engaged with him as was the sadness which was not much later to overwhelm him.

[13] by Nestor, a Christian youth, when St. Demetrius For a certain man named Nestor, very young indeed in age, as one who had the down only just grown, but most pleasing in appearance and most excellent in form, who was known to the renowned Martyr Demetrius, when he saw Maximian so affected toward the barbarian and lavishing much money on the contests of gladiators; partly indeed holding in hatred the pride of Lyaeus, partly beholding the miracles which were wrought by the divine Martyr, and that very many, coming to him, were taught piety toward Christ, and desiring that this too should be one of the miracles of Demetrius, that, armed by his prayers, he might break the audacity of Lyaeus and cast down the barbarian's arrogance; runs to the Martyr, and, falling at his holy feet, says: Servant of God Demetrius, I am ready, and my mind swells to engage with Lyaeus, if only you will arm me with prayers, and through them will afford me a strong helping hand.

[14] What then does the divine Demetrius? As if he himself had asked, had blessed him, Maximian vainly and not been asked, he almost anticipated the petition by fulfilling it: and having quickly imposed upon him the seal of Christ both on his forehead and on his heart, he dismisses him, saying: Thou shalt both conquer Lyaeus, and shalt be a Martyr of Christ d. Which indeed is as if you should say: Thou shalt both conquer the manifest adversary, and him who is not manifest. Thus he not only put audacity into his mind, but also pronounced most certainly concerning the future. At once, therefore, Nestor, coming into the stadium, when he had leapt down through the tiers, both lays aside his tunic, and, standing by, shows himself to the Emperor. And Maximian, astounded at that audacity of the youth, and thinking it was something other than a display of strength, orders him to be set nearer, and, O youth, he says, counselling him, I know that want of money has driven you to burst out into this audacity, that either, if you conquer, you may procure for yourself much wealth; or, if you are overcome, you may escape an implacable enemy, poverty, together with life. But I, pitying your age and beauty, will furnish you with what is sufficient of money even for your audacity alone.

[15] Having received which, go away enjoying money together with life. striving to call Nestor away from his purpose, by Maximian, But by no means engage with Lyaeus, for he has already deprived many of life, and those far stronger than you. Having heard these things, Nestor neither seized the emperor's liberality nor again was terrified by the praises of Lyaeus. And to the Emperor he said: I do not desire money, nor do I come forth into the contest for that cause: but rather desiring glory, and wishing to appear more excellent than Lyaeus. For I have resolved to cast away not only riches but life itself, if in glory inferior to Lyaeus

I should be, and should yield him the first place. These words so spoken provoked to wrath both the emperor and all who were present about him: who (for he had not yet said how he was armed and on what he relied) thought them only words of arrogance and vainglory. And the emperor indeed vehemently incited Lyaeus to the contest, and rendered his mind, full of onset and audacity, keener.

[16] But the words of Demetrius gave courage to Nestor, being attacked, is killed. and Christ. Raising his eyes to Him, he said: God of Demetrius, grant me that I, who am a David short in age, may afflict Lyaeus, as another Goliath, with shame and ignominy. For relying on Thee I have undertaken this contest in the midst of many, that Thy name may be glorified, who alone art truly God, and sendest help from the holy place to those who do valiantly in Thee e. So he spoke, and, his short sword drawn, having entered the theatre and engaged with the barbarian, he deals a sure blow to his heart. And at once he slays him indeed, and almost Maximian himself too with the grief which he received from it: but much more he afflicts with death error itself, and with it its author, the hidden one, I mean, the Maximian.

[17] Maximian, angered at this, and ascribing the thing to magic But the emperor Maximian could no longer sit, but at once rose full of wrath and sadness, and went away into the royal palace, revolving grave things with himself, and, impious, wishing to pour darkness over the splendour of truth, and to obscure the victory of Nestor, and through it the worship of Christ, out of great ignorance calling the thing sorcery. For otherwise, he said, he who had performed such illustrious deeds would not have been slain by him. And so, the noble Nestor being summoned, as though the matter were certain and needed no inquiry: Tell me, he says, youth, using what magic art, or having what helpers, did you kill Lyaeus, so great a man? To whom Nestor, nothing terrified, but wholly confident that He who granted him to remove that proud and insolent man from the midst would Himself also give a fitting answer concerning him, said: Nothing such, O emperor, is of use either to me or to any Christian. And no man was a helper to me in this, but only the God of Demetrius, the God, O emperor, of the Christians.

[18] first Nestor The death of Lyaeus was His manifest contest, who with a strong hand and a high arm easily removed from the midst Sehon and Og, and innumerable others, far more distinguished in strength than Lyaeus, not only singly but even surrounded by a great multitude. But why do I not say the things which are truly worthy of Him alone, whose work is heaven and earth, and all things that are in them? The base ears of Maximian did not bear these great things, but as the reward of beautiful words and the prize of victory he brings him death by the sword. And thus indeed Nestor attained a blessed end for Christ: and received the blow from his own sword, Maximian so ordering, perhaps that it too might be sanctified with martyr's blood. When, therefore, Minutianus the Protector had been the minister of the slaughter, thus Nestor is sent across to Christ, whom he loved, and from whom he was to receive the crowns of a double victory f.

[19] and then orders Demetrius too to be killed. Hence frauds again against Demetrius, more plausible accusations are directed, that he himself was the cause of the slaughter of Lyaeus. At once therefore Maximin, vehemently angered, and at the same time divining that it would not be a good omen that Demetrius had met him as he went up into the stadium, to which there was access through the bath , orders the Martyr to be killed with lances in those very furnaces in which he was being guarded. Which is also done. And thy side, Demetrius, who art in every part beautiful and honourable, who diligently followest the Lord and lovest all things of His, is pierced with a lance likewise as was His, and thou findest this occasion and way of thy coming to Him; blessed indeed on account of thy life, but more blessed on account of thy departure and crowns, and on account of thy eternal dwelling with Him whom thou didst desire g.

[20] He is buried by the Christians, and by miracles through Lupus, These things indeed were so, and the body of the Martyr lay on the ground, nor for some while was any account had of it. But it was altogether neither holy nor plainly worthy of God, for whom that most sacred body had suffered, so to despise it. Neither, then, did He despise it: but certain of those who loved Christ, at His instinct, coming by night, when they had taken up the precious body lying very shamefully, piously compose it. Then also, dust being cast upon it, they bury it piously and religiously in that very place in which it had been consummated. And a certain one of the Saint's servants, standing near him when he underwent that blessed slaughter, when he had collected, as he could, that divine blood in the sacred superhumeral of the Martyr, and had taken the ring which he wore on his hand, and dipped it in the Martyr's blood, wrought very many miracles through these.

[21] Nor was there any disease, nor evil demon so strong, [who himself also is slain for that reason, by signs wrought through his relics and other] but that at once, if it had made trial of him, it would be overcome and turned to flight: so that the whole city of the Thessalonians was filled with such fame of miracles. Wherefore it was neither fitting that these things should be hidden from Maximian, nor could he bear the envy. And therefore the servant, the steward of these goods, is at once seized and put to death. The place in which he was killed was the Tribunal; and that excellent servant was called Lupus h. And as time went on, and signs from the place in which the Martyr's body lay hidden pervaded both Macedonia and Thessaly too, and indeed the darkness of the images was turned into perfect serenity, a certain Leontius, both illustrious in glory and burning with the faith of Christ, who was then prefect of Illyricum, having set out for Thessalonica i, is attacked by a grave disease, pressing him so that he neither ate nor drank; and he would think death, which is shunned by all, a thing very much to be desired, and the only liberation from the evil which vexed him.

[22] When therefore both the physicians were openly defeated by the disease, and the labour of the friends present to console his pain was reckoned vain by him, already celebrated, by Leontius, whom he had restored to health, and there was no hope that he would be freed from the disease; when, I say, he was tossed by such great waves, and those plainly inevitable, a certain sacred anchor was a refuge to the prefect, to the divine temple of the Martyr. Into which, when he had been brought on his bed and had been laid in the place in which that sacred body had been laid up in the earth (O divine visitation! O ineffable thing!), it would indeed have sufficed to show openly the grace and power of Demetrius if, when he had been laid there and had waited some time, and had prayed most vehemently, he had felt help. But now this is the greatest novelty, this the most delightful of his miracles, that all these things concurred at once, the laying of the sick man in the temple, the invocation of the Martyr through his lips, and the easy expulsion of the disease k. Leontius, having obtained so swift a cure, himself also renders, as he could, a swift recompense.

[23] For when he had overturned the little house in which the Martyr's sacred body was deposited, first by a temple at Thessalonica, which was very small and narrow, and cut off by the precinct of the bath and by the stadium, he built a temple in the very city of Thessalonica from its very foundations: which is still seen now, most beautifully raised, midway between the public bath and the stadium l: for in beauty and greatness it yields to none of those which move the eyes to admiration and pleasure. And this pious man, being about to depart into Illyricum, when he wished to take some part of the sacred body, that he might raise a temple there too to the glorious Martyr, the Saint did not assent to him, but by nocturnal apparitions keeps him from what he had begun. Therefore, by a second sailing, as it is said, when he had taken the chlamys of the Martyr, which had been stained with his venerable blood, and something from his superhumeral, which they are wont to call the orarium, and had deposited them in a precious chest, which was truly precious, he thus both satisfied the Martyr's desire and acquired for himself the greatest security.

[24] and then, the Ister being prodigiously Certainly when, in winter time, being about to return into Illyricum m, he was hastening to Sirmium on account of certain serious business, and had already come to the banks of the Ister, since this had risen, and was raising a great flood, and for that reason could not be crossed by anyone at all, and much time indeed had intervened, but the flood by no means ceased, but forbade passage to those who wished to cross n; he was affected with great sickness of mind, and was very pensive, and was involved in perplexed doubt. But the divine Demetrius, appearing to him, said: Casting far from your mind all sickness of mind and incredulity, carrying in your hands what you bear with you, cross the river without hesitation.

[25] crossed, he is honoured by another at Sirmium too. The prefect obeys him who had appeared: and when in the morning he had mounted his vehicle, carrying the casket in his hands through the river, and holding his eyes too lifted with his mind, he went on, the flood silently retreating, and yielding to nods which do not fall under sight; undergoing a passage worthy indeed of admiration, but not unworthy of the faith which he had in the Martyr o. When, therefore, he had thus crossed unharmed, and had come to Sirmium, he deposits that sacred casket, with the treasure which it kept, in the temple newly built there. And it was near the temple of the glorious martyr Anastasia [p], so that the Martyrs might in a manner have neighbouring tabernacles below as above. And very many obtained many miracles and cures even on the very way, while that sanctifying chlamys was being carried [q], by the grace and power of Christ our true God, to whom all glory is fitting now and always and for ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATIONS.

p. That at that time at which Leontius, prefect of Illyricum mentioned above, flourished, that is, at the beginning of the fifth century, a church sacred to St. Anastasia truly existed at Sirmium, is in some way confirmed from what I brought forward at number 133 of the preliminary Commentary.

q. Let the credit as regards these miracles and cures rest with the author, who meanwhile, besides the anonymous biographer of our Saint from whom he took his material, has absolutely no other writer voting with him.

* The things enclosed by these two asterisks are lacking in the Greek.

MIRACLES

Received from two Greek manuscript codices, one of the Vatican library, 821, the other formerly Mazarin's, now royal of Paris, 1517,

TRANSLATED BY CORNELIUS BYEUS.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

By John, archbishop of Thessalonica.

BOOK I.

By John, archbishop of Thessalonica,

CHAPTER I.

Of Marianus, prefect of Illyricum, afflicted with a most grievous sickness, and restored to health through St. Demetrius.

ΜΑριανὸς

τὶς

ἀνήρ

τῶν

ἐν

γένει

καὶ

πλούτῳ

λαμπρῶν,

καὶ

εἰς

τῶν

τῆς

συγκλήτου

βουλῆς

παρὰ

βασιλεῦσιν

ὑπάρχων,

ἐκελεύσθη

παρ᾽

αὐτῶν

καὶ

τοὺς

τῶν

ὑπάρχων

θρόνους

κατὰ

τὸ

Ἰλλυρίων

ἔθνος

διέπειν,

καὶ

δὴ

φθάσας

τὴν

θεοφρούρητον

τῶν

Θεσσαλονικαίων

μητρόπολιν,

καὶ

ἀγνῶς

καὶ

εὐσεβῶς

κυβερνῶν

τὰς

τῆς

δίκης

ἠνίας,

καὶ

εὐαρεστῶν

τῷ

θεᾦ,

καὶ

παρὰ

τῶν

δήμων

εὐχαριστούμενος,

ἐφθονήθει

παρά

τοῦ

πᾶσιν

ἀγαθοῖς

βασκαίνοντος

διαβόλου·

καὶ

πρῶτον

μὲν

ὑπεβάλλοντο

αὐτῷ

παρ᾽

ἐκείνου

γαστριμαργίας

λογισμοὶ,

καὶ

φίλοσωμάτων

παθῶν

ἔρωτες

ἀπρεπεῖς,

ἔνδον

σμύχοντες

αὐτοῦ

τὸ

γαληνὸν

καὶ

σῷφρον

τοῦ

νοῦ.

Κᾷντεὐθεν

ὡς

φλόξ

ἐξενύπτετο

πάλιν

ἡ

ῥίζα

τῶν

κακῷν,

ὡς

ὁ

ἀπόστολος

ἔφησεν,

ἡ

φιλαργυρία,

ἧς

οἱ

κλάδοι

τῶν

παθῶν

ὁ

ἐσμὸς,

καὶ

καρπὸς

ὁ

δεύτερος

θάνατος

ὁ

τῶν

εἰς

τὴν

λίμνην

τοῦ

ἀσβέστου

πυρὸς

βαλλομένων.

[2] Ἐπεὶ

οὖν

ὁ

μέγας

ἐκεῖνος

ἀνήρ

τῶν

ἀρετῶν

φίλος

ὢν,

καὶ

τὴν

ἀξίαν

μᾶλλον

κοσμῶν,

ἢ

ταύτῃ

κοσμούμενος,

τῇ

μὲν

ὀλιγωδεΐᾳ

τὴν

σάρκα

χαλιναγωγῶν,

τὰς

ἡδονὰς

αὐτῆς

τέλεον

ἐξηφάνιζεν.

Ἐντεῦθεν

δὲ

πλουτῶν

καὶ

περιττεύων

τῶν

ἐπιτηδείων,

τοὺς

τῆς

φιλαργυρίας

βρόχους,

ὡς

τί

μίασμα

καὶ

ψυχοφθόρον

ἄγγος

ἀπεσείετο.

Κατανοήσας

ὁ

παμπόνηρος

δαίμων

τὰ

τοιαῦτα

τοῦ

ἀνδρός

προτερήματα,

καὶ

εἰδὼς

τὸν

παροιμιαστὴν

εἰρηκότα,

ὅτι

οἱ

δυνάσται

θυμώδεις

εἰσὶν

εἰς

ὀργάς

καὶ

παροξυσμοὺς,

καὶ

παρορμᾶν

αὐτὸν

ἐπειρᾶτο

κατὰ

τῶν

ὑπηκόων,

εἰ

πῶς

ἐντεῦθεν

αὐτὸν

ἀπαρέσκοντα

δείξειεν

τῷ

Θεῷ,

προσεπιβάλλων

αὐτῷ

καὶ

λύπην

ἐκ

τοῦ

μὴ

προβαίνειν

δῆθεν

εἰς

πέρας

τὰ

τῷ

θυμῷ

μελετώμενα.

Ἀποτυχία

γὰρ,

φησὶν,

ἀμύνης

λύπην

γεννᾶ.

[3] Ὡς

δὲ

καὶ

ἀμφοτέρους

τοὺς

βρόχους

τούτους

διέκοψεν

τῇ

πραΰτητι,

καὶ

τῇ

φιλανθρωπίᾳ

διὰ

τοῦ

γινώσκειν

τὴν

ταυτότητα

τοῦ

καθ᾽

ἑαυτὸν,

καὶ

τοῦ

τῶν

ὑπηκόων

φυραμάτος,

τῷ

τῆς

ἀκηδίας

λοιπὸν

ἕκτῳ

τῆς

κακίας

βλαστήματι

καθεστῶτι

τοῦτον

ὁ

ἀλάστωρ

συνέτριβεν

σατανὰς,

καὶ

ὑπέβαλεν

ὡς

οὐδεὶς

ἔσται

τῶν

κόπων

τούτων

μισθὸς,

ὑποσπείρων

τὴν

ἀπιστείαν

τῶν

τοῦ

Σωτῆρος

ἠμῶν

ἐπαγγελιῶν

καὶ

λήθῃ

τῆς

τῶν

ἐπομένων

ἀμηρύτου

δόξης

ἐπιχωννὺς

ὥσπερ

καὶ

θάπτων

τὸν

νοῦν·

ἅμα

δὲ

καὶ

ὑποτίθετο

τοῖς

λογισμοῖς

τοῦ

ἀρίστου

ἐκείνου

ἀνδρὸς,

ὡς

ὁ

τῶν

ἀρετῶν

κάματος

πολὺς,

καὶ

ἱδρὼς

ψυχῆς

οὐκ

ὀλίγος.

Καὶ

τοῦτον

μόνον

μισθὸν,

καὶ

ἀνάπαυλαν

τὴν

έξ

ἀνθρώπων

εὐφημίαν:

ἐντεῦθεν

ἕλκων

αὐτὸν

εἰς

τὸ

σαλπίζειν

τὰς

ἀρετὰς

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

φανῆ

τὶ

ἂν

τῇ

παρὰ

τοῖς

ὑπηκόοις

εὐδοξίᾳ,

καὶ

τῷ

ἑβδόμῳ

τῶν

παθῶν

δαίμονι,

λέγω

δὴ

τῷ

τῆς

κενοδοξίας,

εὐάλωτον

αὐτὸν

μηχανόμενος

καθιστᾶν.

[4] Ἐπεὶ

δὲ

τῇ

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

βοηθείᾳ

ἐκεῖνος

οὐτῶν

ὐπηκόων

τοσοῦτον,

ὅσον

ἑαυτοῦ

κρατῶν

άπεδείκνυτο,

καὶ

τῶν

ἐπηγγελμένων

ἀγαθῶν

παρὰ

τοῦ

θεοῦ

τοῖς

ἐν

τῷ

κόσμῳ

τούτῳ

κακοχουμένοις

ἐκουσίως

διὰ

παντὸς

μεμνημἑνος,

καὶ

τῶν

ᾐπειημένων

αἰωνίων

βασάνων

τοῖς

ῥαθύμως

ἐν

τῷ

παρόντι

βίῳ

διαγενομένοις,

ἁδιάλειπτως

ὥσπερ

ποιούμενος

τὴν

μελέτην,

τὴν

μέν

ἀκηδίαν

τῇ

ὑπομονῇ

διὰ

τῆς

σταθερᾶς

πίστεως

ἀπεσόβει,

τὴν

δὲ

κενοδοξίαν

τῷ

φόβῳ

τῆς

γεέννης

μαραίνων,

εἰς

ταπεινοφροσύνην

μετέτρεπεν,

ὡς

λοιπὸν

αὐτοῦ

τοὺς

ἑπτὰ

τῆς

κακίας

ὑπερβάντὸς

λογισμοὺς,

καὶ

τὰς

τούτων

πάγας,

ἀχυρμιᾶς

δίκην

τῇ

Χριστοῦ

βοηθείᾳ

καταπατήσαντος,

τρίζειν

κατ᾽

αὐτοῦ

τοὺς

ὀδόντας

τὸν

ἀντικείμενον,

καὶ

δὴ

τὴν

ἐπ᾽

ὀμφαλοῦ

γαστρὸς

τὸ

δὴ

λεγόμενον

πανοπλίαν

αὐτοῦ

κινεῖ,

τὴν

ἐλέπολιν

τῶν

λογισμῶν,

τὸ

πρωτόφυτον

τῆς

κακίας

βλάστημα,

ᾧ

καὶ

αὑτὸς

ὸ

ἀρχίκακος

ὄφις

πρὸ

πάντων

ἑαυτὸν

τῇ

τῶν

λογισμῶν

διαστροφῇ

περιέπειρεν:

διὸ

καὶ

τῶν

οῦρανῶν

κατέπεσεν

εἰς

γῆν

ῥιφεὶς.

[5] Τὶ

δὲ

τοῦτο

ἐστὶν;

Ἡ

τῆς

ὑπερηφανείας,

ἀγαπητοὶ,

δυσίατος

σηπεδῶν,

ἡ

κορυφὴ,

καὶ

κορωνὶς

τῆς

κακίας,

ἡ

πρώτη

τῆς

λογικῆς

οὐσίας,

καὶ

ἐσχάτη

νόσος:

πρώτη

μὲν

διὰ

τὸ

ταύτῃ

πρῶτον,

ὡς

εἴρηται,

περιπαρῆναι

τὸν

σατανὰν

ἑκόντι·

ἐσχάτη

δὲ,

διὰ

τὸ

μηδὲν

παθος

ὑπερνικῆσαι

ταύτην

τῷ

κακῷ.

Ταύτην

ἐγείρει

τοῖς

λογισμοῖς

τοῦ

ἀνδρὸς

τελευταῖαν

συμπλοκὴν,

καὶ

δυσκαταγώνιστον

ὁ

τῆς

κοινῆς

φύσεως

τῶν

ἀνθρώπων

ἐχθρὸς

ὑποσπείρων

αὐτῷ

τοιᾶς

δέ

δὲ

τινας

ὑπονοίας:

ἰδοὺ

φησὶν

κατηγωνίσω

τῇ

ἐγκρατείᾳ

σου,

καὶ

τῇ

συνέσει

τὰ

πάθη

τῆς

ψυχῆς

καὶ

τοῦ

σώματος,

τῷ

λογιστικῷ

αὐτῆς

μέρει

σοφῶς

καὶ

νουνεχῶς

τὰ

τοῦ

θυμοῦ,

καὶ

τῆς

ἐπιθυμίας

αὐτῆς

ήνιοχήσας

φρυάγματα,

καὶ

τὰς

τῶν

ἀπάντων

δαιμόνων

μηχανὰς

εἰς

ἀέρα

διέλυσας,

παρὰ

σοῦ

ἡ

γαστριμαργία

δεδούλωται,

τὸ

τῆς

σαρκὸς

ἀκρατές

τῆς

φιλαδονίας

πάθος

πεπέδηται,

ἡ

φιλαργυρία

πεπάτηται,

ὁ

θυμὸς

ὑπὸ

τῆς

πραότητος

κατεπόθη,

ἡ

λύπη

τῶν

κοσμικῶν

τῇ

τῆς

ἀφθαρσίας

ἐλπίδι

ἐῤῥάγη,

ἡ

ἀκηδία

τῶν

ἀρετῶν

διὰ

τῆς

πίστεως,

καὶ

τῆς

θύρας

αὐτῆς,

λέγω

δὴ

τῆς

ὑπομονῆς,

ἐνευρώθη·

ἡ

κενοδοξία,

ταυτὸν

δὲ

εἰπεῖν,

φιλοδοξία,

καὶ

ἀνθρωπαρεσκία

τῷ

κρυφίῳ

τῶν

ἀρετῶν

ἐξαπώλολεν.

[6] Τούτων

οὖν

ἀπάντων

ὑπέρτερος

γεγονώς,

μακαριώτατε

ὕπαρχε,

καὶ

ἐνδοξότατε

παρὰ

Θεῷ

καὶ

ἀνθρώποις,

πῶς

οὐκ

ἐγγὺς

εἶ

τῶν

ἁγίων,

τῇ

ἀνδρείᾳ

τῆς

ἑαυτοῦ

ψυχῆς

μεγαλυνθεὶς,

οὖ

γὰρ

δὴ

τῇ

οὐρανόθεν

βοηθείᾳ.

Εἰ

γὰρ

ἐξ

ἄλλου

ἦν

ἡ

ἀντίληψις,

οὐ

δὲ

στέφανός

σοι

ἀπέκειτο.

Ταῦτα

ὁ

μιαρὸς

σύμβουλος

τοῖς

λογισμοῖς

ὑποβάλλων

τοῦ

μνημονευθέντος

μακαριοτάτου

Μαριανοῦ

τοῦ

ἐπάρχου,

εἰς

ἔπαρσιν

προεκαλεῖτο

τὸν

ἄνδρα,

καί

πείθειν

ἐπειράτω,

οἴκοθεν

αὐτὸν

κτήσασθαι

τὰς

ἀρετὰς,

ἅς

προείπομεν,

καὶ

οὐ

τῇ

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

βοηθείᾳ,

ἵνα

εἰ

συνέβη

τοῦτον

συνκαταθέσθαι

τῇ

βουλῇ,

λυπηθεὶς

ὁ

Θεὸς

ὡς

ἀχαριστηθεὶς,

στερήσει

αὐτὸν

τῆς

ἐαυτοῦ

βοηθείας,

καὶ

ἔρημον

αὐτὸν

λαβόμενος

ὁ

παμπόνηρος

κατεργάσηται

ἐν

αὐτῷ

κατὰ

τὸ

γεγραμμένον

πᾶσαν

έπιθυμίαν.

[7] Ὡς

δὲ

καὶ

ἐν

τούτῳ

κατηγονίσθη

διὰ

Χριστοῦ

ὁ

βελίαρ,

τοῦ

μακαριωτάτου

Μαριανοῦ

τὴν

ἐκ

Θεοῦ

βοήθειαν

ἐπικαλουμένου,

καὶ

λέγοντος,

ὅτι

σὺ

εἶ

ὁ

Θεὸς

ὁ

διδάσκων

ἄνθρωπον

γνῶσιν,

ὁ

τῆς

ψυχῆς

ποιητὴς

καὶ

τοῦ

σώματος

πλάστης,

καὶ

τῆς

ἁρμονίας

αὐτῶν

συμπήκτωρ,

καὶ

τῆς

διαζεύξεως

αὐτῶν

πρὸς

τὸ

συμφέρον

οἰκονόμος,

καὶ

πάλιν

τῆς

ἀναπλάσεως

τῆς

ἀναστάσεως

τῆς

ἐν

τῇ

ἀναστάσει

καὶ

τῆς

ἀσυγχύτου

συγκράσεως

αὐτῶν,

καὶ

τῆς

ἐν

ἀφθαρσίᾳ

ζωῆς

αἰωνίου

προνοητὴς,

καὶ

θαυματουργὸς,

καὶ

ἄλλοις

πλείωσι

τοιούτοις

ταπεινοῦντος

ἑαυτὸν,

καὶ

τῷ

Θεῷ

τὴν

ἅπασαν

δόξαν

καὶ

εὐχαριστίαν

ἀπονέμοντος,

μὴ

εὑρίσκων

ὁ

βάσκανος

δαίμων

παγίδα

τινὰ

κατὰ

τῆς

ψυχῆς

αὐτοῦ,

ἐστράφη

λοιπὸν

τῷ

σώματι

αὐτοῦ

πολεμεῖν.

Καὶ

ἐξετησάμενος

αὐτὸν

ὥσπερ

τὸν

Ἰώβ,

(οὐ

δὲ

γὰρ

κατὰ

χοίρων

ἔχει

ἐξουσίαν,

πλὴν

εἰ

μὴ

Θεὸς

συγχωρεῖν,

ὡς

τὸ

εὐαγγέλιον

δείκνυσιν,

μήτιγε

κατὰ

ἀνθρώπου

καὶ

ταῦτα

θεοσεβοῦς)

ἔπληγε

τὸν

ἄνδρα

πληγῇ

παρέσεως

σωματικῆς,

ὡς

πάντα

αὐτοῦ

τὰ

μέλη

συλλελυμένα

κεῖσθαι

ἐπὶ

κλίνης,

καὶ

μήδ᾽

ὅλως

κινεῖσθαι

ἀφ᾽

ἑαυτοῦ

μηδενὶ

τῶν

τοῦ

σώματος

μερῶν,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

τὴν

τροφὴν

δι᾽

ἀλλοτρίων

χειρῶν

τῷ

στόματι

τούτου

προσάγεσθαι.

[8] Εἶτα

τῶν

ἰατρῶν

οὐ

τῆς

πόλεως

μόνον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

τῆς

χώρας

ἁπάσης

διὰ

τὸ

τοῦ

προσώπου

ἔνδοξον

συγκληθέντων,

εἰς

αὐτὸν

τῆς

ἰατρικῆς

παιδίας

διάφορος

ἐπίδειξις

γέγονεν,

ἀλιμάτων

ἔξωθεν

παμμιγεῖς

εὐτεχνίαι,

τὸ

σκληρόν

τῆς

ἐπιφανείας

τοῦ

σώματος

ἀοχλήτως

καταμαλάττουσαι,

ποτῶν

συγκεκραμένων

παμποίκιλοι

διὰ

στόματος

δόσεις,

τὸ

κακόχυμον

τῆς

ἔνδον

διαθέσεως

καὶ

νεκροποιὸν

τῇ

ἀντιδότῳ

συμπλοκῇ

ἀναζωπυροῦσαιτε

καὶ

ῥωννύουσαι·

καὶ

κάτωθεν

δὲ

ἀναπόμπιμα

παρεπέμποντο

κράματα

πανσόφως

τετεχνημένα,

τὸν

τῶν

ἐντέρων

ἀδιεξόδευτον

διευλυτοῦντα

βορβορυγμὸν,

καὶ

τὴν

ἀναδοτικὴν

ἐκείνην

δυσθυμίαν,

καὶ

μέχρις

αὐτοῦ

διακομιζομένην

τοῦ

ἐγκεφάλου

ἐπὶ

τὰ

κάτω

προτρέποντα,

καὶ

πάντα

δὴ

ταῦτα,

καὶ

τὰ

τοιαῦτα

γινόμενα

περὶ

τὸν

ἄνδρα

τὴν

νόσον

τοῦ

σώματος,

ηὔξανον,

καὶ

τὸν

ἀπελπισμὸν

ὑπέβαλλον

τῇ

ψυχῇ,

ὡς

ἐκ

τῆς

ἀθυμίας

διαπλασίως

τρέφεσθαι

τὸ

κακὸν,

οὔτε

δὲ

πάσης

ἀνθρωπίνης

βοηθείας

ἀπεῖπεν

ὁ

ἀνὴρ,

καὶ

λοιπὸν

τὰ

περὶ

τὸν

θάνατον

τούτου

ηὐτρέπιζον

οἱ

προσήκοντες.

[9] Τότέ

τις

τῶν

εὐνουστέρων

αὐτῷ

δοκούντων

ὑπάρχειν,

πρὸς

τὸ

οὖς

ἡρέμα

ἔφησε

προσελθὼν,

ἔστιν

τίς

ἀνηρ,

ὅς

εἵρηκέν

μοι

δύνασθαι

σε,

ὦ

δέσποτα,

ὑγιῆ

καθιστᾶν,

εἰ

θελήσεις

τὴν

ἐγγεγραμμένην

βεμβράνην,

ἥν

δίδωσίν

σοι,

ἀφᾶψαι

κατὰ

τοῦ

σοῦ

τραχήλου,

καὶ

φορεῖν.

Ὁ

δὲ

μακάριος

Μαριανὸς

ἀπεκρίνατο,

καὶ

τὶ

ἐστὶν,

ὅ

φησὶν

ἐγγεγράφθαι

τῇ

βεμβράνῃ·

εἶπεν

δὲ

ὁ

παῖς,

ἐρωτήσαντός

μου

μικρόν

τι

περιεργότερον

διὰ

τὴν

ἄφατόν

μου

περὶ

σὲ,

ὦ

δέσποτα,

φροντίδα,

οὖδὲ

τοῦτό

με

ἀπεκρύψατο,

ἀλλ᾽

ἔφη,

τινάς

γραμμὰς

ἐκεῖσαι

διαγράφειν,

καὶ

ἀστερίσκους,

καὶ

ἡμικύκλια,

καί

τινα

ἕτερα

σχήματα

γράμμασιν

ἑβραἳκοῖς,

καὶ

ὀνόμασιν

ἀγνώστων

τοῖς

πολλοῖς,

ἔσωθέντε

καὶ

ἔξωθεν

περιγεγραμμένα.

Τί

γὰρ

χρεῖα

καὶ

τοῦ

μαθεῖν

τῶν

ἐγγεγραμμένων

τὴν

δύναμιν

καὶ

τὰ

σχήματα,

εἷς

ἡμἰν

τοῖς

δούλοις

σου

πᾶσιν

σκοπὸς,

τὸ

σὲ

τῆς

ὑγίας

τυχεῖν,

καὶ

μὴ

πάντας

ἡμᾶς,

τάχα

δὲ

καὶ

τὴν

ὅλην

πόλιν

διὰ

τῆς

σῆς

στερήσεως

ζῶντας

εἰς

ἄδου

χωσθῆναι.

[10] Λάβε

οὖν,

ὦ

δέσποτα,

τὸ

βραχὺ

τοῦτο

δέρμα,

καὶ

φόρεσον,

καὶ

ὑγιάσθητι

αὐτὸς,

καὶ

τοὺς

παρὰ

σοῦ

πάντας

τῆς

φθοροποιοῦ

λύπης,

καὶ

τῆς

περὶ

σὲ

ὀδύνης

ἀπάλλαξον·

εἶπεν

δὲ

πρὸς

αὐτὸν

ὁ

πιστὸς

ὄντως,

καὶ

κατὰ

Θεὸν

ἐνδοξότατος

ὕπαρχος

ἐστενές

ἐνιδὼν,

πρῶτον

μὲν,

ὦ

σαθρότατε

σύμβουλε

καὶ

ψυχοβλαβὲς,

πόθεν

μοι

δῆλον

ὡς

φεύξομαι

τὴν

νόσον

φορέσας

τὴν

βεμβράνην,

μᾶλλον

δὲ,

πῶς

οὐ

πρόδηλον

μηδἓν

ἀγαθὸν

ἐν

αὐτῇ

δίαγεγράφθαι,

τοῦ

γεγραφότος

μὴ

βουλομένου

τὴν

τῶν

γεγραμμένων

δύναμιν

φανερῶσαι:

πᾶν

γὰρ

τὸ

φανερούμενον

κατὰ

τὸν

Ἀπόστολον,

φῶς

έστὶν,

εἰ

δὲ

καὶ

ὑπόθες

μοι

πάντως

ὑγιαίνειν

μετὰ

τῆς

περιεργείας

ἐκείνης

φορέσαντα

γράμματα,

οὖ

βούλομαι

τὸ

σῶμα

ῥωσθῆναι,

τὴν

δὲ

ψυχήν

μου

ζημιωθῆναι,

οὖδὲ

τὸν

κόσμον

ὅλον

κερδῆσαι

μοι

προύκειτο.

Ἄπαγε

οὖν

καὶ

τοιούτους

ἐμοὶ

λόγους

μηκέτι

προσάξης·

Λέγει

δὲ

ὁ

παῖς·

ἔκρινας

οὖν,

ὦ

τρόφημε,

σαυτὸν

ἀπαλλάξαι

τοῦ

ζῆν,

ἵνα

καὶ

ἡμᾶς

πρὸ

σοῦ

θανατώσης.

[11] Ὁ

ἔπαρχος

ἀπεκρίνατο:

ὑμᾶς

οὐ

θανατῶ,

ἀλλ᾽

οὐδ᾽

ἐμαυτὸν,

εἰ

καὶ

τοῦ

σώματος

χωρισθῶ,

τὴν

δὲ

ψυχὴν

διὰ

τὴν

εἰς

Χριστὸν

πίστιν,

καὶ

τὸ

μὴ

τεθεληκέναι

με

περιεργίᾳ

δαιμονικῆς

χλεύης

εὐεργετιθῆναι,

εἰμὶ

καὶ

δίκην

τίσω

εὐεργεσίαν

ὅλως

ἀποκαλέσας

τὴν

τῆς

ἀλλοτρίας

δυνάμεως

παρασκευὴν.

Πῶς

γὰρ

εὐεργετήσουσιν

ποτὲ

οἱ

τῆς

ἀληθοῦς

προνοίας

ἑαυτοὺς

χωρήσαντες

διὰ

κακίας

ὑπερβολὴν·

οἷς

γὰρ

τὸ

εὖ

εἶναι

μὴ

πρόσεστιν,

πῶς

ἑτέροις

τοῦτο

πᾳρέξουσιν.

Ἀπάτη

οὖν

ἡ

ἐπαγγελία

τούτων,

καὶ

ούδὲν

ἕτερον

ἢ

φενακισμὸς

προφανὴς.

Τούτοις

άποπεμψάμενος

τὸν

παῖδα

τοῖς

ῥήμασιν,

ὕπνωσεν

ἐκ

πολλῆς

ἀδολεσχίας,

καὶ

πόνου

ψυχικοὗ

καὶ

σωματικοῦ,

καὶ

δὴ

καθ᾽

ὕπνους

ὁρᾶ

Δημήτριόν

τινα

τῶν

γνησίων

αὐτοῦ

φίλων,

καὶ

τὸν

ἐν

βασιλείοις

αὐλαῖς

τυγχάνοντα

γνωριμώτατον

ἅμα,

καὶ

περιφανῆ

λέγοντα

αὐτῷ.

Τὶ

δὴ

ἔχεις,

ὦ

προσφιλέστατε,

καὶ

βαρέως

φέρεις,

γνώρισόν

με

τὸ

τάχος:

ἴσως

καί

τι

τῶν

ὀνησιφόρων

συμβουλεύσοιμί

ἂν

σοι.

Ὁ

δὲ

ὕπαρχος

καθ᾽

ὕπνους

ἀποκριθεὶς,

εἶπεν

αὐτῷ.

[12] Τί

γὰρ

ἔχω

τῶν

ἐν

ζῶσιν,

τί

δὲ

τῶν

ἐν

τάφῳ

κειμένων

οὐκ

ἔχω·

κεφαλὴ

μὲν

γὰρ

πᾶσα

κεκακωμένη

δεινῶς,

πάντα

τὰ

αἰσθητήρια

μάτην

κέκτημαι·

οὔτε

γάρ

ὀφθαλμοὺς

ἔχω

βλέποντας

ἐναργῶς,

οὔτε

ἀκοὴν

ἐπαἳοῦσαν,

πλὴν

τῶν

μεγίστων

ψόφων,

ἀλλ᾽

οὔτε

ἡ

ρὶς

διακρίνει

σαφῶς

τῶν

ὀσφραινομένων

τὴν

ποιότητα,

οὔτε

παρὰ

τῇ

γλώττῃ

μου

διαφορὰν

ἔχει

τὰ

γλύκεα

πρὸς

τὰ

πικρά·

οὕτω

γὰρ

ήλλοίωται

τὸ

πᾶν

σῶμα,

ὅτι

καὶ

τῶν

θερμῶν

ἀπτόμενος,

ψύχεσθαι

δοκῶ,

καὶ

τοῖς

ψυχροῖς

κολλώμενος,

ὑπολαμβάνω

θερμαίνεσθαι.

Ὥμοι

δὲ

καὶ

ἀγκῶνες

καὶ

χεῖρες

ἀποκρέμανται

μόνον

τοῦ

σώματος

ἀεργεῖς.

Ὥπη

δ᾽

ἂν

ἡ

κίνησις

ἄγοι,

φερόμαι,

οὐχ

ὅπη

βούλησις

ἐμὴ.

Κᾂν

γὰρ

τὸ

θέλειν

μοι

παρῇ,

τὸ

δύνασθαι

οὐ

συντρέχει.

Ταῦτόν

δὲ

πάσχω

καὶ

περὶ

τοὺς

μηροὺς,

καὶ

τὰ

γόνατα,

καὶ

τὰς

ἀγκύλας,

καὶ

αὐτὰς

τῶν

ποδῶν

τὰς

βάσεις.

Τῷ

μὲν

γὰρ

φαίνεσθαι,

ἐμὰ

δοκοῦσιν

εἶναι

ταῦτα

τὰ

μέλη,

τῷ

δὲ

ἐνεργεῖν

ἄλλου

τινος

καὶ

οὐκ

ἐμὰ.

Τἰ

οὖν

ἔχεις

ἡμῖν,

ᾦ

φίλη

κεφαλὴ,

συμβουλεῦσαι,

ἢ

ποιῆσαι,

τοσούτῳ

κακῷ

καὶ

νοσημάτων

πελάγει

βεβυθισμένοις.

[13] Ὁ

δὲ

γνήσιος

δῆθεν

Δημήτριος

ἀπεκρίνατο·

πρῶτον

μὲν,

εὐθυμεῖν

σοι

παραινῶ,

καὶ

μὴ

καταχοννύσθαι

λύπαις

ψυχοφθόροις,

εἰς

τὴν

πρόνοιαν

ἀφορῶν

τὴν

τοῦ

δημιουργοῦ

τῶν

ἀπάντων

Θεοῦ.

οἶσθα

γὰρ

καὶ

αὐτὸς

ὡς

ἅπασα

νόσος,

τῇ

προνοητικῇ

δυνάμει

τοῦ

κτίσαντος

ἡμᾶς

συγχωρουμένῃ

προσγίνεσθαι,

ἐπ

ὠφελείᾳ

τοῦ

νοσοῦντος

ἐγγίνεται·

εἰ

γὰρ

δίκαιός

ἐστιν,

καὶ

συγχωρεῖται

νοσεῖν,

ἵνα

μὴ

ὑπεραίρηται,

μᾶλλον

δὲ

ἵνα

καὶ

πλέον

λαμπρύνεται,

ὡς

ἐν

χώνῃ

χρυσὸς

τῷ

πυρὶ

γινόμενος

δοκιμώτερος·

εἰ

ἁμαρτωλός

ἐστιν,

καὶ

παρεᾶται

ἀσθενεῖν,

ἵνα

ἐνταῦθα

τῶν

πλημμελημένων

δοὺς

τὰς

εὐθύνας

ἐν

τῇ

μελλούσῃ

κρίσει

πολλῆς

ἐσθῆται

τῆς

φιλανθρωπίας,

κατὰ

τὸ

εἰρημένον

τῷ

προφήτῃ

Ναούμ:

οὐκ

ἐκδικήσει

Κύριος

δίς

ἐπὶ

τὸ

αὐτὸ

ἐν

θλίψει·

λέγει

ὁ

ὕπαρχος:

ἐὰν

εὐχαρίστως

φέρει

ὁ

νοσῶν,

εὖ

λέγεις·

εἰ

δὲ

ὑπὸ

τοῦ

πάθους

συνεχόμενος

ἐξάπτη

τε

καὶ

εἰς

θυμὸν

κᾴντεῦθεν

ῥήματα

προπέμπεται

ἀποτρόπαια,

διπλοῦν

τὸ

κακὸν,

καὶ

τὸ

σῶμα

γὰρ

πλέον

ἀνιᾶ,

καὶ

τῇ

ψυχῇ

ἁμαρτίαις

ἐφ᾽

ἁμαρτίαις

προστίθησιν,

ὅ

περὶ

ἐμὲ

γινόμενον

θεωρῶ·

λέγει

αὐτῷ

ὁ

προσφιλὴς

δῆθεν

Δημήτριος.

[14] ἀπεδεξάμην

σου,

ὡς

ἐπὶ

γῆς

ἐνδοξώτατε,

τὴν

ταπείνωσιν,

ἥ

τις

ἐν

οὐρᾳνῷ

σοι

τὴν

δόξαν

μνηστεύεται.

Τοιγαροῦν

καὶ

τῆς

σωματικῆς

ταύτης

νόσου

θᾶττον

ἀπαλλαγήση,

τοῦ

κυρίου

καὶ

σωτῆρος

ἡμῶν

Ἰησοῦ

Χριστοῦ

τὸ

δύνασθαι

παρέχοντος·

ἐλθέ

οὖν

εἰς

τὸν

οἶκον

τὸν

ἐμὸν,

καὶ

ἀνακλήθητι,

κᾀκεῖσε

ὄψει

τὴν

δόξαν

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

δι᾽

ἐμοῦ

σοι

φανερουμένην.

Ὁ

δὲ

μακάριος

Μαριανὸς

διυπισθεὶς

*, καὶ

διηγησάμενος

τοῖς

πλησίον

τὰ

ὁραθέντα

αὐτῷ

καθ᾽

ὕπνους,

ἔλεγεν

ὀδυρώμενος,

καὶ

ποῦ

εῦροιμί

σε

νῦν,

ἢ

τὸν

σὸν

οἶκον,

ὦ

κύριέ

μου,

καὶ

γνησιώτατε

Δημήτριε,

σοῦ

μὲν

κατὰ

τὴν

βασιλεύουσαν

πόλιν

διάγοντος,

ἐμοῦ

δὲ

κατὰ

Θεσσαλωνίκης

κειμένου:

οἴμμοι

τῷ

ἀθλίῳ,

πόσῃ

χαρᾴ

με

ὁ

ὄνειρος

κατεφαίδρυνε,

καὶ

πηλίκῃ

θλίψει

τὸ

ὕπαρ

κατέχωσεν.

Τότε

εἷς

τῶν

παρεστότων

νυγεὶς

ὑπὸ

Θεοῦ

ἀπεκρίνατο:

ἐγώ

σοι,

δέσποτα,

μηνύσω

τὸν

προστάτην

σου

καὶ

γνήσιον

φίλον,

καὶ

μετὰ

Θεὸν

δεσπότην

Δημήτριον,

τὸν

καὶ

ἐν

τῇ

βασιλευούσῃ

πόλει

νῦν

ὄντα,

καὶ

ἐνθάδε

κατοικοῦντα,

κᾀκεῖσε

τῷ

βασιλεῖ

τῶν

ὅλων

παριστάμενον,

καὶ

τὸν

ἐνταῦτα

μὴ

ἀπολειπόμενον.

[15] Τοῦτον

δὲ

τῶν

σάρκα,

καὶ

αἷμα

φορούντων

οὐδενὶ

δυνατὸν,

τῷ

δὲ

παναγίῳ

καὶ

ἐξόχῳ

μάρτυρι

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

Δημητρίῳ,

καὶ

μάλα

ῥάδιον.

Τῇ

γὰρ

ἀΰλῳ

αὐτοῦ

ψυχῇ,

καὶ

τῇ

ἀθολώτῳ

πίστει,

καὶ

τὴν

ἄνω

βασιλίδα

πόλιν

Ἱερουσαλήμ

κατοικεῖ,

καὶ

τῆς

θρεψαμένης

αὐτὸν

Θεσσαλονίκης

οὐκ

ἀπολιμπάνεται·

ἔχει

οὖν

ἐν

ἀμφοτέραις

ταῖς

πόλεσιν

οἴκους·

προετρέψατο

δέ

σε

τὸν

ἐμὸν

δεσπότην

εἰς

τὸν

οἶκον

αὐτοῦ

γενόμενον

τῆς

ὑγίας

τυχεῖν.

σκεψώμεθα

οὖν,

εἰ

δυνατόν

σε

ἐν

τῷ

οἴκῳ

αὐτοῦ

τῷ

εἰς

τὴν

ἄνω

Ἰερουσαλήμ

παραγενέσθαι

σῶμα

φοροῦντα·

τοῦτο

γὰρ

καὶ

τῆς

νόσου

ἀπαλλάξαι

ὑπέσχετο.

Ἀλλὰ

μὲν

οὐ

φυσικὸν

ἡμᾶς

νῦν

μετὰ

γεώδους

σκήνους

τὰ

ἐκεῖσε

καταλαβεῖν·

λείπεται

τοίνυν

περὶ

τοῦ

ἐν

ταύτῃ

τῇ

θεοφυλάκτῳ

τῶν

Θεσσαλονικαίων

μητροπόλει

σεβασμίου

οἴκου

αὐτοῦ

τὸν

ἐν

τῷ

ὕπνῳ

λαλήσαντά

σοι

σημάνασθαι.

[16] Τί

οὖν

μέλλωμεν,

ὦ

δέσποτα

καὶ

οὐκ

ἄπιμεν,

καὶ

τὴν

παρ᾽

αὐτοῦ

τρυγῶμεν

ἐπισκοπὴν;

Καὶ

ταῦτα

φήσας

ὁ

παῖς,

ἤγειρε

τῆς

κλίνης

τὸν

ἑαυτοῦ

δεσπότην,

καὶ

μεθ᾽

ἑτέρων

συνδούλων

αὐτοῦ

βαστάσας

ταῖς

χερσὶν,

συμπλέγδην

ἑκατέρωθεν

αὐτοφυῆ

καθέδραν

αὐτῷ

μηχανισάμενος

(οὐ

δὲ

γὰρ

ἵππῳ

εὐφόρως

ἐποχεῖσθαι

ἐδύνατο)

ἤνεγκεν

ἐν

τῷ

πανσέπτῳ

ναῷ

τοῦ

πανενδόξου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου.

Ὁ

δὲ

εἰστελθὼν,

καὶ

ἰδὼν

τὴν

εὐπρέπειαν

τοῦ

οἴκου,

καὶ

τὴν

ἐν

αὐτῷ

πνευματικὴν

εὐωδίαν,

τὴν

τρέφουσαν

τὰς

ψυχὰς

τῶν

πιστῶν,

ὡς

ὁ

παράδεισος

τοῦ

Θεοῦ,

εἶπεν

τοῖς

βαστάζουσιν

αὐτὸν

οἰκέταις,

ῥίψατέ

με

πλωτὸν

εἰς

τὸ

ἔδαφος·

οἱ

δὲ

οὐκ

ἐβούλοντο

μὲν

διὰ

τὸ

παντὶ

μέρει

τοῦ

σώματος

ἀκίνητον

αὐτὸν

ὑπάρχειν:

ὅμως

ἐγγκελευομένῳ

σφοδρότερον

ὑπήκουσαν

ἄκοντες.

Ὁ

δὲ

ῥιφεὶς

ἐπὶ

τὴν

μάρμαρον,

καὶ

τοῖς

ὀφθαλμοῖς

ἀναβλέψας

μόνον,

οὐ

δὲ

γὰρ

τὴν

κεφαλὴν

σαλεῦσαι

ἐδύνατο,

τῶν

τενόνων

πάντη

διαλελυμένων,

ηὔξατο

οὕτως.

[17] Ἅγιε

καὶ

πανάγιε

ἀθλοφόρε,

καὶ

γνήσιε

δοῦλε

Χριστοῦ,

ὁ

τὴν

ψυχήν

σου

δοὺς

ὑπὲρ

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

ψυχὰς

πολλῶν

κερδήσας,

καὶ

προσενέγκας

αὐτῷ:

ὁ

τὸ

σῶμα

σου

ταῖς

λόγχαις

τιτροσκόμενον

θεωρήσας

ὑπὲρ

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

μεγαλυνθεὶς,

καί

σώματα

πολλῶν

ἐκ

τῶν

μυλῶν

τοῦ

λέοντος

ἐξερούμενος

μέχρι

νῦν,

καὶ

ἀφαγνίζων

πολιτείᾳ

σεμνῆ

καὶ

προσφέρων

Θεῷ.

Εἰ

γὰρ

καὶ

αἰσθητῶς

νῦν

οὐ

προσομιλεῖς

ἠμῖν,

ἀλλ᾽

ἡ

διδασκαλία

σου

καὶ

ἡ

χάρις

κατὰ

πάσης

περιπολοῦσα

τῆς

χώρας,

καὶ

τῶν

καρδιῶν

ὡς

ζῶσα

φωνὴ

δρασσομένη

περιμαλάττει,

καὶ

ὑγιάζει

καὶ

ἐπιστρέφει,

καὶ

πίστεως

πλήρεις,

καὶ

πολιτείας

σεμνυνομένας

προσάγει

Θεῷ,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

παντοδαπὰς

νόσους

ἀκήκοα,

καὶ

πεπίστευκα

τὴν

σὴν

ἐπισκίασιν

ἐξορίσασαν·

ἐπεὶ

δὲ

οὖν,

δέσποτά

μου

μετὰ

Θεὸν

καὶ

ἐπ᾽

ἐμὲ,

καὶ

τὴν

δεδωρημένὴν

σοι

χάριν

ὑπ᾽

αὐτοῦ

τῶν

ἰαμάτων

ἔκχεον

εἰς

ἐμὲ

τὸν

νέον

παράλυτον,

τὸν

ἐν

τῇ

κολυμβήθρᾳ

τῶν

σπλάγχνων

σου

καταφυγόντα.

[18] Εἰ

γὰρ

καὶ

τριάκοντα

καὶ

ὀκτὼ

ἔτη

οὐκ

ἔχω

ἐν

τῇ

ἀσθενείᾳ,

ἀλλὰ

τριακοντάκις

ὀκτὼ

τοῖς

ἀλγήμασιν

ὑπερέβαλον

ἐκεῖνον.

δια

τί

δὲ;

Πάντως

ὅτι

καὶ

ταῖς

ἁμαρτίαις

ὑπερηκόντισα

τοῦτον·

ὡς

οὖν

εἰς

πρᾷον

καὶ

τὸ

ἀγαθὸν,

καὶ

τὸ

διδακτικὸν

ἐμιμήσω

τὸν

Θεόν

σου

Χριστὸν,

ζήλωσον

αὐτὸν

καὶ

εἰς

τὸ

εὔσπλαγχνον

καὶ

φιλάνθρωπον,

καὶ

ζηλώσας

ἔκχεον

ἐπ᾽

ἐμε

τὴν

ἐλεημοσύνην

σου,

καὶ

τὰ

οἰκτείρμονά

σου

ἰάματα.

Ἐὰν

γὰρ

τὸ

θέλειν

σου

μὴ

κωλύσωσιν

ἁμαρτίαι

μου

τὸ

ἐνεργεῖν

καὶ

δύνασθαι

δέδωκέν

σοι

ὁ

στεφανώσας

σε·

ὥσπερ

οὖν

ἐκεῖνος

ὡς

Θεὸς

εἰπων

τὸ

ἔγειρε,

καὶ

ἄρον

τὸν

κράβαττόν

σου

καὶ

περιπάτει,

σύνδρομον

ἔσχε

τῷ

ῥήματι

τὴν

ἐνέργειαν,

οὕτω

καὶ

σὺ

ὡς

οἰκεῖος

Θεοῦ,

καὶ

τὴν

ἐξ

αὐτοῦ

χάριν

ἠμφιεσμένος,

ἀφ᾽

οὗπερ

ὑπὲρ

αὐτοῦ

τὸν

καλλίνικον

ἄθλον

διήνοισας,

θέλησον

καὶ

ἐν

ἐμοὶ,

κᾴγὼ

πρακτικῶς

ἐξηγήσομαί

σου

τὴν

δύναμιν,

ἐγερθήσομαι

καὶ

ἀλοῦμαι

ὡς

ἔλαφος

ὁ

χωλὸς,

καὶ

βαστάσω

οὐ

μόνον

τὴν

κλίνην

μου,

ὡς

ὁ

παλαιὸς

ἐκεῖνος

παράλυτος,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

εὐχαριστήρια

δῶρα

μου,

ἅ

προσάξω

τῷ

οἴκῳ

σου.

[19] Οὕτω

γὰρ

διὰ

σοῦ,

φιλανθρωπότατε

μάρτυς

Κυρίου,

δοθήσεται

αὐτῷ

δόξα

καὶ

τιμὴ

καὶ

προσκύνησις

σὺν

Πατρὶ

καὶ

ἁγίῳ

Πνεύματι

παρὰ

τῶν

νῦν

ὁρώντων

με

ἀνθρώπων,

καὶ

εἰς

ὕστερον

μεμνημένων

μου,

καὶ

παρὰ

τῶν

ἄνω

δυνάμεων

εἰς

τοὺς

ἅπαντας

αἰῶνας

τῶν

αἰώνων

ἀμήν.

Καὶ

ταῦτα

εἰπὼν

μετὰ

δακρύων,

πάντων

ἀκουόντων,

προσέταξε

τοῖς

παισὶν

ἆραι

καὶ

θεῖναι

αὐτὸν

ἐπὶ

τῷ

χαμαὶ

στράτῳ

τῷ

ἐτοιμασθέντι

αὐτῷ

ἐκεῖσε,

καὶ

τεθεὶς

ἀφύπνωσεν

εὐθὺς

ἐκ

καμάτου

σώματος,

καὶ

πόνου

ψυχῆς·

καὶ

ἰδοὺ

πάλιν

ὁρᾶ

καθ᾽

ὕπνους

τὸν

πάνάριστον

ἐκεῖνον

ἄνδρα

καὶ

ἐνδοξότατον

Δημήτριον,

ὅν

καὶ

πρόσθεν

ἴδεν,

λέγοντα

αὐτῷ:

καλῶς

ἦλθες,

καλῶς

ὑπακούσας,

καὶ

καλῶς

νοήσας

τὰ

παρ᾽

ἐμοῦ

σοι

λεχθέντα.

Διὸ

κᾴγώ

σὺν

Θεῷ

ἀποτελέσω

τὰ

ὑποσχεθέντα

σοι.

Ἀλλὰ

τὸ

μὲν

σῶμα

σου

ῥῶσαι,

οὐ

μέγα

παρ᾽

ἐμοι,

τὸ

δὲ,

τὴν

ψυχὴν

σου

διαμεῖναι

μετὰ

τὴν

ῥῶσιν

τοῦ

σούματος

ἐν

τῇ

νῦν

αὐτῆς

εὐκατανύκτῳ

προθέσει,

τοῦτο

δύσκολον.

[20] Εἴώθασι

γὰρ

πῶς

αἱ

ψυχαὶ

πιεζόμεναι

μὲν

κατὰ

τὸ

γεγραμμένον

ἀπὸ

θλίψεως

κακῶν,

καὶ

ὁδυνῶν

ὁμολογεῖν

τὴν

δεσποτείαν,

καὶ

ταπεινοῦν

ἑαυταῖς

πρεσβείαις

τε

καὶ

ἰκετηρίαις,

κατὰ

τὸ

ψαλμικῶς

ἀσθὲν,

ὅτ᾽

ἂν

ἀπέκτενεν

αὐτοὺς,

τότέ

ἐξεζήτουν

αὐτὸν,

καὶ

ἐπέστρεφον,

καὶ

ὄρθριζον

πρὸς

τὸν

Θεὸν·

ἀνέσεως

δὲ

ἀξιούμεναι,

καὶ

εὐημερίας,

καὶ

ἀλύπου

ζωῆς

ἀλαζονεύεσθαι,

καὶ

ἐπαίρεσθαι,

ὡς

μὴ

κατὰ

ἀνθρώπων

μόνον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

κατὰ

Θεοῦ

λαλεῖν

ἀδικίαν·

πάλιν

γέγραπται,

καὶ

ἔφαγεν

Ἰακώβ

καὶ

ἐνεπλήσθη,

καὶ

ἀπελάκτησεν

ὁ

ἠγαπημένος;

ἐλιπάνθη,

καὶ

ἐγκατέλιπεν

Θεὸν

τὸν

ποιήσαντα

αὐτὸν,

καὶ

ἀπέστη

ἀπὸ

Θεοῦ

σωτῆρος

αὐτοῦ.

Εἰ

οὖν

ἀσφαλίζη

με

διὰ

ἀψευδοῦς,

καὶ

εἰλικρινοῦς

ὑποσχέσεως,

ὡς

ὑγιαίνων

σωματικῶς,

φυλάσσει

σου

καὶ

τὴν

νῦν

οὖσαν

τῆς

ψυχῆς

ὑγίαν,

λέγω

δὴ

τὴν

ταπείνωσιν,

καὶ

τὴν

περὶ

Θεὸν,

καὶ

τὸν

πλησίον

ἀγάπην,

ἔτοιμος

ἡ

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

δι᾽

ἐμοῦ

σοι

βοήθεια.

Τοῦ

δὲ

εἰρηκότος,

ὅτι

σὺ

γινώσκεις

τὸν

γνήσιόν

σου

Μαριανὸν,

μηδέποτε

χαίροντα

τῇ

ὑπερηφανείᾳ,

ἀπεκρίθη

ὁ

πανάριστος

εἰκεῖνος

δῆθεν

ὁ

Δημήτριος.

[21] Οὐδὲν

κακὸν

ἔχεις,

ὦ

φίλτατε,

μὴ

ἀθύμει,

καὶ

δὴ

καταψήχων

τὴν

κεφαλὴν

αὐτοῦ

τῇ

δεξιᾷ

καὶ

τὸν

τένονα

ὑπορθῶν,

καὶ

τοὺς

ὤμους

σὺν

τῷ

στήθει

περισφίγγων,

καὶ

ὅλον

τὸ

σῶμα

ταῖς

χερσὶν

ἀφώμενος

οὕτως

ἔλεγεν:

Χριστός

σε

ῥώννυσιν

ὁ

Θεὸς

ἡμῶν,

ὁ

ἀνορθῶν

τοὺς

κατεῤῥαγμένους·

καὶ

εὐθέως

ἐξυπνίσθη

ὁ

ὕπαρχος,

ἔτι

τῆς

φωνῆς

ὥσπερ

ἐνηχούσης

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

γλυκὺ

δακρύσας

τῇ

χαρᾷ,

ἐβούλετο

διηγήσασθαι

τοῖς

παισὶν

τὰ

ὀραθέντα

αὐτῷ,

καὶ

μέχρι

μὲν

τὰ

κατὰ

τὴν

νουθεσίαν

καὶ

παραγγελίαν

ἐξηγεῖτο,

καὶ

τὴν

αὐτοῦ

ὁμολογίαν

μετὰ

δακρύων·

ἡ

γλῶττα

μόνον

ἐκινεῖτο,

τοῦ

ἅλλου

παντός

ἀκινήτου

μένοντος

σώματος.

Ὅτε

δὲ

ἤρξατο

λέγειν

ὡς

τοῦ

ἀνδρὸς

αὐτῷ

εἱρηκότος

ὅτι

Χριστὸς

σὲ

ῥώννυσιν

ὁ

Θεὸς

ἡμῶν

ὁ

ἀνορθῶν

τοὺς

κατεῤῥαγμένους,

εὐθέως

ἔτι

τοῦ

λόγου

μὴ

πληρωθέντος,

ὀρθωθεὶς

ἀφ᾽

ἑαυτοῦ

ἐκάθησεν

ἐπὶ

τῆς

χαμαιστρώτου

εὐνῆς,

ἐν

ᾗ

κατέκειτο,

καὶ

μὴ

συνεὶς

τὸ

γεγενημένον,

ἦν

γὰρ

ὥσπερ

ἐξεστηκώς

τῇ

χαρᾷ,

ᾔτει

φορέσαι

καὶ

προελθεῖν.

Οἳ

δὲ

αὐτοῦ

πλέον

ἐκείνου

καταπλαγέντες

τὸ

θαῦμα,

καὶ

μὴ

δὲ

ἀποκριθῆναι

δυνάμενοι,

μόλις

ἐν

ἑαυτοῖς

γενόμενοι,

καὶ

πρὸς

τοὺς

ἐγγὺς

οἴκοῦντας

διαδραμόντες,

διὰ

τὸ

μακρὰν

ἁφεστηκέναι

τὸ

πραιτώριον

τῶν

ὑπάρχων,

ἐχρήσαντο

στιχάριον

καὶ

ζὼνην,

καὶ

χλαίναν,

καὶ

ὑποδήματα.

[22] Οὐδὲν

γὰρ

τούτων

ἔτυχον

μεθ᾽

ἐαυτῶν

ἐκεῖσε

βαστάσαντες,

διὰ

τὸ

μὴ

δὲ

ἐλπίζειν

αὐτοὺς

εἰς

χρεῖαν

τῶν

τοιούτων

καταστῆναι

ποτὲ

τὸν

αὐτῶν

δεσπότην

ἀκίνητον

καθεστῶτα.

Ὁ

δὲ

φορέσας,

καὶ

μὴ

δὲ

παρὰ

τινος

ὑποστηριζόμενος,

ἄπεισιν

εἰς

τὸ

λεγόμενον

κιβώριον

τὸ

ἀργυροῦν

τοῦ

ἁγίου

καὶ

πανενδόξου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου,

ἔνθα

φασίν

τινες

κεῖσθαι

ὑπὸ

γῆν

τὸ

πανάγιον

αὐτοῦ

λείψανον.

Ἐκεῖσε

τοίνυν

παραγεγονὼς

ὁ

ἔπαρχος

οἰκείοις

ποσὶν,

καὶ

ἀπερεῖσας

τὸ

πρόσωπον

εἰς

τὸ

ὂν

αὐτόθι,

ὡς

ἂν

εἶ

κραβάτιον

ἐξ

ἀργύρου,

ἔνθα

καὶ

ἐντετύπωται

τὸ

Θεοειδές

προσωπίον

τοῦ

αὐτοῦ

πανσέπτου

ἀθλοφόρου,

ἔλέγεν

μετὰ

κραυγῆς

καὶ

δακρύων,

ἰδοὺς,

πανάγιε

Χριστοῦ

μάρτυς

Δημήτριε,

ά

μὲν

αὐτὸς

ἐπηγγείλω

περὶ

τὸ

ἐμὸν

σῶμα

πεπλήρωκας,

ἅ

δὲ

ἐγὼ

φυλάττειν

ὁμολόγησα,

λέγω

δὴ

τὴν

περὶ

λογισμοὺς

ταπεινοφροσύνην,

σὸν

ἐστὶ

χαρίσασθαι

πάλιν

διὰ

πρεσβείας

τῆς

πρὸς

Θεὸν·

οἶδας

γὰρ

ὅτι

τρεπτὸς

ὁ

ἄνθρωπος

καὶ

σώματι

καὶ

ψυχῇ,

καὶ

πολλῆς

τῆς

ἐκ

Θεοῦ

πάντοτε

δεόμενος

βοηθείας.

[23] Ἐγὼ

δὲ

τὰ

πρὸς

τὴν

σὴν

θεραπείαν,

καὶ

ἅπερ

ὑπεσχόμην,

δραμοῦμαι

πράξων·

καὶ

εὐθέως

ἐξελθὼν

τοῦ

θεοφόρου

ἐκείνου

ναοῦ,

καὶ

μὴ

δὲ

ἵππου

κατὰ

τὸ

τοῖς

ἄρχουσιν

σύνηθες

ἐπικαθῆσαι

θελήσας,

αὐτοπόδως

κάτεισιν

εἰς

τὸ

πραιτόριον

αὐτοῦ,

καὶ

ἄρας

ὧν

ἔχρηζεν,

ἄνεισι

πάλιν

εὐθὺς

ἐπὶ

τὸν

σεβάσμιον

οἶκον

τοῦ

μάρτυρος,

καὶ

προσκομίσας

αὐτόθι

χρύσεά

τε,

καὶ

ἀργύρεα

εἴδη

πολύτιμα

καὶ

πολλὰ,

καὶ

ἐν

χρυσέοις

στατῆρσιν

οὐκ

ὀλίγον

ποσὸν,

ἔξεισι

μικρὸν

τοῦ

οἴκου,

καὶ

καθεσθεὶς

ἐπὶ

θρόνου,

πάντας

τοὺς

δεομένους,

καὶ

ἐν

ὅσοις

ἐξεταζομένους

ἐκέλευσεν

κηρύττειν

διὰ

τῆς

πόλεως

ἔρχεσθαι

πρὸς

αὐτὸν·

καὶ

ἀθροισθέντων

πλείστων

ὡς

ἀριθμὸν

ὑπερβαίνειν,

ἀπέλαβον

πάντες

τῶν

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

δωρεῶν,

καὶ

τοῦ

πανενδόξου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου

διὰ

τοῦ

δούλου

αὐτοῦ

Μαριανοῦ

τοῦ

ἐπάρχου·

Εἰ

δὲ

τις

ψευδῆ

μὲ

λέγειν

ὑποτοπάζοι,

ἱστορεῖτο

τὴν

ἐκ

μουσείου

συντεθειμένην

ἐκεῖσε

γραφὴν

ἔξω

τοῦ

ναοῦ

πρὸς

τὸν

ἀφορόντα

τοίχον

ἐπὶ

τὸ

τῆς

πόλεως

στάδιον,

καὶ

πληροφορηθεὶς

πιστεύσει

τοῖς

προειρημένοις·

τῷ

δὲ

Θεῷ

ἡμῶν

ἡ

δόξα

καὶ

ἡ

τιμὴ,

καὶ

τὸ

κράτος

εἰς

τοὺς

αἰῶνας

τῶν

αἰῶνων.

[Marianus, prefect of Illyricum, pleasing to God, the envious demon, with gluttony,] Marianus, a certain man illustrious in race and riches c, and being one of the senate with the emperors, was ordered by them to administer also the prefecture of the Illyrian nation, and when he had come to the metropolis of the Thessalonians, guarded by God, and was governing the reins of justice holily and piously, and was also pleasing to God, and was celebrated by the peoples with thanksgiving, he was held in hatred by the devil, who envies all good men. And first indeed there were suggested to him by the latter thoughts of gluttony, and affections of carnal desires, gradually consuming within the peace and tranquillity of his soul: and hence again, like a flame, was kindled the root of evils, as the Apostle said, avarice, whose branches are the multitude of passions, and its fruit death, second to those who are cast into the lake of unquenchable fire.

[2] Since, then, this great man loved the virtues, and rather adorned his dignity avarice, anger, than was adorned by it, curbing the flesh with continence, he wholly extinguished its pleasures. And thereafter he cast away riches and the superabundance of necessary things, the snares of avarice, no otherwise than as a certain defilement and a vessel corrupting the soul. The most perverse demon, considering such brave deeds of the man, and knowing that the author of the proverbs had said that powerful men are prone to anger, tried to rouse him too to anger and fury against those who were subject to him, if in some way he could thereby make him displeasing to God, adding grief to him, namely that the things which he had meditated in his mind were not brought to an end; for the frustration of hope, he said, generates the grief of vengeance.

[3] with sloth, distrust, But when he had cut through these two snares also by meekness, and by the humanity arising from his knowing that both he himself and those who were subject to him were the same handiwork, at length the wicked one afflicted him with sloth, the sixth shoot of malice, and suggested that there would be no reward for those labours, secretly sowing distrust of the promises of our Saviour, and overwhelming and as it were burying his mind in forgetfulness of the perpetual glory of the things to come. And at the same time he put under the thoughts of that most excellent man that much toil and no moderate sweat is required for the virtues of the soul, and that the only reward is this, and rest from the fame of men; hence, turning himself to singing the praises of his virtues, he strove to make him easy to be stormed by the esteem of a good name among those who obeyed him, and by the seventh demon of the passions, I mean vainglory.

[4] of vainglory, But since he, by Christ's help, seemed to rule not so much those who were subject to him as himself, and was constantly mindful of the goods promised by God to those who patiently bear tribulations in this world, and also in a manner unceasingly made meditation on the eternal punishments which God threatens to those who lead a slothful life here, he drove away sloth indeed by endurance through firm faith, and, subduing vainglory by the fear of gehenna, turned it into humility, so that at length, the seven suggestions of that malice being overcome, and their snares trodden down like a heap of chaff by Christ's help, the enemy gnashed his teeth against him, and his armour from the navel of the belly, as they say, the strongest engine for storming souls, the first-born shoot of malice, with which the serpent too, the author of evils before all, transfixed himself by the distortion of evil thoughts, on account of which he fell from heaven, cast down to earth.

[5] and of pride And what is that? The incurable rot of pride, beloved, the head and crown of malice, the first and supreme disease of rational substance: first indeed, because by it first, as they say, Satan was voluntarily pierced; supreme, because no passion surpasses it in malice. This last and difficult fight the common enemy of human nature rouses by his suggestions against the man, secretly inserting in him thoughts of this kind: Behold, he says, by thy continence and prudence thou hast overcome all the affections of soul and body, by its rational part thou hast skilfully and prudently curbed the heats of the mind and of lust itself, and thou hast made all the wiles of the demons go off into air; by thee gluttony has been reduced to servitude, the incontinence of the flesh, the passion of the love of pleasures, has been subdued, avarice has been trodden down, anger has been swallowed up by meekness, sadness about worldly things has been broken by the hope of incorruption, the neglect of the virtues has been overcome through faith, and its faculty, I mean patience; vainglory, or, to say what the thing is, the desire of glory and of pleasing men, lies vanquished by the concealment of the virtues.

[6] Having become superior, therefore, to all these, most blessed prefect, and most glorious before God and men, with temptations in vain how to the Saints, by the very virtue of thy soul, not by heavenly help (nor

would a crown hang over thee if it came about by another's aid), having become great, art thou not near? The wicked counsellor, suggesting these things to the thoughts of the said most blessed prefect Marianus, roused the man to haughtiness, and tried to persuade him that he had the virtues which we have mentioned from himself, and not from the help of God, so that, if it should happen that he assented to his counsel, God, provoked to wrath as not having received the due thanksgiving, would deprive him of His help, and the most wicked one, finding him alone, might carry out in him all his desire, according to what is written.

[7] But when in this too Belial was vanquished by Christ, having attacked, he strikes him with a most grievous disease, the most blessed Marianus imploring the divine help and saying: For Thou art God, who teachest man knowledge, the founder of the soul and creator of the body, and the joiner of their union, and the dispenser of their separation as is fitting, and again the provider, in the resurrection of the dead, of the re-forming, and of the unconfused tempering and eternal life in incorruption, and the maker of miracles; and humbling himself with many other like things, and attributing all glory and thanksgiving to God, the envious demon, since he found no snare against his soul, at length turned himself to attacking his body, and, testing him no otherwise than Job (for unless God grants it he has no power even against swine, as the Gospel shows, much less against a man, and that a pious one), struck the man with the plague of bodily paralysis, so that all his members lay closed up in bed, nor was it given to any of the parts of the body to be moved at all of itself, but even food had to be brought to his mouth by others' hands.

[8] Besides, physicians being called together, not of the city only but also of the whole region, on account of the nobility of the person, for whose healing, when all remedies had been applied in vain, a diverse display of the whole medical art was made upon him: outwardly, the artifices of every kind of mixture of drugs, softening the outward hardness of the body; various administrations by mouth of draughts mixed from many things, inwardly reviving and strengthening the ill-affected and collapsing constitution by a contrary conflict; and below were introduced mixtures easy of discharge, most skilfully devised, easily loosing the winds of the intestines which found no exit, and driving out through the lower parts that black matter widely spread and borne to the very brain. And when these and other like things had been done about the man, they increased the disease of the body, and threw despair into the mind, so that from the dejection of mind the evil became twice as great, nor did the man have any hope in all human help, and those who were of his household were preparing the things pertaining to his death.

[9] Then one of those who seemed to be borne toward him with greater affection, approaching, said silently in his ear: There is a certain man who told me that you, O master, can be made well, if you will wear from your neck a written parchment which I give you. nor did the pious man, as superstitious And blessed Marianus answered, and said: What is it, he says, that is inscribed on the parchment? And the servant said: When I inquired rather curiously out of my care for you, he did not wish even this to be hidden, but said that he had written certain letters on it, and asterisks and semicircles, and certain other figures surrounded inside and outside by Hebrew letters and by many names of unknown things. For what need is there to learn the power and figures of the things inscribed? We, all your servants, have one aim, that you may obtain health, and that we all, and perhaps the whole city, may not be grieved by your death, living, even to the tomb.

[10] a remedy applied to himself Take, then, master, this little parchment and wear it, and both be healed yourself, and free all yours from hurtful pain and the sadness conceived about you. But the truly faithful prefect, most glorious before God, said to him with a grim countenance: First indeed, most futile and most pernicious counsellor of the soul, whence is it established for me that by wearing the parchment I shall drive away the disease? Nay rather, since he who wrote them is unwilling to declare the force of the things written on it, how is it not manifest that nothing good is written in it? For the light, according to the Apostle, makes itself manifest. And even if you should assert that I shall altogether obtain health by wearing those superstitious letters, I am willing that the body be well, but not that the soul suffer loss, not even if it were proposed to me to gain the whole world. Away, therefore, and do not bring forth like words to me any more. And the servant said: Have you then chosen, lord, to deprive yourself of life, that you may also kill us before you?

[11] to be healed, he would, St. Demetrius, appearing in sleep, him The prefect answered: I do not kill you, nor myself either. Even if I am to depart from the body, yet I shall save my soul through faith in Christ, and by not willing that a benefit be conferred on me by the superstition of diabolical fraud d, wholly turning away from a benefit prepared by a foreign power. For how could those who, through excess of malice, strip themselves of the true will to do good, ever confer a benefit? For those to whom it is not available to be well, how should they bestow it on others? Their promise, therefore, is an illusion, and nothing else than manifest imposture. The servant being repulsed with these words, for much pain and weariness of soul and body he fell asleep, and saw in sleep a certain one who was among his true friends, and at the same time very well known and conspicuous in the imperial court, Demetrius, saying to him: What ails you, most beloved, and why do you take it hard? Make me know quickly. Perhaps I shall be able to persuade you of some of the things which bring a remedy. And the prefect, answering in sleep, said to him:

[12] complaining modestly of his wretched state, What do I have of those who are among the living, and what do I not have of those who lie in the sepulchre? For with my whole head ill-affected, I possess all the faculties of sense in vain. For I have neither eyes which see clearly, nor hearing which hears anything besides the greatest noises; but neither does my nose discern aptly the quality of the things which it smells, nor in my tongue do sweet things differ from bitter. For so is the whole body changed that even touching hot things I seem to be cooled, and applied to cold things I think myself warmed. Further, shoulders and arms and hands hang idle from the body only. Wherever motion impels, not where I will, I am borne. For although to will is present with me, to be able is not available. I suffer the same also about thighs and knees and arms and the very soles of my feet. In appearance indeed those members seem to be mine, but in operation another's, and not mine. What, then, have you which you may advise or do for us, sunk in so evil a sea of diseases, O beloved head?

[13] And Demetrius, the genuine one namely, answered: bids him be of good heart, First indeed I advise you that, looking to the providence of God, the founder of all things, you be of good heart, and be not overwhelmed by sadness, which brings loss to the soul. For you know yourself that every disease comes for the benefit of the sick, the provident power of God, who created us, granting it; for if he be just, it is given him even to be sick, lest he be lifted up, but rather that he may shine the more, like gold which has been made more proved by fire in a vessel; if he be a sinner, it is granted him to be sick, that, paying penalties here for his sins, he may be clothed with much mercy in the future judgement, according to what is said by the prophet Nahum: The Lord will not judge twice for the same thing in tribulation. The prefect replies: If he who labours with ill health suffers placidly, you say rightly: but if, pressed by pain, he is even kindled to anger, and hence utters words worthy of hatred, the evil is twofold; for both the body is the more tortured, and he heaps sins upon sins of the soul; which I see done in me. The lovable one, namely Demetrius, says to him:

[14] I have received your humility, most glorious on earth, and admonishes that he will obtain health in the house dedicated to him. which wins you glory in the heavens. From this bodily disease, therefore, our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ granting power for it, you will quickly be freed. Come, therefore, into my house, and implore help, and there you will see the Glory of God manifested to you through me. And when blessed Marianus had awakened, and had narrated to those standing by the things that had been seen by him in sleep, he said lamenting: And where now shall I find you or your house, my lord and most sincere Demetrius, you indeed staying in the city in which the empire is, but I lying at Thessalonica! Alas for wretched me! With how great joy what I saw in sleep cheered me, with so great sadness what I found awake has pressed me down! Then one of those standing by, moved by God, answered: I will show you, lord, your patron and true friend, and after God your lord Demetrius, who, both staying now in the ruling city and dwelling here, stands there by the emperor of all things, and does not forsake him who is here.

[15] But this is possible to none of those who bear flesh and blood, What this is. Marianus, taught by the servant, but to the most holy and pre-eminent martyr of Christ Demetrius it is even very easy. For with his immaterial soul and pure faith he inhabits the royal city which is above, Jerusalem, and does not leave Thessalonica, which nourished him. He has therefore houses in both cities. And he admonished you, my lord, that, coming to his house, you should obtain health. Let us consider, then, whether it is possible for you, bearing a body, to go to his house which is in the heavenly Jerusalem. For he promised that this too would free you from disease. But it is not natural for us now to attain with an earthly body the things which are there. It remains, therefore, that he who spoke to you in sleep made discourse about his venerable house which is in this metropolis of the Thessalonians, guarded by God.

[16] and carried to the same, Why then do we delay, master, and do not go away, and put off the visitation to be made by him? And, these things said, the servant lifted his master from the bed, and, having taken him up with his other fellow servants, a seat being constructed for him whose sides on either hand were joined together, they carried him with their hands (for he could not easily be borne on a horse) into the venerable temple of the most glorious Martyr. And when he had entered, and perceived the adornment of the church, and the spiritual odour of it which, like the paradise of God, nourishes the souls of the faithful, he said to the domestics who were carrying him: Lay me down on the bare pavement. And they indeed did not wish to, because he was immovable in every part of his body, yet, he commanding more strictly, they unwillingly obeyed. And he, cast upon the marble floor, and raising only his eyes (for, his sinews being wholly dissolved, he could not move his head), prayed in this manner:

[17] poured out, which is recited here, Holy and most blessed victor in contests, and genuine servant of Christ, who, having given thy soul for Him, hast gained the souls of many too, and brought them to Him; who, having beheld thy body wounded with lances for Him, and magnified, snatchest even until now the bodies of many from the teeth of the lion,

and consecratest and offerest them to God by an honourable manner of living. For although thou art not now present with us sensibly, yet thy teaching and benevolence, pervading every region, and moving hearts like a living voice, both soften them and heal and convert them, and bring them to God filled with faith and adorned with a right manner of living; indeed I have both heard and believed that thy visitation has driven away many diseases. Since, then, my lord, after God thou art above me too, pour out the grace of healings given thee by Him upon me, a new paralytic, who flee to the pool of thy bowels of mercy.

[18] For although I have not had thirty-eight years in infirmity, to the Saint, a prolix yet I have surpassed it thirty-eight times over in pains. And why? Altogether because I have surpassed it in sins too. As, then, thou didst imitate Christ, thy God, in gentleness and goodness and the exercise of teaching, emulate Him also in mercy and in humanity, and, emulating, pour out upon me thy mercy and thy compassionate healings. For if my sins do not hinder thy will, He who crowned thee has granted thee also to effect it and to be able. As, then, that man, as soon as God said, Arise and take up thy bed and walk, obtained power answering to the word, so do thou too, as the domestic of God, and clothed with His grace from that time at which thou didst enter the contest for Him, crowned with victory, be willing that it be done in me also. And I will proclaim thy power, proved by its effect. I shall be raised up, and shall leap like a lame hart, and shall take up not only my bed, like that ancient paralytic, but also gifts, which I shall offer to thy house in thanksgiving.

[19] For thus through thee, most merciful Martyr of the Lord, prayer, by him, again to him glory and honour and adoration shall be given to Him and to the Father and to the Holy Spirit by the men who now see me and shall hereafter remember me, and by the powers above, for ages of ages. Amen. And when he had said these things with tears, all hearing, he enjoined his servants to take him up and place him on the ground on a bed prepared there. And, being placed, he was at once seized by sleep for weariness of body and sadness of soul; and behold, he again beheld in sleep him whom he had seen before also, the most glorious man Demetrius, adorned with every virtue, saying to him: Rightly obeying, and rightly considering the things which were said to you by me, you have rightly come: and therefore with God I shall fulfil the things that were promised you. But to restore your body to health is not indeed a great thing for me; but that your soul, after the healing of the body, should remain in that state in which it now is, inclined to good, this is difficult.

[20] For souls are wont in a manner, when pressed by adversities, appearing and speaking in sleep, out of the tribulation of evils and pains, according to what is written, to confess His dominion, and to submit themselves with prayers and supplications, according to what is sung in the Psalms: When He slew them, then they sought Him, and they returned and watched for God; but when they have obtained quiet, and prosperity and a life free of grief, both to glory and to be lifted up, so that they speak injustices not only against men but also against God. Again it is written: And Jacob ate and was filled. And the beloved kicked; he grew fat, he grew thick, and forsook God who made him, and departed from God his saviour. If, then, you make me secure by a certain and sincere promise that, healed in body, you will keep whole the health of your soul which you now have (I mean humility, and charity toward God and neighbour), the help of Christ through me is ready for you. And when he had said that he knew his sincere Marianus had never been lifted up by pride, he who was adorned with the cultivation of all the virtues, namely Demetrius, answered:

[21] You have no evil, most beloved, do not lose heart; he is suddenly restored to health, and, stroking his head with his right hand, and raising his neck, and binding his shoulders together with his breast, and touching his whole body, he spoke in this manner: Christ our God heals you, who raises up those who are dashed down; and at once the prefect, the voice still as it were sounding in him, awoke, and, weeping sweetly for joy, wished to narrate to his servants the things which had been seen by him. And while he was narrating the things which had happened up to the admonition and exhortation and the promise made by him with tears, he moved only his tongue, the rest of his body remaining immovable; but when he began to narrate how, the man saying to him, Christ our God heals you, who raises up those who are dashed down, he at once, the speech not yet completed, raised up of himself, had sat on the bed spread on the ground on which he was lying, and did not understand what had been done (for he was as it were carried out of himself for joy), he asked that he might rise and go out in public. And they, wondering at the miracle more than he himself, and being able to answer nothing, scarcely coming back to themselves, and running to those who dwelt in the neighbourhood, because the praetorium of the prefects was far away, borrowed a tunic and a belt and a military cloak and shoes.

[22] and the highest thanks to the holy Martyr for the benefit received, For none of these had they brought there, because they had not thought that such things would ever be necessary for their master, existing immovable. And he, going forward, supported by no one, betook himself to the so-called silver ciborium of the holy and most glorious martyr Demetrius, where some say his most sacred relics lie under the earth. When, therefore, the prefect had come to it on his own feet, turning his face to the in a manner silver little bed which is there, where also the countenance of the same venerable victor in contests is painted, bearing the appearance of a divine countenance, with a cry and tears he said: Behold, most holy martyr Demetrius, thou indeed hast fulfilled the things which thou didst promise concerning my body; but the things which I have proposed to keep (I mean lowliness of mind in thoughts), it is again thine to grant through thy intercession with God. For thou knowest that man is mutable both in body and in soul, and always much in need of divine help.

[23] having also distributed very many gifts among the needy, he renders. And I hasten to fulfil in deed the things which pertain to thy cult, and which I have promised; and at once, having gone out of that divine temple, and not wishing to sit on a horse, as is the custom of princes, he betook himself on his own feet to his praetorium, and, having taken the things which he needed, returned again to the venerable church of the Martyr, and when he had deposited there both precious and many gold and silver gifts, and no small quantity in gold staters, he went out of the church for a little while, and, sitting on a throne, ordered it to be proclaimed through the city that all the needy, and those pressed by whatever necessities, should come to him; and when very many, so that they exceeded number, had been gathered, all were made partakers of the gifts of God and of the most glorious martyr Demetrius through his servant the prefect Marianus. And if anyone should suspect that I say what is false, let him unroll the writing set up here from the place of studies, outside the temple, on the outer wall near the stadium of the city, and, convinced by the testimony, he will give credence to what has been said. To our God be glory and honour and power for ages of ages. Amen e.

ANNOTATIONS.

* διυπνισθεὶς.

CHAPTER II.

Of a prefect of the army, healed through the Saint of an incurable flux of blood.

ἈΝὴρ

τίς

τῶν

ἐν

γένει

λαμπρὸς,

τῇ

δὲ

πίστει

λαμπρότερος,

τὴν

ἔντιμον

στρατειὰν

τῶν

ὑπὸ

τὴν

τοῦ

Ἰλλυρικοῦ

ἔπαρχου

ἀρχὴν

διοίκων,

ῥύσιν

αἵματος

διὰ

γαστρὸς

ἔπασχεν

ἀφόρητον·

εἶτα

δὲ

πάσης

σχεδὸν

τῆς

πόλεως

ὑπεραλγούσης

τοῦ

ἀνδρὸς

διὰ

τὸ

πᾶσιν

εἷναι

εὐπροσήγορον,

καὶ

καταθύμιον

τοῖς

τρόποις,

καὶ

πάσης

μηχανῆς

καὶ

ἐπιστήμης

ἰατρικῆς

εἰς

αὐτὸν

ἐγγυμασθείσης,

καὶ

ἀπράκτου

μεινάσης

διὰ

τὸ

μὴ

δόλως

ὑπενδοῦναι

τὴν

φορὰν

τοῦ

αἵματος,

ὡς

λοιπὸν

ἐν

ταῖς

τελευταίαις

κεῖσθαι

τὸν

ἄνδρα

πνοαῖς

τῆς

τοῦ

πάθους

σφοδρότητος

καταγαλωσάσης

τὴν

δύναμιν,

ἄφνω

τοὺς

ὀφθαλμοὺς

διάρας

ἠρέμα

λέγει

τοῖς

ἰδίοις,

βαστάσαντες

ἀπαγάγετέ

με

εἰς

τὸν

οἶκον

τοῦ

προστάτου

τῆς

πόλεως

ἡμῶν.

Οἱ

δὲ

μετὰ

φόβου

ἀποκριθέντες

λέγουσιν

αὐτῷ,

εἰς

ποίου

προστάτου

οἶκον

κελεύεις

ἡμῖν

ἀπαγάγειν

σε;

λέγει

αὐτοῖς,

τοῦ

πρώτου·

οἱ

δὲ

φασὶν,

πρώτου

τινῶν;

εἰπε

ἡμῖν

τὸ

ὄνομα,

δἐσποτα.

Ὁ

δὲ

ἐμβλέψας

αὐτοῖς

λέγει:

ἔστω

ἐγὼ

διὰ

τὴν

νόσον

ἔλαττον

φρονῶ,

πῶς

καὶ

ὑμεἷς

ὑγιαίνοντες

ἀφρονεῖτε;

οὐκ

ἴστε,

ὅτι

πολλοὺς

μὲν

ἔχει

προστάτας

ἡ

πόλις

παρὰ

Θεῷ;

ἕνα

δὲ

τὸν

πρῶτον

αὐτῶν

διὰ

Χριστοῦ

ἐκληρώσατο,

τὸν

καὶ

ἐκθύμως

καὶ

θερμῶς

ὑπερμαχοῦντα

αὐθῆς

εἰς

ἀεὶ,

ὅν

ὡς

τεῖχος

ἀκαταμάχητον,

οὐ

μόνον

ἡ

πόλις,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

ἡ

πᾶσα

χώρα

κεκλήρωται.

[25] Ἀπαγάγετέ

με

τοιγαροῦν

εἰς

τὸν

οἶκον

αὐτοῦ.

Ἢ

γὰρ

ἐπισκεψάμενος

ἐλεῆ

με,

ἢ

καὶ

τελευτώντος

μου

ἐκεῖσε

ἀποδέξεταί

μου

τὴν

πρόθεσιν,

καὶ

ἐν

τῇ

μελλούσῃ

παραστάσει

τοῦ

φοβεροῦ

βήματος

τοῦ

Χριστοῦ

πρεσβεύσας

ἐξελεῖται

με

τῆς

κολάσεως.

Οἱ

δὲ

ταῦτα

ἀκούσαντες,

συνῆκαν

ὅτι

περὶ

τοῦ

ἁγιοδώρου

ναοῦ

λέγει

τοῦ

πανενδόξου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου,

καὶ

τὴν

ταχίστην

ἄραντες

ἀπήγαγον

αὐτὸν

ἐκεῖσε.

Ποῖα

τοίνοιν

γλῶσσα,

φιλόχριστοι

ἀδελφοὶ,

ἐξισχύει

τὸ

μέγεθος

διασαφῆσαι

τοῦ

θαύματος;

ποῖος

δὲ

νοῦς

ὅλως

συνεπαρθῆναι

κἂν

ταῖς

ἐννοίαις

δυνήσεται

τῇ

πολυσπλάγνῳ

μεγαλοφυΐα

τοῦ

μάρτυρος;

Ὅν

γὰρ

οὐ

πλοῦτος,

οὐ

γένος,

οὐ

βοηθημάτων,

οὐκ

ἱατρικῆς

ἐπιστήμης

ἰαματοφόροι

ἐπινοίαι,

οὐχὶ

τῶν

λεγομένων

περιαμμάτων

πληθὺς

ὠφελῆσαι

κἄν

τὶ

βραχύτατον

ἴσχυσεν,

οὐ

δὲ

γὰρ

τούτων

ἐφείσαντο

πᾶσαν

πεῖραν

προσάγοντες

αὐτῷ

οἱ

πρὸς

γένος

διὰ

τὴν

ἀπορίαν,

καὶ

ἀπόγνωσιν

τοῦ

νοσήματος,

καίτοι

γινώσκοντες

ὡς

ἀπηγορευομένῳ

πράγματι

ἐγχειροῦσιν,

τοῦτον

ὁ

μιμητὴς

τοῦ

οἰκείου

δεσπότου,

ὁ

σωζοπολίτης

ὄντως

καὶ

ὑπερένδοξος

ἀθλοφόρος

Χριστοῦ

ἐν

ὀλιγίστῳ

πάνυ

καιροῦ

διαστήματι

ὑγιῆ

καὶ

ἀσινῆ,

καὶ

ἐῤῥωμένον

παρέστησεν,

οὐ

μόνος

σωματικῶς,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

ψυχικῶς.

[26] Οῦτως

καὶ

συνέσεως

πλησθεὶς

ὁ

ἀνὴρ

διὰ

τῆς

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

χάριτος,

πάντων

ἐκπεπληγμένων,

καὶ

τρόπον

τινὰ

ἐξεστηκότων

ἐπὶ

τῇ

ἀπροσδοκήτῳ

αὐτοῦ

ὑγίᾳ,

καὶ

τῷ

τάχει

αὐτῆς,

εἶπεν

πρὸς

τοὺς

παρεστῶτας,

ἀνοίξας

τὸ

στόμα

εὐσταθῶς

ἐξομολογούμενος

τῷ

τῶν

ὅλων

δεσπότῃ

Θεῷ.

Τίς

λαλήσει

τὰς

δυναστείας

τοῦ

Κυρίου,

φιλόθεοι

καὶ

ἀγαπητοὶ

ἀδελφοὶ;

ἥ

τίς

ἀκουστὰς

ποιήσει

πᾶσας

τὰς

αἰνέσεις

αὐτοῦ;

τίς

γὰρ

ὡς

κὐριος

ὁ

Θεὸς

ἡμῶν

ὁ

ἐν

ὑψηλοῖς

κατοικῶν,

καὶ

τὰ

ταπεινὰ

ἐφορῶν

ἐν

τῷ

οὐρανῷ

καὶ

ἐν

τῇ

γῇ·

ὁ

ἐνδοξαζόμενος

ἐν

βουλῇ

ἁγίων

μέγας

καὶ

φοβερὸς

ἐστὶν;

Ὄντως

ἐν

βουλᾖ

εὐθέων

καὶ

συναγωγῇ

μεγάλα

τὰ

ἔργα

Κυρίου,

ἔπαισε,

καὶ

αἱ

χεῖρες

αὐτοῦ

ἰάσαντο.

Ἑξάκις

ἐξ

ἀναγκῶν

ἐξέλειταί

σε,

εἶπεν

τίς

τῷ

Ἰώβ·

ἐμὲ

δὲ

μυριάκις

ἐκ

πλημμελημάτων

εἰς

ἀφύκτους

ἀνάγκας

ἐμπεπτοκότα

καὶ

περιστάσεις,

διὰ

τοὺς

ἀφάτους

αὐτοῦ

καὶ

ἀνυπερβλήτους

οἰκτειρμοὺς

ἐξείλετο·

ἐν

δὲ

τῶ

ἑβδόμῳ,

φησὶν,

οὐ

μὴ

ἅψηταί

σου

κακὸν,

τουτέστιν

ἐν

τῷ

κεφαλαίῳ,

ἤγουν

τῷ

πληρώματι

τῆς

ψυχικῆς

διορθώσεως.

Πολλὰ

τῇ

περιφορᾷ

τοῦ

βίου

πλέων

ὁ

ἄνθρωπος

καὶ

συγχωρούμενος

ὑπὸ

τῆς

Θείας

προνοίας

περιβάλλεσθαι

διὰ

τοῦ

ἐχθροῦ

περιστάσεσιν,

καὶ

ἀνάγκαις

εἰς

ἐπιστροφὴν

αὐτοῦ

καὶ

ὠφέλειαν.

[27] Οὐδὲν

γὰρ

τῶν

ὑπὸ

Θεοῦ

γινομένων,

ἢ

συγχωρουμένων

γίνεσθαι

πέφυκεν

ἀνωφελές·

εἶτα

τὴν

ἀσθένειαν

ἡμῶν

γινωσκούσης

αὐτῆς

θείας

τῆς

προνοίας

καὶ

ἀντιλαμβανομένης,

καὶ

κουφιζούσης,

καὶ

ἐξαιρουμένης

τὸν

ἄνθρωπον

ἐκ

τῶν

ἀναγκῶν,

ὡς

προείρηται,

φυσικῇ

πῶς

ἀκολουθίᾳ

καταναγκασθήσεται

ἡ

νήφουσα

ψυχὴ

τὰ

ἑαυτῆς

πταίσματα

λογιζομένη,

καὶ

τὸ

πλήμμυρον

τῆς

φιλανθρωπίας

τοῦ

Θέοῦ

εἰς

διόρθωσιν

ῥέψαι,

καὶ

τὸν

κτίστην

διὰ

πολιτείας

σοφρόνως

ἀποθεραπεῦσαι,

ὅπερ

ἐστὶν,

ὡς

ἀνὡτέρω

λέλεκται,

ὅτι

ἐν

τῷ

ἑβδόμῳ

οὐ

μὴ

ἅψηταί

σου

κακὸν·

λοιπὸν

γὰρ

ὁ

ἄνθρωπος

εἰς

ἐπίγνωσιν

τρεπόμενος

καὶ

ἐπιστροφὴν

ἐκ

τῆς

ἀφάτου

εὐεργεσίας

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

σωφρονισθεὶς,

καὶ

πολιτευόμενος

ὀρθῶς

καὶ

φιλοκρίστως

ἐνδύεται

σχεδὸν

εἰπεῖν

αἰσθητῶς

τὸ

χάρισμα

τοῦ

ἁγίου

πνεύματος,

ἤγουν

τὴν

αὐτοῦ

ἐπισκίασιν,

ὅτε

καὶ

ἡ

ἁγία

Τριὰς

ἐπιφοιτῶσα

πατὴρ,

καὶ

υἱὸς,

καὶ

ἅγιον

πνεῦμα,

μονὴν

παρ᾽

αὐτοῦ

ποιῆται,

ὡς

μηκέτι

ἅπτεσθαι

αὐτοῦ

κακὸν

φρουρουμένου

θεοπρεπῶς.

[28] Ἐγὼ

οὖν

ὁ

τάλας

οὐκ

ἑξάκις

τῶ

ἀριθμῷ,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

πολλὰ

πλεονάκις

πέπτωκα

δι᾽

ἁμαρτιῶν

ἐν

ἀνάγκαις,

εἶτα

ἐῤῥύσθην

τοῦ

ἀμετρίτου

ἐλέους

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

ὑπερβλήσαντος

καὶ

κατακλύσαντος

μου

τὰς

ἁμαρτίας·

ἡ

δὲ

νῦν

περὶ

ἐμὲ

γεγενημένη

διὰ

τοῦ

ἀθλοφόρου

ἐπίσκεψις

οὐχ

ὑπελείπετο

περίστασιν

μείζονα

προγενομένην,

οἶμαι

δὲ

οὔτε

μέλλουσαν

ἔσεσθαι·

τίς

γὰρ

μεῖζων

ἀνάγκη

τοῦ

εἰς

πυθμένα

με

ἄδου

κατελθεῖν

καὶ

ψυχῇ

καὶ

σώματι,

λέγω

δὴ

καὶ

ἁμαρτίαις

καὶ

ἀνιάτῳ

νοσήματι,

ὡς

ἀνελθόντα

με

ἀπροστδοκήτως

κράζειν

ἐμφανῶς

τὰ

τοῦ

ἁγίου

Δαυΐδ

τῷ

Θεῷ,

ὅτι

ἐῤῥύσω

τὴν

ψυχήν

μου

ἐξ

ἅδου

κατωτάτου·

καὶ

πάλιν

μετὰ

τοῦ

βασιλέως

Ἐζεκίου,

ὅτι

εἴλω

μου

τὴν

ψυχὴν,

ἵνα

μὴ

ἀπόληται,

καὶ

ἀπέῤῥιψας

ὀπίσω

μου

πᾶσας

τὰς

ἁμαρτίας

μου.

[29] Πιστεὐω

γὰρ

τῷ

θαυματουργήσαντι

Θεῷ

δια

τοῦ

ἀθλοφόρου

αὐτοῦ

εἰς

ἐμὲ,

ὅτι

ὡς

τὴν

ἀπηλπισμένην

νόσον

τοῦ

σώματος

ἐφυγάδευσεν,

οὕτως

καὶ

τῆς

ψυχῆς

τὰ

τραύματα

θεραπεύσει,

καὶ

οὐ

μόνον

θεραπεύσει,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

φυλάξει

τῆς

εἰς

τὸ

πάλιν

τούτων

ἐπανόδου:

φιλυπόστρατα * γὰρ

τὰ

τοιαῦτα

νοσήματα

τοῖς

μὴ

διὰ

προσευχῆς

καὶ

πολιτείας

ἁγνῆς

τὴν

ὑπὸ

τοῦ

κρείττονος

φυλακὴν

κεκτημένοις·

καὶ

ταῦτα

εἰπὼν,

εὐξάμενος

καθ᾽

αὐτὸν

ἐπὶ

πολὺ

μετὰ

δακρύων,

ἐξῆλθεν

σὺν

τοῖς

αὑτοῦ

χαίρων

καὶ

εὐχαριστῶν

τῷ

Θεῷ,

καὶ

τῷ

μεσίτῃ

τῆς

χάριτος

αὐτοῦ

τῷ

ἁγίῳ

καὶ

πανενδόξῳ

μάρτυρι

Δημητρίῳ.

Ὅτι

αὐτῷ

πρέπει

πᾶσα

δόξα,

τιμὴ,

καὶ

προσκύνησις

νῦν

καὶ

ἀεὶ,

καὶ

εἰς

τοὺς

αἰῶνας

τῶν

αἰώνων.

[A prefect, labouring with a flux of blood, to the Saint's temple, by his own order] A certain man, illustrious in race but more illustrious in faith, governing the notable troop of those who were under the command of the prefect of Illyricum b, was suffering an intolerable flux of blood from the belly: and when almost the whole city grieved with the man, because he was both affable to all and sweet in manners, and every medical art and science had been exhausted upon him and remained without effect, because the flux of blood remitted nothing at all, so that, his strength being worn down by the vehemence of the disease, the man at length lay at the point of death, unexpectedly raising his eyes little by little, he said to his servants: Carry me, taken up, to the house of the protector of our city. And they, answering with fear, say to him: To the house of which protector do you order us to carry you? He says to them: Of the First; they say: Of which first? Tell us the name, master. And he, looking at them, says: Be it so: I am less wise on account of my disease; how are you too, being in good health, foolish? Do you not know that the city has many protectors with God, but has obtained through Christ one, the first of them c, who always fights spiritedly and eagerly for it; whom not only the city but every region has received as its lot as an impregnable wall?

[25] Carry me, therefore, to his house. For either, visiting, he will have mercy on me, [carried, there he is prodigiously healed of the evil, which could be driven away by no art,] or certainly, when I have died there, he will receive my soul and, interceding in the future presence of the dreadful tribunal of Christ, will snatch me from eternal punishment. They, having heard these things, understood that he was speaking of the temple of the most glorious martyr Demetrius, in which gifts were customarily conferred by the Saint, and, having taken him up most swiftly, carried him thither. What tongue now, brethren lovers of Christ, will be able to set forth the greatness of the miracle? And what mind, even by thinking, will be able to extol with worthy praises the most merciful power of the Martyr? For him whom neither riches, nor race, nor the aids of medicaments, nor of the medical art, which are wont to bring healing, nor the multitude of amulets, as they are customarily called (for his kinsmen, who tried all things upon him, did not refrain even from these, although knowing that they were doing a forbidden thing, on account of the difficulty and desperation of healing the disease), could help even in the least, him the imitator of his Lord, truly the preserver of the city, and victor in the contests of Christ, rendered in a very brief space of time sound and safe not only according to the body but also according to the soul, and restored to his strength.

[26] For thus the man, filled with understanding through the grace of the Martyr, and, glad of the benefit received, in praises of God, prolix, all being struck and in a manner carried out of themselves by the unexpected healing and its swiftness, with open mouth eagerly attributing praise to God, the Lord of all things, said to those standing by: Who shall speak the powers of the Lord, brethren lovers of God and beloved? Or who shall make all His praises heard? For who is like the Lord our God, who, dwelling on high, looks upon the lowly things both in heaven and on earth, who, glorified in the council of the Saints, is great and terrible? Truly in the counsel and congregation of the just are the great works of the Lord: He hath struck, and His hands have healed. Six times He shall deliver thee out of straits d, said a certain one, to Job; but He has very often freed me, fallen through sins into straits and inevitable tribulations, through His ineffable and incredible mercies. But in the seventh, he says, evil shall not touch thee f, that is, in the head, or the completion of spiritual amendment. Often man, who sails on the waves of life, is permitted by divine providence to be surrounded by tribulations and straits by the enemy, for his conversion and benefit.

[27] For nothing of the things which are done or permitted by God is wont to be void. which here into the open For indeed, the same divine providence knowing our infirmity, and helping and raising man up, and, as was said before, snatching him out of straits, the wise soul, weighing its offences, will be compelled by a certain natural fittingness both to turn the abundance of God's mercy into amendment, and to worship the Creator by a right manner of living; which is, as was said above, that evil shall not touch thee in the seventh. For at length man, brought to acknowledgement, and taught by the ineffable kindness of God to understand the things which are of conversion, and living rightly, is clothed from the charity of Christ almost sensibly, so to speak, with the grace of the Holy Spirit, or its overshadowing, when also the holy Trinity, Father and Son and Holy Spirit, approaching, makes its abode with him, that henceforth evil may not touch him, fittingly guarded by God.

[28] is brought, runs on in a prayer, I therefore, wretched, who fell into straits through sins not six times in number but much more often, was afterwards freed, the infinite mercy of God exceeding and covering my sins; and the visitation of the Victor in contests which has now been made concerning me leaves it not uncertain that a greater strait than that which preceded it had not happened before, and I think will not happen. For what greater strait could there be than that I was going down in body and soul — I mean by sins and an incurable disease — into the depth of hell, so that, when I unexpectedly ascended, I openly cried out to God those words of holy David: For Thou hast delivered my soul out of the lowest hell g; and again with king Ezechias: For Thou hast snatched my soul that it should not perish, and hast cast all my sins behind my back h.

[29] and gives thanks to God and to St. Demetrius. For I believe that God, as through the miracle which He wrought in me through His Victor in contests He put to flight the desperate disease of the body, so will also cure the wounds of the soul, and not only cure, but also hinder their return. For diseases of this kind are wont to return to those who are not protected by God through prayer and a right institution of life i. And when, praying most fervently within himself with tears, he had said these things, he went out with his own rejoicing, and giving thanks to God and to the procurer of the benefit conferred on him, the holy and most glorious martyr Demetrius; for to Him all glory, honour and adoration is fitting now and always, etc.

ANNOTATIONS.

a. The chapter

this, or rather the miracle which is narrated in it, bears the following title in the manuscript codex formerly Mazarin's, now royal of Paris, in which it runs from folio 35 to folio 39: Περὶ τοῦ τὴν αἱμόρροιαν ἔχοντος ἐπάρχου, that is, Of the prefect who suffered a flux of blood. Further, because we have that miracle taken not from the cited codex formerly Mazarin's, but from the manuscript codex 821 of the Vatican library, it is therefore published here from this latter literary monument, in which, although it is not marked with the name of John of Thessalonica, it is nevertheless attributed by us to this illustrious writer for the reasons which I adduced in the Annotations subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter a.

e. Eliphaz, namely.

* The Mazarin codex better: φιλυπόστροφα

CHAPTER III.

Of the prodigious care shown by the Saint for the Thessalonians in a plague.

Ἵσον,

ἀδελφοὶ

ἀγαπητοὶ,

καθέστηκεν,

ἄμμον

θαλασσῶν

καὶ

σταγόνας

ὑετοῦ

κατὰ

τὸ

γεγραμμένον

ἀριθμεῖν,

ἢ

τὰς

θαυματουργίας

ἐν

σωματικαῖς

νόσοις

γεγενημένας

ἐκτίθεσθαι

τοῦ

καλλινίκου

καὶ

ὑπερενδόξου

μάρτυρος

Δημητρίου,

καὶ

οὐδήπου

λέγω

τὰς

πάλαι

ἢ

πρόπαλαι

κατὰ

καιροὺς

ἐνφανισθείσας,

ἀλλ᾽

οὐδὲ

τὰς

ἐφ᾽

ἡμῶν

αὐτῶν,

καίτοι

ἀμαρτωλῶν

ὄντων

ἐπιτελεσθείσας

διὰ

τὴν

ἄφατον

αὐτοῦ

καὶ

πατρικὴν

πρὸς

τοὺς

πολίτας

φιλοστοργίαν.

Τούτου

καὶ

τοῦ

ἔναγχος

γεγενημένου

θαυματουργήματος

ἐπιμνησθεὶς

ἔφ

ἕτερα

τρέψω

τὸν

λόγον,

ὃπερ

ἀκούσαντες,

εὐ

οἴδα,

ὄτι

σχεδὸν

οἱ

πάντες

ἐπιγνώσεθε,

καὶ

συμμαρτυρήσετε

τῆ

ἀληθεία.

Πρὸ

γὰρ

λίαν

ὀλιγοστῶν

ἐτῶν

γεγένηται,

καὶ

οὐδενὸς

τῶν

πάντων

οἴμαι

τὴν

ἀκοὴν

διαπέφευγεν,

οἵ

δὲ

πολλοὶ

καὶ

πείρα

τὴν

ἐπισκεπτικὴν

τοῦ

μάρτυρος

φιλανθροπίαν

ἐπέγνωσαν,

ἢ

αὐτοὶ

τῆς

εὐεργεσίας

αἰσθόμενοι,

ἢ

οἰκείους

ἐχόντες

τοὺς

ἐξ

ἀπροσδοκήτου

διαφυγόντας

τὸν

θανατον·

τί

δὲ

μέλλω

καὶ

οὐ

ποιῶ

τῆ

διηγήσει

καταφανὲς

τὸ

λεγόμενον,

μάλιστα

καὶ

τὸ

θαρρεῖν

ἔχων

ὠς

οὐκ

ἀπιστήσομαι

πρὸς

εἰδότας

διαλεγόμενος;

[31] Ἴστε

δήπου,

ἀγαπητοὶ,

τὴν

πρὸ

τινός

ὀλιγοστοῦ

χρόνου

θεήλατον

ἐπελθοῦσαν

τῆ

πόλει

ὀργὴν,

οὐ

τῆ

πόλει

δὲ

μόνον,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

τῆ

χώρα

πάση,

λέγω

δὴ

τὸν

λοιμὸν

ἔκείνον

τὸν

παμφάγον

καὶ

παντοφθόρον

καὶ

ὑπερμέτρον,

τὸν

ὑπερβάντα

μὲν

μεγέθει

κακοῦ

τὰς

ἐκ

Θεοῦ

παιδείας

τοῖς

πώποτε

καταπεμφθείσας,

ἠττηθέντα

δὲ

μόνοις

τοῖς

τῶν

ἡμετέρων

πράξεων

παροργισμοῖς…

Ἀπὸ

γὰρ

τῶν

βραχυτέρων

μαστίγων

ἀρξάμενος,

εἴτα

καὶ

εἰς

τὰς

μέσας

ἐπαναβὰς

ὡς

ἦδεν

ἡμῶν

τὰ

τραύματα

τῆς

ψυχῆς

σκληρώσαντα

καὶ

ἀπεσκληκότα,

καὶ

μὴ

δὲ

καταδέσμοις

ἢ

μαλάγμασιν

εἴκοντα

κατὰ

τὸν

Ἡσαΐαν:

ἀναγκαίως

ὡς

ἄριστος

τῶν

ἀπηλπισμένων

ἰατρὸς

καὶ

τῶν

ἀθεάτων

γνώστης

ἀκριβὴς,

ἐπὶ

τὰς

ἄκρας

ὤρμησεν

ἐπάγωγας·

πρῶτον

μὲν

γὰρ

χειραγωγία

θεοπρεπεῖ

παιδεύων

ἡμᾶς

ὥς

πατὴρ

οὐχ

ἡμῖν,

ἀλλὰ

τοῖς

ἐκ

γῆς

καρποῖς,

εἴτα

καὶ

τοῖς

κτήνεσιν

ἡμῶν

ἐπελθεῖν

ἀφίησι

τὴν

φθορὰν·

[32] Ὤς

δὲ

μηδὲν

κρεῖττον

ἠμᾶς

γεγενημένους

ἐώρα,

τοῖς

ὑπομασθίοις

καὶ

τοῖς

κομιδὴ

παισὶν

ἐπανεβίβασε

τὴν

πληγήν.

Ὥς

δὲ

καὶ

ταύτη

τῆ

τομῆ

μὴ

ὑπεικὸν

διέγνω

τὸ

τῶν

ψυχῶν

ἡμῶν

οἵδημα,

τότε

τὸν

μέγαν

καὶ

δριμὺν

καὶ

ἀνύποιστον

τοῦ

λοιμοῦ

καυτῆρα

δι᾽

ἀγγέλων

ὄντως

πονηρῶν

ἐπαχθῆναι

τῆ

πάση

συνεχώρησε

πόλει

…

πάντες

ἄρδην

ἀπὸ

νηπίου

μέχρις

ἀνδρῶν

ἀνηρπάζοντο,

μόνων

τῶν

ἐν

γήρα

βαθεῖ

πεπεδήμενων.

Ἵνα

γὰρ

μή

τις

εἴποι,

φυσικὴν

τινά

γενομένην

τοῦ

ἀέρος

δυσκρασίαν

τὴν

φθορὰν

τοῖς

ζῶσιν

ἐπενεγκεῖν,

καὶ

ὥς

οὐχὶ

Κυριὸς

ἐποίησε

ταῦτα

πάντα,

τούτου

χάριν

τὸ

νέον

καὶ

ἀνθοῦν

τῆς

ἡλικίας

ἐφθείρετο,

τὸ

δὲ

παλαὶον

καὶ

ἐγγὺς

ἀφανισμοῦ

διετηρεῖτο….

[33] Ἐπεὶ

οὖν

τούτων

καὶ

τῶν

τοιούτων

ἔνοχοι

νοσημάτων

εἰς

τὸν

ὑγιόδωρον

ναὸν

τοῦ

πανσέπτου

κατέφυγον,

ὥς

εἴρηται,

Μάρτυρος,

τότε

καὶ

τῆς

τοῦ

Θεοῦ

φιλανθροπίας

τὸ

μέγεθος,

καὶ

τῆς

ἐνεργοῦς

τοῦ

Ἀθλοφόρου

δυνάμεως

τὸ

κηδεμονικὸν

ἐπεδείκνυντο.

Ὅσους

γὰρ

αὐτὸς

ἐφ᾽

ἑκάστης

νυκτὸς,

ὡς

φιλόπαις

πατὴρ,

ἐπεσκέπτετο,

εὐθὺς

ἑῶθεν

οὖτοι

καὶ

τροφῆς

μετελάμβανον,

καὶ

ποσὶν

οἰκείοις

εἰς

τοῦτο

κατέσπευδον·

οἱ

πρὶν

βρωμάτων

ἀνόρεκτοι,

καὶ

πάντων

δυσάρεστοι,

καὶ

πάντη

ἀκίνητοι

τῶ

μεγέθει

τῶν

νοσημάτων

ὁρώμενοι,

καὶ

ὀλιγοστῶν

ἐντὸς

ἡμερῶν

ὐγιεῖς

καὶ

ἀρτίφρονες

ἀτεχνῶς

τοὺς

ἐαυτῶν

οἴκους

ἀπέτρεχον

ἄφοβοι

ἐχέγγυον

ἀσφάλειαν

ἔχοντες

τοῦ

μὴ

τοῖς

αὐτοῖς

ἀλῶναί

παθήμασι

τὸ

παρὰ

τοῦ

πανενδόξου

Μάρτυρος

τούτους

ἀπολελύσθαι.

Ὅσους

δὲ

κατὰ

τὰς

νύκτας

ἐπισκεπτόμενος

ὑπερέβαινε,

τούτους

ἢ

παραχρῆμα

ὁ

θάναθος

ὑπεδέχετο,

ἢ

μακρονοσία

κάμνοντας

μόλις

οψέποτε

διὰ

χρόνου

ἡ

ἀπαλλαγὴ

τοῦ

νοσήματος

ἔφθανε,

μαλλον

δὲ

οὐδὲ

διὰ

χρόνου,

εἰ

μὴ

σπλαγχνισθεὶς

ὁ

Μάρτυς

εὐμενῶς

ἐπεῖδε

τὸν

κάμνοντα.

[34] Ἀλλ᾽

ὀλιγοστοὶ

μὲν

ἦσαν

οἱ

αὑτόθι

ὥς

ἀνεπίσκοποι

τελευτήσαντες,

ὁλίγω

δὲ

πλείους

τούτων

οἱ

πολυχρονήσαντες

τοῖς

παθήμασιν.

Εἴτα

ἐπισκεφθέντες

εἰς

ὔστερον,

οἰ

δὲ

ταχὺ

τῆς

ὑγιείας

τυγχάνοντες

ἁριθμὸν

ὑπερέβαινον.

Ἀλλὰ

μὴ

τις

ἀδυναμίας

ἢ

ἀσπλαγχνίας

ἢ

προσωποληψίας

ἀσεβῶς

τοῦ

ἐπισκεψαμένου

καταψηφίζηται

Μάρτυρος,

τῶν

δὲ

τῆνικαῦτα

πασχόντων

καὶ

τῶ

τούτου

ναῶ

προσφευγόντων

τὰς

πράξεις

ἀναθρήσας

τῶ

νῶ,

καὶ

τὰ

προσήκοντα,

καὶ

ἀρμόδια

δούλω

γνησίω

Θεοῦ

φιλευσεβῶς

λογισάμενος,

εὐρήσει

πάντως

ἐπωφελῶς

καὶ

ὧς

προνοία

πρέπει

Θεοῦ

καὶ

τοὺς

εὐθὺς

ἐλευθερωθέντας

τῶν

νοσημάτων

ὑγιασθῆναι,

καὶ

τοὺς

παρασυρέντας

ἐν

τούτοις

οἰκονομικῶς

παιδευθῆναι,

καὶ

τοὺς

τάχιστα

τὸν

βίον

ἀπολιπόντας

συμφερόντως

τούτο

παθεῖν,

ὥς

πανταχόθεν

φαίνεσθαι

τῆς

ἐνεργείας

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

τὸ

δυνατὸν

καὶ

προνοητικὸν

καὶ

φιλάνθρωπον.

Πόθεν,

φασὶ,

ταῦτα

πείθεις

ἡμᾶς

τὸν

ὑπερένδοξον

πεπραχέναι

Δημήτριον;

Ὅτι

μὲν

γὰρ

μέγας

παρὰ

Θεῶ

καὶ

δυνατὸς,

καὶ

φιλόπολις,

ὁμολογοῦμεν

καὶ

αὐτοὶ,

ὑποτοπάζομεν

δὲ

μηδένα

τηννικαῦτα

τῶν

ἐκεῖσε

κειμένων

ἰαματικῶς

αὐτὸν

ἐπισκέψασθαι,

διὰ

τὸ

μὴ

θεομηνίαν

ἄντικρυς

εἶναι

τὸ

κατὰ

τὴν

πόλιν

γινόμενον,

καὶ

τῶ

μὴ

προσκροῦσαι

τῶ

ταύτην

ἐκπεπομφότι

Θεῶ

τὸν

ἡμετέρων

πράξεων

τιμώρον.

[35] Καὶ

πῶς,

ὧ

ἀγατοὶ

καὶ

ἀγαπητοὶ,

τῆς

ὑγείας

ἐντὸς

πλείους

τῶν

ἀνακειμένων

ἀπροσδοκήτως

ἐγένοντο,

λίαν

δὲ

βραχεῖς

τῶ

ἀριθμῶ

παρεσύρησαν

τοῖς

νοσήμασι,

πολλῶ

δὲ

τούτων

ἤττους

οἳ

τὴν

ψυχὴν

ἀπορρήξαντες

ἐκ

τοῦ

παρατυχόντος,

καὶ

ὥς

ἂν

συνέβη

τὸ

ἐνσκῆψαν

πάθος

ἢ

κατακρατηθῆναι

τῆ

δυνάμει

τοῦ

κάμνοντος;

Ἀλλὰ

πρῶτον

μὲν

τὸ

ἐκ

τοῦ

παρατυχόντος

λέγειν

τί

γίνεσθαι

τῶν

καλῶν,

οὐδὲ

Χριστιανῶν

ἐστὶν,

ἀλλὰ

τῶν

ἀθέων

καὶ

τὴν

διοικητικὴν

τοῦ

μόνου

Θεοῦ

πρόνοιαν

ἀρνούμενων,

καὶ

αύτομάτως,

καὶ

ὥς

ἔτυχε,

τὰ

πάντα

διεξοδεύεσθαι

δοξαζόντων.

Εἴτα

δὲ

πῶς,

εἴπατέ

μοι,

οἵ

μὲν

ἔξω

τοῦ

ἁγίου

ναοῦ

κατὰ

τοὺς

ἰδίους

οἴκους

νοσήσαντες,

οἵ

πάντες

σχεδὸν

διεφθάρησαν

πλὴν

ὀλίγων,

ὥς

καὶ

ἀτάφους,

ὥς

εἴρηται,

μείναι

τοὺς

πολλοὺς,

οἵ

δὲ

τῶ

πανσέπτω

τεμένει

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

προσφυγόντες

ἄπαντες

σχεδὸν

διεσώθησαν,

πλὴν

ὀλίγων

τῶν

ἐκ

προνοίας

παιδεία

ὑποβληθέντων;

Ἔδει

γὰρ

κάνταῦτα,

εἴπερ

οὐκ

αὐτὸ

ἐβοήθει

καταλλήλως

τῆ

πόλει,

τὸν

λοιμὸν

ἐπισκήψαντα

τοὺς

πλείους

ἀπαλλάξαι,

βράχυτάτους

δὲ

καταλιπεῖν.

[36] Τὸ

δὲ

κατὰ

μὲν

τὰς

ἀγορὰς

καὶ

τοὺς

οἴκους

οὕτως

γενέσθαι,

μόνοις

δὲ

τοῖς

ἐν

τῶ

παναγίω

τεμένει

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

μὴ

τοῦτο

συμβῆναι,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

τουναντίον,

ἐναργὴς

ἀπόδειξις,

τοῦτον

δεσπότην

τοῦ

οἴκου

τὴν

αὐτοῦ

φιλάντρωπον

ἐνεργείαν

ἐπιδείξασθαι.

Ἵνα

δὲ

καὶ

νῦν

πιστεύωμεν

ἅπαντες,

ὥς

προνοία

Θεοῦ

τὰ

πάντα

διαπιπτεῖν,

καὶ

οὐδὲν

τῶν

καλῶν

ἐξαυτομάτου

γίνεται,

ὥς

τινες

ληρωδοῦσι,

τὰς

τοιαύτας

τοῦ

πονηροῦ

ἐννοίας

ἐκ

πρέμνων

αὐτῶν

τῆς

ἡμῶν

καρδίας

ὁ

Θεὸς

ἐκκόψαι

βουλόμενος

ἤνοιξεν

ἐνὸς

τῶν

ἐκεῖσε

τηνικαῦτα

κειμένων

τοὺς

ὀφθαλμοὺς

τοῦ

νοῦ,

καὶ

κατὰ

νύκτα

ὥς

ἐν

ἐκστασει

γινόμενος

ἐώρα

τὸν

Άγιον

χλαμύδα

ἠμφιεσμένον

καὶ

εὔροδον

καὶ

χάριεν

τὸ

πρόσωπον

ἔχοντα,

ὥς

τινὰ

ὕπατον

παρὰ

βασιλέως

ἐξουσίαν

λαβόντα

διανεῖμαι

τῶ

δήμω

τὰς

χάριτας

ἐρχόμενον

καὶ

πάντας

μὲν

ἐπιβλέποντα

τοὺς

κινδυνεύοντας,

τισὶ

δὲ

τήν

ἐπιτιθέντα,

καὶ

τὸν

σταυρὸν

κατασημαίνειν

πειρώμενον.

Τινὰς

δὲ

στυγνῶ

προσώπω

καὶ

μόνον

προσβλέποντα,

ὀλίγους

δὲ

πανὺ

μετὰ

πολλῆς

κατηφείας

καὶ

συνθρωπότητος

ὑπερβαίνοντα,

ὥς

μὴ

δὲ

ἐνορᾶν

αὐτους

ἐθέλειν

διὰ

τὸ

πολὺ

τῆς

πρὸς

αὐτοὺς

λύπης.

[37] Οὖτοι

μὲν

οὖν

ἔωθεν

ἢ

μετὰ

βραχὺ

πάντητε

καὶ

πάντως

ἀπέθνησκον,

οἵ

δὲ

καὶ

στυγνῶ

προσώπω,

ὅμως

δὲ

καταξιωθέντες

τῆς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

σωτηριώδους

εἰσβλέψεως,

οὐ

διεφθείροντο

μὲν,

ἐν

δὲ

τῶ

πάθει

ἐχρόνιζον,

ἄλλ᾽

ευέλπιδες

ἦσαν

άκούσαντες

παρὰ

τοῦ

ἐωρακότος,

ὅτι

ὄλως

κἀν

μετὰ

λύπης

ἐπισκοπῆς

ἠξιώθησαν·

ἐπίστευον

δὲ

τῶ

λέγοντι

ταῦτα

ἐκ

τοῦ

τοὺς

λεγομένους

μὴ

ἐπισκεφθῆναι

παραχρῆμα

τελευτᾶν,

καὶ

πάλιν

τοὺς

ὐποδεικνυμένους

ἐν

ἰλαρότητι

κατασφραγισθῆναι,

ἔωθεν

ἐνθὺ

τὰ

τῆς

ὑγιειας

ἐπιφέρεσθαι

σήμαντρα,

ὡς

μὴ

δὲ

τοὺς

ἰατροὺς

τολμᾶν

τοῖς

τοιούτοις

λοιπὸν

προσεγγίζειν

δεδιότας

μετὰ

τὴν

σφραγίδα

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

ἀνθρωπίνης

τέχνης

προσάγαγειν

βοηθήματα.

[38] αὐτὸς

δὲ,

ὁ

ταῦτα

καταξιωθεὶς

ἰδεῖν,

εἰς

ἦν

τῶν

χρονισάντων

ἐν

τῶ

νοσήματι,

καὶ

τὰς

ἐκάστου

τῶν

εἰρημένων

πραγμάτων

ἐκβάσεις

ἐώρα.

Τοῖστε

γὰρ

εὐθὺς

ἀπροσδοκήτως

ῥωννυμένοις

συνέχαιρε,

τούστε

παρ᾽

εύθὺ

τὸν

βίον

ἀπολιμπάνοντας,

εἰκαὶ

ὀλίγοι

τινὲς

οἱ

τοιοῦτοι

ἤσαν

διὰ

τὸ

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

εὐμενὲς,

ὅμως

κατὰ

τὸ

πρέπον

τῆ

φύσει

ἐδάκρυσε,

τούστε

σὺν

αὐτῶ

τοῖς

πάθεσιν

ἐχρονίζοντας

τοῖς

λόγοις

παρεμυθεῖτο,

τὴν

ὑπομονὴν

ἐντιθείς

καὶ

ἅμα

σὺν

αὐτοῖς

κατακείμενος

ἀξιοπιστότατος

ἐφαίνετο

σύμβουλος,

τοῦ

δεῖν

μετ᾽

εὐχαριστείας

τὰ

επαγόμενα

φέρειν·

ἔλεγε

γὰρ

τοῖς

συγκατακειμένοις

αὐτῶ,

θαρρεῖτε,

ἀδελφοὶ,

πιστεύω

γὰρ

τῶ

Θεῶ,

ὅτι

καὶ

τῶν

ἁμαρτιῶν

ἡμᾶς

ἐλευθεροῖ

διὰ

τοῦ

χρονισμοῦ

τῶν

νοσημάτων;

καὶ

βλέπων

ὡς

εὐχαρίστως

καὶ

μετὰ

προθυμίας

τὴν

παιδείαν

αὐτοῦ

δεχόμεθα

καὶ

ἀγογγυστὶ,

οὐ

βραδύνει

τοῦ

ἀναλαβεῖν

τὰς

ἀσθενείας

ἡμῶν,

καὶ

βαστάσαι

τὰς

νόσους

ἡμῶν.

Διατί

οὖν,

ἔχεις

εἰπεῖν,

ὁ

τοιοῦτος

ἀνὴρ

ἐνεχρόνισε

τῆ

νόσω

καὶ

μέχρι

πολλοῦ

διέμεινε

κατακείμενος

ἐν

τῶ

πανσέπτω

ναῶ,

ὀ

τοιαύτης

θεοπτίας

ἄξιος

φανείς,

καὶ

προφητείας

σχεδὸν

εἰπεῖν

δεξάμενος

χάρισμα,

οὐδὲ

γὰρ,

εἰ

ἀμαρτίαις

οὖτος

ἐπεφόρτιστο,

τοῦ

πανενδόξου

Μάρτυρος

ἑγίνετο

θεωρός.

[39] Οὐ

μέμνη

τῶν

εἰρημένων,

ἀγαπητὲ,

ὡς

οὐδὲν

τῶν

δεόντων

ἐξ

αυτομάτου

καθίσταται,

ἀλλὰ

προνοία

Θεοῦ

διοικεῖται

τὸ

πᾶν;

Ἵνα

οὖν,

ὡς

ἐφημὲν

εἰπόντες,

μὴ

νομίσειεν

τις,

ὥς

ἔτυχε,

γεγενῆσθαι

τὰ

προειρημένα,

λέγω

δὴ

τούστε

διαφθάρεντας

θάττον

θανεῖν,

καὶ

τοὺς

ἰαθέντας

εὐθὺς

ἀναστῆναι,

καὶ

τοὺς

ἐγχρονίσαντας,

ταῖς

νόσοις

βασανισθῆναι

τῷ

διαστήματι,

καὶ

μὴ

διὰ

τῆς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

ἐν

διακρίσει

ἐπισκοπῆς

θεαρέστω

οἰκονομηθῆναι

τηνικαυτα

τὰ

ἐκεῖσε

γενόμενα,

τούτου

χαρίν

ὁ

λεχθεὶς

ἀνὴρ

ἐφυλάχθη

τῆ

νόσω,

ἵνα

τῆ

παραμονῆ

τὸ

πᾶν

θεωρήσας

ἐξηγήσηται

τοῖς

μετ᾽

ἔπειτα.

Τοῦτο

γὰρ

καὶ

αὐτὸς

ἐχρονίζων

τῆ

νόσω

ἐθαύμαζε,

πῶς

τοῦτο

πάσχει

καίτοι

σφραγιζόμενος

ὑπο

τῆς

παναγίας

ἐκείνης

χείρος·

μετὰ

καὶ

ἄλλων

πολλῶν

κακείνων

αὐθωρὸν

ὑγιαινόντων,

αὐτος

ἔτι

τῶ

πάθει

συνείχετο·

οὐδὲ

γὰρ

ἰάσεως

ἔτυχεν,

εἰ

μὴ

πάντων

εἶδε

τὸ

τέλος

τῶντε

ῥωννυμένων,

τῶντε

παραπεμπομένων

εἰς

θάνατον.

Τίνα

οὔν

αἴνον

δῶμεν

τῶ

κηδεμόνι

μετὰ

Θεὸν

τῶν

ψυχῶν

ἡμῶν

τῶ

ἐν

οὐρανοῖς

καὶ

ἐπὶ

γῆς

δεδοξασμένω

Μάρτυρι

Δημητρίω,

τῶ

πάσιν,

ὠς

εἰπεῖν,

τοῖς

περιλειφθεῖσιν

ἐν

τῆ

πόλει

καὶ

διαφυγοῦσι

τὴν

θεήλατον

ἐκείνην

ὀργὴν

αἰτίω

τῆς

σωτηρίας

γεγενημένω;

[40] Οὐδὲ

γὰρ

τόπω

ἢ

χρόνω

τὴν

οἴκείαν

ἐπίσκεψιν

περιώρησε

πότε,

ἀλλὰ

καὶ

κατ᾽

οἴκους

τῶν

πασχοντῶν

ἐπιφοιτῶν,

τοὺς

χρείαν

ἔχοντας

ἰάται,

διαπαντὸς

καὶ

τοὺς

ἐν

τῶ

πανσέπτω

αὐτοῦ

ναῶ

μετὰ

πίστεως

παραγινομένους

χαίροντας

καὶ

ῥωννυμένους

τῆ

πίσει

μᾶλλον

ὑπὲρ

τὰ

σώματα

τοῖς

οἰκείοις

ἀποδίδωσι·

τὸ

γὰρ

πιστευθὲν

αὐτω

παρὰ

Θεοῦ

τῆς

διδασκαλίας

τάλαντον,

ὥς

εὐγνώμων

καὶ

διαπυρὸς

δοῦλος,

μέχρι

νῦν

καλῶς

ἐργαζόμενος

τῶν

ψυχῶν

τὴν

ὠφέλειαν

διὰ

τῆς

τῶν

σώματων

ἰάσεως

πραγματεύεται·

ἀναζωπυρῶν

γὰρ

τὸ

σῶμα

τὴν

ψυχήν

αἰσθάνεσθαι

ποιεῖ

τῆς

εὐεργεσίας,

κἀντεῦθεν

ἐκζητεῖν

ἀνενδότως

τρέπεσθαι,

τίς

ἡ

δύναμις

ἡ

ἐνεργὸς,

καὶ

πείρα

μαθοῦσα,

ὡς

ὁ

μόνος

Θεὸς

ἐπίσταται

ὁ

τὰς

τοῦ

Μάρτυρος

αὐτοῦ

πρεσβείας

ἔργω

περατῶν,

φυσικῶς

ἔλκεσθαι

λοιπὸν

πρὸς

τὸν

θεογνωσίας

λογισμὸν

παρασκεύαζει,

ὅπερ

ἐστιν

ἴαμα

ψυχῶν

ἐκ

τῶν

πτερύγων

τῆς

δικαιοσύνης

ἡλίου

κατὰ

τὸ

γέγραμμένον

ἀκτινοβολούμενον

θεοπρεπῶς,

ὅτι

αὐτοῦ

ἐστὶν

ἡ

δόξα &c.

The Thessalonians, who more often experienced the Saint's help in diseases, To number the sand of the sea, beloved brethren, and, according to what is written, the drops of rain, or to set forth the miracles wrought in diseases of bodies by the most glorious martyr Demetrius, adorned with Victories, is all one: nor do I speak of those which were manifested in ancient or even most ancient times, nor yet of those which were done under ourselves, sinners though we are, through his ineffable and fatherly love toward his fellow citizens. I shall turn the discourse to other things when I have recorded a miracle lately done, which almost all, hearing it, I well know, will recognize, and will at the same time bear testimony to the truth. For it happened a very few years ago, nor, I think, has it escaped the hearing of anyone of all; and many have also known by experience the Martyr's mercy in visiting, either having themselves experienced the benefit, or having members of their household who unexpectedly escaped death. But why do I delay, and not make manifest by narration what I say, especially since, making my words to those who know the matter, I may be confident that credence will not be denied me?

[31] You know certainly, beloved, that punishment sent by God even in a most dire plague, sent by God upon them, which a very short time ago befell the city b, and not the city only, but also the whole region, that all-devouring, I say, and all-corrupting and measure-exceeding plague, which in the greatness of its evil was superior to all the chastisements ever sent by God, but was inferior only to the unworthiness of our deeds c… For, having begun from lesser punishments, and then advanced to middle ones, when He saw the wounds of our soul drawing on a callus and hardening, and yielding to no bandages and drugs, according to Isaiah, compelled by necessity, as the best physician of those whose healing is despaired of, and the exquisite inspector of the things which are not seen, He broke out to the highest degrees of chastisement. First indeed, instructing us with a chastisement such as befits God, like a father, He permitted corruption to come not upon us, but upon the fruits of the earth, and then also upon our animals.

[32] when by lighter punishments they had been made nothing better, sent, But when He saw us made nothing better, He inflicted a blow on the children still at the breast, and on those who were still very young. And when He knew that the swelling of our souls did not yield to this incision either, then He permitted the great and sharp and intolerable cautery of the plague to be brought upon the whole city through truly evil angels d… Absolutely all were carried off, beginning from those who were still children up to those who were of manly age, those alone remaining who had already become of advanced old age. For lest anyone should say that some natural intemperateness of the air which had occurred had brought the pestilence to the living, and that the Lord had not done all these things, therefore those who were in the youth and flower of age perished; but those who were old and near death were preserved e…

[33] to health they were, when they had fled to the temple of Demetrius, When, therefore, constrained by these and diseases of this kind, they fled to the temple of the Martyr, most venerable, as has been said, and wont to bestow healings, then they experienced both the greatness of God's mercy and the care of the efficacious power of the Victor in contests. For whomsoever he, as a father loving his sons, visited on each night, these very ones at once in the morning both took food, and moreover walked on their own feet: those who before, loathing nourishment, had appeared most badly affected and wholly immovable for the greatness of their diseases, within even a very few days, sound and restored to their minds, easily returned to their homes without fear, having a security worthy of credit, because they had been freed by the Martyr, that they would not be seized by the same diseases. But whomsoever, when he visited by night, he passed over, either death at once carried them off, or, labouring with the long duration of the evil, a remission of the disease scarcely at length seized them in time, indeed not even in time, unless the Martyr, moved with mercy, looked kindly on the sick man.

[34] restored in great number; and this by the Saint's patronage, But very few died there, as not visited, and many fewer who struggled with the long duration of the diseases. And those who, visited, at once afterwards obtained health exceeded number. But lest anyone impiously condemn the visiting Martyr of impotence or unmercifulness or respect of persons, weighing in mind the actions of those who then suffered and fled to his temple, and piously reconsidering the things which befit and accord with a true servant of God, you will find altogether that rightly, and as befits the Providence of God, both those who were at once freed from the diseases were healed, and those who, the disease being long protracted, suffered, were fittingly punished in these things, and those who most swiftly lost their life suffered this, as was fitting, that the efficacy and providence and mercy of the Martyr's power might become known everywhere. Whence, they say, do you persuade us that the most glorious Demetrius did these things? For that he is indeed great and powerful with God and a lover of the city, we too ourselves confess; but we suspect that he did not then visit, health being bestowed, any of those lying there, because that which was done in the city was God's vengeance upon it, since, if He had sent it, the Defender of our actions would by no means have opposed Him.

[35] And how, O good and beloved ones, did the greater number of those lying within unexpectedly obtain health, not by chance, John of Thessalonica here contends. and fewer in number struggle long with the diseases, and far fewer still lay down their soul by chance, and how did it also come about that the disease sent was overcome even by the virtue of the sick man? But first indeed, to say that anything of good things has been done by fortuitous chance is not of Christians but of atheists, who deny the administering providence of the one God, and think that all things happen without another's impulse and as chance brings. And then tell me, how did those who were sick outside the holy temple in their own houses almost all die, a few excepted, so that, as has been said, many remained unburied, while those who fled to the venerable temple of the Martyr were almost all preserved, except the few who were subjected to punishment by Providence? For it would have been necessary here too, had he not brought fitting help, that the plague raging against the city should consume very many and leave very few remaining.

[36] And that this happened to those who were in the streets and in their houses, [and the vision being brought forward in which the Saint was seen visiting the sick,] but that to those alone who were in the most holy temple of the Martyr not that but even the contrary befell, is a clear proof that the Lord of the house

to have given a proof of his merciful power.

Moreover, so that we may all now believe that all things come about by the providence of God, and that nothing good, as some idly prate, comes forth of its own accord, God, wishing to cut out such malevolent suggestions from the very roots of our heart, opened the eyes of the mind of one of those who were then lying there; and he, being in the night-time as it were in ecstasy, saw the Saint, clothed in a chlamys and showing a rosy and comely face, coming in, as if he were some consul who, having received power from the emperors, was distributing benefits to the people; and he looked upon all who were in peril, but on some he laid his hand and was busy imprinting the cross; some, however, he only looked upon with a somewhat sorrowful countenance, while a very few he passed by with much grief and sadness, so that for the great sorrow he felt over them he would not even look at them.

[37] These last, then, in the morning or shortly afterwards, died altogether and certainly; and to some it was then towards this, but those who had been honoured with the Martyr's saving glance, though with a somewhat sorrowful countenance, did not indeed perish, yet were tormented for a long time by the disease; but when they understood from him who had had the vision that they had certainly been met with a visitation, albeit with sorrow, they conceived good hope; and they gave credence to the man who said these things, because those whom he declared not to have been visited died at once, and again because those whom he advised had been signed with cheerfulness showed signs of healing immediately in the morning, so that thereafter the physicians did not dare to approach such persons, fearing to apply the remedy of human art after the sign had been imprinted by the martyr.

[38] then to the man to whom it was shown, Now he who had been held worthy to see these things was one of those who were long tormented by the disease, and he saw the outcome of each of the aforesaid things. For he rejoiced with those who were unexpectedly restored at once to health, and those who departed from life forthwith, although by the Martyr's kindness there were only a few such, he nevertheless lamented, as was befitting nature; and those who were oppressed along with him by the long duration of the disease he consoled with words, urging patience; and since he lay sick together with them, he seemed worthy of belief when he urged that what had been sent upon them was to be borne with thanksgiving. For he said to those who lay sick with him: Take heart, brethren; for I believe that God will free us from our sins through the long duration of the disease, and, seeing that we accept His chastisement with thanksgiving and with eagerness of soul and without murmuring, He will not delay to stay our infirmities and take away our diseases. Why then, you will reply, was such a man, who had appeared worthy of such a vision and had received, so to speak, the gift of prophecy, tormented for a long time by the disease, and why did he remain lying for a long time in the most venerable temple (for, had he been laden with sins, he would not have seen the most glorious Martyr)?

[39] [observed, he also endeavours to prove, and briefly in the Saint's praises, sought chiefly from that source] Do you remember, beloved, what was said, namely that none of the things that exist are of themselves, but that all things are governed by the providence of God? Lest anyone, then, as we said above, should suppose that the things we have set out above happened as chance would have it, I mean that those who died departed more quickly, and that those who were healed rose up at once, and that those who lingered in their diseases were tormented for an interval, and that the things which then happened there were not ordered through a visitation of the Martyr discriminating according to the will of God: for this reason the aforesaid man was preserved alive in his sickness, so that, having beheld all things, he might, remaining alive among the living, relate them to posterity. For indeed he himself too, who lingered long in the disease, was amazed that he should suffer this, though signed by that most holy hand, and that he himself was still held by the disease while many others of them were healed at once. For he did not obtain health until he had seen the end of all, both of those restored to health and of those carried off by death. What praise, then, shall we give to the physician of our souls after God, to the martyr Demetrius glorified in the heavens and on earth, who was the cause of salvation, so to speak, to all who remained alive in the city and escaped that chastisement sent by God f?

[40] For he never circumscribed his visitation by place or time, He closes the narration with a digression. but, going even to the homes of those who suffer, he always restores to health those for whom it is fitting, and those who approach his most venerable temple with confidence he restores to their households rejoicing and strengthened still more in faith than in body. For, administering rightly even until now, as a prudent and faithful servant, the talent of teaching entrusted to him by God, he labours for the benefit of souls through the healing of bodies. For in healing the body he causes the soul to feel the benefit, and to be moved thereby not to inquire perfunctorily what is the power that confers the benefit, and, having been taught by experience that God alone fulfils in deed the intercessions of His Martyr, he prepares it to be drawn at length naturally to the confession of the knowledge of God; which is the healing of souls, sent forth by God from the wings of that sun of justice, according to what is written, because His is the glory, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER IV.

Of the energumens healed by the Saint's patronage.

Οὐ σωμάτων δὲ μόνον ἰάμασιν ὁ καλλίνικος οὔτος ἐναμβλύνεται Μάρτυς, ἀλλὰ καὶ δαίμοσιν κταομένας ψυχὰς, καὶ φρενῶν ἀλλοτρίας εἱς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν τῆ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος δωρεᾶ καὶ πολλὰς καὶ πολλάκις ἀνεκαλέσατο, οὕτως ὥς μὴ δὲ τολμᾶν ῥῆξαι φωνὴν τὰ δαιμόνια, τοσαύτὴν σφοδρότητα κατ᾽ αὑτῶν ἐξελαστικὴν ἡ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου χάρις ἀποστίλβει. Καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ ξίφος ἐξαστράπτον καὶ τομῶς ἠκονημένον τῆ σφοδροτήτι τοῦ φόβου περισκοτῶσαν τὸν κατάκριτον μέλλοντα κρούεσθαι, οὐδὲ τὰς εἰωθυίας ἰκητερίας τῶν ἐν ἀνάγκαις ἐνδίδωσιν αὐτῷ ἀναπεμψασθαι, οὕτως ἡ τοῦ Μάρτυρος οὐρανοφοίτος χάρις ὑπερλάμπουσα πνευματικῶς καὶ τῶν σελασφόρων ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων τὰς ζοφώδεις τοῦ διαβόλου δυνάμεις ἐτύφλωσεν, ὥς προαιρέσει τὴν σκότωσιν ἐκληξαμένας, καὶ τοῦ θεἳκοῦ φωτὸς ἀποικισθείσας μακρότερον.

[41] Ἄλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ καὶ σχεδὸν, εἰπεῖν, ἀναρίθμητα τῶν ἰαθέντων τὰ πρόσωπα, οἵς ὁ νοὑς ἐσωφρόνησεν, ἐλευθερωθεὶς τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων κατακρατήσεως ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ παμμακαρίσου καὶ θεοφόρου Μάρτυρος ἀοράτου ἐπιστασίας, διὰ τὸ προσκορὲς τοῦ λόγου ταῦτα παρέλθωμεν, ἐφ᾽ ἑτέραν κατανυκτικωτέραν διήγησιν σπεύδοντες· ἴνα δὲ μὴ πάντη τῆς τοιαύτης θαυμτουργίας καταστῶμεν ἀμνήμονες, φέρε, τὸ νεωστὶ γεγονὸς εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν, ὠς ἔξ ἄκρου τῆς ὤας τὴν ὅλην τῆς κρόκης ὑποστασιν τῆς ἀθλοφορίκης παριστῶντες δυνάμεως. Πλείους τινὲς στρατιῶται γενναῖοιτε καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι ἐνα τινὰ τῆς αὐτῆς λεγεὥνος κατέχοντες ἀνὰ δύο μέν ἐκάστην χεῖρα τοῦ πάσχοντος ἐγκρατῶς περισφίγγοντες, δύο δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς ἀντειλημμένοι τὸ δάκνειν αὐτοὺς καθ᾽ ὅσον οἶοίτε ἦσαν ἀπείργοντες, ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν μέσων ἀπρὶν λαβόντες καὶ συνωθοῦντες βαδίζειν ἠνάγκαζον τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν ναὸν τοῦ πανενδόξου Μάρτυρος ἄγοντες οὐκ εἰδότα ποῦ φέροιτο, οὐδὲ τοὺς ὠθοῦντας γνορίζοντα, καίτοι λίαν οἰκείους τυγχάνοντας, οὐδ᾽ ὀλὼς τῶν φρενῶν ἐχοντά τι ὑγιές.

[42] Οὕτως γὰρ ἡ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων ἐνοίκησις τὸν δείλαιον ἔστησε φροῦδον τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὥς τοσοῦτον ὑπερφέρειν αὐτοῦ τὰ ζῶα τὰ ἄλογα ταῖς αἰσθητικαῖς ὀρμαῖς τὴν λογικὴν ἐκείνου νικῶντα περιφορὰν, ὅσον οἱ σώφρονες ἄνδρες τῆ λογικῆ κυβερνήσει τὰς τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων ἀσυγκρίτω διαίτης ὑπερβαλλούση καλλονή· ἀχθεὶς δὲ μόλις καὶ ἀνάγκη πολλῆ τῶν ὠθούντων ὁ δείλαιος ἐπὶ τὸν ναον, οὐ συνεχωρεῖτο εἰσέρχεσθαι, τῶν δαιμονίων ἐνισχυσάντων οὕτως αὐτῶν τῆ μανία, ὥς ἄπαντας τοὺς ἐμπεπλεγμένους αὐτῶ στρατιώτας πρηνεὶς πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος σὺν ἐαυτῶ καταστρέψασθαι. Θορύβου δὲ γενομένου καὶ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν τοῦ ἁγίου τεμένους σὺν ἄλλοις πλείοσι συνδεδραμηκότων, βία πολλῆ διαβαστάσαντες εἵσω φέρουσι, καὶ ῥίπτουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐτοιμασθείσης αὐτῷ χαμαιστρώτου εὐνῆς πλείους ἢ ὀκτὼ πάλιν αὐτὸν περισφίγγοντες.

[43] Τί τοίνυν ἀπεντεῦθεν θαυμάσω, τί δὲ δοξάσω τοῦ Μάρτυρος; Τό φιλόξενον; Ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπλῶς φιλάνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταχυήκοον πρὸς τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους ἐν πίστει; Ἢ μᾶλλον τὸ μὴ δὲ καλούμενον ἐλεεῖν τοὺς ἐν ἀνάγκαις· Οὖτος γὰρ δὴ οὖτος

ὁ νῦν προκείμενος τῶ λόγω οὐδὲ βουλόμενος ἐπικαλεῖσθαι ἐδύνατο διὰ τὸ δεδέσθαι τὴν γλώτταν ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ βούλεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων ἀφηρημένος· ἄλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ὁ Θεὸς καὶ σιωπῶντος τοῦ Μωϋσέως, ὅτε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἤτε θάλασσα καὶ ὁ στρατὸς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων εἰς μέσον συνέκλειον, ὅμως ἀπεκρίθη λέγων πρὸς αὐτὸν, τί βοᾶς πρὸς με.

[45] Ἔβλεπε γὰρ τῆ καρδιογνωστικῆ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει τὴν τοῦ προφήτου ψυχὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνιπταμένὴν καὶ προσπίπτουσαν αὐτῶ νοερῶς διὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῶν πολεμίων ἀπόγνωσιν. Οὕτως ὁ τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ γνωστικὴν χάριν τῶ οικείω τῆς μαρτυρίας αἵματι δικαίως ἐμπορευσάμενος καὶ σιωπῶντων ἀκούει, καὶ ἀκούων οὐ καταμελεῖ· ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀδυναμίας ἢ ἀναισθησίας ἡ φιλανθρωπία τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καθικέτευε ψυχὴν, ὅ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτω τῶ νέω τοῦ λεγεῶνος ἐργαστηρίω γεγένηται· μηδὲν γὰρ τοῦ δαιμονιῶντος πρεσβευτικὸν φθεγξαμένου (μετὰ γὰρ τοῦ δύνασθαι, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀφήρητο καὶ τὸ βούλεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ σῶαν εἶναι τὴν ἔννοιαν) αὐτὸς ὀ ἅγιος εἴσω βραχυτάτου λίαν καιροῦ σῶον τὸν στρατιώτην τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀπέδωκεν.

[46] Οὕτως, ὥς εἴρηται, τῶν δαιμόνων ἀπελαθέντων αὐτοῦ, ὡς μὴ δὲ ψόφον ἐν τῷ ἐξιέναι, μηδὲ κραυγὴν τινὰ πεποιηκέναι, καθάπερ ἄλλοις εἰώθεισαν, τοῦτο τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεως τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου ἐμποιησάσης, ὥσπερ αὐτὰ τῶ ἀμέτρω φόβω· πρωῒ καὶ πάλιν ἐπέπιπτον κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς οἱ οικεῖοι τῶ πάσχοντι, χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ ὤμους καὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ τὰ γόνατα περισφίγγοντες· ὁ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰσβλέψας, οὐχ᾽ αἱματώδει, καθὼς ἔμπροστεν καὶ τεταραγμένω τῶ βλέμματι, ἀλλ᾽ εὐσταθεὶ λίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς γαλήνην ἐμφαίνοντι, ἕκπλησιν αὐτοῖς ἐνεποιεί χαρμονῆ μεμιγμένην· ὡς διέπιπολὺ καθηδυνόμενοι τῆ θέα τῆ πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦ φθέξασθαί τι πυσματικὸν ἐπελάθοντο αὐταρκως τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς διὰ τῆς ὁράσεως καὶ μόνης εὑφραίνοντες, ἔφθασεν αὐτὸς τῆ ῥωμαἳκῆ γλώττη ἐρωτῶν αὐτοὺς ἁπροσδοκήτως.

[47] Τί, φησὶ, ἐμπίπτειν ἐπιχειρεῖτέ μοι καὶ κατέχειν, ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐν ψύχει σφοδρῶ σφενδονουμένους ὑπὲρ τὴν κλίνην, ἢ τοὺς ἐν πνεύματι δαιμονίω στρεβλουμένους τὰ σώματα. Οἵ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐρώτησιν καταπλαγέντες ὡς σώφρονα καὶ τὴν τοῦ πράγματος ἀλήθειαν εἰπεῖν αἰσχυνομένοι ἀπεκρίθησαν οὕτως· κατέχομέν σε ὅπως ἀναστὰς ἐνδύση, καὶ ἀπέλθωμεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον σου· ὅ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς· τίνος γὰρ χάριν ἐνταῦθα παραγενόμεθα, μήτε ἐορτῆς οὔσης, μήτε άλλου τινὸς κατεπήγοντος· οὕτως γὰρ, ὡς εἴρηται, ἠλλοιομενος ἐτύγχανε τὰς φρένας τὸ πρότερον, ὡς μὴ δὲ διάλειμμα ἔχοντα διὰ γνῶναι κὰν ὅτι νοσεῖ. Οἵ δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν ἐκπλαγέντες τὴν σφοδρότητα τοῦ πάθους καὶ ὑπερθαυμάσαντες τὴν θεοφόρον ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Μαρτυρος φιλάνθρωπον, εἴπον πρὸς αὐτὸν· διὰ τί μὲν ἦλθες ἐνταῦθα, οὐ χρή σε νῦν μαθεῖν, εὐχαρίστει δὲ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ δόξαζε τὸν ἁγιον αὑτοῦ Μάρτυρα, ὅτι σὲ μὴ γνόντα διότι ἦλθες ἐνταῦθα, νῦ ἀποστέλλει γινώσκοντα τὴν εἰς τὸν οἴκον ἐπάνοδον. Τῶ δὲ Θεῶ ἡμων ἡ δόξα &c.

The Saint, who healed demoniacs neither few nor seldom, Not only did this Martyr, adorned with beautiful victories, shine forth in the healings of bodies, but also souls possessed by demons and estranged from their minds, both many and often, he recalled by the grace of the Holy Spirit to their natural state, so that the demons dared not even mutter a word; so great a power of expulsion against them did the grace of the Victor in the contests send forth. For as a gleaming sword, rendered sharp for cutting, overwhelming with darkness through the vehemence of fear the condemned man who is to be struck, does not allow him to make the customary supplications in straits, so also the grace of the Martyr, received from heaven, shining forth spiritually after the likeness of the sun's rays which bring light, and presenting a kind of appearance of light, wrapped in darkness the powers of the devil, as loving darkness of set purpose and removed far from the divine light.

[42] one quite remarkable, carried into the church sacred to him, But since the persons to whom the mind has returned, freed from the possession of demons through the invisible care of the most blessed and divine Martyr, are many and almost, so to speak, innumerable, let us pass them over, lest the discourse breed weariness, hastening to another narrative more apt by nature to move souls. Yet, lest we become altogether unmindful of prodigies of this kind, come, let us bring forward what has recently happened, exhibiting it, as it were in the outer garment, as a proof of the whole of the victorious power in contests that lies hidden within. Certain soldiers, several in number, noble and brave, having seized one of their own legion — two of them binding fast each of the sufferer's two hands, and two, having taken hold of his head, preventing him as far as they could from biting them, while others, holding him tightly round the middle and thrusting him on — compelled him to go to the temple of the most glorious Martyr, leading one who neither knew whither he was being borne, nor recognized those thrusting him, though they were most intimate with him, nor had anything at all of a sound mind.

[43] namely one who was cruelly vexed by demons, For the indwelling of the malevolent spirits had so rendered the wretch destitute of reason that the irrational animals, whose movements proceeding from the faculty of sense overcome his rational manner of conducting himself, surpassed him as much as men in possession of their minds surpass, by rational governance, the disordered manner of life of irrational animals. And when the wretch had been brought to the temple with difficulty and only by great force of those thrusting him, he was not permitted to enter it, the demons so prevailing in their madness that all the soldiers, struck down by him, fell prone on the ground before the door together with him. But when a murmur had arisen, and the servants of the sacred temple had run up with many others, they lifted him up with much force and carried him within, and threw him upon the bed spread on the ground which had been prepared for him, bound again by more than eight men.

[44] freed from these What then shall I marvel at here, or what shall I praise of the Martyr? His hospitality? Or simply his kindness to men? Or his ready facility in hearing those by whom he is invoked with faith, or rather his mercy, even uninvoked, towards those who are in straits? For this very man of whom we now speak could not have implored help even had he wished, because his tongue was bound by the disease, or rather because, beyond reason, even the very will had been taken from him by the malevolent spirits. But just as God, when Moses was silent while Israel and the sea and the army of the Egyptians held him shut in their midst, nevertheless answered, saying to him: Why criest thou to me?

[45] For by His power, which knows hearts, He beheld the soul of the prophet flying towards the heavens and falling down in spirit before Him through the despair arising from the sea and the enemies. and not invoked by the wretch, So he who justly purchased with the blood of his own martyrdom the grace of knowing the things that pertain to God hears even the silent, and hearing does not spurn them. For on behalf of their impotence or defect of the senses, mercy itself makes supplication to his soul, which was done also in that new workshop of the legion. For while the energumen uttered nothing that sounded of entreaty (for along with the ability, as has been said, he had also lost the will, because his mind was not sound), the Saint himself within a very short time restored the soldier sound to his own.

[46] The demons having thus, as has been said, been cast out of him, to the amazement of all who were present, so that they uttered no noise in going out, as they had been wont to do from others, nor any cry, the surpassing power of the Victor in the contests preventing it and in some manner closing their mouth through immense fear, in the morning his intimates again, as was their custom, rushed upon the sufferer, binding fast his hands and shoulders and head and knees; but he, looking upon them not with a bloodshot and troubled countenance as before, but with one quite tranquil and manifesting the peace of his soul, struck them with amazement mingled with joy, so much so that, from the very great pleasure received from the spectacle presented to them in him, they forgot to utter anything by which to question him, sufficiently delighting their souls by the very sight; and he himself first questioned them unexpectedly in the Roman tongue.

[47] Why, he said, do you try to fall upon me and to hold me down, just as those who lie twisted in bed through the vehemence of cold, he wrought it prodigiously. or who are distorted in their bodies by a demonic spirit? But they, astounded at the question, inasmuch as it was of a sound mind, and blushing to tell the truth of the matter, answered in this manner: We are holding you so that you may get up and be clothed and we may go away to your house. But he replied to them: Why indeed have we come here, when it is no feast day, nor does anything else press us? (For before, as has been said, he had been so estranged from his mind that he had not even an interval in which to know that he was sick.) But those who were near him, astounded at the vehemence of the disease, and admiring beyond measure the merciful power of the Martyr, which showed something divine, said to him: For what cause indeed you came here, you need not know now; but give thanks to God and praise His holy Martyr, because, when you did not know why you came here, he now sends you away knowing how to return home b. To our God be the glory, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER V.

How the emperor Maurice asked for the Saint's relics, and yet did not obtain them.

ἈΓαπητοὶ, ἔλθωμεν, εἰ δοκεῖ, τὰ πολλὰ παραδραμόντες, καὶ εἰς ὀπτασίας τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ θεοφόρου Μάρτυρος, δεικνύντες καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπερμεγεθη δόξαν τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀνεκφράστου δυνάμεως· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ φιλομάρτυρες ἀκριβεῖστε καὶ ἀσφαλέστατοι ἄει μὲν, μάλιστα δὲ οἵ κατὰ τὸν τῆς εἰδωλομανίας καιρὸν, τὴν θεοφιλῆ ταύτην Θεσσαλονίκην οἰκοῦντες Χριστιανοὶ καθεστήκεσαν καὶ δέει τοῦ μὴ τὰ τίμια σώματα τῶν μαρτυρούντων ἁγίων τοῖς τῶν είδωλολατρῶν προδοῦναι θυμοῖς, ἐχεμύθως ταῦτα καὶ μυστηριωδῶς ἐν γῆ κατετίθεσαν, ὡς μὴ δὲ μέχρι νῦν τηλαυγῶς μηδενὸς τῶν ἐν αὐτῆ μαρτυρησάντων ἁγιοδόχους θήκας γνωσθῆναι, ὅποι τυγχάνοιεν ἀποκείμεναι πλὴν τῆς σεμνοτάτης καὶ παναγίας παρθένου Ματρώνης.

[48] Ταῦτα μαθὼν ὁ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς λήξεως Μαυρίκιος ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ τοῦτο μὲν τὴν τῶν πολιτῶν περὶ τοὺς μάρτυρας βοωμένην ἀκρίβειαν πειράσαι βουλόμενος, εἰ πέφυκεν ἀληθής, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ θείω ἔρωτι ληφθεὶς τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν

καταγέγραφθαι πολλὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὡς φιλευσεβὴς βασιλεὺς ἠτήσατο θείαις χρησάμενος κεραίαις πρὸς τὸν τηνικαῦτα τὸν χριστιανὸν λαὸν τῆς Θεσσαλονικέων ποιμαίνοντα πόλεως, ὥστε πεμφθῆναι αὐτῶ λείψανόν τι τοῦ Χριστοφόρου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου πίστει τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ συμμαχίαν βουλομένω καρπώσασθαι· πρὸς ὃν ὁ μακάριως ἀρχιερατεύσας Εὐσέβιος (αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ τὴν προλεχθείσαν τοῦ βασιλέως δεξάμενος αἴτησιν) τοῖοισδέ τισιν ἐχρήσατο γράμμασιν.

[49] Οὐχ᾽ οὕτως, ῶ βασιλεῦ, τῆς θεοφιλοῦς Θεσσαλινίκης τὰ θρέμματα, καθάπερ ἀμέλει κἄν ταῖς ἄλλαις χώραις εἰώθασι τῶν μαρτυρούντων ἁγίων ἀναφανδὸν τιθέναι τὰ σώματα, ὡς ἀναισθήτως καὶ συνεχῶς τῆ θέα τούτων καὶ τῆ ἀφῆ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν τὰς ψυχὰς διεγείρωσιν· ἐκ δὲ τοὐναντίου τὴν πίστιν νοερῶς ἐν ταῖς ἐαυτῶν καρδίαις ἰδρύσαντες, καὶ τὴν αἰσθητὴν τῶν τοιοῦτων θέαν δι᾽ ὑπερβάλλουσαν εὐλάβειαν ὁρρωδοῦντες, ἀρκεῖν μέν αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεαρέσκειαν τὸ ειλικρινὲς ἐνομίσθη τῆς πίστεως· τὰ δὲ τῶν μαρτύρων λείψανα κατακρύψαι δεῖν ὠήθησαν οὕτως, ὡς μηδενὶ τῶν πάντων τὸν τόπον γινώσκεσθαι, πλὴν ἐκείνων αὐτῶν τῶν τῆς ἁγίας κοινωνησάντων ταφῆς.

[50] Ἀμέλει, βασιλεῦ, καὶ ὁ τῆς θείας λήξεως αὐτοκράτωρ ἡμων γεγονὼς Ἰουστινιανὸς ταῖς ὁμοίαις ἐχρήσατο συλλαβαῖς πρὸς τοὺς τηνικαῦτα τὸν τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης θρόνον ἐνταῦτα διέποντας, αἵς καὶ νῦν πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸ ὑμέτερον κράτος· ἐφαμίλλως γὰρ ὑμῖν κάκείνος πρὸς τὸν ὑπερένδοξον ἀθλοφόρον θείω κομιδὴ καὶ διαπύρω κατείχετο ἔρωτι. Οἳ καὶ βουληθέντες τὴν βασιλικὴν καὶ θεάρεστον ἀποθεραπεῦσαι ἰκετηρίαν ἔν τινι τοῦ πανσέπτου αὐτοῦ ναοῦ διορύξαντες τόπω, ἐν ὥ καὶ τὸ πανάγιον εὔρισκειν ὤοντο λείψανον, ὕμνοις χρώμενοι καί λαμπάσι καὶ θυμιάμασι κατίεσαν συμπαραλαβόντες καὶ ἄλλους ἰερεῖς ἀξιοθέους. Ὡς δὲ μέρος οἵ τοῦ διορύγματος ἤνυσαν καὶ προθυμότερον ἐπεχείρουν εἰσέρχεσθαι, ἄφνω πῦρ ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ὀρῶσιν ἐξιὸν, καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπ αὐτοὺς· ἤκουσαν δὲ καὶ φωνῆς· παύσασθε περαιτέρω πειράζοντες.

[51] Οἵ δὲ φόβω καὶ τρόμω ληφθέντες ὑπέστρεψαν ἐν τάχει· πίστεως δὲ ὑπερβολὴ τοῦ παραστῆσαι τῶ βασιλεῖ τήνντε οἰκείαν ὑπακοὴν καὶ τοῦ πράγματος τὸ ἐπικίνδυνον, κύψαντες, τὸν ἐν γῆ χοῦν πρὸ τοῦ φθᾶσαι τὸ πῦρ, ὅσον οἷόντε γεγόνασιν, ἀνεδέξαντο τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν ὁσμὴν μετ᾽ εὐωδίας ἀφάτου συνεφελκόμενον, ὅν καὶ ἐν τῶ ἁγίῶ σκευοφυλακίω τῆς μεγάλης ἡμῶν ἐκκλησίας δέοντως ἀπέθεντο, μέρος ἐξ αὐτοῦ στείλαντες τῶ εὐσεβῶς αἰτησαμένω, καὶ τὰ συμβεβηκότα μηνύσαντες, ὅπερ πάσης ἀπέλαβε χαρᾶς, ὡς αὐτὸ τοῦ Μάρτυρος τὸ σῶμα δεξάμενος· καὶ ἡμεῖς οῦν οἵ βραχεῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν ἴσοις, κατὰ δὲ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ὑπερβάλλουσιν τοὺς προγόνους ἐστείλαμεν ὑμῖν ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ ἁγίου χοὸς εὐλογίας· πειράσαι γάρ τι πλέον καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοιαύτην, ὡς προλέλεκται, θεοσημείαν, οὐ μόνον ἄβουλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κινδυνῶδες ἐγνώκαμεν. Τῷ δὲ Θεῷ ἡμῶν ἡ δόξα.

The great care of the Thessalonians in guarding the bodies of the Martyrs. Beloved, let us come, if it please you, passing over the things that are common, to the apparitions also of the great and God-bearing Martyr, showing through them too the surpassing glory of that magnificent and ineffable power. For since those who inhabited this city beloved of God were always, but especially in the time of idolatry, careful and most constant lovers of the Martyrs, through fear lest the bodies of the Saints crowned with martyrdom should be handed over to the fury of the idolaters, they hid them silently and mysteriously in the earth, so that up to the present time, of those who underwent martyrdom in this city, the sacred resting-place in which they were deposited is known for certain of none at all, except that of the most celebrated and most holy virgin Matrona b.

[48] Having heard this, the emperor Maurice asks for the relics of Demetrius. When the emperor Maurice c of pious memory had learned these things, and wished partly to test whether the solicitude of the citizens towards the Martyrs, which was celebrated, were true, and partly had been seized with a divine love of the most glorious martyr Demetrius, because he had heard that many things had been written about him, he asked, as a pious emperor, using sacred letters, of him who was then as pastor ruling the people of the city of Thessalonica, that something from the relics of the Christ-bearing martyr Demetrius should be sent to him, as he desired to obtain help thence in war through faith; and to him Eusebius d, who was happily occupying the archiepiscopal chair (for it was he who had received the aforesaid request of the emperor), made use of a letter of this kind.

[3] [But Eusebius the archbishop, in a letter given to him, pleading the custom of the Thessalonians] Not thus, O emperor, as certainly happens in other regions, are the nurslings of Thessalonica beloved of God accustomed to expose openly the bodies of the Saints who underwent martyrdom, so that by the sight and touch of them they may insensibly and continually stir up their souls to piety; but on the contrary, keeping the faith intellectually in their hearts, and fearing, out of exceeding piety, the sight of such things, they have considered that sincerity of faith suffices them for pleasing God; and they thought that the relics of the Martyrs ought to be hidden in such a way that the place where they had been laid up should be known to no one at all except to those very persons who had taken part in the sacred burial.

[51] Indeed, O emperor, Justinian e of blessed memory, who was himself also our emperor, sent such a letter as your power has now sent to us, to those who then governed the throne of the high priesthood. For he too, [and the terrifying vision which under Justinian had prevented the Saint's relics from being drawn out of the earth,] equally with you, was borne by a love truly divine and ardent towards the most glorious victor in the contests. And they, wishing to reverence the imperial supplication pleasing to God, digging in a certain place of the venerable temple in which they thought they would also find the sacred relics, went down into the earth, using hymns and canticles and lamps and incense, taking with them also other priests acceptable to God. But when they had completed part of the excavation, and were trying more eagerly to enter, they suddenly see fire issuing from the parts in front and coming against them. And they heard a voice also: Desist from attempting further f.

[51] But they, seized with fear and trembling, at once drew back; he excuses himself from fulfilling the will of Maurice. yet, through the excellence of their faith, and in order to prove to the emperor their obedience and the danger of the matter, bending down, they took up from the ground, before the fire reached them, as much as they could of the dust, which had contracted the smell of the fire together with an ineffable fragrance; and this they deposited fittingly in the place of our great church destined for guarding the sacred vessels, sending part of it to him who had piously made the request, and signifying the things that had happened; and he received it with all joy, no otherwise than as if he had received the very body of the Martyr. And we therefore, lowly as we are, have sent to you, who are equal to your forebears in empire but surpass them in piety, a portion of the same blessed gift of the holy dust. For we have recognized that to attempt anything more, even after such a sign given from heaven, as has been said before, is not only ill-advised but also dangerous. And to our God be the glory, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER VI.

Of the silver throne which the Saint would not have destroyed for the restoration of his burnt ciborium.

ΤΟῦ φιλαληθοῦς τούτου ἀρχιερέως ἀκηκόαμεν καὶ τοῦτο διηγουμένου διὰ μεγίστην τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου πρόνοιαν, καὶ κηδημονίαν τῆς πόλεως, ἣν Θεοῦ βουλήσει ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν ἡμεῖς διασαφηνίσαι σπουδάσομεν. Συνέβη, φησὶν, τὸ ἐν τῷ παναγίῳ αὐτοῦ τεμένει κιβώριον ὅλον ὑπάρχον ἐξ άργύρου λελαμπρυσμένον, ἐμπρησθῆναι νυκτὸς, ὡς διαλυθῆναι πάντα τὸν ἄργυρον, καί τι μέρος αὐτοῦ μιανθῆναι. Ὁ γοῦν εἰρημένος ἀρχιεπίσκοπος ὁσιώτατος σπεύδων ἐκ καινῆς κατασκευᾶσαι τὸ προλεχθὲν ἄγιον κιβώριον, καὶ μὴ εὐρίσκων ἀναλογοῦσαν τὴν ὀλκὴν τοῦ χωνευθέντος ἀργύρου πρὸς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἔργου συμπλήρωσιν, ἐβουλεύετο τὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ ἀργύρεον θρόνον λῦσαι, καὶ ἀποτελέσαι ὡς ἀναγκαιοτέραν τὴν τοῦ λεχθέντος κιβωρίου κατασκευὴν, διότι καὶ τὸ ἡγιασμένον μνημεῖον τοῦ μάρτυρος λέγεται περιέχειν, ἄλλως δὲ καὶ τοῦ παντὸς οἴκου ἐτύγχανεν ὡς ἀληθῶς μεγίστη εὐπρέπεια.

[53] Καὶ δὴ ταύτην αὐτοῦ στήσαντος παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, μηδενὸς ἄλλου εἰδότος τὴν

βουλὴν (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλη πρόφασις ὑπὴν, ὅθεν τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ ἀργύρου τὴν ἀναπλήρωσιν δέξηται) φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ ὁ πάντων ἡμῶν ἀρωγὸς, ὁ μέγας τοῦ Χριστοῦ μάρτυς Δημήτριος ἀνδρὶ τινὶ καλλίστῳ τὸν βίον, καὶ τῆς τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου κατηξιωμένῳ τιμῆς, τοὔνομα Δημητρίῳ λέγων; ἄπελθε, λάλησον τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ τῆς πόλεως, μὴ τολμήσης λῦσαι τὸν θρόνον τοῦ οἴκου μου· καὶ δὴ τοῦτο πράξαντος τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου, πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς κατεπλάγη, διὰ τὸ φανερωθῆναι αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνθύμησιν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ, ὡς εἶπεν, ἀλλος ἠπίστατο τὸ κρυπτῶς αὐτῷ βεβουλευμένον. Εἶτα δὲ, δόξας κατά τινα ὑπόνοιαν ταῦτα τὸν πρεσβύτερον πλάσασθαι· ἐτύγχανεν γὰρ καὶ διοικητὴς τοῦ εἰρημένου πανσέπτου ναοῦ· ἀπέλυσεν αὐτὸν μικρὰ, πῶς καὶ λελυπημένοις ῥήμασιν φάσας, τί γὰρ ἤκουσας ἔνδος μοι, ἀδελφέ;

[54] Πάλιν δὲ μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας τινὰς πολλὰς ἐρευνήσας, καὶ μηδεμίαν εὑρῶν, ἑξ ης τὸ λοίπον τοῦ ἔργου γενήσεται, τῇ αὐτῇ συνεσχέθη βουλῇ τῇ περὶ τοῦ θρόνου, καὶ ὡς ἐκέλευσεν κληθῆναι τὸν ἀργυρούργὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐντείλασθαι αὐτῷ λαβεῖν τὸν θρόνον, αὐθωρον ἐμήνυσέ τις λέγων: Δημήτριος ὁ πρεσβύτερος εἰσελθεῖν ἀξιοῖ πρὸς τὴν ἁγιωσύνην σου, ὅς εἰσελθὼν εἶπεν αὐτῷ: ὁ σκέπων ἡμᾶς ἀθλοφόρος ὤφθη μοι πάλιν τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἐν ὕπνῳ τρόπον τινὰ καὶ σκυθρωπῷ τῷ προσώπῳ, καὶ προσέταξεν ἀναγγεῖλαι τῇ μακαριώτητί σου αὐταῖς λέξεσι ταῦτα, Διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην μὴ λυπήσης με τῇ ἀφαιρέσει τοῦ θρόνου. Ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας, ἠχθέσθη μὲν πρὸς τὸν πρεσβύτερον: ἐδόκει γὰρ αὐτὸν πλάττεσθαι· ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν αὐστηρώτερον: φανερώσας λοιπὸν, καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν αὐτοῦ εἰπὼν, καὶ πόθεν κελεύεις δοθῆναι τὸ ἐλλεῖπον τῇ ὀλκῇ τοῦ ἀργύρου; Οἴδας ὅτι ὑπέστιν ἄλλος τρόπος; εἰπὲ: εἰ δὲ οὐ λέγεις, μὴ κατάκριναι προπετῶς, φιλοσοφῶν εἰς τὰς ἀλλοτρίας θλίψεις.

[55] Ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ συγκεχυμένος ἐξῆλθεν· οὔπω γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ λαλήσας ὁ ἅγιος τὸ τί δεῖ γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ μόνον τὸ λυθῆναι τὸν θρόνον ἀπέτρεπεν: κἀντεῦθεν ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἀναξιόπιστος ἐδοκιμάζετο σύμβουλος. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἀρθῆναι τὸν θρόνον ἐκ τοῦ τόπου, ἔλεγε κελεύειν τὸν ἅγιον· πόθεν δὴ ἡ τοῦ κιβωρίου συμπλήρωσις γένηται, οὐκ εἶχεν λέγειν: ὡς δὲ περίπου μηνῶν δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ὑπέρθεσις ἐν τῷ πράγματι γέγονεν, καὶ τρόπος ἄλλος οὐκ ἀνεφαίνετο ἀναπληρῶν τὸ ἐλλεῖπον, ἔστησεν λοιπὸν ὁ ἀρχιερεύς παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ πάντως τὸ βεβουλευμένον ποιῆσαι, καὶ μὴ παραβλέπειν οὕτως ἄσχημον ὅλον τὸν ναόν, διὰ τὸ σβέσαι τὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ εὐκοσμίας ἀπλήρωτον. Τότε δὴ λοιπὸν εὐδοκίᾳ Θεοῦ καὶ ὁ πανένδοξος ἀθλοφόρος ἤνοιξε τὴν χεῖρα τὴν ἄφθονον, καὶ ὀπτάνεται τὸ τρίτον τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ λέγων: Ἀπελθὼν λάλησον τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ, μὴ ὀλιγώρει, πλέον σου μέλει μοι περὶ τοῦ οἴκου μου καὶ τῆς πόλεως, μηδὲν μεριμνήσης.

[56] Ταῦτα ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἀκούσας, δρόμῳ τάχει σὺν πολλῇ χαρᾷ μηνυθεὶς, τῷ ἀρχιεπισκόπῳ ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐηγγελίσατο ἀμέριμνον αὐτὸν διαμένειν· δακρύσας οὖν ὁ ἀρχιεπίσκοπος, καὶ καταπλαγεὶς τὴν τηλικαύτην τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου συγκατάβασίντε καὶ πρόνοιαν, καὶ πιστεύσας ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τῇ ὑποσχέσει αὐτοῦ, ἤν πρότερον οὐκ ἐφανέρουν, διὰ τὸ μείζονι οἶμαι ἁγωνίᾳ τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν δοκιμάζεσθαι· βραχύ τι τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου ὑπεξελθόντος, καὶ μικρὰς ὥρας περιπλευσάσης, λέγει τοῖς πλησίον ἀκούσαξιν τῶν τηνικαῦτα ῥηθέντων παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου ῥημάτων· Μείνωμεν ὀλίγον ἀδελφοὶ: ἀψευδὴς γὰρ ἡ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου ὑπόσχεσις· οὔπω δὲ σχεδὸν τὸ ῥῆμα πεπληρώκει, καί τις τῶν αὐτοῦ φησὶν, ὁ κύριος Μηνᾶς ἴσταται κάτω, καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἴχνη κατασπάσασθαι βούλεται, φάσκων ἰδία θέλειν προσανοίσαι ὑμῖν τινὰ: διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ ἐληλυθέναι, ἦν δὲ ὥρα πέμπτη τῆς ἡμέρας.

[57] Ὅς ἀνελθῶν, λέγει τῷ ἀρχιεπισκόπω, ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ χρεοστῶ τῶ πανενδόξῳ μάρτυρι Δημητρίῳ, πολλάκις μὲ ἐκ κινδύνων, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θανάτου ῥυσαμένῳ, πλεονάκις ὤρμησα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ Θεου δορισθείσης μοι περιουσίας μέτριόν τι προσαγάγαι τῷ πανσέπτῳ αὐτοῦ ναῷ, καὶ ἠσθανόμην κατὰ ψυχὴν ὥσπὲρ τίνα συλλαλοῦντα μοι, ὅτι ἀνάμεινον οὐκ ἔστιν καιρὸς· σήμερον δὲ, παμμακάριστε πάτερ, ἀπὸ πρωΐ μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας οἱ λογισμοὶ με συνωθοῦσιν λέγοντες, ὅτι προσάγαγε ἅ πολλάκις ἐπηγγείλω τῇ ἀθλοφόρῳ, ὅ τι νῦν καιρὸς εὐπρόσδεκτος, καὶ τὸ δῶρον ἐν ἀργύρῳ ἤτω, καὶ μὴ ἐν χρυσῷ· δέομαι οὖν τῆς ἀγιωσύνης σου, μὴ ἀποστρέψης τὸν παῖδα σοου, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τό δυώβολον τῆς χήρας πρόσδεξαι τὸ κομισθὲν παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὸ κιβώριον τοῦ μετὰ Θεὸν δεσπότου τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν πρόσμιξον. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκριβῶς πέπεισμαι θεραπεύειν τὸν μάρτυρα, καὶ φωνήσας τὸν παῖδα προσήγαγεν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε λίτρας ἀργύρου φήσας, ἔστω σοι πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖ αὐτὰ δαπανήσης.

[58] Ὁ δὲ γνοὺς τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου ταχίστην πρόνοιαν, ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων: ὁ κύριος, τέκνον, εὐλογῆσαι σε, οὕτως ποιήσω καθὼς ἠτήσω, καὶ ἀπέλύσεν αὐτὸν· βραχὺ δέ τι μεταλαβὼν τῆς ὥρας ἐχούσης, καὶ μικρόν διαστήσας πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν, δέχεται μηνύοντά τινα Ἱωάννην, ἔνα τῶν παλαιῶν δικολόγων τῆς περιφανοῦς Θεσσαλονίκης τυγχάνοντα, παραπλησίοις τῷ κυρίῳ Μηνᾷ ῥήμασιν κεχρημένον, καὶ προσάγοντα ὐπὲρ τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ ἡγιασμένου κιβορίου αἰτίας ἀργυρου λίτρας τεσσαρακοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν τὸ πνεῦμα λεληθότως προσήγαγον, μὴ δὲ γνωσθέντες πλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, ἐξ ὧν παραχρῆμα κατασκευάσθη τὸ περικαλλὲς τοῦτο καὶ νῦν φαινόμενον ἔργον, ὡς διαφημισθῆναι λοιπὸν κατὰ πάσης τῆς πόλεως τὴν ποικίλην τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου κηδεμονίαν, καὶ τὴν θεάρεστον προνοιαν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. Ὅτι αὐτῷ πρέπει δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ προσκύνησις σὺν τῷ ἀθανάτῳ πατρὶ, καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ζωοποιῷ πνεύματι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Άμὴν.

[While it is being considered, for restoring the ciborium which had been burnt, to destroy the Saint's silver throne,] We have heard that archbishop b, lover of the truth, relating this also, concerning the very great providence of the Victor in the contests and his care of the city, which, God willing, we shall try to set out in what follows c. It happened, he says, that the ciborium which was in his most holy temple, being wholly splendid with silver, was set on fire by night, so that all the silver was melted and a certain part of it was spoiled. When therefore the aforesaid most holy archbishop d greatly desired to build the aforesaid sacred ciborium anew, and did not find the weight of the molten silver sufficient for completing the whole work, he wished to break up the silver throne e which is in the same most venerable temple, and to complete the structure of the said ciborium, as being more necessary, inasmuch as it is said to enclose the hallowed monument of the Martyr, and is besides truly the greatest ornament of the whole house.

[53] [he, so that it may not be done, through an apparition by which, once to a certain priest,] But when he had determined this within himself, no one else knowing the plan (for no other material occurred to him from which the remainder of the silver might be supplied), to a certain man most upright in life, and held worthy of the dignity of the priesthood, whose name was Demetrius, the helper of us all, the great martyr of Christ Demetrius, appears in sleep, saying: Go, tell the bishop of the city; let him not dare to break up the throne of my house. And when the priest did this, the archbishop was at first astounded that his thought had been made manifest (for, as he said, no one else knew of what he had deliberated secretly within himself); but then, thinking that the priest (for he was the administrator of the aforesaid venerable temple) had invented these things from some suspicion, he dismissed him at once, saying in words that were somewhat angry: Why, what have you heard from me, brother?

[54] a second time, But again after some days, when he had examined many plans and had found none by which the remainder of the work might be accomplished, he was confirmed in the same plan he had had about the throne; and when he had ordered the silversmith to be called, so as to give him instructions to remove the throne, in that very hour someone announced, saying: Demetrius the priest desires to come in to your holiness; who, having come in, said to him: The Victor in the contests, who protects us, has again been seen by me, a sinner, in my sleep, with a countenance somewhat sad, and he commanded me to announce these things to your beatitude in these words: For charity's sake, do not grieve me by the removal of the throne. On hearing this he was angry with the priest (for he thought he was inventing it); and he dismissed him rather harshly, at length, having declared his own intention, saying also: And whence would you have what is lacking to the weight of the silver be supplied? Do you know of some other means available? Speak: but if you reply that there is none, do not rashly pass judgment, philosophizing upon other men's tribulations.

[55] and a third time he shows himself to be seen, The man went out confounded; for the Saint had not yet told him what ought to be done, but had only forbidden the throne to be destroyed, and hence the priest was reckoned an adviser unworthy of credit. For he said that the Saint commanded that the throne should not be removed from its place; but whence the ciborium should be completed he had nothing to say. And when a delay of about eighteen months had occurred in the matter, and no other means appeared to supply what was lacking, the archbishop at length determined within himself to carry out altogether what he had deliberated, and not to look on the whole temple so unseemly through the lack of completion obscuring the things that pertained to its adornment. Then, by the good pleasure of God, the most glorious Victor in the contests also opened his abundant hand, and appeared a third time to the priest, saying: Go and tell the bishop: Do not lose heart; my house and the city are more my care than yours; be anxious about nothing.

[56] When the priest had heard these things, with swift course and much joy at once, is a hindrance, and so at length having been announced to the archbishop, he set them out to him, and declared that he should remain free of care. The archbishop, therefore, weeping, and admiring such condescension and care of the Victor in the contests, and putting faith with his whole heart in his promise, which he had not made openly before, so that, I think, our souls might be tested by greater anxiety, when the priest had gone out a little and a short time had elapsed, said to those present who had heard the words then spoken by the priest: Let us wait a little, brethren; for the promise of the Victor in the contests is true. And he had scarcely yet finished speaking, when one of his household says: The lord Mennas stands below and wishes to embrace your footsteps, affirming that he wishes to offer you something of his own; for it was for this that he had come at the present time (it was the fifth hour of the day).

[57] He, when he had come up, said to the archbishop: Since I owe much to the most glorious martyr Demetrius, from gifts of silver, offered spontaneously by some at the Saint's prompting, who has often snatched me from dangers and from death itself, I have often desired to offer something modest out of the means given me by God to his most venerable temple, and someone, as it were to my soul, saying to me, since the time is not opportune,

I felt; but today, most blessed father, from morning until this hour my thoughts urge me, saying: The things you have often promised to the Victor in the contests, bring them, because now is the acceptable time, and let your gift be in silver, and not in gold. I pray your holiness therefore not to turn away your servant, but, like the widow's two mites, accept what has been brought by me, and apply it to the ciborium of the Lord of our city after God; for I am wholly persuaded that this is pleasing to the Martyr. And, having called a servant, he brought seventy-five pounds of silver, saying: Let it be a matter between you and God, unless you spend them there.

[58] But he, recognizing the providence of God and the most diligent care of the Victor in the contests, answered, saying: a new ciborium, a most beautiful work, is built. The Lord bless you, son; I will do as you have asked; and he dismissed him. And when he had waited a short time and had gone forward a little in order to depart, he receives a certain man asking to speak with him, John, one of the old advocates of illustrious Thessalonica, using words like those which the lord Mennas had used, and offering for the same cause of the sacred ciborium forty pounds of silver; and others, whose spirit God stirred up, offered secretly, known to none but the archbishop; and from these that most beautiful work which is seen even today was at once built f, so that at length throughout the whole city the manifold care and providence of the Victor in the contests, acceptable to God in Christ Jesus our Lord, was spread abroad. For to Him belong glory, honour and adoration, with the immortal Father and the most holy and life-giving Spirit, now and always and unto the ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER VII.

How Onesiphorus, the custodian of the temple, sinned against the Saint, and was therefore punished by him.

Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐκείνο παραλείψαι χρέον ὑπὸ τοῦ προμνημονευθέντος ὁσιωτάτου ἀρχιερεως ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἀληθείας ἀφηγηθέν· ἐνάγει γὰρ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μετὰ συνέσεως καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ κατακουόντων εἰς τὰ ἀνὼ φρονεῖν, καὶ μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἄφατον τοῦ πανενδόξου Ἀθλοφόρου κηδεμονίαν παρίστησιν, πῶς ποικίλως ἐργάζεται τὴν τῶν αὐτῷ δουλευόντων σωτηρίαν δι᾽ ἄκρας τῶν ἔργων παραφυλακῆς, μὴ δὲ τουλάχιστὸν προσκόπτεῖν αὐτοὺς συγχωρῶν. Ὀνησίφορὸς ἐτύγχανεν παραμονάριος τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ καλλινίκου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου· οὗτος δεἶγμα τῆς εὐλαβείας αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκέκτητο, τὸ φίλον εἶναι γνήσιον τοῦ προλεχθέντος ὁσιωτάτου ἁρχιεπισκόπου, τηνικαῦτα δὲ ἀναγνώστου τυγχάνοντος.

[60] Μιᾷ γοῦν τῶν ἡμερῶν πορευθεὶς εἰς τὸν πανάγιον οἶκον τοῦ πανσέπτου Ἀθλοφόρου, εὗρεν τὸν εἰρημένον ἔμπροσθεν τὸν ἀργυρέων θυρῶν τοῦ ἐκεῖσε λεγομένου κιβορίου, ἀχανῆ καὶ σχεδὸν ἄπνουν, καὶ τῶν νεκρωθέντων οὐδὲν διαφέροντα: ὡς δὲ τεθορύβητο περὶ τοῦ φίλου ὁ ἀνήρ συμπάσχων καὶ πενθῶν ἐπὶ τῷ συμβάντι, μάλα μόλις μετὰ πλείονας ὥρας εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθὼν ὁ Ὀνησιφόρος, καὶ γνωρίσας τὸν ἀναγνώστην ὡς φίλον γνήσιον πενθοῦντα, καὶ πεφυρμένον τοῖς δάκρυσιν, λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν, διὰ τὸ συμβάν μοι, κύριέ μου Εὐσέβιε, δακρύεις; τοῦ δὲ κατανεύσαντος. οὐ δὲ γὰρ λαλῆσαι διὰ τήν λύπην ἐξίσχυσεν, λέγει αὐτῷ, οὐκ ὀφείλεις δακρύειν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἀγαπᾶς με, ὄρυξον μνημεῖον, καὶ ζῶντα με κατάχωσον.

[61] Τοῦ δὲ διαταραχθέντος ἐπὶ τῷ παραδόξῳ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ σκυθροπῶς εἰρηκότος, τίνος χάριν, ἀδελφέ; Ἐκεῖνος ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι περιέπεσα σφάλματι, οἵῳ μὴ δὲ μειρακίῳ δὴ νοῦν περιπεπτωκέναι ποτὲ πιστεύεις ἂν, ὑφ᾽ οὗ καὶ μεγάλως τὸν Ἀθλοφόρον παρόξυνα, ὥς μὴ δὲ πρόσωπόν με τοῦ λοιποῦ ἔχειν τὰ πρόπυλα τοῦ ναοῦ αὐτοῦ θεωρῆσαι, μήτιγε τῷ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡγιασμένῳ κιβωρίῳ προσψαῦσαι. Τοῦ δὲ ἀναγνώστου τηνικαῦτα καταστείλαντος τὴν πολλὴν αὑτοῦ ἀθυμίαν καὶ σύγχυσιν διὰ τῶν πραέων καὶ παραινετικῶν αὐτοῦ ῥημάτων, καὶ πείσας ἀφηγήσασθαι τὸ συμβὰν, οὕτως ἥρξατο λέγειν· Οἶσθα, προσφιλέστατε, τὴν συνήθειαν, ὅτιπερ δεῖ πάντως κηροῖς καταλάμπεσθαι τὸ ἔνδον τοῦ ἡγιασμένου τούτου κιβωρίου;

[62] Οἶδα, φησὶν· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς, ὁ Ὀνησιφόρος ἔφη, ὡς ἕκαστος καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν ἔχει προθέσεως, μικροὺς ἢ μεγάλους αὐτόθι προσφέρει κηροὺς. Καὶ ὁ ἀναγνώστης, ἀληθές καὶ τοῦτο· ἐγὼ οὖν, φησὶν, ὡς παραμονάριος νομίσας χρηματικώτερον περιποιεῖν τί καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἐμαυτῷ, τὰ ἀληθῆ γὰρ εἰρῶ, ἔπεὶ καὶ ἅπαντα γνωστὰ τῷ Θεῷ, τοὺς μὲν μεγάλους τῶν προσφερομένων κηρῶν παραχρῆμα ἐσβέννυον, λεπτοὺς δὲ ἀντ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ μικροὺς ἐπίγνυον καίεσθαι. Ὤφθη μοι οὖν ἐν ὕπνοις ὁ ἅγιος τῷ ἁμαρτωλῶ καὶ φησὶν τῇ γλυκείᾳ φωνῇ τῆς ἀμέτρου αὐτοῦ συγκαταβάσεως, ἀδελφὲ Ὀνησιφόρε, οὑκ ἀρέσκει μοι ὅ ἐργάζεις· οὐ δὲ γὰρ μυρίαις λύτραις χρυσοῦ θεραπεύομαι, ὡς μιᾶς ψυχῆς σωτηρίᾳ· ἤ οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι τὸ προσφερόμενον πρᾶγμα, ὅσον ἐπιμένει λειτουργοῦν καὶ φαινόμενον, τοσοῦτον παρορμᾶ τοὺς ἁγίους πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ προσενέγκαντος.

[63] Ἔα οὖν τα προσφερόμενα τῶν κηρίων καίεσθαι ἄχρις ἂν ἄλλος προσαγάγοι· ἐγώ δὲ ὁ τάλας διυπνισθεὶς, καὶ λογισάμενος τὰς ἐμαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίας, ἐνόμισα φαντασίαν ἑωρακέναι, ἀμαρτωλῶ γὰρ φησὶν ἅγιος οὐ κοτοπτάνεται: ἐπεί δὲ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὴν τοιαύτην παραγγελίαν καθ᾽ ὕπνους ἐδεξάμην, ἔσπευσα ταύτην παραφυλάξασθαι, ὅ καὶ ποιῶν μεμένηκα μέχρι τῆς σήμερον: τῇ δὲ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ἥκεν τίς, καὶ μεγίστους λίαν προσάγων κηροὺς: μετὰ δὲ τὸ εὐξασθαι, καὶ ἀναχωρῆσαι τὸν ἄνδρα ἐνεθυμήθη τῶν κηρῶν, ὡς ὁ Ἄχαρ τοῦ ἀναθήματος, καὶ δὴ ὀρμήσαντός μου τοῦ ἐπάραι καὶ σβέσαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀντ᾽ αὐτῶν ἄψαι μικροτέρους, αὐτὸς ὁ ἅγιος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου σκίνποδος φωνὴν ἀφῆκεν πάνυ μεγίστην, οὕτως βοήσας πρός με: πάλιν αὐτὰ;

[64] Ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ ἄθλιος φόβῳ τῆς φωνῆς οὕτως ὑψώθην ἐκ τῆς γῆς τῷ παλμῷ, ὡς ἔξω τῶν θυρῶν ἐκριφῆναι με, ἔνθα καὶ ἐλθὼν εὔρες με ἄπνουν καὶ ἀχανῆ, καὶ μηδεμῖας ζωῆς ἔμφασιν ἔχοντα. Ταῦτα μὲν ἐξηγήσατο ἰδεῖντε καὶ ἀκηκοέναι ὁ μακάριος ἡμῶν πατήρ τε, καὶ ἀρχιεπίσκοπος: ἡμεῖς δὴ προσέχειν ὀφείλομεν, ὅτι δεῖ πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς εὐδοκίᾳ Θεοῦ παρὰ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προσταττομένοις, εἰ δὲ μήγε, λυποῦμεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτῶν ὀλέθρῳ· ὁρᾶτε γὰρ εἰς οἷαν ἔξαψιν ἐκίνησεν τὸ πρᾶγμα τὸν ἄγιον, ὡς καὶ ἀναφανδὸν κρᾶξαι φωνῇ αἰσθητῇ παρισταμένῳ τῷ παροργήσαντι; ἡμῖν δὲ ἴλεος ἔσται ἡ ἀγαθότης αὐτοῦ, ὑπηκόους καθιστῶσα πάντοτε τοῖς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρώποις θελήμασιν, ἐν χῷ Ἰῦ τῷ κυρίῳ, ὅτι αὐτῷ πρέπει δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμὴν.

But neither must that be passed over which was related in very truth by the aforesaid most blessed archbishop b. [The custodian of the temple of St. Demetrius, joined in friendship with the lector, afterwards archbishop,] For it incites the souls of those who hear with understanding and the fear of God to mind the things that are above, and not those upon the earth. And since it also shows the ineffable care of the most glorious Victor in the contests, he works in a certain manner, in various ways, the salvation of those who serve him, by setting forth the utmost watchfulness over their works, not permitting them to offend even in the least. A certain Onesiphorus was custodian of the temple of Demetrius the martyr, adorned with beautiful victories. He had this also as a sign of his piety, that he was a true friend of the aforesaid most blessed archbishop, who was then a lector.

[60] One day, then, when the latter had entered the most holy house of the most venerable Victor in the contests, he found the aforesaid man before the silver doors of the ciborium, as it is called, which is there, speechless and almost lifeless, and differing nothing from the dead. And when the man, pitying his friend and grieving over what had happened, when he had once been found by him almost lifeless in the same temple, was troubled, Onesiphorus, having come to himself with great difficulty after several hours, and having seen the lector lamenting like a true friend and disfigured with tears, said to him: Is it on account of what has happened to me, my lord Eusebius, that you weep? And when he nodded with his head (for for grief he could not speak), he said: You ought not to weep, but, if you love me, dig a grave and bury me alive.

[61] And when the other, troubled by the strange speech, said with sad countenance: this mishap, because he had sinned against St. Demetrius, For what cause,

brother? He answered: Because I have fallen into an offence with which you would not believe that the mind even of a youth had ever been defiled, by which I have also greatly provoked the Victor in the contests, so that I have no longer the face to look upon the vestibule of his temple, much less to touch his holy and hallowed ciborium. And when the lector, having then checked his great dejection of mind and agitation with his gentle and exhortatory words, had persuaded him also to relate what had happened, he began to speak thus: Do you know, most beloved, the custom by which that hallowed ciborium must be lit within with tapers?

[62] I know it, he said. Nor are you ignorant, said Onesiphorus, and, warned by him in sleep that he should that each person, according to the purpose he has, offers small or large tapers there? And the lector: That too is true. I therefore, he said, as custodian of the temple, thinking that I would procure something more profitable both for the Saint and for myself (for I will declare the truth, since all things are known to God as well), at once extinguished the larger of the tapers offered, and in their place fixed thin and small ones to be burnt. To me, then, a sinner, the Saint appeared in sleep, and said in the sweet voice of his immense condescension: Brother Onesiphorus, what you are doing does not please me; for infinite weights of gold do not please me as does the salvation of one soul; do you not know that a thing which is offered, so long as it remains performing its service and set before the sight, so long does it move the Saints to intercede for him who offered it c?

[63] Let the tapers, then, which are offered burn until another comes. amend himself, had nevertheless relapsed into the sin, But I, wretch that I am, on waking, and reflecting on my sins, thought that I had seen a vain image. For a Saint, they say, does not appear to a sinner. But after I had received a like injunction twice and three times in sleep, I took care to observe it, and I continued doing so until this present day; but on this night someone came, bringing very great tapers; and when the man had prayed and departed, I gaped after the tapers, as Achar after the thing devoted to God d; and when I moved my step to take them and extinguish them and light smaller ones in their place, the Saint himself sent forth from the sacred resting-place a very great voice, crying thus to me: The same things again?

[64] And I, wretch, through fear of the voice was so lifted from the ground by the shock he narrated to the same lector, afterwards archbishop, as having befallen him. that I was thrown outside the doors, where you also, coming, found me lifeless and speechless and having no sign of life. These things our blessed father and archbishop related that he had both seen and heard e; but we ought to give heed that we must comply with the things which are enjoined by His Saints by the will of God; and if we do not do so, we grieve them to our own loss. For you see to what feeling the matter moved the Saint, so that he even cried out manifestly with a perceptible voice to the offender, being present beside him; but his goodness will be propitious to us, making us obedient in every respect to his kindly wishes in Christ Jesus the Lord, for to Him belong glory, honour and power unto the ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER VIII.

Of the great solicitude and care with which the Saint prodigiously succoured the Thessalonians in a time of famine.

ὍΤι δε οὐ μόνον ἰδία πολλοῖς, άλλὰ καὶ κοινὴ περὶ πάσαν ὁμοῦ τὴν αὐτοῦ πόλιντὲ καὶ χώραν ἐν διαφόροις καιροῖς ἄμετρον ἐκ φιλοστοργίας τὴν προστασίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρόνοιαν ὀ πανένδοξος Ἀθλοφόρος Χρίστου ἐπεδείξατο, τὸ καὶ πάλιν ἐνδείκνυται· οὐδὲ γὰρ λήγει ποτὲ ἡ πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοῦ ευσπλαγχνία, ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ πρὸς τοὺς μετανοοῦντας ἀμαρτωλοὺς ἔλεος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Διὰ βραχέων σαφηνίσω τῆς ἀληθείας ἔχων ἔτι μάρτυρας συνήλικας πολλούς· βαρβαρικοῦ γὰρ ἔθνους ἀφάτου ποτὲ τῶ πλήθει τῆ θεοφυλάκτω ταύτη τῶν Θεσσαλονικαίων ἐπιβρίσαντος πόλει, περὶ οὕ σὺν Θεῶ φάναι εὐκαίρως ἐν τοῖς κατώπιν διαληψόμεθα· κἄντευθεν μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀναχώρησιν ἁθρόου λιμοῦ τὴν πόλιν ἅμα καὶ τὴν ὅλην χώραν συνεχόντος διὰ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ἰσόψαμμον ἐκείνην τῶν βαρβάρων πληθὺν ἅπαντα τὰ ἐκτὸς τῆς πόλεως καταδεδηχέναι, ὡς καὶ τὸν χοῦν ἐκλῆξαι τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ φημισθέντος ἀπανταχοῦ, ὡς ἡ πόλις ἐάλω, μηδένα τῶν ἐν πλοίοις ἐμπορευμένων ἐνταῦθα κατώραι, κινδυνος ἰσοπαλῆς τῶ πολέμω μετὰ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν διάσωσιν αὖθις ἐπήρτητο, πάντων ὁμοῦ τῶ λιμῶ σχεδὸν φθειρομένων οἴκοιτε καὶ δημοσία.

[66] Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ φιλόπολις καὶ φιλάνθρωπος καὶ πάσης ἔμπλεως ἀγατότητος ὁ ὑπερενδοξος ἀθλοφόρος οὐκ ἐνύσταξεν ἐπὶ τῆ συμφορά. οὐδὲ κατημέλησε τῶν οἱκετῶν αὐτοῦ, καίτοι ἀναξίων ὄντων ἡμῶν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πεπλημμελημένων ἡμῖν φειδοὺς, καὶ συμπαθείας, καὶ δὴ Στεφάνω τινὶ ναυκλήρω, φόρτον ἐπιφερομένω σίτου καὶ λίαν πολύν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλίδα τῶν πόλεων πλέοντι ὀπτανεται κατὰ τὸ μέρος Χίου τῆς νήσου ἐν ἡμέρα τηλαυγῶς, ἐν ὥ καὶ γράφεται σχήματι ἐν ταῖς εἰκόσι, μέλλοντι τὴν δεξιάν τῆς νηὸς ὁθόνην ἀνελκειν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ Βυζάντιον, ὡς εἴρηται, ποντοπορεῖν· Παραστὰς οὖν ἐν τῶ πλοίω φησὶ τῶ Στεφάνω· ἀκουσόν μου καὶ τὸ ἀριστερὸν ὕψωσον ἄρμενον, καὶ πλεῦσον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην ἀχειμάστως καὶ διὰ τάχους.

[67] Χρήζει γὰρ τοῦ εἴδους καὶ καλῶς ἔχεις πρᾶξαι, ἅμα κἀμοῦ προλαμβάνοντός σε ἑκεῖ. Τοῦ δέ ὡς ἐν ἐκστάσει γεγονότος διὰ τὸ παραδόξον τῆς θέας τοῦ Μάρτυρος, καὶ μόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν φθεγξαμένου, ὅτι ἠκούσαμεν, δέσποτα, τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην ὑπὸ βαρβάρων κατασχεθῆναι, καὶ πῶς ἐκεῖ με κελεύεις γενέσται· ὁ ἀθλοφόρος ἀπεκρινατο· ἀληθῶς παρὰ ἀνθρωποῖς ἐλήφθη, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ Θεῶ. Πάντα γὰρ δυνατὰ τῶ Θεῶ. ἐκεῖ οὖν πλεῦσον, καὶ ταῖς ὁλκάσι ταῖς ὐπαντώσαις σοι μήνυσον, ὅτι τοῖς οἰκτιρμοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ Θεσσαλονίκη σέσωσται· καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν κατῆλθεν εκ τοῦ πλοίου εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑδατος λέγων τῶ Στεφάνω· ἰδοὺ ταὑτην πλεῦσον, ὡς ὁρᾶς με προπορευόμενόν σου.

[68] Καὶ δὴ παραχρῆμα ὁ Στέφανος διαναστὰς τὴν ἄλλην ὁθόνην τοῦ πλοίου ἀνείλκυσε, καὶ ἔπλευσεν ἐπὶ Θεσσαλονίκην μέχρι πολλοῦ θεόμενος τὸν πανένδοξον Μάρτυρα κατὰ τοῦ πελάγους ὁδεύοντα. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλους πλείστους ἀναπλέοντας ὁ Στέφανος θεασάμενος ἔκραζεν αὐτοῦς κατὰ τὴν παραγγελίαν τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου, ὡς ἡ πόλις συμμαχία Θεοῦ διασέσωσται, καὶ ἔπεισε μεταστρέψαντας εἰς αὐτὴν κατᾶραι. Αὐτὸς πρὸ πάντων ἐλθών ταῦτα πολλοῖς τῶν τῆς πόλεως ἐξηγήσατο, ὅρκω καὶ αὐτοῖς ἕργοις πιστοσάμενος τὸ διήγημα· εὐθὺς γὰρ ὁ πανένδοξος Μάρτυς τῆ φιλανθρωποτάτη αὐτοῦ κηδεμονία ἔστρεψε τὸν κοπετὸν τῆς πόλεως εἰς χαράν ἐντὸς ὁλιγων ἡμερῶν πολλῶν προσπλευσάντων ἐμπόρων, φερόντων εἴδη διάφορα, καὶ προφθασάντων τὴν ἐπάνοδον τῶν πρὸς βασιλέα τῆς πόλεως πρεσβευτῶν περὶ τῆς ἀνάγκης τοῦ λιμοῦ φοιτησάντων. Ὄθεν καὶ συμβαλόντες ἐν ἐαυτοῖς καταμαθέτε, πόση ἡ σφοδρότης ἐτύγχανε τοῦ κακοῦ, ὅτι καὶ βασιλέως ἀκοὰς ἡ πόλις τότε διὰ πρεσβείας ἠνοχλησε. Τῶ δὲ Θεῶ ἡ δόξα &c.

the Saint, to Thessalonica, oppressed by famine after a war, For indeed, that the most glorious Victor in the contests of Christ showed beyond measure, out of charity, his patronage and providence not only privately to many, but also in common to his whole city and region together at various times, that which here again occurs to be narrated affords a specimen (for his kindness towards us never ceases, as neither does the mercy of God towards penitent sinners). Since I still have many contemporaries as witnesses of the truth, I will declare the matter in few words. After a barbarous nation, infinite in multitude, had once made an attack upon this city of the Thessalonians guarded by God — of which matter, God granting, we shall undertake to speak in due time in what follows b — and hence, after their departure, a severe famine was pressing the city and at the same time the whole region, first because that multitude of barbarians, like the sand, had all the things that were outside the city, so that

it did not leave even the dust of the earth untouched, according to what is written, had laid waste; and then, because, since it had been spread abroad everywhere that the city had been taken, none of those who trade in ships looked hither, a danger equal to the war again hung over them after the safety obtained from it, all at once almost perishing of famine both at home and in public.

[66] But he who is the lover of the city, merciful and full of all goodness, through Stephen the shipmaster, with the grain he was carrying, to Thessalonica the most glorious Victor in the contests, did not sleep over the calamity, nor neglect us his servants, although unworthy of pardon and compassion on account of the multitude of the sins committed by us; and to a certain Stephen, a shipmaster, who was carrying a very great cargo of grain and sailing towards the queen of cities c, off the region of the island of Chios d, having assumed the habit in which he is painted in images, he appears clearly by day, when the latter was about to raise the right-hand sail of the ship, and to sail, as has been said, towards Byzantium. Standing therefore in the ship he says to Stephen: Hear me, and raise the left-hand sail, and sail calmly and swiftly to Thessalonica.

[67] For it is in need of grain, and you can do this easily, ordered to sail, in an apparition in which he shows himself to be seen by him, with me at the same time going before you. And when the latter, at the wondrous vision of the Martyr, had been as it were rapt out of himself, and had with difficulty said to him: We have heard, Lord, that that city has been taken by the barbarians, and how do you bid me go there? the Victor in the contests answered: Truly it has been taken in the eyes of men, but not with God. For all things are possible to God. Sail thither, then, and announce to the ships that meet you that Thessalonica has been saved by the mercy of God. And, having said this, he went down out of the ship into the sea, walking upon the water, and saying to Stephen: Behold, sail by the same way by which you see me going before.

[68] And Stephen, rising at once, raised the other sail of the ship and sailed to Thessalonica, [and succours it, and others whom Stephen, by the Saint's command, moves to do the same.] seeing the most glorious Martyr for a long time going upon the sea. And when Stephen had seen others also sailing past, he cried out to them, according to the command of the Victor in the contests, that Thessalonica had been saved by the help of God, and persuaded them to change their course and put in to it. These things he, having arrived before all the rest, related to many of the city, making his narrative credible by an oath and by the very facts e. For at once the most glorious Martyr by his most kindly care turned the mourning of the city into joy, many merchants sailing up within a few days, who brought various foods and anticipated the return of the envoys of the city who had gone to the emperor on account of the calamity of the famine. Whence, reflecting on this among yourselves, learn how great was the vehemence of the evil, on account of which the city then troubled even the ears of the emperor by an embassy. To our God be the glory, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER IX.

How the Saint at yet another time prodigiously succoured Thessalonica when pressed by famine.

Ἄλλας πόσας ἔχομεν ἀπαριθμεῖν τοῦ Μάρτυρος ὁμοιοτρόπους εὐεργεσίας! Πόσος δὲ χρόνος ἀρκέσει τοῦ συγγράφειν τὰ τοιαῦτα δωρήματα; Οὐκοῦν μόνον τὸ πρὸ βραχέος ἄρτι γενόμενον διηγήσομαι, αὔταρκες ὑπαρχὸν ἐναργῶς παραστῆσαι τοῖς νήφουσι τῆς θεοφόρου προνοίας τοῦ Μάρτυρος τὸ ἀένναον. Ἅπαντες ἴστε τὴν πρὸ βραχέος λίαν καιροῦ γενομένην τοῦ σίτου σπάνιν, οὐ κατὰ ταῦτην μόνον τὴν θεοφρούρητον πόλιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πανταχοῦ σχεδὸν, ὡς καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν φθάσαι τὸ κακὸν τὴν βασιλίδα τῶν πόλεων, ὅπωστε πάντες ἐν ἀθυμία δεινῆ κατετήκοντο, πάντων ἅμα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων εἰδῶν συνακολουθησάντων ὥσπερ τῶ ὁμοιώματι τῆς τοῦ σίτου στενώσεως· ὅπερ καὶ κυρίως λιμὸν οἵ ἀκριβέστεροι ὀνομάζουσιν· ὅτ᾽ ἂν γὰρ, τὸ βαρὺ καὶ τηκόψυχον τῆς τοῦ σίτου σπάνεως ἑτέρων εἰδῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, ὑπέντων, δυνατὸν εἴη κατὰ τὰς ἀγορὰς μεταδεύεσθαι, οὐκ εἶναι λιμὸν τὸν τοιοῦτον τεθεσπίκασιν οἵ ἐχέφρονες· εἰ δὲ μὴ εὔπορον ἔσοιτο, ὅθεν ἡ περὶ τὸν σίτον ἀνία μεθόδω τινὶ δόξει διοικονομεῖσθαι κατὰ τοὺς δήμους, τότε τὸ ἀμήχανον τοῦ μηδὲν ὑπεῖναι ἔργω καὶ ὀνόματι κυρίως τὸν λιμὸν ἀπεργάζεται.

[70] Τοιαύτη κακία τότε τῆς Θεσσαλονικαίων πιεζομένης μεγαλοπόλεως, καὶ μεῖζον κακὸν τοῦ παρόντος τότε λιμοῦ τὴν προσδοκωμένην ταραχὴν κατορρωδούντων ἁπαντῶν, ὁ κοινὸς τῆς χώρας ἁπάσης παρὰ Θεῶ πρεσβευτὴς ὅ φιλόπολις καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ἀμνήμων ὁ τοὺς ἀφάτους οἰκτιρμοὺς τοῦ πολὺ εὐσπλάγχνου Θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος Ἰεσοῦ Χριστοῦ νοητῶς ἐκμαξάμενος καὶ στήθη νοερὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας ἐναργῶς δεικνύμενος πᾶσιν ὁ πανένδοξος Μάρτυς Δημήτριος νεύματι θείω ἐκ πλείστων καὶ διαφόρων χωρῶν ὀλκάδας ὑπερφερῶς μεμεστωμένας τῆ θρεψαμένη ἀπέστειλε ποικίλων καρπῶν ὑγρῶντε καὶ ξηρῶν καὶ πάσης πρὸς ἀνθρωπίνην δίαιταν ἀγαθωσύνης, ὡς εὐθὺ τὴν ἐλπίδα μὲν τῶν ὅσον οὔπω προσδοκωμένων θλιβερῶν διαρραγῆναι, καίτοι χειμερίου καιροῦ πλησιάζοντος· εἰς ὕμνους δὲ Θεοῦ τραπῆναι τὴν πόλιν, ὡς οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνη προνοία διασωθεῖσαν, μόνη δὲ κηδεμονία καὶ χάριτι πλείστη τοῦ Μάρτυρος.

[71] Ἀλλὰ ναί, φης, τὸ πρᾶγμα γεγενῆσθαι; φαμὲν· οὐ γὰρ ἅπερ ὀφθαλμοῖς εἴδομεν, δυνάμεθα μὴ ὁμολογεῖν· πῶς δὲ πεισθῶμεν προνοία τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου ταῦτα γεγενῆσθαι, μηδενὸς τῶν τηνικαῦτα προσπλευσάντων ἐμπόρων ὀπτασίαν τινα παρὰ τοῦ Μάρτυρος αὐτοῖς γεγενημένην ὁμολογήσαντος ἐπὶ τῶ τὰ ἐνθάδε καταλαβεῖν. Ἄλλ εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς προσπλεύσασιν, ὡς ἔφης, ἐμπόροις τηλαυγγῶς ὁ Μάρτυς ἑαυτὸν ἐνεφάνισεν, ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν νοητῶς συλλαλήσας θειοτέρα ἐπισκιάσει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔπεισεν στείλασθαι, καὶ τοῦτο πληροφορήσει τὴν πιστὴν ἀκοὴν τὸ γεγονὸς τότε σὺν ἀληθεία πάση. Ἀνὴρ γὰρ πιστὸς τῶ κατὰ τὴν Ἄβυδον μεγαλοπρεπεῖ ἐξυπηρετούμενος κόμητι, καὶ τὴν Χίων νῆσον αὐτοῦ κελεύσει καταλαβὼν, ἐπὶ τῆ τῶν πλοῖων προτροπῆτε ἅμα καὶ κατεπίξει ἀσχάλλων καὶ λίαν ἀθυμῶν ἐπὶ τῆ σπάνη τῶν ἀναπλεόντων, ὁρᾶ καθ᾽ ὕπνους, ἔπειτα καὶ ἐγρηγόρως φωνὴν ἀκούει παραπλησίαν τοῖς ὀνείρασι, τοίαδε πρὸς αὐτὸν φθεγγομένην.

[72] Τί, φῇς, ἀθυμεῖς καὶ οδύρη; ἀκριβως ἴσθι, ὥς ὁ Δημήτριος κάθηται προἀῤῥαβωνιζόμενος τὰς νῆας ἀπάσας καὶ πέμπων εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην· ὁ δὲ διαναστάς καὶ πορευθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ καλλινίκου μάρτυρος Ἰσιδώρου, ὀφείλων ἀκριβέστερον καταμαθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων τίς ὅ Δημήτριος οὔτος· ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶ ἀρτίως λεχθέντι ἁγίω μάρτυρι μετὰ δακρύων εὐξάμενος φανερωθῆναι αὐτῶ τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀδόκιμος παρὰ τῶ στείλαντι αὐτὸν δοκιμασθῆ καὶ ἀπόβλητος, ἀκούει πάλιν παρὰ τῶν ἐκεῖσε πασχόντων ὑπὸ τῆς κρεῖττονος δυνάμεως διαλεγομένων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς δαιμονίων, καὶ ἀκουσίως φανερούντων αὐτῶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἐκραύγαζον γὰρ, ὅτι ὁ Δημήτριος ἐκεῖνος, ὠνείδιζον δὲ αὐτῶ καὶ τὸν διὰ λόγχης βίαιον θάνατον, ὥσπερ καὶ ποτὲ τῶ ἁγίω προδρόμω καὶ βαπτιστῆ τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰωάννη τὴν ἀποκοπὴν τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐπετώθαζον, ἐπεὶ βοητὸς ἐγεγόνει τῶ μεγάλω καὶ πιστῶ βασιλεῖ Θεοδοσίω κατ᾽ εὐγενίου τοῦ τυράννου στρατευσαμένω πρὸς πόλεμον, κἀνταῦθα τοίνυν ἐβόων, ὡς εἴρηται, ὅτι ὁ λογχόπληκτος καὶ βιαιοθάνατος ἐκεῖνος, προσθέντες καὶ τὸ ἁγίον τοῦ μάρτυρος ὄνομα, ἐκεῖνος, φασὶ, ἄπαντα τὰ πλοῖα εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην ἀπέστρεψεν.

[73] Ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ τούτων άκούσας μετὰ καὶ τῶν συνόντων αὐτῶ ἐπεσφράγισε μὲν, ὡς ἀληθῆ τὸν ὄνειρον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἣν ἤκουσε φωνὴν, μὴ διακρίνας δὲ τὸ ἀληθὲς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποτοπήσας τοὺς ὑπάρχους τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ ἄνθρωπον ἴδιον στεῖλαι Δημήτριον ὡς εἰκὸς ὀνομαζόμενον, τοὺς προστυγχάνοντας ἐμπόρους πειθοῖ ἢ καὶ ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐπὶ Θεσσαλονίκην στέλλεσθαι βιαζόμενον, γράμμασι παραχρῆμα κέχρηται πρὸς τὸν τηνικαῦθα τὴν ἔπαρχον ἐγχειρισμένον ἀρχὴν τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ καταβοῶν τὴν ἀδικίαν, προσθεὶς καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πεμφθέντος δῆθεν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ Δημητρίου ἐπὶ τῆ τῶν πλοίων ἀναγκαστικῆ προτροπῆ· οὐκ ἠμέλησεν δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶ στείλαντι αὐτὸν ἐν Χίω, καὶ τὴς Ἀβύδου προκαθημένω γεγράφηκε διαβάλλων τοὺς ἐπάρχους Θεσσαλονίκης, γνωρίσας αὐτῶ τὰ κατὰ λεπτόν καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πεμφθέντος Δημητρίου, ὡς ἐκεῖνον κινηθέντα θυμῶ βασιλεῖ ταῦτα προσανοίξαι, καὶ βασιλέα πάλιν τὸν φιλόχριστον ἐπιπληκτικαῖς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπάρχους κελεύσεσι χρήσασθαι περὶ τούτων.

[74] Ταῦτα δὲ ἐξ οἰκονομίας Θεοῦ ταραχὴν τοσαύτὴν ἐδέξαντο, ἵνα ἡ θεάρεστος πρόνοια καὶ φιλάνθρωπος κηδεμονία τοῦ πανενδόξου Ἀθλοφόρου κηρυχθῆ ἐν τοῖς πέρασι, καὶ γνῶ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη, ὅτι οὐδὲ τοκεὺς φιλόπαις τῶν γνησίων υἱῶν ἐπεμελήσατο οὕτως ποτὲ, ὡς ἡ πολύσπλαγχνος καὶ χριστομίμητος τοῦ Μάρτυρος φιλανθρωπία τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἡμῶν καὶ δουλῶν αὐτοῦ μετὰ Θεὸν προενόησε καὶ τηλικούτου κινδύνου, μηδὲν ἡμῶν μεριμνησάντων ἀπέσπασεν· αὐτοὶ ἡμῖν ταῦτα καὶ ἑτέροις πολλοῖς οἵ ἐνδοξότατοι ὕπαρχοι διηγήσαντο, πείσαντες μεθ᾽ ὅρκων, ἡμᾶς μὲν αὐτοψεῖ, τὸν δὲ ἐν Χίω ἄνδρα διὰ γραμμάτων, καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ βασιλέα δι᾽ ἀναφορᾶς πρεπούσης, ὥς εἴρηται, καὶ ἐνωμότου, ὥς οὐδεὶς πέπομφε τινὰ ἐπὶ τούτω, πλὴν ἐν μόνη Σικελία κατὰ κέλευσιν βασιλικήν· ὅς οὐδὲ ὑπέστρεψεν ἔτι, ἔφασαν, Ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὅλως ἐχεί ἄνθρωπον αὐτῶ ἐξυπηρετούμενον Δημήτριον προσονομαζόμενον.

[75] Ἄλλ᾽ ὅτι ὁ δεσπότης μετὰ Θεὸν τῆς πόλεως Θεσσαλονίκης ὁ μάρτυς τοῦ Χριστοῦ Δημήτριος ὁ πάνένδοξος αὐτὸς λεηλατουμένην λιμῶ τὴν αὐτοῦ πόλιν θεασάμενος κατηλέησεν, καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν τοῦ μὴ πάντας ἀρδην ἀποθανεῖν ἐποιήσατο. Ἀλλὰ τί περὶ τὰ μείζονα σπεύδοντες τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις τούτοις ἐνδιατρίβομεν; Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα μέγαλα, καὶ θαυμαστὰ, προφανές. Πῶς γὰρ

οὐ μεγάλα τὸ κινδύνων καὶ θανάτων αὐτῶν ἀπροσδοκήτως οὐχ ἅπαξ, οὐδέ δὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις ῥυσθῆναι πόλιντὲ, καὶ χώραν ἔθνους σὺν Θεῶ φάναι τοσούτου; Ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα λέγεσθαι συγκρινόμενα ταῦτα, λίαν ἐξευτελίζειν τὴν ὑπερφυᾶ δόξαν τοῦ μάρτυρος νομισθήσονται, ὅθεν δύο τινῶν κεφαλαίων ἐπιδρομάδην μνησθεὶς ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπηγγελμένα τρέψω τὸν λόγον· ἐν χῶ ἰῦ τῶ κῶ ἡμῶν, ὅτι αὐτῶ πρέπει δόξα, τιμὴ &c.

Famine properly so called, of which the author here gives an account. How many other similar benefits of the Martyr have we to enumerate! And what time would suffice for such gifts to be consigned to writing? I will narrate, then, only what has just recently happened, which is sufficient of itself to show manifestly to men of sound mind the unceasing care of the God-bearing Martyr. You all know the scarcity of grain which occurred a very short time ago not only in this city guarded by God, but almost everywhere b, so much so that the evil even reached the queen of cities herself, and all were wasting away through grievous dejection of mind, all other foods at the same time following, as it were, the likeness of the scarcity in grain; which the more sagacious call famine properly so called. For when, other foods, as is fitting, making up for the grievous and soul-wasting scarcity of grain, it is possible to buy necessaries c in the markets, the judicious have judged that there is then no famine properly so called. But if there is nothing at hand from which, by some method, the straits of grain may be seen to be met among the peoples, then that very fact, that there is nothing at hand by which this may be done, makes famine properly so called, both in fact and in name.

[70] [The Saint is related to have sent ships laden with provisions to Thessalonica, oppressed once more,] When the great city of the Thessalonians was pressed by an evil of this kind, and all were fearing the expected tumult, which was a greater evil than the famine then present, the common intercessor of the whole region with God, the lover of the city, unmindful of our sins, who expresses in his compassion the ineffable mercies of our most merciful God and Saviour Jesus Christ, and shows clearly to all the intellectual breast of his own mercy, the most glorious martyr Demetrius, by divine assent, sent to the city that nurtured him d ships from very many and various regions, excellently filled with divers fruits, both moist and dry, and with everything that conduces to human sustenance, so that at once the expected afflictions all but gave place to a greater hope, although the winter season was coming on, and the city was turned to the praises of God, as having been saved not by human providence but by the care and the very great charity of the Martyr alone.

[71] [and that this was truly done prodigiously by him, from the vision shown to a certain man] Did the thing really happen so, you say? So we affirm; for we cannot but confess what we have seen with our eyes. But how shall we bring ourselves to believe that those things were done by the providence of the Victor in the contests, since none of the merchants who then sailed up acknowledged, when he put in here, that a vision had been shown him by the Martyr? But even if, as you have said, the Martyr did not give himself clearly to be seen by the merchants sailing up, speaking intellectually in their hearts by a more divine overshadowing he persuaded them to sail to us; and what was then done with all truth will convince the faithful hearer of the matter. A faithful man, who served the great count of Abydos e, and had received the island of Chios f to govern by his command, grieving at the departure and delay of the ships, and losing heart because of the rarity of those sailing, had a vision in sleep, and then also, waking, heard a voice which answered to the vision, saying these things to him.

[72] Tell me, why are you losing heart and being consumed with grief? by the words of energumens, and other things which here Know for certain that Demetrius, giving earnest-money, is seizing all the ships beforehand and sending them to Thessalonica. And he, rising, and betaking himself to the church of Isidore g, the martyr adorned with beautiful victories, when he wished to learn more exactly from the inhabitants who this Demetrius was, and at the same time was beseeching the said holy martyr with tears to disclose to him the exact truth of the matter, so that he might not be judged reprobate and worthless by him who had sent him, he heard it again from those who were suffering there from a greater power, the demons speaking through them and unwillingly manifesting the truth to him. For they cried out that that Demetrius (and they reproached him with the violent death he had undergone by the spear, just as they once also cast in the teeth of the holy forerunner and Baptist of Christ, John, the cutting off of his head, because he had been a helper to the great and faithful emperor Theodosius when waging war against the tyrant Eugenius h) — that he, then, as has been said, they cried out, pierced through with a lance and slain by violence, uttering also the holy name of the Martyr, had led away all the ships to Thessalonica.

[73] And when the man had heard these things together with those who were with him, stated, and other things which here he thought more firmly indeed that his dream and the voice he had heard were true; but not discerning the truth, and suspecting that the prefects of Illyricum had sent a man of their own, named, as was likely, Demetrius, who by his persuasion, or even by compulsion, was forcing all the merchants who met him to set out for Thessalonica, he at once gave a letter to him who was then administering the principality of Illyricum in the office of prefect, crying out against the injustice, and adding the name of that man, namely Demetrius, who had been sent by him to compel the ships. Nor did he rest here, but he wrote also to him who had sent him to Chios and held the principality of Abydos a letter in which he accused the governors of Thessalonica, making known to him also the things that pertained to the cunning and the name of the Demetrius who had been sent, so that he, moved with anger, might signify these things to the emperor, and the emperor, lover of Christ, might in turn give rebuking mandates about them to the governors.

[74] So great a disturbance, then, arose in this matter by the ordinance of God, he brings forward, John maintains in order that the providence, pleasing to God, and the merciful care of the most glorious victor in the contests might be published in the ends of the earth, and the whole earth might know that not even a parent, loving his children, ever so cared for his own true sons as the clemency of the Martyr, very merciful and imitating God, provided after God for us sinners and his servants, and plucked us out of a danger of this kind without our even thinking of it. These things the most glorious prefects themselves narrated to us and to many others, asserting on oath — to us indeed in person, to the man stationed in the island of Chios by letters, and further to the emperor himself by a fitting and sworn report, as has been said — that no one had been sent by anyone for this purpose, except to Sicily alone, by imperial mandate, and he, they said, had not yet returned; nor had they at all any man serving them who was called Demetrius.

[75] John maintains. But that the Lord of the city of Thessalonica after God, the most glorious martyr of Christ Demetrius, when he saw his city afflicted with famine, had pity on it, and by his care brought it about that not all should die outright i. But why, hastening to greater things, do we linger on these least ones? For indeed it is manifest that these too are great and wonderful. For how shall we not call it great k that, from dangers and from death itself, not once nor twice, but repeatedly and often, both the city and the region of so numerous a nation were unexpectedly freed, God granting it? But if they are compared with the things that are to be told, they will seem to diminish too much the exceeding glory of the Martyr; wherefore, when I have cursorily recalled two more chapters, I will turn my discourse to the things I have promised l, in Christ Jesus our Lord, for to Him belong glory and honour, etc.

ANNOTATA.

you see here, the interpretation should be adapted, as I have judged from the context of the sense; if anyone meanwhile shall bring a better one, I shall gladly embrace it.

CHAPTER X.

How the Saint succoured Thessalonica also in civil war and in the seditions of the people.

ΟὙ γὰρ μόνον ἐν λοιμοῖς καὶ λιμοῖς μυριάκις ὁ φιλόπολις οὗτος καὶ ὑπερένδοξος ἀθλοφόρος ἐκ παλαιοῦ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τὸ περὶ τὴν χώραν εὔσπλαγχνον πρακτικῶς ἐπεδείξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμφυλίων πολέμων, καὶ δημώδους ζάλης ἀναρίθμητα κύματα κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς ἐν αὐτῇ διεσκέδασεν τῇ προς Θεὸν παῤῥησίᾳ τὰς βαινομένων θυμῶν φλυκτήας ἐπιδροσίζων. Ἐκάστοτε ἑνὸς δὲ κἀπὶ τούτων καὶ μόνου μνησθήσομαι διηγήματος ἀναζωπυρῶν τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν πρὸς ὕμνον Θεοῦ, καὶ δόξαν τοῦ Μάρτυρος: τῷ γὰρ εὐπεριγράπτῳ, καὶ ταχυφράστῳ τῶν μεγαλιῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν πνευματικὴν ὑμῶν ἀναφλέγων δίψαν οὐ παύσομαι.

[77] Ἐπὶ τῆς μετὰ Μαυρίκιον τὸν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς λήξεως βασιλείας, ἴσθε σχεδὸν ἅπαντες, οἵους κατὰ πόλιν ἤγειρεν κονιορτοὺς ὁ διάβολος, ψύξας τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ μισαλληλίαν σπείρας κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν πᾶσαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, καὶ Ἀσίαν, καὶ Παλαιστίνην, καὶ πάσας τὰς ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐκεῖσε μέρει πατρίδας ἕως καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς βασιλίδος τῶν πόλεων, οὕτως ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐξαρκεῖν τοῖς δήμοις τὸ κατ᾽ ἀγορὰν αἵμασιν ἐμφυλίοις μεθύσκεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀλλήλων οἰκίας ἐπεισπηδᾶν, καὶ τοὺς αὐτόθι μὲν ἀποσφάττειν ἐλεεινῶς, ἢ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑψηλωτέρων δωμάτων ἔτι ζῶντας ἀκοντίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔδαφος γύναιάτε, καὶ παῖδας, καὶ γέροντας, καὶ νέους ὡς εἰκὸς ἀσθενεῖς, ὅσοι διὰ ἀδρανίαν σωμάτων ἐκφυγεῖν τὰς τῶν ἀνελθόντων μιαιφονίας οὐκ ἴσχυσαν, λεηλατεῖν δὲ βαρβάρων δίκην τοὺς ὁμοδιαίτους, καὶ γνωρίμους, καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς συγγενεῖς, καὶ καθάπαντα ταῦτα καὶ τὰς οἰκίας αὐτὰς πυρπολεῖν, ἵνα μὴ δὲ οἱ τριβέντες ὡς εἰκὸς, καὶ ἐν πτωχίᾳ τὴν ζωὴν ποριζόμενοι διαλάθωσιν.

[78] Ἦσαν μὲν οὖν, ὡς εἴρηται, πάντες οἱ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα τὰ κλίματα χωροὶ τῆς δαιμονικῆς ταύτης ἀνδροκτασίας, καὶ λεηλασίας ἀνάπλεοι, καὶ κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον σπήλαια ληστῶν· ὥσπερ δὲ τινος πυρποληθέντος τόπου, καὶ τῆς φλογὸς κατακρατούσης τῶν ἀπομαχομένων τῷ ὕδατι αἱ πέριξ οἰκίαι τῃ σφοδρότητι θερμαινόμεναι τοῦ καπνοῦ, αὐταίτε μελαίνονται δαλοῦ δίκην, καὶ πρὸς ἄναψιν ἐτοιμόταται γίνονται, μιᾶς τινὸς, καὶ βραχείας προφάσεως, καὶ ταύτης προσδοκησίμου δρασσόμεναι, οὕτως καὶ τὰς περὶ τὸ ἰλλυρικὸν ἁπάσας πόλεις ἡ τῶν ἀνατολικῶν φήμη διανεμηθεῖσα κακῶν. Τινὰς μὲν κατεζόφωσε τοῖς τῆς φιλαργυρίας θυμοῖς καὶ τὰς ἐμφυλίους φλόγας ἐν αὐταῖς τοῖς φυνικοῖς φρυγάνοις ἀνῆψεν: ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὴν μαρτυροφύλακτον τῶν Θεσσαλονικαίων μητρόπολιν ἀνεκύκλουν ταῖς αὖραις τὰ τῶν πλησιωχωρῶν δραματουργήματα, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτῶν τηλαυγές, ὁ καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος δι᾽ ἐπιστολῶν ἐμακάρισεν, τῇ τοῦ φθόνου παρεισδύσει κατακρατηθὲν ἐμελαίνετο.

[79] Ἦντὲ βλέπειν ἐλεεινῶς τηνικαῦτα, τὴν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης μητρόπολιν θάλασσαν διχονοίας γεγενημένην· οὐδεὶς λοιπὸν ὑγιῶς τῷ πλησίον προσέβλεπεν, ὢ τοῦ ἀπροσδοκήτου κακοῦ! Οὐ δὲ συγγενικὸς θεσμὸς τὴν ἐπισκήψασαν νόσον ἰατρεύειν ἐξισχύων. Ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἐν ἀχύρων σωρείᾳ φλόξ κεκρυμμένη, μόνῳ διασμύχεται τῷ καπνῷ τυφομένη, καὶ μικρὰς ἐπιθυμεῖ διασκαλεύσεως τῶν ἐπικειμένων ἀχύρων, εἰς τὸ τὴν αὐτῆς παμφάγον ὁρμὴν διεγήντασαν, πάντα διακαῦσαι, καὶ κατατεφρώσαι τὰ περικείμενα, οὕτως ἡ πόλις ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος ὕπουλος οὕτως ὤδινον τὴν κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων διαφθορὰν, καὶ μικρᾶς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ παραδείγματος τῶν ἀχύρων ἐδεῖτο προφάσεως εἰς τὸ ἀναριπίσαι, καὶ κατὰ πάντων ἀστράψαι τὴν ἀλληλόφθορον μάχαιραν.

[80] Ἀλλ᾽ οὖν οὕτως κακοῦ διακειμένης τῆς πόλεως, οὐδὲν τῶν ἐλπιζομένων γενέσθαι ὁ πανένδοξος ἀθλοφόρος τοῦ Χριστοῦ συνεχώρησεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ἐν τῷ βουλεύεσθαι τὰ κακὰ τοὺς δήμους συνεσβέσθησαν οἱ Θυμοὶ· Ἱκανὸς μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸ ἀθρόον τῆς ἀπροσδοκήτου τῶν ὀργῶν καταπαύσεως τοἶς νοῦν ἔχουσιν παραστῆσαι, ὡς θεία τίς πρόνοια, καὶ ἁγίων ἄῤῥητος ἐπισκίασις τὸ τοιοῦτον κατόρθωσεν. Ὁ γὰρ πλάσας καταμόνας τὰς καρδίας, τρέπει ταύτας ὡς ὕδωρ ὅπου καὶ βούλεται. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ διαμφοδίζη τῶν περὶ ταῦτα βουλευομένων ὁ νοῦς, ἀκούσατε τὸ γενόμενον, ἀκούσατε, παρακαλῶ, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἕως τοῦ θαυμάσαι, καὶ δοξολογῆσαι τὸν μάρτυρα, τὴν διάνοιαν διαγείρητε: ἀλλὰ τὸ αἱρετὸν, καὶ φίλον τῷ ἀθλοφόρῳ κατασκοπήσαντες ἀκριβῶς, αὐτὸ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς, καὶ δυνάμεως κατὰ τὴν ἔννοιαν περισφίγξαντες, ὑπήκοοι ἀκριβεῖς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γνήσιοι φίλοι τῆς ἀγαθοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἀναδειχθῆτε.

[81] Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀμφοδίζη, ὡς εἴρηται, τῶν περὶ ταῦτα βουλευομένων ὁ νοῦς, πότερον αὐτομάτως ἡ τῶν τηλικούτων κακῶν φορὰ, ὅσον οὔπω προσδοκωμένη, κατεκοιμίσθη, ἢ τίνος προνοίᾳ τοῦτο γεγένηται. Καὶ πάλιν, ἵνα μὴ διαμφιβάλληται τῇ τίνος πρεσβείᾳ ἡ πόλις ἐκ τῶν πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου ἀνεσπάσθη, ὤφθη τινὶ καθ᾽ ὕπνους νεωστὶ ἐκ τῆς ἐλλάδος τῇ Θεσσαλονίκῃ ἐπιδημήσαντι, ἀνδρὶ κοσμίῳ, καὶ τῶν τηνικαῦτα τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ ἐπάρχων συγγενεῖ, πρῶτως τῇ πόλει προσπλεύσαντι, καὶ μηδὲ τὰ κινούμενα ἐν αὐτῆ καὶ λαλούμενα ἀπογινώσκοντι, τοιαύτη τίς ὄψις ὀνείρων. Ἴδεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναβαίνοντα ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν τῶν ἰαμάτων, λέγω δὴ τὸ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου πάνσεπτον τέμενος, ἐθάδι νόμῳ τῶν προσπλεόντων τῆ πόλει, ἅτε δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς πρῶτως εἰσβαλῶν αὐτῇ.

[82] Εἶτα εἰσελθὼν δῆθεν ἐν τῷ ναῶ, καὶ προσευξάμενος, ὁρᾶ τὸ ἱερώσκευον ἐκεῖνο, καὶ περικαλλές δημιούργημα κατὰ μέσον τοῦ ναοῦ πρὸς τοῖς λαίοις πλευροῖς ἐφιδρυμένον ἐξαγώνῳ σχήματι, κίοσιν ἕξ καὶ τοίχοις ἰσαρίθμοις, ἐξ ἀργύρου δοκίμου καὶ διαγεγλυμμένου μεμορφωμένον, καὶ τὴν ὀροφὴν ὡσαύτως, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐξαγώνων πλευρῶν κυκλοφορικῶς ἀνίσχουσαν καὶ εἰς μίαν στρογγύλην ὡς ἐκ ποδὸς ἀπολήγουσαν σύνδεσιν, σφαῖραν τε ἀργύρεαν μεγέθους οὐ μικροῦ φέρουσαν ἄνωθεν, ὑφ᾽ ἥν ὡς κρίνου βλαστοὶ θαυμάσιοι περιέχονται, ὧν πάντων ἐπάνω τὸ κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου πεπηγός τρόπαιον ἀκτινοβολεῖ, τῷ μὲν ἀργυρέῳ δημιουργήματι τὰς τοῦ σώματος ὄψεις παρασκευάζον ἐκπλήττεσθαι, τῇ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ νοήσει τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῖς οὐρανίοις καταυγάζον χαρίσμασιν, ὁ ζωοποιὸς, φημὶ, καὶ τίμιος τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν σταυρὸς.

[83] Τοῦτο δὴ τὸ Θεοδώρητον τέχνασμα κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐν τῷ ναῶ θεασάμενος τὸ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν καλούμενον ἁγιασμένον κιβώριον, ἐπηρώτα δῆθεν τοὺς πλησίον, τί τοῦτο, ἀδελφοὶ, τὸ καινοθαύμαστον ποίημα, κατὰ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον ἐφίδρυται; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ταύτην εἰλήφει τὴν χώραν, εἰ μὴ μεγάλης τινὸς ἠξίωτο τῆς προφάσεως· τῶν δὲ φησάντων, ὡς ἐκεῖσε παρὰ τῶν πατέρων ἠκούσαμεν κεῖσθαι Θεοπρεπῶς τὸν ὑπερένδοξον ἀθλοφόρον Δημήτριον, ἐπεθύμουν, ἔφη, ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἔνδον ὁράσεως· οἱ δὲ ὑπεδείκνυον αὐτῷ τὸν πρὸς ταῖς ἀργυρεαῖς θύραις ἰστάμενον ὑπηρέτην μὴ ἄνευ τούτου φάσκοντες, οἷοντε εἶναι τινὰ τῶν ἔνδον τυχεῖν· ᾧ καὶ προσελθὼν ὀ ἀνὴρ, ἠξίου ἀνοιγῆναι αὐτῷ, προσκυνῆσαι βουλομένῳ καὶ ἁγιασθῆναι τῇ Θεοπαρόχῳ τοῦ μνήματος χάριτι.

[84] Τοῦ δὲ διανοίξαντος τὰς θύρας, μήπω εἰσελθὼν ὁ ἀνήρ, ἴδεν μὲν τὸ καὶ ἡμῖν ὁρώμενον ἀργύρεον κατὰ τὸ μέσον ἰδρυμένον ὥσπερ σκιμπόδιον, οὗ κατὰ τὸ πρὸς κεφαλῆς μέρος θρόνον τινὰ λαμπρὸν ἐκ χρυσίου, καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν κατεσκευασμένον, καὶ τὸν πανένδοξον ἀθλοφόρον τοῦ Χριστοῦ Δημήτριον ἐφεζόμενον, οὕτως ὁποίῳ σχήματι κατὰ τὰς εἰκόνας ἐγγεγράφεται, κατὰ δὲ τὸ πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν τοῦ κραβάττου μέρος ἕτερον θρόνον λαμπρὸν μὲν καὶ αὐτὸν, ἐξ ἀργύρου δὲ πάντα συγκείμενον, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καθεζομένην ὁρᾶ γυναῖκα τινὰ εὐπρεπεστάτην, καὶ κοσμίαν ἰδέσθαι, σεμνοφανῶς καὶ ἀπερίττως ἠμφιεσμένην, καὶ ἀτενές πρὸς τὸν μάρτυρα βλέπουσαν. Ταύτα ἰδὼν ὁ ἀνὴρ ηὐλαβήθη ὥσπερ εἰσελθεῖν ὑποτοπήσας τὸν μάρτυρα μέτά τινος δῆθεν θεοσεβοῦς καὶ λαμπρᾶς γυναικὸς ἰδιάζειν.

[85] Ὡς δὲ μεμένηκεν ἐν ἐκπλήξει ἐκεῖνος ἐξω ἱστάμενος, τῇ εὐπρεπείᾳ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοῦ μάρτυρος ἐκθαμβούμενος, ἀναστάσα δῆθεν ἡ γυνὴ ἐπειρᾶτο ἐξιέναι τῶν κιβωρίου. Ὁρμὴ δὲ μεγίστῃ διαναστάς καὶ ὁ μάρτυς κατέσχεν αὐτὴν τῆς χειρὸς, καὶ ἐλκύσας πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτῆς καθέζει αὐτὴν εἰπὼν, διὰ τὸν κύριον μὴ ἐξέλθης ἔνθεν, μηδὲ ἀφῆς τὴν πόλιν, χρεία γάρ σου ἐστὶν ἀεὶ μὲν, μάλιστα δὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ. Ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ ταῦτα ἀκούσας καὶ θεασάμενος καθεσθεῖσαν πάλιν τὴν γυναῖκα ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν πανένδοξον ἀθλοφόρον ὁμοίως ἐν τῷ χρυσέῳ θρόνῳ, οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐξελθεῖν, ἢ φθέγξασθαί τι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔξωθεν προσκυνήσας ἀνεχώρει, τοῦτο μόνον ἐρωτήσας τὸν ἐφιστάμενον δῆθεν ὑπηρέτην. Εἰπέ μοι πρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, τίς ἡ γυνὴ ἡ μετὰ τοῦ ἁγίου μόνη κατεζομένη; Ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη· σύ μόνος ἀγνοεῖς αὐτὴν; Πᾶσα ἡ πόλις αὐτὴν ἐπίσταται, καὶ ὅτι ἀεὶ τῷ μάρτυρι συνδιάγει· ὁ δὲ φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ ξένος ὑπάρχων ἀγνοῶ. Διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην οὖν μὴ φθονέσης, ἀλλὰ κἂν τὸ ὄνομα φράσον μοι.

[86] Ὁ δὲ ὑπηρέτης ἀπεκρίθη, αὕτη ἐστὶν ἠ κυρία Εὐταξία, ἣν ὁ Θεὸς πρὸ πολλοῦ τῷ ἀθλοφόρῳ παρακατέθετο· αὐτὸς δὲ ταύτην διατηρεῖ, μὴ ἐὼν αὐτὴν ἔνθεν ἐξελθεῖν τὸ σύνολον, ὥσπερ καὶ σὺ ἐθεάσω. Ταῦτα τοῦ ὑπηρέτου δῆθεν λαλήσαντος, ὁ ἀνὴρ ἔξυπνος γέγονεν· οὐδὲν δὲ συνεὶς τῶν ὀφθέντων αὐτῷ, διὰ τὸ μηδέ τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει τηνικαῦτα κινούμενα γινώσκειν, ἅτε ξένος τυγχάνων, διηγήσατο ταῦτα τῷ ἐπάρχῳ συγγενεῖ αὐτοῦ καθεστηκότι; ὡς εἴρηται· ὁ δὲ μηδὲ αὐτὸς ἀκριβῶς κατανοήσας τὸ ὁραθὲν, λαβὼν αὐτὸν τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν θεασάμενον, ἄνεισιν εἰς τινὰ μοναχὸν εὐλαβῆ συνήθη αὐτῷ τυγχάνοντα, καὶ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὰ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀποκαλυφθέντα, καὶ πρὸς μείζονα τῆς ἀληθείας πίστιν, αὐτὸν τὸν ἰδόντα ἐνωμότως ὁμολογοῦντα παρέστησεν. Δέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ μοναχὸς: Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ ὁ δωρηθεὶς ἡμῖν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρεσβευτὴς καὶ κηδεμῶν ὁ πανάγιος μάρτυς Δημήτριος.

[87] Πιστεύω γὰρ αὐτῷ τῷ ἀληθινῷ Θεῷ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔτι φοβηθήσεται ἡ πόλις τὸν ἐπηρτημένον τοῦτον, καὶ προσδοκώμενον τῆς ἐμφυλίου στάσεως κίνδυνον τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου τὴν κυρίαν Εὐταξίαν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ κατασχόντος ἀτῇ τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ ἐξελθεῖν, μὴ δὲ τὴν πόλιν καταλιπεῖν. Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ ἔπαρχος, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ συνῆκαν καλῶς διακριθέντα τὸν ὄνειρον, καὶ διεφήμισαν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐν τῃ πόλει, καὶ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου ἀπείραστος ἡ πόλις τοῦ τοιούτου

κινδύνου μεμένηκεν, καίτοι ἐπὶ ἑτέρους δύο ἐνιαυτοὺς, μυρίας ὅσας προφασεις ἀνασκαλεύσαντος * τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν εὐταξίαν διακοψαι τῆς πόλεως, ἥτις διέμεινεν ἐῤῥιζωμένη διὰ Χριστοῦ, ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ μάρτυρος δεξιας φυλαττομένῃ τῇ πόλει. Τῷ δὲ Θεῷ ἡμῶν ἠ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰῶνων. ἀμὴν.

To Thessalonica, labouring under civil war and seditions of the people Not only in plague and famine has that lover of the city and most glorious Victor in the contests very often, from ancient time even to the present day, effectually shown his mercy towards the region, but he has also dispersed in it at various times the waves of civil wars and of popular tempest, bedewing the heat b of agitated minds through his confidence towards God. But of these too I will recall only one singly, kindling your hearts to the praise of God and the glory of the Martyr; for by a right description of his mighty works and a ready commemoration of them I will not cease to excite your spiritual thirst.

[77] Under the reign that followed Maurice of pious memory, after the reign of Maurice, as also in other almost all of you know what great tumults the devil stirred up in the city c, cooling charity and sowing mutual hatred throughout the whole East, and Cilicia and Asia and Palestine, and all the regions situated about those parts, even to the very queen of cities, so that it not only did not suffice the peoples to be drunk with the blood of their fellow-tribesmen in the forum, but they now even burst into one another's houses, and miserably slew those who were there, or threw down to the pavement from the upper storeys of the houses, while still alive, women and children and old men and young men, infirm as one may conjecture, who through weakness of body had been unable to escape the slaughter of those coming up; and after the manner of barbarians they plundered their own companions and acquaintances, and, as it is right to believe, kinsmen, and besides all these things set fire to the very houses, so that, as one may conjecture, not even those who had been worn down, seeking their sustenance even by begging, might escape notice.

[78] All places, then, in those tracts were, as has been said, full of those demonic slaughters and plunderings, places it happened, and, according to what is written, dens of robbers. And as, when some place has been set on fire and the flame prevails against those who resist it with water, the very houses round about, heated by the vehemence of the smoke, grow black like a firebrand, and become most ready to be kindled when driven by some small cause, and that not unexpected, so also the report of the evils of the East, spreading through all the cities in Illyricum, darkened some with the lusts of avarice, and kindled civil flames in the very brushwood of the tribes; and then the crimes of the neighbours encompassed with the breezes of rumour even the metropolis of the Thessalonians, guarded by the Martyrs, and the brightness of charity, which the Apostle called blessed in his Epistles, being checked by the entrance of envy, began to grow black.

[79] It was pitiable then to see the metropolis of concord become a sea of dissension. labouring No one thenceforward looked upon his neighbour with a friendly countenance (O unexpected evil!); and the inborn light could not heal the disease which had burst in. But just as a flame hidden in a heap of chaff, held in check by smoke alone, remains inert, and needs only a small stirring of the chaff lying upon it in order that its all-devouring force, aroused, may burn up all things adjacent and reduce them to ashes, so the city, hidden under the demon, was so travailing with mutual destruction that, after the example of the chaff, it needed only a small cause to stir up mutual slaughter and to send forth against all a sword that would bring destruction on both sides.

[80] peace suddenly, God granting it, returned, But indeed, the city being thus ill affected, the most glorious Victor in the contests of Christ granted that what had not been hoped for should come to pass; and so, while the peoples were contriving evils, their angers were extinguished. Since, therefore, the swift coming of the unexpected calming of angers was enough to show to those who were in possession of their minds that it was nothing other than a certain divine providence and an ineffable overshadowing of the Saints that did this — for He who alone created hearts bends them, like water, whither He will — lest the mind of those who confer together about these things should remain in doubt, hear what was done; hear, I admonish you, and stir up your thought not only to admire but even to praise the Martyr; nay rather, diligently examining what is pleasing and acceptable to the Victor in the contests, and embracing that very thing yourselves also with your whole soul and strength, may you appear obedient to the rule and, through this, true friends of his goodness.

[81] [and that this was done by the Saint's intercession, from a vision shown to a certain man,] For, as has been said, lest the mind of those who deliberate about these things should remain in doubt whether the course of such evils, which came upon them all but expected, happened of its own accord or by someone's providence; and again, lest it should doubt by whose intercession the city was led forth from the gates of death, there appeared in sleep a vision of dreams of this kind to a certain man who had recently come to Thessalonica from Greece, a modest man and a kinsman of those who were then prefects of Illyricum, when he had first put in at the city and did not have in view the things which were stirred up and said in it. He saw himself entering the fountain of healings, I mean the most venerable temple of the Victor in the contests, according to the custom of those who sail to the city (for he too was coming into it for the first time).

[82] in which he, having entered the temple of Demetrius, Then, when he had entered the temple and had prayed, he saw that sacred and most beautiful work, erected in the middle of the temple towards the left, of hexagonal figure, formed of six columns and as many sides of proven and sculptured silver, and likewise the roof, supported on the hexagonal sides round about, and ending as it were from a base in a round binding, and bearing above a silver sphere of no small size, under which wonderful shoots, as of a gourd, are contained, and above all these the trophy set up against death, I mean the life-giving and venerable cross of God and our Saviour, shoots forth its rays, by its silver structure causing the eyes of the body to be struck with amazement, and by the contemplation of Christ illuminating the eyes of the mind with heavenly graces.

[83] Now when the man had seen in the temple this work of art given from heaven, which among us is called the sacred ciborium, in the ciborium, under which he was believed to lie here, he asked those who were near: What is that new and wonderful work, brethren, built at the middle of the length of the temple (for it would not have received that place unless some great cause underlay it)? And when they said: Because we have heard from our elders that the most glorious victor in the contests Demetrius lies there, as befits a Saint; I should like, said the man, to see the things that are within. And they showed him the servant who stood before the silver doors, denying that anyone could attain to the things within without him; and the man, going up to him, asked that it be opened to him, as he wished to venerate and to be sanctified by the grace of the monument bestowed by God.

[84] And when the latter had opened the doors, the man, not yet having entered, saw, as it has also been seen by us, as it were a little silver couch erected in the middle, and at that part of it which is at the head a certain throne, splendid with gold and made of precious stones, and the most glorious victor in the contests of Christ, Demetrius, sitting in such a habit as he is depicted in images; and at that part which is at the feet of the couch another throne, splendid indeed this too, but solid, all of silver, on which he saw a certain woman sitting, most comely and fair to see, clothed splendidly but not superfluously, and gazing with fixed eyes upon the Martyr. The man, beholding these things, was in some measure afraid to enter, suspecting forsooth that the Martyr was spending his time there alone with some pious and noble woman.

[85] And while he remained standing outside in consternation of mind, [and had seen that she was held back by him from leaving the city, and had understood that she was at the same time God's right] astounded at the beauty of the woman and of the Martyr, the woman, rising from her place, tried to go out of the ciborium; but the Martyr too, rising with very great vehemence, held her back by the hand, and, having drawn her back, placed her again on her throne, saying: By the Lord, do not go out hence and leave the city; for you are necessary to it always, but most of all at the present time. And when the man had heard these things, and had seen the woman sitting again on her throne, and likewise the most glorious Victor in the contests on the golden throne, he did not dare to go in or to say anything, but, having shown his reverence from outside, went away, having asked only this of the servant standing by: Tell me, for God's sake, who is that woman sitting alone with the Saint? And he answered: Are you alone ignorant of her? The whole city knows her, and that she is always with the Martyr. But he replies: But I, being a stranger, do not know it. For charity's sake, do not grudge it, but tell me her name too.

[86] And the servant answered: This is the right ordering of things through the Lord d, ordering of things, which Demetrius would not permit to go out of the city, which God committed long ago to the Victor in the contests. And he guards her, in no way allowing her to go out hence, as you also have seen. While the servant was saying these things, the man awoke; and, understanding nothing of the things that had been seen by him, because, being a stranger, he did not know what had been stirred up in the city, he related them to the prefect, who was joined to him by blood, as has been said. And when not even this man rightly perceived what had been seen, taking with him the very man who had seen it, he brings him to a certain pious monk who was familiar to him, and sets out to him the things which had been revealed to the man, and, for greater credence of the truth, he caused the very man who had had the vision to confess it under oath. The monk says to them: Blessed be God, and the most holy martyr Demetrius, given by Him to us as intercessor and guardian.

[87] by this vision John of Thessalonica here strives to prove. For I believe in the true God Himself, our Lord Jesus Christ, that, since the victor in the contests keeps with him the right ordering of God, so that she neither goes out of his temple nor leaves the city, the city will no longer fear that danger of civil sedition which hung over it and was dreaded. The prefect, when he heard these things, and those who were with him, understood that the dream had been rightly expounded, and spread the matter abroad in the city; and by the charity of Christ and God and of the most glorious martyr Demetrius the city remained untouched by a danger of this kind, although for two further years the enemy stirred up almost infinite occasions by which to expel from the city the right ordering of God, which, rooted in through Christ, clung to the city as guarded by the right hand of the Martyr e. To our God be glory and power unto the ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATA.

Εὐταξίας, On the right ordering of things through God; but I, because it does not sufficiently set out what is contained in the chapter below, have substituted another in its turn, which you see here.

* Mazarin codex: ἀνακινήσαντος

CHAPTER XI.

Of the prefect of Illyricum who blasphemed the Saint and was therefore punished by him.

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος, οἵ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀκρότατοι οὐκ εὐργετοῦντες μόνον καὶ ἰώμενοι τὴν ἐν αὐτοἶς ἐνεφάνιζον χάριν τοῦ πνευμάτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμωρούμενοι τοὺς ἀξίους κολάσεως, καὶ καταφρονητικῶς περὶ τὸ θεῖον διαγινομένους, ὥς Πέτρος μὲν Ἀνανίαν καὶ Σάφειραν καὶ Σίμωνα, Ἐλύμαν δὲ Παῦλος τὸν μάγον καὶ πλείονας ἀλλοὺς, φέρε, κἀπὶ τοῦ τῶν ἀποστολῶν γνησιωτάτου θρέμματος, τοῦ πανενδόξου λέγω μάρτυρος ἴδωμεν, εἰ γεγένηταί τι τοιοῦτον· διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἄφατον αὐτοῦ ἀνεξικακίαν καὶ τὴν θεομίμητον ἀγαθότητα δυσχερὲς ἡμῖν γέγονεν ὁμοιότροπόν τι ζητήσασι περὶ αὑτὸν ἐξευρεῖν, πασιν αὐτοῦ συγχωροῦντος, ὡς ὁ Θεὸς τῶ κόσμω, τὰ πολλα παραπτώματα.

[89] Ἄλλ ἐπεὶ ἔκαστος πρὸς τὴν ἐμπιστευθεῖσαν αὐτῶ τῶν τῆς διανοίας ταλάντων ποσότητα, καὶ τὴν ἐργασίαν ἀπαιτεῖται παρὰ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀκεραιοτέροις συγγνώμη πλείστη παρέχεται, τοῖς δὲ παρουργοτέροις ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφόρω τῆς πλημμελείας, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἡ ἐπεξέλευσις γίνεται, εἰκότως έπ᾽ ἀνδρὶ μεγίστην ἔχειν τῶν φρενῶν νομιζομένω τὴν δύναμιν, παραπλησίως δὲ νηπίοις σφαλέντι, μίαν καὶ ταύτην μόλις παρὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου γενομένην ἐκδίκησιν δυνηθέντες καταμαθεῖν, ταῖς εὐλαβεσίν ὑμῶν ἀκοαῖς παραθήσομεν, προτρέποντες ἅμα καὶ παρεγγυώντες, μὴ τῆ ἀγαθότητι τῶν ἁγίων βουκολουμένους κατορχεῖσθαι τῆς αὐτῶν θεομιμήτου μακροθυμίας, ἀλλὰ πάση φυλακῆ τηρεῖν κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, πρῶτον μὲν τὰς ἐαυτῶν καρδίας, εἰ δὲ μὴ κανγοῦν τὸ διὰ γλώσσης ἐξενεγκεῖν τι ῥῆμα βλασφημίας ἢ ἀφροσύνης ἐχόμενον.

[90] Ἀκούσατε γὰρ εἰς ὅσην ὑπερβολὴν θυμοῦ τὸν ὑπερένδοξον μάρτυρα λόγος παραφροσύνης ἐκίνησεν, ὡς καὶ τῆς ἐμφύτου ἡμερότητος ὥσπερ ἐκλαθόμενον παραχρῆμα τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶ ἡμαρτηκότι προστρίψασθαι· τὴν γὰρ τῶν ὑπάρχων τοῦ Ἰλλυριῶν ἔθνους ἀρχὴν διὰ χειρὸς ἔχων ἀνήρ τις, τί γὰρ καὶ τούνομα λέγειν ἐπόνειδισμῶ αἰωνίζοντι; πλὴν ἀλλὰ γοῦν φρόνησιν μεγίστην ἔχειν καυχώμενος, καὶ τῶν πέλας ὥασερ ἐπικυωδάλων κατεπαιρόμενος, τοῦτο γὰρ οἶμαι αὐτῶ, καὶ τῆς ἀφροσύνης ἐν γλώττη τήν βλασφημίαν ἀπέτκεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς πειρασμοὺς ὡς τὰ πολλὰ διὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ἡμῶν ἐπάγεσθαι μεμαθήκαμεν, τινὰς τῶν τῆς πόλεως ῥητῆς πραγματείας προἳσταμένων μεταστειλάμενος ἀπήτει τινὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν γενέσθαι διοίκησιν.

[91] Τῶν δὲ τὸ φορτικὸν τοῦ ἐπιτάγματος αποδυρομένων, καὶ μὴ οἶοντε εἶναι τοῦτο πράττειν μετὰ δακρύων γονυπετούντων, οὐδὅτιοῦν ἐκεῖνος ἐνεδίδου φάσκων πλάττεσθαι αὐτοὺς τὸ ἀδύνατον, εὐχεροῦς τοῦ πράγματος καθεστηκότος, εἴπερ ἐθέλοιεν. Τῶν δὲ φησάντων, ὥς οὐκ ἐστιν ἑτερῶς πεισθῆναι ὑμῶν τὴν ἐνδοξότητα, ὅτιπερ οὐ θέλουσιν ἡμῖν τὸ δύνασθαι πρόσεστιν, εἰ μὴ πληροφορούντων ἡμῶν τὸν ὑπέρλαμπρον ὑμῶν θρόνον ἐπὶ τῆς φρικτῆς καὶ ἀπαραβλήτου δυνάμεως τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου, ὁ ἐχθρὸς δι᾽ αὐτοῦ φωνὴν ἀφῆκεν· οὐ γὰρ ἔχω λέγειν αὐτὸς ἄμετρον τὴν βλασφημίαν ἠμφιεσμένην· ἐκείνων γὰρ, ὡς ἐν ὑπερβαλλούση ὅρκου πληροφορία, τὸ φοβερὸν τοῦ αθλοφόρου παραγαγόντων εἰς μέσον, οὕτως ὁ ἔπαρχος ἀπεκρίνατο· (ἄλλ᾽ ἵλεώς μοι γενοῦ, φιλανθρωπότατε Μάρτυς Χριστοῦ, οὐ φέρω γὰρ, οὐ λέγω τοῖς χείλεσιν, ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲ γράμμασιν ἐγχαράξαι τῆς βλασφημίας τὸ μέγεθος· ἑτέρως δὲ πῶς περιφράσας δηλώσω τὴν ἔννοιαν;) Ἐλεγεν γὰρ συμπαιγνίαν τινὰ τοῖς πολίταις αὐτοῦ συνεργεῖν τὸν ὑπερένδοξον μάρτυρα, κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ πληροφορεῖν βουλομένοις τοῦ προστυγχάνοντος. Οἵ δὲ, τὸ ἄκρον τῆς βλασφημίας οὐχ᾽ ὑπομείναντες, βύσαντες τὰ ὦτα ἐξήεσαν.

[92] Μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας δύο, τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ πλήρεις δύο, τὸ πᾶν σῶμα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀπάνωθεν ὤμων ἕως ἄκρων ποδῶν νόσω δεινοτάτη κατεσχέθη οὕτως, ὥς μηδὲ διαγνωσθῆναι τὸ νόσημα παρὰ τῶν τῆς ἰατρικῆς ἐμπείρων καὶ μῆνας περίπου ὀκτὼ ἐν τῶ προλεχθέντι παμφάγω διατελέσας νοσήματι, τέλος πολλῶν ὅσων γενομένων, καὶ ῥᾶον ὥσπερ ἐσχηκότος αὐτοῦ, εἰς τοῦτο κατέληξε τὰ τῆς ὀργῆς, ὥς τὸ ἡμίσυ μέρος τοῦ ὅλου σώματος παρεθῆναι, ὥς ἔχειν μὲν αὐτὸν τῆ θέα πάντα τὰ μέλη, τῆ δὲ ἐνεργεία μίαν χεῖρα, καὶ ὤμον ἔνα, καὶ στήθους καὶ κοιλίας τὸ ἡμίσυ, καὶ μηρὸν ὡσαύτως ἕνα, καὶ γόνυ καὶ πόδα. Καὶ διαμεμενηκὼς οὕτως ἐπὶ μήνας ἑτέρους τέσσαρας, ὥς πληρωθῆναι αὐτῶ τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, οὐ πρότερον ἐπισκέψεως τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου κατηξιώθη, καίτοι φιλανθρωποτάτου ὑπάρχοντος, πρὶν ἢ μετὰ δακρύων πολλῶν ἐν τῶ αὐτοῦ πανσέπτω ναῶ πάση δυνάμει ἐξωμολογήσατο ἐπταικέναι καὶ συνθήκας θεῖναι πρὸς αὐτὸν· ἐπεγνωκέναι μὲν τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀκαταφρόνητον δύναμιν, μὴ τολμῆσαι δὲ τὸ λοιπὸν ἀφροσύνης ῥήμα τοιοῦτον, μὴ δὲ κὰν διὰ γλώττης, ἐξενεγκεῖν. τῶ δὲ Θεῶ &c.

That with difficulty has anyone been found whom the Saint punished, Since indeed Peter and Paul, the princes of the Apostles, manifested the grace of the Spirit which was in them not only by doing good and healing, but also by punishing those worthy of chastisement and despising the divinity, as Peter did Ananias and Sapphira and Simon b, and Paul Elymas the sorcerer and many others c, come, let us see whether anything similar has been done also by the most genuine nursling of the Apostles, the most glorious Martyr, I say. For on account of his ineffable endurance of evils, and the goodness by which he imitates God, it has been difficult for us in our search to find anything similar concerning him, since, as God does to the world, he pardons many offences to all.

[89] But since each one is asked by God for the working also in proportion to the quantity of the talents of the mind entrusted to him, [and that the long-suffering of the Saints must not be treated with insult, the author having premised,] and pardon is for the most part granted to the more simple, while upon the more astute, when caught in their crime, vengeance also very often comes, we shall set before your pious ears that, as we have been able to learn, vengeance was deservedly taken by the victor in the contests — once only, and that with reluctance — upon a man who was thought to have the greatest power of mind, but sinned after the manner of children; exhorting and admonishing you at the same time that we should not, being coaxed by the kindness of the Saints, treat with insult their long-suffering which imitates God; but that we should keep with all watchfulness, according to what is written, first our hearts; or if not, at least that we should not utter with the mouth any blasphemous or foolish word.

[90] For hear to what a magnitude of anger a word of madness moved the most glorious Martyr, relates that a prefect of Illyricum, by whom so that at once, as if forgetful of his innate clemency, he inflicted vengeance on him who had sinned. A certain man (for why need one say what was the name of one who remains in eternal opprobrium?), holding the principality of the prefects of the Illyrian nation, nonetheless boasting that he excelled in the greatest intelligence, and lifting himself above his neighbours as above the offspring of a superfetation (this, I think, since we have learned that temptations too are for the most part brought on through our pride, put even a mad blasphemy in his mouth), having summoned certain of those who were in charge of the administration of the celebrated city, demanded that a certain arrangement be made by them.

[91] And when they grieved at the heaviness of the command, and protested with tears at his knees that they could not do it, he had been provoked by blasphemous words uttered, he in no way yielded, asserting that they were feigning an impossibility, whereas the matter was easy if they were willing. And when they said: Surely there remains no other way for us to persuade your magnificence that, though we are willing, the power is not at hand to us, unless we convince your illustrious throne of the truth through the terrible and incomparable power of the most glorious martyr Demetrius, the enemy through him (for I myself would not wish to utter the enormous blasphemy expressed in words) sent forth his voice: for when they brought forward, as in a reverend proof of the matter by oath, the fear of the Victor in the contests, the prefect answered thus: (but, most merciful Martyr of Christ, be propitious to me; for I cannot bear that the magnitude of the blasphemy be expressed, I do not say with the lips, but even in letters; and otherwise how shall I disclose the thought by circumlocution?) For he said that the most glorious Martyr was abetting a kind of fraud for his citizens, when they wished through him to give certain proof of a matter that arose. But they, not bearing the magnitude of the blasphemy, stopped their ears and went out.

[92] he relates was punished by him. But after two days, and perhaps not even two full ones, the whole body of the man from the shoulders down to the extremity of the feet was seized with a most grievous disease, so that the disease was not even recognized by those skilled in the art of medicine; and when he had continued for about eight months in the aforesaid all-devouring disease, at length, after every sort of remedy had been applied, and he being in some way better, the punishment ended in this, that he was weakened in one half of his whole body, so that in appearance indeed he had all his limbs, but in effect only one hand and one shoulder, and half of his breast and belly, likewise one thigh and knee and foot; and when, further, he had remained thus for four other months, so that the year was completed for him, he was not held worthy of the visitation of the Victor in the contests, most merciful though he is, until with many tears in his most venerable temple he had confessed with his whole mind that he

had sinned, and had pledged himself to him that he would acknowledge his power, which is not to be despised, and would not thereafter dare to utter such a mad word, not even with his mouth. To God, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER XII.

How, a fire of the ciborium having broken out, Thessalonica was freed from enemies through the Saint's providence.

Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ πᾶς ἡμῖν χρόνος τὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος οὐκ ἐπαρκέσει διηγουμένοις θαυμάτα, καὶ δέδοικα μὴ τὸν φιλομάρτυρα πόθον ὑμῶν σπευδων ἀνάπτειν τοῖς διηγήμασιν, τῷ πλήθει τῆς γραφῆς τὸν κόρον ἐπάξωμαι, καὶ παραδώσω τὴν πρόθυμον ἀκοὴν ἀκυβερνήτῳ ναυτιασμῷ. Πάντα γὰρ, ὡς λόγος, ὑποίσει ἀνθρώπου φύσις, κόρον δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Εἰ καὶ ὅτι κόρος τῶν θείων διηγημάτων οὐδεὶς τοῖς ἐχέφροσι διὰ τὸ μᾶλλον τὴν δίψαν τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ διακαίεσθαι, τῶν χανδῶν δι᾽ ἀκοῆς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐκπεπωκότων, πλὴν καὶ μή τινων τὴν ἀπιστίαν ἐξαμαρτάνειν, φειδόμενοι δείξωμεν τῶν ἀμέτρων θαυματουργημάτων τοῦ μάρτυρος, κἀπὶ τὸν κολοφῶνα τούτων ἐαυτοὺς ἀνατείναντες, τὰς ἐν πολέμοις αὐτοῦ προνοίας, καὶ βοηθείας συγγράψωμεν.

[94] Ἀλλὰ κᾂν ταῦθα πάλιν, ὧν ἔγνωμεν καὶ ἡκοὑσαμεν, μνημονεῦσαι προθώμεθα, μῆκος ἄφατον τῇ γραφῇ περιθήσομεν. Ἐν ᾥ γὰρ τὰ παρελθόντα συντάττομεν, καταλαμβάνουσιν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης ἀνδραγαθήματα, και μᾶλλον οὐ λήξουσί ποτε προσγινόμενα, εἰ καὶ διὰ βιου παντὸς ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ μεθ᾽ ἡμᾶς συγγράφειν ἐλοίμεθα. Οὐκοῦν δύο καὶ μόνα κεφάλαια πολεμικῆς ἐπικουρίας προθέντες σιγήσομεν. Τῇ διηγήσει γὰρ ἐπιμένοντες περατόσαι τὸν σκοπὸν οὐκ ἰσχύσομεν. Χαίρω δὲ, ἀγαπητοὶ, παρ᾽ ὑμῖν τὰ τοῦ πανενδόξου ἀθλοφόρου προτιθεὶς κατορθωματα, τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀκροατὰς τῶν γενομένων, καὶ μάρτυρας κεκτημένος, ὡς μὴ κόπου μοι δεῖν περὶ τὴν πειθῶ τῶν ἀκουόντων ὑμῶν (Θεαταἰ γὰρ τούτων οἱ πλείστοι γεγόνατε) εἰ καὶ τὸ μἐγεθος τῶν ῥηθησομένων ἐκπλήξει πάντως καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν.

[95] Τοῦ καλλινίκου τούτου καὶ φιλοπόλιδος μάρτυρος Δημητρίου ἦγον ἑορτὴν ἡ χώρα πᾶσα, καθὼς εἰώθει, τῇ τοῦ ὀκτωβρίου μηνὸς εἰκαδι ἕκτῃ ημέρᾳ· καὶ δὴ πάντων εὐφαινομένων πνευματικῶς, ὡς πληρώσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου τὴν εὐχὴν τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀξιώσαντος αὐτοὺς τῆς χαρᾶς τοῦ μάρτυρος ἐν εἰρηνῃ πλατείᾳ, καὶ βαρβαρικῆς ὀμφῆς μηδολως μηδαμοῦ τηνικαῦτα κατηχουμένης, τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρα τῆς ἐορτῆς ἄφνω μέσης νυκτὸς κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου (οὕτω γὰρ μέ λέγειν τὸ πέρας τοῦ πράγματος ἔπεισεν) ἀνήφθη πυρὶ το ἅγιον αὐτοῦ κιβώριον τὸ ἀργύρεον, περὶ οὗ πολλάκις ἀνωτέρω ἐμνημονευσαμεν. Τούτου δὲ κατὰ πάσης τῆς πόλεως ἐν βραχεῖ καιρῶ διακουσθέντος, συνήχθη πᾶν τὸ νέον ὡς μάλιστα τῆς ἡλικίας, τὸ καὶ τὸν ὕπνον εὐχερῶς δι᾽ εὐσθένειαν ἀπόβαλλον, ὡς δὲ τοσούτοι γεγόνασιν, ὡς ἀποβυσθῆναι τῷ πλήθει τὸ πανάγιον τέμενος. Ὁ μὲν ἄργυρος αὐθεὶς τῷ πυρὶ ἦν ἅπας ἐπὶ ἐδάφους ὡς ὕδωρ, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν ἀμφορέων περιέκλυζε τοῦτον ποταμηδὸν, ὑφ᾽ ὧν καὶ προνοίᾳ Θεοῦ νενίκητο τὸ τῆς φλογὸς ἐπικίνδυνον.

[96] Οὐ τοσοῦτον γὰρ τῇ ἀθυμίᾳ πάντας εἰς ἀμηχανίαν ἐβάπτισε ἡ τοῦ κιβωρίου πυρπόλησις, ὅσον ἡ προσδοκία τοῦ φθάνειν τὴν φλόγα περὶ τὴν ὀρόφην τοῦ ναοῦ τὰς καρδίας τῶν θεομένων ἐξέτηκεν· οὗπερ καὶ γενομένου (φόβος γὰρ, ὅν ἐδεδοίκησαν, ἐπῆλθεν αὐτοῖς καθὼς γέγραπται) ἐκ τοῦ διὰ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ κιβωρίου κρεμαμένης ἀλύσεως σιδηρᾶς, ἐξ ἧς πολύφωτός τις ἀπεωρεῖτο καὶ ἀργύρεος τηνικαῦτα κρατὴρ, δι᾽ οὗ δίκην σμίλακος τὸ πῦρ ἀνανεμηθὲν φθάσαι τὴν ὀρόφην, καὶ τοὺς καλουμένους καλάθους ἄρξασθαι περιτεφροῦν· καὶ δὴ τότε τινὲς, ἀεροδρομήσαντες εὐσκύλτως κατὰ τῶν δοκῶν σὴν ἀγγείοις πλείοσιν ὑδατοφόροις, Θεοῦ συνεργείᾳ περιεγένοντο τοῦ φλογμοῦ. Μετὰ γοῦν ταῦτα, τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ὄχλων οὐ διεκχωροῦντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιμένοντος ἔνδον, καὶ τῶν ἀποσοβούντων, ἢ καὶ ὑποχωρεῖν διὰ τὸ ἄωρον τῆς νυκτὸς κελεύοντων, οὐκ ἰσχυόντων πεῖσαι τὴν πληθὺν, δέος ὑπεισῆλθε τινὰς τῶν κηδεμόνων τοῦ πανσέπτου ναοῦ, μή τινες ἀγνῶτες διάτε τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ὄχλου, διάτε τὸ νύκτα τυγχάνειν, ἐπιχειρήσαιεν εἰς ἁρπαγὴν τοῦ ἀργύρου, οὐ τοῦ καταφλεχθέντος μόνου τῷ πυρὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ κρεμαμένου πρὸς εὐκοσμίαν τῆς ἑορτῆς.

[97] Καὶ δὴ βουλευσάμενός τις ἀξιωμνημόνευτος ἀνὴρ, καὶ τὴν ἔντιμον στρατίαν τοῦ Δακικοῦ καλουμένου σκρινίου τῶν ὑπερλάμπρων ὑπάρχων τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ στρατευόμενος, ὡς οὐκ ἔσται τρόπος ὁ δυνάμενος ἀλύπως, καὶ εὐπροφασίστως ἐξωθῆσαι τὸν ὄχλον ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, εἰ μὴ προφασίσοιτό τις ὀρμιδίαν βαρβάρων ἐπιδρομὴν, τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου τὴν ἐκείνου καρδίαν εἰς τοῦτο κινήσαντος, ἤρξατο βοᾶν, Βάρβαροι περὶ τὸ τεῖχος, ὦ ἄνδρες πολίται, ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐφάνησαν, ἀλλὰ σὺν ὅπλοις ἅπαντες ὑπέρ τῆς πατρίδος ὀρμήσατε· καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκείνος δῆθεν ἐβόα πλαττόμενος, καὶ μονὸν γινόμενος τοῦ ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς ὄχλους ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, καὶ κατασφαλίσαι τοὺς πυλεῶνας, ὡς ἂν μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας ἡ συλλογὴ τοῦ χονευθέντος ἀργύρου προσγένηται· τὸ δὲ προμηθείᾳ καθεστήκει τοῦ πανενδόξου Μάρτυρος εἰς τὸ μὴ νυκτῶν ὑπ᾽ ἀγνοίας κινδυνεῦσαι τὴν πόλιν· ὁ γὰρ δῆμος ἅπας, τῆς ἀπροσδοκήτου ταύτης βοῆς κατακούσαντες, ἔδραμον εἰς οἴκους, καὶ ὁπλισθέντες ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη ἀνήεσαν.

[98] Εἶτα καθορῶσιν ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον τοῦ σεβασμίου ναοῦ τῆς Χριστοφόρου μάρτυρος Ματρώνης πληθὺν βαρβαρικὴν οὐκ ἄγαν μὲν πολλὴν (ἄχρι γὰρ πεντεχιλιάδων παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐλογίσθησαν) σφοδρὰν δὲ τῇ ἰσχύἳ διὰ τὸ ἐπιλέκτουστε ἅπαντας, καὶ ἐμπειροπολέμους καθεστηκέναι· οὐ γὰρ ἃν οὕτως ἀθρόα πόλει τηλικαύτη προσέβαλλον, εἰ μὴ ῥώμῃ καὶ θάρσει τῶν πώποτε κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς στρατευσαμένων διενηνοχότες ἐτύγχανον. Ὡς δὲ ἀνέκραξεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους ἡ πόλις αὐτοψὶ τοὺς ἀντιπάλους εἰσβλέψασα (ὄρθρος γὰρ λοιπὸν ἦν, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπέφωσκεν) οἱ πλείστοι κατελθόντες, καὶ τὰς πύλας ἀνοίξαντες, ἔξω τὴν συμπλοκὴν πρὸς ἐκείνους, τοῦ Χριστου καὶ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου αὐτοὺς ἐνισχύσαντος, ἐποιήσαντο ἤδη λοιπὸν φθάσαντας τῇ μανίᾳ τῆς θηριωδίας αὐτῶν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ σεβασμίου τεμένους τῶν τριῶν ἁγίων μαρτύρων Χιόνης, Εἰρήνης, καὶ Ἀγάπης, ὅπερ, ὡς ἴστε, βραχυτάτῳ διαστήματι τοῦ τῆς πόλεως τείχους ἀφέστηκεν.

[99] Καὶ δὴ μέχρι πολλοῦ τῆς ἡμέρας συῤῥηγνυμένων ἀμφοτέρων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τὰς διώξεις καὶ τὰς ὑφέσεις ἐπικινδυνότερον οἱ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου στρατοποιησάμενοι διὰ τὸ παντὸς τοῦ τῶν σκλαβίνων ἔθνους τὸ ἐπίλεκτον ἄνθος, ὡς εἴρηται, τοὺς ἀντιπαρατασσομένους καθεστηκέναι, τέλος αὐτῆς τοῦ μάρτυρος τῆς ἐπιστασίας ἐπιφανείσης, ἀπεδιώχθη τὸ βάρβαρον αὐτῆς ἡμέρας, τῶν τῇδε μέρων οὐ παρ᾽ ὀλίγους ὑποχωρῆσαν, ἥπερ εἰσέβαλεν· καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς τότε γεγενημένης ἀπροσδοκήτου, καὶ θηριώδους ἐπιδρομῆς οὕτω συνετελέσθῃ· ἐπανέλθωμεν δὲ τῷ λόγῳ πρὸς τὸν καιρόν τῆς νυκτὸς, ὅτε τὸ πλῆθος ἅπαν τῆς πόλεως, τὸ ἅγιον τέμενος τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος καταλιπὸν ὤρμησεν ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη, τῷ κράξαντι πισθεύσαντες, ὡς οἱ βάρβαροι παρεγένοντο. Ἡ γὰρ ἀκολουθία τοῦ διηγήματος, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου περὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς κηδεμονίαν ἀποδείξειεν, ἀναντίῤῥητον, καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας ψυχὰς εἰς τὸν αὐτοῦ πόθον ἀναφλέξειεν τῆς πατρικῆς ὥσπερ ἀντιλήψεως ἀναμιμνησκομένην ἑκάστοτε.

[100] Ὁ γὰρ λαμπρὸς καὶ φιλομάρτυς ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ ὁ βοήσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ, καὶ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων δήθεν πλασσάμενος ἄφιξιν, ὡς ἴδεν ἅπαντας ἐξορμήσαντας, καὶ τὸν ναὸν τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου καθησυχάσαντα, μόνων τῶν τῆς ὑπηρεσίας αὐτοῦ ἔνδον ἀπομεινάντων, καί τινων ὀλίγων, καὶ γνησίων φίλων τοῦ προλεχθέντος ἀνδρὸς, οὕς αὐτὸς ἐκόντι παρακατέσχεν, ὡς εἰδὼς τὸ γενόμενον, εἶπεν τοῖς ἐν τῷ ναῷ παραμένουσιν· Ἰδοὺ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ βοηθήσαντος, καὶ τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος συνεργήσαντος, καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἐσβέσθη, καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπώλετο· κλείσαντες οὖν τοῦ ναοῦ τὰς θύρας, μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας τὸν χωνευθέντα συλλέξατε ἄργυρον· πάλιν γὰρ εὖ οἶδα ὅτι ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ τόπου τούτου διὰ τοῦ ἅγιου μάρτυρος ἀναστήσεται: τῶν δὲ ἀσφαλισαμένων τὰς θύρας, καὶ συλλεγόντων τὸν ἄργυρον, καὶ τὰ τῆς πυρκαἳᾶς διακαθαιρόντων, ἠγείρεται δεινὴ βοὴ καὶ μακράκουστος τῆς τῶν βαρβάρων φάλλαγγος καὶ τοῦ στρατοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἐξαυτοσχεδίου συῤῥηγνυμένων.

[101] Ὡς δὲ κατεθορυβήθησαν οἱ ἐν τῷ ναῳ τῇ βοῇ καὶ τῶν ἐν χερσὶν κατημέλησεν, λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ θαυμάσιος ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ· Ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοὶ, τὸ ἔργον ὑμῶν ποιεῖτε, καὶ μηδένα λόγον ἔχετε περὶ βαρβάρων· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ ἐμὲ τοῦτο διαβοῆσαι τεταραγμένην ἔχετε τὴν ἀκοὴν, καὶ τὴν νῦν βοὴν οὐκ οἴδατ᾽ ὅθεν γεγενημένην εἰκότως διὰ τὴν πρόληψιν βαρβάρων εἶναι νομίζετε· οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ οὕτως, οὐκ ἔστιν· ἐγὼ γὰρ, τοῦ ἁγίου μάρτυρος ὑποβαλότος, τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φήμην ἀνεπλασάμην, ὡς ἂν διασκεδάσω τὸν ὄχλον ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας ὑμεῖς τὰ περὶ τὴν κόσμησιν καὶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τοῦ ναοῦ μεριμνήσητε· οἱ δὲ τοῦ ἁγίου οἰκου λειτουργοὶ, καὶ οἱ φίλοι τοῦ ταῦτα εἰρηκότος ἀνδρός ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος εἶπον, ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου εὐλογῆσαι καὶ πληθῦναι τὴν ζωήν σου ἐν ἀγαθοῖς· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τῶν ἱερῶν σκευῶν, καὶ τῆς ἀσφαλείας τοῦ ναοῦ ὡς τέλειος Χριστιανὸς μεγάλως ἐφρόντισας, εἶτα δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας νῦν ψυχὰς ὡς ἐξ ἅδου εἰς φῶς ἀνεζώγρησας, μηνύσας κατ᾽ ἀληθές τῆς σῆς προσποιήσεως.

[102] Νομίσαντες γὰρ ἀψευδῶς σε περὶ τῶν βαρβάρων διαβοῆσαι, μάρτυς ἡ ἀλήθεια, οὐδὲ τὰ ἐν χερσὶν ἑωρῶμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ὅλῳ τῷ νοΐ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον φανταζόμενον· καὶ νῦν δὲ μετὰ προθυμίας ἅπαντες τῶν ἐσπουδασμένων ἀντιληψόμεθα· ὡς δὲ σὺν τοῖς ὐπηρέταις τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ ἐκείνου νεώτεροι πιστῇ προθυμίᾳ περὶ τὴν κάθαρσιν τῶν κεκαυμένων, καὶ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τῶν ἀπηνθρακωμένων ἐπεβοήθουν, μειζόνως ἠσθάνοντο τῆς βοῆς τοῦ πολέμου, καὶ τινὰ τῆς βαρβαρικῆς κραυγῆς σημεῖα διὰ τῆς ἐθάδου ἀκοῆς ἐπεγίνωσκον· ὁ δὲ καὶ πάλιν αὐτοὺς θορυβομένους ἰδὼν, τί, φησὶν, ἴστασθε τοῦ ἐργου καταμελήσαντες ἐνεοῖ, εἶπον ὑμῖν, τοῦ ναοῦ φροντίσατε, καὶ περὶ τοῦ πολέμου μηδένα λόγον ἔχετε· ἐγὼ τοῦτον, ὡς προείρηκα, διευφήμησα, πλασάμενος ἑκοντὶ διὰ τό ἠρεμῆσαι τοῦ ὄχλου τὸν οἶκον· νῦν οὖν ἀμεριμνοῦντες τῶν ἐν χερσὶν ὡς δοὗλοι τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου φροντίσατε.

[103] Ὡς δὲ ἤρξαντο πάλιν ἀναθαρσήσαντες τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν τὰ περὶ τὸν ναόν συλλέγειν, καὶ καθαίρειν καὶ διαβαστάζειν, καὶ τὴν μεθ᾽ ὕδατος

γὴν διασαροῦν, ἥκον τινές ἀναγγέλλοντες, ὡς χάριτι χριστοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐδιώχθησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, τῶν πυλῶν καταθρασυνθέντες ἐπιδραμεῖν, ἡ δὲ συμμαχία τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου καὶ μόνη τὸ πᾶν τοῦ πολέμου κατόρθωσεν, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ συνάξασα τοὺς τῆς πόλεως, προβαλλομένη τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν, οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἄλλως μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀώρι νυκτὸς ἐκ τῶν κλινῶν διηγείροντο, εἰ μὴ τὸ περὶ τὸν ναὸν σέβας μετ᾽ ἐκπλήσεως αὐτοὺς διανέστησεν· εἶτα τὲ ὥσπερ εἰς παράταξιν τούτους ἀθροισάσατε, καὶ συσκευάσασα, ἐμπλήσασα θάρσους διὰ μιᾶς ἀνθρώπου φωνῆς ἕξω πυλῶν ὁρμῆσαι καινοπρεπῶς παρεσκεύασεν, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν ἀπ᾽ ἐωσφόρου δίς καὶ τρίς καὶ πλεονάκις συγκρούσαντας νικητὰς διὰ τῆς μνήμης αὐτοῦ τῆς νῦν παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐπιτελουμένης τοὺς ἰδίους δούλους ἀνέδειξεν.

[104] Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα οἱ ἐξηγούμενοι αὐτοψὶ θεάσασθαι διεμαρτύρουν τότε, καὶ διώμνυντο, τὸν γὰρ ἐκόντι ψευσάμενον ἄλλως οὐκ ἔπειθον, ὁ θαυμάσιος ἐκεῖνος ἀνήρ, οὗ ἡ καρδία ἐψεύδετο, καὶ τὸ στόμα τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀπεφθέγγετο, δι᾽ οὗ ὀ Θεὸς, ἐκείνου ἄλλα προθυμουμένου, ἕτερα τῇ πόλει σωτηρία ἐχαρίζετο, ὁ νέος Ἀβραάμ ὁ ψευσάμενος τῇ πόλει τοὺς βαρβάρους, τὴν δὲ σωτηρίαν ἄκων αὐτῇ προξενήσων διὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος ὡς ἐκεῖνος τοὺς παίδας ἐψεύδετο μετὰ τοῦ Ἰσαάκ ὑποστρέφειν εὐθὺς ὑποσχόμενος, τῇ δὲ γλώττῃ αὐτοῦ χωρὶς συνδήσεως τὸ γενησόμενον προεφήτευεν, οὗτος δὴ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀκούσας τὰ συμβάντα τῇ πόλει ὕμνησεν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τὸ Ἀθλοφώρῳ σὺν τοῖς παροῦσιν αὑτόθι λέγων: Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ προαιώνιος, ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ τῶν κρυφίων γνώστης, καὶ τῶν ἀδήλων ἐπιστήμων, ὁ ἀνεξιχνίαστος ἐν εὐεργεσίαις, ἀκατάληπτος ἐν φιλανθρωπίᾳ, οὗ ἡ βουλὴ ἔργον, καὶ τὸ νεῦμα πράγματος ἀποτέλεσμα, σὺ καλεῖς, καὶ πάντα ὑπακούσίν σοι τρόμῳ, διατὶ, ὅτι τὰ σύμπαντα δοῦλα σᾶ, ὁ καταμόνας πλάσας τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ ποικίλλων αὐτὰς πρὸς ὅ χρὴ τοῦ προκειμένου χάριν.

[105] Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον ἐχαρίσω αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ταῖς οἰκονομίαις τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν σου πηδαλιουχεὶς αὐτὰς πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον, ὁποῖον καὶ νῦν ἐπ᾽ ἐμοὶ τῷ νεῷ Βαλαάμ, δέσποτά μου, εἰργάσω ἁμαρτωλῷ καὶ ἀπεριμερίμνω κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ὑπάρχοντι, διὰ τὴν μνήμην τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος οἰκτείρησας τὴν ταπείνωσιν ἡμῶν, καὶ τὴν ὅλην διασώσας πόλιν ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου, καὶ ἀγνοουμένης αἰχμαλωσίας· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον ἄλλα προφέρειν διὰ γλώττης βουλόμενον ἕτερα προεύχεσθαι καὶ εὐλογεῖν τὸν λαόν σου διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος παρεσκεύασας, οὕτως κἀμὲ τὸν ἀνάξιον δοῦλον σου, ἄλλα βουλευσάμενον διὰ τῆς φήμης τῶν ἀλλογενῶν διαπράξασθαι, μείζονα καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν τὴν εὐεργεσίαν τῇ πολει μνηστεύσασται προενόησας· ποῦ γὰρ ἴσον ἄργυρον ῥητὸν μὴ ἁπολέσθαι, καὶ πόλιν τηλικαύτην ἐκ δουλείας καὶ αὐτοῦ θανάτου ῥυσθῆναι;

[106] Ὦ τῆς πρεσβείας τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου σου καὶ τῆς ἁνυπερβλήτου σου, Κύριε, ἀγαθότητος! Ὁ νοῦς μου τὸν ἄργυρον διεφύλαττεν καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα μου τὴν πόλιν διέσωζεν, μία ἡ προσφορὰ τοῦ λόγου, καὶ τὰς ἐνεργείας εἰς δύο εὐεργεσίας ἡ σὴ φιλανθρωπία διέσχησεν· ἐψευδόμην ἐκῶν διὰ τὸν ναόν σου, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια τῶν λεγομένων, ἀγνοοῦντος ἐμοῦ, τὴν πόλιν διεφύλαξεν· εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι, δέσποτα ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ ἀξιόχρεόν τι προσενέγκαι σοι ἀποροῦμεν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πάντων δεσπόζεις, καὶ οὐδὲν δέχη ὡς καρδίας ἐν εὐθύτητι εὐχαριστούσας, ἰδοὺ ταύτας ἐκχέομεν ἐνώπιόν σου κατά τὸ παράγγελμα τὸ ψαλμικὸν, ὅπως σὺ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον οἰκτειρήσας διαφυλάττης ἡμᾶς, οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν ἀνθρωπομόρφων θηρίων τούτων, ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρότερον ἀπὸ τῶν νοητῶν πολεμίων τῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν ἂει βουλομένων αἰχμαλωτίζειν, ὅτι καὶ τῶν νοητῶν, καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἁπάντων δεσπόζεις, ὡς τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴς, καὶ σοῦ ἐστὶν τὸ κράτος, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία, καὶ τὸ βασίλειον τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἱς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμὴν. Οὕτω δὴ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὰ εὑχαριστήρια τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἡμῶν πρεσβευτῇ τῷ πανενδόξῳ προσανυμνήσαντος μάρτυρι, ἅπαντες εἰς οἴκους τὸν Θεὸν δοξάζοντες ἀνεχώρησαν, ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ τὸ βασίλειον νῦν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀτελευτήτους αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμὴν.

The author, having passed over the miracles of the Saint that still remain, Truly, if we narrate the wonders of the Saint, not all time will suffice us, and I fear lest, in striving by narration to kindle your affection towards the Martyr, I should induce satiety by the multitude of what is written and hand over an eager hearing to immoderate nausea. For human nature, as they say, will endure all things, but satiety by no means. And although for those who are of sound mind there is no satiety of narratives concerning sacred things, since they rather kindle the thirst of the soul in those who are capable and eagerly drink in such things by hearing, nevertheless, lest we cause the incredulity of some to sin, let us recall sparingly the miracles of the Martyr which are without number, and, stretching ourselves to the end of them, let us write down his cares and the help he afforded in wars.

[94] But if we should set about recalling these too, which we have known and heard, he premises that he will narrate only two more chapters which pertain to war. we shall give to our writing an immoderate prolixity. For while we set out past things in order, deeds done each day present themselves, or rather, deeds which were once done will never cease to present themselves, even if both we and those who shall come after us should undertake to write throughout our whole life. Having therefore set forth two chapters, and those alone, of help brought in war, we shall be silent b. For if we kept to the narration we could not bring our purpose to an end. And I rejoice, beloved, that in setting before you the great deeds of the most glorious Victor in the contests I have found you as the very hearers and witnesses of the things that were done (for very many of you were spectators of them), so that, even if the magnitude of the things to be told will altogether strike both the hearing and the mind, I shall have no need to labour to win belief from you who hear.

[95] The whole region was celebrating, as it was wont, on the twenty-sixth day of October, the festival of that martyr Demetrius, adorned with beautiful victories and lover of the city; [The Saint's ciborium is burnt, all the silver with which it shone being melted; and when the fire by which this had happened] and when all were rejoicing spiritually, since the Lord was fulfilling the desire of His servants and honouring them with the joy of the Martyr in ample peace, with no barbarian voice sounding then in any place, on the second day of the festival c, suddenly at midnight, by the dispensation of the Victor in the contests (for the outcome of the matter has persuaded me to speak thus), his sacred silver ciborium, which we have often mentioned above d, was set on fire. And this being quickly heard throughout the whole city, all, especially those young in age, readily shaking off sleep through their vigour, gathered together, so that they were so many in number that the most venerable temple was blocked up. All the silver, liquefied by the fire, lay on the pavement like water; and the multitude of amphorae washed round it like a river, by which also, through the providence of God, the danger of the flame was overcome.

[96] For the burning of the ciborium did not plunge them so much through dejection of mind into helplessness [had been extinguished by the crowds running up, and these were then unwilling to leave the temple,] as fear lest the flame should advance to the ceiling of the temple tortured the hearts of the beholders. And when this too had happened (for the fear which they had feared came upon them, as it is written), in that, by an iron chain hung from the top of the ciborium, from which a certain much-lighted silver bowl was then hanging, the fire, spread through it after the manner of bindweed, had reached the ceiling and had begun to reduce to ash the so-called calathi, at once certain men, well furnished with many water-bearing vessels, running through the air along the beams, overcame the fire with God's co-operation. After this, then, when the multitude of the crowds did not go out, but remained within, and those who were driving it off or even bidding them depart in the untimely night could not persuade the people to it, fear came upon certain of the curators of the most venerable temple lest some persons unknown, because both the throng of people and the night were present, should endeavour to steal the silver, not only that which had been burnt by the fire, but also all that had been hung up for the adornment of the festival.

[97] And a certain man worthy to be remembered, discharging the notable office by which he presided over the Dacian scrinium, as it is called, of the most illustrious prefects of Illyricum e, [they are induced to do so by a certain man, by a feigned approach of barbarians to the walls:] when he considered that there was no means at hand by which the crowd could be expelled from the temple without vexation and trouble, unless someone should pretend a sudden incursion of barbarians, began to cry out, the Victor in the contests inciting his heart to this f: The barbarians have unexpectedly appeared at the walls, O citizens; but all of you sally forth with arms for your country. And he indeed cried this out feigning, intending only to drive the crowds out of the temple and to shut the doors firmly, so that the collecting of the molten silver might be done in quiet; but it was the providence of the most glorious Martyr, so that the city might not be imperilled through the error of the night. For all the people, when they had heard this unexpected cry, ran to their houses, and, having taken up arms, mounted the walls.

[98] but that which he had feigned is found to be true, Then the city sees in the area of the venerable temple of the Christ-bearing martyr Matrona g a multitude of barbarians, not very numerous indeed (for they were reckoned among us at five thousand only), but vehement in strength, because all were both picked men and skilled in the art of war (for unless they had excelled in strength and boldness of spirit all who had ever warred with them, they would not have attacked so great a city so precipitately). Further, when the city, having seen the enemy with its own eyes from the walls (for dawn had at length come and the day was breaking), raised a shout, very many, descending and opening the gates, engaged outside, Christ and the Victor in the contests strengthening them, against those who had now at length advanced in the fury of their savagery even to the venerable temple of the three holy martyrs Chione, Irene and Agape h, which, as you know, is distant by a very short interval from the wall of the city.

[99] and hence very many, having gone out of the city, join battle with the enemy, And when both had worn one another down by mutual conflict through a great part of the day, and those who were of the Victor in the contests, with the greater danger because those who fought against them were, as has been said, the chosen flower of the whole nation of the Sclavini i, both charged upon the enemy and received their onset, at length, the very care of the Martyr manifesting itself, the army of the barbarians, not a few retreating by the very part by which they had broken in, was put to flight on the same day. And thus indeed was brought to an end the unexpected and savage incursion that then happened; but let us return in our discourse to the time of the night, when the whole multitude of the city, leaving the sacred temple of the most glorious Martyr, ran to the walls, giving credence to him who cried that the barbarians had come. For the order of the narrative will both manifestly show the care of the Victor in the contests for us sinners and, frequently recalling the memory as of a paternal succour, our souls

can kindle with love of him.

[100] and at length, the Saint helping, they turn them to flight, For that distinguished man and lover of the Martyr, who, feigning forsooth the arrival of the barbarians, had cried out in the temple, when he saw that all had gone out and that the temple of the Victor in the contests was quiet, only those who were of its ministry, and some few genuine friends of the aforesaid man whom he had of his own accord kept back here, remaining within, said to those who remained in the temple, as one who had full knowledge of what had happened: Behold, Christ and God helping and the most glorious Martyr co-operating, both the fire has been extinguished and nothing of the things which belong to this place has perished. Shutting therefore the gates of the temple, gather quietly the silver which has been melted. For again, I know well, the beauty of this place will be raised up through the holy Martyr. And when they, the gates being bolted, were both gathering the silver and cleansing it from the burning, a heavy clamour, such as could be heard afar off, arose from the phalanx of the barbarians and the army of the city engaging in a disorderly fashion.

[101] And when those who were in the temple were troubled by the clamour, [and when he who had feigned the enemy's approach, and therefore not believing it,] and were neglecting the things they had in hand, that admirable man said to them: Do you, brethren, do your work, and have no talk about barbarians. For because I spread it abroad you have your hearing troubled, and the clamour now raised, of which you do not know whence it came, you likewise suppose, from a preconceived opinion, to be that of barbarians. But it is not so, it is not so. For I, at the Martyr's suggestion, feigned the report of the barbarians, in order to drive the crowd hence, and that you might attend quietly to the things that pertained to the service and security of the temple. And the ministers of the sacred house and the friends of the man who had said these things said as with one mouth: May the God of the holy and most glorious martyr Demetrius bless you and prolong your life in good things, first because you have diligently cared, as a true Christian, for the sacred vessels and the security of the temple, and then because, your fiction having been made manifest from the truth, you have brought back our souls as it were from hell to the light.

[102] For when we thought that you were crying out truly about the barbarians, [he warned those who had remained with him in the temple not to be troubled at hearing the clamour,] we did not see with our eyes (let truth be witness) even the things that were in our hands, seeing with our whole mind the things that pertained to the supposed war; but now we shall all eagerly put our hand to the things we are busy with. And while these young men who were with him, together with the ministers of the temple, were contributing their efforts with faithful alacrity to cleansing the things that had been scorched, and carrying out those that had been reduced to coals, they perceived the clamour of war more plainly, and recognized through their accustomed hearing certain signs of barbarian shouting k. But he, when he saw them troubled again, said: Why do you stand senseless, taking no care for the work? I told you: care for the temple and have no talk about the war. I spread that abroad, as I said before, using a fiction of my own accord, to make the people quit the church; now therefore, without any anxiety, care for the things that are in hand, as servants of the Victor in the contests.

[103] And further, when, recovering their courage again at those words, had at length heard from sure informants, they had begun to gather and cleanse and carry together the things that pertained to the temple, and to clean the pavement with water, certain men came, announcing that by the grace of Christ our God the enemies, who had dared to burst into the gates, had been put to flight; and that the help of the Victor in the contests, and it alone, had brought the war to a happy outcome: first, because he had gathered the inhabitants of the city to his temple by stirring up the fire (for unless reverence towards the temple, joined with consternation, had roused them, they would not have risen hastily from their beds at an untimely hour of the night); and then because, when he had gathered and prepared them as it were for battle, he had made them, filled with boldness, go out of the gates in unwonted manner through the single voice of a man, and had made his servants, who from dawn until now had engaged the enemy twice and thrice and often, victors on his commemoration which is now being kept among us.

[104] and believed it, he, together with those who were with him, in a lengthy And when those who related these things then testified that they had seen them with their own eyes, and also swore to it (for otherwise they could not convince him who had lied of set purpose), that admirable man, whose heart lied while his mouth uttered the truth, through whom God, while he was meditating one thing, bestowed other things salutary to the city — a new Abraham, who lied to the city about barbarians, but was to procure salvation for it through the martyr without even thinking of it, as that one, promising to return at once with Isaac, deceived his servants, but with his tongue, without even knowing it, prophesied what was to be l — that man, then, when he had heard what had befallen the city, together with those who were present there, praised God and the Victor in the contests, saying: Lord God, O eternal, O almighty, O knower of hidden things and beholder of secret things, O unsearchable in benefits, O incomprehensible in mercy, whose will is work and whose nod is the accomplishment of the thing, Thou callest, and all things obey Thee with trembling, because all things are subject to Thee, who alone hast created our hearts and changest them as befits the end proposed.

[107] which is recited here, For although Thou hast also bestowed free will upon them, yet in the dispensation of Thy benefits Thou dost govern them as is expedient, as Thou hast done now also, my Lord, in me, a new Balaam, a sinner and one who does not consider things after his example, having had pity on our lowliness for the sake of the memory of the most glorious Martyr, and freeing the whole city from an unexpected and unknown captivity; for as Thou didst compel him, wishing to utter other things with his tongue, to pray for other things and to bless Thy people through the Holy Spirit m, so Thou hast provided that I too, Thy unworthy servant, meditating to do one thing through the announcement of the foreigners, should procure a benefit beyond measure greater for the city. For where is there equality between the said silver not having perished and so notable a city having been snatched from slavery and from death itself?

[106] he gives thanks to God and to St. Demetrius in a prayer. O the intercession of Thy Victor in the contests, and Thy surpassing kindness, O Lord! My mind was guarding the silver, but my tongue was saving the city; there was one utterance of the word, and Thy mercy divided its effect into two benefits. I lied deliberately for the sake of Thy temple, and the truth of what was said saved the city without my knowing it. We give thanks to Thee, Lord God, and we remain in doubt what we may offer Thee that is worthy to be given. But since Thou art Lord of all things, and receivest nothing as Thou dost hearts duly grateful, behold, we pour them out before Thee, according to what is prescribed in the Psalms, so that Thou, showing still greater mercy, mayest guard us not only from those wild beasts having the form of men, but much rather from the spiritual enemies who continually strive to reduce our souls to slavery; for Thou art Lord of all things both spiritual and sensible, as being the Creator of all, and to Thee belong power and might, and the kingdom of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, unto the ages. Amen n. Thanks having been given in this manner by the man to God and to our great intercessor, the most glorious Martyr, all went away home praising God; for to Him belong glory and honour and dominion, now and unto the infinite ages of ages. Amen.

ANNOTATA.

records, it becomes manifest, broke into the dominions of the Roman empire, having crossed the Ister; and afterwards it wore down the empire with various disasters over a very long space of years, from time to time even carrying its arms to the Long Walls, which were distant from Byzantium only a little more than a day's journey, not yet altogether abstaining even then from laying waste the regions when, as happened in course of time, they had obtained settlements from the emperors in the lands of the empire. The matter will become clear from what will have to be noted both on the two chapters immediately following and on cap. 3 of the second book of miracles.

CHAPTER XIII.

How the Saint withstood the Avars when they unexpectedly attacked Thessalonica, and how it was nevertheless afterwards besieged by them and reduced to the utmost straits.

Καιρὸς δὴ λοιπὸν, καὶ τοῦ κεφαλαιωδεστάτου τῶν θαυμάθων ἅψασθαι τοῦ πανσέπτου, καὶ φιλοπόλιδος Μάρτυρος, λέγω δὴ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν μέγιστον τῶν πώποτε γενομένων τῇ Θεσσαλονίκῃ πολέμων περιφανῶς ἐπιλάμψαντος, καὶ τῆς κινδυνώδους ἐκεῖνης, καὶ ἀδιαφύκτου πολιορκίας, ἀπροσδοκήτως ἡμᾶς διασώσαντος, καὶ σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστήσαντος. Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστὸν, καὶ ἀπιστοφανές, καὶ μέγα διήγημα παραστήσει τηλαυγῶς, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο προελέλεκτο, τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου τὴν ἀνυπέρβλητον δύναμιν, καὶ τὸ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας αὐτοῦ θεομίμητον, καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν πόλιν κηδεμονικόν.

[108] Τοῦ δὲ γὰρ χάριν καὶ τελευταῖον τῆς συγγραφῆς αὐτὸ συντέταχα, ὡς ἂν ἀπερισπάστου τῆς ἀκοῆς ὑμῶν διαφυλαχθείσης, καὶ τῇ μελέτῃ τῶν εἰρημένων τῆς μνήμης ταῖς διανοίαις ὑμῶν περισωθείσης *, παρασκευάσω τὰς καρδίας πάντων ἀνεξαλείπτους τὰς τῆς εὐχαριστείας ὁμολογίας, οὐ μόνον ἐν σαρκί, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον πρὸς τὸν ἀλεξίκακον, καὶ σωσίπατριν Ἀθλοφόρον διαφυλάττειν, οὕτω τε καρπώσασθαι ὑμᾶς, μὴ τὴν ἐν τῷ βιῶ τούτῳ προστασίαν μόνον τοῦ μάρτυρος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐν τῷ φοβερῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρεσβείας ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ἀπαραλόγιστον γενησομένας κριτὴν τὸν φιλοῦντα παρὰ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ αἰτεῖσθαι, καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν ἀξιώσεις θεοπρεπῶς χαριζόμενον.

[109] Λέγεται περί τινος πράγματος ἠξιωκέναι τῶν τηνικαῦτα τῶν Ἀβάρων ἡγούμενον στείλαντα πρέσβεις πρὸς τὸν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς λήξεως, καὶ τὰ σκῆπτρα τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς κατέχοντα τότε Μαυρίκιον. Ὡς δὲ ἠστόχητο τῆς αἰτήσεως, ὀργῇ ἀκατασχέτῳ φλεχθεὶς καὶ τῷ παρακούσαντι μηδὲν ποιῆσαι δυνάμεως *, τρόπον ἐπινοεῖ, δι᾽ οὗ μάλιστα αὐτῷ ὁδυνῆσαι τὰ μέγιστα ὑπετόπαζεν, ὅπερ ἦν καὶ πανάληθες· σκοπήσας γὰρ ὡς ἁπάσης πόλεως κατὰ τε Θράκην, καὶ πᾶν τὸ ἰλλυρικὸν, ἡ θεοφύλακτος τῶν Θεσσαλονικαίων μητρόπολις ὑπερβαλόντως ὑπερέχει πλούτῳ τε ποικίλω, καὶ ἀνθρώποις εὐθεάτοις καὶ συνετοῖς, καὶ Χριστιανικωτάτοις, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν γνοὺς ὡς ἐν καρδίᾳ βασιλέως κεῖται ἡ προλεχθεῖσα μητρόπολις διὰ τὸ λάμπειν ἀπανταχόθεν τοῖς προτερήμασι, καὶ ὅτι ταύτης τῶν ἀπροσδοκήτων τί παθούσης, οὐχ ἧττον τῆς τῶν τέκνων σφαγῆς ὁδυνήση τὸν τὸ ῥωμαἳκόν κράτος ἀναστεμμένον, καλεῖ πρὸς ἑαυτὁν τὴν ἅπασαν τῶν σκλαβινιῶν θρησκείαν, καὶ θηριώδη φυλὴν, ὑπέκειντο γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸ ἔθνος ἅπαν, καὶ προσμίξας αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀλλογενεῖς τινὰς βαρβάρους στρατεῦσαι πάντας κατὰ τῆς θεοφρουρήτου Θεσσαλονίκης παρεκελεύσατο.

[110] Μέγιστος οὗτος στρατὸς τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους χρόνους ὤφθη, ἀγαπητοὶ· οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ τὰς ἑκατὸν χιλιάδας ὁπλίτας ἄνδρας ἐδόξαζον· οἱ δὲ ὀλίγον ἧττους, ἄλλοι δὲ πολλῷ πλείους, τῆς γὰρ ἀληθείας διὰ τὸ πλῆθος μὴ καταληφθείσης, αἱ δόξαι τῶν θεωμένων ἐσχίζοντο. Νέον Ξέρξου στρατὸν ἢ τῶν Αἰθιώπων καὶ Λιβύων κατὰ Ἰουδαίων τὸ πρὶν ὁπλισάμενον, ἴδομεν τοῦτον· καὶ ποταμοὺς γὰρ καὶ πηγάς ἐκλεῖψαι ἠκούσαμεν, οἷς ἂν στρατοπεδεύσαντες παρεκάθησαν, καὶ τὴν ὅλην γῆν, δι᾽ ἦς παρώδευσαν, ὡς πεδίον ἀφανισμοῦ κατὰ τὸν προφήτην κατέστησαν.

[111] Καὶ ἡ τοσαύτη πληθὺς τοσούτῳ τάχει τὴν ὁδὸν διανύσαι προσετάχθησαν, ὡς μηδὲ γνῶναι ἡμᾶς τὴν ἔλευσιν αὐτῶν πλὴν πρὸ μιᾶς ἡμέρας· κυριακῇ γὰρ ἡμέρᾳ μηνυθέντων τούτων, τῇ εἴκαδι δευτέρᾳ τοῦ Σεπτεμβρίου μηνὸς, καὶ τῶν τῆς πόλεως ἀμφιβόλως ἐχόντων, ὡς μετὰ τέσσαρας, ἢ καὶ πρὸς πέντε ἡμέρας μόλις τὰ ἐνθάδε καταλαμβάνουσιν, καντεῦθεν ἀμελέστερον περὶ τὴν αὑτῆς φυλακὴν διαμεινάντων, αὐτῇ τῇ νυκτὶ δευτέρᾳ σαββάτων ἐπιφωσκούσῃ ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη τῆς πόλεως ἔφθασαν ἀψοφητὶ καὶ πρώτη εὐθὺς ἐπισκιάσις τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου γεγένηται ἐν τῷ ἀμαυρωθῆναι ἐκείνους τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ περὶ τὸ φρουρίον τῆς καλλινίκου μάρτυρος Ματρώνης ὥραις ἱκαναῖς ἀνασχοληθῆναι, νομίσαντες ἔκεῖνο τῇ πόλει * κατεστηκέναι· ὡς δὲ λοιπὸν ἐωσφόρος διηύγασεν, καὶ πλησίον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν ἐγνώρισαν, ὥρμησαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ὀμοθυμαδὸν ὡς λέων ἁρπάζων, καὶ ὠρουόμενος. Εἶτα καὶ τῷ τείχει τὰς κλίμακας ἀνορθώσαντες, αὗται γὰρ αὐτοῖς προκατασκευασμέναι διεβαστάζοντο· ὀπλοφόροι γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀνιέναι παρεβουλεύσαντο, τότε δὴ τότε τὸ ἐξάκουστον καὶ μέγα θαῦμα τοῦ ἁγίου Αθλοφόρου γεγένηται.

[112] Οὐκ ἐτι γὰρ νοητῇ ἐπισκιάσει, ἀλλ᾽ ὁφθαλμοφανῇ ἐνεργείᾳ ἐν ὀοπλίτου σχήματι κατὰ τὸ τεῖχος ὤφθη. Τὸν πρῶτον ἀνιόντα διὰ τῆς κλίμακος, ήδη τὸν πόδα ἐπιβαλόντα τῷ τείχει τὸν δεξιὸν, λόγχη πλήξας κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῶν δύο ἐπάλξεων ὥθησεν νεκρὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς, ὅς διὰ τῆς κλίμακος κυλινδούμενος τοὺς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν συνκατέσππασεν αὐτὸς μὲν εἰς γῆν καταπεσὼν νεκρὸς ἀμφὶ τὰς ἐπάλξεις καταλιπὼν, ἵνα δὴ φανοῖτο, ὅποιτε ἀνῆλθεν καὶ ὅθεν ἐξέπεσεν· ὅτι δὲ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου γέγονεν τὸ κατόρθώμα δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ μηδένα μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τολμῆσαι τῆς ἀληθείας κατεξαναστήναι, καὶ κἂν ἐρίσασθαι φιλοδοξίᾳ τινὶ πλάσασθαι τῆς τοῦ τολμηροῦ βαρβαρου σφαγῆς, καίτοι τῶν τηνικαῦτα κρατούντων τῆς πόλεως πολλὰ ζητησάντων, καὶ τιμῆσαι προθεμένων τὸν ἀνέλοντα τὸν βάρβαρον.

[113] Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἁπιστείτω μόνου τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου τὸ τοιοῦτον γεγονέναι κατόρθωμα, πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τοῦ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐκεῖσε παρατυχόντας βαρβάρους πλῆθος ὄντας ἱκανὸν παραχρῆμα δειλίᾳ ληφθέντας ἀμέτρῳ ἀποχωρῆσαι τοῦ τείχους μακρὰν· εῖτα δὲ καὶ ὅτι οὐ δὲ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς πόλεως ἦσαν τινὲς ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους *, πλὴν λίαν ὀλίγων, οἵ καὶ αὐτοὶ ταχύτερον κατελθόντες κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον οἴκοιδι ἀναπαύοντο, διὰ τὸ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ὡς εἴρηται, τὴν πλυθὺν οἴεσθαι τῶν βαρβάρων ἐφίστασθαι. Τὸ δὲ καὶ ταραχὴν ἀθρόων μεγίστην κατὰ τὴν πόλιν γενέσθαι, ὡς ἀπαντας ἄρδην ὁπλίτας ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἀναδραμεῖν, τίς ἂν ἀμφιβάλοι τῆς θείας εἶναι ῥοπῆς, καὶ ἁγίων ἐπισκιάσεως τὴν ἐνέργειαν· ὡς δὲ ἡμέρα λοιπὸν ἐγεγόνει οἱ θῆρες ἐκείνοι τὸ τεῖχος ἅπαν κύκλω περιέλιξαν ἀσφαλῶς, ὡς μηδὲ ὄρνεον τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον συγχωρῆσαι τῶν πυλῶν ἐξελθεῖν ἢ ἔξωθεν εἰσελάσαι τῇ πόλει.

[114] Τότε δὴ τότε ὤφθη τηλαυγῶς τὸ ἀναρίθμητον πλῆθος· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς ἀκρας τοῦ πρὸς θάλασσαν τείχους τοῦ πρὸς ανατολὰς μέχρι τοῦ πέρατος τοῦ δυτικοῦ πρὸς θάλασσαν τείχους, ὥσπερ στεφάνη θανατηφόρος περιέσχον τὴν πόλιν, οὐδενὸς τόπου θεωρουμένου τῆς γῆς, ὃν ὁ βάρβαρος οὐκ ἐπάτει, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν ἀντὶ γῆς, ἢ δένδρων, ἢ χλόης τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν ἀντιπάλων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἔτι καὶ στενοχωρουμένων, καὶ τὸν εἰς τὴν αὔριον ἡμῖν ἐπισειόντων ἄφυκτον θάνατον· καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστὸν ὅτι τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης οὐ μόνον περὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἐκύκλουν ὡσεὶ ἄμμος τὴν θάλασσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλεῖστοι λίαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν φρούριά τε καὶ προάστεια κατελάμβανον λεἳζόμενοι πάντα, καὶ κατεσθίοντες, καὶ λεπτύνοντες, καὶ τὰ ὑπόλοιπα τοῖς ποσὶ καταπατοῦντες· οὐκ έχρηζον τότε χάρακα βαλεῖν περὶ τὴν πόλιν, ἢ πρόσχωμα· χάραξ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἡ τῶν ἀσπίδων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἀδιεξόδευτος συμπλοκὴ· πρόσχωμα δὲ τὸ ὑποκοινὸν τῶν σωμάτων μιμούμενα δίκτυα *.

[115] Τίς λόγος ὑμῖν ἀγαγεῖν ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν δυνήσηται τὴν ἔργοις καταλαβοῦσαν ἡμας τότε περίστασιν, οὐκ ἐξ αὐτομάτου, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἡμετέρων ὄντως ἁμαρτιῶν· καλὸν γὰρ, ἀδελφοὶ, τὸ ὁμολογεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Ἴσως πέσειται καὶ νῦν ὁ ἔλεος ἡμῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου· ἐὰν γὰρ ὁμολογῶμεν, φησὶ, τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστὸς ἐστι καὶ δίκαιος, ἵνα ἀφήση ἡμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας. Τὸν δὲ ἄφατον φόβον τῇ πόλει τότε περιεποίησεν καὶ τὸ πρῶτως ἰδεῖν φάλαγγα βαρβαρικὴν, οὐδέπω γὰρ οὕτω πλησίον ὤφθησαν ποτέ περικαθήσαντες οἱ πολέμιοι τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῆς θέας αὐτῶν, πλὴν τῶν ἐν στρατιωτικοῖς τεταγμένων καταλόγοις. Ἦν οὖν ἡ καρδία τότε καὶ τῶν ἀνδρειοτέρων καὶ τῶν δειλωτέρων μία γεγενημενη· τῷ γὰρ ἀνελπίστῳ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡ διαφορὰ τούτων ἐγνωρίζετο, πάντων δὲ τὰ δάκρυα ποταμηδὸν ἔῤῥει, κατήφεια τε δεινὴ, καὶ ἀλλοίωσις τοὺς πάντας ἠμαύρωσεν, ὡς πληροῦσθαι τότε τό προφητικὸν λόγιον τὸ φάσκον, κἂν πρόσωπον ὡς πρὸς καυμὰ χύτρας.

[116] Τῶν οὐκ ἐνδεχομένων γὰρ εἶναι πάντες ἐνόμιζον τὸ δύνασθαι διασωθῆναι τὴν πόλιν, πάσης παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀνελπιστίας περὶ αὐτὴν τότε θεωρουμένης, πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὸν λοιμὸν φοβερὸν * κατασχεῖν αὐτὴν, καὶ ἀνοχῆς τινὸς ἐκ φιλανθρωπίας Θεοῦ εὐθὺς καταφθᾶσαι τῶν βαρβαρων ἐκείνων τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν θεήλατον, ὡς εὑρεθῆναι τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ βραχεῖς τῷ ἀριθμῷ καὶ νενεκρωμένους τῇ προσφάτῳ λύπῃ τῶν τεθαμμένων· δεύτερον δὲ τὸ ἰσόψαμμον ἐν ἀριθμῷ τῶν πολιορκούντων· εἰ γάρ μὴ μόνον τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἅπαντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Θετταλοὺς, καὶ Ἀχαιοὺς ὑποθείτό τις σωρηδὸν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ τηνικαῦτα συνηθροισμένους, οὐ δὲ τὸ πολοστὸν μέρος τῶν ἔξωθεν περιστοιχησάντων τὴν πόλιν ἐτύγχανον· τρίτον δὲ, ὅ καὶ πλέον ἁπάντων τὴν ἀμηχανίαν ἡμῖν ἐποίησεν, ἐκεῖνο ἦν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ περιλειφθέντος ἐκ τοῦ λοιμοῦ παγανατικοῦ τε, καὶ στρατιωτικοῦ, ὀλιγοστὸν πάνυ μέρος τάχα καὶ ἄχρηστον ἐν τῆ πόλει τηνικαῦτα ἐτύγχανεν, τῶν πολλῶν μὲν ἔξω ἐν ἀγροῖς ἀποκλεισθέντων καὶ μὴ δυνηθέντων εἰσβαλεῖν τῆ πόλει διὰ τὸ τρύγης εἰναι καιρὸν,

καὶ ἀθρόως καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως τοὺς πολεμίους ἐχέκολλα τῷ τείχει περικαθίσαι.

[117] Ἀμέλει μᾶλλον οἱ πρὸς τὰ ἔξω μέρη διαφυγόντες ἐσώζοντο, ἤπερ οἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν καταφυγεῖν βουληθέντες· πλειόνων δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐπιλέκτων νεανίων τοῦτε στρατιωτικοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ στρατευομένων πραιτορίῳ ἅμα τῷ τηνικαῦτα τὴν ἐπάρχων μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχοντι ἀρχὴν κατὰ τὴν ἑλλήων χώραν δημοσιῶν ἕνεκα χρειῶν ἀποδεδημηκότων, καὶ αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν ἀπομεινάντων τὸ πλήθος, ὅσοι καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ φρονήσει, καὶ δούλοις ἀκμάζουσιν καὶ ἐμπειροπολέμοις ἐκαλωπίζοντο, καὶ ἐν τοῖς σκρινίοις τῶν ὑπάρχων τοῦ Ἰλλυρικου πρῷτοι ἐτύγχανον, κατὰ τὴν βασιλίδα τῶν πόλεων ἀπάραντες ἦσαν σὺν φίλοις πολλῶ πλείοσι, καὶ τῇ θεραπείᾳ πᾶσῃ πρὸς ἔλευσιν βασιλεῖ κατὰ τοῦ τηνικάδε τὴν ἀρχὴν διέποντος ποιησόμενοι.

[118] Οὕτω γοῦν ἐκ ποικίλων τρόπων ὀλιγανδρωθείσης τῆς πόλεως ἡ ἀμηχανία πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας ἀπέκοπτεν. Καί με μή τις μωμήσηται μεγαλύνοντα τοῦ κινδύνου τὸ μέγεθος, μηδὲ λόγοις οἰέσθω μὲ πλέον τοῦ δέοντος τὴν ἀνάγκην ὑψοῦ ἐπαίρειν· ποῖος γὰρ λόγος οὗτως ἱκανὸς εὐρεθήσεται ὡς δοκιμασθῆναι αὐτὸν τοῦ τῶν γεγενημένων μεγέθους · ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν καὶ γραφὴν προπετείας εὔκαιρον δέδοικα ὡς ἀδυναμίᾳ λόγου κατασμικρύνων τὸ τῆς περιστάσεως ἄμετρον· εἶθε γὰρ ἦν μοι δύναμις ῥημάτων τοιαύτη, καὶ πλείωνες γλῶσσαι, ὡς τοῖς τότε γεγενημένοις συνεξισωθῆναι διολεγόμενον· οὕτω γὰρ παραστήσαντος μου τῆς ἀνάγκης τὸ μέγεθος, συναπεδείκνυτο καὶ τὸ ὑπερβάλον πλοῦτος τῆς χρηστότητος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἀτονεῖ, παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἡ εὐχαριστεία μεγαληνθήτο, καὶ ὅσον ἡμεῖς οὐ δυνάμεθα τῶν κινδύνων ἐκείνων ἐκφράσαι τὸ μέγεθος, τοσοῦτον ὑμεῖς τὸ παντοδύναμον τοῦ Κυρίου πιστεύσατε, καὶ τὸν κοινὸν πρεσβευτὴν τῆς ἡμῶν πατρίδος δοξάσατε.

He extols the magnitude of the miracle he is about to narrate, It is surely time at last to touch also upon that one of the miracles of the most venerable Martyr, lover of the city, which is by far the chief and as it were the summary of the rest; I mean that which shone forth clearly in the greatest of the wars that ever befell Thessalonica, and unexpectedly freed us from that perilous and inescapable siege, and, so to speak, almost raised us from the dead. For that wonderful, incredible and great narrative, even if nothing else had been set down before, will show luminously the surpassing power of the Victor in the contests, and the mercy by which he imitates God, and his care for the city b.

[108] and the author sets out his aim. And I have placed this at the end of my writing for this purpose: that, your hearing not being distracted, and the memory of what has been said being impressed on your thoughts through meditation, I may make the hearts of all ready to preserve unceasing confessions of a grateful mind, not only in the flesh but also after death, towards the clement Victor in the contests, preserver of his country; and that thus you may obtain not only the patronage of the Martyr in this life, but also the intercessions to be made by him for us at the terrible tribunal of Christ, before the Judge who cannot be deceived, who loves to be entreated by His Saints and assents to their prayers as befits God.

[109] [The leader of the Avars, angered at the repulse he had suffered in his demands from the emperor Maurice,] The leader of the Avars at that time is related to have sent envoys to ask for some thing of Maurice of pious memory, who was then holding the sceptre of the Roman empire c. And when he had failed of his demand, inflamed with unbridled anger, and able to do nothing to him who had refused to hear him, he devised a means by which above all he suspected he would afflict him with the greatest grief; which was also most true. For when he had observed that the metropolis of the Thessalonians, guarded by God, eminently surpassed all the cities both in Thrace and in Illyricum in divers riches and in skilful, clear-sighted and most Christian men, and, in a word, that the aforesaid metropolis, because it shone on every side with its prerogatives, was dear to the emperor's heart, and that, should it suffer something unexpected, he who was crowned with the Roman power would be tormented no less than by the slaughter of his children, he summoned to himself the whole sect and savage nation of the Sclavini (for the whole nation was subject to him d), and, mingling with them barbarians of other nations also, ordered them all to take up arms against Thessalonica guarded by God e.

[110] he gathers a huge army, This, beloved, was the greatest of the armies that have appeared in our times f; for some thought they were above a hundred thousand armed men, others somewhat fewer, others again (for the truth not being grasped on account of the multitude, the opinions of those who saw them were divided) that there were even many more. We beheld it as a new army of Xerxes, or of the Ethiopians or Libyans who formerly fought against the Jews. For we heard that the rivers and torrents by which it encamped and sat down failed, and it made the whole region through which it passed like the solitude of a desert, according to the Prophet g.

[111] And so great a multitude had been ordered to complete its march with such speed and he leads it unexpectedly against Thessalonica. that we knew of their coming only one day beforehand. For when they were announced on the twenty-second day of the month of September h, which was a Sunday, and the inhabitants of the city were in doubt whether they would arrive here even after four or five days, and hence were behaving more negligently in guarding it, on that very night, at the beginning of the second day of the week i, they approached the walls without noise; and the first solicitude of the most glorious martyr Demetrius was engaged in blinding them on that night, and in detaining them for a sufficient number of hours at the fort of the martyr Matrona, adorned with beautiful victories, nearby, which they thought was the city. But when at length the dawn shone forth and they knew that the city was near, they moved against it with one accord, like a lion ravening and roaring. Then, when they had raised the ladders (for these were carried by them ready prepared) against the wall (for their men-at-arms were planning to climb up), forthwith a memorable and great miracle of the holy Victor in the contests took place.

[112] For no longer by a spiritual overshadowing, but by an action falling under sight, he appeared on the wall in the habit of an armed soldier. But, a sudden assault having been made on the walls, St. Demetrius resists it; The first man climbing up by the ladders, who had already set his right foot on the wall, he struck with a spear between two battlements and hurled him down dead towards the outer side k; and he, rolling down the ladders, dragged down at the same time those who were on them, falling dead himself to the ground, but leaving drops of his blood between the battlements l, so that it might appear both whither he had come up and whence he had fallen. That this was the deed of the Victor in the contests is manifest from this, that no one up to this time has dared to go against the truth and ascribe to himself, even though eager to feign it from the desire of vain glory, the deed of slaying the bold barbarian, although those who then held the city under their power sought much, and promised that they would honour him who had slain the barbarian m.

[113] Let no one, then, fear to believe that so great a deed was that of the Victor in the contests alone, but when it had then nevertheless girt the city with a very close siege, first from this, that all the barbarians, who were present there in sufficient multitude, were at once seized with immoderate fear and withdrew far from the wall; and then because on that night not even some men of the city were on the wall, except a few, who themselves too, going away very quickly, rested at home until the morning, because, as has been said, they thought that the multitude of the barbarians would be present only after some days. Moreover, who would doubt that the very great tumult of a dense multitude that took place in the city, so that almost all ran armed to the wall, was from the divine nod and the efficacy of the overshadowing of the Saints? And further, when day had at length come, those wild beasts surrounded the whole wall round about with a secure guard, so that, as the saying is, they did not allow even a bird to go out of the gates or to come in from outside into the city.

[114] Forthwith then the innumerable multitude was clearly seen. to this extreme, For from the extremity of the wall situated on the sea towards the eastern quarter to the end of the wall situated on the sea towards the western quarter, they surrounded the city no otherwise than as a deadly crown. No place of the earth was seen which the barbarian did not tread; but instead of earth or trees or grass one could see the heads of the enemy, and they still pressing upon one another and threatening us with an inevitable death soon to be inflicted. And this too is now to be wondered at, that on that day they not only surrounded the walls as the sand does the sea, but that very many of them also seized the forts and the suburbs situated round the city, plundering and consuming and breaking up everything, and trampling under foot what remained. They had then no need to build a rampart or a mound around the city; for the mutual and inextricable joining of their shields, interlocked with one another, served in place of a rampart, and the thronging of their bodies, imitating nets, served for the density of a mound.

[115] the city, a little before afflicted with plague and almost of its men What speech will be able to place before your eyes the adversity which then in very deed came upon us, not by chance, but truly through our sins? For it is fair, brethren, to confess the truth. Perhaps even now our pitiable state will find favour before the Lord. For if, He says, we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins. Further, it struck an ineffable fear into the city then that it now for the first time beheld a barbarian phalanx (for never yet had enemies besieging the city been seen so near, nor had even the sight of them fallen to the common run of citizens, if you except those who had been enrolled in the military lists). The heart, then, both of the braver and of the more timid had become one. For through despair of safety no difference between them was recognized, but the tears of all flowed like a river, and grievous sorrow and change of countenance had disfigured all, so that the saying of the Prophet was then fulfilled, which says: Every face as at the heat of a pot.

[116] stripped bare. For all thought that the city's being able to be saved was among the things that cannot happen, this appearing then altogether desperate in the eyes of men: first, because a dreadful plague had afflicted it up to the month of July, and, when it had obtained by the mercy of God some little remission of about fifty days, the fury of those barbarians, sent by God, at once invaded it, as has been said, on the twenty-second day of the month of September n, so that those in the city were found few in number, and exhausted in strength by the aforesaid grief for the buried; and second, because those who besieged the city were equal in multitude to the number of the sands (for if anyone should suppose that not only all the Macedonians, but also the Thessalians and Achaeans had then been gathered in a mass at Thessalonica, these would not have been even the smallest part of those who girt the city from without); and third — and this most of all brought us to helplessness — it was that of the citizens and soldiers who survived the plague, by far the smallest part, and perhaps the worse,

was then in the city, the multitude meanwhile, because it was harvest time and the enemy had suddenly and unexpectedly surrounded the walls with a firm guard, being shut out in the fields and unable to enter the city.

[117] For indeed those who fled outside escaped safe more easily than those who wished to make for the city again. destitute, for various reasons, of those by whom it might be defended, And many even of the picked young men, who were both of the military order and of the number of those who served in the great praetorium, had set out for Greece on account of public business together with him who then had in his hands the prefecture of the governors; and the multitude of the rest themselves, who flourished in riches and prudence and servants, and excelled in men skilled in war, and presided over the scrinia of the prefects of Illyricum o, had betaken themselves towards the queen of cities with many more friends and their whole household, in order to approach the emperor to take action against him who then held the principality of this region.

[118] The city having thus been reduced in divers ways to few men, reduces to straits. helplessness had cut off all hope of safety. And lest anyone should carp at me for exaggerating the magnitude of the danger, and think that I am raising aloft in words the difficulty of the situation more than is fitting (for what speech will be found so sufficient as to be reckoned equal to proclaiming the magnitude of the deeds?), I certainly dread, lest by the impotence of my speech I should extenuate the bitterness of the adverse event, even a timely writing that is headlong. Would that I had such force of words, and that I had more tongues, so that I might be equal to telling the things that were then done. For thus, while I exhibited the magnitude of the calamity, the riches of the surpassing mercy of God would also be shown. But although speech fails with us, let thanksgiving grow strong with you; and the less we are able to express the magnitude of those dangers, the more do you believe in the omnipotence of the Lord, and praise the common intercessor of our country [p].

ANNOTATA.

p. Since the present chapter is entitled On the siege of the city in the codex formerly of Mazarin, as I have already shown above, John could opportunely have narrated in it whatever was done in that siege, and how it at length came to an end; but this writer most probably did not do so because he sets these things out chiefly in the following chapter, in which he strives to prove that the siege of Thessalonica by the Avars was raised through the prodigious patronage of St. Demetrius, and thought it superfluous, as indeed it would have been, to set the same things twice before the reader.

* Mazarin codex: ἐνριζωθείσης

* Mazarin codex: δυνάμενος

* Mazarin codex: τὴν πόλιν

* in the Mazarin codex there is added: κατ᾽ ἐκεινην τὴν νύκτα

* the Mazarin codex has ναστὸν μιμούμενα δικτυῶν

* the Mazarin codex adds: καὶ ἀγνῶτες ἤσαν οἵ πολλοῖ

* in the Mazarin codex there is added: οὐκ

* the Mazarin codex adds τότε μέχρι τοῦ ἰουλίου μηνὸς

* the Mazarin codex adds: ἰσαμιλλὸν κήρυκα

* the Mazarin codex adds: ἂν

CHAPTER XIV.

The vision shown to Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, and the arguments by which John maintains that the siege of Thessalonica mentioned in the preceding chapter was raised through the prodigious patronage of St. Demetrius.

Ὅτι γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ συμφορὰ, καὶ ἀνύποιστος, καὶ τραγωδία κακῶν τὸ τηνικαῦτα τὴν πόλιν περιεστοίχισεν, ἀκοὐσατε οἶαν ὀπτασίαν καθ᾽ ὕπνους ὁ τότε ἀρχιερεύς Εὐσέβιος ἐθεάσατο, ἀκούσατε, παρακαλῶ, καὶ κατανύχθητε πρὸς εὐλάβειαν, καὶ τὸν παμβασιλέα Θεὸν τῆς ποικίλης προνοίας ὑπερθαυμάσατε· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου τοῦ χάριν τάς ὄψεις ἐκείνας οἶμαι τῷ ἀρχιεπισκόπῳ τότε καταφανῆναι, ἦ τοῦ προγνῶντα τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἐσομένων δεινῶν ἀδιαλείπτοις προσευχαῖς τὸν Θεὸν διὰ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου ἐξιλεώσαθασθαι, ὅπερ καὶ πεποίηκεν, κλαίων καὶ ὀδυρόμενος ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὸν ὄνειρον ἐωράκει, ἕως οὗ οἰκτείρησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ οὐ παρέδωκεν εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν.

[120] Πρὸ γὰρ ὀκτώ, ἢ δέκα ἡμερῶν τοῦ βραχῆναι ἡμῖν τὰς βαρβαρικάς νιφάδας, ὁρᾶ ἑαυρὸν κατ᾽ ὄναρ ὁ ἀρχιεπίσκοωος ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τῆς πόλεως καθεζόμενον, ὄχλου συνόντος αὐτοῦ πολλοῦ, καὶ δὴ ὡς διηπόρει τίνος χάριν ἐν οὕτω ἀναρμοδίῳ τόπῳ τῆς ἀξίας αὐτοῦ καθέζεται, καὶ βουλεύεται ἀναστάς ὑποχωρεῖν, ὁρᾶ τραγωδὸν εἰσερχόμενον ἐπὶ τὸ καλούμενον τοῦ θεάτρου λόγιον καὶ λέγοντα αὐτῷ, μείνον ὅτι σὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα σου ἔχω τραγωδῆσαι· ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ, μὴ κοπωθὴς, ἐγὼ γὰρ οὒτε θυγατέρα ἔχω, οὔτε δὲ εἰς ἐμὲ ἔχεις τί τραγωδῆσαι· ἀποκρίνεται δὲ ἐκεῖνος, ἀληθῶς θυγατέρα ἔχεις, καὶ πολύτεκνον, καὶ δεῖ μὲν αὐτὴν καὶ σὲ τραγωδῆσαι. Τότε συνῆκεν ὁ ἀρχιεπίσκοπος, ὃτι τὴν πόλιν λέγει αὐτοῦ θυγατέρα· ὠς δὲ ἤμελλεν ἐκεῖνος ἄρχεσθαι τοῦ τραγωδεῖν, ᾴναστάς ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀρχιεπίσκοπος κράζει αὐτῷ φωνῇ, τὸν Θεὸν τῶν ὑψωμάτων μήτε ἐμὲ τραγωδήσης, μήτε ἣν λέγεις θυγατέρα μου· ὁ δὲ διαπονηθεὶς ὡς ἐμποδισθεὶς δῆθεν τοῦ ἄρξασθαι, λέγει αὐτῷ.

[121] Οὐκ ἐνδέχεται μὴ τραγωδῆσαί με καὶ σὲ, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα σου; Καὶ ὡς πάλιν ὑποκρίνεται ἄρχεσθαι, ὁ ἀρχιεπίσκοπος γεγονοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ προἐκραξεν λέγων αὐτῷ· τὸν Θεὸν τὸν τεχθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἀχράντου Θεοτόκου σαρκὶ διὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν σωτηρίαν μήτε ἐμὲ τραγωδήσης, μήτε τὴν θυγατέρα μου, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ πολλάς φησι τὰς ὥρας, ἐκείνου ἐνισταμένου καὶ λέγοντος ὅτι τραγωδῆσαι ἔχω, καὶ τῶν ἀρχιεπισκόπου κατορκίζοντος αὐτὸν μὴ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἄφνω ἀνασπαστος ἐκ τοῦ λόγιου γίνεται ὁ τραγωδὸς καὶ ἀφανὴς, μὴ ἰσχύσας διὰ τοὺς ὄρκους τραγωδῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὸν ἀρχιεπίσκοπον, ὅς ἐξυπνισθεὶς καὶ διακρίνας ὡς συμφορῶν μεγάλων μηνύματα οἱ τραγωδοὶ καθεστήκασιν, ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς τὸν Θεὸν σὺν δάκρυσιν ἐλιτάνευεν, παραγαγεῖν φιλανθρώπως τὴν ἐπερχομένην τῇ πόλει θεήλατον μάστιγα, καὶ δὴ μετ᾽ ὀλίγας, ὡς ἔφην, ἡμέρας τὸ θηριῶδες ἐκεῖνο φύλλον καὶ ἀριθμὸν ὑπερβαίνον τὴν θεοφρούρητον Θεσσαλονίκην περιεκύκλωσαν, καὶ εὐθὺς ἔγνω τοῦτον τὸν θρῆνον μηνῦσαι τὸν τραγωδὸν.

[122] Πῶς οὐχ ὑπέρμετρον κἀντεῦθεν εἴποιμι τὴν συμφορὰν, πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀπειροπλάσιον τὸ παντοδύναμον τοῦ Θεοῦ; Ἡ γὰρ δύναμίς μου, φησὶν, ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελειοῦται· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ Γεδεών μόνους τριακοσίους ἐνεκελεύσατο ὁ Θεὸς εἰς τὴν παράταξιν ἐκβαλεῖν πρὸς μυριοπλάσιον λαὸν τῶν ἀντιτεταγμένων, ἵνα τοῦ Κυρίου δείχθῆ περιφανῶς ἡ νίκη, καὶ μὴ εἴπωσιν, ἡ χεὶρ ἡμῶν ὑψηλὴ, καὶ οὐχὶ κύριος ἔποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου συνέβη κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ ἐκ τῶν προρηθεισῶν αἰτιῶν ὀλιγάνθρωπον καταλειφθῆναι τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα μὴ διαμφιβάλλοι τίς ὡς οὐχὶ πρεσβείαις τοῦ μετὰ Θεὸν δεσπότου αὐτῆς, λέγω δὴ τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου, μόνος ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐῤῥύσατο αὐτὴν ἐξ ἄδου κατωτάτου· οὔτε γὰρ ὅπλα, οὔτε χρήματα ὑπῆρχον αὐτῇ, ἀλλὰ πάντα αὐτῇ ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ ὑψίστου ἐγένετο.

[123] Εὐθὺς γὰρ, τὸ μεμερισμένον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς πόλεως τυγχανόντων, ὁρᾶν ἡμᾶς τὸ τεῖχος μεμεστομένον ἀγνώτων ἀνδρῶν, καὶ οὕς οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν τῆς πόλεως ἐθεάσατο, πῶς οὐ Θεἳκῆς ἐπιστασίας εἴποι τίς ἂν καὶ ἀντιλήψεως τὸ κατόρθωμα; Ἆρα δὲ ἡμεῖς μόνοι ἐφανταζόμεθα τοῦτο βλέπειν, ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις τὸ αὐτὸ κατεφαίνετο· πολλοὶ γὰρ αὐτῶν περὶ τὰς ὕστερον ἡμέρας ἀπελπίσαντες νικᾶν προσρυέντες τοῖς ἄρχουσιν τῆς πόλεως, ὡμολόγουν λέγοντες διεῤῥιμένως, ὅτιπερ ἀπὸ πλειόνων ἀκριβώσας ὁ τῶν Ἀβάρων ἡγούμενος, λίαν ὀλίγους τὴν πόλιν ἔχειν τοὺς μαχητὰς διὰ τὸ καὶ λοιμὸν ἐνταῦθα πρὸ βραχέως γεγενῆσθαι καιροῦ, πέπομφεν ἡμᾶς φήσας, αὐθήμερον τὴν πόλιν ἐκπορθεῖν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τοσούτους ἐν τῷ τείχει καὶ τοιούτους ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐληλύθαμεν, ἑωρῶμεν τοὺς μαχητάς, ὡς καὶ πλήθει καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ πολὺ τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς στρατείαν ὑπερβαίνειν, κἀντεῦθεν ἀπελπίσαντες ἡμεῖς τὴν ὑμῶν πόρθησιν, μᾶλλον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν γεγενῆσθαι ἡμῖν τὴν σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἀσκόπως ἐβουλευσάμεθα.

[124] Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν γενέσθαι συνέβη εἰς ὕστερον, τότε δὲ αὐτῆς ἡμέρας ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν περὶ τὰ ἔξω ἀπησχολήθησαν συνάγοντες βρώματα, καὶ αἰχμαλώτους, καὶ χρήματα καὶ παμπόλου σίτου, καὶ ἄλλων καρπῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ληφθέντων· ἁπαντὰ γὰρ τότε τὰ γεωργηθέντα καὶ προτέρων ἐτῶν ἀπόθετα ἔξω ἐτύγχανον, καὶ μόλις αὐτοῖς τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην ἐπήρκεσαν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν δένδρων καὶ τοὺς ὄπηκας, καὶ τὰς ῥίζας αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν λαχάνων ἁπάντων· εἴτα τὴν ἤμερον χλόην, καὶ τὰς ἀγριοβλάστους βοτάνας, καὶ τοὺς καλουμένους χλωροὺς ἀκάνας, καὶ τὸν χοῦν λοιπὸν τῆς γῆς κατέλειξαν, καὶ ἔτι ἐλίμωττον, οὐχ ὑπομενούσης τῆς γῆς τὸ βάρος αὐτῶν· αὕτῃ δὲ τῃ ἐσπέρᾳ τῆς πρώτης αὐτῶν ἡμέρας κατεφρυγανήσαντο, καὶ ἦψαν περὶ τὴν πόλιν πυράς, ὠς μιμεῖσθαι τὸν ἐν τῷ Δανιὴλ πυρὸς ποταμὸν, περὶ οὗ ὁ Ἀμβακούμ ἔλεγεν· Ποταμῷ ῥαγήσεται γῆ· εἶτα σύν τῇ πυρᾶ ἐκείνῃ τῇ φοβερᾷ ἀφῆκαν φωνὴν ὁμοθυμαδὸν φοβερωτέραν τοῦ πυρὸς, περὶ ἧς, πειραθέντες ἐναργῶς λέγομεν, ὅτι ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ γὰρ οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἔσταξαν.

[125] Εἶτα καὶ ψόψους κυκλῶθεν ἠκούομεν δι᾽ ὅλης νυκτὸς· καὶ τῇ έπαύριον κατασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν ἐλεπόλεις καὶ κριοὺς σιδηροὺς, καὶ πετροβόλους ὑπερμεγέθεις καὶ τὰς καλουμένας χελῶνας, ἅστινας σὺν τοῖς πετροβόλοις δέῤῥεσιν ἐπισκεπάσαντες ξηραῖς, μεταβουλευσάμενοι πάλιν διὰ τὸ μὴ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἢ πίσσης κοχλαζούσης ἀδικεῖσθαι, δέῤῥεις νεοσφαγῶν βοῶν καὶ καμήλων ἡμαγμένας ἐν τοῖς ὀργάνοις ἐκείνοις ἐνήλωσαν, καὶ οὕτω ταῦτα πλησίον τοῦ τείχους προσαγαγόντες ἀπὸ τρίτης ἡμέρας καὶ ἐπεκεινα ἔβαλον λίθοις, μᾶλλον δὲ βουνοῖς τῷ μεγέθει τυγχάνουσιν, καὶ βέλεσιν λοιπὸν οἰ τοξόται αὐτῶν νιφάδας μιμούμενοι χειμερινὰς, ὡς μή τινα τῶν ἐν τῷ τείχει δύνασθαι προκύψαι ἀκινδύνως, καί τι τῶν ἔξωθεν θεάσασθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χελῶνας τῷ ἔξω τείχει προσφύσαντες, μοχλοῖς καὶ ἀξίναις ἀμέτρως περιέτρουν αὐτῶν τα θεμέλια.

[126] Τούτων δὲ γινομένων, τίς λόγος τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει διαγράψαι δυνήσεται, τὸν φόβον, τὸν ἀπελπισμὸν, τὸν κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁρώμενων θάνατον, ἢ τόγε κἂν βραχεῖαν ἔχον παραμυθίαν ἐν συγκρίσει κακῶν, δουλείαν πάντως, αἰχμαλωσίαν, καὶ ταύτην ἀνημέρων δεσποτῶν, καὶ ὠμοβὁῤῥων, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον δεινὸν μὴ εἰδότων τὸν Θεὸν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ἐλεὼν τοὺς ταπεινοὺς, ὁ παιδεύων καὶ πάλιν ἰώμενος, ὁ γινώσκων τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁ Κὺριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς διὰ τῆς πρεσβείας τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου αὐτοῦ καὶ γνησίου θεράποντος ἐπέβλεψεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων αὐτὸν, καὶ ἴδεν αὐτὰς ἀλλομένας εἰς οὑρανὸν, καὶ κατεχούσας νοητῶς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς δεσπότου, καὶ τὴν ἀδυναμίαν, καὶ ἀμηχανίαν ἐμφανιζούσας αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸ ἄφυκτον τοῦ ἐπηρτημένου, καὶ βοῶσας φωνῇ τῇ Θεῷ μόνῃ ἀκουομένῃ, οὐκ ἀνιστάμεθα τῶν ἰχνῶν σου, φιλάνθρωπε, ἕως οὖ οἰκτειρήσεις ἡμᾶς.

[127] Οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ γὰρ πάντων εἰς σὲ ἐλπίζουσιν, ὅς ἐλυτρώσω ἡμᾶς ἐξ ἄδου καὶ φθορὰς ἐξελοῦ ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὰ θαυμάσιά σου, ὅτι ἐὰν σώσης ἡμᾶς, οὐδενὸς ἐν δευτέρῳ στήσεται τὸ παρὸν θαῦμα τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος σου μνημονευομένων θαυματουργημάτων· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἄξιοι ἡμεῖς τῆς τιμωρίας διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, αλλὰ πολὺ πλέον ἀξιος σὺ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας διὰ τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν σου· διὸ μὴ ὑπερίδης ἡμᾶς, ἀγαθέ, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς σὲ τὸν μόνον τὰς ἐλπίδας ὑψώσαμεν. Κύριε, οἴδαμεν, ἀναξίους ἡμᾶς ὄντας τῆς πρεσβείας τυχεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο δεόμεθα τὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμὡν ἰκεσίας τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου σου μὴ γενέσθαι ἀπράκτους διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἡμετέρων παροξυσμῶν· οἴδαμεν γὰρ αὐτὸν ὡς εὔσπλαγχνον κηδεμόνα τὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν δεήσεις σοι ἀνατείνοντα· ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀκούση παρὰ σοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ὅπερ τῶ Ἱερεμίᾳ τότε ἀπεκρίθης, ὁτι μὴ προσεύχου περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, οὐ γὰρ εἰσακούσομαί σου, μὴ βασιλεῦ ἐπουράνιε, ὅτι εἰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς ἔνοχοι καθεστήκαμεν, ὅμως ἐκτός σου Θεὸν ἄλλον οὐκ οἴδαμεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου ὀνομάζομεν ἀεὶ, ὅ καὶ ἐπικέκληται ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, μὴ νικήσωσιν αἱ ἀνομίαι ἡμῶν τὴν εἰς τὸν μάρτυρά σου εὔνοιαν.

[128] Μὴ λυπήσης τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός σου λόγχαις σφαγέντα διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἡμετέρων κακῶν, ὅτι τὰ κακά μέτρῳ, ἡ δὲ πηγὴ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας σου ἄπειρος, καὶ μεῖζον ταύτης χάριν καὶ θαυμαστὴν οὐκ ἔχεις δοῦναι τῷ Ἀθλοφόρῳ σου, ἢ δωρούμενος αὐτῷ πόλιν καὶ ἔθνος Χριστιανῶν ἐπταικότων σοι. Τότε χάρις τοῖς φίλοις μεγάλη παρέχεται, οὐχ ὅταν ὑπὲρ ἀξίων τοῦ ἐλεηθῆναι ποιεῖται τὴν δέησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ὁ κριτὴς αὐτὸς τοὺς ἤδη κατακεκριμένους ἐλευθερώσας χαρίσηται. Διὰ τοῦτο χάρισαι ἡμᾶς αὐτῷ, δέσποτα Χριστὲ, καὶ τὸ ἅπαξ τοῦτο, ἵνα τῆς θεουργικῆς παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδυνάτου σωτηρίας τυχόντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν συστάντες ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ, φωνὴν αἰνέσεως, καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως θύσωμεν τῷ παρορώντι ἀνομίας καὶ ὑπερβαίνοντι ἀδικίας, καὶ θαυμαστὰ ποιοῦντι καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστα, ἔνδοξά τε καὶ ἐξαίσια, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμὸς.

[129] Ταῦτα τῷ ἐνδιαθέτῳ λόγῳ πάντες ἔκραζον· τὸ γὰρ προφορικὸν ἡ ἀνάγκη τῆς ἀμηχανίας ἀπέβυσεν· ο δὲ ἐρευνῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐπήκουσεν τοῦ στεναγμοῦ τῶν πεπεδημένων, καὶ τὰς ἱκεσίας τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου δεξάμενος ἐπώμβρισε τῇ πόλει ὐετὸν ἀγαθότητος. Ἄλλ᾽ ἴσως ἐρεῖς, πόθεν δῆλον; Τίς ἴδεν Θεὸν, ἢ τίς ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ τὴν σωτηρίαν ὑποσχομένου, ὅτι διαβεβαιοῦσαι τῇ πόλει ὑετισθῆναι; Ἄκουσον, ἀγαπητέ· Θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἐώρακεν πώποτε, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δὲ φωνὴν Θεοῦ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἀκήκοεν· ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ τῶν τε κατὰ διάνοιαν ἡμῶν συνισταμένων, καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν δείκνυται τοῖς φιλομαθέσι, καὶ συνετοῖς, ἥτε λεγομένη ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἀγαθότης· παραστήσατε δή μοι τὰς ἀκοάς ὑμῶν, παρακαλῶ, κἀγὼ διεγγυῶμαι τοῖς πιστοῖς ἀκροαταῖς ἐναργῶς ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ μονονουχὶ βοῶντα τὰ πράγματα ὡς ἀθρόως τὸν ἔλεον ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ

τὴν πόλιν ἀνώμβρισεν.

[130] Εὐθὺς γὰρ τοὺς νενεκρωμένους ὄντας καὶ ψυχῆ, καὶ σώματι ἅπαντας ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων δεινῶν, καὶ προσδοκωμένων χειρόνων, ἀπροσδοκήτως ἀναθαρσῆσαι περὶ τὴν τρίτην ἡμέραν τῆς πολιορκίας, καὶ ἐπέκεινα ὡς καὶ γελᾶν, καὶ καταγελᾶν τῶν ὑπεναντίων, καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτῶν προτρεπαῖς τὲ καὶ ὑποσχέσεσιν πείθειν τῇ πόλει προσχωρεῖν, ὡς μεμεστῶσθαι τὰ μὴ χρηματίζοντα δημόσια βαλανεῖα τῶν ἐκ τῆς βαρβαρικῆς πληθύος μεταχωρούντων, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν πλείστην τοῖς τῆς πίλεως χαρμονὴν καὶ θάρσος ἐγγίνεσθαι, ἄρα τίς ἀμφιβάλλοι μὴ θεἳκῆς ἐνεργείας εἶναι ταῦτα κατορθώματα τῆς λυούσης τοὺς πεπεδημένους, καὶ ἀνορθούσης τοὺς κατεῤῥαγμένους, ἀντιτασσομένης δ᾽ αὖ πάλιν τοῖς ὑπερηφάνοις, καὶ διασκεδανούσης βουλάς ἐθνῶν; Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἐκει μηδὲν ἄλλο παρῆναι προφέρειν ἔνδειγμα τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ τότε γεγενημένης τῇ πόλει ῥοπῆς, ἀρκεῖν ἡγοὖμαι τοῖς εὐγνώμοσιν, ὡς κρίνουσιν ταῦτα δεικνῦναι, μὴ ἄλλοθεν, ἢ Θεοῦ συμμαχίαν τὴν πόλιν τότε διασῶσθαι.

[131] Τίς γὰρ νεκροὺς έγείρει, οὐχὶ μόνος ὁ Θεος; Τί δὲ νεκρῶν οἱ πολίται τότε διέφερον; Οὐ δὲ γὰρ ἀντιπολεμῆσαι μόνον τὰς πρώτας δύο ἡμέρας οὐκ ἐδύναντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἀντιφθέγγεσθαι ὅλως τῷ πάγῳ τοῦ φόβου καταψυχθέντες ἐξίσχυον· τοὺς οὖν τοιούτους μεταβαλεῖν εἰς ἁνδρείαν, τίνος, εἰ μὴ Θεοῦ; Καὶ ὄρα τὴν οἰκονομίαν, ἀγαπητέ, καὶ προσκύνει αὐτοῦ τὴν φιλάνθρωπον πρόνοιαν· εἰ γὰρ εὐθὺς τοῦ παραγενέσθαι τὸν βάρβαρον τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐνέδυσεν τοὺς τῆς πόλεως, οὕτε τῷ Θεῷ τὴν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν ἐπέγραφον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀχαρίστων, καὶ ὑπερηφάνων κατεδικάζοντο κρίματι· διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν τὰς πρότας ἡμέρας ἀφῆκεν αὐτούς εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἡ πρόνοια, καὶ τότε τὴν ἀντίληψιν ἐπεδείξατο, ἵνα καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀσθένειαν αἴσθωνται, καὶ τὸ ἄμετρον τῆς ἐπικειμένης ἀνάγκης θεάσωνται, καὶ τῆς ἀξίας τοῦ ὑψίστου τὴν ἐπισκιάσασαν αὐτοὺς ὁμολογίαν συνήσουσιν.

[132] Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῶν πολλῶν ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν γεγενημένων προτεθῆναι διήγησιν βούλεται τῶν συστησόντων, ὡς χειρὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ ταῖς τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου πρεσβείαις τηνικαῦτα τὴν πόλιν σεσῶσθαι, οὐκ ἀποροῦμεν ὑμῶν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν πληρῶσαι, ἀλλὰ τὰ καθέκαστον λέγειν τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἀρκτὼοις, καὶ τοῖς δυτικοῖς γεγενημένα τῆς πόλεως μέρεσιν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκεῖσε τὰ σφοδρὰ, καὶ πολλὰ μηχανήματα παρὰ τῶν ἀντιπάλων προσαχθῆναι φασὶν, οὕς καὶ τοὺς ἀνδρειοτέρους, καὶ θηριωδεστάτους τοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων στρατοπεδεῦσαι ἠκριβωσάμεθα, ὅτε καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὴν ξύλινον γῆν, καὶ πλατείαν ἐπιτιθέναι κατεμηχανήσαντο, ὡς ἂν δι᾽ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸν λιμένα δυνηθῶσιν εἰσδοῦναι τῆς πόλεως, ὅπως τὲ αὐτὴ διεσπάσθη συρεῖσα διὰ μηχανῆς ἐπὶ τὸ πέλαγος, ἦν μόνος Θεὸς ἐμηχανήσατο, καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, μακροῦ ἄν εἴη λόγος καὶ πολλοῦ διηγήματος, καὶ τὴν παροῦσαν ὁρμὴν ὑπερβαίνοντος· ἅ δὲ αὐτοψί κατεῖδον, καὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ἐψηλάφησα κατὰ τὸ ἀνατολικὸν τῆς πόλεως μέρος, ἔκ τε τῶν πολεμίων γεγενημένα, καὶ ὑπὸ μόνου θεοῦ διασκεδασθέντα, καὶ ταῦτα μερικῶς διηγήσομαι τῷ μὴ ἀποκνῆσαι τῷ μήκει τοῦ λόγου τὴν προθυμίαν τῶν ἀκροατῶν προμηθούμενος.

[133] Σκοπὸς γάρ μοι μόνον παραστῆσαι τῇ φιλοθέῳ ἀκοῇ ὡς ἐκ Θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοθεν ἡ σωτηρία τῇ πόλει τότε γεγένηται, καὶ διεγεῖραι τὰς διανοίας ἁπάντων πρὸς θεῖαν κατάνυξιν, καὶ θεάρεστον ἐξομολόγησιν, καὶ εὐχαριστίαν τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου διηνεκῆ. Εἴπαμεν ὡς τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρα τῆς πολιορκίας καὶ τῇ δευτέρᾳ, τάς τροφάστε αὐτοὶ συνήγαγον οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως πολλὰ καὶ φοβερὰ, καὶ διάφορα ηὐτρέπισαν ὄργανα, τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἑπτά· πέρα γὰρ τούτων πολιορκεῖν αὐτοὺς τὴν πόλιν ὁ πανένδοξος μάρτυς οὐ συνεχώρησεν· προσῆγον ἄρδην τοῖς τείχεσι ἅπαντα, τὰς ἐλεπόλεις καὶ τοὺς κριοὺς, καὶ τοὺς πετροβόλους, καὶ τῶν χελωνῶν τὰ χαμερπῆ ῥαβδουργήματα· καὶ πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ τῆς λεγομένης κασανδρεωτικῆς πύλης προευτρεπίσαντες ὡς εἶδον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς πόλεως ἀναρτηθέντων ἅρπαγα τινά σιδηρέον μὲν, βραχὺ δὲ καὶ οἱωνεὶ μορμολύκιον νηπίων κρεμάμενον δειλίᾳ συσχεθέντες τοῦ τηλικούτου μηχανηματος, λέγω δὴ τοῦ κριοῦ, καταπτύσαντες, ἄπρακτοι ἀνεχώρησαν ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς, καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίους αὐτῷ κατακαύσαντες.

[134] Ἇρα τοῦτο τῆς πόλεως ἡ δύναμις ἀπειργασατο, ἢ πάντως ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καταπτησσεῖν δυναμένη καὶ τοὺς θρασεῖς ὡς τὰ νήπια; Εἴτα ταῖς σβυρσοφόροις χελῶνες ὑποδύντες ὡς ὄφις τὸ προτείχισμα ἀξίναις, ὡς εἴρηται, καὶ μοχλοῖς ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασκευάζειν ἐπεχείρουν, ὅ δὴ καὶ εἰς ἔργον αὐτοῖς ἠνύετο δήπου τὸ σπουδαζόμενον, εἰ μὴ πάλιν ἡ οὐράνιος τοῖς πολίταις ἐπιλάμψασα πρόνοια ἀνδρείᾳ τε τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐθωράκισεν, καὶ ὑπέθετο κατὰ τὸ προτείχισμα ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ καταπτοῆσαι τοὺς διὰ τῶν χελωνῶν, μικροῦ δὴ ἅπαν αὐτὸ κατασκάψαντας· οὐ δὲ γὰρ ἦν ἐκ τοῦ τείχους ῥῖψαι τί κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔνδον εἰςδύντων, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ προτειχίσματος σκεπωμένων, καὶ μὴ δὲ ὁρωμένων τοῖς ἄνωθεν.

[135] Ἄνδρες οὖν ὁπλοφόροι βραχεῖς ἀριθμῶ, ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνῆψεν τὴν προθυμίαν, ἐξῆλθον διὰ τῆς πύλης, ἐφ᾽ ἧς καὶ ὁ λεγόμενος καταράκτης κεχάλαστο μὲν, ἀνεσπάθη δὲ τότε, καὶ μόνον ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τοῦ προτειχίσματος θάμβος ἐνεποίησαν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις, ὡς φόβῳ συσχεθέντες ἀῤῥήτῳ καταλεῖπειν ἅπαντα τὰ πρὸς ὁρυγὴν αὐτοῖς γεγενημένα τοῦ προτειχίσματος ὄργανα καὶ ἀποδράσαι, καίτοι τῶν ἐξεληλυθότων ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς άνδρῶν μηδὲν ἐν χερσὶν ἐχόντων ἢ δόρατα, καὶ ἀσπίδας ταῖς χελῶναις, ὡς ἴστε καὶ ταῦτα δέῤῥεσιν νεοσφαγῶν βοοῶν, καὶ καμήλων κατεστεγασμέναις, οὔτε κιόνων ἐπιῤῥιφέντων διὰ τὴν ἐρυμνότητα, οὔτε πυρὸς ἢ πίσσης κοχλαζούσης ἐπίχυσις διὰ τὸ τῶν δέῤῥιων κάθυγρον ἠδύνατο τι λυμήνασθαι, μήτιγε ἄνδρες εὐαρίθμητοι, καὶ δόρασι μόνοις, ἢ τόξοις, ὡς εἰκός, ὡπλισμένοι.

[136] Κρινάτω οὖν ὁ εὐγνώμων ἀκροατὴς, ἄξιοι ἄρα οἱ μετὰ λόγχης καὶ τόξου μόνον φανέντες ἐπὶ τοῦ προτειχίσματος βλάψαι τί τοὺς ὑπὸ τὰς χελῶνας ὄντας, καὶ τοῖς μοχλοῖς διορύττοντας, πόθεν καὶ τίς αἴτιος τῆς τούτων σφαγῆς· δηλονότι ὁ τὸ θάρσος τοῖς Μακεδόσιν ἐνθεὶς· ἔνθα γὰρ ῥοπῇ Θεοῦ πάντως τὸ ἐναντίον βοηθείας γεγύμνωται. Καὶ ἡ τηνικαῦτα δὲ τοῦ διαβόλου γενομένη ἐνέργεια δέδειχεν τὴν πόλιν θεἵκῆς προνοίας ἡξιῶσθαι. Ἴστε γὰρ ὡς καὶ τὸν Ἀδάμ, καὶ τὸν Ἰώβ, καὶ τοὺς Ἁγίους πάντας, ὁπηνίκα τῆς θείας ἐπικουρείας ἀξιωθέντες, κατεστοχάσατο παραχρῆμα κονιορτός, καὶ κινδύνοις, καὶ ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοις θλίψεσι περιέβαλεν. Τοιγαροῦν καὶ τότε ἐπεί κατενόησεν διὰ τῶν γινομένων θαυμάτων, ὡς αἱ πρεσβείαι τοῦ πανενδόξου Μάρτυρος ἐκλάμψασαι τὸν θεἳκὸν ἔλεον ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐπώμβρισαν, ἐμηχανήσατο ὁ χαιρεσίκακος, καὶ φθονερῶς δαίμων τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἥττης τῶν χελωνῶν καὶ βαρβάρων ἐγγινομένην τῇ πόλει χαρὰν μεταστρέψαι εἰς πένθος.

[137] Ἔνεργήσας γὰρ τῇ οἰκείᾳ στρεβλότητι τὸν προρηθέντα τῆς πύλης καταράκτην ὄντα μέγιστον, καὶ τῶν δύο πυλῶν τὸ ὕψος καὶ πλάτος ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέροντα, ἐκ μονοπλεύρου τὸ πλέον ἀνελκυσθῆναι πεποίηκεν, ὡς μετὰ τὸ εἰσελθεῖν τοὺς ἐξελθόντας, χαλασθέντος αὐτοῦ, μὴ κατέρχεσθαι διὰ τὸ τὴν μίαν πλευρὰν προσπεπῆχθαι τῷ λιθίνῳ ὀρθωστάτῃ, καὶ θελησάντων ἀνελκύσαι μετὰ πολλῆς συνδρομῆς, μὴ κατισχύειν ὅλως κἂν βραχὺ τὴν ἄνω κουφῖσαι, διὰ τὸ τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ὡμίαν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πάλιν ὀρθωστάτη καταχριῶσαι καὶ μήποτε πρὸς τὸ ἄνω τούτου ἀνοχλιζομένου, μὴ δὲ πρὸς τὸ κάτω καθιεμένου πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ μέχρι πολλοῦ τῆς ἐπιούσης νυκτὸς ἀνεωγμένη μεμένηκεν· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Θεὸς κατοικτειρήσας ἡμᾶς διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ εὐσπλαγχνίαν, καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖσε τότε κρουνιδὸν ἐκχυθέντα δάκρυα, κράξαντος ἐκ θείας ἐπιπνοίας ἑνὸς τεχνίτου, Ὁ Χριστὸς μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἠλκύσθη τὴν ἄνω, καὶ ἰσωθεὶς ἐχαλάσθη, καὶ λοιπὸν ἡσύχασαν αἱ καρδίαι τῶν δισταζόντων.

[138] Ἔνθε γάρ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ τῶν δακρύων πλῆθος κεκίνητο, τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ὺποβάλλοντος ἐννοίας πονηράς ὡς ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἁλῶναι τὴν πόλιν βεβούληται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἡ πύλη οὐ κλείεται. Καὶ ὅπερ αὐτὸς τῇ κακουργίᾳ ἐμηχανήσατο, τούτο καὶ τῷ Θεῷ προσάπτειν ταῖς διανοίαις ὑπέβαλλεν· ἀλλὰ δόξα τῷ ἁγίῳ Θεῷ, εἰς τέλος γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δολιότης οὐκ ἴσχυσεν. Βούλεσθε καὶ ἄλλας τοῦ Χριστοῦ θαυματουργίας γεγενημένας τότε; Προθήσομαι οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν ἄλλων θαυματουργιῶν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τῇ θείᾳ ῥοπῇ τὰς χελῶνας, καὶ τοὺς μοχλοὺς, καὶ τὰς δικέλλας καταλείψαντες, ἔφυγον, μηδενὸς διώκοντος, οἱ πολέμιοι, λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ἑξῆς τοῖς πετροβόλοις ἐχρήσαντο.

[139] Ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι τετράγωνοι ἐκ πλατυτέρων βάσεων εἰς στενωτέρας κορυφάς καταλήγοντες, ἐφ᾽ ῶν ἦσαν κύλινδροι παχεῖς λίαν σεσιδηρωμένοι τὰ πέρατα, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν καθηλωμένα ξύλα ὡς δοκοῖ μεγάλης οἰκίας ἔχοντα τὰς σφενδόνας, αἵ τινες ὑψούμεναι πέτρας ἀπέπεμπον, καὶ μεγάλους καὶ συγχνοὺς, ὡς μὴ δὲ τὴν γῆν δύνασθαι φέρειν τὰς αὐτῶν ἐῤῥίψεις, μήτιγε οἰκοδομὴν ἀνθρωπίνην, ἀλλὰ καὶ σανίσι τὰς τρεῖς μόνον πλευρὰς τῶν τετραγώνων ἐκείνων πετροβόλων διέφραξαν, ὠς μὴ τοὺς ἔνδον καθεύδοντας ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ τείχους τιτρώσκεσθαι βέλεσιν. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ πυρφορωβέλει εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν σὺν ταῖς σανίσιν ἀπηνθρακώθη, διαβαστάξαντες τὰ ὄργανα ὑπεχώρησαν, καὶ τῇ ἑξῆς ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς πάλιν τοὺς πετροβόλους βύρσαις νεοδάρτοις, ὡς προείπομεν, σὺν ταῖς σανίσιν ἠμφιεσμένους, καὶ πλησιέστερον στήσαντες τοῦ τείχους, ἔβαλον ὄρη καὶ βουνοὺς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀκοντίζοντες· τίς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλό τι καλέση τοὺς ἀπειρομεγέθεις ἐκείνους λίθους;

[140] Εἶτα τί πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ τῆς πόλεως; Τί; Ἐγὼ φημὶ. Οὐ κατεδειλίασαν ἐπινοῆσαι τινά τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ἀποφυγεῖν· εἶχον γὰρ, ὡς προείρηται, θάρσος τι ἐνσπαρὲν αὐτοῖς ἐκ θείας ῥοπῆς· Ἐπεὶ ποῖα στεῤῥότης ἀνθρωπίνη οὐ κατάπηχεν, καὶ κατενεκροῦτο τῇ θέᾳ τῆς πετροβόλου χαλάζης ἐκείνης, καὶ τῷ ἀστέκτῳ ῤυζῷ τῆς χειροποιήτου βροντῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὑπὼ Θεοῦ ῥωσθεντες ἐβουλεύσαντο πρὸ τῶν ἐπάλξεων ἀρτίσαι ἐκ ῥάβδων λεπτῶν, ὅσπέρ τινα καθυφασμένα καταπετάσματα, καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς δειπνητηρίοις ὑπὸ τοὺς δαιτυμόνας τιθεμένας ἐκ παπύρων, καὶ σάκκων στρωμνάς, ἵνα τοῦ πέτρου προσαράσσοντος διαμαλαχθῆ ὥσπερ ἡ τάσις τοῦ κρούσματος, ἢ τῷ διασπομένῳ, ἢ τῷ ἀπαλῷ τῆς ἀντιτυπίας μεθοδευθεῖσα.

[141] Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ἄνθρωποι οἱ τῆς πόλεως ἐβουλεύσαντο, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ὡς παντοδύναμος ἐβοήθησεν καὶ παρέστησεν ἡμῖν ὡς οὐχὶ ἀνθρωπίνη βοήθεια, ἀλλ᾽ ἠ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ μόνη ἔσωσεν κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ὁ βραχίων ὁ ἅγιος αὐτοῦ. Τί γὰρ καὶ γέγονεν; Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὔγους ἕως ὥρας ἑβδόμης καθεκάστην ἡμέραν ἀκοντιζόντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοὺς ἀπειρομεγέθεις ἐκείνους λίθους, οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν σχεδὸν τῷ τείχει προσέπαυσεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἔξω τοῦ τείχους, ἢ ἐνδότερον κατεφέροντο, οὗ δὲ κατεφέροντο, βόθυνον ἀπετέλουν, καίτοι πολλῶν τῶν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἀκοντισθέντων λίθων διὰ τοῦ στενοποῦ τῆς κορυφῆς τῶν βαρβάρων πετροβόλων, ὡς ἐξ ἐπιταγῆς κατελθόντων καὶ τοὺς ἔνδον

ἀποκτανόντων. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μή τις ἐκ τοῦ συμβάντος ὑπολάβοι, ὡς οὐχὶ Θεὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τῶν βαρβάρων ἀπειρία τὰς πέτρας ἐνδοτέρω, ἢ ἔξωτέρω τοῦ τείχους πεποίηκεν ἀκοντίζεσθαι, τούτου χάριν μιᾷ πληγῇ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν κατέστρεψεν ἕως τοῦ περιπάτου.

[142] Ἀμέλει ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἀφάτῳ δειλίᾳ ληφθέντας πάλιν τοὺς ἐν τῷ τείχει θεασάμενος, οὐκέτι προσκροῦσαι λίθον ἐν αὐτῷ συνεχώρησεν, καίτοι τῶν εἰρημένων πετροβόλων ἐν τῷ ἀνατολικῷ καὶ μονομερεῖ τῆς πόλεως, πλεῖω τῶν πεντήκοντα τυγχανόντων. Ὡς οὖν ἀπέκαμον ἀκοντίζοντες, καὶ μηδὲν ἀνύοντες καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀπεχώρησάν εἰς τὴν στρατοπεδίαν διὰ τῆς ἀοράτου σκέπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ ματαιοπονήσαντες· εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ θάρσος ὁ Κύριος τοὺς νενεκρωμένους τῷ φόβῳ διανεζώγρησεν, ὡς μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐκπεδραμεῖν διὰ τῆς πρὸς θάλασσαν πύλης, καί τινας τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ λουομένων ἐναποσφάξαι βαρβάρων, καὶ σύντομον ἐργάσασθαι τὴν ἀποστροφὴν πρὸ τοῦ γνῶναι τὰ πλήθη τὸ γεγωνὸς, ὅτι φοβερὸν ἦν οὐ μόνον τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐξελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μοχλίον πύλης παρανοῖξαι μικρον.

[143] Ταῦτα τίς οὐχὶ τῆς θείας ῥοπῆς εἶναι φήσοιτο κατορθώματα. Τίς οὐχὶ τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν αὐτοῦ ὀμολογήση τότε καταχθεῖσαν τῇ πόλει. Ἀλλὰ τί μη περὶ τὸ καίριον ἔρχομαι, καὶ τὴν αὐτοφανῆ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου συμμαχίαν γεγενημένην ἐντίθημι, τὴν καὶ τοὺς λίαν ἀπίστους εἰς τὴν τοῦ πράγματος συγκατάθεσιν, καὶ δοξολογίαν τοῦ Μάρτυρος συνελάσαι ὀφείλουσαν, καίτοι καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων διηγημάτων οὐκ ἀπορούντων ἡμῶν, τῶν τὴν ἀόρατον ἡμῖν καὶ οὐρανίαν σαφηνιζόντων βοήθειαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ θαῦμα κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων ὁ Κύριος διὰ τοῦ Μάρτυρος αὐτοῦ ἀπειργάσατο. Ἁγία ἐτύγχανεν κυριακὴ ἡ ἐβδόμη καὶ τελευταῖα τῆς πολιορκίας ἡμῶν, καὶ δὴ ταύτην ὡς ἐκ καμάτου τῶν προλαβουσῶν ἡμερῶν καθησυχάσαντες οἱ πολέμιοι ἐσκέπτοντο μέχρι ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου συμπλοκὴν τῇ ἑξῆς κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀπεργάσασθαι, πάντων ἄρδην συνεπιτιθεμένων κύκλω τῷ τείχει, ἵνα ἢ σφοδρὸν τῆς ἐμβολῆς καταπλῆξαν ἀπώσηται κάτω τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἐπάλξεσιν φύλακας, ἢ μὴ τοῦτου κατὰ σκοπὸν ἀποβαίνοντος, τὴν γοῦν ἀπόπειραν λάβοιεν, τοῦ μηδὲν λοιπὸν μαχομένους ὠφελεῖν ἀνήνυτα.

[144] Καὶ δὴ τούτων αὐτοῖς βεβουλευμένων ὡς ἐκ τῶν προσῥυέντων μαθεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν, καὶ πάντων ἡμῶν ἐν φόβῳ συσχεθέντων περὶ τῆς μελλούσης τῇ ἑξῆς γίνεσθαι ἐξετάσεως, ἄφνω περὶ ὥραν τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας ὀγδόην ἅπαντες, ἀθρόον κύκλω τὸν βάρβαρον ἀνακράξαντες, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκρωρίας φυγόντες ἀπώχοντο καταλείψαντες τὰς σκηνὰς σὺν ταῖς αὐτῶν ἐξαρτίαις, καὶ τοσαύτη ἦν ἐκδηματώσασα τούτους κατάπληξις, ὡς τινὰς αὐτῶν ἀόπλους φυγεῖν· εἶτα περίπου τριῶν ὡρῶν ἐπὶ τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ἐγγὺς ὁρέων διαμείναντες, ἰδόντες ἅ ἴδον, ὡς ὕστερον ἔγνωμεν, δύναντος τοῦ ἡλίου, αὖθις κατῆλθον ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνας ἑαυτῶν ἀλλήλους ἐκ προμυθίας τοῦ ἀθλοθόρου σκυλεύσαντες, ὡς καὶ τραυματείας τοὺς πλείστους γενέσθαι. Εἶτα τῆς νυκτὸς ἐκείνης διανυσθείσης ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ πολλῇ, καὶ οὐχ ὡς αἱ πρότερον, τοῦ αὔγους φανέντος, ἱκανοὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν περὶ τὰς πύλας προσρυώμενοι ἐφάνησαν· τῶν δὲ τῆς ἀμέτρου πληθῦος ἐκείνης ἐφαίνετο οὐδεὶς.

[145] Εἱτα διευλαβηθέντες ἡ πόλις δόλον τινά καθεστηκέναι, καὶ ἔνεδραν, οὔτε τὰς πύλας ἀνέωξαν, οὔτε τοὺς προσχωρήσαντας τότε τῶν ἐναντίων ἐδέξαντο· ἐκείνων δὲ πλεῖστα βοώντων, καὶ διομνυμένων, ὡς ἔφυγον τῇ νυκτὶ πάντες ἀψοφητὶ οἱ πολέμιοι, μόλις περὶ πέμπτην ὥραν τῆς ἡμέρας τούτοις ἀνοίξαντες εἰσεδέξαντο· ὡς δὲ ἠρώτουν ἀπαγγέλειν ἀψευδῶς τὰ βεβουλευμένα τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, καὶ τίνος χάριν αὐτοῖς προσεχώρησαν, ἔφησαν. Ἡμεῖς μὲν πρὸς ὑμᾶς κατεφύγομεν, ἵνα μὴ διαφθαρῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ λοιμοῦ· ἄλλως τε γνῶντες, ὅτι καὶ τὸν πόλεμον νενικήκατε· καὶ γὰρ ἠκριβώθημεν ὅτι τὸν στρατὸν ὑμῶν μέχρι τοῦ νῦν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πόλεως κατεκρύψατε, καὶ μόνον τῇ χθές ἡμέρᾳ ὥρᾳ ὀγδόῃ ἀθρόον τοῦτον διὰ πασῶν τῶν πυλῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐξοπλίσατε, ὅτε καὶ φεύγοντας ἡμᾶς ἑορᾶτε πάντως ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη.

[146] Κατελθόντες οὖν ἑσπέρας, ὅτε διὰ τῶν πυλῶν αὖθις εἰσιὸν τὸ αὐτὸ στράτευμα κατεμάθομεν, εἰς ἀλλήλους χωρήσαντες, συμβουλευσάμενοι ἔφυγον ἐκείνοι δι᾽ ὅλης νυκτὸς· εἶπαν γὰρ ὡς πρὸ τοῦ αὔγους ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς καὶ αὖθις ἐξορμήσειν τὸ στράτευμα· ἐκείνων οὖν φυγόντων, ἡμεῖς ἀπεμείναμεν· συνέντες δὲ οἱ τῆς πόλεως ἀγγελικὴν συμμαχίαν θεόθεν αὐτοῖς ἐξαποσταλεῖσαν, ἐφιλοσόφησαν μὲν τῇ σιωπῇ, ὕμνους ἐκ καρδίας τῷ Θεῷ καὶ εὐχαριστείας ἐκπέμψαντες, ἐκείνοις δὲ εἶπαν· Ναὶ ἀκριβῶς ἄχρι τῆς χθές οὐκ ἐξηγάγομεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὸν στρατὸν· Ἳνα δὲ γνῶμεν ὡς ἀληθεύετε, εἴπατε τίνα ἑωράκατε αὐτοῦ καθηγούμενον· καὶ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπεκρίθη· ἄνδρα πυράκην καὶ λαμπρὸν ἵππῳ λευκῷ ἐφεζευγμένον, καὶ ἰμάτιον φοροῦντα λευκὸν· ἰδοὺ τοιοῦτον, καὶ ἐπεδείκνυεν κρατήσας ἑνὸς τῶν παρεστότων ὑπατιανῶν χλαμύδα.

[147] Τότε πάντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἔγνωσαν αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ἡγησάμενον τοῦ ἀοράτου στρατοῦ, καὶ ἀνύμνησαν, καὶ ἦν ἰδεῖν δάκρυα μετὰ χαρᾶς ἐκχεόμενα, καὶ ἀγαλλιῶντας ἅπαντας λέγειν, σοὶ δόξα πρέπει, Κύριε, σοὶ ἡ προσκύνησις, βασιλεῦ ἐπουράνιε. Ὁ σός γὰρ ἔλεος διὰ μέσον τοῦ Ἀθλοθόρου τῇ πόλει ἔβλυσεν, ἐξεχύθη μὲν χάρις, ὡς ὁ ψαλμωδὸς φησὶν, ἐν χείλεσίν σου, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡμῶν τοὺς οἰκτειρμούς σου κατέχεας, ἐπὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀνηγγέλη διὰ τῶν πληγῶν τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ· ἐπὶ δὲ ἡμῶν οἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν σου· εὐλογητὸς εἶ ὁ ἐκσπάσας ἡμᾶς ἐκ στόματος τοῦ δράκοντος ἤδη διαμασσομένου τὰ ὀστὰ ἡμῶν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτοῦ, ὄντως τὰς μύλας τῶν λεόντων συνέθλασεν ὁ Κύριος, καὶ παγίς συνετρίβη, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐρύσθημεν.

[148] Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πέμψαντες οἱ τῆς πόλεως ἱππεῖς, ἔγνωσαν ὡς ἔφυγον ἀληθῶς οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ πολὺ διήνυσαν διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς διάστημα, φόβῳ καὶ ταραχῇ ποιούμενοι τὴν ἀπόδρασιν, ὡς καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ καταλειμπάνειν, καὶ ζῶα καὶ σώματα. Ἀλλ᾽, ὦ βέλτιστοι, φήσαιμι ἂν, πρῶτον μὲν καὶ τοὺς ὑπερβορέους τῶν κιμερίων οἱ καὶ βλέποντες τυφλώττουσι διὰ παντὸς οὐχ ὁρῶντες τὸν ἥλιον, τούτους ἔπεισεν ἂν τηλαυγῶς ἡ τῶν βαρβάρων ὄψις, τὸν χλαινηφοροῦντα ἐφ᾽ ἵππον θεασαμένη προηγούμενον τοῦ στρατοῦ αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ἅγιον καὶ πανένδοξον μάρτυρα Δημήτριον. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μή τις ἴσως διαμφιβάλλοι ἅγιον μὲν εἶναι τῶν τοιούτων τινά, οὐ πάντως δὲ τὸν πανένδοξον Δημήτριον, φέρε τὴν ἀοίδιμον ἔκείνην καὶ πολυθρύλλητον ὀπτασίαν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγόντες ἀναπτερώσωμεν ὑμῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ τὸν πόθον τὸν εἰς τὸν ἀθλοφόρον ἐξάψωμεν.

[To Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, in order that he might appease the offended God,] How great indeed and how intolerable was the calamity and tragedy of evils which then surrounded the city, hear what vision Eusebius, then archbishop, saw in his sleep; hear, I admonish you, and be moved to piety, and admire God, the King of all things, for His manifold providence. For I think that those visions appeared to the archbishop at that time for no other reason than that, foreknowing the magnitude of the evils to come, he might appease God through the Victor in the contests with continual prayers; which he also did, wailing and lamenting from the time at which he had seen the vision until that at which God had pity on us and did not deliver us into the hands of the enemies.

[120] For eight or ten days before the barbarian storm-clouds roared against us, a heavenly vision, the archbishop saw himself in sleep sitting in the theatre of the city, a great multitude of the people being present; and when he was in doubt for what reason he was sitting in a place so unbefitting his dignity, and was meditating to rise and go away, he saw a tragic actor entering upon the logion, as it is called, of the theatre, and saying to him: Wait, because I must lament you and your daughter. And he said to him: Do not trouble yourself; for I have no daughter, nor have you anything in me to lament. But the other answered: Truly you have a daughter, and she the mother of many children, and it behoves me to lament you too on her account. Then the archbishop understood that the city was called by him his daughter. And when the other was about to begin his lament, the archbishop, rising from his throne, cried out to him with raised voice: By the God of the things on high, lament neither me nor her whom you call my daughter. And when the other was troubled because, forsooth, he was hindered from beginning, he said to him:

[121] Is it not fitting that I should lament both you and your daughter? the author premises was shown, which foreboded the siege of Thessalonica; And when again he pretended to begin, the archbishop exclaimed with a louder voice, saying to him: By God, who was born according to the flesh of the immaculate Mother of God for our salvation, lament neither me nor my daughter; and thus he replies for many hours, the other insisting and asserting that he had to lament; and when the archbishop adjured him not to do so, the tragic actor was suddenly torn away from the logion and vanished, being unable, on account of the oaths, to lament the city and the archbishop; who, when he had awakened, and judged that the lamentations were presages of great calamities, besought God night and day with tears that He would mercifully avert the heavenly punishment that was hanging over the city; and after a few days, as I have said, that savage nation, exceeding number, surrounded Thessalonica guarded by God, and he at once knew that the tragic actor had foreboded this mourning b.

[122] How then could I pronounce the calamity not immoderate, or the omnipotence of God not infinite? For My power, He says, is made perfect in infirmity. and he maintains that it was presently raised prodigiously by St. Demetrius, For as God under Gideon commanded only three hundred to go forth to battle against a most numerous people drawn up in array on the opposite side, so that it might clearly appear that the victory was the Lord's, and lest they should say, Our hand is high, and the Lord did not do all these things c, so also in this war it came about by God's dispensation, for the causes aforesaid, that the city was left with the defence of only a few men, lest anyone should call into doubt that it was freed from the deepest hell by Christ our God alone, at the intercessions of him who is its lord after God — the most glorious martyr Demetrius, I say. For it had neither arms nor riches, but the right hand of the Most High was to it in place of all things.

[123] [first, because in the city, almost destitute of defenders, unknown men were seen who protected it,] For that at once, the men of the city being dispersed in various directions, we saw the walls filled with men unknown, and whom no one of the city had ever seen — who would say this was not the deed of divine care and succour? Did we alone imagine that this was seen by us, or did not the same also appear to the barbarians? Certainly many of them, when in the last days they despaired of carrying off the victory, deserting to the chiefs of the city, confessed, saying expressly: The leader of the Avars, when he had learned from many that the city [had] very few, because the plague too had a short time before

been there d, had learned that the city had very few defenders, sent us, saying that we should storm the city forthwith; but we, from the time when we came, saw so many and such defenders on the walls that they far surpassed our army both in number and in bravery; and hence, despairing of storming you, we judged, not inconsiderately, that it was better to seek safety among you.

[124] [and then, because, when the city, round about which the enemy had laid all waste,] And this indeed came to pass at the last; but on the very day on which we came they busied themselves in the things outside the city, collecting provisions, captives, and a great quantity of grain and of other fruits which they had seized. For all the things procured from agriculture and laid by from former years were then outside, and scarcely sufficed them for the day. But after this they consumed the fruits of the trees, and their roots and those of all vegetables, then the cultivated grass and the wild herbs, and the green acanae, as they are called, and at length the sand of the earth, and still they hungered, the earth not bearing their weight. And on the very evening of the first day on which these things happened, they built a pyre of dry wood round the city and set it alight, so that it imitated the river of fire mentioned in Daniel, of which Habakkuk said: The earth shall be sprinkled with a river e. Moreover, together with that terrible pyre, they sent forth with one accord a voice more terrible than the pyre, at which (we speak as clearly taught by experience) the earth was moved and the heavens dropped.

[125] Moreover, through the whole night we heard crashes round about; was being most vehemently assaulted by these, and when the next day they had prepared siege-engines and iron rams and very great petroboli f, and the testudos, as they are called, which, together with the petroboli, they had covered with dry hides, and, changing their plan again lest they should suffer harm from fire or burning pitch, with the bloody hides of oxen and camels freshly slain, which they fastened on those instruments by means of nails; and when they had brought these thus very close to the wall, from the third day and earlier their slingers cast stones, or rather mounds by reason of their size, and their archers at length arrows like wintry storm-clouds, so that none of those who were on the wall could lean out without danger, or observe any of the things that were being done outside; and moreover, having moved up the testudos g to the outer wall, they shook its foundations exceedingly with levers and mattocks.

[126] And while these things were happening, what speech could describe the hearts of those in the city, and hence the inhabitants, therefore imploring God's help continually having before their eyes fear, despair, death, or certainly — which nevertheless, in comparison of evils, held a certain consolation — slavery, captivity, and that under merciless and bloodthirsty masters, and, what was the greatest evil, masters who did not know God? But the Lord Jesus Christ, who spares the humble, strikes and heals again, and knows the affections of men, looked, through the intercession of His Victor in the contests and true servant, upon the hearts of those who invoked Him; and He saw them turned towards heaven, and embracing His feet as their Lord, and showing Him their impotence and helplessness and the inevitability of that which hung over them, and crying with a voice that is heard by God alone: From Thy footsteps, most merciful One, we will not rise until Thou have mercy upon us.

[127] For in Thee, who hast freed us from hell and snatched us from destruction according to Thy wonders, with assiduous prayers the eyes of all hope; because, if Thou save us, the present miracle will be held second to none of Thy miracles recorded from eternity. For although we are worthy of punishment on account of our sins, yet much more does mercy befit Thee on account of Thy clemency. Wherefore do not despise us, O good One, because we have raised up our hopes to Thee alone. Lord, we acknowledge that we are unworthy to obtain intercession; but this we ask, that the supplications of the Victor in the contests for us (for we know that he, as a clement patron, directs prayers to Thee for us) may not be without effect on account of the multitude of our iniquities; but let him not hear from Thee, O God, that which Thou didst then answer to Jeremiah, Pray not for this people, for I will not hear thee — no, heavenly Emperor; because, although we be guilty of all other sins, yet we know no other God beside Thee, but assiduously call upon Thy name, which has also been invoked upon us. Let not our iniquities overcome Thy benevolence towards the Martyr.

[128] Do not grieve him who was slain with lances for Thy name imploring with one accord, and that they were heard by Him on account of the multitude of our sins, because sins are finite, the fountain of Thy mercy infinite; and Thou canst give to Thy Victor in the contests no greater grace, nor one more to be admired, than by giving him a city and a nation of Christians who have sinned against Thee. Then is a great grace granted to friends, not when one has mercy on those who are worthy of mercy, but when the judge himself absolves those already condemned. Therefore, Christ Lord, give us to him, and that only once, so that, having divinely obtained a salvation which is impossible with men, standing in his temple we may offer with one accord a voice of praise and confession to Him who passes over our iniquities and pardons our injustices, and does things wonderful and unsearchable, glorious and immense, of which there is no number.

[129] most humbly entreating, These things all cried out with an inward voice; for the straits of their situation prevented them from uttering them with the mouth. But He who searches hearts heard the groaning of those in fetters, and, receiving the prayers of the Victor in the contests, watered the city with the rain of kindness. But perhaps you will say: Whence is this manifest? Who has seen God, or who has heard Him promising salvation, so that you may assert that He rained upon the city? Hear, beloved: no one has ever seen God, nor has anyone heard the voice of God according to substance; but from His works, both those which we know with the mind and those which we perceive with the senses, there becomes known to the studious and the intelligent both what is called the vengeance of God and His kindness according to nature. Lend me your ears, therefore, I admonish you, and I promise that I will show to faithful hearers that the facts themselves all but cry out that God speedily poured out the rain of mercy upon the city.

[130] [had been driven to despair, at once, having recovered their courage, with boldness] For that all those who, through the evils they had seen and the worse things they feared, were dead in both soul and body, unexpectedly recovered their courage towards the third day of the siege and earlier, so that they both laughed and jeered at the enemy, and persuaded many of these also by admonitions and promises to come over to the city, so that the public baths, which were not in use, were filled with those who were deserting from the barbarian multitude, and hence the greatest joy and boldness came to those who were of the city — would anyone call into doubt whether these are deeds of the divine power, which looses those in fetters and raises up the broken, but on the other hand resists the proud and overturns the counsels of the nations? For my part indeed, even if no other sign of the help that then came to the city from God were at hand for me to bring forward, I should think this sufficient for those of sound mind to judge it shown to them that the city was then saved by no other means than by help brought in war by God.

[131] were filled, so that, God singularly For who, if not God alone, raises the dead? And in what did the citizens then differ from the dead? For not only were they unable during the first two days to wage war against the enemy, but, chilled by the frost of fear, they were not able even to utter anything at all in reply. To transfer such men to bravery, then, whose work is it, if not God's? And see, beloved, the ordering, and adore His merciful providence. For if He had clothed those who were of the city with bravery as soon as the barbarian had come, they would both not have ascribed their safety to God, and would moreover have been liable to the condemnation of the ungrateful and proud. Therefore on the first days Providence left them to their own nature, and then exhibited succour, so that they might both acknowledge their infirmity and see the excess of the necessity pressing upon them, and understand the presence of the dignity of the Most High which overshadowed them.

[132] helping, it came about that, when they had applied to the city But since the mind of many wishes that the narrative of certain other deeds also should be set forth, which will show that the city was then saved by the hand of God and the prayers of the Victor in the contests, we are not at a loss to satisfy your desire; but to tell in detail what was done in the northern and western parts of the city, and in those to which, they say, vehement and many engines were moved up by the enemy, whom we know well to have been the stronger and fiercer in fighting among the barbarians, as also when they endeavoured to place upon the sea a wooden and broad structure so as to be able by it to burst into the harbour of the city, and how it was torn apart when drawn into the sea by an engine which God alone, and not man, had constructed, would be a matter of long speech and of much narrative, exceeding the present undertaking; but what I saw with my own eyes and touched with my hands h in the eastern part of the city, both done by the enemy and dispersed by God alone, these things I will relate in detail, being solicitous not to affect the desire of my hearers with weariness through the prolixity of my speech.

[133] For my purpose is only to make manifest to the God-loving hearing had applied siege-engines also, that salvation then came to the city from God and not from elsewhere, and to stir up the minds of all to divine compunction and to a confession pleasing to God, and to continual thanksgiving to be rendered to the Victor in the contests. We have said that on the first and second day of the siege the enemy themselves both collected provisions and prepared against the city many terrible instruments of divers kinds; and on the third day, and the days elapsing up to the seventh (for beyond these the most glorious Martyr did not allow them to besiege the city), they applied altogether everything to the walls, both siege-engines and rams and petroboli, and the falces i of the testudos creeping along the ground; and first, when they had directed their force against the gate which is called the Cassandreotic, as soon as they saw hung from it by the defenders of the city a certain harpoon, of iron indeed, but small, and like a bugbear for children, seized with fear of such an engine — I mean the ram — they drew back their foot to their tents, having accomplished nothing, setting fire both to this and to others like it k.

[134] Was it the power of the city, or wholly that of God, which can strike the bold with terror no otherwise than infants, that brought this about? and the enemy had begun to undermine the outwork, Then, creeping in like serpents under the testudos, with mattocks covered with hide and with levers, they were trying, as has been said, to overthrow the outwork from its foundations; which, being studiously attempted by them, would certainly also have been carried into execution, had not the heavenly Providence again, shining upon the citizens, both clothed their hearts with bravery as with a breastplate, and put it into them to go out to the outwork, and strike with terror those who were in the testudos and had undermined almost the whole of it (for nothing could be thrown from the wall against them as they went in, covered by the outwork and not seen by those who were above).

[135] Armed men, then, few in number, whose alacrity God kindled, put them to flight, and compelled them to abandon the work begun. out of the gate,

at which the cataract l, as it is called, was — wont indeed to be let down, but then raised — went out; and as soon as they had emerged upon the outwork, they brought trepidation upon the enemy, so that, seized with ineffable fear, they left all the instruments which had been made by them for undermining the outwork and fled, although the men who had gone out against them had nothing in their hands but spears and darts; and although against the testudos, covered, as you know, with the hide of oxen and camels freshly slain, neither the casting of stones, on account of the protection, nor the pouring of fire and burning pitch, through the moisture of the hides, could do any harm — much less men few in number, and armed, as is likely, only with spears or bows.

[136] [When further, after the danger which the malice of the devil had first brought on,] Let the fair hearer judge, then, since those who showed themselves on the outwork with spear and bow only were unfit to do any harm to those who were under the testudos and moving the earth with levers, whence and who was the cause of their slaughter: namely He who put boldness into the Macedonians. For there, by the nod of God, whatever succour the enemy had was laid bare; and then also the force spent by the devil showed that the city was preserved by divine providence. For you know how that squalid one at once assailed Adam and Job and all the Saints, when they had been held worthy of divine help, and beset them with dangers and tribulations succeeding one another. So also then, when he perceived from the miracles that had been wrought that the shining intercessions of the most glorious Martyr had poured out the rain of divine mercy upon the city, the envious demon, rejoicing in another's calamity, strove to turn into mourning the joy which had come to the city from the overthrow of the testudos and the barbarians.

[137] had been happily averted by the mercy of God, For, using his own peculiar crookedness, he made the aforesaid cataract of the gate, which was both very great and comprised in itself the height and breadth of the two leaves, bend more to one side, so that, when those who had gone out had come in, it did not come down when it was let down, because one side was fixed against the stone orthostat m; and those who wished to raise it up with the concourse of many could in no way do so, because its right side again was caught against the other orthostat n. And so, it being neither raised up nor pressed down, the gate remained open the whole day and a great part also of the following night o. But God, having pity on us through His mercy and the tears then poured out there like a spring, a certain craftsman crying out by divine inspiration, Christ with us, moved the cataract from above, and, being made level, it was let down, and at length the hearts of the doubters were at rest.

[138] and the petroboli also For hence too the abundance of tears had been moved in them, because the enemy suggested evil thoughts, as if God wished the city to be taken and therefore the gate was not shut. And indeed, that which he himself was contriving by his malice, he insinuated into their thoughts that they should ascribe to God. But glory be to the holy God, for his fraud did not prevail to the end. Do you wish to hear also other miracles of Christ done at that time? I will set forth one which is not less than the other prodigies. For when, by the nod of God, the enemy, leaving their testudos and levers and mattocks, had fled with no one pursuing, at length on the following day they made use of petroboli.

[139] from which continually very great stones, These were quadrangular, ending from broader bases in narrower tops, on which there were very thick cylinders, armed with iron at the ends, and timbers fixed to these with nails, holding slings like the beams of a great house, which, raised aloft, sent forth great and continuous stones, so that not even the earth, much less a human dwelling, could bear their impact; but they fenced with planks only three sides of those quadrangular petroboli, lest those who stayed within should be hurt by arrows shot from the wall; and after one of them, together with its planks, had been reduced to coals by a fire-bearing missile, they removed the instruments and went away; and on the following day they brought up again the same petroboli, clothed, as has been said, with freshly flayed hides together with the planks, and, having moved them nearer to the wall, they hurled at us mountains and hills (for what else would one call those stones exceedingly great?) whirled against us.

[140] But what then did those who were of the city do against these things? God meanwhile strengthening the citizens, What? I will say: they did not think of taking to flight through fear of any of the things by which the city was pressed. For they had, as has been said, a boldness implanted in them by the will of God. Although human strength would not endure such things, and would be lifeless at the sight of that stone-bearing hail and at the intolerable crash of thunder made by hand, nevertheless, strengthened by God, they set about preparing before the battlements certain curtains as it were woven of slender osiers, and the couches of papyrus and linen which are placed in dining-rooms under the guests, so that the force of the dashing stone, as also of the sound, might be tempered and softened either by dispersion or by the softness of the rebound.

[141] But these things the citizens contrived as men; but God, as omnipotent, brought succour and was present with us, so that, as it is written, not human help but His right hand alone and His holy arm saved the city. For what further was done? the enemy hurled into the city, Though the enemy hurled those exceedingly great stones daily from dawn to the seventh hour, almost none of them struck against the wall, but they were borne either outside the wall or within; and where they were borne, they made a pit; whereas many of the stones which had been sent from the city, falling as if by command through the narrow aperture at the top of the petroboli which faced the barbarians, slew those who were within. But lest anyone perchance should think that not God but the unskilfulness of the barbarians caused the stones to fall either within or outside the wall, for this reason He laid the whole of it low to the footing with a single blow [p].

[142] Truly the merciful God, when He saw those who were on the wall these profited nothing at all, seized again with ineffable fear, did not permit a stone to strike against it any more, although the said petroboli which were trained against the eastern quarter of the city alone were more than fifty. When therefore those who were hurling grew weary and profited nothing, on the same day also, having laboured in vain through the unheard-of protection of Christ, they returned to their camp. And to such boldness did the Lord recall once more those who had been dead with fear, that after this they even sallied out through the gate which leads to the sea, and slew some of the barbarians who were bathing in the sea, and, before the army knew what had been done, returned without any delay, because it was dangerous not only to go out against it, but even to open the small bar of the gate.

[143] Who would affirm that these are not deeds of the divine will? [hence again, and most of all from this, that, a more vehement assault on it having been decreed,] Who would not confess that His mercy was then brought down upon the city? But why do I not come to that which is chief, and set forth the help of the Victor in the contests which manifested itself, supplied in war, which can induce even the most incredulous to assent to the matter and to praise the Martyr — although infinite other narratives are not lacking which show us unheard-of and heavenly help? For the Lord wrought that miracle against the enemy through the Martyr himself. It was the holy Lord's day, the seventh and last of our siege; and the enemy, passing this in quiet as it were on account of the toil of the preceding days, were looking about so that on the following day all of them together, assailing the walls round about, might engage in a struggle of life and death against the city, so that either, striking the guards who were above with fear by the vehemence of the irruption, they might remove them, or, if this did not succeed according to their wish, they might at least learn by experience that they could profit nothing by fighting thereafter.

[144] the enemy to the ridges of the mountains, And when they were meditating these things, as we were able to learn from deserters, and we were all seized with fear on account of the attempt to come on the following day, suddenly towards the eighth hour of the same day all round about who belonged to the army of the barbarians, raising a shout together, fled to the summits of the mountains, leaving their tents together with their equipment, and such was the consternation which drove them out of their minds that some even fled without their arms. Then, when they had remained about three hours on the summits of the neighbouring mountains, having beheld the things that they saw, as we afterwards learned, they returned again at sunset to their tents, thrusting one another, by the providence of the Victor in the contests, so that very many were wounded. Then, when they had passed that night quietly, contrary to what had happened in the preceding nights, at daybreak a fair number of the enemy were seen who had flocked to the gates; but of those who had belonged to that innumerable multitude, none appeared.

[145] an immense army going out of the city, as the deserters related, with Then, as the city feared that some guile and ambush lay beneath, it neither opened the gates nor received those of the enemy who had come up. But when they cried out very much, and swore that all the enemy had fled that night without noise, with difficulty, towards the fifth hour of the day, the gates being opened, they received them. And when further they had been asked to report without lying what the enemy had contrived, and for what reason they had come over to them, they said: We have fled to you, lest we perish of the plague, and having otherwise clear knowledge that you have become superior in the war. For we know very well that you had hidden your army in the middle of the city until now, and only yesterday at the eighth hour, when you also saw us fleeing altogether to the mountains, sent it forth all together through all the gates against us.

[146] and that they had beheld a fiery leader, riding a white horse, going before it Accordingly, after they had returned in the evening, when we learned that that army had entered again through the gates, having taken counsel together, they fled the whole night, giving way one after another. For they said that before daylight that army would move against them again. They therefore fleeing, we remained. And those who were of the city, having understood these things, judged indeed silently that angelic help had been sent down to them from heaven, praising God from the heart and giving Him thanks; but to those men they said: Truly we did not lead out the army at all against you until yesterday; but that we may know whether you declare true things, tell us whom you saw going before it. And one of them answered: A man fiery and shining, borne on a white horse and clothed in a white garment; Behold such a one — and, taking hold of one of the bystanders, he showed a consular chlamys.

[147] Then all with one accord recognized and praised him who had led the invisible army, had beheld, and one could see tears poured out for joy, and all exulting and saying: To Thee, Lord, belongs glory, to Thee adoration, heavenly King. For Thy mercy has shone upon the city through the patronage of the Victor in the contests; grace indeed,

as the Psalmist says, is poured abroad in Thy lips, and Thou hast poured out Thy mercies upon our heads. Through the plagues inflicted on the Egyptians Thy name was spread abroad in all the earth; but on our account the heavens proclaim Thy mercy. Blessed art Thou, who hast snatched us from the mouth of the dragon, already crushing our bones with his teeth; truly the Lord has broken the jaws of the lions, and the snare is broken and we are delivered.

[148] After this those who were of the city, having sent out horsemen, had unexpectedly seized, John maintains. learned that the enemy had truly fled, and that, taking to flight through the night with fear and perturbation of mind, so that they left on the way their baggage and animals and slaves, they had covered much ground. But indeed, O excellent friends, I would say: first, even those very men who, when they behold the Hyperborean storms of winter, are perpetually blind because they do not see the sun, the vision of the barbarians, which saw one clothed in a military cloak going before the army on a horse, would have made to see clearly that this was the holy and most glorious martyr Demetrius himself [q]. Nevertheless, lest anyone perchance should think that some Saint indeed was the cause of these things, but by no means the most glorious Demetrius, come, let us bring forward that celebrated vision known to all, and stir up your mind and kindle your affection towards the Victor in the contests [r].

ANNOTATA.

p. Something again seems to have been omitted here in the Greek text; for it contains no substantive to which the words πᾶσαν αὐτὴν, the whole of it, can be referred.

q. In the vision divinely shown, through which the barbarians, that is the Avars and Slavs, struck with fear, suddenly took to flight, abandoning the siege of Thessalonica, John of Thessalonica, in order to prove that this siege was prodigiously raised by the patronage of St. Demetrius, certainly places great weight, as is clear from what he brings forward both here and above; yet that the argument drawn from it altogether proves this, not even he himself thought, as what he presently subjoins shows sufficiently. However that may be, the things which John brings forward both here and in the chapter immediately preceding certainly show that Thessalonica was freed not by human but by divine, and hence most probably St. Demetrius's, aid, as Combefis also thought before me (see his words recited in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 20).

r. Thus this chapter ends in the codex formerly of Mazarin; but whether the chapter immediately following was not originally subjoined to it by John in continuous series without interruption may, as I have already noted above, not undeservedly be doubted. The matter will become still more evident from the Annotata to be subjoined to the following chapter.

CHAPTER XV.

A man illustrious in dignity and virtue is honoured with a heavenly vision at the time of the siege of Thessalonica, and, taught by it that St. Demetrius stands for Thessalonica, he rouses the citizens to fortitude.

Ἐπιφωσκούσης γὰρ τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας τοῦ προρηθέντος πολέμου, ἐν ᾗ καὶ τὸ θάρσος θεόθεν ἐγγενέσθαι τῇ πόλει προἳστορήσαμεν, ἀνὴρ τίς εὐγενὴς καὶ ἐπίδοξος κατὰ τὸν βίον, τῇ δὲ ἀπλάστῳ καρδία τυγχάνων ἐπιδοξότερος καὶ τῇ τῶν καλουμένων ἰλλουστρίων ἀξία τετιμημένος· περὶ οὗ τάχα καὶ γέγραπται. Ἄκακοι καὶ εὐθεῖς ἐκόλλωντό μοι, ἴδεν ἑαυτὸν, ὡς ἐφη, καθ᾽ ὕπνους, ὡς δὲ ἀκριβέστερον τοῖς γνησιωτέροις ἔλεγη ἐν ἐκστάσει γενόμενος, ἐστῶτα πρὸ τοῦ τριβήλου τοῦ ἁγίου ναοῦ τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, φησὶν, δύο τινὲς εὐειδεῖς καὶ εὐμεγεθεῖς ὤφθησάν μοι, εἰσελθόντες ἔξωθεν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ τριβήλῳ οὓς καὶ ἐδόκουν βασιλέως εἰναι σωματοφύλακας, καὶ ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν ἐβόησεν φωνῇ. ποῦ ἐστὶν ὁ κύριος τῶν ᾧδε; ὤφθη δὲ ἐν τῇ βασιλικῇ τοῦ ναοῦ εἷς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ

ἀπεκρίθη λέγων· τί αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχετε;

[150] Οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὁ δεσπότης ἡμᾶς πέπομφε μηνῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπόκρισιν· ὁ δὲ ὐπεδείκνυεν αὐτοῖς τὸ ἅγιον κιβώριον λέγων, ἐνταῦθα ἐστὶν· οἱ ἅνδρες, ὧν ἡ ὅρασις ἦν ὡς ἀγγέλων Θεοῦ, πλησιάσαντες τῷ τόπῷ εἶπαν τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ· κρούσον καὶ μήνυσον ἡμᾶς αὐτῷ· ἐγὼ δὲ θάμβει περιβληθεὶς συνηκολούθησα αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ τριβήλου, καὶ ἔστην πρὸ ἑνὸς μεσοστύλου τοῦ ἁγίου κιβορίου, προσδοκὼν μαθεῖν τὶ ἀναγγελοῦσιν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς τὸν ἅγιον· ὁ δὲ ὑπερέτης ἔκρουσεν εἰς τὰς θύρας τοῦ κιβωρίου, καὶ παραχρῆμα ἤνοιξεν ἔνδοθεν ὁ πανάγιος καὶ ἔνδοξος μάρτυς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἔστη πλησίον τῶν θυρῶν, ὡς καὶ ἐμοὶ τῷ ἀναξίῳ φαίνεσθαι αὐτὸν· ἐγὼ δὲ πίπτω ἐπ᾽ ὄψιν, μὴ φέρων ὁρᾷν τὸ ἀγγελοειδὲς αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον· ἦν γὰρ τῇ ἰδέα κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαιοτέραις αὐτοῦ εἰκόσιν ἐγγεγραμμένην· ὁ δὲ χρῶς τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ λαμπηδόνας ὡς ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων ἀπέπεμπεν, ὡς καὶ ἐπ᾽ ὄψιν κειμένου καταλάμπεσθαι τὸ πρόσωπόν μου τῇ ἀντιτυπίᾳ τοῦ ἐδάφους, τῆς αὐγῆς με περιαστραπτούσης, καὶ κείμενος δὲ πρηνὴς ἐπιμελῶς τοῖς ὠσὶ προσῆχον, τί ἄν λαλήσαιεν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἀκούω ὅτιπερ ἠσπάσαντο οἵ ἄνδρες φιλοφρόνως τὸν ἅγιον.

[151] Ὁ δὲ λέγει πρὸς αὐτοὺς· ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν· τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἐσκύλητε πρός με; λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνδρες· ὁ δεσπότης ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὴν ἀγιωσύνην σου, ταῦτα σοι δηλώσας, ταχέως ἐξελθὼν δεῦρο πρός με· ἡ πόλις γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς παραδίδοται· ἐγὼ δὲ ἀκούσας ταραχθεὶς, καὶ συγχυθεὶς τῇ ὀδύνῃ τοῦ λόγου, ἀνίστην ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας μου, καὶ ἀνακύψας ὁλίγον, ὁρῶ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον, καὶ συμπαθές ἐκεῖνο πρόσωπον τοῦ ὄντως οἰκτείρμονος καὶ φιλοπόλιδος μάρτυρος συγκεχυμένον τῇ λύπῃ καὶ καταστυγνον, καὶ εἰς γῆν νενεευκὸς, καὶ πολλῆς παροχηκυίας τῆς ὥρας, καὶ ἀφάτου γενομένης σιγῆς, ἴδον αὐτοῦ τὰ δάκρυα διὰ τῶν θεοειδῶν ἐκείνων παριῶν καταβαίνοντα, ὡς τὸν ὑπηρέτην εἰπεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας, τί τὸν κύριόν μου τῇ θλίψει κατεβαπτίσατε; ἀληθῶς εἰ προεγνώκειν τὸν σκοπὸν ὑμῶν, οὐκ ἐμήνυον ὑμᾶς αὐτῷ. Τότε τὸ θεολόγον αὐτοῦ ἀνοίξας στόμα ὁ ἅγιος, εἶπεν τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, ἄφες αὐτοὺς, σύνδουλοί μου εἰσὶν, καὶ ἅ ἐκελεύσθησαν, ταῦτα καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν.

[152] Λέγει δὲ πρὸς εἰκείνους, Ἀληθῶς ταῦτα μοι δεδήλωκεν ὁ δεσπότης; Οὕτως παρέστη τῷ κράτει αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τηλικαύτη πόλις τοσαύταις γενεαῖς τοῖς ἰδρῶσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ αἵματι τῆς τιμίας αὐτοῦ πλευρᾶς οἰκοδομηθεῖσα τῇ πίστει, νῦν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνημέρων θηρίων τούτων διασπασθῆ; Ταῦτα τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἤρεσεν; Ἀπεκρίθησαν οἱ ἄνδρες, εἰ μὴ ταῦτα παρέστη αὐτῆ, οὐκ ἂν ἀπεστείλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὸ θεοτίμητον τῆς ψυχῆς σου· Τότε πλέον τῇ κατηφείᾳ σκυθρωπάσας ὀ ἅγιος, καὶ ἐν πολλῇ ὥρᾳ κεινῶν τὴν κεφαλὴν ὥσπερ ἦν βουλευόμενος, σὺν θλίψει πολλῇ ταύτην ἔδωκεν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· ἡ γὰρ πολυστένακτος αὐτοῦ λαλιὰ, καὶ ἡ κατησχνωμένη τῆς γλώττης φωνὴ ἐδήλου τὴν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος αὐτοῦ συμπάθειαν, ἄμετρον αὐτῷ τὴν λύπην γενήσασαν· ἀπεκρίθη οὖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν. πορευθέντες, ἀδελφοὶ, εἴπατε τῷ ἀγαθῷ δεσπότῃ, ταῦτα λέγει ὁ οἰκεῖος σου καὶ γνήσιος δοῦλος Δημήτριος.

[153] Σὺ, δέσποτα, κύριος εἶ κἀμοῦ καὶ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ ὡς ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐκέλευσάς μοι οἰκεῖν ἐνταῦθα μετὰ τῶν δούλων σου, πῶς οὖν δύναμαι καταλειπεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν τηλικαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ ἀναχωρῆσαι, ἢ ποίῳ προσώπῳ θεάσωμαι τὴν ἀναλωσιν τῆς πατρίδος μου; ποῖα δέ μοι ζωὴ τῶν πολιτῶν μου ἀπολλυμένων, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὥσπερ εὐωχουμένων αὐτῶν, πνευματικῶς συνήμην αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ κινδυνευόντων αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀπολειφθήσομαι αὐτῶν· ἀλλ᾽ ἢ σωζομένων αὐτῶν, συνσώζομαι, ἢ φθειρομένων αὐτῶν, συναποθνήσκω αὐτοῖς· καὶ οὺ γὰρ αὐτὸς καίτοι δεσπότης ὑπάρχων τὴν ψυχήν σου τέθηκας ὡς ποιμὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων· ἐπισταμαι δὲ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι οὐ νικήσουσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἡμῶν τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν σου, ὅτι τὸ ἔλεός σου μέγα ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, καὶ ὁ θυμός σου ὁ δίκαιος τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς ἡμῶν χρήζει, οὐδὲ τῆς φθορᾶς· ἔχων οὖν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἁπάντων, ἀγαθὲ δέσποτα, ὅ κελεύεις, ποίησον εἰς ἡμᾶς: ἐγὼ γὰρ ὡς προεῖπον, ἢ σωζομένων αὐτῶν, σὠζομαι, ἢ διαφθειρομένων αὐτῶν, συναποθνήσκω αὐτοῖς.

[154] Ταῦτα τοῦ εὐσπλάγχνου λαλήσαντος μάρτυρος, ἀνέσφιλε μικρὸν ἡ ταλαίπωρός μου ψυχὴ τῆς περιεχούσης αὐτὴν ὀδύνης· ἀποκριθέντες δὲ δῆθεν οἱ ἄνδρες, λέγουσιν τῷ ἁγίῳ· ταῦτα κελεύεις εἰπεῖν ἠμᾶς τῷ δεσπότῃ; λέγει ὁ ἅγιος, ναὶ παρακαλῶ· ἠρώτησαν ἐκεῖνοι, τί οὗν οὐκ ἔρχη μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, σκόπησον μὴ λυπηθῆ ὁ ἀποστείλας ἡμᾶς ὡς παρακουσθεὶς· ἀπεκρίθη ὁ ἅγιος· ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι ἀεὶ τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ προλαμβάνει ἡ φιλανθρωπία, καὶ τὴν ἁγαθότητα αὐτοῦ ἠκριβωμένος, ἁρμόδιον αὐτῇ δέδωκα τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἠσπάσατο τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ τὰς ἀργυρέας θύρας ἀποκλείσας, ἐν αἷς καὶ ἐστήκει, ἔνδον ἔμεινεν, μὴ ἀναχωρήσας ἡμῶν χάριτι Χριστοῦ τῶν Θεοῦ· καὶ εὐθέως ἐγὼ, ὁ ἀμαρτωλὸς ἦλθον εἰς ἐμαυτὸν· οὐ δὲ γάρ τέλεον ἐκοιμώμην. Ταῦτα τεθέατο ὁ κάλλιστος ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ καὶ φιλόθεος· παραχρῆμα τε διὰ τοῦ τείχους παντὸς διαδραμὼν, παρεθάρυνε τοὺς πολίτας, τοῦτο μόνον λέγων αὐτοῖς, θαρσῆτε, ἀδελφοὶ, ὁ Ἀθλοφόρος μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐστὶν, ἐλπίζωμεν δὲ εἰς Χριστὸν, οὐκ ἄψεται ἡμῶν κακὸν· ἐκ τότε, ὡς προγέγραπται, καὶ τολμὰν ἀνδρείας οἱ τῆς πόλεως ἠμφιέσαντο, καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κατεπήρωντο οἱ μὴ τὴν φωνὴν πρῶτον ἀφιέναι δυνάμενοι τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ φόβου.

[155] Εἰς ὕστερον δὲ τοῖς συνοικοτέροις ἰδίαν πᾶσαν τὴν ῥηθεῖσαν ὁπτασίᾳν τηλαυγῶς ἐξηγήσατο· καὶ τοῦτο ἀναγκασθεὶς, καὶ θληβεὶς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν εἰπειν τὴν αἰτίαν, δι᾽ ἣν κατὰ τοῦ τείχους βαδίζων διεβεβαιοῦτο πᾶσιν τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς πόλεως. Ταῦτα ἐνδειξαμένου περὶ ἡμᾶς τοῦ πανενδόξου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου, καὶ ἀληθῆ τὴν ὁπτασιαν τοῦ πέρατος ἀποδείξαντος, τίνα αἶνον ἢ δοξολογίαν περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ ἀντιδώσωμεν, ποῖαν δὲ τιμὴν, ἢ εὔνοιαν τῷ μάρτυρι προσαγάγωμεν, εἰσόῤῥοπον τῆς αὐτοῦ πολυευσπλάγνου προθέσεως, ὅς διὰ τοὺς ἀπείρους αὐτοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς οἰκτειρμοὺς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐμιμήσατο, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τέθηκεν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀναξίων καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ οὐ μόνον τὴν δεσποτικὴν κέλευσιν εἰς τὴν θεἳκὴν ἀφορῶν φιλανθρωπίαν διανεβάλετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ θνήσκειν ἡμῖν ὁ πολυεύσπλαγχνος ἀπεκρίνατο. Ὤ ψυχῆς ἁγίας, καὶ φιλοπόλιδος, καὶ οἰκτίρμονος! ὢ συνέσεως θεοπαρέσχου, καὶ βουλῆς θεαρέστου, καὶ οἰκονομίας ἁγιοπρεποῦς.

[156] Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἠπίστατο τὸν τῶν ὅλων δεσπότην Θεὸν μὴ συναπολλῦντα τὸν δίκαιον μετὰ ἀσεβῶν, μὴ δὲ ἐῶντα τὴν ῥάβδον τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐπὶ τῷ κλήρῳ τῶν δικαίων· ἐώρα δὲ καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας ἁμαρτίας, πᾶσαν ὑπερβαινοῦσας πρεσβείας δύναμιν, καὶ εὐλαβηθεὶς, ὡς οἶμαι, μὴ περὶ ἡμῶν ἰκετεύσας, παρακουσθῆ τὴν θεοδοτὸν ταύτην γνώμην, ἐβουλεύσατό τε καὶ διεπράξατο, μείνας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ἀναχωρήσας τῆς πόλεως, ἵνα μὴ αὑτὸς παθεῖν τί τῶν ἀτόπων, μὴ δὲ ἡ πόλις πειραθῆ τῶν ἐπηρτημένων κακῶν· ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ στέφανον ἐκ χρυσίου νενοθευμένου γενόμενον, ἔχοντα λίθον τίμιον, ἕνα καὶ μόνον κατὰ τὸ ἔμπροσθεν, θέλοντος τοῦ διοικητοῦ τῆς οἰκίας πυρὶ τοῦτον καταχονεῦσαι πρὸς κάθαρσιν τοῦ κεκιβδηλευμένου χρυσοῦ, ὁ οἱκοδεσπότης οὐ συνεχώρησεν, ἵνα μὴ τὸν χρυσὸν καθαῖρον τὸ πῦρ τῇ λαμπρότητι τοῦ λίθου διαλυμαινοιτο, ούτως καὶ τότε, μυρίων θανάτων ἀξίων ὄντων ἡμῶν διὰ τὰ πολλὰ ἡμῶν πλημμελήματα, οὐ κατέφθειρε τὴν πόλιν ὁ κύριος, ἵνα μή τι τῶν ἀναξίων συνοικοῦντι ἡμῖν τῷ Ἀθλοφόρῳ προσγένηται.

[157] Ἀλλ᾽ ἐκτενῶς ἅπαντες δεηθῶμεν, ἀγαπητοὶ, καὶ τὰς πορίας ἡμῶν εἰς θεαρεσκίαν ὁδηγήσωμεν, ὡς ἂν μέχρι τέλους εὐχαῖς καὶ ἔργοις τὸν ἀθλοφόρον περικρατήσωμεν σύνοικον. Τούτου γὰρ ἡμῖν κατορθωμένου, καὶ τὴν θεῖαν ἀνενδυάστως εὐμένιαν ἕξωμεν σώζουσαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ τειχίζουσαν κατὰ τῶν νοητῶν πρῶτον πολεμίων, ἔπειτα καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, καὶ ῥυομένην ἡμᾶς τῆς αἰωνίου κωλάσεως καὶ προξενοῦσαν τὴν βασιλείαν ἡμῖν τὴν ουράνιον· παρακαλῶ δὲ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ, τὴν θεοσύλλεκτον ἐκκλησίαν ἐκ πάσης ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως ἐκβοῆσαι πρὸς Θεὸν τὸν οἰκτίρμονα, περί τε τῆς θεοφυλάκτου ἡμῶν πόλεως καὶ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς τῶν Χριστιανῶν εὐσεβοῦς πολιτεύματος, καὶ ὡς περὶ τοῦ ἐκτρόματος μνήσθητε καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς ταπεινώσεως, ταύτην μοι μεγίστην ἀντιδιδόντες τὴν χάριν, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν τοῦ πολίτου καὶ προστάτου καὶ μετὰ Θεὸν δεσπότου ἡμῶν, τοῦ πανενδόξου λέγω μάρτυρος Δημητρίου, τὰς φιλανθρώπους, καὶ ἀειμνήστους θαυματουργίας, κἂν ἐν μέρει, πλὴν φιλαληθῶς ὡς ἐνέστη, συγγραψάμενος, ταῖς φιλοθέοις ὑμῶν παρεθέμην καὶ φιλομάρτυσιν ἀκοαῖς, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἱησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ βασιλεῖ Θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ σὺν τῷ ζωοποιῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἡ δὁξα, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ προσκύνησις ὑπὸ πάσης κτίσεως ἀναπέμπεται ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, καὶ νῦν, καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ εἰς τούς αἰνῶας τῶν αἰώνων· ἀμὴν.

A distinguished man, during the siege of Thessalonica, from a heavenly vision, For when the third day of the aforesaid war b had dawned, on which, as we have narrated before, boldness was added to the city from heaven, a certain noble man, illustrious in the condition of his life but more illustrious in his simple heart, and adorned also with the dignity of the illustres, as they are called — of whom perhaps it is also written, The innocent and upright have cleaved to me — saw himself, as he said, in sleep, but, as has been better said by those who speak more accurately, being in ecstasy, standing before the doors of the holy temple which is sacred to the most glorious martyr Demetrius. And behold, he says, two men, fair of aspect and very great of body, appeared to me c, who came in from outside into the tribelon d itself, and seemed to be guards of the emperor's person. And one of them cried out: Where is the lord of these places? And there was present in the chief place of the temple one of its ministers, who answered, saying: What need have you of him?

[150] And they replied: The Lord has sent us, that we may bear him an answer. by which, St. Demetrius, by two men bearing the appearance of angels And he showed them the sacred ciborium, saying: He is there. The men, whose aspect was like the aspect of the angels of God, approaching the place, said to the servant: Knock, and announce us to him. And I, encompassed with trembling, followed them from the tribelon, and stood before one of the intercolumniations of the sacred ciborium, desiring to learn what they would announce to the Saint on the emperor's behalf. And the servant knocked at the doors of the ciborium, and at once the most holy and glorious Martyr of Christ opened from within, and stood present at the doors, so that he appeared even to me, unworthy as I am. And I, not enduring to see his face, which bore the appearance of an angel, on my face

fell. For in appearance he resembled the picture expressed in his more ancient images e; and the colour of his face sent forth a brightness like the rays of the sun, so that, as I lay on my face, my face shone by the reflection of the pavement, the light dazzling me. And lying prone I strove to catch with my ears what they said to one another, and I hear the men greeting the Saint kindly.

[151] And he says to them: Grace be with you; but for what cause have you come to me? [and sent by God, being admonished to leave Thessalonica, which was to be handed over to the enemy,] The men say: The Lord has sent us to your holiness, signifying these things to you: Come out quickly to me; for the city will be handed over to the enemy. And I, when I had heard this, troubled, and confounded with grief at the thing spoken, rose up on my hands, and, looking up a little, I see that merciful and compassionate face of the Martyr, truly clement and lover of the city, troubled with sorrow and sad, and bowed towards the earth; and when much time had passed and an ineffable silence had fallen, I saw his tears falling down those cheeks which bear a certain appearance of divinity, so that the servant said to the men: Why have you overwhelmed my Lord with grief? Truly, had I known your intention beforehand, I would not have announced you to him. Then the Saint, opening his mouth, wont to speak of God, said to the servant: Let them be; they are my fellow-servants, and what was commanded them, that they have also announced.

[152] opposing himself to their admonitions, And he said to them: Has the Lord truly signified these things to me? Has it thus pleased His power that such a city, built up in the faith for so long a time by His sweat and by the blood of His venerable side, should be torn to pieces by those savage beasts? Are these things agreeable to His mercy? The men answered: Unless these things were pleasing to Him, He would not have sent us to your venerable strenuousness. Then the Saint, lowering his face still more for grief, and holding his head still for a long time as if deliberating, gave this answer with great anxiety; for his groaning speech and the faint voice of his tongue made manifest his compassion towards his country, which stirred in him an immoderate sadness; he answered the men, then: Go, brethren, and say to the merciful Lord: These things says Thy beloved and true servant Demetrius.

[153] and is not prepared to leave the city, he perceives, Thou, O Lord, art Lord both of me and of the city and of the whole world, and, as holding dominion, Thou didst enjoin upon me to dwell here with Thy servants: how then could I leave them in such necessity and go away, or with what face shall I behold the destruction of my country? And what life shall I have while my citizens are perishing? Truly, as I was present with them spiritually when they rejoiced, so I will not leave them when they are in peril; nay rather, either if they are saved I shall be kept safe, or if they perish I shall die with them. For Thou too Thyself, though being Lord, didst lay down Thy life for the sheep, as a shepherd; and I know well that Thy mercy will not be overcome by our sins, because Thy mercy over us is great, and Thy just anger wills our conversion, not our death. Since therefore, most good Lord, Thou hast all things in Thy power, do to us what Thou wilt; for I, as I said before, either if they are saved shall be kept safe, or if they perish shall die with them.

[154] [he understands that he stands for it, and hence, exulting, he animates the citizens to fortitude,] When the kindly Martyr had said these things, my wretched soul recovered a little from the grief which held it. And the men, namely, answering, said to the Saint: Do you bid us say these things to the Lord? The Saint replies: Yes, I beseech you. They asked: Why then do you not come with us? See lest He who sent us be provoked to anger as though disregarded. The Saint answered: I know that His anger is always forestalled by His mercy, and, having full knowledge of His kindness, I have given an answer suited to it. And when he had said these things he saluted the men, and, having shut the silver doors, in which he had stood, he remained within, not departing from us, by the grace of Christ God f. And I, a sinner, at once came to myself (for I was not altogether asleep). These things that most distinguished and God-loving man saw; and at once, running through all the houses, he gave confidence to the citizens, saying to them only: Take heart, brethren, the Victor in the contests is with you; and let us hope in Christ, and evil will not touch us. From that time, as has been written above, those who were of the city both put on the boldness of fortitude, and, whereas at first for the magnitude of their fear they had been unable to utter a word, they attacked the enemy.

[155] At length he set out clearly the whole of his aforesaid vision to his more intimate friends, and that when he had been compelled and impelled by us to declare the cause for which, [and sets out the vision to some. To these things certain observations of the author, with which] going about the walls, he had affirmed to all the safety of the city. Since the most glorious martyr Demetrius has shown these things to us, and the outcome has shown that the vision was true, what praise or glory shall we render to God for this? And what honour or affection shall we bring to the Martyr for the greatness of his merciful will, who through his infinite mercies towards us imitated our Lord and God Jesus Christ, and laid down his life for us unworthy sinners, and not only, looking to the divine mercy, interposed delays to the Lord's decree, but also answered, in his great mercy, that together with it he would die with us? O holy soul, lover of the city and merciful! O understanding grateful to God, and will pleasing to God, and providence such as befits a Saint!

[156] and at the same time, with a few requests, he closes his work. For since he knew that God, the Lord of all things, does not destroy the just together with the unjust, nor leave the rod of sinners upon the lot of the just; and since he saw that our sins also exceeded all the power of intercession, and, as I think, fearing lest, interceding for us, he should not be heard, he both entered upon and carried into execution that counsel given from heaven, of remaining in his house and not departing from the city, so that neither should he himself suffer anything unwonted, nor the city experience any of the impending evils. But as, when the steward of the house wished to purge with fire a crown made of adulterated gold which has one precious stone, and that alone, in its front part, the lord of the house would not hand it over for the purging of the adulterate gold, lest the fire, purging the gold, should at the same time harm the splendour of the gem, so then also, when we were worthy of infinite deaths for our many crimes, the Lord did not destroy the city, lest anything unworthy should befall the Victor in the contests who dwells with us.

[157] But indeed, beloved, let us all pray earnestly and walk in our ways according to the will of God, so that we may keep the Victor in the contests as our fellow-dweller to the end by prayers and works. For, this being done, we shall have the divine benevolence assiduously to preserve us and defend us against our enemies, first the spiritual and then also the sensible, and to snatch us from eternal punishment and give us the heavenly kingdom. And I beseech you, brethren, that your assembly, gathered by God, may cry out with its whole soul and strength to the merciful God both for our city, guarded by God, and for the whole pious commonwealth of Christians; and that you may remember also my lowliness, as of one born out of due time, rendering me this greatest favour, because I have set before your ears, which love God and the martyrs, the merciful and ever-memorable workings of miracles of our citizen and patron and lord after God, the most glorious martyr Demetrius, I say, written by me, though only in part, yet with the truth preserved as was right; in Christ Jesus our Lord, with whom to God the King and Father, with His life-giving and Holy Spirit, glory and honour and adoration is rendered by every creature from the beginning and now and always and unto the ages of ages g. Amen.

ANNOTATA.

κιόνων. Now this (namely the tribolon or tribelon, of which there was talk just before in the same place) is the beginning of the entrance to the temple, and neighbouring, towards the western quarter, to two great Thessalian columns of the same; Tribolon, therefore, or tribelon, perhaps signifies the same as the vestibule of the temple in Latin. But Du Cange, in the Glossary of Middle and Low Greek at the word τριβολὸν, somewhat doubts whether we should not read for it περίβολον, which among the writers of the middle age signifies a quadriporticus or atrium; and I should readily think that he does so deservedly, were it not that this place of John of Thessalonica, on which I make these observations, wholly favours the reading of the Menaea, which besides is taken from Metaphrastes. Meanwhile let the studious reader weigh also what the same Du Cange observes in his praised Glossary of Middle and Low Greek at the word περίβολον.

BOOK II OF THE MIRACLES.

By an Anonymous Author.

A. Anonymous.

CHAPTER I.

The Slavs are driven from the siege of Thessalonica, St. Demetrius appearing, and their leader is captured and afterwards also slain.

Ἐγένετο τοίνυν, ὥς εἴρηται, ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ἐν ὁσία τῆ μνήμη ἐπισκοπῆ Ἰωάννου τὸ τῶν Σκλαβίνων ἐπαρθῆναι ἔθνος, πλῆθος ἄπειρον συναχθὲν ἀπότε τῶν δρογουβιτῶν, σαγουδατῶν, βελεγεζητῶν, βαιουνητῶν, βερζητῶν, καὶ λοιπῶν ἐθνῶν, πρώτως ἐφευρόντων, ἐξ ἐνὸς ξύλου γλυπτὰς νῆας κατασκεῦασαι κατὰ θάλασσαν ὁπλισαμένους, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Θετταλίαν καὶ τὰς περὶ αὐτὴν νήσους καὶ τῆς Ἐλλάδος, ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους καὶ τὴν Ἀχαἳαν πᾶσαν, τήντε Ἤπειρον καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ καὶ μέρος τῆς Ἀσίας ἐκπορθῆσαι, καὶ ἀοικήτους

…

πλείστας πόλεις καὶ ἐπαρχίας ποιῆσαι, βουλεύσασθαίτε ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ κατὰ τῆς εἰρημένης ἡμῶν φιλοχρίστου ταύτης πόλεως παρατάξασθαι καὶ ταύτην, ὥς τὰς λοιπὰς, ἐκπορθῆσαι· εἴτα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁμογνώμονες γενόμενοι, ἅσπερ κατεσκεύασαν ἐκ μονοδένδρων γλυπτὰς νῆας, ἀπείρους τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὐπαρχούσας, κατὰ τὸ πρὸς θάλατταν κατεστρατοπέδευσαν μέρος· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἀναρίθμητον πλῆθος διάτε ἀνατολῆς, ἄρκτου καὶ δύσεως δι᾽ ὅλων τῶν μερῶν τὴν θεοφρούρητον ταύτην περιστοιχῆσαι πολὶν μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐπιξυνᾶς ἔχοντες τὰς ἑαυτῶν γενεᾶς μετὰ καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀποσκευῆς, ὁφείλοντας ἐν τῆ πόλει μετὰ τὴν ἄλωσιν τούτους ἐνκαταστῆσαι.

[159] Καὶ ἦν τότε δάκρυα ποταμόρειθρα ἐκχεόμενα καὶ οἱμωγαὶ τοῦ παντὸς τῆς πόλεως λαοῦ, ἐκ τῆς ἀκοῆς μόνης νεκρωθέντος, διὰ τὸ ἀκηκοέναι αὐτοὺς τὰς ἀφάτους τῶν πόλεων ἐκπορθήσεις καὶ τὰς γεγενημένας ἀπείρους κατασφαγὰς καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας, καὶ ὅτιπερ παντὶ πανταχοῦ ἐπι τῆ ἑαυτῶν ἀπωλεία εὐδοκιμήσαντας· ἄλλωστε δὲ μὴ ὑπολειφθῆναι πλοῖα τῶν ἐγχωρίων, ἢ ἐκ τῶν γεγενημένων πλησίον χώρων σεσῶσθαι, ἢ ὑπάρχειν πρὸς παραφυλακὴν τοῦ στομίου τοῦ ἐνταῦθα λιμένος· δειλίαν δὲ πλείω θέσθαι τοῖς πολίταις ἐκ τῶν ἀποφύγων Χριστιανῶν τῶν ἐν πεῖρα τῆς αὐτῆς ἀνηλεοῦς παρατάξεως γεγενημένων αἰχμαλώτων· καὶ ἦν τότε καὶ τῶν δειλῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνδρείων ἡ ψυχὴ μία, καὶ ἔκαστος πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὸ πικρὸν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἐώρα ἢ θάνατον, οὐκ ἐχόντων ἐτέρως ποῦ φυγεῖν κατὰ τὸ θεῖον λόγιον τὸ φάσκον· ἔαν τις ὑμᾶς διώκη, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης φεύγετε εἱς τὴν ἑτέραν, διότι καθάπερ στεφάνη θανατηφόρος τὸ βάρβαρον ἅπαν σκλαβίνων τὴν πόλιν περιετύχει· Ἄλλ᾽ ὁ μὴ βουλόμενος ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τὸν θάνατον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν καὶ τὴν ζωὴν, οὐδὲ ἐν τούτω ὥς ἀληθῶς γνησίου αὐτοῦ δούλου, τοῦ κηδεμόνος ἡμῶν τοῦ ἀναξίων, τοῦ ἀειμνήστου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου τῶν πρεσβειῶν παρήκουσεν, ἀλλὰ πρώτην καὶ τοιαύτη πολιορκία ἐπίσκεψιν τῶν θαυμάτων ἐποιήσατο.

[160] Σύνταξιν γὰρ τοῦ παντὸς τοῦ Σκλαβίνων ἔθνους ποιησαμένων, ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ αἴφνης προσβαλεῖν τῶ τείχει οἵ ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ὄντες σκλαβίνοι σκέψιν ταύτην ἐποιήσαντο ἐφ᾽ ὧ ταύτας ἐπάνωθεν σανίσιντὲ καὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις βύρσαις σκεπάσαι, ὅπως τῶ τείχει μελλούσας προσορμήσαι, ἄπληγας τοὺς ἔλατας ἐκ τῶν ἀπο τῶν τείχεων λίθους ἢ ὄπλα ἀκοντιζόντων κατ᾽ αὐτῶν φυλάξειεν· καὶ αὔτη… πρώτη ἐκ τῆς ἄνω ῥοπῆς δέδοται αὐτοῖς διὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος ἡ δειλία, εἰς τὸ μὴ εὐθυδρόμως προσπελάσαι τῆ πόλει, ἄλλ᾽ εἰς τόπον κολπώδη ὀρμέσεως τινὸς ὑπαρχούσης τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐκ ἀρχαίων Κελλάριον, ἐκεῖσε παραγενόμενοι ἐφ᾽ ὧ τὸ μελετηθὲν αὐτοῖς ἐκπληρῶσαι τῆς τέχνης ἔργον, κακεῖσε ἐπι τοῦτο τῶν βαρβάρων ἐνασχοληθέντων μικρὸν θάρσους τοὺς τῆς πόλεως ἀναλαβεῖν, ὥς βραχείας ἐνδόσεως αὐτοῖς γεγενημένης, καὶ κατασκευάσαι τινὰς ἐκ ζύλων βάσεις ἐν τῶ λιμένι, ἐν αἵς τὴν ἀπόθεσιν τῆς ἀλύσεως ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ μηροὺς δὲ ὠσαύτως ἐξ ἀναλύτων σιδήρων ἑαυτοὺς ἀμπέσχόντας σκιοειδῶν τινὰς ὀξείας φέροντας ράβδους, ἐτέρας δὲ ἡλωτὰς σπαθοειδεῖς ἐκ ξύλων ἐξεστώσας, ἐνδότερον δὲ τούτοις τὰς ἐπὶ παρακομιδῆ ξυλᾶς * τυχούσας νῆας, ἄσπερ κυβαίας ἐκάλουν, ἀνάψαντες δι᾽ ἀγκύρων συνεχομένας κατὰ τὸ στόμιον τοῦ λιμένος προσηλωθείσας, δίοδον πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν παράταξιν ἐποιήσαντο.

[161] Τάφρον δὲ τότε πρὸς τῶ πανυμνήτω τεμένει τῆς ἀχράντου θεοτοκοῦ τοῦ ὅντος πρὸς τῶ αὐτῶ λιμένι ἐποιήσαντο, ἀτειχίστου τοῦ τοιούτου καθεστῶτος τόπου, ὥς ἅπαντες ἐπίστανται, καὶ ἡ τῶν πουλπίτων διὰ γωνατίων ἡλωτῶν μηχανὴ κατεσκεύαστο ἐν τῆ γῆ κρυφηδὸν ἀποτεθέντων, ἐξ ὀλίγης ὕλης τινὸς σκευασθέντων, ὅπως τῆ τῶν τοιούτων ὀργάνων ἀορασία οἵ τὴν ὀρμὴν τῆς ἐπιβάσεως ποιεῖσθαι μέλλοντες πολέμιοι, ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐμπαρῶσι, καὶ ἐν τῶ ἑκεῖσε δὲ μόλω καὶ αὐτῶ ἀτειχίστω τότε διὰ σανίδων καὶ ξύλων τινῶν, ὥς μέχρι στήθους τειχίσαι, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων μαγγάνων ἀμυντήρια τὰ πρὸς παράταξιν ἤτοι ὄργανα κατεσκευάσθησαν· καὶ λοιπὸν τὴν ἐλπίδα πᾶσαν εἰς Θεὸν καὶ εἰς τὸν ὑπερασπιστὴν τῆς πόλεως Δημήτριον ἀναθέμενοι, τῆς ἑαυτῶν προθυμίας τὸ σπουδαῖον ἐπεδείκνυντο παραθαῤῥύνοντες τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους τὸν λογισμὸν ἐπὶ τῆ ἐλπιζομένη τοῦ πολέμου παρατάξει.

[162] Καὶ τριῶν οὕτως διαδραμουσῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ τῶν Σκλαβικῶν νηῶν, ὥς ἀπομηλίον δύο τοῦ τείχους παραπλεουσῶν, καὶ τόπους εὐαλώτους ἔφ᾽ ἐκάστης ἡμέρας κατασκοπούντων, ὅθεν τῶν ἐλπιζομένων τὴν πόρθησιν ποιήσονται, τῆ τετάρτη ἡμέρα σὺν τῆ τοῦ ἑωσφόρου ἀναβάσει ἅπαν τὸ βάρβαρον φύλον ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀνακράξαν ἐκπάντοθεν τῶ τείχει τῆς πόλεως προσέβαλον, οἱ μέν διὰ πετροβόλων κατασκευασμένων λίθους ἀκοντίζοντες, ἄλλοι προσάγοντες κλίμακας πρὸς τῶ τείχει ἐκπορθεῖν ἐπειρῶντο, ἄλλοι ἐν ταῖς πυλαις πῦρ ἀποκομίζοντες, ἕτεροι βέλη καθάπερ νιφάδας χειμερινὰς τοῖς τείχεσιν ἀπέπεμπον· καὶ ἦν θεωρεῖν τὸ παράδοξον ἐκεῖνο τῶν ὅπλων νέφος καθάπερ χαλαζοτόκος πληθὺς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου ἀκτίνας συσκίαζει, οὕτως τὸν ἄερα τοῖς τοξεύμασι καὶ ταῖς βολαῖς τῶν λίθων καλύψαν.

[163] Τῆς οὖν τοιαὐτης καὶ τηλικαύτης προσβολῆς γενομένης, οἱ τῶ πλωΐμω τῶν βαρβάρων εὔτολμοι καὶ πρὸς παράταξιν ἀνδριώτεροι δρόμω σὺν ταῖς ναυσὶ πρὸς τοὺς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν συνεωραθέντας προσήγγισαν τόπους, οἱ μὲν εἰς τὸν πρὸς δύσιν τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς σκάλας πύργον,

ἔνθα καὶ παραπύλιον ὑπάρχει, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀτείχιστον μέρος, ἔνθα ἡ σούδα καὶ ἡ τῶν κρυπτῶν τῶν τείλων λεγομένων ἡλωτῶν ἐτύγχανεν μηχανὴ, οἱ μὲν ἐλπίδα προσδοκίας τεθεικότες ὥς ἀγνώστων αὐτοῖς τῶν τοιούτων ὀργάνων, ἐκεῖθεν εἰσέρχεσθαι, οἱ δὲ ὥς εὐτελέστερον τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπαρχὸν παραπύλιον τούτο κατεάξαι καὶ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν τῆς πόλεως ἄλωσιν ποιήσασθαι· Τότε δὴ τότε ἅπασα ἡ πόλις ἀντὶ πετρῶν καὶ βελῶν τὰ δάκρυα ὥς ὀμβροτόκους νεφέλας πρὸς τὸν πάντων δεσπότην καὶ Θεὸν ἐξέχεον λέγοντες· καὶ τὰ νῦν ἐξελοῦ ἡμᾶς, ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκ τῆς παγίδος τῶν τηρευόντων, μὴ εἴπωσι οἵ ἐχθροὶ ἡμῶν ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς αὐτῶν, ἐφ ὃν ἤλπισαν. Καὶ κραξόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου σου, κύριε· ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, ὥς στρουθίον, ἐῤῥύσθη έκ τῆς παγίδος τῶν θηρευόντων· ἡ παγὶς συνετρίβη καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐῤῥύσθημεν, ἡ βοήθεια ἡμῶν ἐν ὀνόματι κυριοῦ, τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γὴν.

[164] Τοτὲ δὴ προφανῶς παρὰ πλείστωντε θέαται ὁ ὑπέρμαχος οὔτος καὶ φιλόπατρις ὄντως Δημήτριος ὁ πανένδοξος μάρτυς, χλάμυδα λευκὴν φερῶν, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὸ τεῖχος διατρέχων, εἴτα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης, ὥς ἐπὶ ἐδάφους, δρομαῖως περιπατῶν. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὐ μόνον οἱ τῶν τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος μενυημένοι ὥς ἄξιοι πλεῖστοι ἐθεάσαντο, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ παῖδες ἑβραίων ἄφθοροι κατὰ τὸ λεγομένων τῶν βροχθῶν μέρος ἐθεάσαντο· τῆς γὰρ ὁμοιοτόκου φορᾶς τῶν λεχθεισῶν νηῶν ἀκανονίστου διὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος ἐπελθούσης, καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὰς προσπιπτουσῶν, τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀνακυλῆσαι συνέβη καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐταῖς ἀποβάλεσθαι σκλάβους· Ἄλλ᾽ ὁ κολυμβῶν βουλόμενος ἐν ἑτέρω σώζεσθαι, τοῦτο κατέχων ἔστρεφε, καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῶ ἐν τῆ θαλάσση ἀπέριπτεν· καὶ λοιπὸν οἱ τῶν ἑτέρων ναυκλήρων τῶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς προἳεμένων τὰς χεῖρας μετὰ ξιφῶν ἀπέτεμνον· ἄλλος ἄλλω κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς τὸ ξίφος ἀπέπεμπεν· ἕτερος δὲ τὸν ἕτερον λόγχη ἐτίτρωσκε, καὶ ἔκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτήριαν πραγματεύομενος τοῦ ἐτέρου ἐχθρὸς ἐγίνετο, καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸς τοῖς κρυπτοῖς παντήλοις εἰσβαλόντων ἐκεῖσε καταπαρέντων, τῶν δὲ νηῶν ἐκ μεγάλης ἐλάσεως ἔξω πρὸς τὸ αἰγιαλῶ ἀποστομωσάντων, καὶ μὴ δυνηθέντων ταύτας ἀνακαλέσασθαι, οἱ σθενεροὶ τῶν πολιτῶν καταπηδήσαντες, ἕτεροι δὲ δι᾽ οὗ ἤλπιζον οἱ πολέμιοι παραπυλίου πορθεῖν τὴν πόλιν, τοῦτο οἱ πολίται κατεάξαντες, δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ νίκος συνπολεμήσαντος τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου ἐκληρώσαντο.

[165] Καὶ ἦν τότε θεωρεῖν τὴν θάλατταν πᾶσαν τῶ τῶν βαρβάρων αἵματι ἐρυθρωθεῖσαν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ φαραῶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰγυπτίων καταπόντισιν ἀνακαλύψασαν· αὐθωρὸν γὰρ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀνέβλυσε ἔλεος· οὕπω γὰρ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ ἀνέμου ὑπαρχούσης (ἦν γὰρ λοιπὸν ὥρα δεευτέρα) εὐθέως ἄνεμος ἐξωτικὸς κατέπνει, ὥς λοιπὸν μὴ δὲ τὰς ἐναπομεινάσας τῶν βαρβάρων ναυκέλλας δύνασθαι πρὸς ὑποστροφὴν ἐλᾶσαι· ἄλλ οἱ μὲν μόλις πρὸς τῶ ἀνατολικῶ μέρει, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τῶ δυτικῶ ἐξήεσαν· τὰ δὲ τῶν τεθνεώτων βαρβάρων παμπόλα σώματα πρὸς τῶ τείχει καὶ τῶ αἰγιαλῶ ἡ θάλαττα ἀπεκρούετο· λοιπὸν οἱ τοῦ παραλίου παντὸς ὁπλίται ἐξελθόντες τὰς τῶν δυσμενεστάτων κεφαλὰ ἀποτέμνοντες διὰ τοῦ χερσαίου τείχους τοῖς βαρβάροις ὑπεδείκνυον· οἱ δὲ διασωθέντες πλωτῆρες τὸν θεόθεν αὐτοῖς γενόμενον ὄλεθρον διὰ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου ἀφηγήσαντο, καὶ ἄπρακτοι μετὰ πένθους μεγίστου τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν μαγγάνων καὶ τῶν σκύλων καταλιπόντες μετ᾽ αἰσχύνης ὤχοντο.

[166] Οἱ δὲ τῆς θεοσώστου ταύτης τῆς καθ᾽ ἠμᾶς τῶν Θεσσαλονικέων πόλεως δρόμω τὸ πανάγιον τέμενος τοῦ αὐτῶν προστάτου καὶ ὑπερμάχου καὶ ὑπερενδόξου καταλαβόντες μάρτυρος Δημητρίου τῶ Θεῶ εὐχαριστηρίους ὕμνους ἀνέπεμπον λέγοντες· Εὑχαριστοῦμεν σοι, δέσποτα οὐράνου καὶ γῆς, ὅτι ἀναξίων ὄντων ἡμῶν τῆς παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρίας διὰ τάς ἐνούσας ἡμῖν ἁμαρτίας οὐκ ἔδωκας ἡμᾶς εἰς θῆραν τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν· ἄλλ ἔσωσας ἡμᾶς προσδεξάμενος τὰς αἰτήσεις τοῦ γνησίου θεράποντος Δημητρίου. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τεράστιον μέγιστον καὶ μνήμης ὄντως δεῖξαι ἄξιον, ὅτι ὁ τῶν αὐτῶν σκλαβίνων ἔξαρχος, τούνομα Χάτζων, κατὰ τὸ αὐτῶ εἰθισμένον διὰ μαντείας ἠτήσατο μαθεῖν, εἰ εἰσελθεῖν ἔχοι ἐν τῆ θεοφυλάκτω ἡμῶν πόλει, καὶ εἰρήθη αὐτῶ, ὅτι εἰσελθεῖν ἔχει· τὸ δὲ πῶς οὔκ ὑπεδείχθη αὐτῶ καὶ λοιπὸν ὥς ἀπὸ τῆς δοθείσης αὐτῶ μαντείας, χρηστὰς ἔχων τῶ δοκεῖν τὰς ἐλπίδας, θάρσει τὸ δράμα παρώξυνεν.

[167] Ἅλλ ὁ ἀλλύων καιροὺς καὶ χρόνους, καὶ διασκεδάζων βουλὰς ἐχθρῶν τοῦτον ζῶντα αἰχμάλωτον τοῖς πολίταις διὰ τοῦ προσημανθέντος παραπυλίου παρέδωκεν· τινες δὲ τῶν τὰ πρῶτα φερόντων τῆς κἀθ ἡμᾶς πόλεως οἴκοι τούτον κατέκρυπτον κέρδους τινὸς καί τρόπων οὐκ εὐλόγων χάριν· ἄλλ οὐδὲ ἐν τούτω ἤργησεν ἡ χριστόβουλος τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου προμήθεια· ἀλλὰ γύναια πρὸς ἀνδρείαν ἀναστήσας τόλμαν τοῦτον ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου, ἔνθα κατεκρύπτετο, ἐξήγαγον, καὶ σύρασαι διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλησαν· καὶ οὕτως ἀξίως τῆς αὐτοῦ δυσμενεστάτης γνώμης ἐπ᾽ ἄξιον ἀπηνέγκατο θάνατον· μηδεὶς οῦν τῶν φιλομαρτύρων ὑμῶν ἀπιστείτο τοἴς ἀγροίκως ἐν βραχέσι περὶ τούτων ἰστορηθεῖσιν· εὶ γὰρ καί τις ὥς ψευδῆ με τὰ ταῦτα συγγράψαι λογήσεται, σκοπείτω, ὥς ἐν γραφῆ τυγχάνουσιν πρὸ τοῦ παναγίου τεμένους τοῦ ἀειμνήστου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου τοῦ πρὸς τῶ μέρει τοῦ καλουμένου ξύλου, δηλοῦντα τὴν ἅπασαν τοῦ πολέμου παράταξιν, καὶ τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου σωτηρίαν, δι᾽ οὕ ἀναπέμπεται δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῶ πάτρι καὶ τῶ υἱῶ.

[The Slavs, under John of Thessalonica, having laid waste the places near Thessalonica, strive to occupy this city also;] It came to pass, then, under the episcopate of John b of blessed memory, that, as has been said, the nation of the Slavs, gathered in infinite number from the Drogobitae, Sagodatae, Belegezetae, Boeonitae, Berzitae and the rest of the nations c which had first learned to prepare ships out of a single log, grew insolent, so that, fighting by sea, it laid waste all Thessaly and the islands situated near it and those of Greece, and moreover the Cyclades islands, and all Achaia and Epirus, and almost the whole of Illyricum, and part of Asia, and made very many … cities and provinces empty of inhabitants d; and at the same time all together it was meditating to attack this aforesaid city of ours, lover of Christ, and to plunder it like the rest. Then, when they had come to be of the same opinion in this also, they stationed the ships, which were infinite in number and each of which they had prepared out of a single log, by the quarter which is situated towards the sea; and the rest of the innumerable multitude began to surround this city, guarded by God, on every side, from the East, the North and the West, having with them their families all together with their household goods, as being about to fix their abode in the city after its capture e.

[159] There were then tears poured out like a river, the citizens are at first struck with the greatest fear; and wailing of all the people of the city, because it had understood that ineffable devastations of cities and slaughters and infinite captivities had been made, hearing on every side even of its own destruction, being dead at the mere hearing; especially because neither had ships of the inhabitants been left remaining, either for saving those from the places that were near, or for guarding the mouth of the harbour that is here; and fear was struck still more into the citizens by those Christians who, having been made captives in the experience of that cruel conflict, had fled away. And then there was one mind both of the timid and of the brave, and each had before his eyes either the bitterness of captivity or death, having nowhere else to flee according to the divine saying, If anyone persecute you, flee from that city into another, because the whole barbarous nation of the Slavs had girt the city like a deadly crown. But He who wills not the death of us sinners, but our conversion and life, did not despise in this matter either the prayers of His truly genuine servant, the guardian of us unworthy ones, the ever-memorable martyr Demetrius, but repeated in such a siege the miracles formerly wrought.

[160] [but, having obtained a certain truce from the delay of the enemy, all the things which for the city] For when the nation of the Slavs had arranged everything so as to burst against the wall all together and unexpectedly, the Slavs who were in the ships formed the plan of covering these from above with planks and, as they are called, hides, so that, when they were to move against the wall, they might keep the rowers unhurt by those who should hurl stones or missiles against them from the walls. And this first … stupidity was cast upon them from the will above through the Martyr, that they went not by a straight course to the city, but to a certain sinuous place of anchorage, called of old the Cellarion, putting in there in order to carry into execution the work of deceit that they had meditated; and while the barbarians were detained there in this, it came about that those who were of the city recovered a little boldness, inasmuch as some remission had been granted them; and they built in the harbour certain steps of wood, to which they also attached the chain; and when likewise they had clothed their thighs with loosened iron, not giving forth brightness, carrying in their hand certain sharp rods, of which others were of wood sharpened after the manner of a spatha; and further within had fixed at the mouth of the harbour wooden ships for crossing over, which they called Cubaiae, held by chains, they opened an access to the coming conflict.

[161] they bring together to be strenuously defended, they prepare eagerly, And they built a rampart near the very memorable temple of the immaculate Mother of God, since that place, as all know, was not fortified with a wall; and a contrivance of pulpita made of nailed caltrops f, hidden secretly in the earth, made of some slight material, was prepared, so that the enemy, when they should be making the onset of the attack, not seeing iron things of this kind, might strike upon them; and in the harbour which is there, itself also then not fortified with walls, the rest of the instruments of repulse, that is, instruments for the conflict, were made of planks and certain timbers, so that they might also protect the breast; and at length, all hope being placed in God and in Demetrius, defender of the city, giving confidence to those weaker in spirit by the hoped-for success of the war, they made manifest the zeal of their alacrity.

[162] and when afterwards the enemy made an assault on the walls by land And when three days had thus elapsed, and the Slavic ships were sailing about two miles' distance from the walls, and each day were spying out places easier to storm, from which they might make the plunder of the things they hoped for, on the fourth day, as soon as the dawn shone forth, the whole nation of the barbarians together, raising a clamour on every side, burst against the wall of the city; some hurling stones from the prepared petroboli, others bringing up ladders tried to surmount the wall; others brought fire against the gates; others sent forth missiles falling thick upon the walls no otherwise than wintry snows; and one could see that wonderful cloud of missiles, as a multitude of hail darkens the rays of the sun, so cover the air with arrows and the casting of stones.

[163] When therefore such and so great an onset had been made,

and by sea, they, having first invoked the divine help, those who among the barbarians were bolder in navigation and stronger in fighting approached with their ships at speed the places which had been spied out by them: some to the tower of the Ecclesiastical Scala g, situated towards the West, where there is also a postern; others to the quarter destitute of walls, where there were both the suda h and the hidden contrivance of the nailed teila i, as they are called — these, since instruments of this kind were concealing themselves from them, having conceived the hope that they would enter that way; but those, because it was easy to break through the aforesaid postern, expecting that through it they would accomplish the storming of the city. Then forthwith the whole city, instead of stones and missiles, poured out tears like rain-bearing clouds to the Lord and God of all things, saying: And now, O God, snatch us from the snare of the hunters, lest our enemies say, Where is their God, in whom they hoped? We too shall cry out through Thy Victor in the contests, O Lord: Our soul, like a sparrow, has been freed from the snare of those who lie in wait; the snare is broken and we are delivered. Our help is in the name of the Lord, who made heaven and earth.

[164] Then that champion and true lover of his country, St. Demetrius appearing and bringing aid, with great slaughter the most glorious martyr Demetrius, wearing a white chlamys, was clearly seen by very many, first running along the wall, and then walking swiftly upon the sea as upon solid ground. And these things not only very many who had been initiated in sacred Baptism saw, as being worthy, but also true-born sons of the Hebrews beheld them in the quarter of the Gullets, as they say. For when a disorderly tossing of the aforesaid ships, arising from a like cause, had come upon them through the Martyr, and these were running into one another, it happened that some of them were turned upside down and the Slavs who were in them were thrown out. And one who, by swimming, wished to be saved in another vessel k, overturned it when he had seized hold of it, and threw into the sea those who were in it. And there were now some of the other shipmasters who cut off with swords the hands of those fleeing to them; one drove his sword into another's head, another wounded another with a spear, and each, intent on his own safety, became the other's enemy; and those who had fallen upon the hidden caltrops l being held fast there, and others, through the great agitation of the ships, sticking on the shore out of the sea and unable to draw them back, some of the citizens who were strong of body leaping down, and others breaking open the postern by which the enemy had hoped to storm the city, obtained the victory through it, the Victor in the contests fighting along with them.

[165] And then one could see the whole sea tinged with a red colour by the blood of the barbarians, they repel them, and the submersion of Pharaoh with the Egyptians in the sea disclosed anew. For in that very hour the mercy of God gushed forth. For whereas it was not yet the time for wind (it was at most the second hour of the day), at once a foreign wind blew, so that the barbarians' ships which remained could no longer be moved to return. But some barely got out towards the eastern quarter, and others towards the western. Further, the sea cast up very many bodies of the slain barbarians near the wall and the shore. At length those who dwelt near the sea, all going out armed, showed to the barbarians over the land gate the cut-off heads of the most hostile; and the sailors who survived unhurt related that disaster had been brought upon them from heaven through the Victor in the contests, and, the business being left undone, leaving the greater part of their instruments and spoils with very great mourning, they departed with disgrace.

[166] their leader Chatzon himself also being captured, And those who belonged to this our city of Thessalonica, preserved by God, going in haste to the most holy temple of their patron and champion and most glorious martyr Demetrius, gave praises to God joined with thanksgiving, saying: We give Thee thanks, Lord of heaven and earth, that Thou hast not delivered us, unworthy on account of the sins clinging to us of obtaining salvation from Thee, as a prey to the teeth of our enemies, but hast saved us, receiving the prayers of Thy true servant Demetrius. Further, this too was a very great miracle, and truly worthy of memory that we should exhibit it: that the prince of the same Slavs, who was called Chatzon m, according to his custom strove to learn by petition of an oracle whether he would enter into our city guarded by God, and that it was answered him that he would enter; but in what manner was not shown him; and at length, having, as it appeared, good hope from the prophecy given him, he boldly undertook the matter.

[167] who is afterwards also slain by women in unworthy fashion. But He who changes occasions and times, and scatters the counsels of enemies, delivered him alive as a captive to the citizens through the aforesaid postern; and certain of the chief men of our city hid him in their house for the sake of some gain and of pursuits not consonant with reason; but in this matter too the providence of the Victor in the contests, wise in the counsels of Christ, was not idle; but women, roused by him to brave boldness, brought him out of the house where he lay hidden, and, dragging him through the city, overwhelmed him with stones; and thus deservedly he underwent a death worthy of his most hostile will n. Let none of you, therefore, who love the Martyr, deny credence to the things which have been narrated about these matters briefly in rustic speech o. For if anyone should affirm that I have written these things as false, let him look at those which, before the most holy temple of the ever-memorable martyr Demetrius, at the place called "of the wood", show in writings the whole order of the war and the salvation conferred upon us through the Victor in the contests, through whom glory, honour and adoration is rendered to the Father and the Son, etc.

ANNOTATA.

and its unhappy success, the author has related will easily, as I think, find credence with all; but I think there will not be lacking those who will not easily admit that it was done by a miracle, and the vision related above, in which St. Demetrius then gave himself to be seen by very many.

* whether ξυλινας?

CHAPTER II.

The Slavs again attack Thessalonica, and, having experienced God and St. Demetrius as their adversaries, are compelled to withdraw with the business undone.

ΚΑὶ θαυμάτων θαύματα τυγχάνει ἀνώτερα, καὶ πραγμάτων πράγματα ὑπάρχει ὑπέρτερα, καὶ πολέμων πόλεμοι διαφέρουσιν, καὶ συγγραφαὶ συγγραμμάτων δεικνύουσιν τὸ διάφορον, καὶ πόνοι πόνων εἰσὶν εὐχρηστότεροι, καὶ διδάσκαλοι διδασκάλων εἰσὶν διδακτικώτεροι· ἔκαστον δὲ τῆ οἰκεία ἐπακολουθὸν ἀρμονία τὴν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τεύξεται ἀκολούθου εὐεξίας τὴν ἀρετήν· ἀφορμὴ τοίνυν καὶ ταύτη τοῖς παροῦσιν καὶ αἴτιος γεγένηται ὁ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν λεχθεὶς καὶ γενόμενος ἡμῶν πατὴρ Ἰωάννης, ὃς καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν πρὸς Θεὸν ἄφιξιν, ὥς παρὼν ἡμῖν διαλέγεται, συνικετεύων τῶ συμπατριώτη καὶ γνησίω αὐτοῦ φίλω, τῶ πανσέπτω, λέγω δὴ, μάρτυρι τοῦ Θεοῦ Δημητρίω, τὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀναπέμπων τῶ εὐσπλάγχνω Θεῶ ἰκεσίας, οὗπερ διὰ μνήμης διηνεκοὺς ἄξιον ἐστὶν λέγειν τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς χριστοτερπεὶς αὐτοῦ καὶ ψυχοσόστους παραινέσεις· δίκαιον οὐν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς μεμνῆσθαι αὐτοῦ διηνεκῶς· θεόθεν γὰρ κατησφάλιστο, καὶ ἐν βεβαίω εἶχεν τῆς οἰκείας πατρίδος τὴν διηνεκῆ σωτηρίαν· ἀφ ἧς γὰρ ἠκρίβωτο κεχαρίσθαι τῆ πολει τὸν αὐτῆς προμηθέα Δημήτριον παρὰ σωτήρος Χριστοῦ, ταύτην παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀντιμιστίαν διηνεκῆ ἠτήσατο, ὥς ἀτρόπου καὶ ἀσαλεύτου διαπαντὸς τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλεως ὑπὸ Θεοῦ ὑπαρχούσης· διὸ δὴ, ὥς οἶμαι, μὴ συγγράψασθαι λοιπὸν τὰς ἑτέρας, ὥς προείπομεν ἐν ἑτέρω, πολιορκίας.

[169] Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ἤδη ἀφηγηθεῖσαν τῶν σκλαβίνων, ἤτοι τοῦ χάτζωνος πάμπληθον ὀρμὴν, καὶ τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς γεγενημένην διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου εὐάλωτον δικαίαν κατασφαγὴν, καὶ λοιπὸν ὥς ἐπωνείδιστον αὐτοῖς τὸν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι πόλεμον, βλάβηντε οὐ μικρὰν αὐτοὺς ὑπομένειν, ἐκ τούτους ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν αἰχμαλωτισθέντας εἰς τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἀποφεύγοντας θεόσωστον· πόλιν ἐλευθεροῦσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὁδηγοῦ καὶ λυτρωτοῦ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν κηδεμόνος Δημητρίου· ἔνθεν οὖν πικρίας αὐτοῖς ὑπέκκαυμα τοῦτο γίνεται, ὅτιπερ πρὸς οἷς τῶν ἀνδραπόδων στεροῦνται, ἀλλὰ καί τινα τῶν σκύλων τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν πορθήσεως λαμβάνοντες πρὸς τοὺς ἐνταῦθα ἀποδιδράσκουσιν. Σκέψις οὖν τούτοις ἐκ πόνου μεγίστου γεγένηται, καὶ δῶρα πάμπολα συναθροίσαντες τῶ τῶν Αβάρων χαγάνω δι᾽ ἀποκρισιαρίων ἔστειλαν ὑπόσχεσιν πλείστης ὀλκῆς χρημάτος, μετὰ καὶ τῶν μελλόντων πορθῆσαι, ὥς αὐτοὶ διεβεβαιοῦντο, ἐκ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλεως παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάμενοι, εἴγε τὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπι τοῦτο παράσχειεν αὐτοῖς συμμαχίαν· ὥς εὐαλώτου τῆς πόλεως παρ᾽ αὐτῶ καθομολογηθείσης, ταύτης φασκόντων παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ληφθησομένης, καὶ μὴ μόνον εἰς μέσον αὐτῶν καθεστάναι, δι᾽ ὅτι τὰς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὴν πάσας πόλεις καὶ ἐπαρχίας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀοικήτους γενέσθαι, ταυτὴν δὲ μόνην, καθὼς εἴρηται, ἐμμέσω αὐτῶν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ αὐτὴν ὑποδέχεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ἀποφύγους τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Δανουβίου μερῶν, πανονίαστε καὶ Δακίας καὶ δαρδανίας, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπαρχιῶντε καὶ πόλεων, καὶ ἐν αὐτῆ ἐπερείδεσθαι.

[170] Προθύμως οὖν ὁ λεχθεὶς τῶν Αβάρων χάγανος τὸ αἰτηθὲν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκπληρῶσαι σπουδάζων τὰ ἐνδότερον αὐτοῦ πάντα βάρβαρα φύλα συναθροίσας, ἅματε τῶν πάντων σκλαβίνων καὶ βουλγάρων καὶ ἀπείρων ἐθνῶν ἀναριθμήτω λαῶ, παρετάξατο μετὰ διετῆ χρόνον τῆ μαρτυροφωλάκτω ταύτη ἡμῶν πόλει, καὶ ἰππέας ἐπιλέκτους ἐγκατοπλίσας δρόμω ταχυτάτω προέπεμψεν ἀγνώστως ἐπιβῆναι ἀθρόον τῆ πόλει, καὶ τὸν αὐτῆς λαὸν ἔξω λαβόντας ἢ καὶ κατασφάξαντας, τότε μετὰ ἀναμονῆς τὸν λεχθέντα χάγανον καταλαμβάνειν μετὰ καὶ τοῦ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κατασυναχθέντος λαοῦ τοῦ ἐπιφερομένου διαφόρους κατασκευὰς μαγγάνων πολεμιστηρίων πρὸς πόρθησιν τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πατρίδος· καὶ ταύτη τῆ βουλῆ καὶ τῶ τρόπω τὸ ἅπαν βάρβαρον ὁπλισθὲν ὤρμησαν, ὥραν πέμπτην ἐξαἰφνης οἵ ἰππεῖς ἐκ πάντοθεν σιδηρένδυτοι ἐπιῤῥίψαντες, διὰ τὸ τοὺς τῆς πόλεως μὴ προεγνωκότας τοὺς ἐν ἀμητῶ πάντας, τοὺς μὲν κατέσφαξαν, ἐτέρους δὲ αἰχμαλώτους ἔλαβον, μεθ᾽ ὧνπερ εὔρον ἀγελαίων πλείστων ζώων, καὶ λοιπῶν τῶν ἐπὶ ἐργασία τοῦ ἀμητοῦ σκευῶν.

[171] Ὥς λοιπὸν ἐγνωκέναι τοὺς τῆς πόλεως τὴν ἡπειλημένην αὐτοῖς τῶν βαρβάρων ἀπροσδόκητον ἐπι πολιορκία ἐπέλευσιν, καὶ ἐν ἀθυμία πολλὴ γενέσθαι, διόπερ καὶ τῶν πρὸς παράταξιν ἀπορούντων, ἄλλος ἄλλω πρὸς εὐθυμίαν ἐχαρίζετο λόγος, ἔτεροι δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ ναἳσσοῦ καὶ σαρδικῆς ὑπαρχόντων, ὥς πεῖραν τῆς αὐτῶν τειχομαχίας εἰληφότες μετὰ θρήνων ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἐκεῖθεν φυγόντες ἐνταῦτα ἥκομεν μετ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀπολέσθαι, μία γὰρ τούτων λίθου βολὴ τὸ τεῖχος κατεάξει· Ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν μετὰ χείρας ἔχων ὁ προσονομασθεὶς πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἰωάννης μὴ ῥαθυμεῖν παρήνει, ἀλλὰ προθύμως τῶν δεόντων ἀνθοπλίζεσθαι, διαβεβαιούμενος μηδὲν λυπηρὸν ἠ ὀκνηρὸν φέρειν, τῶ Θεῶ δὲ μαλλον, καὶ τῶ μάρτυρι τὰς ἐλπίδας ἐπιῤῥίπτειν· τούτοις δὲ καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις τὸ θάρσος διὰ τῆς παραινέσεώστε καὶ βεβαιώσεως ὁ ὅσιος πατὴρ τοῖς τῆς πόλεως παρέχων καὶ τῶ τείχει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐνδιατρίβων, καὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀντιμαχείαν εὔτρεπιζόντων μετ᾽ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν βαρβάρων χάγανος μετὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου πλήθους τῶντε βουλγάρων καὶ τῶν προλελεγμένων πάντων ἐθνῶν, καθάπερ λαίλαψ χειμερινὴ, τῆ ἁγιοφυλάκτω ταύτη πόλει διὰ πάσης τῆς χερσαίας προσῆψε τῶ τείχει καὶ περιστοιχίσας ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν, ὥς μίαν ὀρᾶσθαι ἐκ πάντοθεν τὴν πάντων κεφαλὴν, καὶ μηδὲ τὴν γὴν ὑποφέρειν τῆς αὐτῶν ἐπιβάσεως τὴν πληθὺν, μηδὲ αὐταρκεῖν τῶν ἀγωγῶν, ἢ τῶν πέριξ ποταμῶν ἢ τῶν φρέατων τὰ ὕδατα πρὸς τὴν τούτων καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων αὐτῶν δαπάνην.

[172] Τότε δὴ ἑωρακότες οἵ τῆς πόλεως τὸ ἀνείκαστον τῶν βαρβάρων πλῆθος ἅπαν σεσιδηρωμένον, καὶ τὴν τῶν πετροβόλων ἐκ πάντοθεν οὐρανομήκη παράστασιν, ὥς ὑπερβαίνειν τῶ ὕψει τὰς τῶν ἔσω τειχῶν ἐπάλξεις, ἄλλους δὲ τὰς καλουμένας ἐκ πλοκῶν καὶ βυρσῶν χελώνας, ἄλλους πρὸς ταῖς πύλαις κριοὺς ἐκ ξύλων μεγίστων, καὶ τροχῶν εὐπερικυλίστων, ἑτέρους δὲ πύργους ὑπερμεγέθεις ξυλοκατασκευάστους, ὑπερβαίνοντας τὸ ὕψος τοῦ τείχους κατασκευασάντας, ἔχοντας κατεπάνω νεανίας σφριγῶντας καθωπλισμένους, ἑτέρους δὲ τοὺς καλουμένους ὄρπηκας ἐνπεπηγότας, ἄλλους ὑποτρόχους κλίμακας ἐπιφερομένους, ἑτέρους διαπύρους μαγγανείας ἐπινοοῦντας, ὥς ἐκ τῶν ὀρωμένων ἐν ἀμέτρω θλίψει τὴν πόλιν συσχεθεῖσαν λέγειν, ὅτι εἰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν προτέρων πολιορκιῶν τὴν πόλιν ἐλυτρώσατο ὁ Θεὸς, ἄλλ᾽ ἐκ ταύτης οὐκ οἰόμεθα σώζεσθαι· οὐδέποτε γὰρ τοσαύτην πληθὺν βαρβάρων τίς τῆ πόλει προσβαλεῖν τεθέαται, καὶ ταῦτα καὶ πλείστα οἵ μάλιστα ἀπειροπόλεμοι.

[173] Ὁ δὲ προρηθεὶς πατὴρ καὶ ἐπίσκοπος παρήνει μηδὲν ῥάθυμον φέρειν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀθλοφόρον αἰτεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ νῦν σύμμαχειν. Τότε δὴ κατόναρ ὀρᾶ ὁ παμμακάριστος ἐκεῖνος πατὴρ τινὰ λαμπρὸν ἄνδρα λέγοντα καὶ ὥς εὐθυμοῦντα αὐτὸν· μὴ ἀθυμεῖν, σε παραινῶ, φήσας, διότι, ἐὰν ἅπασα ἡ πόλις ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀνακράξη τὸ Κυριέ ἐλέησον, καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πολιορκίας διασωθήσεσθε· ὅθεν λοιπὸν τότε ἐν πλείστη φροντίδι καὶ ἀδημονία τοῦ ὀραθέντος γενόμενος, καὶ διαφόρους τρόπους ἐν βουλαῖς ἀνιχνεύων καὶ λέγων· πῶς δυνήσεται τοῦτο γενέσθαι· τοῦ γὰρ παντὸς λαοῦ διὰ τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως σποράδην ὑπάρχοντος, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἄλλως ἀλλαχόσε θορυβούντων, κατέῤῥει τοῖς δάκρυσι τὸ ἔδαφος, δυσῶπων τὸν πολὺ ἔλεον Θεὸν καὶ λέγων.

[174] Σὺ, δεσποτα τῶν ἅπάντων φιλάνθρωπος ὢν, ηὐδόκησας δι᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρωπίσαι, καὶ σταυρὸν καὶ θάνατον ὑπὲρ τοῦ γἐνους ἡμῶν ὑπομεῖναι, σὺ προσήγαγες ἑαυτὸν ὑπερ ἡμῶν θυσίαν καθαρὰν τῶ σῶ πατρί, συ ἐξηγόρασας ἡμᾶς σεαυτῶ τῶ οἰκείω αἵματι, ἐκλεξάμενος ἡμᾶς λαόν σου περιούσιον, ἔθνος ἁγίον, μὴ εἰσέλθωσιν ἔθνη εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, μὴ μιαίνωσιν τοὺς ναούς σου τοὺς ἁγίους, οὓς αὐτὸς ηὐδόκησας ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνοικῆσαι, μὴ ἐπαιρέσθωσαν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὥς πάλαι ἐπὶ τοῦ δαυῖδ μεγαλοῤῥήμων Γολιάθ, ἀλλὰ δὸς ἡμῖν τοῖς ταπεινοῖς καὶ ἀναξίοις δούλοίς σου, ὥς τῶ σῶ παιδὶ δαεὐ, λίθον σωτηρίον, τὴν σὴν ἀόρατον συμμαχίαν, ὅπως δι᾽ αὐτῆς σφενδονίσαντες τὰς κακοτέχνους καθ᾽ ἡμῶν τῶν βαρβάρων ἀποκρουσώμεθα φάλαγγας, μὴ ἀπράκτους τὰς ὑπερ ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου σου προσαγομένας δεήσεις ποίησης, μὴ ἰσχύση καθ᾽ ἡμῶν τὸ ειδωλόπηκτον καὶ ἀθεμιτόγαμον καὶ παράνομον ἔθνος, μὴ, δέσποτα· δεῖξον ἡμᾶς καὶ νῦν νέον σου λαὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ὥς ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων διασωθεντὰ.

[175] Καὶ ταῦτα καὶ πλεῖστα εὐχόμενος τοὺς πολίτας παρεθάῤῥυνεν ἀξίους παριστᾶν ἑαυτοὺς τῶ Θεῶ καὶ ὑπερ πατρίδος καὶ ναῶν παναγίων καὶ πίστεως διανίστασθαι, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐναντίον ἀντιπαρατάσσεσθαι· τῆς οῦν πολιορκίας γενομένης, καὶ τῶν πετροβόλων πάντοθεν ἀκοντιζόντων οὐχι πέτρας, ἄλλ᾽ ὄρη καὶ βουνοὺς, εἷς ἐν τῆ ἔνδον τῶν πολιτῶν πετραρέα ὑπαρχών θεόθεν ἐμπνευσθεῖς μικρῶ κάχληκι ἐπιγράψας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἁγίου Δημητρίου ἠκόντισεν κράξας, ἐν τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Δημητρίου· καὶ ἀπολυθέντος τοῦ λίθου, ὁμοίως καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐκ τῶν βαρβάρων ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν τριπλοῦ καὶ ἐπεκεινὰ καθεστῶτος, ὑπαντῆσαι το;ύτον καὶ ἀνθυποστρέψαι εἰς τὴν χώρην τῆς βαρβαρικῆς πετροβόλου, ἀμφοτέρους κατελθόντας καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ἀποκτεῖναι μετὰ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῆ ὄντος μαγγαναρίου· καὶ μετὰ τοῖουτον θαῦμα, μέσης ἤδη τῆς ἡμέρας γενομένης, ἄφνω σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο, ὥστε πάντα τὸν λαὸν τῆς πόλεως ἀνακράξαι τὸ Κύριε, ἐλέησον.

[176] Τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ πλήθους ἐωρακότος τὸ τεῖχος καταπεπτωκὸς ἅπαν, συνεφορμῆσαι πρὸς τὸ τὴν πόλιν ἐλεῖν, καὶ πλησιασάντων αὐτῶν ὀρᾶν τὸ τεῖχος καθάπερ τὸ πρῶτον ἐστῶς, ἔνθεντε ἐπεγνωκέναι τὸν τὴν τοιαύτην ἐωρακότα ἐπαγγελίαν ἀρχιερέα, ὅτι ἐπέσκεπται τὴν πόλιν ὁ Κυρίος διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου αὐτοῦ. Ἕυρηνται γὰρ ὥς καὶ πλεῖστα τεθέανται ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ῥιφέντων, ὥς νιφάδων, βελῶν, τινὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸ ἐπτερωμένον μέρος τῶ τείχει κολληθέντα, τὸν δὲ σίδηρον πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους τρέπειν· ἔκτοτε οὖν τοῦ προέδρου τὴν γεγενημένην τῆ πόλει παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐπισκοπὴν διὰ τῆς τοῦ σεισμοῦ ταραχῆς σαφηνίσαντος, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἔξωθεν καταπλαγέντων, ἐπιπλείω οἵ τῆς πόλεως ἀνδρείαν κατὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἠμφιέσαντο, τινὲς δὲ τῶν δειλοτέρων τῆ ῥαθυμία τῆς ἀσυμπαθοῦς πανταχόθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς συμμαχίας κατείχοντο.

[177] Τότε ὁ τῶν θλιβομένων σωτὴρ καὶ τῶν χειμαζομένων λιμὴν ἐξ ἀοράτων σιτοφόρους ὀλκάδας μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων διαφόρων εἰδῶν πλείστας μέχρις ἂν ἡ τοιαύτη τῶν βαρβάρων ἐτύγχανεν παράταξις, ἐκάστης ἡμέρας ἀνενδότως εἰσέρχεσθαι ἐθαυματούργησεν, ὥς πάντα τὸν λιμένα γεμισθῆναι καὶ τὴν παράλιον ὅλην ἐκ τῶν τοσούτων πλοίων· τοὺς δὲ τούτων ναυτικοὺς, ὥς ἐμπειρομαγγάνους, ταῖς πετραρέαις καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐξυπηρετεῖν κατασκευασμένων ὅπλων, τοὺς δὲ βαρβάρους λεγειν, ὅτι τὴν νύκτα τοὺς τῆς πόλεως ἀποστέλλειν τὰ πλοῖα, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τῶ δοκεῖν ταῦτα εἰσέρχεσθαι · φάσκειν δὲ

τοὺς ναυκλήρους καὶ δημηγορεῖν τὸ Θεῖον θαῦμα, ὥς ἀπὸ τινος ἀγνώστου καγκελλαρίου ἐνταῦθα προτραπῆναι, τοῦτον δὲ τυγχάνειν τὸν σωσίπατριν Δημήτριον, διότιπερ καὶ τῶν ἀνέμων αὐτοῖς ἐπιτήδειος γεγένηται εὐπλοΐα· τὴν οὖν τοιαύτην τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπέλευσιν τῆ πόλει πάντας ἀγνοεῖν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὸν Κύριον τῶν σκήπτρων κρατεῖν λαχόντα ἐγνωκέναι.

[178] Ἄλλ᾽ ἔστειλεν ὕπαρχον ἐνταῦθα, τούνομα χαρίαν, ὅστις οὐδὲ αὐτὸς μέχρις ὅτου τῶ λιμένι τῆς θεοσώστου ταύτης εἰσέβαλεν, ἔγνώκει τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν, ὥς εἴρηται, τῶν ἐχθρῶν παράστασιν, ὅστις μαθῶν τὸ ὑπάρχον, καὶ τὸ ἄφατον τῆς ταραχῆς ἐκ τῶν προσβολῶν καὶ ὁπλιτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους γινομένων ἐκ τῶν ψόφων, προσκυνήσας ἐν τῶ ναῶ τοῦ σωσιπόλιδος Δημητρίου πρὸς τῶ τείχει καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ πάντων ὁπλισάμενος ἄνεισιν· εἶτα δὲ τῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀντιβίων κατασκευασθέντων μαγγανικῶν ὅπλων λοιπὸν καταπτυσθέντων καὶ ἀπράκτων διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀντιπαρατάξεων, καὶ ἀνεπιτηδείων διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου συνεργείας ἀποδειχθέντων, ὥς πᾶσιν δεδήλωται.

[179] Καὶ γὰρ τοῦ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ξυλοπύργου, ὅντινα ἐδόκουν ὕπερ πάντα φοβερότερον καὶ ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι, καθόπλισαντέστε καὶ προσορμῆσαι τῶ τείχει πειρώμενοι, θεία προνοία αὐτομάτως ἐν τῆ αὐτοῦ κινήσει ῥαγέντος τοῦ ἐν αὐτῶ τὰ ὄργανα ἰθύνοντος, καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῶ ὁπλίτας ἀποθανεῖν, ἄλλους δὲ ἐν ταῖς χελῶσιν προσάπτοντας τῶ τείχει ἐκ τῶν ἐπάνω τῶν τειχῶν διὰ ξύλων ἐχόντων ξίφος ὑνιοειδὲς ἐκ τῶν ὕπερθεν χαλούντων καὶ πηγνύντων ταύτας ἀνεγείρεσθαι, ὥς λοιπὸν τοὺς ἔνδοθεν γυμνοὺς μὲν ταῖς ἐκ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τοῦ τείχους τιτρώσκεσθαι βολαῖς, ὅθεν οἱ τὸ πρὶν ἔκφοβοι γενόμενοι πολίται εἰς τέρψιν εἶχον καὶ γέλωτα τῶν ὑπεναντίων ἀμυντήρια.

[180] Ὣς δὲ λοιπὸν ἐώρα τὸ βάρβαρον, ἀνίσχυρον εἶναι τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ὀρμὴν, ἤτουν δώροις τούτους ἀποπεμφθῆναι· οἵ δὲ ταύτην αὐτῶν μὴ προσηκάμενοι τὴν πεῦσιν, τῶν συνήθων λοιπὸν εἴχοντο ὁπλισμάτων, ὥς ἐξ ἄκρας τότε ὑπερβολῆς ὁ τῶν πολεμίων ἔξαρχος χαγάνος, ὥς παντελῶς ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς πόλεως καταπτυσθεὶς ἀκατασχέτω πικρία ἐκκαυθεὶς, προσέταξε πάντας τοὺς ἐξω σεβασμίους ναοὺς πυρὶ παραδοθῆναι, ὁμοίως δὲ καῦσαι καὶ πάσας τὰς τῶν προαστείων οἰκήσεις, ἐπαπειλῶν, μὴ ἀναχωρεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα πλεῖστα ἐπὶ τῆ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπωλεία πρὸς συμμαχίαν ἔθνη κατὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλεως ἐπισπάσασθαι.

[181] Ἐπὶ τούτοις οὖν παρελθουσῶν ἐπὶ τῆ τοιαύτη ἀνενδώτω πολιορκία ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα τριῶν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐξαιτήσεως τῶν αὐτῶν βαρβάρων ἔθνος βουλῆς ἅπαντες οἱ τῆς πόλεως γεγονότες παρέσχοντο τινὰ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην προχοροῦντα, ὄπως τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἀπαλλαγῶσιν ἀναιδοῦς προθέσεως, καὶ οὕτως τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης στοιχησάντων εἰς τὰς αὐτῶν τοποθεσίας ἀπίασιν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν στοίχησιν τῆς εἰρήνης τότε ἀδεῶς πρὸς τῶ τείχει ἐρχόμενοι τοὺς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν γενομένους αἰχμαλώτους εἰς ὀλιγὴν πραγματείαν πιπράσκοντες ἀπέδοντο, καὶ εἴδη πρὸς συναλλαγὴν διάφορα, δημοσιεὐοντες τὴν θεόθεν τῆ πόλει σωτηρίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν τειχῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ σείσμου γενομένην θαυματουργίαν, καὶ ὅτι κατ᾽ ὀπτασίαν, ἡ τῶν ὅπλῶν καὶ μαγγάνων ἄεργος καὶ ἀδόκιμος γεγένηται παράταξις, διότιπερ πρὁτερον ταῦτα παρ᾽ αὐτῶν διαφόρως γυμνασθέντα, ἐπιτήδεια καὶ ἀναγκαῖα αὐτοῖς καταφαίνεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς πόλεως παράταξιν ἀπρόσφορα καὶ ἀνεπιτήδεια ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὀραθέντων αὐτοῖς ἁγίων ἐπιστασίας γέγονε, καὶ ταῦτα δὲ πάντως ἀναγκαῖον ἱστορῆσαι, ὥς ἠκριβωμένους ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἐπιμόνων πρεσβειῶν τοῦ μετὰ Θεὸν προμηθέως ἡμῶν καὶ συμμάχου καὶ ὁπλίτου καὶ λυτρωτοῦ ἡμῶν Δημητρίου ἡ πόλις ἐκ πάντων τῶν κινδύνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων διασώζεται, δοξάζουσα ἀπαύστως πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν &c.

The author sets out the cause of his writing. Both miracles are greater than miracles, and things more excellent than things, and wars differ from wars, and writings show the difference between writers, and pursuits are more useful than pursuits, and masters excel masters in skill of teaching; and each thing, of those which agree with its own state, obtains strength for itself from its very right disposition. That we should treat of the present argument, then, the occasion and cause is our father John, named and held as such by us, who after his migration hence to God, directing suppliant prayers to the merciful God for us together with his fellow-countryman and true friend, the martyr of God, I say, the most venerable Demetrius, speaks with us no otherwise than as if present, while we read again in continual remembrance, as is fitting, his admonitions to us, acceptable to Christ and salutary to the soul. It is just, therefore, that we should assiduously remember him. For the continual safety of his country was promised and confirmed to him from heaven; and from the time when he knew that Demetrius had been given to the city as its guardian by Christ the Saviour, he asked of us this continual repayment, while our city should always stand unmoved and unshaken through God; and hence, I think, he did not at length write of the other sieges, as we have said in another place b.

[169] [The Slavs, angered by their past disaster, entice the Chagan of the Avars into an alliance] After the attack, then, of the Slavs, that is of Chatzon with a numerous army, already narrated, and the just slaughter made among them with easy labour by the Victor in the contests, it came about that the war moved against us was now shameful to them, and that they suffered no small loss from this, that those captured by them, fleeing to our city preserved by God, were freed through the guide of their way, our preserver and guardian Demetrius. Hence, then, this became for them a kindling of bitterness, that, besides being bereft of their slaves, they fled to those who are here, having also stolen away certain other things which those had plundered. Out of very great grief, therefore, they entered upon a plan, and, having gathered very many gifts, sent them by apocrisiarii c to the Chagan of the Avars, announcing that they would besides add the promise of a very great weight of money, together with the things which, as they said, they were going to plunder from our city, if he would furnish them allied arms for this purpose: since the city was acknowledged even by him as easy to storm, it would, they said, be taken by them, and must not be left alone in their midst d, because all the cities and provinces around it had been made empty of inhabitants, but this one alone, as has been said, remained, and received all the fugitives from the parts of the Danube, from Pannonia and Dacia and Dardania, and the rest both of the provinces and of the cities, and cherished them in its bosom.

[170] of war. He sends ahead horsemen, who presently slay many near Thessalonica, The aforesaid Chagan of the Avars, then, eagerly striving to fulfil what had been asked by them, having gathered all the barbarous nations of the interior of his dominion together with the people of all the Slavs and Bulgars and of nations infinite in number, after the space of two years drew them up against this our city guarded by the Martyrs e; and when he had armed picked horsemen, he sent them ahead at a swift course, that they might advance suddenly against the city, and, having seized or slain its people outside, they might then come at their convenience to the said Chagan with the people gathered by him, who was bringing a various apparatus of warlike engines for storming our country. And with this plan and in this manner the whole nation of the barbarians moved in arms, and at the fifth hour the horsemen, furnished with iron on every side, bursting in unexpectedly, because those who were of the city, not foreknowing it, were in the harvest, slew some and led away others captive, and with them they found very many beasts of burden and the rest of the utensils serving the work of the harvest.

[171] [he sends ahead. The Thessalonians, hence and most of all by the arrival of the Chagan himself,] When at length those who were of the city had learned of the unexpected approach of the barbarians to the siege, which was threatening them, and were in great dejection of mind, because they were also destitute of the things necessary for the conflict, one joined speech to another to encourage alacrity; but others of those who were from Naissus f and Sardica g, as having had experience of their art of assaulting walls, said with lamentations: Fleeing thence, we have come here to perish with you; for one cast of a stone of theirs will break the wall. But our father John, named above, who then had the episcopate in his hands, admonished them not to lose heart, but to prepare eagerly against them for the war the things that were necessary, showing that he himself did not bear the matter bitterly or grudgingly, but cast his hope upon God and the Martyr. And by admonishing and affirming these and like things the blessed father put boldness into those who were of the city, and remained with them on the walls; and when, a few days later, all things were ready for resistance, the Chagan of the barbarians himself also, with another multitude both of Bulgars h and of all the aforesaid nations, applied himself to the walls of this city guarded by the Saint, like a wintry storm, from the whole quarter of the mainland, surrounding the whole city also, so that only one head was seen on every side, and the earth did not bear the multitude of their invasion, nor did the provisions, or the waters of the rivers round about or of the wells, suffice for their uses and those of their irrational animals.

[172] Then those who were of the city saw the whole incomparable multitude of the barbarians, who brings with him an innumerable multitude of men and every apparatus of war, fortified with iron, and the apparatus of the petroboli, lofty on every side even to the sky, so that in height it overtopped the battlements of the inner walls; and some preparing testudos, as they are called, of hurdles and hides; others rams against the gates of very great timbers and easily turning wheels; others towers of wood exceeding the height of the wall, and furnished above with young men armed, in the luxuriance of their age; others again bringing up javelins, as they are called i; others ladders movable on wheels placed beneath; others contriving glowing engines; so that, from the things which were seen, the city, held in immoderate grief, said: Although the Lord has freed the city in former sieges, yet from this one (for never had anyone seen so great a multitude of barbarians impending over the city) we do not think that we shall be kept safe. And these and very many things were said especially by those who had no experience of war.

[173] But the aforesaid father and bishop admonished them not to bear anything with a languid spirit, [are dismayed, by John of Thessalonica, who is also refreshed by a heavenly vision,] but to entreat the Victor in the contests that he would contend for them now also. Then that most blessed father saw in sleep a certain shining man, saying and in some manner commanding him to be of good cheer: Do not be cast down by sadness, I admonish you, he said, because, if the whole city together cry out Lord have mercy, you will be freed from this siege also. And when from this time forward he was affected with very great care and anxiety about the thing seen, and turned over various ways in his mind, and said how this could be done (all the people being dispersed along the walls of the city, and the barbarians making tumult in different places), he then watered the ground with tears, praying to the very merciful God and saying:

[174] Thou, Lord of all things, since Thou art merciful, hast deigned for our sakes to assume human nature, and to undergo the cross and death for our race,

Thou didst offer Thyself for us as a clean sacrifice to Thy Father; and implores divine help, Thou didst purchase us for Thyself with Thine own blood, choosing us as Thy peculiar people, a holy nation: let not the nations enter into Thine inheritance, lest they defile Thy holy temples, which Thou Thyself hast willed to inhabit among it; let them not be exalted against us, as once the arrogant Goliath against David; but give to us, Thy lowly and unworthy servants, as to Thy servant David, a saving stone, Thine invisible help in war, so that, using it as a sling, we may repel the phalanxes of the barbarians drawn up by guile against us; do not make void the prayers poured out for us by Thy Victor in the contests; let not, no, O Lord, a nation given over to idols, incestuous and impious, prevail against us; show us even now as Thy new people of Israel, saved as it were from the Egyptians.

[175] [they are animated to fortitude; but, the siege having begun, by the rare prodigies which take place] And praying these and very many things he gave confidence to the citizens, so that they might show themselves worthy of God, and rise up both for their country and their most holy temples and their faith, and contend in battle-array against the barbarians. The siege, then, having begun, and the petroboli on every side hurling not stones but mountains and hills, one of the citizens in the city, a thrower of stones, divinely inspired, having inscribed the name of St. Demetrius on a small pebble, sent it forth, crying: In the name of God and of St. Demetrius; and when the stone had been sent forth, and likewise another from outside by the barbarians, which was three times and more larger, it happened that the latter met the former, and returned to the place where the petrobolus of the barbarians was, and that both, descending, slew also those who were there together with the craftsman who was at it. And after such a miracle, when it was now midday, suddenly a great earthquake took place, so that all the people of the city cried out together: Lord, have mercy.

[176] and related here, the barbarians are terrified, And when the barbarian multitude had seen the whole wall fall down, it moved all together to take the city; and when it had approached, it saw the wall standing as before; and hence the archbishop, who had received a promise of this kind in a vision, knew that the Lord had visited the city through His Victor in the contests. Moreover, of the arrows sent forth by the barbarians like snow falling thick, some were found, and indeed for the most part seen, fixed to the wall by their feathered part, but with the iron part turned towards the enemy k. From that time, therefore, the archbishop declaring that a visitation had been made by God to the city through the tumult of the earthquake, and the barbarians outside being dismayed, those who were of the city were for the greatest part clothed with fortitude against the enemy; but some only of the more timid were held in dejection of mind on account of the merciless united force which impended over them on every side.

[177] [and when afterwards the city was prodigiously refreshed by the daily importation of provisions,] Then the preserver of the afflicted and harbour of the storm-tossed, by an invisible power, wonderfully caused very many ships, laden with grain and also with other provisions of divers kinds, to arrive daily without intermission so long as such contention of the barbarians lasted, so that the whole harbour and every part adjacent to the sea was filled with so great a multitude of ships, and their naval crews, as being skilled in warlike engines, served the petroboli and the other warlike instruments which had been prepared; and the barbarians said that those who were of the city sent out the ships by night, and that by day they returned, as it seemed; and the shipmasters said further and spread abroad the divine miracle, that they were invited thither as by a certain unknown chancellor l, and that this, since they too had had a favourable voyage from the winds, was Demetrius, the preserver of the country. Such a sudden expedition of the barbarians against the city, then, all were ignorant of, and even the lord to whom the lot had given to hold the sceptre did not know it.

[178] But he sent thither a prefect, by name Charias m, and all the warlike instruments employed against it, who did not know, even when he entered the harbour of this city preserved by God, of the irruption of the enemy which, as they report, had been made; and when he had perceived what had happened, and also, from the crash, the ineffable tumult arising from the incursions made by armed men against one another, having poured out prayers in the temple of Demetrius, Saviour of the city, he himself too, taking arms, mounted the wall with many; and then the instruments of assault which had been prepared by the enemy were at length held in derision, and were rendered useless and unfit through the opposing forces and through the help of the Victor in the contests, as appeared manifestly to all.

[179] For when they had both armed the wooden tower built by them, and namely the wooden tower, were made useless, which they thought more terrible and more serviceable than all, and were trying to move it up to the wall, it came about by divine providence that, the steering of the instruments that were in it breaking of its own accord while it was being moved, the armed men who were in it perished; and that others, who were reaching the wall in testudos, were thrown into confusion by timbers, furnished with a point bearing the likeness of a ploughshare, falling from on high from the upper part of the walls and piercing them through, so that those who were within, now bare, were wounded by the javelins sent forth by the armed men who were on the wall; whence the citizens, who had before been fearful, held the instruments of the enemy as a delight and a laughing-stock.

[180] And when at length the barbarians saw that the force employed by them against the city was weak, they incline to peace, they asked that they might at least be dismissed with gifts; but the citizens, not admitting their petition, kept their customary watches thereafter; when now, out of supreme excess, the prince of the enemy, the Chagan, as though altogether spurned by those who were of the city, inflamed with a bitterness of mind that could not be restrained, ordered all the venerable temples which were outside to be given to the fire, and likewise all the houses of the suburbs to be burnt, threatening, on account of his disaster, that he would not depart from these parts, but would call in very many other nations to his aid against our city.

[181] On account of these things, then, when thirty-three days had passed in a siege of such obstinacy, and, having obtained some things which conduced to it, they withdraw. all those who were of the city, having also entered upon a plan by which to appease the nation of the barbarians themselves, offered certain things which conduced to peace, so that they might change the shameful plan which had been resolved among them; and so, the terms of peace being settled, they go away to the places assigned to them. Further, when peace had been established, coming then without fear to the wall, they gave back the captives who had been made by them, sold for a small price and various provisions received in exchange, spreading abroad the salvation which had befallen the city from heaven, and the prodigy wrought on the walls in the earthquake, and that the force of their arms and instruments had been made vain and weak, and that through a vision shown to them; for those things which, when first tested by them in various ways, had seemed fit and necessary, had turned out both useless and unfit for the storming of the city from that time at which the presence of the Saints appeared to them n. And it was altogether necessary to narrate these things, so that we might have it well in view that, through the assiduous prayers of our guardian after God and fellow-soldier and soldier and saviour Demetrius, the city has been preserved from all dangers and from the barbarians, unceasingly praising the Father and the Son, etc.

ANNOTATA.

ἐνπεπηγότας I have interpreted thus, because, since the word ὄρπηξ, besides the other significations attributed to it, signifies also the same as the Latin Jaculum, I do not perceive what better signification could fit them in this place.

CHAPTER III.

Of the earthquakes sent from heaven, and the burning of the temple.

… Τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον ἠτεῖτο Θεὸν ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ μὴ ταύτην ἡμῖν γενέσθαι τὴν ἐπεξέλευσιν· Ὁ δὲ καὶ γεγένηται, καὶ πρὸ τινὸς βραχέος καιροῦ, τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, τάχα ποῦ μηνὸς ἐνὸς πρὸς Θεὸν τὸν αὐτὸν ἀποδημῆσαι ὅσιον ἡμῶν πατέρα, καὶ εἰθ᾽ οὕτως καταλαλαβεῖν τὴν θεοπαίδευτον ταύτην ἡμῶν πόλιν τὴν τῶν ἀνερμηνεύτων ἐκείνων σεισμῶν, ὥς εἴρηται, θεήλατον ὁργὴν, ὥστε καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς πόλεως &c…

[183] Τῶν οὖν ἀνεκλαλήτων τούτων θαυμάτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν βαρβάρων κηρυττομένων ἐν ευφροσύνη λοιπόν μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας ἡ πόλις τῶ Θεῶ καὶ τῶ μαρτύρι ὑπερ τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας κατέτος ἀνανεούμενοι μεθ᾽ ὕμνων συνηθροίζοντο ἐν τῶ ψυχοσώστω τεμένει τοῦ αὐτων κηδεμόνος· μετ᾽ ὀλιγοστὸν οὖν τοῦτον ἤδη χρόνον ἐπῆλθεν πάλιν τῆ πόλει ἐξ ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων ἄφατος θλίψις ἐκ τοῦ τὸν πανάγιον καὶ ἰαματοφόρον καὶ ψυχόρυστην ναὸν τοῦ πολλάκις λεχθέντος μετὰ Θεὸν δεσπότου ἡμῶν τοῦ ἁγίου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου πυρίκαυστον ἐξ ἀοράτου τρόπου γενέσθαι…

[184] Τὸ πνεῦμα ἠτήσατο τὸ ἐν τῆ σκηνῆ τὸν βεσελεὴλ φωτίσαν τὸν Θεὸν καταπέμψαι εἰς ἅσπερ αὐτὸς ἐπεῖδε ψυχὰς, ἴνα πάλιν τὸν αὐτοῦ οἶκον τοῖς οἰκείοις πολίταις φαιδρὸν ἐγκαταστήση· ὅπερ καὶ γεγένηται, καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου σπουδῆστε καὶ συνάρσεως, ὥς ὀρᾶτε καὶ νῦν, ὁ ὑπερκαλλὴς οὖτος καὶ ἰαματοφόρος οἶκος ἀνιερώθη, ξένων καὶ πολιτῶν σωτήριος καὶ τῆς προτέρας ἠξιωμένος τιμῆς, εὐφροσύνητε τοῖς πᾶσι γενόμενος πᾶσιν παρέχει τὰς αἰτήσεις προσφόρως, ἐν ὧ καὶ πανηγυρίζομεν τρυφῶντες τῶν θείων μυστηρίων, καὶ τὴν ἐτἠσιον αὐτοῦ ἐορτάζομεν μνήμην, τρυφῶντες ἀπαύστως τάς θεοδότους αὐτοῦ χάριτας ἀνενδότως διὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπιστασιῶν, δοξολογοῦντες πατέρα καὶ ἁγίον πνεῦμα &c.

[When Thessalonica, after the death of John of Thessalonica, had been shaken by earthquakes,] b He asked the clement and merciful God c that that punishment d might not come upon us under him. And it came about both that a short time before, that is perhaps about one month, that holy Father of ours e migrated to God, and that then the punishment of those ineffable earthquakes, sent from heaven, as has been said, so seized that city of ours, instructed by God f, that the greatest part of the city, etc. g …

[183] The city, then, renewing every year to God and the Martyr in joy, joined now with tranquillity, the memory of the ineffable miracles celebrated by the barbarians, on account of its salvation, the Saint's temple there is burnt not long after, assembled with hymns in the temple of its Guardian, salutary to souls; but after a very short time again an ineffable affliction came upon the city from our sins, from the fact that the venerable temple, bringing salvation to bodies and souls, of our lord after God, so often mentioned, the holy martyr Demetrius, was burnt in an invisible manner h …

[184] He asked k God to send into the souls which He Himself had regarded the Spirit which enlightened Beseleel in the construction of the tabernacle i, and afterwards, at the Saint's instigation, it is built anew. so that He might raise up His house again splendidly for His own citizens. Which also was done; and through both the care and the help of the Victor in the contests the sacred building was erected, most beautiful and bringing health, as you also see now; which, salutary to strangers and citizens alike, restored also to its pristine honour and made a joy to all, grants fittingly the things asked of it; in which also, when we communicate in the divine mysteries, we celebrate the divine praises, and keep his annual memory, enjoying unceasingly his graces given from heaven, and through his cares praising without intermission the Father and the Holy Spirit l, etc.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER IV.

The Slavs, angered because one of their princes was unworthily led away into captivity, reduce Thessalonica, again pressed by them with a siege, to the straits of famine, and yet are again compelled to withdraw from it, St. Demetrius succouring his own; and a great part of them is moreover afterwards visited with great slaughter by the emperor's army.

Τὴν ἤδη προτεθεῖσαν μερικῶς τῶν θαυμάτων πλητὺν τοῦ ἀοιδίμου καὶ συμμάχου καὶ κηδεμόνος ἡμῶν Δημητρίου, τοῦ γνησίου θεράποντος τοῦ ἀκαταλήπτου καὶ δημιουργοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων Θεοῦ ἐν βραχεῖ λόγω ἐκ τῶν πλείστων

διεξελθὼν μετελεύσομαι εἰς τὴν νῦν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς προελθοῦσαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν προἳεμένου μάρτυρος Δημητρίου προμήθειαν, ὀπόσους κινδύνους καὶ ἰδρῶτας ὑπὲρ ἀναξίων δούλων προήλατο, καὶ ὥς τὴν πόλιν παρ᾽ ελπίδας ἐξ ἀφεύκτων κινδύνων ἐρύσατο. Τῶν γὰρ πολλάκις λελεγμένων τῶν προσπαρακειμένων τῆ θεοσώστω ταύτη πόλει σκλαβίνων; τῶ δοκεῖν τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης κρατούντων, ὁ τότε τῆς τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἐπαρχότητος κρατεῖν κελευσθεὶς, ποῖω τρόπω ἢ τίνος χάριν τὰς θεοσόφους τοῦ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ λαχόντος βασιλεύειν ἡμῖν, διὰ ἀναφορῶν ἐνήχησεν ἁκοὰς κατὰ τοῦ τῶν ρυγχίνων ῤηγὸς, τοὔνομα περβούνδου, ὥς διαθέσει δολία καὶ γνώμη πονηρᾶ κατὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλεως βουλευσαμένου.

[186] Ὅστις θεοστεφὲς βασιλεὺς θείαν αὐτοῦ κεραῖαν πρὸς τὴν ὑπάρχον ἐξουσίαν κατέπεμψε, κελεύσας τὸν αὐτὸν ῥήγα, δι᾽ οὕ νομίσει τρόπου δέσμιον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποστεῖλαι· καὶ τῶν τοιούτων εὐσεβῶν κεραιῶν τοῖς ἐξόχοις τῶν πρώτων ἰδία ἐμφανιοσθεισῶν, τοῦτον αὐθορὸν ἐν τῆ πόλει διάγοντα κρατήσαντες ἐστείλαν σιδηροδέσμιον, καθῶς τἁ θεία περιεῖχον γράμματα, πρὸς τὸν λεχθέντα πανήμερον βασιλέα…

[187] Καὶ οὕτως τῶν λεχθέντων βαρβάρων τὴν προτὴν ἡμέραν μετὰ τὴν περίοδον τῶν τειχῶν καταπαυσάντων, ὁ λυτρωτὴς καὶ ὑπέρμαχος ἡμῶν καὶ πολύμοχθος τοῦ Θεοῦ μάρτυς φαίνεται οὐ κατόναρ, ἀλλὰ καθύπαρ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τὴ λεγομένη ἄρκτω τοῦ μονοτείχου, ἐνθα παραπύλιον ὑπάρχει μικρὸν, πεζοδρόμος, τὴν χλαμύδα ἄνω διαναβαλλόμενος καὶ ῥάβδον τῆ χειρὶ ἐπιφερόμενος, καὶ ὥς ἐκεῖσε δὴ ἐκ τοῦ λεχθέντος παραπυλίου τοῦς σκλάβους τῆ πόλει εισβαλόντας τούτους ἐκδιώκειν καὶ τῆ ῤάβδω μαστίζειν λέγων· κακῶς ὁ Θεὸς ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς, λοιπὸν ἐγὼ τί ποιῶ ὦδε.

[188] Καὶ οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἔξω διὰ τοῦ λεχθέντος παραπυλίου ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξεώσασθαι. Τούτο θαῦμα τῆς θεωρίας αὐτίκα ἐξηγηθὲν θάρσος κἂν μικρὸν τοῖς πολίταις ἐνέθηκεν· ἕτεροι δὲ πάλιν ἑωράκεισαν τὸν εὐσθενῆ τούτον μάρτυρα καὶ σωσίπατριν διατρέχοντα ἔξεδρον τῶ τείχει καὶ ξένους τινὰς σθεναροὺς καὶ τῆ θέα ὑπερλάμπρους ἀσπιδιῶτας εὐτόλμους ἀξιοῦντα, καὶ εἰς τόπους τινὰς τῶν τειχέων ἐστᾶναι, παρατάσσεσθαίτε καὶ παραφυλάττελν… Καὶ τούτου παρ᾽ αὐτῶν γινομένου, καὶ τῆς ἔνδον ξυλῆς πάσης καυθείσης, μὴ δ᾽ ὅλως τὴν τῶν σιδήρων σύνθεσιν πρός τι χαυνῶσαι, ἄλλ ὣς ἐνκεχωνιασμένα, η ἐν ἑτέρω προσπεπηγότα εἴδει.

[189] Οὔτω τὸ αὐτὸ παραπύλιον καὶ καὲν σῶον διέμεινεν, ὥς τοῦς βαρβάρους ἐκπλαγέντας τοῦ τοιοῦτου ἀποστῆναι τόπου, πληγάστε οὐκ ὀλίγας καὶ τραύματα καὶ φόνους ἐν αὐτοῖς βαρβάροις ἀοράτως γεγενῆσθαι, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῶ αὐτῶ τόπω, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς χερσαίας καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. Ἐπεὶ οὗν τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὕτως

…

ταῖς πύλαις καὶ πρὸς τοῖς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν συνεωραθεῖσιν εὐαλώτοις καὶ εὐμαχιμωτάτοις τόποις κατὰ τὸν ὅμοιον πολεμήσαντες τρόπον τήντε δυστυχίαν μετὰ θρήνου καὶ ὀλολυγμοῦ μὲθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν λαβόντες, καὶ τοὺς θεόθεν αὐτοῖς σφαγέντας ἄρχοντας διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ πληγέντας, μὲθ᾽ ἀλλήλων μαχόμενοι εἰς τοὺς ἰδίους τόπους ἀπηλθὸν…

[190] Οἵ δὲ βάρβαροι πρὸς ἀλλήλους μαχόμενοι ἔλεγον τοῖς διεγείρασιν αὐτοὺς, οὐκ ἐλέγετε ἡμῖν, μηδένα ἐν τῆ πόλει ὑπεῖναι, εἰμή τινας γέροντας καὶ ὀλίγα γυναικάρια καὶ πόθεν ἡ τοσαύτη πληθὺς τοῦ ἐν τῆ πόλει λαοῦ ἡ ἀντιπαραταξαμένη ἡμῖν; τοῦτο δὲ πᾶσιν δῆλον καθέστηκεν, ὥς ἡ τῶν ἁγίων διὰ τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου γενομένη τῆ πόλει ὑπερ ἡμῶν συμμαχία… Καὶ ταύτη δὲ πάλιν διὰ τῶν τοῦ φιλοπόλιδος πρεσβειῶν γεγένηται ἡ συμμαχία· τῶν γὰρ ἁπάντων σκλαβίνων τῶν * ἀπὸ τοῦ στρυμώνος καὶ ρυγχίνου, λοιπὼν ἐκ τῶν ἔνθεν μερικῶς καταπαυσάντων καὶ διαζευκτων ὅπλων, τοὺς θαλαττίους πλοτήρας τοὺς ἐπὶ παρακομιδῆ καρπὼν ἐν τῆ βασιλευούση ἀνιόντας πόλει παμπόλους ἐκπορθήσαντες, ἀπότε τῶν νήσων καὶ τῆς στενῆς θαλάττης, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ πάριον καὶ προκόνησσον τόπους καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς εἰς τὸ τελωνεῖον ἅμα τῶν πλοείμων αἰχμαλωτίσαντες μετὰ πλείστων νηῶν οἴκοι ἐπὶ θυλάκους ἀπίασιν.

[191] Τότε δὲ ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων κύριος ὁ χριστοστεφὴς ἡμῷν βασιλεὺς τὴν ἐπιμονὴν καὶ ἀλαζονίαν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὁρῶν οὐ μόνον τὴν πρὸς τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλιν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τολμᾶν αντιπαρατάξασθαι τοὺς κρατοῦντας, ἠξίωσε τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φιλοχρίστου στρατοῦ διὰ θράκης καὶ τῶν ἀντίων κατὰ τῶν τοῦ στρυμόνος καταστρατοπεδεῦσαι, οὐ κρυφηδὸν ἤτοι λαθραίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ προμηνύσας αὐτοῖς τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπέλευσιν· οἵτινες προεγνωκότες, τὰς κλεισούρας καὶ τοὺς ὀχυροτέρους τόπους καταλαβόντες πρὸς ἀντίστασιν τῶν ῥωμαἳκων ἐκστρατευμάτων ἀνθωπλίζοντο, πᾶσαν τὴν βάρβαρον ἐκ διαφόρων ῥηγῶν βοήθειαν εἰς συμμαχίαν προτρεψάμενοι.

[192] Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τούτω τοῦ εὐσθενοῦς, ὥς λέλεκται, μάρτυρος μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἁγίων καθοπλισαμένου, νίκαις τὸ ῥωμαἳκὸν κατὰ τῶν σκλαβίνων ἀνέδειξε στρατόπεδον καὶ εἰς ἃς αὐτοι πεποιήκασιν ἐνέδρας τοὺς αὐτῶν σθεναροὺς καὶ ἐξόχους καὶ ὁπλίτας κατέσφαξαν, καὶ ἔφυγεν πᾶσα ἡ βάρβαρος φυλὴ, ὥστε τινὰς εἰσδραμόντας τῆ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς θεοφυλάκτω πόλει κρυφηδὸν διήγειραν, ἐφ ὥ ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὰς αὐτῶν κάσας τὰς πλησίον, καὶ καρποὺς τοὺς αὐτῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ἀφάτοῦ φόβου, καὶ τῆς γενομένης ἐν αὐτοῖς κατασφαγῆς τὰς αὐτῶν φαμιλίας παντὰ καταλιπόντας τοῖς μέρεσιν * προσπελάσαι, καὶ ἦν θεωρῆσαι τοὺς νικηθεντὰς καὶ φυγάδας πολίτας, ἅμα γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις, εἰς τὰς κάσας τῶν περὶ πολὶν καὶ λοιπῶν πλησιαζόντων τόπων ἀπίοντας καὶ φέρειν σῖτον, ὅσπρια, καὶ ἄλλους, ἀποσκεύας καὶ τὰ λοιπα τὰ πρὸς ἀποτροπὴν ἐπ᾽ ὤμων ἀποκομίζοντας, ἀόπλους καὶ ὥς ἔνεστιν διὰ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ τὸν καύσωνα, ἠμιχίτωνας, καὶ ὅπερ αὐτοὶ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν ἐβουεύσαντο, τοῦτο διὰ τῶν μάρτυρος ἡ ἄνω πάντως πρόνοια εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐπανήγαγε.

[193] Τοῦ γἀρ στρατοῦ ἐκεῖσε ἐκ τοῦ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς βασιλεύειν ἡμῖν λαχόντος σταλέντος ἐπὶ παρατάξει τῶν σκλαβίνων, σιτοφόρα σκάφη καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἠμῶν αἰτήσεως ἐνταῦθα ἀπέστειλε. Τῶν κρατούντων καὶ ἐν τούτω ἀργησάντων, διὰ τὸν φόβον, οὗπερ ἐποίησαν ἐκ τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἐκφορίου μήπως γνωσθέντες ἀγανακτήσει καὶ ὑποβληθῶσιν, καὶ είμὴ ἄχρι πέντε χιλιάδων σίτου φῆσαι ἀρκεῖν τῆ πόλει, ὅ λεχθεὶς ἡμῶν δεσπότης θεόθεν ἐμπνευσθεὶς ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδας σίτου σταλῆναι ἡμῖν ἐκέλευσεν. Τότε δὲ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σίτου ἐκπομπὴν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν εἰδῶν καὶ καράβων, ἐπὶ τούτων παραφυλακῆ καταπλευσάντων, τὰ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀπενέγκάμενοι οἵ βάρβαροι εἰς εἰρήνην λοιπὸν προσελάλησαν. Τίνα οὐν αἶνον, ἀγαπητοὶ, ἢ τινα ὓμνον ἀναπέμψομεν τῶ μόνω ἀγαθῶ Θεῶ ἀντὶ τῶν τοιούτων γεγενημένων τῆ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλει ἀνεκλαλήτων θαυμάτων, τῶ δεδωκότι ἡμῖν τοιοῦτον φωστῆπα, προστάτην καὶ σύμμαχον, ὅς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ διηνεκῶς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῶ δεσπότη τῶν ἁπάντων Θεῶ προἳέμενος οὐ διέλειψεν, οὐδὲ διαλείψει τὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμὠν τῶν ἀναξίων αὐτοῦ δούλων ἰκεσίας άδιαλείπτως τῶ σώτήρι καὶ Θεῶ ἡμῶν προσάγων; τὰς

…

τότε ποιησαμένων ἀρχοντων ξένωντε καὶ ἐνχωρίων τὰς τῆ πόλει γενομένας ἀμελείαστὲ καὶ λὐπας καὶ παμπόλλων αἰτιῶν τρόπους καὶ βουλὰς, ἅς μόνος ὁ ἀθλοφόρος ἐνίκηνσεν, εἰ βουληθείη τίς ἐν βραχεῖ ἐκθέσθαι, οἶμαι, τινὰς ληρωδεῖν, ὡς αὐτοῖς εἴθισται, καὶ ψευδεῖς διὰ τὰς οἰκείας γνώμας τὰς τοῦ ἀοιδίμου μάρτυρος μερικὰς θαυματουργίας, ὥς εἴθισται αὐτοῖς, ἀποκαλέσωσιν· ψήφω γὰρ θεῖα τοῖς πᾶσιν ἰσόρροπος ἡ ἔκβασις γίνεται, οὓς ἀμείψεται ὁ πάντων δεσπότης καὶ κυριός Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς ἡμῶν Θεὸς κατὰ τὴν αυτοῦ δικαίαν κρίσιν· ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐστὶν ζώντων καὶ τεθνεώτων κριτής· αὐτῶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας &c.

Perbundus, king of the Slavic nation, accused of perfidy, Since I have now run through in brief speech the multitude, out of very many, of the miracles of our celebrated champion and guardian Demetrius, the true servant of the incomprehensible God, Creator of all things, which I had determined to set forth in part, I will pass to the care which came to us in our own age b from him who laid down his life for us, the martyr Demetrius, setting out how great dangers and sweats he underwent for his unworthy servants, and how he freed the city, beyond hope, from inevitable dangers. When therefore the Slavs c so often mentioned, who were adjacent to this city guarded by God, were keeping, as it appeared, the terms of peace, he who had then been ordered to hold the prefecture of these places, in a certain manner and for a certain cause, struck by accusations the ears, skilled in divine things, of him who had then been allotted by God to rule over us, against the king of the Runchini d, named Perbundus e, as one who with fraudulent affection and mind was meditating evil against our city.

[186] And the emperor crowned by God f sent his divine letters to the power of the prefect, is led captive to the emperor, as he had ordered. enjoining that he should send that king to him in chains, in whatever way should seem good to him; and when pious letters of this kind had been shown secretly to those who were eminent among the chief men, at once, seizing him as he was staying in the city, they sent him bound in iron, as the imperial letters contained, to the aforesaid emperor, much occupied with the administration of affairs g …

[187] And thus, the aforesaid barbarians resting on the first day after the encircling of the walls had been made, The Slavs hence attack Thessalonica, and from it, St. Demetrius our preserver and champion, the laborious martyr of Christ, appears, not in a dream but in truth, in the places situated at the quarter surrounded by a single wall, named the Arctos, where there is a small postern, going swiftly on foot, clothed in a chlamys hanging from his shoulders, and bearing a rod in his hands; and as if he were driving out by the said postern the Slavs who were bursting into the city there, and striking them with the rod, saying: God has brought these here to their harm; henceforth what shall I do here h?

[188] And thus he was seen to have driven them out of the city through the said postern. who shows himself to be seen by some, This prodigy of a vision, when it had at once been related, put boldness, though not great, into the citizens. And again others saw that kindly Martyr and preserver of his country running outside the wall, and leading certain strangers, robust and very shining in aspect, bold shield-bearers, to stand also at certain places of the walls, to resist and to keep watch i … And when that had been done by them, and all the inner wooden material had been burnt, it came about that the joining of the irons was in no way loosened, but they were as it were fused into one, or grew together into another state.

[189] Thus the same postern, though burnt, remained safe, bringing aid to his own, they are compelled to withdraw, so that the barbarians, struck with dismay, withdrew from a place of this kind, and not a few blows and wounds and slaughters were inflicted invisibly on the barbarians themselves, not only in the same place, but also throughout the whole quarter of the land and on the sea. When therefore thus for three days k … near the gates, and the places which by them easy to take and storm with no labour

had been reckoned, had fought in like manner and with adverse fortune, taking with them, with lamentation and wailing, both the chiefs who had been slain divinely by the Victor in the contests and those who had been struck by him, they departed to their own places, fighting against one another l …

[190] And the barbarians, while they fought with one another, said to those who had urged them on: and a part of them, when it still went on plundering, Did you not tell us that no one remained in the city except some old men and a few poor women? Whence came so great a multitude of people in the city which withstood us? That it had been the military help of the Saints, brought to the city on our behalf through the Victor in the contests, was manifest to all m … And this military succour, again, was brought through the prayers of him who loves the city. For of all the Slavs, those who are from the Strymon n and Runcinus o, the rest, who are of these parts, being partly at rest with their arms laid aside, plundering very many seafaring sailors who were returning from carrying produce to the imperial city, and capturing those who dwelt in the islands and the narrow sea and the places situated at Parium and Proconnesus [p], and even those who were of the customs, together with the things that pertained to navigation, were returning with very many ships to their huts [q].

[191] by an army sent by the emperor Then the lord of affairs, our emperor crowned by Christ, seeing the obstinacy and arrogance of the enemy, that they dared to attack not only our city but moreover even those who held the principality, ordered those who belonged to his Christ-loving army to move through Thrace and the neighbouring places against those who had their abodes by the Strymon, not secretly or by stealth, but even announcing beforehand the expedition which was in readiness against them. And they, foreknowing the matter, occupied the defiles and the stronger places, and prepared arms against them in order to resist the Roman armies, having called all the barbarian auxiliary forces of various kings to alliance in the war.

[192] it receives a great disaster besides, But in this matter too the Martyr, mighty, as has been said, furnishing arms together with the other Saints, made the Roman army victorious against the Slavs, and slew, through the ambushes which they themselves had laid, their strong and more excellent and armed men; and the whole barbarian nation took to flight, so that he secretly admonished some who had fled for refuge to our city guarded by God to go out to their huts situated near it and gather their produce, so that, through their ineffable fear and the slaughter made among them, leaving their families altogether, they might come to those parts; and one could see the countrymen who had been conquered and were fleeing, going with their wives and children to the huts of the places situated near it and of the other neighbouring places, and carrying grain and vegetables, as also others carrying baggage and the other things suitable for flight on their shoulders, some unarmed, and, as the road and the heat allowed, half-clothed; and what they themselves had meditated against our city, that the Providence above brought altogether upon them through the Martyr.

[193] [the emperor, who had sent the army, also sending provisions to the Thessalonians.] He further who was allotted to rule over us justly and piously, having sent an army to attack the Slavs, sent hither also vessels laden with grain at our petition. And since in this matter those who administered the commonwealth did nothing at all, through fear lest those who were selling off the produce of the land should, learning of the matter, be indignant against them, and said that no more than fifty thousand of grain sufficed for the city, our aforesaid Lord, divinely inspired, ordered sixty thousand of grain to be sent to us. And when, while both the grain and the other provisions were being brought in, carabi [r] also put in to guard them, the barbarians, having suffered the extremity, at length spoke of peace. What glory, then, beloved, or what praise shall we give for such ineffable wonders done to our city to God, who has given us such a light, a patron and fellow-soldier, who, continually offering his life for us to God, Lord of all things, has not ceased, and will not cease, to offer prayers without intermission to our Saviour and God for us his unworthy servants [s]? … If anyone should wish to have set out in a few words the straits and sorrows and the manners and counsels of very many causes which then befell the city from princes, strangers and natives, which the Victor in the contests alone overcame, I think that some, as is their custom, will trifle, and will, after their solemn fashion, pronounce from their own opinions each of the miracles of the celebrated Martyr false [t]. Further, by the will of God a like end awaits all, whom Christ, Prince and Lord of all, our true God, will repay like for like according to His just judgment; for He is the judge of the living and the dead. To Him be glory unto the ages, etc.

ANNOTATA.

terrified at the approach, had asked help of Him with suppliant vows, rouses to fortitude by a vision of St. Demetrius shown to them. How this last was done is set out in the present chapter in the Greek words copied from the Mazarin codex which here immediately follow the interposition of dots.

commits to writing those things from which also it becomes manifest that the Slavs then dwelt not far from Thessalonica. Accordingly it appears undoubted from all that has already been said that the Slavs, as the eighth century was drawing to its close, that is when they pressed Thessalonica with the siege mentioned in the present chapter, had in fact abodes, as our anonymous author indicates more than once, in places not much removed from Thessalonica, and so also that those who, according to our anonymous author, were the Strymonian Slavs then dwelt by the river Strymon, that is in the Strymonian theme, lying not far from Thessalonica. For the rest, that both these Slavs and others also from time to time obtained abodes from the emperors themselves in regions of the empire not far removed, as has been said, from Thessalonica, and yet not rarely moved arms against them afterwards and inflicted not small losses on them by raids, those will easily recognize who shall even read through the books of Constantine Porphyrogenitus on the Themata and on the administration of the empire.

p. Proconnesus is an island of Asia Minor in the Propontis, which, formerly called by others Proconnesus or even Praeconnesus, is now called Marmora. See Baudrand in the Geographical Lexicon at the word Proconnesus. Further, page 174 having already been printed off, I at length observed that here, a little before the word προκόνησσον, there is written in Greek not παρὸν but πάριον, which is a city of Lesser Mysia in Asia on the shore of the Propontis; wherefore for these words of the Latin interpretation there, "which are situated in Parus and Proconissus", substitute the following: "which are situated towards Parium and Proconissus".

q. Thus I have judged from the sense that the word θυλάκος, which is properly of the same signification as the Latin word saccus, should be interpreted here.

r. This word in our anonymous author, as appears from what precedes and follows, signifies a smaller warlike vessel; and it is found also used by others, if not in exactly the same, at least in a not altogether dissimilar signification. Consult Du Cange at that word in the Glossary of Middle and Low Greek.

s. Some words here in the codex formerly of Mazarin are eaten away; and to the rest I have attributed in the Latin version the sense which I thought more probable.

t. All the prodigious things that occur in the present chapter will most probably not find equal credence with all, even fair judges of things, although meanwhile our anonymous author here censures somewhat sharply those who will not believe what he has narrated. However that may be, I am persuaded that the warlike deeds which he records truly took place. And indeed from the circumstances with which he clothes them it appears probable that they happened under Constantine the seventh, son of Irene, that is as the eighth century was drawing to its close. For the Slavs, as he relates, pressed Thessalonica with the very close siege related in the present chapter at a time when the emperor was detained by another war (see what has been noted above at letter g), and he did not move against the Slavs until they had harassed the lands of the empire, and especially Thessalonica, with hostile arms for the space of more than two years; and the Slavs (see the words of Theophanes which I recited above at letter n) under the reign of Constantine the seventh, while he was detained by war against the Agarenes, seem to have carried hostile arms through various tracts of the empire, and then at length, when peace had put an end to the Agarene war, an army having been sent against them, were compelled to restrain themselves, nay even to submit to the emperor's will. The praised Theophanes indeed mentions the empress Irene, and not the emperor, under whom these things happened; but Irene, together with her son Constantine the seventh, then presided over the empire with supreme power, and it may easily come about that the things which Theophanes judged should be attributed to the mother, because the son was then still a minor, our anonymous author nevertheless ascribed to the latter.

* To be corrected οἱ, unless I am mistaken.

* add τουτοὶς

CHAPTER V.

The Saint in wonderful manner resists, lest Thessalonica be occupied by covert enemies with evil guile and suffer harm.

Καὶ λόγων εὐπορία καὶ τρόπων ποιητικῶν ἐπίνοια, καὶ πᾶσα πεῦσις σοφῶν σκεμμάτων, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ὑμνεῖσαι τοῦ ἀθλοφόρου βουλευσαμένων, δεύτερα ἐν πᾶσιν γνωρίζεται καὶ τῶ νῶ καὶ τῶ λώγω καὶ ἀκοῆ καὶ τέχνη· ὀ μὲν γὰρ νοῦς τὰ ὑπὲρ ἔννοιαν μὴ φθάνων, ὁ δὲ λόγος τῶ ἀπόρω στενωχορούμενος, ἡ δὲ ἀκοὴ πρὸς παράληψιν ἀτονοῦσα, ἡ δὲ τέχνη τῆς σαφηνείας τῶ μέτρω μὴ αὐταρκοῦσα· ὅσα γὰρ πρὸς Θεὸν οἰκειοῦται, ταῦτα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀκατάληπτα· καὶ γὰρ τὰ τοῦ μάρτυπος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Δημητρίου θαῦματα θεοπάροχα τυγχάνοντα τὰς τῶν ποιητῶν καὶ συγγραφέων ὑπερβάλλουσι τέχνας, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων λογογράφων καὶ φιλοσόφων εὐθέτους ὠσανεὶ ἐκθέσεις παραδραμόντες πρὸς ὅπερ ἐσμὲν βραχεῖς, τὰ μεγάλα ἐν μικροῖς λέξομεν· ἐχρὴν γὰρ ὄντως, εἰκαὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν αὐτοῦ συμμαχιῶν καὶ ἰάσεων ἐν λήθη δεδώκασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην τὴν τοῦ ὑπερβαίνοντος πάντα νοῦν καὶ ἔννοιαν θαυματουργίαν τοῦ ὄντως φιλοικτίρμονος καὶ σωσιπόλιδος Δημητρίου, καὶ ἐν μικροῖς λέξομεν μεγάλην ὑπάρχουσαν.

[195] Ὥς ἴστε, φιλόχριστοι, ἐν τοῖς προτέροις τὴν τῶν σκλαβίνων, ἤγουν τοῦ κληθέντος χάτζονος καὶ τῶν ἀβάρων καὶ ἐν μέρει ἔκθεσιν ἐποιησάμεθα, καὶ ὅτιπερ τὸ ἰλλυρικὸν σχεδὸν ἅπαν, ἤγουν τὰς αὐτοῦ ἐπαρχίας, λέγω δὴ, πανονίας δύο, δακίας ὡσαύτως δύο, δαρδανίας, μυσίας, τριβάλεως, ῥοδωπης, καὶ πασῶν ἐπαρχιῶν ἔτι μὲν καὶ θράκης, καὶ τοῦ πρὸς βυζαντίου μακροῦ τείχους καὶ λοιπὰς πόλειστὲ καὶ πολιτείας ἐκπορθήσαντες, ἅπαντα τὸν αὐτὸν λαόν εἰς τὸ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς παννονίαν μέρος τὸ πρὸς τῶ Δανουβίω ποταμῶ, ἤτινος ἐπαρχίας πάλαι μητρόπολις ὑπῆρχεν τὸ λεχθὲν σερμεῖον · ἐκεῖσε οὖν, ὥς εἵρηται, τὸν ἅπαντα λαὸν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας κατέστησεν ὁ λεχθεὶς χαγάνος, ὥς αὐτῶ λοιπὸν ὑποκειμένους· ἐξ ἐκείνου οὖν ἐπιμιγέντες μετὰ βουλγάρων καὶ Ἀβάρων καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐθνικῶν καὶ παιδοποιησάντων ἀπαλλήλων καὶ λαοῦ ἀπείρου καὶ παμπόλου γεγονότος, παῖς δὲ παρα πατρὸς ἔκαστος τὰς ἐνεγκαμένας παρειληφότων καὶ τὴν ὀρμὴν τοῦ γένους κατὰ τῶν ἠθῶν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, καὶ καθάπερ ἐν τῆ αἰγύπτω ἐπὶ τοῦ Φαραῶ ηὐξάνετο τὸ τῶν ἑβραίων γένος, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τούτοις κατὰ τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον δια τῆς ὀρθοδόξου πίστεως καὶ ἁγίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ βαπτίσματος ηὔξετο τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν φύλον, καὶ θάτερος θατέρω περὶ τῶν πατριῶν τοποθεσιῶν ἀφηγούμενος, ἀλλήλοις πῦρ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις τῆς ἀποδράσεως ὑφῆπτον.

[196] Χρόνων γάρ ἑξήκοντα ἤδη ποῦ καὶ πρὸς διαδραμόντων, ἀφ᾽ ἧς εἰς τοῦς αὐτῶν γεννήτορας ἡ παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων γεγένηται πόρθησις, καὶ λοιπὸν ἄλλος νέος ἐκεῖσε λαὸς ἀνεφαίνετο, ἐλευθέρους δὲ τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ χρόνου γεγονέναι καὶ λοιπὸν ὥς ἴδιον ἔθνος προσέχων ὁ ἀβάρων χαγάνος, καθῶς τῶ γένει ἔθος ὑπῆρχεν, ἄρχοντα τούτοις ἐπάνω κατέστησε, κούβερ ὄνομα αὐτῶ, ὅστις ἔκ τινων τῶν ἀναγκαιοτέρων προσοικειουμένων αὐτῶ μαθὼν τὴν τοῦ τοιούτου λαοῦ τῶν πατρώων πόλεων ἐπιθυμίαν, ἐν σκέψει γίνεται καὶ ἀνάστατον λαμβάνει τὸν πάντα Ῥωμαίων λαὸν μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων ἐθνικῶν κατὰ ἐν τῆ μωσαἳκῆ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐμφέρεται βίβλω, τουτέστιν προσηλύτους μετά καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀποσκευῆς, καὶ ὅπλων, καὶ ἀνάστατοι καὶ ἀνταρται καταλέλεκται τοῦ χαγάνου γίνονται, ὥστε ἐγνωκότα τόν αὐτόν χαγάνον διωξαι ὄπιθεν αὐτων, καὶ συμβαλλόντων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπι πέντε ἢ ἕξ πολέμους καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἠττηθέντος, μετὰ τοῦ ὑπολείφθεντος αὐτοῦ λαοῦ φυγῆ χρησάμενος ἐν τοῖς ἐνδοτέροις πρὸς ἄρκτον ἄπεισι τόπους, ὥς λοιπὸν μετὰ νίκης περάσαντα τὸς αὐτὸν κούβερ μετὰ τοῦ εἰρημένου σὺν αὐτῶ παντὸς λαοῦ τὸν προαφηγηθέντα Δάνουβιν ποταμὸν καὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς μέρη, καὶ κρατῆσαι τὸν κεραμήσιον κάμπον, κακεῖσε αὐτῶν ἐγκαθεσθέντων, τὰς πατρίους ἠτοῦντο πόλεις, ὥς μάλιστα οἵ τῆς ὀρθοδόξου καθεστῶτες πίστεως, οἵ μὲν τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς μᾳρτυροφύλακτον τῶν Θεσσαλονικέων πόλιν, ἄλλοι τὴν πανευδαίμονα καὶ βασιλίδα τῶν τόλεων, ἕτεροι δὲ τὰς ἀπομεινάσας τῆς θράκης πόλεις.

[197] Ταῦτα δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ βουλευομένου, συμβουλευταὶ δολερᾶς γνώμης, ταύτης βουλῆς κακούργως γίνονται, ὥστε μή τινας ἐξ αὐτῶν τοῦ ποθουμένου τόπου ἀξιωθῆναι, ἄλλ᾽ αὐτὸν κούβερ πάντας ὥς συμμίκτω ἐξελθόντας ἐπικρατῆσαι καὶ τούτων ἄρχοντα καὶ χαγάνον γενέσθαι· εἰ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν ὑπὸ Θεοῦ βασιλεύειν ἡμῖν λαχόντα ἀπελθεῖν πειραθείη, τὸν λαὸν ἅπαντα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ληψόμενος καὶ διασκορπίσας τοῦτον τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀλλότριον καθίστησι, καὶ τότε τὸ δοκεῖν, ἔστειλε πρὸς τὸν κύριον τῶν σκήπτρων πρεσβεύσων αὐτῶ, ἐφ᾽ ὥ μεῖναι μετὰ τοῦ σὺν αὐτῶ ὑπάρχοντος λαοῦ ἐκεῖσε, αἰτῶν κελευσθῆναι τὰ παρακείμενα ἡμῖν τῶν δραγουβιτῶν ἔθνεͅ δαπάνας κατὰ το ἰκανὸν αὐτοῖς ἐπιχορηγῆσαι, ὅ δὲ καὶ γεγένηται· καὶ τῶ τροπῶ τουτῶ ἐπὶ σιτισμοῦ εἰσελθόντων πλείστων εἰς τὰς τῶν σκλάβων σκηνὰς καὶ διεροτησάντων περι τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πόλεως καὶ ἀκριβωθέντες, ὥς ἐκ μήκους μὴ ὑπάρχειν ταύτας, ἤρξαντο πλεῖστοι λοπὸν οἵ ἐκ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὄντες μετὰ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων ἐν τῆ θεοσώστω ταύτη ἡμῶν εἰσιέναι πόλει, οὕς τινας αὐτίκα οἴ τὴν ὔπαρχον ἔχοντες φρντίδα ἐν τῆ βασιλευούση διά τῶν πλοΐμων ἀπέπεμπον πόλει.

[198] Τούτουτὲ γνωσθέντος παρὰ τοῦ εἰρημένου πρώτου αὐτῶν κούβερ, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου τὸν ἐγκείμενον ἐν τῆ καρδία ἀποκαλῦψαι δέλον, ἐσκέψατο μετὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ συμβούλων ἐπὶ οἰκεία ἀπωλεία καὶ γνώμη καὶ ταύτην κρυφιδὸν βουλὴν ἰστᾶ, ῶστέ τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ ἀρχόντων ἔξοχον ὄντα καὶ πανοῦργον ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐπιστάμενον γλῶσσαν καὶ τὴν Ῥωμαίων, Σκλάβων καὶ Βουλγάρων, καὶ ἀπλῶς ἐν πᾶσιν ἠκονημένον καὶ γέμοντα πᾶσης δαιμονικῆς μηχανῆς ἀνάστατον γενέσθαι καὶ τῆ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς καὶ αὐτὸν τὸ δοκεῖν ὥς τοῦς λοιποὺς προσπελάσαι θεοφυλάκτω πόλει, καὶ δοῦλον ἑαυτὸν προσποιήσασθαι τοῦ πιστοῦ βασιλέως καὶ λαὸν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ πλεῖστον εἰσβαλεῖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τὰ αὐτοῦ δεῖν φρονοῦντας καὶ ἔνθεν καὶ ἐκ τῶν τρόπων τούτων τὴν πόλιν δι᾽ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου ἐλεῖν· ἐνταῦθα δηλονότι μετὰ τὴν αὐτης πόρθησιν ὀφείλοντος ἐγκαταστῆναι τοῦ λεχθέντος κούβερ μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀποσκευῆς καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ ἔνθεν ὠχυρωμένον ἀντιπαρατάσσεσθαι τῶν πέριξ ἐθνῶν, καὶ τούτων δεσπόζειν, καὶ πολεμεῖν τὰς νήσους καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τῆς βασιλείας.

[199] Ταύτης οὖν τῆς σκέψεως καὶ γνώμης γενομένης καὶ ὅρκω τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν βουλευθὲν πιστοποιησάντων, τὸ δοκεῖν τίς ἐξ αὐτῶν, μαῦρος τοῦνομα, πρόσφυξ ἐν τῆ καθ᾽

ἡμᾶς γίνεται πόλει, καὶ πρῶτον πείθει τούς τὴν ἀρχὴν διέποντας χρηστοῖς καὶ ἀπατηλοῖς μεθ᾽ ὅρκων ῥήμασι, κάλλιστα καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἄξια πρὸς τὸν εὐσεβέστατον βασιλέα περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀναγάγαι, ὅστις ὁ πάντων εὐεργέτης τοῖς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀνηνεγμένοις πεισθεὶς αὐτίκα λόγον ἔγγραφον στέλλει τούτοις πρὸς τιμὴν, πέμψας ὠρατίωνα ὑπάτου τῶ αὐτῶ μαύρω, καὶ βάντον φιλοτιμίας χάριν, κελεύσας πάντας τοὺς ἐκ τῶν τοῦ λεχθέντος κοῦβερ κερμησιάνους ἀποφύγους ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν μαῦρον γενέσθαι, καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης κελεύσεως ἐμφανοῦς γενομένης, καὶ ματρικίω ἐνορδίνω ἐγγράφω συσταθείσης, ἐξ ἐκείνου ἅπας ἐδόθη ὁ ἐνταῦθα προσρυεὶς λαὸς τῶ αὐτῶ μαύρω, καὶ αὐτὸς τούτων ὁ στρατηγὸς ὑπῆρχεν, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Ῥωμαίων φύλου τὰ περὶ τὸν μαῦρον ἐπιστάμενοι, ὥς οὐδέποτε ἐφύλαξεν πίστιν τινὰ, ἀλλὰ ἀεὶ ἀπὸ φαυλότητος καὶ ἐπιορκιῶν καὶ δόλου κάκιστος ὥν τοῖς τρόποις, πολλοὺς τόπους καὶ ἔθνη ἐξεπόρθησεν, καὶ μὴ ὀφίλειν τούτω καταπιστεύειν· ἐγνωκὼς δὲ οὖτος ἐκ διαβολῆς τῶν αὐτῶ πλησιαζόντων, διὰ τρόπων καὶ σκευῆς τοὺς κατάδηλον ἐν τῶ κρυπτῶ ποιουμένους τὴν αὐτὴν δεινήν ἔνεδραν ἀπεκεφάλισεν, καὶ τὰ αὐτῶν γυναικότεκνα, ὥς ἠθέλησεν, καὶ ὅπου ἐβούλετο, ἔπρασεν.

[200] Ὅθεν οἵ λοιποὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν μὴ τολμῶντες ἐξειπεῖν, ἣνπερ ἔγνωσαν, κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἔνεδραν, ἐθρήνουν καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν, μηδενὸς τολμῶντος πρὸς ἀντίστασιν τούτου, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον καὶ δεδιέναι αὐτὸν, τοὺς τότε τὸ δοκεῖν κρατοῦντας· κατέστησε γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς μαῦρος κεντάρχους καὶ πεντηκοντάρχους καὶ δεκάρχους, οὓσπερ εἴχε σύμπνοους τῆς αὐτοῦ δολίας γνώμης, καὶ ὁπλῖται τοῦτον ἔνθα ὥσει ἄνδρες εὔτολμοι νύκτωρ καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐφύλαττον τὰς σιτίσεις κομιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν τοῦ δημοσίου· σκέψις δὲ ταύτη καὶ βουλὴ ἐτύγχανεν, ὥστε τῆ νυκτὶ τῆς μεγάλης ἑορτῆς τοῦ ἁγίου σαββάτου, ὅτε τὰς τῆς σωτηριώδους Χριστοῦ ἀναστάσεως εὐωχίας ἤμελλεν μετὰ πάντων ἐκτελεῖν ἡ πόλις, τότε ἅμα τῶν μετ᾽ αὐτοὺ ἐμπειροπολέμων, ἐμφύλλιον βάλλειν πόλεμον καὶ πῦρ εἴς τινας ἐπισήμους τόπους καὶ οὕτως ἐγκρατεῖς τῆς πόλεως γίνεσθαι.

[201] Ὁ δὲ τὸ κράτος θεόθεν δεδεγμένος ἀοράτω ἐμπνεύσει καὶ νεύματι κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι καρδία βασιλέως ἐν χειρὶ θεοῦ, καὶ ὅπου βούλεται, καθάπερ ὕδωρ, ἐκκλίνει ταύτην, οὔπω τὸ μελετηθὲν ἐν δόλω κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐπιστάμενος κελεῦσαι κατηξίωσεν σισιννίω στρατηγῶ τότε τῶν καράβων ὑπάρχοντι ἀνδρὶ συνετῶ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς τρόποις καὶ τῶ Θεῶ ἐν ἁπάσιν ἀνατεθειμένον *, ὅπως μετὰ τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὄντων καραβισιάνων στρατιωτῶν τῆ ἀθλοφοροφυλάκτω ταύτη εἰσβαλεῖν πόλει ἐπὶ παραφυλακῆ τοῦ λεχθέντος μαύρου, καὶ τῶν συν αὐτῶ προσρυέντων, ὅπως, τοῦ τοιούτου στρατοῦ ἐνθάδε τυγχάνοντος, προθυμωτέρως τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος κοῦβερ ἐνθάδε καταφεύγειν γένηται· ὅστις εὐκλέστατος στράτηγος σισίννιος τὸ κελευσθὲν εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν βουλόμενος ἔξεισιν ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος μερῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνει τὴν σκιαθίαν νῆσον ἡμέρα κυριακῆ τῆ πρὸ μιᾶς τῆς ἁγίας πασχαλίας, ἥτις ἐν ταῖς τῶν ὀρθοδόξων πόλεσιν παρὰ πάντων ἑορτάζεται καὶ λέγεται ἡ τῶν βαΐων· προσοῥμήσας οὖν ἐν τῆ λεχθείση νήσω, ἀοικήτω οὔση ἐκ πλείστων τῶν χρόνων, καὶ εὐρηκῶς ἕνα τῶν γενομένων ἐκεῖσε παναγίων ναῶν ἀλσώδη καὶ ἔνυλον καθεστῶτα, τῶ εὐηκόω στρατῶ ἐπέτρεψεν ἕν μέρος αὐτοῦ καθαίρειν, κακεῖσε τὴν θεῖαν λειτουργίαν ἐκτελεῖν, ὃ δὴ καὶ γεγένηται.

[202] Τῆ οὖν ἐπιούση, ἥτις ἦν ἁγία δευτέρα τῆς ἑβδομάδος τοῦ κυριακοῦ πάθους, καὶ τῶν ἀνέμων ἐναντίων ὑπαρχόντων πρὸς τὸν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλοῦν, ἐκκλησιάσας τὸν αὐτοῦ ἅπαντα στρατὸν προδιηλέχθη ὁ πανάριστος οὔτος ἀνὴρ, ῥάθυμον μηδένα εἶναι, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν τοῦ ναοῦ καθαίρειν ἅπαν, καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτῶ γενόμενον ἁγίον βάπτισμα καὶ πάντας ἐτοιμασθῆναι ἀξίους τῆς ἁγίας Χριστοῦ ἀναματάσεως, ὥς τὰ κατὰ συνήθη τῆς ἑορτῆς ἐκπληρῶσαι, καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης αὐτοῖς διαλαλίας πᾶσιν καταδήλου γενομένης, προθύμως τῆς καθάρσεως τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος ἠγωνίζοντο, καὶ ἄλλος μετ᾽ ἄλλου σκηνοποιῶν εὐθέτως, ἄλλος εὐτρεπίζων μετὰ τῶν ἑτέρων τὰ τῆς ἑορτῆς, ἕτερος δὲ πάλιν προς άγραν ἰχθύων ἢ καὶ κτηνῶν προσεκαλεῖτο, καὶ ἀπλῶς πάντες κατὰ τὸ ἐκάστω δοκοῦν, εἰς τὰ ἐξῆς τὰ τῆς ἑορτῆς εὐτρεπίζειν ἤλπιζον, ἐν ἀγνοία πάντων ὄντων τοῦ κατὰ τὴν γνώμην τοῦ λελεγμένου κούβερ καὶ τοῦ μαῦρου καὶ τῶν καταυτοὺς συμπνευστῶν, καὶ δὴ μετὰ τὴν θεῖαν λειτουργίαν τῆς αὐτῆς ἁγίας δευτέρας, καὶ τὸ δειπνῆσαι πάντας, καὶ τὴν πρὸς συνήθει τῶ Θεῶ ἀναπέμψαι εὐχαριστίαν, ὁ πανεύφημος ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ τὰ τῶν βιγλῶν καὶ σκούλκων καὶ λοιπῶν πάντων τῶν πρὸς παραφυλακὴν ἐπιτηδείων φροντίσας ἠρεμεῖν τὸν λοιπον ἅπαντα στρατὸν προσέταττεν.

[203] Καὶ δή αὐτίκα ἀφυπνώσαντος αὐτοῦ, φαίνεται οὐ κατόναρ, ἀλλὰ καθύπαρ ὁ πάντοτε μοχθὼν καὶ μεριμνῶν ὑπὲρ ἀναξίων δούλων καὶ πατρίδος καὶ τὰ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν καλῶς πραγματευόμενος, ὁ καλλίνικος μάρτυς τοῦ θεοῦ Δημήτριος, καὶ οὕτως αὐτῶ ἐφὴ· ἔγειρε, τί κατεύδεις; ἀρμένισον, ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπιτήδείος ἐστιν. Ὅ δὲ αὐτίκα τὸ θεαθὲν ὥς ἐνεργὸν ὑπαρχον τὸν προεστῶτα τοῦ καράβου ἠρῶτα, ποῖος ἐστὶν ὁ ἄνεμος· ὁ δὲ ἐφὴ ἐναντίος ἐστὶν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ χθὲς ἐπὶ πλεῖον σφοδρότερος. Πάλιν δὲ ὥς ἤμελλεν ἀφυπνοῦν καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ, ὁ αὐτὸς αὖθις ἐπίσταται διεγείρων τὸν λεχθέντα στρατηγὸν, καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν νύξας ἔφη· ἔγειρε, εἴπον σοι, ἀρμένισον, ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπιτήδειος ἐστὶν· διανάστὰς οὖν πάλιν ἐπηρῶτα τοὺς παρακοιμωμένους καὶ τοὺς τῆς βίγλας, τίς ἦν ὁ λέξας, καὶ ἐξυπνίσας διὰ τὸν πλοῦν· πάντων δὲ ἀρνουμένων, μηδένα ἑωρακέναι, ἢ παρὰ τινος ἀκηκοέναι περὶ τούτου, πάλιν ἠρῶτα, εἰ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπιτήδείος ἐστὶν κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν αὐτῶ· εἰπεῖν δὲ τοὺς πάντας ἐναντίον τυγχάνειν· ἐν ἀπορία οὖν τοῦ λεχθέντοστε καὶ ὀραθέντος γεγενημένου καὶ μέλλοντος πάλιν ἐκ πλείστης ἀδολεσχίας πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀφυπνοῦν, τὸν αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτὸς ὁ μάρτυς ἐκ τρίτης παρίσταται, οὐ μικρὰ σπουδῆ καὶ ταραχῆ αὐτῶ εἰπών.

[204] Σὺ μὴ ἀμελήσης, ἔγειρον, ἀρμένισον, ὁ ἄνεμος ἐπιτήδειος ἐστὶν· ἰδοὺ, σὺ καθεύδεις, καὶ ἄλλοι ἀρμενίζουσιν· τότε λοιπὸν διεγερθεὶς καὶ συνεὶς ὁ θαυμαστὸς καὶ ἀξιοθέατος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὄντως γνήσιος φίλος τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ μάρτυρος ὥς θεῖα ἀποκαλύψει καὶ οὐ κατὰ φαντασίαν τὴν τοιαύτην προτροπὴν τοῦ πλοὸς, αὐτίκα διαναστὰς, καὶ οὐκ ἐτι τινὰ περὶ τούτου διερωτήσας ἤρξατο τοὺς καράβους διατρέχειν, καὶ προσέταξεν ἐξορμεῖν τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς· τινῶν δὲ φασκόντων, τῶν ἀνέμων ἐναντίων ὄντων, καὶ αὐτῶν τὰ τῆς ἑορτῆς ἐκεῖσε εὐτρεπίζειν σπουδαζόντων, ποῦ βούλεσθαι ἐφὴ ἐν ἑτέρω τόπω ἐρημοτέρω ἀποφέρειν αὐτούς· εἴτα δὲ ἐκείνου ἐκ τῆς ἐκ τρίτου ἐπιστασίας τοῦ μάρτυρος ἡκριβωμένου ὑπαρχοντος, ἐκ τῆς ἐπιμόνου αὐτοῦ ὀχλήσεώστε καὶ θεωρίας τοῦ ὑπερασπιστοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν Δημητρίου, τὸν πλοῦν αὐτῶ ἐπιτήδειον ἔσεσθαι, κωπηλατεῖν πρὸς τὴν ὀρμὴν τοῦ πλοὸς προσέταττεν, καὶ δὴ ὁρᾶ κάραβον, ὥς ἀπὸ τῶν μερῶν χαλκίδος εἰς τὰ προς αὐτοὺς ἀρμενίζοντα εὐθέως, καὶ ἐμνήσθη τοῦ ἐν ἀποκαλύψει λεχθέντος αὐτῶ.

[205] αὐτίκα γοῦν τῆ ἐλασία τῶν καράβων ἐξιόντων, καὶ τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὥς ἔφημεν κατὰ πρόσωπον ὄντος, ἄφνω νεύματι θείω διὰ τῶν πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἀθλοφόροῦ ἐκ τῶν ὄπιθεν τούτοις οὐριοδρόμος ἄνεμος κατέπνει, καὶ πλεύσαντες ἀρμοδίως καὶ ἀρμενίσαντες εὐθέτως, τῆ ἁγία τετράδι τῆν τῆς αγίας ἑβδομάδος ὥραν ἐβδόμην τὴν θεόρυστον ταύτην κατέλαβον πόλιν διὰ τοῦ ὑπερασπιστοῦ αὐτῆς Δημητρίου ὅθεν τοῦ δεινῶς μελετηθέντοστὲ καὶ στυχηθέντος δράματος τοῦ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου λοιπὸν ἀργήσαντος παρὰ τοῦ μαύρου καὶ τῶν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, αὐτίκα φόβω καὶ ἀθυμία συσχεθεὶς ὁ αὐτὸς μαῦρὸς, πυρέτω χαλεπότατω ἐκ τῆς ἀθυμίας περιπεσῶν κατέθεικεν ἐπὶ κλίνης ἐπιπλείστας ἡμέρας· ἔνθεν καὶ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν μετέστη, εἰμὴ ὁ προρηθεὶς ἀνὴρ ὁ πανεύφημος στρατηγὸς, ἀγνωὼν τὸ μελετηθὲν, τοῦτον ἐν λόγοις καὶ ὅρκοις κατησφάλιστο· τὰ δὲ τοῦ ὁραθέντος αὐτῶ, ἤγουν διατυπωθέντα παρὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος περὶ τοῦ πλοὸς, πλείστοις ἀφηγούμενος ἐδημήγορε τὴν σπουδὴν καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν τοῦ μάρτυρος, ἣνπερ ἐποιήσατο περὶ τῆς πόλεως. Καὶ τότε λοιπὸν τὸν αὐτὸν μαῦρον μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ πάντων εκ τοῦ κοῦβερ καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στρατοῦ τοῦ ἐκ τῶν καράβων ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐν τοῖς δυτικοῖς μέρεσιν παραφοσσεύειν διετύπωσεν, πρὸς τὸ τοὺς μέλλοντας ἐκ τῶν σκλάβων προσφεύγειν κερμησιάνους ἀδεῶς καὶ ἀνεμποδίστως προσέρχεσθαι, καὶ οὕτως διέμειναν ἡμέρας πλέους.

[206] Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κελεύσεως βασιλικῆς φοιτησάσης τῶ λεχθέντι φιλοθέω στρατηγῶ μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων καράβων καὶ τῶν ἐπι τοῦτο σταλέντων πλοίων ἐπὶ τῆ ἀποκομίσει τῶν πολλάκις εἰρημένων κερμησιάνων, ὁ αὐτὸς μαῦρος σὺν τῶν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀποφύγων τὰ τοῦ θεοστέπτου βασιλέως κατέλαβεν ἴχνη, ἐκεῖσε δέχθεὶς καὶ ἄρχων χρηματίσας. Ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῦτω ἤργησεν ἡ θεόβουλος τοῦ Ἀθλοφόρου προμήθεια, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ μαύρου τὸ μελετηθὲν κατὰ τῆς ἡμῶν πόλεως ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ κούβερ εἰς τὰς εὐσεβεῖς ἐμήνυσεν ἀκοὰς φανερώσας αὐτῶ τὴν δολιότητα καὶ φαῦλον πρόθεσιν τοῦ πόλλάκις μνημονευθέντος μαύρου, καὶ ὅτιπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς θρακώοις μέρεσιν προδοσίαν κατὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ἐβουλεύσατο πρᾶξαι· καὶ τούτων οὕτως ἀληθως καταφανέντων δι᾽ ὅτι τὰ εἰς μέσον αὑτῶν βεβουλευμένα φυλάττων ὁ πολλάκις ὀνομασθεὶς Κούβερ, οὐδενὸς τῶν αὐτοῦ μαύρου ἀνθρώπων ἢ πραγμάτων ἐφήψατο, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰς αὐτοῦ γυναῖκας ἐν τῆ αὐτῆ, ἣπερ εῖχον, τιμῆ καὶ πλείω ἠξίωσεν· ὁ δὲ λεχθεὶς εὐσεβέστατος βασιλεὺς, ὁ ἀεὶ τῶ τὸ κράτος αὐτῶ παρασχηκότι Θεῶ τὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας ἀνατιθέμενος, καὶ αὐτῶ τὸν αὐτὸν μαῦρον καταλείψας, θανάτω μὲν τοῦτον οὐ δέδωκεν, τῆς δὲ ἀξίας ἀποστήσας, ἐν προαστείω μετὰ τῶν ἀσφαλῶν περιώρισε καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς στρατίας, ἢσπερ εἴχεν, ἀπέστησε.

[207] Τίς μὴ θαυμάσει, ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ φιλόχριστοι ἀδελφοὶ, τὸν πόθον καὶ τὴν κηδεμονίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν τοῦ ἀεὶ μνήστου καὶ προστάτου καὶ λυτρωτοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν Δημητρίου, ὅτι ἡμῶν ἀμερίμνων καὶ ἀγνώστων περὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἀλώσεως καθεστώτων καὶ τὸν βασιλέα ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ θεῦ τοὺς καράβους πρὸς συμμαχίαν καὶ σωτηρίαν τῆς πόλεως ἐνεκαρδίωσεν στεῖλαι ἐνταῦθα καὶ τῆς προθεσμίας τοῦ μελετηθέντος ἐμφυλίου πολέμου καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτου καὶ ἀφύκτου θανάτου ἡμῶν ἐγγὺς ὄντος, τὸν στρατηγὸν πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν διήγειρεν, καὶ τῶν ἀνέμων ἐναντίων ὑπαρχόντων εἰς ἐπιτήδειον εὐπλοΐαν ἤγαγεν καὶ τὰς βουλὰς ἔλυσεν καὶ ἐλπίδας τῶν τὴν ἄλωσιν σκεψαμένων ποιήσασθαι τῆς δουλικῆς αὐτοῦ ταύτης πόλεως· ὄντως χαρᾶς καὶ δακρύων καὶ ὕμνων παμπόλλων μετ᾽ εὐχαριστίας ὑπάρχει καὶ ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων ἑόρτιον καὶ τὸ μέγιστον καὶ ἀσύγκριτον καὶ ἀνέκφραστον καὶ τοῦτο τὸ θαῦμα. ἀλλὰ δεῦτε,

ἀγαπητοὶ, τὸν εὔσπλαγχνον καὶ πολυέλεον καὶ φιλοικτίρμονα ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καθικετεύσωμεν Θεὸν, ὅπως διηνεκῆ ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν τῆ δουλικῆ αὐτοῦ ταύτη πόλει τὸν ὐπερένδοξον καὶ ὑπερθαύμαστον Ἀθλοφόρον δωρήσηται, ἵνα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ διηνεκῶς σωζόμενοι ἀναπέμπωμεν δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ προσκύνησιν τῶ πάτρι καὶ τῶ υἱῶ καὶ τῶ ἁγίω πνευμάτι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ &c.

The author premises that he will narrate only one miracle of the Saint. Both facility of words and skill in poetic figures and every invention of philosophical speculations, such as might suffice even for those who meditate merely to taste the praises of the Victor in the contests, is perceived to exceed in all things the capacity of mind and speech and hearing and art. For the mind does not attain the things that are above the intellect; and speech, through the abundance of matter, is anxious what to say first; and the hearing is unequal to receiving; and art further does not of itself suffice for fitting explanation. For the things that are easy with God are incomprehensible with men; and the miracles of Christ's martyr Demetrius, which were wrought by God's gift, surpass the arts of orators and philosophers. But, that we may be brief, passing over the expositions, apt after a fashion, which the said orators and philosophers have composed, we shall pursue the greatest things in few words. For this is altogether fitting, even though they bury in oblivion the greatest part of the helps afforded by him and the cures wrought; and so we shall dispatch in few words this miracle — which is itself also great — of Demetrius, truly merciful and preserver of the city, who surpasses all understanding and thought b.

[195] [When those who had once been led away by the Avars from the lands of the empire, mingled with the barbarians,] Above, as you have in view, lovers of Christ, we gave in part an account of the leader of the Slavs, named Chatzon, and also of the Avars c, and that they, laying waste almost the whole of Illyricum, namely its provinces — I mean both the Pannonias, likewise both the Dacias, the Dardanias, the Mysias, Trebalis, Rhodope, and the rest both of the cities and of the commonwealths of all the principalities of Thrace too, even up to the Long Wall of Byzantium — led away the whole people itself to that quarter which lies apart from here towards Pannonia, adjoining the Danube d, of which province that which is called Sirmium was once the metropolis e. There, then, as has been said, the aforesaid Chagan of the Avars settled the whole captive people, as thenceforth subject to him f. From that time, therefore, it was mingled with the Bulgars and Avars and the rest of the heathen, and when they begot children among themselves and grew into an infinite and very great people, and the sons each received from their fathers a disposition and a zeal of race agreeable to Roman manners g, just as under Pharaoh in Egypt the race of the Hebrews was increased, so also among them, in a manner not unlike, the tribe of the Christians was increased through the orthodox faith and the sacred and life-giving baptism, and some, telling others of the native soil of their ancestors, kindled in one another's hearts the desire of flight.

[196] For when about sixty years and more had elapsed from the time at which the devastation had been wrought by the barbarians upon their progenitors h, [had grown into a huge people, it, the Chagan of the Avars having been conquered, intending to seek again the abodes of their ancestors, settles near Thessalonica;] and another new people had now arisen there, and the chagan of the Avars had conceded that the greatest part of it was free through lapse of time, and as it were now a nation of its own, he set over them, as is the custom of the nation, a prince named Cuber i; who, when he had learned from certain men who conversed with him more familiarly of the desire of such a people for their ancestral cities, looks about him as to what he should do, and takes to himself the whole exiled Roman people, and other heathen, that is, according to what is contained in the Mosaic book of the Exodus of the Jews, proselytes, together with their household goods and arms; and these depart and become rebels to the chagan k, so that the same chagan, when he had learned it, pursued them from behind; and when they had joined battle, and he had been conquered by them after five or six battles, even in two of them, taking to flight with the people left to him, he betook himself to the interior parts situated towards the North; so that at length the same Cuber, when, victory having been won, he had crossed the aforesaid river Danube with all his aforesaid people, came also to our parts, and occupied the Ceramesian plain l; and when they had settled there, those especially who were of the orthodox faith were panting for their ancestral cities, some for our city of the Thessalonians guarded by the Martyrs, others for the most fortunate queen of cities also m, and others for the remaining cities of Thrace.

[197] But when the people wished these things, [but, so that the whole of this people may remain united there, its prince asks of the emperor,] counsellors of guileful mind took this counsel fraudulently, that none of them should go to the desired place, but that the same Cuber should rule over all, as being those who had gone out mingled together, and should become their prince and chagan; for if he should strive to go away to him who had been allotted by God to rule over us, it would come about that he would draw away the whole people from him, and, dispersing it, make it alien to his rule; and then he sent an embassy to the lord of the sceptres, in order to make supplication to him, in appearance, that he might be able to remain here with all the people who were with him, asking also that the nations of the Dragobitae, which are adjacent to us, should be ordered to supply them sufficient provisions n; which also was done. And so, when very many had entered the tents of the Slavs to supply them with provisions, and these, questioning them about our city, had diligently learned that it was not far removed from there, very many now, who drew their origin from the Romans, began with their wives and children to enter our city preserved by God; and those who administered the prefecture at once sent them by ships to the imperial city o.

[198] But when this had become known to their aforesaid prince Cuber, and he could not conceal the fraud lying hidden in his heart, he took counsel with his counsellors to his own destruction and judgment, and secretly resolved this: [and, meditating to occupy Thessalonica also by guile, he sends to that city a cunning man of his own,] that some one of his princes, who was crafty and cunning beyond the rest, and knew our tongue and that of the Romans, Slavs and Bulgars, and, to say it in one word, who was astute in all things and furnished with every kind of diabolical art, should become an exile, and should flee in appearance, like the rest, to our city guarded by God, and feign himself a servant of the faithful emperor, and bring with him to us a very great people, so that we should be obliged to wish the same things as he; and hence, and by those arts, having stirred up a civil war, should take the city; Cuber, namely, wishing, after its storming, to fix his abode here with his family and the other princes, and hence, his strength increased, to move arms against the surrounding peoples and to rule over all, and to attack in war the islands [p] and Asia, and moreover him also who held the reins of the empire.

[199] named Maurus, to feign himself a deserter. But while he When therefore they had come to this counsel and will, and had given pledge by oath that they would do what they had resolved, one of them, named Maurus, came to our city as a fugitive, as it appeared, and first, with sweet and guileful words together with oaths, induced those who held the principality to report the best things, and worthy of approval, about him to the most pious emperor; who, beneficent towards all, impelled by the things reported by them, at once signified his will to them, expressed in writing for honour's sake, consular insignia and a standard [q] having been sent to the same Maurus in order to honour him, commanding that all the Cermesiani [r] who should flee from the aforesaid Cuber should be subject to the same Maurus: and when a mandate of this kind had been made public, and entered in the ordinary written register [s], thereafter all the people who had flocked hither was committed to the same Maurus, and he himself became their leader; but when certain men who were of the Roman race had in view what sort of man Maurus was — that he had never kept faith with anyone, but always, being of the worst manners through perversity, perjuries and guile, had plundered many places and nations, and that he was not to be trusted — and he himself had understood this from the information of those who came to him, he beheaded those who, from their manners and bearing, were making manifest those grievous hidden snares, and sold their wives as he wished and where he wished.

[200] [had resolved, about Easter, a tumult having been stirred up in the city, to carry out the will of his master,] Since hence the rest of the Christians did not dare to reveal the snares which they knew had been laid against the city, they lamented both themselves and the city, because no one had courage to resist him, but rather even those who then in appearance presided over others feared him; for Maurus himself appointed centurions and pentecontarchs and decarchs whom he had found conspiring in his fraudulent counsel, and here armed men, for the most part bold, who received provisions from the public store, guarded him night and day. Further, they had also taken this counsel, that on the night of the great feast of Holy Saturday, when the city should be taking in common the banquet of Christ's saving resurrection, they would then, with those who were skilled in war, stir up an intestine war, and throw fire into the chief places, and so possess themselves of the city.

[201] But he who had received the empire from heaven, this counsel of his by a leader who is sent by the emperor with ships, by an invisible inspiration and nod — because, according to what is written, the heart of the king is in the hand of God, and whithersoever He will, He turns it like water — when he had not yet found out what they had meditated by guile against the city, deigned to command Sisinnius, then leader of the carabi [t], a man skilful in words and manners and in all things rendering himself acceptable to God [u], to enter this city, guarded by the Victor in the contests, with the soldiers of the carabi who obeyed him, in order to observe the aforesaid Maurus and those who had joined him, so that, such an army being here, it might come about that those who stood with the said Cuber would flee thither more eagerly; and the most glorious leader Sisinnius, wishing to bring to its end what had been commanded, set sail from the parts of Hellas and came to the island of Sciathus [x] on the Lord's day preceding holy Easter, which is celebrated by all in the cities of the orthodox and is called Palm Sunday; when therefore he had put in at the said island, which had not been inhabited for many years, and had found one of the most holy temples which had been there covered with woods and leafy growth, he commanded the army which he had obedient to him to clear one part of it, and to perform the divine Office there; which was also done.

[202] On the following day, then, which was the holy second day of the week of the Lord's Passion, and who, detained on the way by contrary winds, since the winds were contrary to his sailing towards us, that most excellent man exhorted his whole army, called together, that no one, slothful

should be idle; but that it should clear all the rest of the temple, and the sacred baptistery which had been in it, and that all who were worthy of the holy remembrance of Christ [y] … should be prepared, so that they might keep the feast according to custom; and when an address of this kind made to them had become known to all, they eagerly vied with one another in giving their efforts to the cleansing of the temple and the sacred baptistery, and one with another was fittingly making tents, another with others was making ready the things that pertained to the feast, another again was inviting to the catching of fish or cattle, and, to say it in a word, all thought that they were preparing, as seemed good to each, the things that would pertain to the feast to be celebrated thereafter, while all were ignorant of what the aforesaid Cuber and Maurus, and those who conspired with them, had in mind. But after the divine Office of the holy second Day had been performed, and all had supped and had given thanks to God according to custom, that most celebrated man, diligently attending to the things that pertain to stations and watches and all other things conducive to guarding, ordered all the rest of the army to rest.

[203] And when he at once fell asleep, God's martyr Demetrius, adorned with beautiful victories, [is admonished once, a second time and a third, to set sail, by St. Demetrius appearing to him,] who labours on every side and is solicitous for us his unworthy servants and for his country [z], and is zealous above all for our salvation, appears, not in sleep but in truth, and so says to him: Wake up; why do you sleep? Set sail; the wind is favourable. And he at once, as if what had appeared were in very fact the case, asked him who was in charge of the carabus what wind it was. And he said: It is contrary, and much more vehement even than yesterday's wind. And when, having turned back, he was about to fall asleep, presently the same one, rousing the aforesaid leader, again stands by, and, striking him on the side, says: Wake up; I told you, set sail; the wind is favourable. Rising therefore, he asked again those who were sleeping beside him and those who were keeping watch who it was that had addressed him and roused him to sail; and when all denied that they had seen anyone or heard it from anyone, he asked again whether the wind, according to what had been said to him, was favourable; but all asserted that it was contrary; and when he was in doubt what the thing said and seen might be, and, from very great exertion, was again about to sleep for a short time, the same Martyr rouses the same leader a third time, saying to him with no small zeal and earnestness:

[204] and the wind at length blowing favourably through his patronage, Do not be without care; wake up; set sail; the wind is favourable. Behold, you sleep, and others are sailing. Then, when at length that wonderful man, honoured with a vision, and truly a genuine friend of God and the Martyr, had awakened, and understood that such an invitation to sail was from divine revelation and not from imagination, rising at once, and no longer questioning anyone about that matter, he began to run through the carabi, and commanded them to set sail towards our parts. And when some asserted that the winds were contrary, and that they were giving their efforts to preparing there the things that pertained to the feast, he said that he wished to lead them away to some place more destitute of defence. Then, since he knew well, from the third apparition of the Martyr, that he would enjoy a prosperous voyage through the intercession and commendation of Demetrius, the assiduous champion of our city, he ordered them to row, so that the voyage might proceed with impetus and speed; and he saw a carabus as it were from the parts of Chalcis [aa] swiftly directing its course towards them, and remembered what had been said to him in the revelation [bb].

[205] he puts in at Thessalonica, it is dispersed, When therefore, at the beginning of the course of the carabi as they went out, the wind also, as we have said, was contrary, suddenly, by the divine nod, through the prayers of the Victor in the contests, a favourable wind blew on them from behind; and when they had sailed fittingly and set sail opportunely, on the fourth day of holy week, at the seventh hour, they put in at this city preserved by God through its champion Demetrius. Whence at length, the crime of intestine war which had been unworthily prepared and dreaded by Maurus and those who adhered to him becoming torpid, Maurus himself, seized with sudden fear and consternation, having fallen through dejection of mind into a most grievous fever, lay in bed for very many days. And from this he would even have departed from this world, had not the aforesaid man, a leader worthy of all praise, who was ignorant of what had been meditated, made him secure both with words and with oaths. Further, relating to very many the things which pertained to him who had appeared to him in the vision, namely the things which had been shown by the Martyr about the voyage, he made manifest the zeal and care which the Martyr had exercised for the city; and then at length he who was in charge of the carabi determined that Maurus himself, with all his people, who stood with Cuber and his army, should withdraw from the city to the western parts [cc], so that the Cermesiani who were to escape by flight from the Slavs might come securely and without hindrance. And in this state matters remained for several days.

[206] And after this, when an imperial mandate had been brought to the aforesaid God-loving leader, that he should transport the often-mentioned Cermesiani elsewhere with the aforesaid carabi and with vessels sent for that purpose, and Maurus himself is punished by the emperor. Maurus himself, together with those who adhered to him, approached the footsteps of the emperor crowned by God, that he might be received there and created a prince. But in this matter too the care of the Victor in the contests, instructed in the divine counsels, was not idle; but through the very son of Maurus it let fall into the pious ears what had been meditated against our city both by him and by Cuber, declaring the fraud and the perverse purpose of the often-mentioned Maurus himself, and that he was moreover meditating treason in the parts of Thrace against the emperor's own life; and since it appeared that these things were truly so, because the often-named Cuber, observing what had been agreed between them, had touched absolutely nothing of the men or goods of the same Maurus, but rather even treated his wives with the same honour as they had had before, nay with greater, the aforesaid most pious emperor, always committing the things that pertained to his reign to God Himself, who bestowed the empire on him, and offering the same Maurus to Him, did not indeed put him to death, but, deprived of his dignity, relegated him to a suburb, a pledge of security having been received, and removed him from the prefecture and the military command which he had.

[207] Who, beloved brethren and lovers of Christ, would not marvel at the affection and care and the help brought in war by Demetrius, ever to be remembered, protector and preserver of our city? The author's observation on these things. For when we were free of cares and unaware of our own destruction, he suggested to our emperor through God that he should send carabi hither for the help and safety of the city; and when the appointed time of the civil war which they had meditated, and of our unexpected and inevitable death, was at hand, he roused the leader to sail, and, the winds being contrary, brought him by a favourable voyage, and scattered the counsels and hopes of those who had contrived the destruction of this city, which longs to serve him [dd]. Truly this very great, incomparable and ineffable miracle deserves to be celebrated with joy and tears and very many hymns joined with thanksgiving, both in mind and in body. But come, beloved, let us pray with our whole heart to the clement and very merciful and kindly God, that He may grant to this city, which worships Him, the most glorious and most wonderful Victor in the contests for our continual salvation, so that, assiduously preserved through him, we may render praise and glory and adoration to the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, now and always, etc.

ANNOTATA.

body, is fitted together; which has within itself eighteen provinces; these are: two of Noricum, two Pannonias, two Valerias, Savia, Dalmatia, Upper Moesia, Dardania, two Dacias, Macedonia, Thessaly, Achaia, Epirus, Praevalis, Crete. Further, although Sextus Rufus, contrary to what Jordanes does, does not reckon Dardania among the provinces of Illyricum, because perhaps in his age it had not yet obtained the name of a province, yet both ascribe Pannonia, or, if you prefer, both Pannonias, namely the lower and the upper, to Illyricum. For the rest, since they also enumerate Praevalis among the provinces of Illyricum, I think that τριβάλεως has been written above here by an error, arising surely from the carelessness of the copyists, and that πραιβάλεως, or at any rate πρεβάλεως, should be substituted for this word. For Praevalis, as is clear from the recited words of Sextus Rufus and Jordanes, is a known province of Illyricum, or also a region which was for some time part of Dalmatia; but Trebalis is not so.

p. Our author most probably understands here no other islands than those which are situated in great number in the Aegean Sea, which is now called the Archipelago.

q. Thus I have here interpreted the Greek words ὡρατίωνα ὑπάτου καὶ βάντον; for the latter of those two words has seemed, from the context of the sense, to signify in this place the same as βάνδον, which among not a few writers, as may be seen at this word in Du Cange's Glossary of Middle and Low Greek, signifies a standard; and as regards the former, Lippomano indeed, in the Metaphrastic Passion of our Saint which we gave above in the third place, interprets these two words ὑπατικὸν ὁρατίωνα in Latin as Consularia insignia; but to me the word Ornatus has been preferable to the word Insignia, because it is expressed by our author not as ὁρατίωνα, as is done by Metaphrastes, but as ὡρατίωνα, and this word may seem to be derived from the adjective ὡραῖος, which signifies the same as the Latin pulcher or decorus.

r. So, namely, either the Slavs or the Bulgars, or also any others whatever who obeyed Cuber, are undoubtedly called here for this reason, that they had abodes in the Ceramesian plain, lying not far from Thessalonica, in which, as our author teaches above, they had settled.

s. To have in view why I have here interpreted the two Greek words Ματρίκιον and ἐνόρδινος in Latin as ordinaria matricula, see Du Cange in the Glossary of Middle and Low Greek at the former of those two words and at the word ὄρδινον.

t. It is clear from the context of the sense that this word is used here by our author again in the signification which I mentioned in the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter r.

u. Neither the leader Sisinnius nor a Maurus to whom the things narrated by our author in the present chapter would fit have I been able to find in any other writers.

x. This is situated in the Aegean Sea, or, as it is now called, the Archipelago, off the shore of Thessaly. See Baudrand in the Geographical Lexicon at the word Sciathus, and you will find there that that island, which, as our author records here a little later, was destitute of inhabitants when the things narrated in the present chapter happened, is now also fortified with a citadel.

y. In the codex formerly of Mazarin some words in this place are so eaten away that they could in no way at all be read; and to the rest I have attributed in the Latin version the sense which I thought more conformable to the context.

z. In the codex formerly of Mazarin some words again are eaten away here, and that in such a way that they can no more be read than those of which at the preceding letter, with this difference, however, that those which are eaten away in this place do not, as it appears, harm the sense.

aa. Chalcis, as Baudrand teaches in the Geographical Lexicon, is the chief city of the island of Euboea, situated in the Archipelago; and this island is left behind by those who sail from Sciathus to Thessalonica.

bb. Because, namely, he understood most certainly from the ship which was hastening at swift course towards them from Chalcis, that is Euboea, that the wind was favourable for those sailing to Thessalonica, as had been said to him in the vision; as ought to be manifest to anyone from what I noted about the island of Euboea at the preceding letter.

cc. Thus I have here interpreted the verb παραφοσσευεῖν, which I have been unable to find in any lexicons at all, attributing to it the signification which the sense seemed to require.

dd. Fair

reader's judgment I again leave whatever prodigious things occur in the present chapter. Yet I should wish it to be observed that both these, and those which occur in the chapter immediately preceding, deserve greater credence than those which are narrated in the first three chapters: for the author was contemporary with the former, but not likewise with the latter, as it is permissible to gather partly from his very words occurring at num. 185, partly from the age in which each thing happened according to what has been annotated above. See also the Preliminary Commentary, num. 24.

* whether not ἀνατεθειμένω?

CHAPTER VI.

Cyprian, a bishop, captured by the Slavs, is in wonderful manner set at liberty by St. Demetrius.

Γέγονέ τις ἐξ Ἀφρικῆς ἀνὴρ, ὡς μὲν συνετὸς, ὡς δὲ τὰ θεοσεβὴς, καὶ πολὺς μὲν τὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀρχιερατικῷ δὲ κοσμούμενος ἀξιώματι· ὄνομα τούτῳ Κυπριανὸς· οὗτος τὴν πρὸς βασιλίδα τότε διά τινας χρείας στελλόμενος περίπου τοὺς τῆς Ἑλλάδος τόπους ἀπροσδόκητα τῷ τῶν σκλαβινῶν ἔθνει ἐνήδρευται. Ἀπάγεται τοίνυν τῇ σφῶν χώρᾳ ἀνδράποδον ο κατ᾽ ἄμφω σεμνὸς καὶ πολιὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀρχιερεύς. Ἐντεῦθεν αὐτῷ δουλεία βαρβαρικὴ, καὶ δούλος βαρβάρου δεσπότου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου καὶ ἄντικρυς μιαιφόνου θηρὸς ὁ θύτης καὶ οἰκονόμος τῆς καθαρᾶς καὶ ἀναιμάκτου θυσίας, καὶ τῶν λογικῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ θρεμμάτων ποιμὴν καὶ διδάσκαλος, κόφινος ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων αὐτῷ κατ᾽ ἑκάστην, καὶ κόπρους τῆς βαρβαρικῆς ἱπποστασίας ἐκφόρησις. Πληγαὶ κατὰ νώτων, πληγαὶ κατὰ κόῤῤης, κατὰ σιαγόνος ῥαπίσματα ὁπότε δῆτα ἐξαποκναίη τῷ χρόνῳτε, καὶ πολλῷ τοῦ τῆς δουλείας βάρους (ὢ βάθους τῶν σῶν κριμάτων, λόγε Θεοῦ ἀνεξίκακε) ἡ πρεσβυτικὴ ἐκείνη, καὶ ἱερὰ πολιά, καὶ ἦν τῷ βαρβάρῳ ὡς ὁ λαὸς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς τρόπον ἕτερον.

[209] Ποῦ γὰρ διαστέλλειν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος ἐκείνη ψυχὴ ἀνὰ μέσον ἱεροῦ καὶ βεβήλου ὥς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ ἀπηνέστατα πονηρεύεσθαι; τί τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα; αἵρει πρὸς οὐρανὸν τὸ ὄμμα ὁ μαστιγίας ἐκείνος ἀρχιερεὺς, μετακαλεῖται τὴν ὕψωθεν βοήθειαν· καὶ ταχὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατέταλκε τὰ ἰάματα, καὶ ὁ ῥύστης ἐξ ὑψωμάτων δόξης ἀποστέλλεται ταχινώτατος· νύξ καὶ κατὰ γῆν κατέδαρθεν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς. Καὶ τοίνυν ὄναρ αὐτῷ θαυμάσιον ὁ μάρτυς ἐφίσταται· ἑώρα γὰρ, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ ἐνδεδυμένος πανοπλίαν στρατηγικὴν, ἔφιππος, ξιφηφόρος, νέος ἅμα καὶ χαριέστατος· καὶ εἰ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι βούλει, καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν, φησὶν, ἀκολούθει μοι. Γνωρίζει τούτῳ καὶ ὄνομα καὶ πατρίδα καὶ ἀξίωμα, ὅτι τε Δημήτριος καλεῖται, καὶ Θεσσαλονίκη τούτῳ πατρὶς, καὶ στρατιώτης τυγχάνει, λαμπρὸν καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα περικείμενος. Λύεται παραχρῆμα τῶν δεσμῶν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ ἤ ποδῶν εἶχε τάχους, τῷ φανέντι ἀκολουθεῖ.

[210] Ἡμέρα παρῆλθεν ἡ πρώτη, ἡ δευτέρα παρῆν, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτὴν ἡ τρίτη, καὶ καθεξῆς ἄχρι καὶ τῆς ὀγδόης, ποδηγετοῦντος τοῦ μάρτυρος· καὶ κατὰ Θεσσαλονίκην ὁ ἀρχιθύτης, ἰδοὺ καὶ ὁ ὁδηγὸς ἀφανής· εἰσήει τὴν πόλιν, πυνθάνεται τίς ὁ ἐν αὐτῆ στρατιώτης, διηγούμενος ὅπως αὐτὸν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας λυτρώσοιτο· εἰσέτι γὰρ τρόποις Οἰκονομίας κεκάλυπτό οἱ τὸ τῆς μαρτυρικῆς θαυματουργίας μυστήριον, ὡς ἔτι μᾶλλον δημοσιεύοιτο τὸ τεράστιον, καὶ μεγαλύνοιτο τᾤ μάρτυρι τὸ θαυμάσιον· ὡς γοῦν πρὸς γνῶσιν οἱ ἀκούοντες γένοιντο, ὡς τὰ τοῦ πράγματος θαυματουργία μαρτυρικὴ, εἰς αὐτὰ τοῦτον ἄγουσι τοῦ μάρτυρος τὰ θεῖα ἀνάκτορα· ὁ δὲ ἅματε εἰσιείη καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι τὸν μάρτυρα ἴδοι καὶ ξιφηφόρον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἱππότην θεάσοιτο, αὐτὸν ἐκείνον τὸν φανέντα οἱ παρευθὺ ἀναγνωρισάμενος· τότε δὴ τότε ἀποκαλύπτεται αὐτῷ τὰ τοῦ θαύματος, καὶ πεσὼν εἰς πρόσωπον ἠνθωμολογεῖτο τὰ χαριστήρια Θεῷ καὶ τῷ Μάρτυρι.

[211] Καὶ νῦν ἔγνων, ἐβόα, ὅτι ἀπέστειλε κύριος τὸν μάρτυρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐῤῥύσατό με ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν θλιβόντων με, καὶ ἀπὸ, πηλοῦ ἰλύος· καὶ ἔστησεν ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου, καὶ τά διαβήματὰ μου κατεύθυνε. Σίδηρον διῆλθεν ἡ ψυχή μου τὸν τῶν δεσμῶν· αἱ χεῖρες μου αὗται ἐν τῷ κοφίνῳ ἐδούλευσαν· ἀλλὰ νῦν, ἰδού, αἵρω ταύτας μετ᾽ εὐφροσύνης ὅθεν ἡ βοήθειά μου ἐλήλυθεν· καὶ στόματι μὲν Θεὸν ἐμεγάλυνεν, ἐξ ὀμμάτων δὲ τὸ ὑποκείμενον τοῦ νεὼ κατέβρεχεν ἔδαφος· κρουνηδὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ κατέῤῥει τὸ τῆς χαρᾶς ὁμοῦ, καὶ κατανύξεως δάκρυον· ἐντεῦθεν ἡ πόλις πᾶσα ἑορτὴν ἄλλὴν τῆς τηλίκης θαυματουργίας ἐκρότουν τῷ μάρτυρι, καὶ τὸ τεράστιον ἐμεγάλυνον.

[212] Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐκεῖνος Κυπριανὸς, ὁ αἰχμάλωτος, ὁ δέσμιος, ὁ ἐλεύθερος ἐν τῷ μάρτυρι τὴν Κωνσταντίνου μετὰ ταῦτα καταλαβὼν ἧ, τὰ τῆς προθέσεως τούτῳ τὰ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας κατήπειγε, κᾀκεῖ τὸ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ τοῦ Δημητρίου θαυμάσιον, διηγησάμενος, καὶ παῤῥησιασάμενος. Ἐπεὶ καὶ αὖθις τῷ σφετέρῳ ποιμνίῳ γένοιτο, τὸν μέγαν ὡσπερεὶ δεξιούμενος τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως ναὸν ἐγείρει ἐπὶ τῷ Θείῳ τούτῳ ὀνόματι, καλλύνει, λαμπρύνει τοῦτον· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ μαρμάρων ἐπεὶ εἰς χρείαν καθίσταται ὡς δι᾽ αὐτὼν φαιδρότερον κατακαλλύνει τὸ μάρτυρι τὸν ναὸν, εὑρίσκει τοῦτον συνέριθον· φαίνεται γὰρ αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ λιμένει πλοῖον προσκεῖλαν ἄρτι φάσκει ἑωράμενος, τῶν ἐν χρείᾳ ἔση ἐπιτυχὲς· πρόσεισι τῷ ναυκλήρῳ τὴν ζήτησιν τῶν μαρμάρων ποιούμενος.

[213] Ἐθελοψευδὴς ὁ ναύκληρος γίνεται, καὶ τὸ ζητούμενον μὴ ἔχειν διἳσχυρίζεται· παύεται ὁ ἀρχιερεύς τῆς ζητήσεως· αὖθις ὁ μάρτυς καὶ τόπον δείκνυσι τοῦ πλοίου αὐτῷ, ὅποι αἱ μάρμαροι, ὁπόσαι, καὶ ὁποίαι, καὶ τόπον τούτων, καὶ ἀριθμὸν, καὶ ὄνομά οἱ προσημηνάμενος, καὶ ὅτι τὰς, ἅς ὁ ναύκληρος φορτηγεῖται τῷ πλοίῳ μάρμαρους ὀνόματι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ συμμάρτυρος βίκτορος ταύτας ὠνήσατο, καὶ ὅς ἑτέρας εὑρὼν ταύτας αὐτῷ ἐδωρήσατο. Πάλιν ὁ ἀρχιερεύς τῷ ναυκλήρῳ, καὶ ὄνομα σημαίνει καὶ τόπον, καὶ μέτρον, καὶ εἶδος, αἵ, καὶ ὅσαι καὶ ὁποίαι αἱ μάρμαροι, καὶ ὡς δωρηθεῖεν αὗται Δημητρίῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ πρὸς βίκτορος τοῦ συμμάρτυρος. Ὡς γοῦν οὕτως ἀκούσοι ὁ ναύαρχος συνῆκεν ὡς οὕτω βούλεται ἡ προβλεπτικὴ χάρις τοῦ μάρτυρος, καὶ παραυτὰ τὰς μαρμάρους δίδωσι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ.

[214] Καὶ τὸ ἔργον οὕτω τῆς τοῦ ναοῦ περικοσμήσεως εὐθὺς συμπεραίνεται· τίς δὲ ἐξαριθμήσειε νοῦς; ποῖος δὲ λόγος ἐκδιηγήσεται τὰς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἀναῤῥήσεις ἐκ πάσης χώρας βαρβαρικῆς, ἅς ὁ μέγας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπιτελοίη σχεδὸν, τοὺς μὲν ἐλευθερῶν ἐξ αὐτῶν δεσμῶν παραυτὰ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ οἰκείοις φεύγειν ποσὶν ἀφιεὶς, τοὺς δὲ ἐπόχους τῷ σφετέρῳ ἵππῳ ἀνελαφριζόμενος, φαινόμενος ἔφιππος, τῶν φρουρῶν τὰς μὲν ἀνοίγων ἀοράτως, τὰς δὲ καὶ ἀσαλεύτους κλεῖθρα καὶ σφραγῖδα διατηρῶν τῶν δεσμίων ἀποκενῶν, καὶ πόλεως τῆς οἰκείας ἄχρι Θεσσαλονίκης ἀεριους ὥσπερ τούτους ἀνασωζόμενος, ὡς ἐντεῦθεν καίποτε τὸν δεσμοφύλακα τοὺς δεσμίους μετροῦντα κεκλεισμένους εἴσω φρουρᾶς, ἐπεὶ τινὰς ἀπωλέσει, οὕς ὁ μέγας ἐξήρπασε τῶν δεσμῶν, διαπορούμενος * εἰπεῖν.

[215] Τί τοῦτο; μήποτε καὶ αὖθις ὁ ἐκ βουλγάρων κλέπτης τῇ φυλακῇ ἐπεδήμησε, καὶ δεσμίους ἐξήρπασεν; ἢδει γὰρ ὡς πολλάκις τῷ μάρτυρι πολλοὺς δεσμίους ἐκ τῆς φρουρᾶς ἐζημίωτο· ἑωρᾶτο γὰρ καὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις ἱππαζόμενος ὁ μέγας οἷς οἶδε λόγοις, φέρων αἰχμάλωτον ἔποχον, καὶ τὸν ἁρπάζοντα, ἢ κλέπτοντα, καὶ διωκόμενον ἅμα καὶ φεύγοντα, θαυμασίως ἐσχηματίζετο. Ἀλλὰ τί σοι τῷ μεγάλῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ στρατιώτῃ; τί σοι τῷ συμπαθεστάτῳ καὶ φιλοπατρίδι ἀντιδοίημεν ὁ λαός σου τῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς σου κηδεμονίας, τῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς πολλῆς σου χρηστότητος;

Cyprian, an African bishop, from the captivity into which he had fallen, There was a certain man from Africa, both clear-sighted and a worshipper of divine things, and of much virtue, adorned moreover with the dignity of an archbishop. His name was Cyprian b. He, being then sent to the queen of cities on account of certain business, was unexpectedly captured in an ambush by the nation of the Slavs about the places of Hellas c. To their land, then, with both hands bound, that venerable and hoary archbishop is led away as a slave. Thenceforth barbarian servitude was his lot d; and since he was the servant of a barbarous and impure master, and, though a priest and dispenser of the pure and unbloody sacrifice, and pastor and master of the spiritual nurslings of Christ, was held in the power of a bloodthirsty beast, daily the basket lay on his shoulders, and the carrying out of dung from the barbarian's horse-stable. Blows on the back, blows on the head, and slaps on the jaw, until at length, through both the long duration and the excessive weight of his servitude (O depth of Thy judgments, clement Word of God!), that aged and venerable grey head began to fail; and the archbishop was to the barbarian, by a new turn of things, as it were one of the common people.

[209] he is snatched by St. Demetrius appearing to him, and, free from his bonds, For where could that barbarous soul distinguish between sacred and profane, so as not to touch the Lord's anointed and treat him most unmercifully? But what after this? That archbishop, reduced to the condition of a slave, lifts his eyes to heaven, implores help from above; and at once healing shone upon him, and the deliverer is sent down most swiftly from the height of glory. It was night, and the archbishop was sleeping on the ground. The Saint therefore sends him a wonderful dream. For he was affected with a vision, and, behold, a man clothed in military armour, sitting on a horse, furnished with a sword, young and at the same time of a most joyful countenance; and, he said, if you wish to be freed from captivity and bonds, follow me. He declares to him his name and country and dignity, and that he is called Demetrius, and that Thessalonica is his country, and that he is a soldier illustrious also in dignity. At once the archbishop is freed from his bonds, and followed as swiftly as he could him who appeared to him.

[210] is set down in wonderful manner not far from Thessalonica. The first day passed, the second was present, and after it the third, and so on to the eighth, the Martyr offering himself as guide of the way; and the archbishop was now near Thessalonica, and, behold, the guide of the way vanishes: he enters the city, asks who is the soldier in it, narrating how he had freed him from captivity; for the mystery itself of the miracle wrought by the Martyr was still hidden from him by the ordering of Providence, so that the prodigy might be the more spread abroad, and the miracle redound to the glory of the Martyr. As soon, therefore, as those who heard came to the knowledge of the thing done through a miracle wrought by the Martyr, they lead him to the very sacred basilica of the Martyr; and as soon as he had entered and had seen the Martyr in the Icon, and beheld him at the same time both furnished with a sword and sitting on a horse, he asserted that he was the one who had appeared to him. Forthwith the things that pertained to the miracle were made manifest to him, and, falling on his face, he gave thanks to God and the Martyr.

[211] And now, he exclaimed, I know that the Lord has sent His Martyr, he therefore gives thanks to God and the Martyr in that city, and has delivered me from the hand of those that afflict me and from the mire of dregs, and has set my feet in a wide place and directed my steps. My soul has passed through the iron of the bonds; these very hands of mine have served in the basket;

but, behold, now I lift them up with joy whence my help has come. And he magnified God with his mouth, but with his eyes he wetted the floor of the temple beneath him; for tears, both for joy and for compunction, flowed from him like a spring. Hence the whole city celebrated a new festival of so great a prodigy for the Martyr, and extolled the miracle.

[212] And that archbishop Cyprian, captive, bound, [and having afterwards returned to his country, he raises a temple to him there, the Saint again wonderfully] free in the Martyr, hastening after this to Constantinople, attended to the things which had been set before him before his captivity, there also relating and freely spreading abroad the miracle which had befallen him from St. Demetrius. Further, after he had come again to his own sheepfold, he raises a huge temple to that divine name, as if giving thanks to the Great One e for his redemption, and both adorns and illuminates it. But when he also had need of marbles, in order to adorn the temple more splendidly for the Martyr through them, he found him a companion in his labour. For he appears to him, and announces that he has even now seen a ship which had put in at the harbour, which would contain the things that would be necessary. He goes to the shipmaster to inquire for marbles.

[213] Presently the shipmaster boldly lies, and affirms that he does not have what was sought. bringing aid, and he adorns it most splendidly. The archbishop desists from his inquiry. Again the Martyr shows him the place of the ship where the marbles are kept, setting out to him how many and of what kind they are, and their position and number and name, and that the marbles which the shipmaster was carrying in his ship had been bought in the name of his brother and fellow-martyr Victor, who, having found others, was giving these to him. Again the archbishop declares to the shipmaster both the name and the place and the measure and the shape, and how many and of what kind the marbles are, and how they had been given to the great Demetrius by Victor f, his fellow-martyr. When therefore the shipmaster had heard these things, he understood what the grace of the Martyr, thus foreseeing future things, wished, and at once bestows the marbles on the archbishop.

[214] And thus the work of adorning the temple is shortly completed g. [Hence occasion is taken here to celebrate Demetrius for the multitude of captives whom he prodigiously freed.] But what mind could enumerate, or what speech set forth, the liberations of captives from every barbarian region which the Great One wrought almost daily? Some indeed he freed at once from their very bonds, and dismissed them to flee on their own feet; others, when they needed to be carried, he set on his horse, in the habit of a horseman, the prisons being opened invisibly in some cases, and in others, as regards bars and lock, kept untouched while he emptied them of the bound, and he brought them safe even to his own city of Thessalonica as if carried through the air; so much so that the keeper of a prison, when, having made a reckoning of the bound who had been committed to custody, he had lost some whom the Great One had snatched from their bonds, not knowing what to do, once even said:

[215] What is this? Has then the thief from among the Bulgars entered the prison again and carried off the bound? For he knew how often he suffered loss from the Martyr, many being led out of custody; for the Great One was also seen by the barbarians, riding on a horse, carrying, in the ways he knows, a captive who needed to be carried, and presenting the appearance both of one who seizes or steals, and at once of one pursuing and fleeing. But what shall we, your people, render to you, the great soldier of Christ, to you, most compassionate and lover of your country, for your care towards us, for your great kindness towards us?

ANNOTATA.

may be determined, the things also which were said above at letter c ought to be weighed.

* whether not διαπορούμενον?

BOOK III OF THE MIRACLES.

By another Anonymous Author.

CHAPTER I.

Of a man who, by the patronage of St. Demetrius, recovered the use of his eyes, lost through disease.

ἈΝήρ τις πάλαι τῆς πόλεως ταύτης πρὸς βυζαντίδα κατά τινα χρείαν ἀφορμηθεὶς, νόσῳ περιπεπτώκε δεινῆ· ἐκ δὲ τῆς καὶ ῥεῦμα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐμπίπτει δριμὺ, καὶ τοὺς σωματικοὺς φωστῆρας ἠμαύρωσε. Καὶ τῆς μὲν νόσου ἀπαλλαγεὶς, ῥᾴων ἦν, τῆς δὲ τυφλώσεως τὸ παράπαν ἄθλιος καὶ ἀνενέργητος, περιήει δὲ λίθοις προσπαίων· πόδας τοῖς προσκρούσμασι συντριβόμενος, καὶ θεραπεία τούτῳ ἦν οὐδαμοῦ. Εἰς νοῦν λαμβάνει τὸν μέγαν Δημήτριον, καὶ τὴν ἰατρείαν ἐζήτει, καὶ ἀντιβολῶν οὐκ ἐπαύετο· καὶ εἴθε τῇ ἐμῇ πατρίδι Θεσσαλονίκῃ παρῆν, καὶ τὸν μέγαν εἶχον ἐκεῖσε προσλιπαρεῖν ἀθλητὴν, ἐβόα, καὶ τῆς ἐφέσεως ἂν οὐκ ἀπέτυχον. Ἀλλὰ φθάνει κἀκεῖ ὁ ζητούμενος αὐτῷ ἰατρὸς, καὶ ὁ καλὸς ποιμὴν καὶ προστάτης ταχύνει τὸ τῆς οἰκείας μάνδρας ἐπισκέψασθαι πρόβατον, καί ὁ καλὸς τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης οἰκοδεσπότης τὴν ἀπωλωλυῖαν εὑρέσθαι τρέχειν δραχμὴν.

[217] Καὶ ἵνατί, φησιν, ὀλιγόπιστος, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, εἶ, καὶ μόνον ἐν τῇ πατρίδι οἴει μέ φθάνειν καλούμενον; Ἀλλὰ μὴ καὶ πόῤῥω καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀνάστα καὶ τῷ εὐκτηρίῳ οἴκῳ γενόμενος τῆς πανάγνου καὶ θεομήτορος, οἰκονομεῖον τῷ τόπῳ τὸ ὄνομα, ἔνδον εὑρήσεις με, καὶ ὀφθησομαί σοι, καὶ ἔση παραχρῆμα βλέπων τὸ φῶς. Ἔξυπνος ὁ ἄνθρωπος παραυτίκα γενόμενος ἀνίσταται, τρέχει, τὸν θεῖον οἶκον ἐκεῖνον τῆς πανάγνου ἐρευνᾶ, εὑρίσκει, εἴσεισι τῷ ναῷ, ἐρωτᾶ, ποῦ ὁ μέγας Δημήτριος, ἀκούει· ἰδού εἰκὼν ἡ θεία τοῦ μάρτυρος· ἦν δὲ ἐκ ψηφίδων συγκειμένη φιλοτέχνως εὖ μάλα καὶ ἄριστα. Πίπτει τῆς εἰκόνος ἔμπροσθεν ὁ τυφλὸς, δάκρυσιν ὅτι πλείστοἱς περιῤῥεόμενος· οὐ παύσομαι προκυλινδεῖσθαι τῶν σῶν ἁγίων ἰχνῶν ἕως ὅτοῦ ὁ μέγας καὶ μάρτυς, καὶ ἰατρὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς θεραπεύσεις μου, ὡς ἴδω σου τὴν θείαν μορφὴν καὶ εὐπρέπειαν.

[218] Νύξ ἤδη παρῆν, καὶ ἱδοὺ τῷ πάσχοντι ὁ μάρτυς καὶ ἰατρὸς καὶ τοῖς δακτύλοις τοὺς νενοσηκότας ἤψατο ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ ἠρέμα πῶς διανοίγει, καὶ λήμην ὡς ἐδόκει ἐκεῖθεν περιαιρεῖ· εἶθ᾽ οὕτω πιέζει σφοδρότερον, ὡς ὀδυνηθῆναι, καὶ ἀφυπνισθῆναι τὸν πάσχοντα, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι παρὰ τοῦ μάρτυρος· οὐδενῦν εἰσέτι ὀρᾶς με; οὐχ ὁρᾶς με τὸν ἰατρὸν; οὐχ ὁρᾶς με τὸν θεραπευτὴν; ὁ δὲ καὶ ἀνεπήδησε ταχίον, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπάρας τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ μάρτυρος· ὁρῶ σε, ἔφη, τὸν μέγαν μου ἰατρὸν, ὁρῶ σε τὸν μάρτυρα τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὁρῶ τὴν σεβαστὴν καὶ θείαν εἰκόνα σου, καὶ πολλὴν τὴν εὐχαριστείαν προσάγω σοι, ὅτι ἔστησάς μοι ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου καὶ τὰ διαβήματά μου κατεύθυνας· ὅτι ἐῤῥύσω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου ἀπὸ δακρύων, καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου ἀπὸ ὀλισθήματος.

A man who had lost the use of his eyes through disease, St. Demetrius to him A certain man formerly of this city, having set out for Byzantium on account of some business, fell into a grievous disease; and from this a vehement flux also came upon his eyes, and extinguished his bodily lights. And, the disease indeed being driven off, he grew well; but through blindness he was altogether wretched and able to do nothing; he walked indeed, but striking against stones. His feet were bruised by stumblings, nor did any remedy present itself to him anywhere. He conceives in his mind the great Demetrius, and sought a cure, nor did he cease to entreat: O would that I were at Thessalonica in my own country! And there, he exclaimed, I could urgently invoke the great Champion, and should not be disappointed of my wish. But even there the physician he was seeking appears to him, and the good shepherd and guardian hastens to help the sheep of his fold, and the diligent Householder of Thessalonica runs to find the lost drachma.

[217] And why, he says, O man, are you of little faith, appearing, and indicating what he ought to do, and think that I appear, when invoked, only in my own country? But do not run back far and anywhere; if you go to the oratory of the most chaste Mother of God (the place's name is the Oeconomium), you will find me within, and I will appear to you, and you will at once see the light. The man, waking at once, rises, runs, seeks that divine house of the Most Chaste, finds it, enters the temple, asks where the great Demetrius is, hears: Behold the divine image of the Martyr; and it was composed most artfully of small stones, and excellent. The blind man falls down before the image, drenched with very many tears. I will not cease, he says, to lie prostrate at your holy feet until you, great one, both martyr and physician, heal my eyes, so that I may see your divine form and beauty.

[218] Night was now at hand, and behold the Martyr and physician touches with his fingers also the eyes of the sufferer, affected with infirmity, and wonderfully opens them little by little, and removes from them, as it seemed, all the blindness. Then he presses them more vehemently, so that the sufferer was affected with pain and awakened, and heard from the Martyr: Do you not yet see me? Do you not see me the physician? Do you not see me the healer? And he leaped up quickly, and, raising his eyes to the image of the Martyr, said: I see you, my great physician; I see you, the Martyr of Christ; I see your venerable and divine image; and I give you great thanks, because you have set my feet in a wide place and directed my steps; because you have delivered my eyes from tears and my feet from falling.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER II.

A blind man has recourse to St. Demetrius for a remedy, and experiences him propitious to himself in a twofold manner.

Ἀνήρ τίς ἕτερος πόλεως τῆς Ἀδριανοῦ ἐξορμώμενος, καὶ οὗτος πηροῦται τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ προδραμεῖν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ τῷ μεγάλῳ διανενόηται. καὶ δὴ ὁ μὲν πρὸς ὁδοιπορίαν ἦν εὐτρεπὴς· οἷς δὲ οἰκεῖος πρὸς γένος ἦν ἀνήρ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ὡς μακρὰν, ὡς δυσχερῆ καὶ ταῦτα πεζῷ καὶ τυφλώττοντι ἀπηγόρευον. Ὁ δὲ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ εἰς δύο ὅλους ἐνιαυτοὺς παρατεθῆ τὰ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας μοι, οὐ παύσομαι ἕως εὑρήσω μοι τὸν ζητούμενον ἰατρὸν, τὸν μέγαν Δημήτριον, ἅπτεται τῆς ὁδοῦ, διανύει δρόμον εἰς ὅλας ἡμέρας δύο, τυφλῷ ποδὶ ἀθλίως περιπλανώμενος, βιαζόμενος προσκρούων τοῖς λίθοις, πυκνὰ διολισθαίνων, καὶ πολὺν ὅτι φέρων τὸν κάματον. Βλέπει τοῦτον ὁ μέγας μακρόθεν, κάμπτεται τῇ συμφορᾷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὁ συμπαθὴς τὰ πάντα Δημήτριος, τῆς πίστεως ἀποδέχεται, καὶ καθ᾽ ὁδὸν ἔφιππος τῷ πεπηρωμένῳ τουτῷ ἀνδρὶ.

[220] Ἐρωτᾶ καὶ μὴ ἀγνοῶν ὅπη πορεύεται οὕτω μόνος, οὔτω σκοτεινὸς καὶ πάσης ἐλεεινότητος, ἀκούει, πρὸς τὸν τοῦ μεγάλου Δημητρίου θεῖον τάφον, ὡς ἀναβλέψειν· ἀλλὰ πολύς σοι, φησὶν, ὁ δρόμος τῆς προκειμένης ὁδοιπορίας καὶ δυσχερὴς· αὖθις τὸ καὶ πρώην ῥηθὲν· ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ εἰς δύο ὅλους ἐνιαυτοὺς, φησὶν, οὕτω ταλαιπωρήσαιμι, οὐ στήσομαι μέχρις ὅτου ἐκεῖσε γένωμαι· ἀλλάγε δή, φησιν, ὁ μέγας καὶ μικρόν σε τῷ ἵππῳ τῷδε διαναπαύσομαι· λαμβάνει τοῦτον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ αὐθημέρον μέσον τοῦ θείου τεμένους τούτου ἐντίθησιν τὸν τυφλὸν· ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς τὸ θαυμάσιον, καὶ ὅπη παρῆ, τοῖς ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ μεγάλου εἰσιοῦσι, καὶ ἐξιοῦσι δήμοις πολλοῖς συνωθούμενος (ἦν γὰρ ἡμέρα τότε, καθ᾽ ἥν πανηγυρίζομεν τῷ μάρτυρι τὸ μαρτύριον) ἐδόκει ὡς ἐξαπατηθείη πρὸς τοῦ συνοδοιπορήσαντος τούτῳ ἱππότου, καὶ αὖθις ἐναπεῤῥίφθαι τῇ τῆς Ἀδριανουπόλεως ἀγορᾷ, καὶ τὰ περὶ τούτου ἐβόα μεμφόμενος οἷον τὸν ἀπατήσαντα, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἠρώτα τῆς τοσαύτης τοῦ λαοῦ συνδρομῆς.

[221] Καί τινες κατήκοοι τούτου γενόμενοι φασὶν· ἄνθρωπε, μέμηνας; τῷ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ ναῷ τοῦ μεγάλου Δημητρίου ἐστὼς ἀδριανούπολιν φαντάζη καὶ ἱππότην πλανήσαντα· καὶ δὴ ἔκπληκτος ἦν ὥραις ἐφ᾽ ἱκαναῖς, καὶ σιγών· εἶθ᾽ οὕτως εἰς ἑαυτόν ὥσπερ γενόμενος, ἐδημοσίευε τὸ τεράστιον, καὶ μετὰ δακρύων ἅμα καὶ χαρμονῆς τὴν θεραπείαν ἐζήτει· ἤδη γὰρ ἀναμφίβολον ἐκ τοῦ προλαβόντος εἶχε τὴν τῶν ὀμμάτων ἀνάβλεψιν· φαίνεται γοῦν κατ᾽ ὄναρ ὁ μάρτυς αὐτῷ νυκτὸς, καὶ φησὶν, μὴ μόνον χερσὶν ἐπαφώμενος τὸν ἐμὸν τόνδε ναὸν καταμάνθανε, ἀλλὰ βλέπε τοῦτον καὶ αὐτοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς· καὶ αὐτίκα ἀναπετάσας τὰ βλέφαρα, ὁρᾷ πᾶσαν τοῦ ναοῦ τὴν θέσιντε, καὶ εὐπρέπειαν Θεὸν μεγαλύνων, καὶ τὸν μάρτυρα τούτου Δημήτριον.

[A blind man, while he is hastening from Adrianople to the tomb of St. Demetrius for a remedy, by him on the way] Another man, a native of Adrianople, was himself also maimed in his eyes, and was meditating to have recourse to the Great One b for a remedy. And he was indeed already prepared for the journey; but those to whom the man was joined by kinship of race dissuaded him from the journey as long, as difficult, and that to be accomplished by one going on foot and blind. But he said: Even if a journey of two whole years were set before me, I will not cease until I have found the physician sought by me, the great Demetrius. He takes to the road, pushes forward his course for about two whole days, going about wandering in miserable manner with blind foot, compelled to strike against stones, frequently falling to the ground, and truly bearing great labour. The Great One beholds him from afar; Demetrius, much compassionating the calamity of the man, is moved, accepts his faith, and, sitting on a horse, appears on the way to this maimed man c.

[220] [St. Demetrius appearing to him, he is set down in wonderful manner at Thessalonica,] He asks, though not ignorant, whither he is going thus alone, thus in darkness, and wretched in every respect; he hears: To the holy monument of the great Demetrius, that I may recover my sight. But, he says, long and difficult is the course of the journey set before you. Again what he had said at first: But even if I should have to labour thus for two whole years, he said, I will not desist until I am there. But indeed, says the Great One, I will make you rest a little on this horse. He takes him up on the horse, and on the same day sets the blind man down in the middle of that divine temple d. But he, not knowing the prodigy and where he was, by many men who the temple of the Great One (for it was the day,

on which we celebrate the martyrdom of the Martyr, was then) were entering and going out, being thrust about, thought that he had been led away from the road by that horseman who had made the journey with him, and thrown again into the forum of the city of Adrianople; and on this account he cried out, accusing such a seducer, and asked the cause of such a concourse of people.

[221] And some, when they had heard it, say: and is afterwards gifted with sight there. Are you mad, man? Standing at Thessalonica in the temple of the Great Demetrius, you imagine Adrianople, and a horseman who made you stray from the road. Presently he was for a fairly long time astounded and silent, and then at length, coming back in some way to himself, he spread abroad the miracle, and with tears and joy at once sought a remedy; for from the opinion he had already conceived he now held the use of his eyes as undoubtedly recovered. To him, then, by night, the Martyr appears in sleep and says: Do not consider this temple of mine only by the touch of your hands, but behold it also with your very eyes. And at once, opening his eyelids, he beheld the whole situation and beauty of the temple, magnifying God and His martyr Demetrius.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER III.

St. Demetrius prodigiously prevents men visiting holy places from falling into the hands of the Saracens.

ἙΤερον, ὦ παρόντες, τῶν τοῦ Μεγαλομάρτυρος τεραστίων λέγων ἔρχομαι, τῶν εἰρημένων τάχα οὐκ ἔλαττον· ὅπως μὲν ἡ Θεσσαλονίκη χρόνοις πολλοῖς πρότερον ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς Δούλης ἑάλω τέκνων τῆς Ἀγὰρ καὶ μαχαίρας ἔργον ἐγένετο, Λέοντος τὰ σκῆπτρα διέποντος, κρίμασιν οἷς αὐτὸς μόνος ἀποῤῥήτοις ἐπίστασαι, Κύριε, παριδὼν τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ οὕτω διὰ τὰς ἡμετέρας ἁμαρτίας γενέσθαι διοικονομησάμενος, ἄλλαι τὲ πάντως δηλοῦσι γραφαί, καὶ ἡ μνήμη διαῤῥεοῦσα, ἔτι καὶ νῦν τὰ ἐπισυμβάντα τηνικαῦτα ἐπιτραγῳδεῖ. κατ᾽ αὐτὸν οὖν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἁλώσεως ἄνθρωποι τινὲς Ἰταλιῶται τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἐξορμήσαντες εὐχῆς ἕνεκεν, καὶ ἱστορίας τῶν ἑκασταχόθι ναῶν, καὶ δὴ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ζωηφόρον τείνοντες μνῆμα, τὴν εὐθὺ τέως τοῦ μαρτυπίου ἀνῄεσαν.

[223] Καὶ ἐπείπερ αὐτὰ δὴ τότε τὰ Τέμπη διεξιέναι τούτοις ἔτυχε τὰ Θετταλικὰ, ἀνήρ τις, ἄγνωστος αὐτοῖς πρότερον καὶ οὔπω τεθεαμένος, καθεωρᾶτο συνοδοιπορῶν, πολιὸς τὴν τρίχα, τὴν ὄψιν ἱλαρὸς, τὴν περιβολὴν σεμνός· καὶ τῇ θέᾳ μόνῃ πολὺ τὸ σεβάσμιον ὑποφαίνων καὶ πρᾶον. Εἶτα ἔτερός τις ἐφαίνετο πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πρόσω ἐπιὼν, ἱππότης ὡραῖος μὲν ὅσα θεάσασθαι, καὶ πολὺ τὸ ἐκ φύσεως ἐπιτερπὲς ἔχων καὶ χαρίεν· κατηφὴς δὲ καὶ μαραινόμενον τὸ τῆς φαιδρότητος ὑποδηλῶν χαροπὸν, καὶ ὥσπέρ τινι πένθει ἀπαρακλήτω καταβεβλημένον καὶ ἐπιστυγναζόμενον· ὃς, ὁμοίαν τῇ ὄψει καὶ φωνὴν ἀφεὶς, προσηγόρευσε τε πρότερον τὸν πρεσβύτην, Ἀχίλλειον τοῦτον κατονομάσας, καὶ ποῦ πορεύῃ, ἐπήρετο· ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν πρὸς σὲ, ὡς ὁρᾷς, διεξίω. Καὶ ὁ πρεσβύτης περιχαρῶς ἀντασπασάμενος, Δημήτριον τοῦτον καλέσας, καὶ μέγαν τοῦ Ἀθλοθέτου Ἀγωνιστὴν προσειπὼν, σὺν σπουδῇ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνηρώτα, ὁ, τι εἴη τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ σκυθρωπασμοῦ καὶ τῆς τοσαύτης κατηφείας καὶ λύπης.

[224] Καὶ ὁ Μάρτυς, οἴχεταί μοι, ἔφησεν, ἡ πατρὶς καὶ παρὰ τῷ Δικαστῇ τῶν ὅλων ἤδη κατέγνωσται. Χεῖρες ἀνδροφόνοι καὶ βάρβαροι τοὺς φυλέτας ἠνδραποδίσαντο· αἵμασιν ὁμοφύλοις περιῤῥεῖται μοι νῦν ὁ σῆκος· βεβήλοις καὶ ἀνάγνοις ποσὶ πατεῖται τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ ἐξουδένωται· κᾴγὼ μὲν τὸ Θεῖον ἐξελιπάρουν συνήθως, εἰς ἔλεον τῶν ἠτυχηκότων ἐκκαλούμενος, καὶ οἶκτον αὖθις λαβεῖν παρῃτούμην, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἣν οἰκείῳ αἵματι περιεποίησατο ἐκκλησίαν, βαρβάρων ἰσχύἵ μόνον πεποιθότων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ Θεῶ, παριδεῖν διασπαθῆναι χερσὶν. Ὁ δὲ, καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνεξερεύνητα κρίματα, εἴασε τὴν τούτου κληρονομίαν βαρβαρικῆς ἀπανθρωπίας πεῖραν λαβεῖν· ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Μάρτυς ἐκδιηγούμενος, καὶ τὸν ἱεράρχην ἔσχεν Ἀχίλλειον συνεπικλώμενον τε τοῖς πάθεσι· καὶ, Μεγάλα σου, κύριε, ἐπεβόων ὁμοῦ, τὰ θαυμάσια, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἱκανὸς εἰς ἔννοιαν ἀφικέσθαι τῆς οἰκονομίας σοῦ.

[225] Τῶν δὲ Ἰταλιωτῶν ταῦτα σὺν ἐκπλήξει ἀμηχάνῳ καταθεωρουμένων, εἷς τὶς ἠρέμα πῶς ἑλληνικῆς ὁμιλίας οὐκ ἀλλότριος, ἀλλ᾽, ἄγε δή, φησιν, ὦ Στρατιῶτα, εἶπέ μοι, περὶ ποίας ταῦτα ὑμῖν λέγεται πόλεως, καὶ τίς ἡ τοῖς βαρβάροις παραδοθεῖσα. Καὶ ὁ μέγας Δημήτριος. Ἡ ἐμὴ, ἔφησε, δυστυχεστάτη πατρὶς ἡ Θεσσαλονίκη, τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐγένετο ἔκδοτος· καὶ αὐτίκα, οἱ μὲν, ὅ τε πρέσβυς καὶ ὁ μέγας Δημήτριος, οὐκέτι τοῖς συνοδοιπόροις κατεθεωροῦντο· αὐτοὶ δὲ κατὰ μόνας, ἐπείπερ οἱ Ἰταλιῶται ἐγένοντο, τοῦ ἑτέρου διεπυνθάνοντο, τί ποτε ἄρα πρὸς ἐκείνων διήκουσε· καὶ οἵ τίνες οἱ συνωδοιπορηκότες εἶεν. ὁ δὲ σὺν θαύματι καὶ ἐκπλήξει ἕκαστα διηγεῖτο, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Μεγαλομάρτύρος ἐδήλου ἐπιφάνειαν, τά τε τῆς πατρίδος δεινὰ διασαφήσαντος, καὶ τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ θέσθαι διασημήναντος.

[226] Ὡς οὖν δὲ μὴ λάφυρον καὶ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν γένωνται, πόῤῥω ἑαυτοὺς Θεσσαλονίκης ἀπαγαγόντες, οὐ μετὰ μικρὸν παρὰ τῶν διαδράντων ἕκαστα τε τῶν γεγενημένων κατήκουον, καὶ συνῆκαν οἱ ἅνθρωποι ἐναργῶς ὡς ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος Δημήτριος ἐτύγχανεν ὣν, τῆς πατρίδος ἐπαναστὰς, ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσι σκυθρωπάζων καὶ ἀνιώμενος. Εἰς αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν βασιλεύουσαν ἀναχθέντες, ὅσα τὲ αὐταῖς εἶδον ὅψεσι περιηγοῦντο, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Μάρτυρος ἐπὶ τῇ πατριδὶ συμπάθειαν· καὶ τὸ τούτου φιλόπατρι καὶ φιλοίκειον ἐπεδείκνυντο, ὑφ᾽ οὗ καὶ νῦν ἔτι περιφρουρεῖταί τε καὶ περιθάλπεται, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς προτέρας εὐδαιμονίας ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ πολίτῃ καὶ κηδεμόνι ἀνέδραμεν. Οὗτος καὶ γὰρ, οἶά τις ἀκλινὴς περίβολος καὶ στεῤῥὸς, τὰς τῶν ἀλητηρίων Σκύθων ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐπέχει ὁρμὰς, τὴν ἄμαχον αὐτοῖς ἐπιτειχίζων δεξιὰν, καὶ ἀνωτέραν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τῆς ἐκείνων διασώζων ἐπιδρομῆς.

[Certain pilgrims, hastening to Thessalonica, which had been taken by the Agarenes,] I set about narrating, hearers, another of the prodigies of the great Martyr, perhaps not less than those which have been narrated. Indeed, how many years before, while Leo was ruling the sceptre, Thessalonica, by secret judgments which Thou, O Lord, alone knowest, overlooking such things and so disposing that they should happen on account of our sins, was taken by the sons of Agar the handmaid and cut off with the sword b, other writings altogether show, and memory, flowing on, still lamentably bewails what then happened. At the very time, then, at which it was taken, certain Italian men, having set out from their country for the sake of a vow, and in order to visit the temples which exist everywhere among the nations, since they were for this reason directing their way also to the life-giving monument itself, had for some time been going along the road which leads straight to the church of the Martyr.

[223] by St. Demetrius, appearing to them on the way, And when it had now fallen to them to pass through the very Thessalian Tempe c, a certain man, previously unknown to them and not yet seen, hoary of hair, cheerful of countenance, modest in habit, and who by his mere aspect displayed much majesty and gentleness, was seen to be making the journey together with them. Then another appeared meeting them from the front, a horseman beautiful indeed in aspect, and having much pleasantness and grace by nature; but showing a somewhat sad and downcast countenance, which veiled his gladness and as it were thrust it away and overwhelmed it with some inconsolable grief; who also, sending forth a voice like his aspect, first of all addressed the old man, calling him Achilleus, and asked: Whither are you going? But I, as you see, am passing over to you. Then the old man, returning the greeting with huge joy, calling him Demetrius, and honouring him with the title of athlete of that Great One who sets forth prizes for those who contend, at once himself also asks what is the cause of so sad a brow and so downcast a countenance and of the sorrow.

[224] and bewailing the destruction of his country, And the Martyr said: My country has perished for me, and has now been reprobated by the Judge of all. Bloody and barbarous hands have led away my fellow-tribesmen into captivity; my temple is now washed round with the blood of those who are of the same nation as I; the holy things are trampled with profane and impure feet and held for nothing. And I indeed, according to my custom, calling Him to mercy on the wretched, was earnestly praying to God, and was entreating that He would again be moved with compassion, and would not suffer the church which He had acquired with His blood to be torn apart by the hands of barbarians, who trust only in their own strength, not in God. But He (for His judgments are inscrutable) has permitted His inheritance to experience the savagery of barbarians. And the Martyr, having spoken these things, moved Achilleus also, the prelate of sacred things, to the affection of compassion d; and they cried out together: Great are Thy wonders, O Lord, nor is there anyone who suffices to attain with his mind the things which pertain to Thy Providence.

[225] understand it. And while the Italians were beholding these things with amazement joined with alienation of mind, one of them, not altogether ignorant of the Greek tongue, said in a low voice: But now, come, O soldier, tell me of what city these things are said by you, and which it is that has been handed over to the barbarians. Then the great Demetrius said: My own most unfortunate country, Thessalonica, has been handed over to the barbarians. And at once both the old man and the great Demetrius were no longer seen by those making the journey with them; and they, since they were Italians, asked the other apart what in the end he had heard from those men, and who they were who had been their companions on the way. And he related each thing with wonder and amazement, and declared the apparition of the great Martyr, who had both set forth the evils of his country and had admonished them to place their own affairs in safety.

[226] [and turning aside elsewhere on that account, they escape captivity by the barbarians.] Lest, then, they too should become the prey of the enemy, withdrawing far from Thessalonica, not long after they heard from those who had fled both each

thing that had happened, and the men understood clearly that it had been that great Demetrius who, having left his country, had been with countenance lowered and downcast through sadness on account of the things that had happened. And, having returned to the imperial city itself, they both narrated the things which they had seen with their own eyes, and set out the affection of the Martyr compassionating his country, and his love for it and his own e; by whom it is still now guarded and cherished, and has returned to its pristine felicity under that other citizen and guardian of its own. For he, as a certain unmoved and firm rampart, even today still checks the onset of the wicked Scythians f, setting against them on the wall his invincible right hand, and keeping his country superior to their irruptions.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER IV.

A man in very bad health recovers health in a church sacred to St. Demetrius near Thessalonica, to which he had been ordered by him in a dream to betake himself.

ΜΙκρόν τι τοῦ ἄστεος ἀποτέρω, τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης φημὶ, πηγή τις δι᾽ ἡδοῦς καὶ καθαροῦ πρόεισι, ψύχρου μὲν ὅσον ψαῦσαι καὶ διαφανοῦς νάματος, ἄλλως δὲ ἡδίστου καὶ ἀγαθου πόματος· πέτρας γὰρ ὑπερεκχεῖται τὸ ρεῖθρον ἀποτόμου φυσικῆ τινὶ διερρηγμένης τομῆ, καὶ σφοδρὸν ὁμοῦ τι καὶ ἄφθονον τοῦτὸ ἀποβλυζούση· ταῦτατοι καὶ τὸ χωρίον τινὲς τῶν ἄνω τοῦ χρόνου πλούτω κομώντων τῆς εὐκαιρίας ἀγάμενοι, ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν τοῦτο καὶ θείων ἀπέφηναν οἰκητήριον· ναόν μὲν ἐκεῖσε κατὰ τὸ ἐγχωροῦν ἐπὶ τῶ ὀνόματι τοῦ μεγάλου Δημητρίου δειμάμενοι, πηγὴν δὲ ὥς ἀληθῶς θαυμάτων καὶ ἰάσεων ἄβυσσον τὸν χῶρον ἀποδειξάμενοι. Ἀνδρὶ οὖν τινὶ τούτων δὴ τῶν ταῖς βασιλικαῖς ἐξυπηρετουμένων διακονίαις συνέβη ποτὲ νόσω περιπεσεῖν, τὴν Θεσσαλονίκην παριόντι καὶ πάσας αὐτῶ τὰς χρηστοτέρας προσδοκίας περιαιρεθῆναι, ἄτε δὴ τοῦ κακοῦ μήτε ἰατρῶν τέχναις εἴκοντος, καὶ τῶ χρόνω μᾶλλον ἐπιδιδόντος πρὸς τὸ χαλεπώτερον.

[228] Παρεῖτο μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶ ἅπαν τὸ σῶμα, ἐλέλυντο δὲ ἀρμονίαι καὶ διερρυήκεσαν, καὶ εἴ τι τῶν σαρκῶν μὴ τὴ νόσω προδεδαπάνητο, διώδει τοῦτο καὶ ἐξώγκοτο, ὥς μηδὲ ἀφὴν οἰόντε εἶναι τῶν θεραπευόντων προσίεσθαι· ἔκειτο οὖν τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἀπογνοὺς καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀλγεινῶν ἀφόρητοις συνεχῶς κατατιτρωσκόμενος βέλεσι· ἤδη ποῦ τὰ τελευταῖα απνέων καὶ ὅσον οὔπω τὴν ψυχὴν ἐξαφῆναι ταῖς ἀλγηδόσι καραδοκῶν, ὄναρ οὖν θεῖον ὀ θεῖος ἐπέστη Δημήτριος καὶ εἴ τῆς ἰάσεως, ὦ οὖτος, ἰμείρη τυχεῖν, πρὸς τὸ ἔξω τοῦ ἄστεως, εἶπεν, ἐμὸν ἄπιθι τέμενος, ὅ πηγὴν ὀνομάζουσι, μελλήσας μὴ δὲ βραχὺ, χεῖραστε γὰρ τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ πόδας νιψάμενος καὶ αὐτόθι περιῤῥαντίσας τὸ πρόσωπον, τῆς ὑγίειας οὐκ᾽ ἀμοιρήσεις, εἰμὶ δὲ ὁ ταῦτά σοι προστάσσων Δημήτριος, τῆς δὲ τῶν πόλεως κηδεμών καὶ τῶν ἐν ἀσθενείαις ἄμιστος ἰατρός.

[229] Ἥ μὲν οὖν ὄψις ταῦτα προσέταττε· πῶς δὲ ἐφὴ ὁ κείμενος πορευθήσομαι, πάντων μοι διαλελυμένων τῶν μελῶν καὶ μὴ μόνον αὐτὸς πρὸς κίνησιν ἐξηπορημένος, ἀλλὰ κάν ψαῦσαι τίς μου βουληθείη, δριμυτέραις ὀδύναις βαλλόμενος, τοῦτο ἐμοὶ καὶ λίαν ἐστὶν ἄπορον, πανταχόθεν παρειμένω καὶ ἐξησθενηκότι· ἄλλ᾽ ὁ φανεὶς ἐκεῖνος αὐτόνειρος ὁ θεῖος Δημήτριος, ἄπιθι οὖν, ἄνθρωπε, τᾶλλα παρὰ φαῦλον θέμενος, ἔλεγε, καὶ τῆς ἰάσεως τευξη· ἢγετο οὖν φοράδην· οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀπειθεῖν καὶ τῶ τεμένει προσέρριπτο, ἐλαίωτε ἁγίω πρὸς τῶν νοσοκομούντων περιχρισθεὶς καὶ τῶ θείω ἐκείνω, ὥς ἐκέλευσεν ὁ φανεὶς, περιάντλησάμενος ὕδατι· Τῆς αὐτῆς οὖν ἦκε νυκτὸς ὁ ἄργυπνος ἰατρὸς πρὸ τὸν κάμνοντα καὶ αὖθις εἰ ὑγιαίνοι ἐπήρετο· ο δὲ καὶ λίαν, ἔφη, ἀνιάτως ἔχω, μήπω καὶ νῦν τῶν χρηστοτέρων παρόντων.

[230] Τὴς χειρος οὖν τούτου δεξάμενος καὶ σφοδρότερον διακινήσας, ὁ μὲν διυπνισθεὶς ὁ νοσῶν, τορόν τι καὶ διωλύγιον ἀνεβόησε καὶ συνεχῶς ἀπώμωζεν· το δὲ τῶν θεραπόντων καὶ ὅσον ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας παρῆν πλῆθος, συνδεδραμηκός καὶ ὥς τελευταῖα πνέοντος ἥδη συναποθρηνούντων ἁπαντων, ὁ μὲν ἀμυδρᾶ τῆ φωνῆ ὁ νοσῶν διεξήει αὖθις τὰ ὁραθέντα, οἵ δὲ ἐπεβοῶντο τὸν μάρτυρα ἐκεῖνον τοῦτον ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἀριδήλως αὐτῶ ἐπιφανῆναι ἔλεγον, καὶ πρὸς τὸ εὐθυμότερον τὸν κείμενον ἐπανῆγον· ὁ δὲ πρῶτα μὲν τὴν χεῖρα ἠρέμα κινήσας, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἠπλωμένους τέως ἐκ πρώτης ἔτι καταβολῆς περιστείλας, καὶ αὖθις ἐκτεἱνας ῦδωρτε ἐξαιτησάμενος τῆς ἀλεξικάκου έκείνης πηγῆς καὶ απονίψας αὐτόν, ὁ μηδὲ πρὸς βραχὺ πρότερον ἑαυτὸν μετάγων ἢ ὅλως μετακινῶν, ὕμνειτὲ τὸν τοσούτων ταυματουργὸν καὶ παντοδαποῖς ἐξετίμα εὐχαριστηρίοις ὠδαῖς, καὶ τῆς κλίνης ἥδη ποῦ ὑπεξαναστάς ἐβάδιζετε ἀρτίοις ποσὶ, καὶ τὸ τερατουργηθὲν ἀσιγήγήτοις ἐξηγεῖτο βοαῖς, ὧς

ἐντεῦθεν ἐκχεθῆναι μὲν πάντας τοῦς ἄστεος πρὸς τὸ τοῦ μάρτυρος ἀποδραμεῖν οἰκητήριον· ἡμερῶν δὲ οὐκ ὁλίγων παννυχίσι καὶ ἠμερινοῖς ὕμνοις τὸ θεῖον γεραίρειν, τότε τοῦ μάρτυρος τέμενος παρὰ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ βαναύσων τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἀλλάξασθαι καὶ ἀντὶ Δημητρίου ἀρμογένην τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦδε καλεῖσθαι, τὴν τῶν ἀρμονιῶν πάρεσιν καὶ διάλυσιν συνδήσαντος ἀῤῥήτω τινὶ καὶ θαυμαστῆ χειρουργία καὶ αὖθις συναρμοσαμένου τοῦ μάρτυρος.

[In a church sacred to St. Demetrius at a spring near Thessalonica, a certain man,] At some small distance from the city — Thessalonica, I mean — a certain spring flows sweetly and purely, of water cold indeed and limpid to the touch, but otherwise most sweet and excellent for drinking. For the stream is poured out of a sheer rock, which is split by a certain natural cleft and sends it forth in a manner at once vehement and copious. Certain men, then, of former times, who abounded in riches, admiring the place also for its suitability, made it a dwelling of upright and holy men, building there, as far as was permitted, a temple to the name of the Great Demetrius, and appointing the spring to be truly the seat of an abyss of miracles and cures. It happened, then, that a certain man of those who discharge imperial offices once fell into a disease, and that, when he had come on to Thessalonica, every expectation of amendment was cut off from him, inasmuch as the evil did not yield to the art of the physicians, but rather grew worse with time.

[228] seized in all his limbs, when he had betaken himself to it, as he For his whole body was weakened; and the framework of his limbs was dissolved and was flowing apart, and if any of the flesh had not been consumed by the disease before, that swelled and was inflated, so that he could not even admit the touch of those caring for him. He lay, then, unaware of the things that were happening to him, and continually convulsed by intolerable strokes of pains. When he was now thought to be breathing his last and almost exhaling his soul for the pains, the divine Demetrius stood by him in a divine dream, and said: If you wish, O you, to obtain health, go away to my temple, situated outside the city, which they call the Spring; and without delay, when you have washed your hands and feet and anointed your face there, you will obtain health; and I who command you these things am Demetrius, guardian of the city and physician of the sick without fee.

[229] [had been ordered in a dream, and had washed himself there with the water of that spring, recovers health.] These things, then, the vision enjoined; but how, said the man lying down, shall I make the journey, when all my limbs are dissolved? Since I am not only unfit to move myself, but also, if anyone should wish to handle me, am struck with heavier pains, this is surely exceedingly difficult for me, weakened on every side and exhausted of strength. But he who himself was appearing, the divine Demetrius, said: Only go, man; and, made superior to the rest of the evil, you will obtain health. Being carried, then (for he was not disposed to refuse belief), he was brought; and when he had been both anointed with sacred oil by those who cared for the sick and washed with that divine water, as he who had appeared had given in command, he was laid down in the temple. On that very night, then, that watchful Physician came to the sick man and asked again whether he was well; and he said: Nay rather, I labour under an incurable disease, no hope of amendment shining forth even now.

[230] When therefore he had taken his hand and moved it more vehemently, he who was labouring under ill health, being awakened, cried out clearly and vehemently, and continually lamented; and the multitude of the servants, and whatever number was present out of compassion, ran together, and when all together were lamenting him as one breathing his last, the sick man related in a somewhat obscure voice the things which had again been seen by him; and they exclaimed that it was the Martyr himself, and said that he had most manifestly appeared to him, and roused the man lying down to be of better and more eager spirit. He, then, when he had first moved his hand gently, and then had brought it to his feet, still then stretched out from the preceding dissolution, and had drawn them back again, and had asked for water from that spring which drives away diseases, and had washed himself — he who before could neither turn himself about a little nor move at all — both praised the Worker of such prodigies and adorned him with various canticles with which he gave thanks; and when he had risen, namely from his bed, he both walked with sound feet and narrated with clamours that could not be restrained the miracle which had been wrought b, so that hence all poured out of the city and ran together to the sacred church of the Martyr c; and for not a few days they honoured God with hymns night and day, and the temple of the Martyr received from the common people and men of the lowest class a change of name, and thenceforth, because the Martyr in an ineffable manner bound together the laxity and dissolution of the limbs and fitted them together again by an admirable surgery, it was called Armogenes d in place of Demetrius.

ANNOTATA.

CHAPTER V.

How the Saint brought it about that a temple sacred to him in Cappadocia, which had fallen down, was restored.

ἜΝ τινι τῆς καππαδοκίας χωρίω, δρακοντίανα τῶ χωρίω τὸ ὄνομα, ναὸς τῶ μεγαλομάρτυρι Δημητρίω ἐξωκοδόμηται διὰ τῆς ἀνωτάτω τιμῆς τὲ καὶ αἰδοῦς ἔτι τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις ἀγόμενος καὶ ἠ αἰτία τῆς οἰκοδομῆς εἰπεῖν οὐ χεῖρον ταύτην ἐστίν· ἀνὴρ τις αὐτουργεῖν εἰωθὼς καὶ ἀπὸ χειρῶν πεπορισμένος τὸν βίον περὶ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πονούμενος γήδιον, λίθων τινὰ ἐξεφόρει σωρὸν, προῦκειτο δὲ ἆρα τῶ ἀνδρὶ εἰς ἄλωνα μετασκευᾶσαι τὸν χῶρον ἐκκαθαρθέντα, καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔργου εἴχετο καὶ σπουδαιότατα τότε ὥς δοκοῦν ἄχρηστον διεκάθηρε.

[232] Νεανίας δὴ τις αὐτῶ περὶ ταῦτα πονοῦντι τὴν ὄψιν ἐκπρεπὴς, τὴν ὥραν διαφανής, στρατιωτικῶς ἐσταλμένος ἱππότης ἐφίσταται, καὶ ὦ οὗτος, ἐφὴ, εἰς ἄλωνα τὸν ἐμόν σοι δια σπουδῆς μετασκευᾶσαι σηκόν; οὐ χαιρήσεις τῶ ἐπινοήματι, οὐδὲ ἄριστα σαυτῶ ἔση βεβουλευμένος· εἰμὶ δὲ ὁ θεσσαλονικεὺς, ἔφη Δκμήτριος καὶ ἐνταῦθα τιμώμενος, καὶ ὁ μὲν τοσαῦτα εἴπὼν ὤχετο· ἄφωνος δὲ ὁ γηπόνος κατέλειπτο, καὶ οἶον τὰς φρένας παρακοπεὶς, τῶν μὲν ἐν χερσὶ παντων ἐκλελησμένος, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς θείας ἐκείνης μαρμαρυγῆς τὰς αἴσθησεις ἀφαιρεθεὶς.

[233] Επεὶ οὖν οἵ προσήκοντες καὶ ἄλλως συνήτεις τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀφασίας διεπυνθάνοντο, τρεμούση ἐνταῦθα ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὥσπερ παραφαινομένη τῆ γλῶττη ἔκαστα τῶν ὁραθέντων περιηγεῖται, καὶ τὸν ἐπιφανέτα Δημήτριον εἶναι ἔλεγε. Σπουδὴ οὖν οἵ ἀκούσαντες τηνικαῦτα, μᾶλλον τὸν ἐπικείμενον ἐκφορήσαντες συρφετὸν, καὶ διακαθηράμενοι, θεμελίοιστὲ παλαῖας τινὸς περιετύγχανον οἰκοδομῆς, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο δηλοῦν τὸν φανέντα, οἶς περιέτυχον εἰκότως τεκμεριωσάμενοι, τοῦτον δὲ τὸν νῦν ὅρώμενον πολυτίμητόντε καὶ θαυμαστὸν σηκὸν ἀνωκοδομήσαντο, σταυρόν τὲ ἐπὶ τῶ ἐκείνου, ὤς τοῖς ἀγρόταις ἔθος, ἐξ ἀργύρου τῶ τεμένει ἐνιδρυσάμενοι ὀνόμυατι θαυμάτων καὶ τεραστείων ἔμπλεων τὴν περίοικον ἀπειργάσαντο μεγάλα καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φρικτα ἀεὶ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου έπιτελοῦντος ἐνταῦθα Θεοῦ διὰ τῆς τοῦ μάτυρος Δημητρίου συνεχοῦς τῶ χωρίω παρουσίας καὶ ἐπιφοιτήσεως· ἐν χριστῶ Ἰέσου τῶ κυρίω ἡμῶν, ὥ ἡ δόξα καὶ τό κράτος νῦν καὶ

[To a certain countryman in Cappadocia, meditating to change into a threshing-floor a place] In a certain village of Cappadocia (Dracontiana b is the place's name) there stands, built to the great martyr Demetrius, a temple which is still held in the greatest honour and veneration by the inhabitants; and the cause of its building, which it would not be out of place to have set out, is this. A certain man, accustomed to labour by himself and to procure his living by the work of his hands, while he was labouring in his little field, carried out a certain heap of stones; for it was perhaps the man's purpose to change the place, when it had been cleared, into a threshing-floor; and he was occupied with the work, and was most carefully clearing away what, as it seemed, was useless.

[232] [in which lay the foundations of an ancient temple of Demetrius, the Saint appears,] But to him, as he was giving his efforts to these things, a certain young man, comely of face, radiant in appearance, clothed in the military habit of a horseman, suddenly stands by, and says: Ho, you! Would you hastily change my temple into a threshing-floor for yourself? You will not rejoice in the thing you are meditating, nor will you have consulted best for yourself; and I am, he said, Demetrius, born at Thessalonica and honoured there. And he indeed, when he had said such things, went away; but the husbandman remained destitute of voice, and, as though struck in his mind, had forgotten all the things he had in his hands, and through that divine brightness was bereft of his senses.

[233] and so he brings it about that it is restored. When therefore his kinsfolk and those otherwise familiar with him asked the cause of his stupor, this man sets out, with trembling and as it were failing voice, each of the things which had been seen, and declared that he who had appeared was Demetrius. Then therefore those who had heard it, carrying away more eagerly the rubbish lying on top, and clearing the place, both came upon the foundations of a certain ancient building, and, deservedly conjecturing from the things which they came upon that he who had appeared was showing this very thing, restored this sacred church, both precious and wonderful, which is seen even today; and, placing in the grove a silver cross to his name, as is the custom of country people, they made the neighbourhood full of miracles and prodigies c, the merciful God always accomplishing there things great and astounding to hear through the assiduous presence and visitation of the martyr Demetrius in the place, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and power, now and always, etc.

ANNOTATA.

place only, Dracontiana ought to be held, although meanwhile it is related by our author in the present chapter that it shone forth both with a church sacred to St. Demetrius and with miracles wrought through him.

ANALECTA

Of the ointment or oil prodigiously flowing from the tomb of St. Demetrius, and on still other miracles of the same Saint, taken partly from writers already published by the benefit of printing, partly from the works of John Stauracius and Demetrius Chrysoloras not yet edited.

Demetrius, M., at Thessalonica in Macedonia. (S.)

BY C. B.

§ I. Miracles later than the tenth century which the Saint is related to have wrought in favour of Thessalonica.

The Saint, who had preserved it for a very long time unharmed against enemies, That Thessalonica, while Maurice held the reins of the Roman empire, was defended in an altogether prodigious manner against the united force of the Avars and other barbarous nations by St. Demetrius, its patron, and snatched from the most imminent danger at once of storming and of plunder, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, very often praised above, who was present at the event, makes undoubted in the first book of the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius, already given, cap. 13 and the two following. And this indeed, as is clear from the Annotata subjoined to the said cap. 13 at letter h, happened as the sixth century was inclining to its end, that is in the year 597; and that the same city was further, in the seventh century, when the same John whom I have just praised was already governing the church of Thessalonica, and still later, namely in the eighth century, likewise defended in an altogether wonderful manner by our Saint against the barbarians, appears from the second book of the miracles wrought by him, likewise already given, if not altogether undoubted, because its author (see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 24) does not deserve credence entire on every side, at least most probable. And indeed that, not only in the seventh century and the following, but also up to the year 904, Thessalonica remained superior to the onset of all enemies, St. Demetrius protecting it, and was snatched from various dangers of war, John Cameniates, still praised above, who flourished then, in his work on the destruction of Thessalonica by the Saracens, and the patriarch Nicholas, who governed the church of Constantinople at that time, in his Monody on the same mournful event, indicate not obscurely.

[2] But then that most celebrated city, as John Cameniates, an eye-witness of the event, whom I have again just praised, [at length allowed Thessalonica, to the wonder of all, to be stormed and cut off by the Agarenes,] published by Berthold Nihus in the year 1653 at Cologne, and then again reprinted by Combefis among the Writers of Byzantine History after Theophanes in the year 1685 at the Paris presses, gives assurance, was stormed by the Saracens, who were waging war against Leo, emperor of the East, surnamed the Wise, under the leadership of Leo of Tripoli, a most impious apostate, and most foully plundered and cut off, the inhabitants also being led away into captivity in great number. And this indeed fell out as a matter of the very greatest wonder, because up to that time Thessalonica, as was commonly believed by all, had stood unshaken against all the machinations of enemies by the patronage of St. Demetrius. Hear how the patriarch Nicholas speaks, opportunely for the present purpose, at the place cited above, in Greek words which I shall also subjoin to the Greek text translated into the Latin tongue. Ποῦ, he says, μοι, Δημήτριε μάρτυς, ἡ ἀήττητος συμμαχία; πῶς τὴν σὴν πόλιν ὑπέρειδες πορθουμένην; πῶς ὑπὸ σοὶ πολίουχῳ ἡ ἐχθροῖς ἄβατος ἀφ᾽ οὗ χρόνου ταύτην ἥλιος ἐθεάσατο τοσούτων κακῶν εἰς πεῖραν ἐγένετο; πῶς τῆς τῶν δυσσεβούτων ὀφρύος ἠνέσχου κατορχουμένης τῆς ἱερᾶς προστασίας; πῶς ὑπέμεινας ταῦτα καὶ διεκαρτέρησας; Where, I ask, Demetrius martyr, is your invincible alliance in war? How did you look down on your city, so that it was overthrown? How did she who, under you as protector, from the time when the sun beheld her, had been inaccessible to enemies, come to experience such great evils? How did you endure the arrogance of the impious exulting in insult to your sacred patronage? How did you suffer these things and bear them to the very end? So that illustrious patriarch of Constantinople, who is also surnamed the Mystic, discloses not obscurely his wonder at Thessalonica having been taken and cut off, when up to his own age this city had been safe by the powerful patronage of St. Demetrius; nor does it appear to be doubted that the feeling which Nicholas expresses in the words given was then the common feeling of all men.

[3] it again, raised from its ruins, prodigiously, as Cedrenus, whose words which But indeed why Demetrius, who, as may be seen above in the two former books of his miracles, had formerly so often and in so many different prodigious ways protected his city against most ferocious enemies, allowed it then to be stormed and overthrown by the Saracens, enemies of Christ, the judgments of God are deep, by which we too should be made to fear; the Saint meanwhile, who, both for miracles of every kind wrought in great number and most of all for Thessalonica prodigiously preserved more than once against enemies, had already formerly been commonly adorned by the Greeks with the most glorious titles of Great Martyr and Wonder-worker, and others expressed in the work given above of John of Thessalonica and of the anonymous writer who continued John, protected that native city of his again prodigiously with his help against enemies, when it had risen from the destruction brought on it by the Saracens and had repaired its past disaster, although at length he permitted it, by judgments of God which again are deep and inscrutable, to be stormed by the Turks in the year 1429, and to be held thereafter by firm possession, continuing even to this day. Cedrenus, in the Compendium of histories, when he treats of the things done under Michael IV, records the following: In the year of the world six thousand five hundred and forty-nine, indiction nine, in the month of September, Alusianus, patrician and prefect of Theodosiopolis, second son of Aaron (he had been the brother of Samuel, once king of the Bulgars), suddenly fled from the city (namely Constantinople) and betook himself to Deleanus (he had been taken as king by the Bulgars, whom he had stirred up to revolt from the Greeks).

[4] For when he had been accused of injustice, before the case was heard, [are brought forward here on this matter, teaches, in the year 1041 against enemies,] John (the emperor's minister) had exacted from him fifty pounds of gold, and had taken from him a most elegant woman whom he had in Charsianum; and when, by many prayers to the emperor, he had not obtained that account should be taken of him, despairing of his affairs, having taken an Armenian habit, and pretending that he was the servant of Basil Theodoranus and was going to the emperor at Thessalonica, he fled secretly from all, and came to Ostrobum, where Deleanus then had his camp with his whole army. Deleanus received him with great joy, fearing lest the Bulgars should rather incline to him as one born of royal blood, took him as partner, as he gave out, of the empire, and sent him with an army of forty thousand to attack Thessalonica, over which the patrician Constantine, cousin of the emperor, then presided. Alusianus, having set out thither, girds the city with a rampart, and, having moved up engines, attacks it with the utmost industry. But when he had attacked it in vain for six days, repulsed on every side, abandoning the hope of storming it, he resolved to take it by siege.

[5] The townsmen one day went to the sepulchre of the martyr Demetrius, here adduced, teaches, in the year 1041, against enemies, and, having prolonged a supplication through the whole night, and having used the ointment which flows from that sepulchre, the gates being opened, they sallied out with one rush against the Bulgars, having with them the legion of the Magnanimous, and put the enemy to flight, terrified by the unexpected assault, no one daring to stand or defend himself. The leader of the Roman battle-line was the Martyr, and he levelled the way; which the captive Bulgars confirmed on oath, saying that they had seen a young horseman who went before the Roman phalanx, from whom fire leaping forth burned the enemy opposite. More than fifteen thousand of the Bulgars fell, and not fewer were captured; the rest escaped by most shameful flight to Deleanus. This is the first warlike expedition in which help is narrated to have been brought to Thessalonica in a quite wonderful manner by St. Demetrius again, after the disaster received from the Agarenes in the year 904. And this event, since it took place in the year of the world six thousand five hundred and forty-nine, as is understood from the words of Cedrenus already recited, ought to be bound to the year of Christ 1041, as becomes manifest from the subtraction of the years of the world MMMMMDVIII, in the last of which, as it was elapsing, the Greeks place the birth of Christ, made from the years MMMMMMDXLIX, in the last of which, from what has been said, the disaster of the Bulgars recorded by Cedrenus happened.

[6] But as regards the matter itself, or rather the remarkable prodigy by which the Bulgars, [which here, after a fashion, the silence of other writers, who did not mention it,] St. Demetrius being openly seen going before the Thessalonians and fighting for the city, are narrated by Cedrenus to have been driven from the siege of Thessalonica and put to flight with a great slaughter of their own, Zonaras, in the Annals, discourses under Michael the fourth likewise of Alusianus and of the Bulgars who, under the leadership of Deleanus, about the year 1040 shook off the yoke of the Greeks, imposed on them already some time before by Basil the third, who for this reason obtained the surname of Bulgaroctonus; and yet he makes not even a word of mention of the prodigy by which Alusianus was compelled to withdraw from the siege of Thessalonica, St. Demetrius bringing aid to his city. But since this writer does not mention even the expedition undertaken by Alusianus against Thessalonica, and so could not opportunely mention the miracle by which it was made to fail of happy success, there is no reason why his silence about this should seem very strange to anyone. But indeed there will perhaps be someone who will think it more to be wondered at, at least, that the same miracle is passed over in silence by John Stauracius also, as I find to be the case in his work extant among us. That indeed, since this writer, who, as I have shown in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 26, flourished in the thirteenth century, had proposed to himself to commit to writing all the miracles wrought by St. Demetrius up to that time, or at least the chief of them, and certainly among them the miracle which, related above from Cedrenus, happened, from what has been said, in the year 1041, holds no lowest place, strikes even me myself, to confess the truth, as very strange. But what if indeed the miracle of which we are discoursing here was committed to writing by John Stauracius, and yet was omitted by the copyists in the Ms. of Leo Allatius, which, communicated to us, exists in our codex ✠ Ms. 193?

[7] the silence having been brought forward, is discussed, protected, What if also Stauracius thought that only those miracles which he found committed to writing should be brought into his work, and perhaps by chance had at hand no writing which contained the miracle related by Cedrenus? However that may be, the said prodigy, which is also related by John Curopalates, is in some measure supported by the one recorded in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 138 and the two following, of the brothers Peter and Asan,

princes of the Bulgars, a fact. For these, in order to stir up again to revolt their fellow-tribesmen, who, after the disaster at Thessalonica of the year 1041 just related from Cedrenus, having been utterly subdued by Michael the fourth, had remained peaceably attached to the empire of the Greeks up to the time of Isaac Angelus, first brought to the reins of the empire in the year 1185, craftily feigned that St. Demetrius, having left Thessalonica and the protection of the Greeks, had withdrawn into Bulgaria to bring it help, endeavouring also to win credence for this fiction of theirs by false prodigies; and the two aforesaid princes seem to have done this chiefly either because, since they were still mindful of the disaster inflicted on their ancestors near Thessalonica in the year 1041 by St. Demetrius, they feared lest their fellow-tribesmen, whom they were striving to impel to shake off the yoke of the Greeks, should altogether shrink from the plan of revolt through fear of a like disaster to be inflicted on them by St. Demetrius; or also because they thought that these could more easily be brought to take up arms more readily by holding out to them the hope of heavenly help that would certainly be present from St. Demetrius, by which they knew that the most powerful army of their ancestors had been overthrown. But let it suffice to have thus discussed after a fashion the miracle of our Saint just related from Cedrenus, by which help was brought to Thessalonica; let us turn our discourse to another.

[8] [and John also, king of Bulgaria, who, when he was besieging Thessalonica in the year 1207,] When the brothers Peter and Asan just mentioned, at whose impulse chiefly, as has already been said, the Bulgars had shaken off the yoke of the Greeks after the year 1185, had been taken from among the living, having now ruled for some time in Bulgaria their country, which, their efforts meeting with happy success, they had also restored to liberty, their brother John succeeded to the kingdom of Bulgaria, who is named by others Calo-John, or Joannitza, or also Joannitius. He further, having waged many wars, at length in the year 1207 besieged Thessalonica with a huge army; but in this warlike expedition, no otherwise than Alusianus mentioned above, he experienced unprosperous fortune, as George Acropolites, a writer of the thirteenth century, gives assurance, finding St. Demetrius also hostile to himself. So, as regards this last point, John Stauracius, more than once praised above, both among us in the lengthy narrative in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, which is noted as drawn from the Ms. of Leo Allatius, and in Allatius himself in the Annotations composed by him on the history of Acropolites, subjoined to the thirteenth chapter of it. I shall recite some words of this writer which make chiefly to this point, as they exist published by Du Cange at the place presently cited, when I have first brought forward some words of George Acropolites which likewise pertain to this. This writer, then, in the History printed at Paris in the year 1651, supplies, cap. 13, concerning the John, or Joannitius, or also Joannitza, king of the Bulgars, mentioned above, the following words, almost all of which he afterwards repeats in the Compendious Chronicle, likewise published at the Paris presses in the same year, page 115: He destroyed from its foundations Philippopolis, an exceedingly famous and excellent city, which lies by the Hebrus, and thereafter all the others, Heraclea, Panium, Raedestus, Chariupolis, Trajanupolis, Macre, Claudiupolis, Mosynupolis, Peritheorion, and very many others, which it is not worth while to enumerate.

[9] Driving away the multitude, he settles it about the streams of the Ister, [some have thought was slain by heavenly power, and is related by John Stauracius to have been slain] and imposes on his own colonies the names of towns and cities from those already plundered, compensating, as he himself used to say, for the losses with which the emperor Basil had afflicted the Bulgars; and he confessed that he was called Bulgaroctonus, but he styled himself Romaeoctonus; he, coming as far as Thessalonica, ended his life by a pleurisy, or, as others asserted, was punished by the wrath of the Deity with a sad death. For he dreamed that his side was pierced with a spear by an armed man standing by him: for no one, nor do I lie, within the memory of men has afflicted the Romans with so many calamities as he, so much so that a name was imposed on him from a dog, and he was called by all Scylo-John. Thus far Acropolites, teaching here clearly enough that there existed the opinion of some that death came upon John, king of the Bulgars, when he was besieging Thessalonica, not in a natural manner, but was inflicted by heavenly power, the Deity being angered on account of the crimes committed by him; and that that heavenly power by which John, king of the Bulgars, while besieging Thessalonica, perished in miserable manner proceeded, according to the opinion of some, from St. Demetrius, John Stauracius records in Greek words in Leo Allatius at the place cited above. Accordingly, to fulfil the promise given, I now transcribe them here together with a Latin version added at the end.

[10] They run, then, thus: Τότε δὴ τότε ἀωρὶ τῶν νυκτῶν εἰς τέλος Θεὸς τὴν ἐαυτοῦ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως ῥομφαίαν ἐστίλβωσεν, καὶ ὐπέθηξεν ὡς ἐν θηγάνῃ τῷ ζήλῳ τοῦ μάρτυρος· καὶ αἴφνης ὁ ἅγρυπνος τῷ ὄντι φύλαξ, καὶ πολιοῦχος ἡμῶν, καὶ μέγας τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως στρατιώτης Δημήτριος ἔφιππος ἐφ᾽ ἵππου λευκοῦ τῷ Βουλγαράνακτι φαίνεται, καὶ καιρίαν ἀκοντίζει παραχρῆμα τὸν ἄθλιον· ὁ δὲ μέγα παραυτίκα ἀνακραγὼν κατεβοᾶτο τοῦ ἀρχιστρατήγου τῆς στρατιᾶς αὐτοῦ Μαναστρᾶ, ὡς δῆθεν τρωθεὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ· τοῦτον γὰρ ἐδόκει ὁρᾶν ἱππαζόμενον, ᾧπερ εὐγενεῖ καὶ λευκῷ ἵππω ἱππάζετο τῆς σκηνῆς ἔνδον γενόμενον, καὶ λόγχην, ἣν περιέφερε, τῇ καρδία τούτου ἐμβάψαντα. καὶ αὖθις κατεβοᾶτο τούτου, καὶ πολλάκις, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν ταῖς κραυγαῖς θορυβηθέντα, καὶ ἀναπηδήσαντα τῆς στρομνῆς. ἐν γειτόνων γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ ἡ σκηνὴ. εἰσελθεῖν καὶ ἰδεῖν, καὶ φανῆναι, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι, ὡς σύ με πρὸ βραχέος ἔφιππος τῷ λευκῷ σου ἵππῳ γενόμενος ἐνταῦθα κατέσφαζας δόρατι, καὶ τὸν γενέσθαι περιδεᾶ, καὶ εἰπεῖν· μὴ σύγε, βασιλεῦ, συμπάθησον, οἴκτειρον, οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο, οὐκ ἔστι. φάσμα σοι γέγονεν, οὐκ ἀλήθεια· ἐκεῖνος εἰς βάφος δεξάμενος τὴν πληγὴν ἐστροβεῖτο δεινῶς, ἐκέκραγε, καὶ ἀνωλώλυξε.

[11] Νύσσεται οὖν τὴν κοιλίαν εὐθὺς, καὶ ῥοῦν ἱκανὸν ἀκραιφνεστάτου αἵματος κάτωθεν ἀποῤῥεῖ, ὅπως ἂν βαφῇ ὁ ποῦς σοι, Δημήτριε, αἵματι τῶν ἐχθρῶν σου ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς τῆςδε πόλεως. καὶ ἄρχεται ἤδη λειποψυχεῖν· ταῦτα ἰδὼν ὁ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ ἀρχιστράτηγος Μαναστρᾶς, ᾖ τάχους εἶχεν ὕπτιον τοῦτον ἐπιβιβάσας προτροπάδην φεύγει, καὶ κλέπτων τὴν σωτηρίαν, μεθ᾽ ὅσου τάχους ὑποχωρεῖ, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ἅπαν ἐκεῖνο τὸ μυριοπληθὲς στρατολογικὸν, οὕτω ταχέως, ὡσεὶ καὶ βορεάδαί τινες κατὰ τοὺς θρυλλομένους * τούτους ἐδίωκον. φόβος γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ τρόμος ἐπῆλθε κατά τινα ξένην ἀντιπερίστασιν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν τούτῳ τὸ ζῆν, αλλ᾽ αὐθημέρον πρὸς ἠλίου δυσμὰς κατὰ τὸ ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις ζῶον μονήμερον θνήσκει βιαίως, οὕτως ὁ ἄθλιος τῆς οἰκείας κακίας καὶ ματαιότητος δρεψάμενος τους καρπους, μέχρις αὐτοῦ τρυγίου τὸ κόνδυ τοῦ θυμοῦ ἐκπιὼν, καὶ τὸ τῆς ὀργῆς κυρίου ποτήριον, καὶ μεμεθυσμένου θείου ξυροῦ εἰς πεῖραν ἐλθὼν · ἐπεστράφη γὰρ ὁ πόνος αὐτοῦ εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ κορυφὴν μὲν ἡ ἀδικία αὐτοῦ κατέβη · εἰς βόθρον δ᾽ ὃν εἰργάσατο, πέπτῳκε, καὶ μία μαρτυρικὴ βολὶς εἰς ἐκδίκησιν ἤρκεσε τῶν πολλῶν ἐκείνου κακῶν, καὶ αἷμα ἐξέχεε δίκαιον τῶν ἐγκάτων αὐτοῦ πολλῶν αἱμάτων ἀδίκων ἀντίπονον.

[12] and with Latinity also Behold now the Latin version: Then forthwith, in the untimely night, God at length drew the sword of His vengeance, and whetted it on the zeal of the Martyr as on a whetstone. Suddenly therefore the truly watchful guardian, and president of our city, and great Soldier of the great King, Demetrius, sitting on a white horse, appears to the king of the Bulgars, and forthwith inflicts on the wretch a deadly wound. And he at once, vociferating greatly, cried out against Manastras, the supreme leader of his army, as being forsooth hurt by him. For he thought that he beheld him, riding the noble white horse on which he was carried, entering the tent and plunging into his heart the spear which he bore with him; and again and often he cried out against him, so that he too, roused by those cries and leaping from his bed (for his tent was in the neighbourhood), entered and looked about, and showed himself, and heard: How you a moment ago, carried hither on your white horse, slew me with a spear! and was struck with fear and said: Do not, O king, be affected by the evils of another: be of quiet mind. It is not so, it is not so. An apparition, not reality, has come upon you. He, having received the blow deep, was grievously tormented, vociferated and wailed.

[13] is narrated in words given. His belly therefore is at once torn, and he sends forth below fresh blood in sufficient quantity, so that thy foot, Demetrius, might be dipped in the blood of enemies for this thy city; and already he begins to faint in spirit. The supreme leader of his army, Manastras, having beheld these things, when he had placed him on his back on a horse as quickly as he could, fled at hurried course, and, consulting his safety, retreated with the utmost speed, and together with him and by his command all that innumerable multitude of soldiers, so hastily as if, according to the fable, certain sons of Boreas were pursuing them. For fear and trembling, by a certain new reversal of things, rushed upon them. But indeed it did not fall to him to remain long among the living, but on that very same day, before the setting of the sun, like the animal of one day of which one reads in the histories, he succumbs to a violent death. Thus the wretch, having drained even to the very bottom the cup of the Lord's vengeance and the chalice of wrath, and having taken an abundant experience of the divine razor, gathered the fruits of his malice and vanity. For his labour was turned upon his head. And his iniquity descended upon his crown; and he fell into the pit which he made, and one javelin of the Martyr sufficed for the vengeance of his many iniquities, and justly poured out the blood of his bowels as the penalty of much blood unjustly shed.

[14] Thus John Stauracius at the place cited above; but was John, or Joannitius, king of the Bulgars, On that narrative as he relates in these words now recited in Greek and Latin together, actually slain while he was besieging Thessalonica by St. Demetrius, prodigiously bringing help to this his native city? That author indeed, as I have shown in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 26, most probably flourished in the thirteenth century, and so in the same century in which it befell John, king of the Bulgars, from what has been said above, to be slain in the siege of Thessalonica; but since he also, as I shall show below, intimates not obscurely in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, page 93, that what he narrates there befell Emanuel Comnenus, emperor of the Greeks from the year 1143 up to the year 1180, from St. Demetrius, happened long before his own age, he seems indeed to have flourished not earlier than when the same thirteenth century was already far advanced, and so to have been too far removed from the death of John, king of the Bulgars, which, from what has been said, happened in the year 1207, to be able to win for himself certain and undoubted credence when he attributes it to St. Demetrius. Nor, even if he had lived at the beginning of the said century, would one have to speak otherwise of him in this matter. For that John, king of the Bulgars, was slain by St. Demetrius,

he most probably, to say no more, committed to writing only from the common report which prevailed in his age. So I suppose most of all from this, that George Acropolites, who likewise flourished in the thirteenth century, records in the words transcribed here above that the death of the aforesaid king of the Bulgars was attributed by some at least to heavenly power, and thus seems at the same time to indicate a report born from those some who did so.

[15] But there is no one who does not know how often report is wont to be false, especially if it is not common; what is to be thought. and that it was not common I should wish to be observed from the words of Acropolites; and it could easily have come about that, from the dream of king John, which the same Acropolites mentions in the same place, that sinister rumour of the death inflicted on that prince by St. Demetrius was spread, and was presently admitted by the too credulous more easily than was just, although meanwhile John had ended his life not by a violent but by a natural death. Moreover, Acropolites, whom someone perhaps might think to support Stauracius, makes mention only generally of the wrath of the divine Deity by which John, king of the Bulgars, was slain, but not also expressly of St. Demetrius; nor have I so far been able to find any writer of known credibility or authority who agrees with John Stauracius. Allatius indeed subjoins to the words of John Stauracius transcribed by him at the place cited above: In the Vatican codex CLXIII, in the margin of the History of Choniates, there is read: Οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ ἀσεβὴς Σκυλοἳωάννης ἐπικληθεὶς ὕστερον, ὃν ἀνεῖλεν ὁ μέγας Δημήτριος προδήλως, κατὰ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης ἐπιστρατεύσαντα, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνου θαύμασιν ἀναγέγραπται, This is the impious one, at length called Scylo-John, whom, attacking Thessalonica with a hostile host, the Great Demetrius, as is written in his Miracles, manifestly slew; and in these words it is surely related most clearly that John, or Joannitius, king of the Bulgars, at length also surnamed Scylojohn, as Acropolites likewise teaches above, was killed by St. Demetrius in the siege of Thessalonica: but since Allatius does not disclose the author of those words, which it appears certain are not to be attributed to Choniates, and he is not known from elsewhere, they by no means suffice to win undoubted credence for the prodigy which they relate, although in the meantime they seem after a fashion to support John Stauracius — unless perhaps he who added them in the margin of the History of Choniates was impelled to do so by the very narrative of John Stauracius, which he had read.

Annotation

* better among us θρυλλουμένους

§ II. Miracles later than the tenth century which are reported to have been wrought by St. Demetrius in favour of others also than the Thessalonians.

That Radomir was slain by St. Demetrius, in Greek words Gabriel, who is called by others Radomir or also Romanus, succeeded to the kingdom of Bulgaria on the death of his father Samuel in the year 1014, and in the following year, after a reign indeed short, exchanged life for death on the 24th day of October, as is understood from Cedrenus and others. John Stauracius, praised above, depicts this prince in the darkest colours in our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, fol. 86, and says that, when he was raging most cruelly against the inhabitants of Soski, a little region unknown to me, and these had invoked St. Demetrius in order to be freed from his ravagings, he too was at length put to death by him, no otherwise than John mentioned above. It pleases me to exhibit to the reader the words pertaining to this, omitting however those in which the author describes the manners of Gabriel or Radomir, with a Latin interpretation also added at their end. They run thus: Τῷ χώρῳ τούτῳ τοίνυν χρονίζων ὁ ἀνθρωπόμορφος οὗτος θήρ, διεσπάραττε πάντας καὶ διεβόσκετο · θρῆνος αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὀδυρμὸς, καὶ οὐαὶ, καὶ φωνὴ αἱμάτων ἐκείθεν, ἅ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐξέχεεν, ἐπεβοᾶτο τῷ μάρτυρι, καὶ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἐζήτουν, καὶ ταχεῖαν τοῦ λυποῦντος τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν · ὁ δὲ καὶ δὴ πολλάκις ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτοὺς ἀκούων ὄνομα τοῦ μάρτυρος, κατεγέλα μὲν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζεν, ἐπέτεινε δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς τὰς πληγὰς, ἴδω, λέγων, εἰ ἔρχεται Δημήτριος ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου σῶσων αὐτοὺς.

[17] Τί οὖ; κάμπτεται ὁ συμπαθὴς καὶ μέγας Δημήτριος· ἀνίσταται ἕνεκεν τῆς τῶν πεπεδημένων φωνῆς, καὶ τοῦ τῶν πτωχῶν στεναγμοῦ, καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ποιμνης τῆσδε ἀπαναστάς εἰς σωτηρίαν λαοῦ ἐξελήλυθεν · ἐκεῖνο δὴ τὸ κυριακὸν παραλλάξ ἐπειπών, καὶ ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω τῶν προαυλίων μου, καὶ ταῦτα μὲ δεῖ ἐπισκέψασθαι· καὶ ὁ μὲν τὸν συντετριμμένον ἐκεῖνον καὶ ἐκπεπιεσμένον λαὸν πρὸς κυνηγεσίαν ἡγάγετο; καὶ πρὸς ὀρῶν ἐσχατίας καὶ νάπας, καὶ ἐπαναστάσεις βαίνειν πεζῆ τὸν ταλαίπορον ἐκεῖννον ὄχλον διεκελεύετο, καὶ κρημνῶν ἀπειλητικῶς ἐκίνει κατατολμᾷν, καὶ εἰμὴ ποσὶν οἰκείοις ὁ διώκων φθάσοι τὸ θήραμα κατὰ κεφαλῆς αὐτῷ πάραυτα ἠ πληγὴ, καὶ νεκρὸς ἀνά μέσον ἔκειτο τῶν ὀρῶν· καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀπηνῶς οὕτως καὶ ἀπανθρώπως ἐμάστιζεν· ὁ δὲ ταχύς εἰς ἀντίληψιν, καὶ ὀξύς εἰς ἐπικουρίαν μέγας Δημήτριος, φθάνει τὸν κάκιστον ὅσον καὶ ἀστραπὴ, ἀνὰ μέσον ὀρῶν κυνηγετοῦντα καὶ ἱππαζόμενον, ἔφιππος, καὶ καιρίαν πλήττει τὸν δειλαῖον τοῦ ἵππου μακρὰν ἀποσφαιρισάμενος· ἑώρων τὸν μέγαν ἐς τούμφανές τῷ Ῥαδομιρῷ ἐφεπόμενοι, ὅπως αὐτὸν σφοδρᾷ τῇ ῥύμῃ, καὶ ἐπέβη, καὶ τῇ λόγχῃ κατέσφαξε· καὶ ὁ μάρτυς μὲν παραυτὰ ἀφανὴς· ὁ δὲ νεκροῦται παραχρῆμα, καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἄδην τὰ ὀστᾶ διεσκόρπισται, καὶ ὁ καταπεπονημένος ἐκεῖνος ἅπας λαός ἑώρταζον τῷ μεγάλῳ ῥύσια. When therefore that wild beast bearing a human form (namely Radomir, king of Bulgaria) was lingering long in that place, he was tearing all to pieces and devouring them. Hence for them weeping and lamentation and wailing; and the voice of the blood which he daily shed cried out to the Martyr, and demanded vengeance, and that they might be freed as soon as possible from him who afflicted them; but he, when he heard them often invoking the name of the Martyr, laughed at it and received it with grimaces; and he increased the blows on them the more, saying: Let me see whether Demetrius comes to free them from my hands.

[18] What then? The compassionate and great Demetrius is moved; John Stauracius relates in words given Latinity; he rises up at the voice of those in fetters and the groaning of the beggars, and, passing from his own flock, went forth for the salvation of the people, using in turn that word of the Lord: And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold; them also I must bring. And he indeed was driving that worn-down and trampled people to the hunt, and ordered that wretched crowd to traverse on foot the summits of mountains and the glens and slopes, and compelled them with threats to dare to go over precipices; and unless he who was pursuing the quarry on his own feet overtook it, a blow was at once inflicted on him on the head, and he lay dead in the midst of the mountains. And thus indeed he struck mercilessly and inhumanly; but Demetrius, prompt to bring aid and industrious to succour, comes like lightning, a horseman, upon the most wicked man as he was hunting in the midst of the mountains and sitting on his horse, a horseman, and inflicts on the wretch a deadly blow, throwing him far from the horse. Those who followed Radomir clearly beheld how the Great One attacked him with vehement onset and slew him with a spear. And the Martyr indeed at once disappeared; but he at once died, and his bones were scattered on the earth, and all that people which had been harassed celebrated a feast of liberation in honour of the Great One.

[19] Such is the narrative of John Stauracius concerning the death inflicted on Radomir, or Gabriel, king of Bulgaria; it is, both from the silence of the various writers who here let us now consider what is to be determined about it. Of all the authors who have mentioned the death inflicted on Radomir, the more ancient beyond controversy are Cedrenus, Zonaras and Lupus Protospatha; and these record with unanimous consent that that prince was slain by John, his kinsman, who was also called Bladistlabus, absolutely no mention being made of St. Demetrius. Cedrenus, in the Compendium of Histories of the Paris edition of the year 1647, when he recounts the things done under Basil the Macedonian, supplies the following words, which pertain to our purpose: There succeeded him (namely Samuel, king of Bulgaria) his son Gabriel, who was also called Romanus, more robust than his father, but far inferior in prudence, born of a certain captive woman of Larissa. He entered on the fifteenth of September, in the thirteenth Indiction, and when he had not yet reigned a full year, going out to hunt, he is slain by John, who was also Bladisthlabus, son of Aaron, whom he himself had once withdrawn from death. And a little after the same author again writes thus: On the fifth day Romanus Cheirotmetus came (to the emperor Basil, staying at Mosynopolis), bringing with him servants of John Bladisthlabus, son of Aaron, and a letter by which he signified that he had taken the life of Gabriel, and that the Bulgarian empire had now returned to him, and he promised that he would be the servant and subject of the emperor.

[20] are brought forward, and for other causes, it appears alien from the truth. All these things Cedrenus, by which he surely relates most plainly that Radomir, or Gabriel, who was also called Romanus, was killed not by St. Demetrius, but by John, or, as he was also otherwise called, Bladisthlabus. Nor does Zonaras record it less clearly. Hear how he speaks in the Annals prepared by him and printed at Paris in the year 1687, tom. 2, page 226. Of a cardiac affection, he says of Samuel, king of the Bulgars, he died, the principality of the Bulgars being transferred to his son Gabriel, who was also called Romanus: whom, before a year had elapsed, his cousin, the son of Aaron, Vladisthlavus John (for he too had two names), slew. And, a few things being interposed, he adds: But Romanus Gabriel, son of Samuel (for he had not yet been slain), promised servitude to the emperor (namely Basil the Macedonian) through envoys, and, some time having been interposed, a minister of John Vladisthlavus is present, announcing the slaughter of Gabriel done by his master, and many others of the illustrious Bulgars flock to the emperor. Behold now also the words of Lupus Protospatha bearing on this matter, who himself too, in Muratori, tom. 5 of the Writers of Italian Affairs, page 41, ascribes the death of Radomir not to St. Demetrius but to John, or Bladisthlabus, his kinsman. They run thus: In the year 1016 the son of the aforesaid Samuel was slain by his cousin * the son of Aaron, and he himself reigned. Since therefore the three writers praised above for the matter which was to be dispatched here record most clearly, as is clear from their words already recited, that Gabriel was slain not by St. Demetrius but by John, or Bladisthlabus, absolutely no mention of the Saint being made, no prudent man, as I think, will have given credence to Stauracius, who ascribes that death to our Saint; especially since he lived removed by a space of about two hundred years, as is plain from what I brought forward about him in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 26, from the age of Radomir, by others Gabriel or also Romanus, that is from the beginning of the eleventh century, in which it befell this prince to be slain, and has besides no other writer, whether more ancient or even only more recent, supporting him, as anyone who examines the matter will find.

[21] [The Saint also, to the heavenly host which, to the Christians fighting at Antioch,] Further, the same Stauracius also affirms in his narrative, exhibited above in Greek and Latin together, that Radomir was slain in the midst of the mountains while he was engaged in hunting; and this is less remote from the truth than that the thing was wrought by our Saint, although meanwhile I should prefer to assent to Cedrenus, who relates in the words transcribed here above that that king of the Bulgars was slain not when he was in the midst of the mountains and already engaged in hunting, but when he was going out to hunt, that is when he was already standing ready to begin the hunt; and content to have still advised the reader of this here, I now proceed to another matter in which our Saint is likewise narrated to have had a part. The Christians, the sacred expeditions for the recovery of the Holy Land having been undertaken, had already in the year 1098 reduced Antioch into their power, when not so long after they were shut up in that city by an innumerable army of the Saracens, and driven by a very close siege to the utmost straits. But when at length, in order to extricate themselves from these, they had gone out of the besieged city and attacked the enemy, an army of men in white, before which St. Demetrius and other Saints were seen to go, was seen to come forth from the mountains to their aid against the Saracens. So, in the collection of various Writers which is entitled Gesta Dei per Francos and was printed at Hanau in the year 1611, Robert the monk, Baldric archbishop of Dol, and Guibert the abbot, all of whom were contemporaries of the event, bear witness.

[22] I transfer here the words of each which make chiefly to our matter. to have given itself to be seen, by Robert the monk, Robert the monk, page 64, writes thus in the Jerusalem History composed by him, book 7: While the fight was thus going on (by the Christians who had gone out of Antioch), and the length of so long a fight could have wearied them, nor did the number of the enemy seem to decrease, an innumerable army of soldiers in white was seen to descend from the mountains, whose standard-bearers and leaders are said to be George, Maurice, Demetrius: whom as soon as the bishop of Le Puy saw, he exclaimed with a loud voice, saying: O soldiers, behold, the help comes which God has promised you. And certainly ours would have been greatly afraid, had it not been for the hope which they had in the Lord. A very great trembling rushed upon the enemy, and, turning their faces, they cover their backs with their shields and take to flight wherever place offered to each. That part which was fighting on the side of the sea, when it saw the flight of its own, spread fire over the grass of the plain, which quickly burned, because the heat of summer had dried it. They did this so that by this signal those who were in the tents might at once flee and carry with them the richer spoils. And those who were in the mountains, the signal being recognized, at once fled with all the spoils which they were able to carry. Thus far the praised monk Robert: I now come to the archbishop Baldric.

[23] He records the following at page 121 of the aforesaid Collection, in the Jerusalem History woven together by him: by Baldric the archbishop, Behold, thanks be to God, from those very mountains (namely while the Christians were fighting near Antioch in the utmost peril against the Saracens) there was seen to come forth an innumerable army, sitting on white horses and bearing white banners in their hands. Many of the Christians saw this, and, as they think, of the heathen; and, hesitating, they wondered what it might be. At length both recognized that Saint George and Saint Demetrius and saint Mercurius were going before as leaders of the host, bearing their standards. This vision therefore struck much fear into the Saracens; but it increased a better hope for the Christians; it animated these, it emptied those. Many who were present testified that this happened; yet not all could see it, but those to whom the Lord willed to reveal His secret; and He revealed it to some for confusion, to others for a showing of the impending triumph. Further, let no one convict us of a lie; because we invent nothing from our own heart, but we testify what we have heard, and our testimony from the mouth of those who were present is true.

[24] by Guibert the abbot, and Tudebode the priest Thus Baldric most clearly confirms what Robert the monk relates in the words recited above. Nor does Guibert the abbot do so less clearly, writing thus at page 522 of the aforesaid collection, into which it too is inserted, in the Jerusalem History likewise composed by him: And behold, innumerable forces (namely while the Christians are contending against the Saracens near Antioch) began to emerge from the mountains, whose horses and standards shone with much whiteness; and a very great stupor grew upon ours at the sight of them, fearing indeed lest they were coming to bring support to the opposing side, until they found out that this would be the help of Christ visibly afforded even to them. Of whom they thought the leaders had especially been the martyrs glorious after their warfare, George, Mercurius and Demetrius. These things were seen by very many of ours, and when they had related them with other things which they had seen, they were believed, as was right, with full faith. And if heavenly support is read to have evidently appeared to the Maccabees of old, fighting for circumcision and swine's flesh, how much more ought it to have appeared to these, who rendered service to Christ with the shedding of their blood for bringing a cleansing to the churches and defending the state of the faith? Nor do these three writers only, inserted in the Collection praised above, whose words we have already given, bear witness to the vision of soldiers in white, before whom St. Demetrius and two other Saints were seen to go, shown to the Christians in the most celebrated battle at Antioch, but also, in Duchesne, tom. IV of the Writers of French Affairs, an eye-witness of the event, Peter Tudebode, priest of Siurac, or rather he who contracted into an abridgment the more prolix commentaries of Tudebode, the narratives which these contain being meanwhile faithfully expressed.

[25] is related by all the same to have gone before as leader: and the Saint indeed, Behold, then, since this is so, the words of this writer also which pertain to the present purpose. The troops of the Turks began to come out from both sides, and surrounded ours on every side, hurling javelins and shooting arrows and wounding. There came out also from the mountains innumerable armies, which led white horses; all of whose banners were white. Ours, therefore, seeing this army, did not know who they were, until they recognized that it was the help of Christ, as He had commanded them through Stephen the priest, whose leaders were St. George, and Bl. Theodore and St. Demetrius. These words are to be believed, because several of ours saw this. And so we have the prodigious fact of which we are speaking here confirmed by contemporary Writers, one of whom also beheld the thing with his own very eyes; and although these do not all agree in assigning the third of the heavenly leaders whose help they say the Christians experienced, yet all with unanimous consent reckon among them St. Demetrius together with St. George. Nor are these last Saints only narrated to have succoured the Christian crusaders in the battle at Antioch mentioned above, but also in another, which preceded it, fought in the year 1097 a few days' journey from Nicaea.

[26] In the Collection of various Writers praised above, which is entitled Gesta Dei per Francos, an uncertain author, who still at other times, both to the Christians, describing the deeds of the Franks storming Jerusalem, having related the fight in which the infidels were routed with great slaughter by the Christian crusaders after the capture of Nicaea, presently subjoins: It was related therefore afterwards by some that two horsemen, clothed in white, sitting on white horses, pursued the Turks for three days, saying that one was George and the other Demetrius, glorious martyrs. The author indeed who reports what is built up in these words, and who has also Peter the deacon supporting him in the Cassinese Chronicle, book 4, cap. XI, wraps in silence the wonderful vision of soldiers in white who, under the leadership of SS. George and Demetrius, succoured the Christian crusaders in the battle at Antioch related above, which Peter the deacon, just praised, also does; and hence someone perhaps will contend that the vision which happened in the battle at Antioch is wrongly referred by those two writers to the battle fought before, a few days' journey from Nicaea. But although an error of this kind on the part of the praised writers may not undeservedly seem probable, most of all if only from this, that absolutely no other writers make mention of a vision which was likewise shown to the Christians in the fight immediately after the capture of Nicaea, yet it may be that two similar, distinct visions were shown to the Christians, one in the battle at Antioch, the other in the earlier battle, of which the two authors last mentioned by us did not narrate the former, because they did not have it in view, and the other writers passed over the latter in silence because they held it as less certain, inasmuch as only a few, as appears from the very words just given, had beheld it.

[27] Further, a certain leader of the same Turks, by name Pyrrhus, is also narrated to have said that a vision of saints George, Demetrius and Maurice and then also to the Turks themselves to have given himself to be seen bringing help to the Christian crusaders was from time to time shown to the Turks themselves while the Christians were besieging the city of Antioch in the year 1098. He, while at the time of a short truce, which had been agreed during the siege, he conversed from time to time familiarly with Bohemond, prince of Taranto, to whom afterwards, handing over to him the towers which he had committed to his custody, he betrayed Antioch, Among other things, as Robert the monk, praised above, records in book 5 of the Jerusalem History, one day asked of him where that innumerable army of men in white had pitched its camp, by whose help the Christians were supported in all wars. For he said that the Turks could never sustain their coming, but as soon as they saw them, began to be afraid: and those overwhelmed them like a whirlwind, and these were wounded; those overthrew them, and these were slain. To whom Bohemond said: Do you think there is any other army than this one of ours which you see? To whom he: By Mahomet my teacher I swear, that if they were here, this whole plain would not contain them: they all have white horses of wonderful swiftness, and garments and shields and banners of the same colour. But, by the faith which you have in Jesus, where is their camp placed?

[28] Bohemond therefore, enlightened by the spirit of God, at once perceived is related to have given, that this, which he had seen, was a vision of God; and that what he was asking proceeded not from temptation but from good will; and answering, he said: Although you are a stranger to our law, because I see you animated with good will and good spirit towards us, I will open to you a certain Sacrament of our faith. If you had so much of deep understanding, you ought to render thanks to the Creator of all things, who showed you the army in white: and know that they do not dwell on earth, but in the supernal mansions of the kingdom of heaven. These are they who underwent martyrdom for the faith of Christ, and fought in every land against unbelievers. The chief standard-bearers of these are George, Demetrius, Maurice: who in this mortal life bore military arms, and for the Christian

faith were beheaded. These, as often as it is expedient for us, at the command of the Lord Jesus Christ, support us, and through these our enemies are cast down. And that you may know that I profess the truth, inquire both today and tomorrow and on another day whether their camp can be found in all this region: and if it is found, we shall blush, convicted of a lie in your sight. And when you shall not have been able to find them in the whole region, if it shall be necessary for us, you will see them present tomorrow. Whence then do they come so quickly, unless from the supernal seats in which they dwell? To whom Pyrrhus (for so was his name) answered: And if they come from heaven, where do they find so many white horses, so many shields, so many banners? To whom Bohemond: You ask great things and beyond my understanding; therefore, if you will, let my Chaplain come, who will answer you on these things. To these things the Chaplain: When the omnipotent Creator disposes to send His Angels or the spirits of the Just to earth, then they take to themselves aerial bodies, so that through these they may become known to us. And they appear armed now for this reason, to indicate that they come to the aid of those who are about to labour in war.

[29] [he seems also more than once to have succoured the Christians in the sacred expeditions;] But indeed, someone will say, the vision which the conversation, related in these words, which was held between Bohemond and Pyrrhus, requires to have been shown to the Turks themselves, is mentioned only by the praised Robert the monk, and he has here no other writer at all, of those who have treated of the sacred expeditions of the Christians into Palestine, supporting him in any way. I confess it is so; nay rather, since the speeches which the same writer attributes to Bohemond and Pyrrhus are of such a kind that it appears little probable that they were all held between them back and forth, even if only for this reason, that they represent Pyrrhus as plainly ignorant of the mysteries of the Christian faith, whereas he had nevertheless once been a Christian, neither would I dare to assert that the vision which Pyrrhus mentions in the conversation held with Bohemond, in Robert the monk, certainly took place; but whatever may be the case either with that vision or with the others related above from various Writers, which someone perhaps might ascribe (whether rightly or otherwise, I do not define) to a deceived imagination in those very persons who said that they had been shown to them, it appears to me sufficiently probable that help was brought to the Christian crusaders by the three Saints mentioned in the conversation of Bohemond and Pyrrhus, and especially by St. Demetrius, not only in the fight engaged at Antioch, but also at other times in the sacred expeditions, and especially in the most grievous battle which took place a few days' journey from Nicaea, although meanwhile I would not dare to assert even this as altogether certain. That opinion is settled, first, because it appears that our Saint and the said two other Saints were then frequently invoked by the Christians, and probably they did not allow the prayers directed to them to be in vain; and then, because, since Bohemond, when he answered the vision related by Pyrrhus, asserted that help was brought to the Christians in the perils of wars by SS. George, Demetrius and Maurice (see the number immediately preceding), let it be an argument that these too were then commonly of that opinion; and it is found by experience that it not rarely happens that what seems so to all commonly agrees with the truth.

[30] However all these things may stand meanwhile, which I leave to the reader to be judged and further weighed, it is a question whether also ever in war, as in the prodigy which here I pursue the series of the matters to be treated here, and, that I may continue to follow the order of time in which each thing happened, I now come to Emanuel Comnenus, who presided over the Eastern empire from the year 1143 up to the year 1180. He, if John Stauracius, already very often praised by us above, records true things in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, fol. 92 verso and following, had caused an imperial garment to be made for himself of purple, which he would use on the more solemn feasts and when embassies of foreign princes were to be received, adorned with most precious pearls. It happened that, when on the day before the Lord's Resurrection it had been taken out of the emperor's treasury, so that he might put it on for that solemn feast, it was stolen away by night by St. Demetrius, and placed upon his sacred resting-place at Thessalonica, spread out from head to feet. In the morning the officials who had charge of the wardrobe, not having found the imperial garment which they had taken out of the treasury the day before, are troubled in the highest degree; and the sacristan of the basilica of St. Demetrius at Thessalonica, when, having entered it very early, he beheld that same imperial garment spread over the resting-place of the Saint, stands astounded, runs out of the temple, enters it again, is almost blinded by the brightness of the Pearls with which that garment was adorned, considers the garment more attentively, quickly spreads the matter abroad; the elders run together, look at that precious purple garment, judge that it is a thing that pertains to the emperor, at once send messengers to signify to him what had happened; the emperor inquires into the day on which it had befallen that the purple garment was found placed upon the sacred resting-place of the Saint, finds that it was the very one on which it had been reported to him by the officials that the imperial garment had been taken away on the preceding night, acknowledges the prodigy, and at first is astounded at it together with the whole court.

[31] Then, that I may now come to what chiefly pertains here, is given, it is intimated in the narrative of John Stauracius, The Martyr, he says, seems to reprove us for negligence, and I would also say for ingratitude: for whereas he has often fought for us in battles and laid low our enemies, we have not even once given thanks to the Victor with even a small gift of any kind; so that the Victor in the contests has been compelled to take away the purple garment from us, who did not care about repayment. These things, which have so far been given by us in a Latin abridgment, John Stauracius at the place cited above sets out somewhat more fully in Greek, presently subjoining also both some words in which Emanuel Comnenus then by name gave thanks to the holy Martyr for the help afforded him by him in wars, and also an account of the goods which he conferred on him in order to render thanks of some sort besides. If therefore that writer is to be believed, help was also brought by our Saint in war to Emanuel Comnenus, emperor of the East in the twelfth century, and that not once only, but more often. But, that I may now say what is my opinion of the whole narrative of Stauracius, I much fear that it is a fiction from head to heel, invented solely for this end, if not by Stauracius, at any rate by some other Greekling, much addicted to fables according to the genius of the nation: that, perhaps, when he had understood that a most precious garment had been given to St. Demetrius by Emanuel Comnenus, he might thrust upon the ignorant and credulous common people some cause or other of this donation, since the true one was not known.

[32] to Emanuel Comnenus, emperor of the Greeks, However that may be, that John Stauracius does not deserve undoubted credence in his narrative, already given in abridgment, is clear from this, that towards its end he writes thus: Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῶν παλαιοτέρων ἀφέμενοι θαυμάτων τοῦ Μαρτύρος (τίς γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἐξαριθμήσῃ ταῦτα καὶ διηγήσαιτο;) τοῖς προσφάτοις καὶ νεωτέροις καὶ ὧν πολλοὶ καὶ θεαταὶ καὶ μάρτυρες εἰσέτι τῷ βίῳ περίεισιν, ἐνδιατρίψωμεν. But, the more ancient miracles of the Martyr being dismissed (for who could enumerate and narrate these?), let us spend our effort on the new and more recent ones, of which many spectators and witnesses still survive among the living; by which words he indicates not obscurely that he was not a little removed in age from the things which the said narrative comprises; and writers, in order to win undoubted credence for themselves in such matters, as being very difficult to believe, are required to be near in age and on no head suspect, and this especially then, when that which they record is passed over in silence by absolutely all others, as is the case here. Moreover, the emperor Emanuel Comnenus experienced almost always unprosperous fortune in wars, and I find no very remarkable victory at all, which it might appear probable that he carried off, his enemies having been prodigiously laid low by the aid of St. Demetrius, recorded by even one writer worthy of credence. Nor indeed does that prince seem to have been worthy by any reasoning to experience heavenly help even when he was warring against the Saracens or other enemies of the Christian faith, who, as is established by the almost unanimous testimony of contemporary writers, caused the most flourishing army of the Christians, marching under the leadership of the emperor Conrad into Palestine against the infidels, to be killed in a nefarious manner, partly by flour supplied to it, with which he had caused lime to be mixed, partly by the ambushes of the Turks, to whom he had unworthily betrayed it. All things therefore having been carefully weighed, whether help was ever prodigiously brought by St. Demetrius in war to Emanuel Comnenus appears to me very doubtful indeed, not to say something worse.

[33] [or also whether he brought aid to Andronicus the Younger in the Thessalonian expedition, is doubtful.] Nor, either, that I may now proceed to what still remains to be said here, would I dare to assert as certain that aid was brought by St. Demetrius to Andronicus the Younger, emperor of the Greeks in the fourteenth century, in the warlike expedition by which he occupied Thessalonica in the year 1327, as the words which John Cantacuzene supplies in book 1 of the Histories, cap. 53, already recited in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 121, seem to intimate. I am so disposed in mind because in the whole narrative of Cantacuzene concerning Thessalonica occupied by Andronicus nothing at all occurs which could not easily have been done by the powers of nature alone; and we ought not to ascribe to a higher power a fact not exceeding the powers of nature, unless perhaps some just and solid reason should persuade the contrary, which meanwhile is not the case here. But although indeed in the occupation of Thessalonica by Andronicus a miracle, as appears, that is supernal help supplied by St. Demetrius, does not seem to be admitted, yet I think it was done by a miracle wrought through St. Demetrius that Andronicus, Thessalonica being already occupied, was healed without any delay of an inveterate and dangerous wound received in the foot, when he had resolved to anoint it with the ointment flowing from the tomb of St. Demetrius. Nor do I doubt that whoever shall have weighed with attentive mind the words of Cantacuzene just praised, in which that wonderful healing of Andronicus is also narrated, will assent to me. Andronicus indeed adhered to the schism by which the Greek church was separated from the Church of Christ; but it is not to be wondered at that so excellent a benefit was conferred even on a man of this kind, since it has been recorded in the monuments of histories that huge miracles have at times been wrought on heathens, and on those altogether alien to the Christian religion, by holy men either already received into heaven or still living their life with us. So, nearly, in his Annotations on the chapter of Cantacuzene just cited, Jacob Gretser, priest of our Society; and since he there discusses besides many other things opportunely on this matter, I refer the curious reader to him for brevity's sake, as also to those things which the volume of our work immediately preceding, in the Commentary on the Acts of SS. Sergius

and Bacchus, § V, comprises.

Annotation

* consobrino.

§ III. Some things which are found recorded besides concerning the prodigious ointment flowing from the tomb of St. Demetrius are brought forward.

[A certain monk, who, when he had heard that oil dripped most copiously from the Saint's body,] Although indeed the words of Nicetas Choniates and John Anagnostes adduced in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 95 and 97, disclose clearly enough that ointment formerly not only dripped from the tomb of St. Demetrius, but that this was done in an altogether huge and astounding abundance, yet I have not yet treated this last argument of set purpose, and I have therefore determined to do so in the present §, if only for this reason, that it still supplies some things not altogether unworthy of mention, and thus to complete what had to be discussed concerning the Saint. In order, then, that I may carry this purpose into effect in the best order that can be, I take my beginning from the narrative supplied by John Stauracius, very often praised above, concerning a certain monk named Vitalius, which exists excerpted from the Ms. of Leo Allatius in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, fol. 78 verso and following. He was leading a solitary life on the very lofty Mount Athos in Macedonia, most celebrated both for the multitude of the monasteries which it comprises and of the monks who still live in them today; and since he was thus dwelling not very far from the city of Thessalonica, inasmuch as it too is situated in Macedonia, he had not rarely heard conversations exchanged by many about the oil or ointment which in the basilica of St. Demetrius at Thessalonica continually dripped in huge and astounding abundance from his sacred tomb.

[34] But he did not give credence to the prodigious thing. For since, [would not believe it, a vision having been shown to him, as Stauracius, whose words here] he said, the martyrdom of St. Demetrius, who died only pierced with a spear and underwent no more torments, had nothing at all singular, why, before other holy Martyrs who carried off the palm of martyrdom after enduring the most atrocious torments of every kind, should that quite exceptional grace have been divinely conferred on this Saint, that ointment, salutary for healing diseases, should prodigiously flow from his tomb? Moreover, when he heard that that ointment or oil was drawn daily by the people in the greatest abundance, and yet was in no way diminished, he brought himself with the utmost difficulty to believe that it dripped from the body of our Saint, inclining for this reason also to think that oil or ointment, prepared beforehand from elsewhere, was poured out or supplied to the people, not by a flowing brought about by supernal power or that of the Martyr, but by human artifice. But to that monk a heavenly vision was shown, by which he was untaught his incredulity. It pleases me to exhibit this to the reader here in the very Greek words which John Stauracius supplies at the place cited, with a Latin interpretation also added at their end. It runs thus: Ἐδόκει καθ᾽ ὕπνους γενέσθαι τῇ Θεσσαλονικέων πόλει, καὶ τὸν ναὸν καταλαμβάνειν τοῦ μάρτυρος, εὑρεῖντε τὸν νεωκόρον καὶ προσειπεῖν, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι, ἦ βούλει ἰδέσθαι τὸν μάρτυρα, καὶ ἀνθυπενεγκεῖν τὸν βιτάλιον, καὶ λίαν εἰς τοῦτο ἔχει διψητικῶς ὥστε καὶ ἰδεῖν καὶ προσπτύξασθαι. καὶ οὕτως ὀ μὲν προηγεῖτο ὁ νεωκόρος, εἵπετο δὲ ὁ βιτάλιος.

[35] the Greek words which pertain here, Ὡς δὲ ἐγγύς τῆς θείας κιβωτοῦ τοῦ μάρτυρος γένοιντο, εἰσελθέτην ἄμφω ἐν τοῦ ἐλαιοῦ, καὶ τὰς θύρας μετέθεντο, καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν μετέστησαν λάρνακα, καὶ μαρμάρους ἦραν ἐκεῖθεν ἐκ μέσου ἑπσα· καὶ πρὸς ὀρυγὴν μὲν ἀμοιβαυτὸν τοῦ ἐκεῖσε χώματος· μετὰ δὲ χοὺς ἕτερος καθαρὸς ἀπηντλεῖτο ἐκεῖθεν εὐωδίας πλείστης ἀνάπλεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ ὀρυγή φθάσοι πήχεων ἄχρι τριῶν, καὶ μικρόν τι πρὸς, λάρναξ ἐφάνη τούτοις περικεκαλυμμένη μαρμάρῳ λευκῇ, ἥν καὶ ταύτην ἐκεἶθεν διάραντες, καὶ τὴν λάρνακα ἀνακαλυψάμενοι, εῖδον ἔνδον ταύτης ἀκτινοβόλουντα τὸν μάρτυρα κείμενον, ζῶντα καθαρῶς, καὶ ἐοικότα ὑπνώττοντι, ὑπομειδιῶντα, καὶ φαιδρωπὸν. Καὶ ἰδού μυρίαι τρώσεις τῷ μάρτυρι ἐκ τραχήλου μέχρι καὶ ὀσφύος αὐτῆς πεπυκνωμέναι, καὶ ἀλλήλας ἀκριβῶς προσεγγίζουσαι κατά τὰς κηροπλαστουμένας ταῖς μελίσσαις ὀπὰς, σκεῦος οἷον μυωπὸν καὶ μύρων μυριοφλέβες ἐκ τῶν ὀπῶν ἀνεπήγαζον· σφοδρῷ καθὰπερ κάτωθεν ἀναφυσώμεναι πνεύματι· καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι καὶ κατεκλύζοντο τοῖς τῶν μύρων ἀναπηδίουσι ῥεύμασιν· ὅ τε καὶ ὁ βιταλιος ἰδὼν, καὶ ὑπερθαυμάσας, τὸ Θεῖον ἐκεῖνο σῶμα τοῦ μάρτυρος, καὶ προσεκύνησε, καὶ ἠσπάσατο καὶ σκεῦος τί ὡς ἐδόκει φέρων χεροῖν, ὅ δῆτα ἐγχωρίως καλεῖται κουτρίβιον , τοῦτο τῶν ἀναβλυζόντων ἐκεῖθεν μύρων πεπλήρωκεν· αὖθις οὖν τὴν μυροφόρον ἐκείνην ἐπιπωματίζουσι λάρνακα, καὶ ταύτῃ χοῦν τὸν εὐώδη περιτιθέασιν, καὶ οὕτω πάλιν τὸ ἐκ τῶν μύρων πηλῶδες ἐκεῖνο. τὰς μαρμάρους τε, καὶ τὴν φαινομένην πᾶσιν ἄνωθεν λάρνακα.

[36] the words, also rendered in Latin, Εἶθ᾽ οὕτω τὴν σεπτὴν καὶ πάλιν μαρτυρικὴν κιβωτὸν θυρώσαντες ὡς τὸ πρότερον ἐξῆλθον καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ; καὶ τῆς πόλεως· ὁ μὲν βιτάλιος τραπεὶς παλιμπόρευτος πρός ὅθεν δήτα ὡς ἐδόκει ἐλήλυθεν· ὁ δὲ νεωκόρος ὡς τοῦτον μέχρι τινὸς τόπου διασωσόμενος, ἁλμυρὸς τῷ τόπῳ τὸ ὅνομα, ἐκεῖθεν οὖν αὐτῷ συνταξάμενος αὖθις ὑπέστρεψεν, αἰτησάμενος μὲν τὸν βιτάλιον ἐκ τοῦ μύρου λαβέσθαι, ὅπερ τοῦ μαρτυρικοῦ ἀπήντλησε σώματος. μὴ τύχων δὲ τοῦ ζητήματος, εἰμὴ μόνον νοτίδας μικρὰς ἐκ τοῦτου τὸ μέτωπον σταυροειδῶς ἔγχρισάμενος· τί τὸ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀφύπιστο ὁ βιτάλιος· καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ μαρτυρικὸν μῦρον ταῖς χερσὶ περιέφερε, καὶ ὅλος ἦν τοῖς μύροις διάβροχος· καὶ ὅλος ἦν τῆς εὐωδίας ἀνάπλεως. Ἄπληκτος ὅλος· ὅλος ἐνθουσιῶν· τρόμῳ κεκραμένος καὶ χαρμονῇ, μήποτε λέγων καὶ εἰσέτε ὀνειροπολῶ, καὶ μύρα φαντάζομαι καθ᾽ ὕπνους φέρειν τοῦ μάρτυρος; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔοικεν οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς ὄψεώς μοι πρὸς ὄναρ, καὶ τοῦ φανταστικοῦ ἀνατύπωσις· ἀλλὰ σωματικὴ ἐνδημία μοι ἄχρι τῆς μαρτυρικῆς τιμίας σοροῦ· αὐτοῦ μοι τοῦ μεγάλου (ὢ θείου τεραστίου τε, καὶ ἀκούσματος) τὰ πάντα οἰκονομήσαντος ὡς μὴ καὶ βλασφημίας κρημνοῖς περιπέσοιμι. He seemed to himself in sleep to have been carried to Thessalonica, and to be in the temple of the Martyr, and to have found the sacristan and to address him, and to hear: Do you wish to see the Martyr? and Vitalius to assent. And indeed he desired most greatly both to see and to venerate him. And so the sacristan went before; and Vitalius followed. And when they had come to the sacred resting-place of the Martyr, both entered through the oil, and they unlock the doors and move away the sacred case, and take up seven marble stones from the middle there. And they dig by turns in the mound that is there; but afterwards other pure earth, of good odour on every side, is drawn out thence. And when the digging had proceeded to three cubits and a little more, a chest appeared to them, covered with a white marble stone; and when they had removed this from there together with it, and had opened the chest, they saw the Martyr lying in it, sending forth rays from himself, appearing altogether lively, and like one sleeping, smiling and of cheerful countenance.

[37] And behold, infinite wounds, inflicted densely on the Martyr from the neck to the very loins, are recited, rendered, and touching one another altogether, no otherwise than cells made of wax by bees, sent forth ointment from the openings, after the manner of a perforated vessel gushing with infinite oil, as if they had been blown upon from below by some vehement breath. Nor was it far off that those men were submerged even by the flow of ointment leaping up. And when Vitalius had seen it and wondered beyond measure, he both adored and saluted that divine body of the Martyr, and, carrying in his hands a certain vessel, as it seemed, called in the vernacular namely a Cutribion, filled it with the oil gushing thence. Again therefore they close that chest from which the oil gushes, and put upon it the earth of good odour, and so again that oily mud, and the marble stones, and the case which, given from heaven, appears to all. Then, having closed again the venerable resting-place of the Martyr also, as it was before, they went out also from the temple and the city, Vitalius indeed returning again to the place whence, as it appeared, he had come, but the sacristan as if to watch over him, to a certain place whose name was Almurus. Hence then, joined to him, when he had asked Vitalius that he might receive some of the oil which he had drawn from the body of the Martyr, and, his request not being obtained, except that he received a very little moisture, had anointed his forehead with it in the manner of a cross, he went back again. Meanwhile Vitalius awoke a little, and, behold, he was carrying about the Martyr's ointment in his hands, and was all wet with oil, and full on every side of good odour; struck, wholly rapt out of himself, held in suspense by trembling and joy, saying: Am I not still dreaming, and imagining in a dream that I carry the Martyr's oil?

[38] But, as it seems, there presented itself to me, he was untaught his incredulity, and the same prodigy, not the fiction of a vision in sleep and of fancy, but a bodily presence, so that I venerated even the coffin of the Martyr, the Great One himself (O divine prodigy and ordering!) providing for me altogether, lest I should fall into the precipice of blasphemy. Thus Stauracius at the place cited above, presently adding besides several other things, to be omitted here by us for brevity's sake because they do not make much to the matter, and ascribing at will, as appears, to the monk Vitalius things by which he, when the vision which we have already exhibited had been shown him, gave a most clear testimony to the most astounding prodigy of the ointment flowing in very great abundance from the tomb of St. Demetrius, being altogether untaught his incredulity by it. But Stauracius supplies absolutely nothing which suffices in any way for determining either the age of the monk Vitalius or the epoch of the vision which he narrates as shown to him; and hence it comes about that it cannot be defined when the prodigy of so great an abundance of ointment flowing from the Saint's body, as is intimated in the vision related and the narrative comprising it, took place, although in the meantime it follows altogether, most certainly, that it took its beginning long before the age of Stauracius, from this, that the aforesaid vision precedes, in the work of the same author, the words recited at num. 32. But Stauracius supplies also those things by which he teaches most manifestly that in his age, that is the thirteenth century, the same prodigy also of ointment flowing in very great abundance from the tomb, or body, of the Saint prevailed.

[39] as from the things which in John Stauracius For after his narrative concerning the king of the Bulgars, Scylo-John, which he subjoins to the words recited at num. 32, he writes thus in these other Greek words, rendered in Latin at the end: Τίς οὐκ οἶδε τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πανεντίμου Δημητριακοῦ σώματος ἀναβλύζουσαν τῶν μύρων πηγὴν; ὅση τῷ πληθυσμῷ ὡς ὑπερεκχεῖσθαι, καὶ τῶν κύκλω τῆς θείας αὐτοῦ σοροῦ μυροδόχων δεξαμενῶν. Αὗται ἐκ πηγῆς τῶν μύρων τοῦ μάκαρος μέχρις αὐτῶν δεχόμεναι τὸν εὐώδη ῥοῦν διακρουνιζόμενον τοῖς βουλομένοις τῶν χριστονύμων κατὰ πᾶσαν ὥραν ἰατρεῖον πρόκεινται ἑτοιμώτατον· καὶ γένος ἅπαν, καὶ ἡλικία πᾶσα ἐκεῖθεν πρυτανεῖον ἄφθονον τῶν μύρων πλουτοῦσι τοῦ μάρτυρος· ἄνδρες, γυναῖκες, καὶ νήπια, ὅλαις χερσὶν ὅσα, καὶ σίφωσι πρὸς ἐαυτοὺς τὸ μῦρον ἐκεῖθιν ἐφέλκουσι· καὶ οἰ μὲν ὀφθαλμοὺς, οἱ

δὲ στόμα καὶ ὦτα τούτῳ καθαγιάζουσιν· οἱ δὲ καὶ στέρνα καὶ πᾶσαν τοῦ σώματος ὁλομέλειαν τῷ μύρῳ προσεπιχρίουσι, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἀκορέστως ἔχουσι τῆς ἐκ τούτου καταμυρίσεως. Who does not know the fountain of ointment flowing from the most venerable body of Demetrius? It flows in such abundance that it pours itself out even beyond the vessels appointed for receiving the ointment which surround his sacred tomb. These, receiving into themselves the sweet-smelling flow which is sent forth from the Blessed One's fountain of ointments, stand at every hour as a most ready medical workshop for Christians who wish it. And every race and every age are enriched from this public place, where the ointments of the Martyr are abundantly supplied. Men, women and children draw the ointment thence to themselves with whole hands, through tubes. And some consecrate their eyes with it, others their mouth and ears; others again anoint with the ointment their breasts and all the members of the body, and, to say it in one word, are insatiable in making unction with it.

[40] committed besides to writing Stauracius, having just set down these things, immediately subjoins that a certain monk, to whom, on account of the holiness of his life, the care of the sepulchre of Demetrius had been entrusted, since he saw daily men of every kind and age carrying off, with no measure kept, the ointment flowing from the Saint's body, being indignant at this thing, and most of all at this, that he was compelled to look on women also, who continually anointed with it their cheeks and breast and bosoms and arms, closed the receptacles which contained the ointment. But this, as Stauracius adds, by no means pleased our Saint, who wished not only the Just but also sinners to use his ointment, salutary for healing diseases; and he therefore rebuked the monk in a vision, which Stauracius sets out in the following manner in Greek words, to be recited in Latin also at their end: Τοίνυν καὶ ὄναρ φαίνεται ὁ μέγας αὐτῷ, καὶ κατονειδίζει τῆς πράξεως · καὶ ἵνα τί, φησι, τοὶς εὐσεβέσιν ἐφθόνησας τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν αἱμάτων πρὸς Θεοῦ πλουσίως καθ᾽ ἑκάστην δαψιλευόμενον ῥοῦν, καὶ τὰς μυροδόχους δεξαμενὰς τοῖς φιλοχρίστοις κατέφραξας · καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἐν μέτρῳ καὶ τὰ μύρα προτίθημι · σὺ δὲ πεφεισμένως οὕτως ἔχεις καὶ φθονερῶς · ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὡς μάθης μὴ ἀποκλείειν τοῖς φιλομάρτυσι τὸν ἁγιασμὸν μηδαμῶς, ἐνταῦθα θύραν τῶν ἐμῶν τοῖς εὐσεβέσι μύρων ἀνοίγνυμι · εἶπε καὶ τῇ χειρὶ κατέχων βακτηρίαν λεπτὴν, ταύτῃ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ μύρου διέγραψεν ἐκ τῆς μυροφόρου κινήσας ταύτην σοροῦ, καὶ εἰς πρόσωπον τοῦ ἐδάφους κατ᾽ εὐθεῖαν σχηματισάμενος τοῦ ναοῦ, καὶ παραυτίκα μύρων ὀχετὸς ἐκεῖθε ἐξέῤῥει καὶ τῷ τοῦ ναοῦ ὁμαλῶς καὶ ἠπίως περιελιμναζε. Καὶ ποταμὸς, ἰδοὺ, κατὰ Δαυΐδ ἐπεκρότει χειρὶ τὸ θαμάσιον, ὡς ἐντεῦθεν ἐξαπορεῖσαι τὸν ἐξυπηρετοῦντα τῇ τοῦ μάρτυρος λάρνακι, καὶ ταχέως αὖθις ἀνοίξαι τὰς κλεισθείσας αὐτῷ πρωὴν μυροδόχους δεξαμενὰς, καὶ συγγνώμην αἰτῆσαι τοῦ ἀγνοήματος, καὶ οὕτω μόλις στῆναι τὸν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ναοῦ χεόμενον μυρόκρουνον ποταμὸν.

[41] To him therefore the Great One (namely Demetrius) appears in sleep, are extant, and are related here, and reproaches him for what he had done; and he says: Why have you grudged the faithful the stream which is daily supplied abundantly by God from my blood, and have closed to the lovers of Christ the receptacles which contain the ointment? And I indeed set forth the ointments not by measure and drop by drop, but to satiety; but you behave so sparingly and enviously. But, that you may learn never to shut a holy place to the lovers of the Martyrs, I have here opened to the faithful a gate of my ointments. He spoke, and, holding a thin staff in his hand, he traced with it a way for the ointment, leading it from the ointment-bearing tomb and forming it straight across the surface of the pavement of the temple; and presently a stream of ointments flowed out thence, and spread evenly and gently over the pavement of the temple; and behold, wonderfully, according to David, the river clapped its hand, so that hence he who served the resting-place of the Martyr, at a loss for counsel, sank in spirit, and presently opened again the receptacles containing the ointment which he had first closed, and asked pardon for his error, and so with difficulty stayed the river flowing in the middle of the temple from which the ointment gushed. The vision related in these words by Stauracius is very suspect to me, if only from this, that the deed of the monk who closed the receptacles containing the ointment does not seem to be disapproved, if what Stauracius says of the women continually anointing themselves indecently in the temple is consonant with the truth.

[42] But, however this matter may stand, the vision just related [it follows, still prevailed in the thirteenth century, nay even, as from the things here] and the other things which Stauracius narrates of the monk, guardian of the sepulchre of Demetrius, undoubtedly happened in the age of this writer, that is the thirteenth century, as is clear from what has already been said above; and hence it follows that in the same century also the prodigy of ointment flowing in very great abundance from the Saint's body still prevailed. Nor did it take place then only, but also still in the fifteenth century, as Demetrius Chrysoloras, who was then living (see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 28), teaches us. For he, after he has discoursed most at length, in his oration on St. Demetrius, part of which we have copied from the Medicean Library, plut. 10, cod. 13, concerning the Saint's martyrdom and the miracles wrought by him, proceeds thus: Τί δὲ τοῦτο ἔστιν; ἔκειτο μὲν ἐκείνου τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἅγιον σφαγὲν ἐριμμένον, ὧ καὶ προσελθόντες φιλόθεοι φιλοθέως τὸ φιλόθεον νυκτὸς ἔθαψαν· μετὰ δὲ χρόνον ὑπὲρ τὸ σῶμα πηγῆ τις νέα γεννᾶται, μῦρον, ὧ τοῦ θαύματος! ἀνθ᾽ ὕδατος ρέουσα, ἐξ ἧς ποταμὸς φέρων εὐωδίας τὰ ρεὐματα, ἀφ᾽ οὗ λίμναι πάσης εὐοσμίας ἀνάπλεω, ἐξ οὗπερ ὠκεανὸς ἄλλος κύματα κεκτήμενος τῶν μύρων, ἅπερ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπὶ τὸν χαρακτῆρα, φέρει παχύτερον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδε τινι τῶν ἐν τῆ γῆ ἢ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὴν ὑγροτέρων ἢ ξηροτέρων ἄλλω μὲτ᾽ ἄλλων ὅμοιον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τῶν σκευαστῶν ἴσον ἑτέρων · σάρξ δοκεὶ τὸ φαινομένον καὶ οὐ δὲ πάλιν αὐτὸ παντοίων εὐόσμων, οὐ τῶν σκευαστῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ φυσικὸς γινομένων καὶ γεγονότων θαυμασιώτερον καὶ εἰκότως· ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς παντὶ μὲν εὐωδίαν ἐδωρεῖτο προἳκα κοινὴν, τὸ δὲ παρὸν μύρον τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ δήθεν, ὡς προσῆκεν, ἠγωνισμένω χαρίζεται · λαμβάνει δὲ τοῦτο κόποις ἰδίοις ὁ Μάρτυς, οὐ χάριτι · καὶ τὸ μῦρον ἐξιὸν εἰς ἀρχὰς ἀφορίζεται δύο, ἁς διαδέχονται καὶ σωλῆνες, καὶ γενόμενον ἠδὴ μετέωρον εἰς ὕψος ἐξαίρουσιν ὥσπερ τινὸς κατῶθεν ὠθοῦντος αὐτὸ, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν εἰς τὰ ἄνω τὸ βάρυ φέρεται καὶ γενόμενον ἰσόπεδον τῶ ναῶ κραταιῶς ἡσυχάζει καὶ ἠρεμεῖ τῶν σωλήνων ἑκάτερος ὥσπερ τήρει παγέντα ἤ καὶ τὰ ὀπίσω σταλέντα καὶ χαλινωθέντα τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν καθάπερ ἡνίαις ἀφανίσιν ἀναχαιτίζεται.

[43] in Greek and at the same time Πλήρεις ὄντες οἱ σωλῆνες τῶν μύρων, ἀεὶ καὶ χαίρει μὲν ἀντλούμενος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐλαττούμενος, ἀῤῥυόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ οῦ μειουμένος, μεταλαμβανόμενος καὶ σῶος ὁρώμενος· καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐξιὸν σχεδὸν ἄπειρον · δέδοται γὰρ λαμβάνειν εὐσεβῶν ἅπαντι ὅσον ἂν ἕκαστος βούλοιτο, μένει δὲ τὰ πηγῆς ἀκενώτα καὶ ἡ ἐλάττωσις οὐδαμοθὲν, καὶ τὸ θεάμα ξένον οὐκ εὐσεβέσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἅπαντι · κὰν γὰρ τίς αἱρετικὸς ἢ ἀντιθεὸς ἦν, βλασφημεῖν ὅλως ἀδυνατεῖ τοσοῦτον ἔργον μύρου τοῦ παρόντως ἡ δόξα · τὸ δὲ μεῖζον ὅ μὴ δὲ σύγκρισιν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ λεχθέντα ὅτι σκεύη τινὰ πλήρη γενόμενα μύρων ἐκ τῶν σωλήνων καὶ φέρων ἕκαστος οἴκαδε τῶν εὐσεβῶν ἕκαστον ἀντίθησιν ἱερῶ τινι τόπω, ἔχων αὐτὸ οὐ μόνον πρὸς θεραπείαν σωμάτων, άλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἐν οἴκω καὶ τῶν γειτόνων αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων πολλάκις ζώων, ἃ δὴ καὶ φυσικῶς ποτέ κενωθέντα, εἰ καθαρὸς μόνον ἕκαστος αὐτῶ χρῶτο σκεύει ἐν τὴ μνήμη τοῦ μάρτυρος, ὢ τοῦ θαύματος! μύρου σκεύος ἕκαστον εὐθὺς γέμει ὥσπερ ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς. Τί τούτου μεῖζον ἢ ἴσον ἤ ἐγγὺς γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ποτὲ; παῖδες ἑλλήνων ἄγουσι λίμνας καὶ πήγας ἅμα ἄλλην ἄλλως ἄλλο κεκτημένην τὸ θαῦμα· εἰπερ οὖν οὐ μῦθος γε τὰ λέγόμενα τότε, μεῖζον ἐκείνων πολὺ τὸ παρὸν, ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ μῦθος, ὡς ἔμοιγε, τοῦτο πρός σκιὰν ἔστιν ἀλήθεια φανερὰ καὶ πρᾶγμα θαυμάσιον αὐτοῖς θεωμένοις καὶ τοῖς ἀκοοῦσι θέαμα καὶ οὔδε παραβάλλεσθαι δυνάμενον ἄλλω, καὶ τί λέγω τῶν περὶ τὴν γἦν ἐξαισίων, ὅπουγε καὶ τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ παλαί τερατουργηθέντων ἔστιν οὐκ ἔλαττον. Μὴ πεμπέτωσαν ἐνταῦθα γλῶτταν αἱρετικοὶ, μὴ δὲ μιμήσθωσαν δαίμονας. Ὁμῶς ἀδυνατοῦσι πλασάμενοι τὰς ἀντίστροφους αἰτίας ἀπατῆσαι τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς ὡς καὶ πάλαι τὸν πρῶτον οἱ δαίμονες ἄνθρωπον. οὐκ οὖν σιγάτω κὰν ὁποῖος ἂν ἦ· ἄλλα ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τουτῶν ἡμῖν ἀρκεῖ, ἐπεὶ λέγειν εἰς πλάτος αὐτάγε βουλομένοις ὁ βίος οὐκ ἀρκετὸς ἔσται.

[44] and in Latin Βραχὺς γὰρ ἅπας ἐπὶ τοῖς μάρτυρος θαύμασιν, διόπερ, ὦ θαύμαστε καὶ καλὲ Δημήτριε, θαυμάσιε στρατιῶτα Χριστοῦ, σὺ πολλάκις τὴν παροῦσαν πόλιν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἐῤῥύσω τῶν ἀλλοφύλων καὶ παντοίων ἐγένου τῶν νοσημάτων ἰατρὸς ἄριστος καὶ τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἠλέησας · διὸ σοῦ δεόμεθα ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀνάστησον αὐτὸ κείμενον καὶ βοηθείας δεόμενον ἐλευθέρωσον καὶ βοήθησον ἀσθενοῦντι, χειμαζόμενον ἐν ἀκυμάντω λιμένι στῆσον, πηγνύμενον ἔτι πυρὶ βαρβάρων διάλυσον εὐκρασία σου καὶ θυμῶν καιόμενον αὐτῶν θερμῆ σου δρόσω θεράπευσον καὶ παντὰ ποίησον ἐν θεραπεία ψυχῶν ἅμα καὶ σωμάτων πρεσβείαις τῆς παραχράντου μητρὸς τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησου Χριστοῦ, ὧ πρέπει δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ καὶ προσκυνήσις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμὴν. What then is this? His holy (namely St. Demetrius's) corpse lay thrown out; to which when God-loving men had come, out of piety towards God they buried by night him who was beloved of God; but afterwards above the body a certain new fountain is born, pouring out ointment (O wonderful thing!) in place of water, from which there flows forth a river bearing sweet-smelling streams, which produces pools full of good odour. Hence another ocean, which, having billows of ointments distinguished from water, presents a thicker quality than this, nor like any other of the moister or drier things which are in the earth or about it, as others are, nor even such as other things which are made by art have. You would say it is flesh; and that nevertheless no less than divers things, not only those which are prepared by artifice, but also those which are naturally produced and have been produced by God, it spreads a good odour, is to be wondered at, and deservedly indeed. For God indeed gives good odour freely to all as a common gift; but the present ointment, to him

namely flowing forth from it, He bestows on him who has contended, according to his merits.

[45] But this the Martyr receives by his labours, not by pure benevolence. Demetrius Chrysoloras exhibited to the studious reader And the ointment, where it comes out, is divided into two springs, which tubes also receive, and, being now made fluid, they raise it aloft, as if someone were propelling it from a lower place; and, contrary to nature, that which is heavy is borne upwards; and when it reaches the level of the temple, it at once rests, and both tubes remain in the same state, as if they contained things that have congealed, or also as if, sent back and repressed, they checked as it were with reins the emptying which would be made by a course taken towards the parts in front. Since the tubes are full of ointments, he who draws is always indeed affected with joy, but does not diminish the ointment; he draws it out but does not make it decrease; he partakes and is made whole. And that which flows out is almost infinite: for it is granted to all the pious that each may take as much as he will; but the fountain remains inexhausted, nor does it appear diminished in any part; and it is a strange spectacle, not to the pious only, but also to all the impious. For even if one be a heretic or an enemy of God, he can by no means blaspheme such a work of ointment, whose glory is manifest. And what is greater, and has no comparison with the things said: when certain vessels have been filled with ointments from the tubes, and carried home by any of the pious, they each deposit them in some sacred place, applying them to the cure not only of bodies but also of the souls of their household and their neighbours, as also often of irrational animals. And when these have naturally been emptied, if only someone undefiled use that vessel in commemoration of the Martyr, at once each vessel (O prodigy!) is full of ointment, as it had been from the beginning. What greater than this, or equal or near to it, has ever existed? The heathen celebrate pools and fountains together, of which one comprised one prodigy in one way, another another. If therefore the things which were at one time said by them are not fable, that of which we are speaking at present is much greater than these; but if, as it seems to me, they are fable, that is manifest truth in place of shadow, and a thing to be admired by those themselves who see and hear the spectacle, and which cannot be compared with another; and why do I speak of the remarkable things produced from the earth, since it is not less even than the prodigies which were once wrought by God?

[46] it becomes manifest from the words, in the fifteenth century. Let not heretics, then, move their tongue here, nor imitate demons. Feigning opposite causes in order to deceive the pious, as demons deceived the first man, they will not equally prevail. Let him not, then, whatever sort he be, keep silence. But let it suffice us to have said these things about them, since, if we should wish to recount them at large, life would not be sufficient; for all life is short for celebrating the miracles of the Martyr; because thou, O wonderful and excellent Demetrius, astounding soldier of Christ, hast often freed this city from the hands of foreigners, and hast been the best physician of divers diseases, and hast had mercy on our race. Therefore we pray thee, even now still raise up that which lies prostrate, and free that which implores help, and bring succour to that which labours. Set that which is tossed by the tempest in a tranquil harbour; loose by thy kindness that which is still held fast by the fire of the barbarians, and heal with thy warm dew that which burns with their furies; and do all things for the healing of our souls and bodies together through the prayers of the immaculate Mother of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom belong glory, power, honour and adoration unto the ages of ages. Amen. Thus far the praised Demetrius Chrysoloras, and since he flourished, as I have shown above, in the fifteenth century, and records these things which are contained in the words now recited, it becomes undoubted that the prodigy of the ointment flowing in very great abundance from the body of St. Demetrius still prevailed then. Nor do we learn this only from the recited words of Chrysoloras, but also, as will become evident to one who weighs them, some other things noteworthy enough about the prodigious ointment of St. Demetrius, the credibility of which meanwhile I wish to rest with the author. Further, whether, the Thessalonian temple of the Saint having now been converted into a Turkish mosque, as I have shown above in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 92, the very astounding prodigy of ointment dripping or flowing in very great abundance from the body of Demetrius — with which some other Saints too are known to be still now adorned by God, or at any rate to have been adorned formerly — persists even today, I do not have it found out.

Annotata

* whether ἀμοιβαδὸν?

* perhaps κοττάβιον.

Notes

a. To him, namely, who was surnamed the Bald, and died in the year 877, as I taught in the preliminary Commentary, number 15.
b. That no other Anastasius is designated here than he who is surnamed Librarian from the office which he discharged for the Holy Roman Church, and who sent to the emperor Charles the Bald in the year 876 the Life of St. Dionysius the Areopagite given Latin dress by himself, appears beyond doubt; and before what time this Anastasius turned from the Greek tongue into Latin the Passion of St. Demetrius, martyr of Thessalonica, which we give here, see set out at number 15 of the preliminary Commentary, and you will understand also from what is said there that this composition was sent by Anastasius to the emperor Charles the Bald in the year 875 or one of the two following.
c. Mabillon, in volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 96, affirms that this is that very John, deacon of the Holy Roman Church, in whose favour Anastasius gave Latin dress to the Greek Collectanea published by Sirmond, that they might be of help to the same John, meditating an ecclesiastical history; nor, so far as I think, does he deviate from the truth in this assertion of his.
d. From the word *lately*, with which this assertion of Anastasius is qualified, and at the same time from this, that Anastasius sent the Passion of our Saint to the emperor Charles the Bald in the year 875 or one of the two following, as I taught at letter b, it is a consequence that he certainly translated it from Greek into the Latin tongue not long before the year 875.
e. Whether Anastasius alludes here to the ointment which, when he was staying at Thessalonica, and therefore in his age, that is, the ninth century, prodigiously gushed from our Saint's tomb at Thessalonica, I should not dare to assert for certain, although meanwhile it appears beyond doubt that that miracle had place already from that time, as may be seen in the preliminary Commentary, § VIII.
f. Would that Anastasius, so that it might be certainly established about the cult which our Saint had at Rome in that writer's age, that is, the ninth century, had brought forward here something from which it would have been ascertained by him that the St. Demetrius to whom John the deacon had an oratory consecrated in his house was one and the same with our homonymous Saint, the martyr of Thessalonica! See number 141 of the preliminary Commentary.
a. Since the discourse here is of the emperor Maximian under whom St. Demetrius underwent martyrdom, it is necessary that no other than Maximian Galerius be designated here. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 57 and following.
b. In our codex marked ✠ Ms. 84, as also in the Rouge-Cloître manuscript copy, it is had: *When the emperor Maximian, a superstitious man, was staying in the city of the Thessalonians, the hearers of the pious religion were persecuting, and were being put to death.* But our reading, the Latin construction being regarded, undoubtedly excels; but whether it is also more conformable to the Greek text, which most probably comprises a tense corresponding to the imperfect *Persequebantur*, having here a passive sense, and of this nevertheless not capable, derived from the verb Διωκεῖν, admitting at the same time both a passive termination and signification, I cannot declare for certain, since I do not have at hand the Greek Life of our Saint which Anastasius made Latin. Meanwhile, since Mombritius reads: *When the emperor Maximian was staying in the city of the Thessalonians, the hearers of the pious religion suffered persecution and were put to death by him*, I do not know whether perhaps the original Greek text would not be rendered into Latin more aptly and more conformably to the author's sense in this manner: *When the emperor Maximian, a superstitious man, was staying in the city of the Thessalonians, the hearers of the pious Religion suffered persecution and were put to death by him.*
c. That St. Demetrius not only preached and taught others, but also brought the city of Thessalonica to Christ, his Passion supplied by Photius in the Bibliotheca teaches; and assuredly it appears certain enough that the Saint, if he did not illumine the whole city of Thessalonica with the light of faith, yet bore much fruit in it. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 37 and the three following.
d. In our manuscripts, the Trier copy of St. Maximin and the Rouge-Cloître copy, with which our codex marked ✠ Ms. 84 also agrees, it is read thus: *For here a circle was being prepared, fenced round by certain boards, where he was to receive those who had fought one another face to face in theatrical fashion.* But neither this nor our reading, although the latter is perhaps also somewhat better, seems to be admitted. Why I so think I shall teach the reader in the Annotations which I shall subjoin below to the text which corresponds to these transcribed words of the Anastasian Passion in the other Passion of the Saint, to be subjoined next to this, from which also, as I taught in the preliminary Commentary, number 15 and following, this seems to have flowed.
e. The Photian Life of the Saint has in this place only this about Lyaeus, who is otherwise called Lycus or even Libeus: *And there was another of the gladiators, the greatest friend of the tyrant, who seemed to fight best of all, named Lyaeus.*
f. The Photian Passion of him, as it exists translated into Latin, seems to indicate that only two, namely Lyaeus and Nestor, were to fight in single combat on that day on which they set St. Demetrius, captured, before Maximian hastening to the spectacle of gladiators, as also that Nestor was a gladiator. For to the words recited at the preceding letter it has these immediately annexed: *And he who had come to fight with him* (namely Lyaeus) *on that day was a plebeian, young in age, named Nestor.* But the words recited at the preceding letter, from which, if they are considered together with the words now transcribed here, that appears, do not agree accurately enough with Photius's Greek text. For this has thus: Ἦν δὲ τῶν μονομάχων ὁ μάλιστα τῷ τυράννῳ καὶ φιλούμενος καὶ δοκῶν κατὰ πάντων ἀριστεύειν, Λυαῖος ὄνομα· and these Greek words, a stricter interpretation being applied, sound thus in Latin: *And there was that one of the Gladiators* (not *another*, which is to be well noted) *who was both most loved by the tyrant and seemed able to prevail in fighting against all, named Lyaeus.*
g. That he was a plebeian the Photian Life of the Saint (go to the words which I gave from it at the preceding letter) expressly relates, and this is also sufficiently shown by the things which are presently subjoined here in the Anastasian Life of the Saint about Nestor.
h. The Trier manuscript of St. Maximin has: *But that I may show myself better than Lyaeus.*
i. In the Rouge-Cloître manuscript it is read: *They were angered at the words of Nestor.*
k. In the Trier manuscript of St. Maximin is added *the victory.*
l. How the Saint's body was buried by the faithful is set out thus in his Photian Passion: *And the pious bury the body of the Martyr secretly by night, when the terror of the impious permitted them, in the rubbish in which he had been slain, the earth being dug.*
m. For this word I think *Terra* or *Humo* (earth, ground) should be substituted, and I have set out the reason why I so think at number 78 of the preliminary Commentary.
n. He probably flourished at the beginning of the fifth century. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 74.
o. The Rouge-Cloître manuscript has *Ditavit* (enriched).
a. Whatever is chiefly worth knowing about this writer, who perhaps flourished already from the sixth century, I have set out in § 2 of the preliminary Commentary.
b. The emperor under whom St. Demetrius was crowned with martyrdom was surnamed not Herculius but Galerius, as the things which I brought forward at number 57 and following of the preliminary Commentary give proof.
c. When the Goths and Sauromatae, or Sarmatians, mentioned here, were subdued or routed by Maximian Galerius, I have informed the reader at number 60 of the preliminary Commentary.
d. Epistle 2, chap. 4, verse 2.
e. That the Saint was sprung of a senatorial race has no foundation either in his Photian or in his Anastasian Passion; wherefore, since nothing occurs from elsewhere either by which we could establish so illustrious a birth of Demetrius, whether he was sprung of a senatorial or of another race is doubtful. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 30 and following.
f. The word *exceptor*, taken generically, signifies a scribe, and therefore here him who committed to writing the things which, as regards military affairs, were to be entered in books or noted. Go to Du Cange in the Glossary of middle and late Latinity at the word *Exceptor*, which moreover signifies the same as the Greek word Εκσκεπτὼρ, as the same writer teaches in the Glossary of middle and late Greek. But whether the Saint in fact discharged the military office of exceptor, as is asserted here, appears to me to be doubted, as also whether he was ever, as is presently subjoined here, promoted to the dignity of proconsul of Greece. For both this and that seem to have been first recorded here by the anonymous biographer of our Saint, who, since he was some centuries removed from his age, does not merit certain credence in that matter.
g. That is, of the Gymnic contest, which consisted of five contests, namely running, wrestling, boxing, leaping and the javelin, as Festus teaches. Go to Pitiscus's Lexicon of Roman antiquities at the word *Quinquertium*.
h. Since here discourse seems to be instituted about a little cell or a platform which had been prepared for Maximian and others about to enter, as is in use today in the halls of theatres, I thought this last Greek period should be interpreted thus in Latin, and I think that in it the substantive with which the participle περιπεφραγμένος should agree is either omitted or certainly that this is employed substantively to signify a fence, and that most of all for this reason, that the substantive κύκλῳ, subjoined to that participle, is placed in the dative, so that *a circle fenced round* cannot be signified, as Anastasius the Librarian (go to the annotations subjoined to the preceding Life at letter d) seems to have thought.
i. That Lyaeus was a Vandal by nation is asserted neither in the Anastasian or Photian Life of the Saint, nor in any monuments or writers apt to produce certain credence; wherefore it is also doubtful whether it is consonant with the truth.
k. This city, although it is now only a little town of Slavonia, was nevertheless in the age of Demetrius, that is, at the beginning of the fourth century, most ample and most populous, nor did it fall from the flourishing state in which it then was before about the year 441, in which it was destroyed by Attila.
l. Compare the Passion of our Saint which we give here, from the beginning up to this place, with the things which occur in his other Passion, already given in the former place, from the beginning up to about number 7, and you will see that the other Passion of our Saint, which we give here, is, at least up to this place, only a paraphrase of that older composition, enlarged with various circumstances either fabricated at his discretion by the author or adopted from elsewhere, as I have already indicated in the preliminary Commentary, number 16.
m. What is narrated here is absent from the Photian and Anastasian Passion of the Saint, and it may for that very reason not undeservedly be doubted whether it is consonant with the truth.
n. Whether the Saint truly blessed Nestor, about to attack Lyaeus in single combat, as is narrated here, you will determine from what I discussed in § IV of the preliminary Commentary.
a. Whether this Nestor is rightly held as a martyr I have determined in § VI of the preliminary Commentary.
b. Concerning Lupus, the Saint's servant, see the preliminary Commentary, number 62 and following.
c. Allusion seems to be made here to the dignity of proconsul of Greece, to which our Saint was raised by the emperor, and to the pledge which he then received; but whether the Saint was ever proconsul of Greece appears very doubtful. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 35 and following.
d. Thus I have rendered the Greek word σχημὰ, because I think the word χωμὰ, which signifies the same as in Latin *terra* or *humus* (earth, ground), should be substituted for it. See the preliminary Commentary, number 78.
e. That this Passion of our Saint lighted the way for John, bishop of Thessalonica in the seventh century, appears not altogether unlike the truth from this place of it. Go again to the preliminary Commentary, number XI.
f. Since Leontius, mentioned here, probably flourished at the beginning of the fifth century, as I taught in the preliminary Commentary, number 74, and then, as appears more probable from what Orlendi brings forward in the Sacred and Profane World, part 1, book 3, chapter 1, Illyricum had already been divided in two into Eastern and Western Illyricum, and Western Illyricum did not obey the praetorian prefect, it must be that that Leontius was prefect not of Western but of Eastern Illyricum, unless perhaps — which, however, does not appear — some other Leontius before the beginning of the fifth century, indeed before Theodosius I, who, from the reasons adduced by Orlendi in the place cited, seems to have divided Illyricum into the two said parts, held the prefecture of Illyricum.
g. The Western one, namely; for he was staying at Thessalonica, which was a city of Eastern Illyricum.
h. Neither of this miracle, nor of the other related here above, by which Leontius, the Saint patronizing him, recovered his health, is mention made in the Photian and Anastasian Life of our Saint.
i. Leontius therefore went from Thessalonica to Sirmium; but since for those going thence thither the Danube is not to be crossed, is Leontius rightly indicated here to have crossed that river? It is asserted above that he set out into Dacia, which cannot be reached from Thessalonica except by crossing the Ister or Danube; and since it may be that Leontius first betook himself into Dacia, from which Sirmium likewise cannot be reached except by crossing the Ister or Danube, and then only went to Sirmium, the anonymous biographer of our Saint cannot be convicted of error here.
a. See the Annotations subjoined to the preceding Passion at letter b.
b. That St. Demetrius in very truth had this city as his birthplace appears beyond doubt. Go to the preliminary Commentary, number 33.
c. The things which Metaphrastes records here about the illustrious race of the Saint merit no greater credence than those which the anonymous biographer of our Saint records about the same in the Passion just set before, which he composed, as you will understand from what I brought forward at number 31 of the preliminary Commentary.
d. Whether what is related here about the effort placed by the Saint in learning the military art is true, you may not undeservedly call into doubt, as is clear from what I discussed in the preliminary Commentary, number 35 and following.
e. Nor does what is asserted here about the dignity of proconsul of Greece, to which the Saint was promoted by the emperor Maximian, appear more certain, as is likewise clear from the place of the preliminary Commentary cited at the preceding letter.
f. That Demetrius indeed laboured strenuously in preaching the faith of Christ appears most probable, not to say anything more. Go again to the preliminary Commentary, number 37 and the three following.
g. The anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted the way for Metaphrastes writes that this war was waged not against the Scythians but against the Goths, nor yet on that account is he to be said to be in conflict with him here, since the Goths too were Scythians by nation. For the rest, about what year that war was more probably waged I have set out at number 60 of the preliminary Commentary.
h. This prayer to God, which is absent from the Passion of the Saint immediately preceding, written by the anonymous author who lighted the way for Metaphrastes, this later writer most probably attached to Demetrius, already consigned to custody, at his own discretion. I so maintain because he is wont to attribute similar prayers to the saints in almost all their Acts which he is known to have polished with his style.
i. Concerning this angelic apparition offered to the Saint, and the working of the miracle of the scorpion, prodigiously killed by Demetrius, which preceded it, it can not undeservedly be doubted for this very reason, that both the one and the other are found recorded only by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted his way.
a. Go to the Annotations subjoined to chapter 1 of the preceding Passion at letter g.
b. Whether Lyaeus was of the Vandal or another nation the two older Passions of the Saint, of which one exists in Photius in the Bibliotheca, the other was turned from the Greek tongue into Latin by Anastasius, do not declare.
c. That was a kind of exercise composed of wrestling and boxing, as Samuel Pitiscus teaches from various writers in the Lexicon of Roman Antiquities.
d. That St. Demetrius performed and said for Nestor the things which are narrated here does not appear credible. Go to the preliminary Commentary, § IV.
e. Since the anonymous biographer of St. Demetrius who lighted the way for Metaphrastes does not present this prayer of Nestor to God, as he was about to contend against Lyaeus, it hardly appears to be doubted that this later writer, using a probable conjecture, fabricated it at his own discretion.
f. Many things are narrated here by Metaphrastes, drawn for the greatest part from the anonymous biographer of our Saint, which are absent from the Passion of Demetrius both the Photian and the Anastasian; but that these, and in particular that Nestor, who killed Lyaeus in single combat, was made of Christ
a. martyr, and received from Him the crowns of a double victory, as Metaphrastes here speaks, merit very slight credence, as the things which I brought forward in § IV of the preliminary Commentary sufficiently prove.
g. This address which is made here to Demetrius was most probably fabricated by Metaphrastes himself; for it is found neither in the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted the way for this writer, nor anywhere else.
h. It appears more probable that this servant of the Saint is the same as the Lupus inscribed in the Roman Martyrology and other sacred fasti at the 23rd day of August. Go again to the preliminary Commentary, number 63.
i. Lipomano's interpretation here, as also in some other places, which I pass over unremarked because they are less worthy of note, does not agree sufficiently with the Greek text of Metaphrastes. For this has thus of Leontius: Εἰς δὲ τὴν Δακῶν ἀπιὼν, which words you would rightly render in Latin not by *having set out for Thessalonica*, but by *setting out into Dacia*.
k. That Leontius, about when he more probably flourished I have set out at number 74 of the preliminary Commentary, was prodigiously restored to health by St. Demetrius is nowhere narrated in the Photian and Anastasian Passion of our Saint, and this, accordingly, as grounded in no other sufficiently ancient monument either, must be held for very doubtful, even though it is also recorded by the anonymous biographer of our Saint who lighted the way for Metaphrastes.
l. Since Metaphrastes, who writes this, first flourished in the tenth century, and the temple which Leontius had built to our Saint at Thessalonica, or another which had been substituted for it when perhaps already destroyed or collapsed, was burned in the seventh century, as I have already taught in the preliminary Commentary, number 92, assuredly the temple of our Saint which in the age of Metaphrastes, that is, the tenth century, was still seen in the middle of the city of Thessalonica cannot have been that very one which had been erected there by Leontius.
m. The Western, namely: go to the Annotations subjoined to chapter 2 of the preceding Passion at letter g. Further, it is asserted in the Greek text of Metaphrastes, which is well to be noted, that Leontius was not returning thither, as Lipomano's interpretation has, but about to go.
n. For Leontius to make for Sirmium from Thessalonica, the Ister or Danube did not have to be crossed by him, and nevertheless it is indicated here by Metaphrastes that this had to be done by him, and assuredly rightly: for Leontius, before he went to Sirmium, is narrated first to have betaken himself into Dacia, which was situated on the left bank of the Danube; and from there, for him about to make for Sirmium, the Danube necessarily had to be crossed.
o. This miracle of the Saint, and the apparition offered to Leontius which preceded it, are narrated only by Metaphrastes and by the anonymous biographer of the Saint who lighted his way; wherefore what is to be thought both of the one and of the other you will determine from what was said just now at letter k.
a. When this prelate flourished, and what credence he merits in the things which he narrates about St. Demetrius, I have set out in § 2 of the Commentary set before the three Passions of the Saint already given. Further, although some miracles of our Saint, which constitute this first book of the miracles wrought by him, and are taken from the manuscript codex 821 of the Vatican library, are not marked in this with the name of that prelate, they are nevertheless published here by us as written by him, because in the very ancient codex formerly Mazarin's, now royal of Paris 1517, concerning which see § 1 of the preliminary Commentary, they are attributed to the same illustrious writer.
b. The miracle which is related in this chapter from codex 821 of the Vatican library we attribute to John of Thessalonica on account of what was said at the preceding letter; and in the codex formerly Mazarin's, in which it extends from page 18 to page 34 verso, it bears this title: περὶ τοῦ ἀπελπισθέντος ἐπάρχου, that is, *Of the despaired-of prefect.* Further, what credence John of Thessalonica merits in this in particular you will determine from what I brought forward at number 75 of the preliminary Commentary.
c. I have been able to find nothing elsewhere by which I might make this prefect better known.
d. Something here in the Greek text is either superfluous or lacking; the sense, however, seems to require either this or certainly a not very dissimilar interpretation.
e. This miracle is related in Mabillon, volume 1 of the Analecta, page 71 and following, only in abridgement, nor would I have given it here entire, because it labours with tedious prolixity, had not there impelled me to do so both the authority of the author, who, as has been said, is John of Thessalonica, and the custom received among us of presenting ancient monuments, when this can conveniently be done, in the very words of the authors, of whatever sort these may be.
b. The prefect with whom we are dealing here, then, was, as it appears, master of the soldiers throughout Illyricum; and what sort of office that was you will find set out in Panciroli, in the Commentary composed on the Notitia of the Eastern empire, chapters 30 and 54, and you will also gather from what that writer brings forward in the former of these chapters that the prefect or master of the soldiers of whom we speak here did not obey the praetorian prefect of Illyricum, contrary to what someone might perhaps think, because he is said here to have governed the notable troop of those who were under the command of the prefect of Illyricum. Nor yet on that account is it to be thought that John of Thessalonica is here in conflict with Panciroli; for this latter writer can be so understood that he meant it to be signified that the soldiers, over whose troop he says the prefect mentioned by him presided, were under the command of the praetorian prefect of Illyricum not by obeying, but only by sojourning.
c. Gather hence that already from the age of John of Thessalonica, that is, the seventh century, and most probably even somewhat earlier, and therefore already at least from the sixth century, St. Demetrius was held as the principal patron of the city of Thessalonica, who accordingly also already then undoubtedly enjoyed there a quite signal ecclesiastical cult.
d. To these Greek words of the sacred text, Job chapter 5, verse 19, Ἑξάκις ἐξ ἀναγκῶν σε ἐξελεῖται, which I have here interpreted, rendering word for word, *six times He shall deliver thee out of straits*, the following correspond in the Vulgate: *In six troubles He shall deliver thee.*
f. Immediately after the Greek words recited just now at letter d these are subjoined in the place there cited in the sacred Text: ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ οὐ μὴ ἅψηταί σου κακόν, and to these correspond in the Vulgate: *And in the seventh evil shall not touch thee*; and assuredly, since the numeral adjective *Seventh* seems to be referred to the preceding feminine substantive *Tribulation*, it appears that one should altogether stand by the Vulgate here. But although the substantive to which the numeral adjective ἑβδομὸς seems to be referred is likewise of the feminine gender in the Greek text, yet in the Greek text of sacred Scripture it is uttered in the masculine gender, which therefore I too have done here, and, so taken, it supplied matter for the discourse which John subjoins here.
g. These very words of John of Thessalonica, rendered here by me into Latin, ἐῤῥύσω etc., are had in the Greek text of sacred Scripture, Psalm 85, verse 13, and to them these correspond in the Vulgate: *Thou hast delivered my soul out of the lower hell.*
h. So, nearly, Isaiah 38, verse 17.
i. That this prolix prayer was uttered by the prefect with whom we are dealing here, when he had been prodigiously restored to health, does not appear probable. Wherefore it is hardly to be doubted that John, speaking in the manner of orators, attached it to him at his own discretion. In Mabillon, in whom the miracle related in this chapter is also related by Anastasius the librarian, volume 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 73 and following, nothing similar occurs.
a. This miracle, or, if you prefer, the present chapter in which it is contained, is one of those of which we have (see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 19) only some Fragments copied in Greek from the codex formerly of Mazarin; these, at least so far as to make good the promise given in the Preliminary Commentary at the place just cited, we give here in Greek and Latin together, relegating the rest of the narrative, which is found in Greek in the Mazarin codex at the places here marked by the interposition of dots, to the Annotata subjoined to the chapter, in a Latin abridgment as it exists among us, or at any rate indicating there what it contains. Further, the same chapter or narrative contained in it extends in the Mazarin codex from fol. 39 verso to fol. 51 verso, and bears the following title: Περὶ τοῦ λοιμοῦ, that is, On the plague.
b. Since the author, as is clear enough from the context of the discourse, directs his speech to the Thessalonians, he certainly designates here no other city than Thessalonica.
c. Here John, in Greek words in the codex formerly of Mazarin, discourses somewhat on the depraved life of the Thessalonians, and on the most grievous vengeance of the divine Majesty which at length came upon them on account of it, and which was nevertheless less than they deserved; and then, in order to show the mercy of God in punishing them, at once wonderful and praiseworthy, he subjoins immediately those things which here in Greek follow the interposition of dots.
d. John at this place, marked with dots, sets out at length and graphically how many deaths the plague inflicted on Thessalonica in pitiable manner, how innumerable the funerals it brought; and, in order to show that that blow came upon the Thessalonians not from a natural cause but from divine vengeance, he inserts into the prolix words with which he does this those things also which, after the interposed dots, are subjoined here.
e. How the Thessalonians, terrified not only by diseases but also by spectres, fled from their homes to the temples of the Saints, and especially to the church sacred to St. Demetrius, John here explains, having first set down some further things with which he continues to describe the severity of the plague; and then he relates how help was at length brought to them by the Saint, through the words which follow the interposition of dots here.
f. To show that health was prodigiously restored to not a few Thessalonians seized by the plague, through St. Demetrius interceding for them with God, John of Thessalonica certainly labours much throughout almost the whole of this chapter up to this point. But with sufficiently happy success? There will surely be reason why it should so appear, especially if that which furnishes the chief foundation for the prodigious healings asserted by this illustrious writer — and which I would not dare to reject as certainly false — actually took place, and was not a vain illusion, which far be it from me to assert: namely the nocturnal apparition related by him, in which Demetrius was seen by a certain upright man visiting the sick, with the happy outcome of healing following closely upon the visitation.
a. This chapter we have copied entire from the Ms., from which we also give it here, the codex formerly of Mazarin, now the royal one of Paris; in this it extends from page 52 to page 55, and bears the following title: Περὶ τῶν δαιμονώντων, that is, On demoniacs, or those possessed by a demon.
b. Since John of Thessalonica indicates above at num. 42 that the miracle related here had happened not long before, at the time when he was writing these things, there is surely no reason why it should be called into doubt; nor does it seem that it should be doubted that it was wrought by the power of St. Demetrius, as the same writer asserts.
a. What is narrated in this chapter, or, if you prefer, this very chapter, exists among us copied entire likewise from the Ms. codex formerly of Mazarin, now the royal one of Paris, in which it extends from page 55, or rather (for this is marked twice in it by mistake) from page 56, to page 58, distinguished in the following heading, which it also bears in the said codex: Περὶ τῆς αὶτήσεως τῶν λειψάνων τοῦ Μάρτυρος, On the request for the relics of the Martyr.
b. Of this holy Martyr it has already been treated by us at the 15th day of March, on which she stands inscribed in the Roman Martyrology; and there it was proposed by Bollandus, in the historical Sylloge which he composed concerning her, at num. 8, as more probable that she was not a virgin; which I do not know whether the founder of our Work would have done, had he had in view the most clear testimony for the virginity of that holy Martyr which occurs here, that of John, archbishop of Thessalonica in the seventh century.
c. He held the reins of the empire from the year 582 up to the year 602, as is now agreed among the learned; so that what is narrated here presently about the relics of St. Demetrius asked for by him must necessarily have happened neither earlier than the year 582 nor later than the year 602.
d. Nothing has so far been found anywhere by which I might determine the year in which the see of Thessalonica was entered by him; that he did in fact hold it, however, in the reign of Maurice, or in the time that runs from the year 582 up to the year 602, as John's narrative here requires, is clear if only from this, that there exists a letter of Gregory the Great (see Labbe, tom. 5 of the Councils, col. 1293) written to him when already archbishop of Thessalonica, marked Indiction 1, which, as will be evident to anyone who makes the reckoning, designates the year 598.
e. Since here, as is clear from the context, the discourse is about the Justinian who reigned before Maurice, Justinian, the first of this name, is undoubtedly designated; wherefore, since he governed the Roman empire from the year 527 up to the year 565, it follows that what is presently subjoined here about the relics of St. Demetrius likewise asked for by him, and the prodigy which prevented his obtaining them, certainly happened between the year 526 and the year 566.
f. The same prodigy is likewise related by John Stauracius, chartophylax of Thessalonica, in the Ms. codex ✠ Ms. 193, often praised above in the Preliminary Commentary, which exists among us; but that writer augments it with circumstances from which it follows that already then, when it happened, an ointment or oil, prodigiously salutary for healing diseases, dripped from the Thessalonian tomb of our Saint; and what is to be thought of this matter you will find in the Preliminary Commentary, § VIII.
a. The things contained in this chapter, and here delivered from the codex 821 of the Vatican library alone, since we do not have them copied from the Ms. codex formerly of Mazarin, occur in that literary monument from folio 58 up to fol. 63, with the following title prefixed to them: Περὶ τοῦ ἀργυρέου θρόνου, On the silver throne; this, moreover, I have changed into another, placed here, which sets out somewhat more distinctly what is recorded in the narrative below; and I have judged that the same should be done, for the same end, before most of the other chapters which make up the books written about the Saint's miracles.
b. Since of all the preceding chapters, exhibited here by us in the same order as in the codex formerly of Mazarin, only the one immediately preceding mentions any archbishop, and in it the discourse concerns no other than Eusebius, who governed the see of Thessalonica in the reign of Maurice, that is, before the year 602, in which the latter died, it follows that by that archbishop from whom John says he heard the things he relates here, he means no other than the same Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica — although in the meantime this cannot be evident from our codex ✠ Ms. 193, in which alone we have the present chapter copied from the said codex of the Vatican library, because this codex neither supplies everything which the Mazarin codex does, nor agrees with it in the order in which it sets forth what it does supply.
c. The coverings of altars, resting on four columns and drawn up into a gabled form, under which the bodies of the Saints also (see Du Cange in the Glossary of Middle and Low Latinity at the word ciborium) were wont to be laid up, were indeed commonly called ciboria in former times; but what sort of ciborium was the one built in the Thessalonian temple of our Saint is set out graphically by John below, cap. 10.
d. Namely Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica in the reign of Maurice; for John had not previously spoken of any other archbishop.
e. By this word is here most probably to be understood the seat or chair which the archbishops of Thessalonica were wont to occupy in the church sacred to St. Demetrius at Thessalonica when they visited it.
f. Whatever John narrates up to this point in the present chapter, you will find it all set out somewhat more briefly in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 74 and the two following. Further, to say something also about the time at which it happened: that it happened under Eusebius, who governed the see of Thessalonica in the reign of Maurice, is manifest from what I have just noted at letters b and d; so that it most probably happened as the sixth century was drawing to its close.
a. This chapter is supplied in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 63 to fol. 66 verso under this brief title: Περὶ Ὀνησιφόρου τοῦ παραμοναρίου, On Onesiphorus, custodian of the temple; here, however, it is exhibited by us from codex 821 of the Vatican library, distinguished by a somewhat longer title, for the reason adduced in the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter a.
b. That no other archbishop is designated here — one who, when the things narrated in the present chapter happened, was only a lector — than Eusebius, mentioned in the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter, you will easily gather from what was said there, as also from the sequence of the narrative subjoined here, inasmuch as in it he is expressly called Eusebius by Onesiphorus. Now since the matter stands thus, and he was certainly raised to the see of Thessalonica before the end of the sixth century, what is related here about Onesiphorus must likewise have happened before the end of the same century.
c. In the great Menaea of the Greeks, in which the things narrated here about Onesiphorus are also told, at the place corresponding to this one, the following is read at the 26th of October, which I transfer here together with a Latin version prepared by me: Ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ τῶν λαμπάδων ἡμμένων, ἐπὶ πλέον ἱλεοῦται καὶ τὸ θεῖον τῷ προσάγοντι, θὰττον δὲ ἀφαιρουμένων, ὑποτέμνεται… ἐκείνου τὸν ἔλαιον [Note: ] [whether not τοῦ ἐλεοῦ?] τὸ πρᾶγμα·. When many lamps are lit, God becomes more abundantly propitious to him who offers them; but when they are taken away more quickly, the work of his mercy is cut short; Rader, however, in the Latin version of the Menaea prepared by him, which exists among us in Ms., observes thus in the margin on this passage of theirs, and not undeservedly: This does not seem to be said in accordance with the faith. For God accepts offerings as they are made by the offerers, whom another's malice can in no way harm, even if the gifts are stolen away. Hence you will easily gather what is to be decided about the text of John, on the occasion of which I make these observations.
d. Achar, or, as it is more commonly written, Achan, contrary to the command of God, who had ordered both Jericho and whatever had been in it to be devoted under the anathema, stole some things from the spoils of Jericho (see chapter VII of the book of Joshua, and was hence most grievously punished at God's command.
e. Whatever is narrated up to this place of the present chapter is also supplied in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 77 and the two following, in a narrative somewhat more condensed. For the rest, since Onesiphorus is related here to have been punished for extinguishing and taking away the tapers which had been lit in honour of St. Demetrius, and this certainly happened, as is clear from what I have just noted at letter b, before the end of the sixth century, it follows from this chapter also of the Saint's miracles that he was held in great honour among the Thessalonians already from that same sixth century.
a. The same things as here are narrated in the codex formerly of Mazarin, very often praised above, from fol. 66 verso up to fol. 69, and they have prefixed to them this following brief title, in place of which I have substituted here a somewhat fuller one for the reasons adduced in the Annotata which I subjoined to the two chapters immediately preceding: Περὶ τῆς ἐν λιμῶ πρόνοιας τοῦ Μεγαλομάρτυρος, On the providence of the great Martyr in famine.
b. It does not appear that it should be doubted that John here speaks of the expedition of the Avars against the Thessalonians, of which he treats expressly below, cap. 13; wherefore, since this happened in the reign of Maurice, that is between the year 582 and the year 603, as I shall show in the Annotata to be subjoined to that chapter, anyone will without difficulty determine about what time the things narrated here presently, which followed closely upon the said expedition, took place.
c. By the queen of cities, Constantinople is not rarely understood among the Greek writers, and that this is expressly the case here in John is manifest from what is presently subjoined.
d. This island is situated in the Aegean Sea, today the Archipelago, not far from Ionia and the gulf of Smyrna, so that one who intends to go thence to Constantinople must direct his course towards the right, but one who sails to Thessalonica towards the left, as will become plain on inspecting the geographical maps of the islands of the Archipelago. This for the understanding of what is presently subjoined here.
e. These things also, which are narrated up to this point in the present chapter, you will find set out in an abridgment by Anastasius the Librarian in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 79 and the two following.
a. This chapter is set out in the codex formerly of Mazarin, from which it is here edited, at page 69 and the five following, distinguished by this more condensed title: Ἕτερον περὶ τῆς ἐν λιμῶ προνοίας τοῦ Μάρτυρος, Another (that is, miracle) on the Martyr's care in famine. In Mabillon, moreover, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 81 and the following, it is also exhibited in an abridgment put together by Anastasius the Librarian.
b. Although John of Thessalonica does not everywhere accurately observe in his narrating the order in which each thing was done, I think nevertheless that the things he relates in this chapter happened later than those he relates in the preceding chapter, because he records that these, but not those, happened a very short time before they were consigned to writing by him.
c. Since both the verb Δευέσται and Δεέσται signify to be in need, or to lack necessaries, I think that the verb Μεταδεύεσται, which I have sought in vain in the Lexicons, here most probably signifies the same as to buy, or procure, necessaries, or at any rate is to be explained, having regard to the sense, in a manner not much different.
d. Since the Saint, as I have shown in the Preliminary Commentary, § III, was brought up at Thessalonica, and the Greek verb Τρέφειν signifies the same as the Latin educare or alere, I have therefore here interpreted the middle participle of the first aorist derived from this verb, θρεψαμένη, placed in the dative, to which I suppose the word πόλει is understood besides, as "to the city that nurtured him".
e. By this name was formerly distinguished the city of Thrace which is today called Aveo, by the Turks Aidos, situated on the shore of the Thracian Bosphorus, and fortified with a strong fortress, which is one of the Dardanelles. See Baudrand in the Geographical Dictionary at the word Abydus.
f. For such knowledge as there is of this island, see the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter ad.
g. Of St. Isidore, martyr in the island of Chios, it has been treated by us at the 25th day of May, on which he is announced in the Roman Martyrology; and he, as is clear from what was brought forward there, had a church sacred to his name in the island of Chios, so that it is certainly this very St. Isidore the martyr who is mentioned in this place by John of Thessalonica. But was the church just mentioned, or another existing likewise in the island of Chios, sacred to him and to St. Victor the martyr together? There is surely reason why you should think so from the place of Anastasius the Librarian in Mabillon cited just above; for there Anastasius supplies the following Latin, which corresponds to these Greek words of John, Ὁ δὲ διαναστὰς καὶ πορευθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ καλλινίκου μάρτυρος Ἰσιδώρου: He, rising, went on to the church of Saints Victor and Isidore; but Anastasius has here used a faulty interpretation. See the Preliminary Commentary, num. 79.
h. At the 24th day of June, on which the nativity of St. John the Baptist is celebrated in the Roman Martyrology, it has already been treated by us of this holy forerunner of the Lord; and from the things which were brought forward there from Sozomen, in the Historical Commentary composed on him, num. 106 and the two following, there is confirmed what is narrated here in John about the insults hurled by the demon against John the Baptist, because he was a help to the emperor Theodosius when waging war against the tyrant Eugenius, which happened in the year 394.
i. Indeed John of Thessalonica labours much likewise in this chapter, up to this place, to show that help was a second time prodigiously brought by the Saint to the Thessalonians when pressed by famine, and not, as it appears, with altogether unhappy success.
k. The Greek text supplied in this place by John seems somewhat obscure; yet to that which
l. John promised above, at the beginning of cap. 8, that in what follows he would treat of the war waged against Thessalonica by a barbarous nation of infinite multitude; and in fact he does treat of it below, after two more chapters have first been set down in which other matters are dealt with; so that when he says here that, having recalled two chapters, he will turn his discourse to the things promised, he is to be understood as speaking of that war.
a. This chapter, which we give here copied from codex 821 of the Vatican library, runs in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 55 verso to fol. 58 verso, and is given the following title: Περὶ τῆς κυρίακης
b. I have here interpreted thus the Greek substantive φλυκτηὰ, which I have been unable to find in any Lexicons at all, both because the sense seems to require it, and because it seems to be used here in place of the substantive φλύκταινα, which, since it may seem to be derived from the Greek verb φλυεῖν, which likewise signifies the same as the Latin fervere or bullire, can be used, as it appears, not altogether ineptly to signify the same as the Latin aestus.
c. The Eastern empire, after Phocas had seized it in the year 602, the emperor Maurice having been slain, was most miserably afflicted also with internal wars and seditions, as may be seen from Nicephorus Callistus, Cedrenus, and other Greek historians commonly to be met with, up to the year 610, in which the said Phocas also himself perished; and John, as is clear enough from his very words occurring here, speaks both in this place and in what follows of that wretched state of the empire; and since this is so, and he relates not obscurely that the vision which he mentions below was shown to a certain man while the state of things of which he is speaking lasted, it must surely be that this happened not later than the year 610.
d. Εὐταξία in Greek is the same as rectus ordo in Latin; wherefore I have interpreted these two Greek words Κυρίακη Εὐταξία in Latin, using also a certain periphrasis for clarity's sake, as "The right ordering of things through the Lord".
e. All this John urges in order to persuade that Thessalonica escaped free from internal commotions also through the patronage of the Saint; but since all the things he brings forward to this end rest almost on one vision, shown to a certain man, and it may be that this was not a true apparition but merely an illusion, the studious reader, whatever he shall determine on this point too, will not easily find me opposing him.
a. This chapter, which we here set before the reader's eyes as it exists among us copied from the codex formerly of Mazarin, is set out in that literary monument from fol. 82 to fol. 85 verso, bearing this following title, somewhat shorter than ours here: Περὶ τοῦ βλασφημήσαντος ἐπάρχου, On the prefect who blasphemed; it exists further also in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 82 and the following, related in an abridgment by Anastasius the Librarian.
b. See the Acts of the Apostles, cap. 5 and 8.
c. See the same Acts, cap. 13.
a. This chapter, which we here set before the reader as it exists in our codex ✠ Ms. 193 copied from the Ms. codex 821 of the Vatican library, is exhibited in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 85 verso to fol. 96, and bears at its head the following title, for which I have here substituted another for the reason already mentioned more than once above: Περὶ τοῦ ἐν τῶ κιβωρίω γενομένου, On the fire which took place in the ciborium.
b. John could certainly, as he has just indicated, have recalled more than the two chapters pertaining to war, and illustrated by help prodigiously brought to the Thessalonians by St. Demetrius, which he mentions here, of which he supplies one in the present chapter and the other in the following chapter, or rather, as you will understand from the Annotata to be subjoined to this latter chapter, in the two following. The matter will become plain from what I shall bring forward below in the Annotata to be subjoined to cap. 15, the last, of this book written by John about the Saint's miracles.
c. It is clear from this place that the Saint's festival, when the fire of the ciborium of Demetrius mentioned in the present chapter happened — that is, as will become plain from what I shall note at the following letter, as the sixth century was drawing to its close, or at the beginning of the following one — was celebrated every year at Thessalonica not for one day only; so that it came about that the Saint already then enjoyed a quite remarkable cult in this his native city. See the Preliminary Commentary, § VIII.
d. Namely cap. 7, 10, and especially 6, in which also, as it does not appear doubtful, the discourse concerns the same fire of this ciborium as here; wherefore, since this happened, as I have shown in the Annotata subjoined to that chapter, most probably as the sixth century was drawing to its close, and certainly under Eusebius, who governed the see of Thessalonica perhaps even up to the beginning of the following century, the epoch of the fire which John mentions in the present chapter is held as found out closely enough.
e. To understand in what office the man here spoken of served among the prefects of Illyricum, see Panciroli in his Commentaries on the Notitia of the Eastern Empire, cap. 76 and some following, as also, and chiefly indeed, cap. 23 and 93.
f. Since the man who feigned that the barbarians had unexpectedly come to the walls of the city, as is presently subjoined, in order to induce the people to go out of the temple, could not have done this without a lie, St. Demetrius cannot have had a part in that fiction; so that John of Thessalonica here stands in need of a kindly interpretation, and is rather to be thought to have spoken from the opinion of the people, who believed the thing was done at the Saint's instigation, than from his own.
g. Of this holy martyr see what I observed in the Annotata subjoined to cap. 5, at letter b.
h. Of these three holy martyrs our Henschenius has already treated at the third day of April with the Roman Martyrology; yet he does not mention the temple recorded here, which these Saints had near Thessalonica dedicated to their name; which he would nevertheless undoubtedly have done had he perceived that mention of that sacred building is made in the work of John of Thessalonica which we are now editing.
i. The barbarians mentioned above, therefore, who, when the fire treated of in the present chapter happened, planned to seize Thessalonica by an unexpected assault, were Slavs; and this nation certainly not later than the sixth century, as from what Procopius, book 3 on the Gothic War, cap. 40
k. Namely at that time, when the fire mentioned in this chapter happened, that is as the sixth century was drawing to its close or at the beginning of the following one, the Slavs had already not rarely made raids as far as Thessalonica, and, raising a clamour according to the custom received among those barbarians, had terrified the inhabitants of that most celebrated city.
l. See the book of Genesis, cap. 22.
m. See the book of Numbers, cap. 23 and the following.
n. There is no one who does not see that this very lengthy prayer, in which he who had feigned the unexpected arrival of the enemy at the walls of Thessalonica gave thanks to God and to St. Demetrius together with those present with him, was composed at will by John of Thessalonica, speaking here after the manner of orators. But what is to be thought of the fact which is set forth by John in the present chapter as wrought as if by a higher power? Since it comprises nothing at all that exceeds the powers or course of nature, there is surely reason why someone might call into doubt whether the Saint concurred in it prodigiously, although in the meantime it is clothed with very rare circumstances.
a. This chapter we exhibit to the reader from our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, in which it exists copied from codex 797 of the Vatican library; it exists also in the codex formerly of Mazarin, from fol. 96 to fol. 104 verso. I have diligently collated both these codices here — which I should undoubtedly have done as regards all the other chapters of this work composed by John of Thessalonica, already given and still to be given, had not the reason alleged in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 28, prevented it — and I have found them not rarely differing from one another in their readings. The more noteworthy of these I place before the eyes either in the Annotata following here, if they are longer, or, if they are only rather short, in the margin of the pages. And I do this in such a way that, if the readings of the codex formerly of Mazarin are better, as also generally happens, I adapt the Latin version to them as well, leaving meanwhile intact the Greek text of our codex ✠ Ms. 193 which corresponds to it, though from time to time faulty. Further, the present chapter bears in the codex formerly of Mazarin, in which, as I have said, it exists, this following very brief title: Περὶ τῆς πολιορκίας τῆς πόλεως, On the siege of the city; but this, as will be evident to anyone considering it, does not set out sufficiently what is recorded in the chapter below, and hence it has seemed good to substitute for it another, which you see here.
b. The codex formerly of Mazarin reads in this place Καὶ τὸ τῆς περὶ τὴν πόλιν κηδεμονίας ἀσύγκριτον, so that, since these words sound in Latin "And his incomparable care for the city", it merely adds to the Greek text of our codex ✠ Ms. 193 the adjective ἀσυγκριτὸς, incomparable, taken substantively by a construction very familiar to the Greeks, the substantive κηδεμονία, care, which is affected by it, being expressed in the genitive case.
c. Since Maurice ruled the empire from the year 582 up to the year 602, as is now agreed among the learned, it follows from this and at the same time from this place of the present chapter that the expedition of the Avars against Thessalonica, of which this chapter treats, certainly happened not later than the year 602, nor earlier than the year 582. But below, at letter h, we shall determine the epoch of that event much more closely.
d. Although indeed Theophanes, Simocatta, Zonaras and other Greek Historians commonly met with supply such things concerning Maurice from which you may not undeservedly gather that the nation of the Slavs was then confederated with, or even partly subject to, the leader or king of the Avars, who was distinguished by the name of Chagan, common to absolutely all the supreme leaders of that nation, yet they nowhere declare that this whole nation depended on the rule of the leader of the Avars, or was then subject to him; so that John, archbishop of Thessalonica, has most probably used amplification here.
e. That arms were moved against Thessalonica by the leader or Chagan of the Avars while Maurice held the reins of the empire, I do not find recorded either in Theophanes or in Zonaras or in any other historians; but since under Maurice the Avars and Slavs very frequently broke into the lands of the empire, as may be seen in the same historians, and it is not to be doubted that very many of the things they then did have been passed over in silence by all the historians, the expedition of the Avars against Thessalonica narrated in this chapter ought not to be held doubtful or fictitious on the ground that it is not mentioned by other writers; especially since, by the testimony of John himself below, it lasted only seven days, and may thus not undeservedly be reckoned among those momentary incursions of enemies, as they are called, which you will not rarely find suppressed in silence among historians, who are for the most part wont to commit to writing only matters of greater moment. And hence you may already also conclude that neither is that sudden and unexpected irruption of the Slavs into the places adjacent to Thessalonica, made when it happened that the ciborium of St. Demetrius was burnt, which is narrated in the preceding chapter by John alone, all the other writers being silent, to be held doubtful or fictitious. However that may be, for both this and the expedition of the Avars, with which we are chiefly concerned here, to be esteemed undoubted, the authority of John of Thessalonica alone suffices me — an author certainly weighty, and besides contemporary with the things narrated by him, as he himself indicates in more than one place, as will be noted below.
f. John, therefore, was contemporary with the expedition of the Avars which he relates in this chapter; but this will become much more clearly evident from what he commits to writing in the following chapter.
g. In the codex formerly of Mazarin the prophet is here called Joel; and I think he is cited here for no other reason than that he has in cap. 2, v. 3 of his Prophecy: After him the solitude of the desert; for to these words there correspond in the Greek text of sacred Scripture the following: Καὶ τὰ ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πεδία ἀφανισμοῦ.
h. That the expedition of the Avars, or, if you prefer, of their leader or chagan, related in the present chapter, is to be fixed to the year 597, is clear from this place of John. For this, as is plain from what was just annotated at letter c, certainly happened between the year 581 and the year 603; and of the years which intervened between the latter and the former, only in the said year 597 was the twenty-second day of September a Sunday, as will become manifest to anyone who makes the reckoning.
i. That is, as the second night of the days of the week was beginning; for that what John presently subjoins here happened on the night which immediately followed the Sunday is clear from the context of the narrative; and weeks can both begin from the night that precedes the Sunday, and each of their days be distinguished by the name of Sabbath, as is clear if only from St. Mark, cap. 16, v. 2, where it is had: And very early on the first of the Sabbaths they come to the sepulchre, the sun being now risen.
k. Behold indeed a remarkable prodigy wrought by St. Demetrius for the benefit of the Thessalonians; but whether certain and undoubted credence is to be given to it, let the studious reader determine from what John presently subjoins.
l. The following Greek words, which correspond to these Latin words, "but leaving drops of his own blood between the battlements", Ρανίδας δὲ τοῦ οἰκείου αἵματος ἀμφὶ τὰς έπάλξεις καταλιπῶν, are read in the codex formerly of Mazarin, and that very opportunely, since our codex ✠ Ms. 193 is mutilated in this place and offers only an imperfect sense, as will easily become evident to anyone skilled in the Greek language who considers the matter.
m. After the word Πλάσασθαι of the Greek text which corresponds in our codex ✠ Ms. 193 to this last Latin period, the following, Καὶ τὴν ἀνδραγαθίαν ἑαυτῶ περιθῆναι, are placed in the codex formerly of Mazarin, and that again most opportunely, since our said codex, from which they are absent, scarcely supplies a perfect sense here any more than at the place mentioned at the preceding letter, as again will very easily become clear to anyone skilled in the Greek language who considers the matter.
n. To the following three Greek words of our codex ✠ Ms. 193, to which these Latin words "by the mercy of God" here correspond, Ἐκ φιλανθρωπίας Θεοῦ, these besides, Καταξιωθεῖσαν ὡς ἡμερῶν ἄχρι πεντήκοντα εὐθὺς τῆ εἰκάδι δευτέρα, ὥς εἴρηται, τοῦ Σεπτεμβρίου μηνὸς, are added in the codex formerly of Mazarin; and to them, because they seem by their meaning to agree more with the author's sense, I have adapted the Latin version, although in the meantime our said codex produces an altogether perfect sense in this place even without them.
o. See Panciroli in his Commentaries on the Notitia of the Eastern Empire, cap. 23, and there you will find that the praetorian prefect of Illyricum had various scriniarii in his Office; so that it is easy to draw out from this what John means here by those who were first among the scriniarii, or presided over the scrinia of the prefects of Illyricum. See also the Annotata subjoined to cap. 12 at letter e.
a. Our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, from which we here exhibit this chapter to the reader, supplies from codex 797 of the Vatican library both this and whatever occurs in the chapter immediately preceding and in another to be given immediately below (if only you except, as regards this last chapter, a few things which were not found in the said codex of the Vatican library) in one and the same tenor, that is, with no division at all interposed. And indeed, since all the things contained in these three chapters pertain to one and the same argument, namely the siege of the city of Thessalonica by the Avars and its prodigious raising, or are at any rate related to it in some way, they are certainly not unfittingly recited in a continuous series uninterrupted by division into chapters; and hence also there is reason why you may not undeservedly doubt whether they were not originally committed to writing so by John of Thessalonica. I meanwhile have thought that all these should be edited distinguished into three different chapters, both because the single chapter into which they would otherwise have had to be thrown, after the example of the praised codex 797 of the Vatican library, would have laboured under excessive prolixity, always unwelcome to the reader, and because I preferred to follow the division into chapters by which the work of John of Thessalonica is marked in the codex formerly of Mazarin. Further, the present chapter bears in this the following title: Περὶ τοῦ τραγωδοῦ, On the tragic actor; it is, as you see, studious reader, very brief, nor does it sufficiently set out what is treated in the chapter below, as will be evident to anyone who reads it through; and hence again I have substituted for it another, which you see here.
b. The vision shown to Eusebius, archbishop of Thessalonica, which John relates here in somewhat fuller speech, exists also in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 83 and the following, contracted into an abridgment by Anastasius the Librarian.
c. So in the book of Judges, cap. 7.
d. Since the siege of Thessalonica of which John speaks here happened in the year 597, as is clear from the Annotata subjoined to the chapter immediately preceding at letter h, and mention is made here of a plague which afflicted the Thessalonians a little before it, the epoch of that most dreadful pestilence of which the same author speaks above, cap. 3, is held as found out closely enough — unless perhaps, which however I do not think, one pestilence is mentioned here and another there.
e. In Habakkuk, cap. 3, v. 10, there is had: Thou wilt divide the rivers of the earth; and to these there correspond in the Greek text of sacred Scripture the following: Ὁ ποταμὸς σχίζεται τῇ γῇ; which indeed, if you wish to render word for word, may be expounded in Latin in this way, The river is divided by the earth; but, a conversion being made, thus: The earth is divided by a river; or, as others interpret, the earth is divided into rivers. I think, therefore, that John of Thessalonica here cites this place of the said Prophet for these words of his, Ποταμῷ ῥαγήσεται γὴ, the earth shall be broken by a river; for no other place occurs in the same Prophet which could in any way be cited for them.
f. The Greek word Πετροβόλος, if taken according to its genuine signification, properly signifies a thrower of stones; but here it is used by John, as is clear from the context, for a warlike engine by which stones were discharged. Further, I have interpreted it in Latin as Petrobolus, taking the name from the Greek, nay retaining this almost entire, because it is used by the said author generically to signify any engines for stones or fit for throwing stones; and no word having a similar signification is in use among the Latins; for ballistae, catapults and scorpions — which three words you will find used even by those devoted to purer Latinity — signify only different species of engines for stones.
g. To have found out what sort of warlike engine was that which is mentioned by John here and above, and still more than once below, see either Robert Estienne in the Thesaurus of the Latin Language at the word Testudo, or Henri Estienne in the Thesaurus of the Greek Language, tom. 4, col. 467.
h. The author discloses most clearly in this place that he was present at the siege of Thessalonica of which he treats here. But you will perhaps say hence: since that siege, as I have shown in the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter h, is to be fixed to the year 597, and he, that is John, archbishop of Thessalonica, was present at the general council of Constantinople of the year 681, as I have shown in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 32, it follows that he was then, even if he be supposed to have been only twelve years old during the aforesaid siege, more than ninety years of age. I confess it is so: but what then? It is possible to find not a few who have reached an age even more decrepit; so that it cannot be argued hence that John of Thessalonica, contrary to what we determined in the Preliminary Commentary and shall still confirm below in the Annotata to be subjoined to the following chapter, is different from the author of this work on the miracles of St. Demetrius, who, as I have already noted, most manifestly indicates in this place that he was present at the siege of Thessalonica made in the year 597.
i. The word Ῥαβδοῦργημα I have been unable to find in any lexicons at all; nevertheless, since warlike testudos were armed with falces, with which, now let down and now drawn back, the walls of besieged cities (see Robert Estienne in the Thesaurus of the Latin Language at the word Testudo) were struck, I have interpreted these Greek words, Καὶ τῶν χελωνῶν τὰ χαμερπῆ ῥαβδουργήματα, in Latin as "and the falces of the testudos creeping along the ground".
k. It appears certain that something is lacking here to the sense intended by John; but what it may be is not equally certain, nor would I wish to divine it.
l. Cataracts, as Robert Estienne teaches in his Thesaurus of the Latin Language at the word Cataracta, are the name given to hanging doors of wood or iron, which can be let down and raised at the will of the guards. And that such doors are designated by John at the Cassandreotic gate of the city of Thessalonica, out of which the Thessalonians are here narrated to have gone forth to attack the enemy, appears certain enough from what you will find recorded by him below, num. 137.
m. This word is an architectural one, and some maintain that it signifies the same as arrectaria, or arrectaria tigna; but Henri Estienne does not approve their opinion, and rather pronounces with Vitruvius that the Greek word should be retained. Consult, then, this author, whom it has seemed good to follow here, in his Thesaurus of the Greek Language, tom. 1, col. 1736.
n. Truly I have laboured to translate fittingly into the Latin tongue what is related here about the cataract which could be neither pressed down nor raised up. If I have not everywhere rendered word for word, I have at least tried to express the author's sense, though perhaps with not sufficiently happy success.
o. In the Greek text one or other of the words πυλὴ, gate, and πολὶς, city, seems to have been omitted here; hence I have added the first to the Latin interpretation. Further, I suspect that in other places too of the present chapter one word or another has from time to time been omitted, if only from this, that it was copied from the same said codex 797 of the Vatican library as the chapter immediately preceding, which, as is clear from the Annotata subjoined to it, is corrupted in more than one place by the omission of words.
a. This chapter exists copied in our codex ✠ Ms. 193 twice, once from codex 821 of the Vatican library, and once from codex 797 of the same library; and it is exhibited here to the reader in the form in which it is excerpted among us from the former of these two codices. Further, it is set out also in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 127 verso to fol. 132; and in this codex, from which we have not been permitted to copy it, and so not to edit it either, for the reason alleged in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 19, it bears at its head the following title: Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων ὀπτασίας, On the vision of the angels; but in the list of titles which is prefixed to the Work it is inscribed: Περὶ τῆς ὀπτασίας ἰλλυστρίου, On the vision of an illustrious man. Neither of these titles sets out explicitly enough, as will be evident to anyone considering, what is treated in the chapter below; and hence again it has seemed good to substitute for it another, which you see here. But although the matter stands so, both one and the other of these two titles adduced fits its argument after a fashion: the former, because the two men whom the illustrious man beheld in the vision shown to him approaching St. Demetrius seem from the context of the narrative to have been angels; and the latter, because the vision treated of was in fact the vision of an illustrious man, as being one to whom it was truly shown. For the rest, so that you may also have in view what is here understood by Ἰλλυστριὸν, in Latin an illustrious man, see Du Cange in the Glossaries of Middle and Low Greek or Latinity at the words Ἰλλουστριὸς and Illustris; and in the latter place you will find that three grades of honorati are commonly noted by the authors, namely the Illustres, the Clarissimi and the Spectabiles; and that, meanwhile, those who were adorned with the title of illustres, which was wont to be given to prefects, prefects of the City, quaestors, and masters of the soldiers, held the first place.
b. That is, the war moved against Thessalonica by the Avars and Slavs, of which in the two chapters immediately preceding. Further, if only from this, that here at the very beginning of this chapter the particle γὰρ, in Latin enim, which is wont by its office to connect different parts of discourse, is used, it appears all but undoubted that the things which occur both in the present chapter and in the one immediately preceding were originally narrated by the author in a continuous series.
c. These seem to have been angels from the context of the narrative, as I have already noted in the Annotata at letter a. Certainly it scarcely appears to be doubted that they were held by the author to be angels.
d. Thus I have rendered in Latin the Greek word Τριβηλὸν; but in the great printed Menaea of the Greeks, in which the same vision as here is narrated at the 26th day of October, it is written Τριβολὸν; which reading is the better I do not determine. Meanwhile, to teach the reader what that word signifies, in the Menaea at the place cited there is had: Ἀρχὴ δὲ τοῦτο τῆς πρὸς τὸν ναὸν εἰσόδου, καὶ μεθόριον τῶν πρὸς ἑσπέραν αὐτοῦ θετταλῶν μεγάλων δύο
e. In Mabillon, in whose tom. 1 of the Analecta, page 86 and the two following, the vision shown to an illustrious man, which is narrated by John in the present chapter, is likewise related by Anastasius the Librarian, there is had thus concerning the appearance of St. Demetrius as he appeared to the illustrious man: For his appearance was not according to the appearance which is depicted in his more ancient images; so that here, regard being had to the manner in which John speaks with us in this place, there is no agreement between this author and Anastasius the Librarian.
f. Here the present chapter ends, as it exists among us copied from codex 797 of the Vatican library; but as it likewise exists among us copied from the other codex, 821, of the same Vatican library, from which it is edited here, it comprises in addition the things which follow here, as also in the form in which it is exhibited in the codex formerly of Mazarin.
g. Thus John of Thessalonica ends his work, having set out only two arguments which pertain to war and illustrate St. Demetrius, of which he completes one in cap. 12, and the other in the present chapter and the two others immediately preceding it. And the things which he treats there were done when John was not yet bishop; but more prodigies were wrought by St. Demetrius, when he was already bishop, for the benefit of the Thessalonians when pressed by enemies, which however that author did not commit to writing. So he himself declares not obscurely above, cap. 12. Hear also how the author who continued the work of John of Thessalonica speaks in the codex formerly of Mazarin, page 135, immediately after the words with which you see it ended here. Διανύσας, he says, παμμακάριστος πατὴρ, ὁ ὁμώνυμος καὶ τρόποις καὶ ἔργοις καὶ ζηλωτὴς τοῦ παρθένου καὶ ἡγαπημένου Ιοάννου μετὰ τὰς πλείστας αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας, τὰς θεοσότους καὶ πάντα ὑπερβαινούσας λόγον θαυματουργίας τοῦ ὥς ἀληθῶς σωσιπόλιδος καὶ Ἀθλοφόρου τοῦ Χριστοῦ Δημητρίου ὥς ἐν αὐτῆ αὐτοῦ ἐμφέρεται ἑκθέσει, ἐν μέρει σύνεγραψατο, ὥς οἶμαι, μὴ φθάσας καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν χρόνων αὐτοῦ γεγενημένας τῆ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς μεγαλοπόλει τῶν βαρβάρων ἀφάτους πολιορκίας συντάξαι, ἢ διὰ τὸ πλησίον τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀφ᾽ ἡμων προς Θεὸν ἀποδημίας ταύτας γεγενῆσθαι, ἢ μᾶλλον καὶ ταύτας παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ συγγραφείσας τοὺς μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἱερέας Our most blessed father, who is of the same name, and emulates in manners and works the virgin and beloved John, according to his teachings, very many in number, ending the workings of miracles, given by God and surpassing all speech, of the truly saviour of the city and Victor in the contests of Christ, Demetrius, wrote of them only in part, as is understood from his very exposition, not coming, as I think, to write also of the ineffable sieges by the barbarians which befell our great city in his times, either because they were carried out near the time of his departure from us to God, or rather because the archbishops who succeeded him hid them away after they had been written by him. John, therefore, did not commit to writing the sieges of Thessalonica made in his times and illustrated by the miracles of St. Demetrius, as is clear from these words of the anonymous writer who continued him, just recited; and since by the times of John he understands, not those which comprised his whole age, but only those which comprised the duration of his episcopate, as it is permissible to gather from what he writes below at the beginning of his work, subjoined here immediately, he indicates most plainly indeed that sieges of the city of Thessalonica happened when John was already archbishop of Thessalonica, and yet that they were not all committed to writing by him. For the rest, gather also from the words of the anonymous writer just recited that John of Thessalonica is truly the author of the work which we have already given under his name — words which he prefixes to his work by way of preface together with some others, not to be transcribed here, in which he declares that he will continue the work of John of Thessalonica already given.
a. To have some sort of knowledge of the time at which the anonymous author of this book flourished, see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 24. The present chapter, with which he begins his work, extends in the codex formerly of Mazarin, from which it is here exhibited to the reader, from fol. 136 to fol. 144 verso, and bears at its head the following title, Περὶ τῆς κατασκεῦης τῶν Δραγουβιτῶν, Σαγουδατῶν, Βελεγιζιτῶν καὶ τῶν, On the equipment of the ships of the Dragobitae, Sagodatae, Belegizitae and the rest; but I have substituted for it another, which I thought fitted the argument more aptly.
b. The author certainly speaks here of no other John, archbishop of Thessalonica, than him of whom he spoke in the words inserted in the last Annotatum on the preceding book, and prefixed by way of preface to his work together with some others; wherefore, since that John (see the Annotatum just mentioned) is the author of the book on the miracles of St. Demetrius already given, and he certainly, as may be seen in Le Quien, tom. 2 of the Oriens Christianus, col. 40 and the two following, was not promoted to the see of Thessalonica earlier than the year 650, and most probably died before the year 700, it follows from this place that, elapsed, they happened. And indeed that these things are to be placed either under Constantine Pogonatus or under Justinian, the second of this name, who then held the reins of the Roman empire, becomes most probable if only from this, that these two princes waged war against the barbarous nations hostile to the Roman empire in Europe, as is understood from Theophanes, Simocatta, Theophylact and other Greek historians commonly to be met with.
c. These names of the various nations or tribes of the Slavic race I have been able to find expressed neither in the writers of Byzantine history, or of the Eastern empire, nor anywhere else. Nor is there, however, any reason why the good faith of the anonymous author, who mentions them here, should therefore be held suspect, especially since it is not to be doubted that the very large and widely extended race of the Slavs was distributed into various nations or tribes, and no author is found who either ought of set purpose to have enumerated them, or had proposed this to himself for any cause whatever.
d. How consonant with the truth are the things which this writer of ours records, anyone will without difficulty perceive who shall read through, and weigh somewhat more accurately, the things done under Constantine the third, Constantine Pogonatus and Justinian the second, emperors of the East, and transmitted to posterity by Simocatta and other writers.
e. This too, which our anonymous author here records, is in no way alien to historical truth, since it is found from the historians praised above and others that the Slavic nations not rarely, the inhabitants being driven out, fixed their abodes in those places which they had occupied whether by arms or otherwise.
f. A signification which would suit the words πουλπιτὸν and γωνατιὸν in this sense I have nowhere found adapted to them; yet from the context of the discourse it has seemed good to interpret the latter word in Latin as Murex; for the signification of which word, so that you may find it explained exceedingly well, see Lipsius, Poliorceticon, book 5, dialogue 3; and you will also find from what that writer brings forward there that the former of the said words perhaps signifies the same as vallum caecum in Latin.
g. So undoubtedly some place was called, which was situated either within or outside Thessalonica.
h. The author related at num. 171 that the Thessalonians, in that place where Thessalonica was destitute of a wall, built a rampart against the violence of the Slavs; and a rampart consisted of three things, namely a ditch, a mound, and a sudetum, that is, a fence made of sharp stakes; wherefore, since the author here speaks of a souda existing in that place where Thessalonica was destitute of walls, I suppose that that word signifies the same as Sudetum; and although this does not occur in the Lexicons, yet that it is in use among the writers is clear from what the praised Lipsius brings forward at the place cited.
i. I think that almost the same is signified here by the word τειλὸν as above by the word γωνατιὸν. See meanwhile Lipsius, Poliorceticon, at the place just cited, and book 2, dialogue 2.
k. Since the words ἑτερὸς and οὗτὸς are here placed in the neuter gender, and the substantive ναὺς, ship, of the feminine gender, to which they refer, precedes, it must be that either the said words are wrongly placed in the neuter gender, or that after the first of them a substantive of the neuter gender, πλοίον, which signifies the same as ναὺς, has been omitted.
l. The word παντηλὸν or παντηλὸς signifies here, unless I am mistaken, the same as murex or tribolus; for a murex, since it is fixed with nails on every side, seems able to be called so in Greek not ineptly, the name being formed, namely, from the word παντὴ, on every side, and the word ἧλος, a nail.
m. Nor do I find this name of the leader of the Slavs anywhere else.
n. I much doubt that St. Demetrius had any part, as the author here indicates, in the death so unworthily inflicted on Chatzon.
o. What has so far in the present chapter, concerning the expedition of the Slavs against Thessalonica,
a. This chapter runs in the codex formerly of Mazarin, from which it is here printed for the first time, from fol. 144 verso to fol. 155; and it bears at its head there this following title, Περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ Χαγάνου, On the war of the Chagan; and although in the list of titles which is prefixed in the praised codex to the whole Work, that is to the collection of almost all the chapters or works contained in it, from fol. 10 verso to fol. ℣ XI, Χάτζωνος is read, nevertheless that Χαγάνου is to be retained is apparent from the chapter below, to which the aforesaid title pertains. Meanwhile for this I have substituted another, which you see here, for the reason mentioned more than once above.
b. By what John of Thessalonica could have been moved, as our anonymous author here presently indicates, to pass over in silence the sieges made in his own age, that is when he was already bishop, and distinct from that which we have given in the preceding book in his own words, I do not sufficiently understand. Nor do I see, either, that the things which occur up to this point in the present chapter are rightly prefixed by our same anonymous author by way of preface or exordium to those which follow.
c. That is, messengers or envoys; and the Greek word ἀποκρισιάριος, which is used more than once by Theophanes, Cedrenus, Nicetas and others to signify a messenger or envoy, I have here interpreted in Latin as apocrisiarius, because this word is found used in the same signification as the word ἀποκρισιάριος among the said Greek writers, among the writers of middle and low Latinity (see Du Cange in the Glossary at that word), and so the Latin version is rendered in some measure more conformable to the Greek text.
d. The things which occur up to this point from the words ὥς εὐαλώτου in the Greek text I have here interpreted in Latin following the sense rather than the words, because the Greek construction does not bear a word-for-word rendering in this place, and something also seems to be lacking in it, through the fault of the copyists, for it to produce an altogether perfect sense.
e. Since the expedition undertaken by the Slavs against Thessalonica, of which in the preceding chapter, happened under Constans the third or one or other of his two successors (see the Annotata subjoined to that chapter at letters b and d — into which meanwhile, as must be noted here, the names of Simocatta, Theophylact and Constantine the third have crept by an error committed by I know not what fate, in place of the names of Cedrenus, Zonaras and Constans the third), it follows from this place of it, inasmuch as it is intimated by it, regard being had at the same time to the preceding things, that it happened only two years' space after that former one, that the expedition narrated in the present chapter likewise most probably happened under one or other of those three emperors.
f. This city, which is now called by the Italians Nissa and by the French Nice, is situated in Upper Moesia, and is held to be among the chief cities of Serbia. See Baudrand in the Geographical Lexicon at the word Naissus.
g. In the Geographical Lexicon praised at the preceding letter two cities of this name are assigned, one namely in Dacia on the river Ister, the other in Thrace, situated between Naissus and Philippopolis; but which of them is mentioned here by our anonymous author I would not dare to assert for certain, although I meanwhile incline more to think that he is speaking of the latter.
h. Since under the three emperors just mentioned the Bulgars not rarely made raids into the lands of the Roman empire, as may be seen in Theophanes, Cedrenus and Zonaras, it would certainly not have been difficult for the Chagan of the Avars, then undertaking an expedition against Thessalonica, to join at least some of them to himself.
i. Thus here the two Greek words ὅρπηκας
k. The things narrated here by our author are surely such that, if only they took place, they do not permit one to doubt that help was then brought prodigiously to the Thessalonians by St. Demetrius. Meanwhile it strikes me as a matter of wonder that the prayer which he relates above as poured out to God by John of Thessalonica is fitted to the miracle of the pebble sent forth which followed afterwards, and I most vehemently suspect that it was ascribed to John at will by the praised author.
l. The word καγκελλάριος, which I have interpreted in Latin as Cancellarius, seems here to signify the same as an executor of the imperial will. Nor is this signification, which I think suits it here, at variance with the things which Du Cange observes about that word from various authors in the Glossary of Middle and Low Latinity.
m. A prefect of this name who flourished under Constans the third or one or other of his two successors, that is while John, archbishop of Thessalonica, was living, I have sought in vain in other writers.
n. Again indeed the things which are narrated both here and in the three preceding numbers are such as to be apt by nature to persuade someone that Thessalonica was freed from the siege of the barbarians related in this chapter through the prodigious help of St. Demetrius. Meanwhile I leave the whole to the prudent judgment of the reader.
a. This chapter is one of those which, through the shortness of the time during which the codex formerly of Mazarin was at hand, could not be copied entire. Meanwhile I exhibit here to the reader those things which we have copied from that literary monument, teaching in the Annotata subjoined, in an abridgment, what is contained in the rest of the narrative, which occurs in the said codex at the places here distinguished by the setting of dots. Further, the aforesaid chapter bears at its head in the same codex, in which it runs from fol. 155 to fol. 162 verso, this following title, retained by me here also: Περὶ τῶν γενομένων θεηλάθων σεισμῶν καὶ ἐμπρησμοῦ τοῦ ναοῦ.
b. The author at the beginning of the chapter, in place of which dots are set here, in the codex formerly of Mazarin first extols both the greatness and the multitude of the miracles of every kind which St. Demetrius wrought, and presently, making a step to the miracle, or rather miracles, which happened after those already related by him above, asserts that to John, archbishop of Thessalonica, already often named by him, when Thessalonica had already been freed from the two sieges of the Slavs narrated above, a heavenly vision was divinely shown, by which he understood that Thessalonica was to be most grievously shaken by earthquakes; and then he subjoins the things which follow here.
c. Namely John, archbishop of Thessalonica.
d. Namely of the earthquakes; for the author had spoken of no other punishment before.
e. Since I find John of Thessalonica nowhere either inscribed in the sacred Fasti or adorned with ecclesiastical cult, I think that he is here given the title of Saint by our author only according to the custom formerly received, by which bishops, both deceased and still surviving among the living, were wont to be called Saints for honour's sake, or by way of an honorary title.
f. Since John of Thessalonica died as the seventh century was drawing to its close, and the punishment of the earthquake of which he treats happened, as our author here teaches, only about one month after his death had elapsed, the time at which it befell Thessalonica to be afflicted with it is held as in some sort found out.
g. Here a page, which otherwise would have been 157, has been cut out of the codex formerly of Mazarin; and on the whole of it, as appears, there had been described that terrible earthquake which, the author subjoins afterwards, that is on page 158, lasted for several days, and was so grievous that most were compelled to leave their houses. He adds further that here also the prodigious care of St. Demetrius for the Thessalonians shone forth; for he was seen by many, while the earthquake lasted, both riding round the city and keeping guard over it together with other Saints, as they report; and none of the citizens was overwhelmed by the ruin of the buildings, which fell in great number, but all, when the earthquake ceased, returned home unhurt. Moreover, that the Slavs, who were then not far distant from the city of Thessalonica, nevertheless did not occupy it; and that this came about because, when from higher places they had seen the city collapse utterly, and thought the citizens buried under its ruin, and hence had approached unarmed to occupy it, they found the walls in their pristine state, as many of those very men afterwards confessed, and very many armed garrison soldiers showed themselves to be seen on them, although meanwhile there were scarcely any citizens in the city. Further, having narrated in a few words that the Thessalonians, refreshed by miracles of this kind, acknowledged by the barbarians themselves, assembled at the temple of St. Demetrius, the solemnity being repeated every year, he relates on page 159 that they were presently afflicted by a new adversity, namely the burning of the said temple. The words with which he does this there are the very ones which follow here, increased by some others.
h. Here the author adds in the codex formerly of Mazarin that the fire of the temple of St. Demetrius could by no means be extinguished, whence he will have it that it was kindled by an invisible hand, even though neither men nor instruments for carrying out the matter were lacking; and that thus that sacred building was so consumed by the flames that not even the least part of it remained; and that, when very many grieved greatly over that misfortune, and did not give credence to a man, illustrious among them, who asserted that he had learned through a revelation made to him that a temple inferior to the former neither in elegance nor in any prerogative would shortly be built, Demetrius, having pity on them, did the things which are recorded here presently in the following words.
i. Him the Lord furnished with an incredible knowledge of working metals and of inventing whatever things in the mechanical arts, and to him Moses committed the construction of the tabernacle of the covenant. See the book of Exodus, cap. 31, v. 2.
k. Namely St. Demetrius; for no other person occurs here of whom these things could be understood.
l. Thus the present chapter of our anonymous author ends; but whether absolutely all the things which it supplies, and especially those which, contracted after a fashion into an abridgment, I have just exhibited in the Annotata here, are exactly consonant with the truth, I would not dare to assert for certain, and I therefore leave the whole matter to the prudent judgment of the reader.
a. This chapter too is one of those which we have copied not entire from the codex formerly of Mazarin, in which it extends from fol. 162 verso to fol. 187. Accordingly, the things of which I advised the reader in the Annotata subjoined to the preceding chapter at letter a, concerning the method of editing it, are to be held as repeated here as regards the present chapter. Further, this bears in the praised Mazarin codex the following title: Περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν περβούνδον λιμοῦ καὶ ἀνενδότου, On the famine under Perbundus, and the obstinate siege.
b. Here our anonymous author discloses most clearly that he was contemporary with the things which he narrates in the present chapter; but when these happened the studious reader will understand from what I shall note below both on the present chapter and on another immediately following.
c. The Slavs, therefore, had their abodes not far from Thessalonica when they pressed this city with the siege mentioned in the present chapter. Nor is there reason why this should appear strange to anyone, since that siege probably happened as the eighth century was drawing to its close, as I shall show below, and in this same century, nay even earlier, the Slavic race, as I shall likewise show below, had abodes in the lands of the Roman empire.
d. This is the name of one of the various nations of which the Slavic race was made up, given to it perhaps because it had its abodes not far from Rusium, a city of Thrace. Certainly it appears from what is to be subjoined that it dwelt either in Macedonia or in the vicinity of this region, and so not very far from the said city.
e. The name of this king, as he is here called, or prince of the Slavs, I have been able to find nowhere among the historians, whether Greek or Latin.
f. Would that our author had disclosed somewhere the name of the emperor mentioned by him here! Thus something more certain could have been determined about the epoch of the things narrated by him. I meanwhile suppose it probable that the things he relates here are to be bound up with the age of Constantine the seventh, who held the reins of the empire as the eighth century was verging to its end; whether rightly or otherwise, the studious reader will determine from what I shall note below.
g. Having first set down these things which have been recited up to this point in the present chapter, our author presently narrates how, the captivity of king Perbundus having been heard of, two Slavic nations, namely the Runchini and the Strymonii, asked through messengers of the emperor, who was waging war against the Agarenes, that he should not be put to death but sent back to them; and how, having received an answer in which the emperor promised that Perbundus should be restored to liberty after the Agarene war, they were recalled from the anger with which they had before been blazing. He adds further that Perbundus, at the persuasion and with the help of one of the imperial interpreters, escaped by flight, and was nevertheless captured again in a place situated not far from other Slavs, to which he had fled; and he maintains that this came about, since he did not flee to those other Slavs, as he could have done with no trouble, by the singular providence of God and the intercession of St. Demetrius, especially since Perbundus, if he had been able to return to his own, was meditating to rage against the lands of the empire with a cruel and obstinate war, and, being happily drawn back from flight and put to death by the emperor's order, could not carry this into execution. Yet not even so were the Thessalonians permitted rest from the misfortune of war; for from the time of the death inflicted on Perbundus, as our author proceeds to narrate in words extant in the Mazarin codex, various Slavic nations, and before the rest the Strymonii, Runchini and Sagodatae, attacked Thessalonica in war. And first they plundered daily for two whole years all the places neighbouring the city, the inhabitants also being led away into captivity. Hence, when at the same time the citizens, shut in by a very close siege, could procure for themselves no provisions either by land or by sea, or those who attempted it were slain by the enemy, so severe a famine invaded the city that, although many had slipped away in flight on account of it, the rest who remained in the city were compelled to eat not only the flesh of asses and horses, but also other foods much more unpleasant. The emperor meanwhile, since he could not send an army, because he was detained by another war, sends ten smaller warlike vessels (in Greek they are called καραβοὶ), laden with provisions of divers kinds, to the aid of the Thessalonians. But since by those provisions the famine was indeed a little diminished for a time, yet by no means removed, nay was afterwards even increased by those who had been carried in the vessels sent by the emperor, it seemed good to the chief men and the citizens of the city to send to the parts of Thebes and Demetrias, in order to buy other provisions from the Belegezitae — who, although they too were a Slavonic nation, were nevertheless, as it appears, then keeping peace with the Thessalonians — the aforesaid ten vessels which the emperor had sent, and at the same time some other smaller ones which still remained to them, furnished with the more robust men of the city and the whole flower of its youth. But when these had set sail from the harbour of Thessalonica, the princes of the Dragobitae, having learned it, and holding in contempt those who alone were left in the city, as men less robust and fewer in number, decided to attack with all their strength Thessalonica, which up to then they had held almost only shut in, and to make an assault upon the walls in order to storm it. To this end, then, warlike instruments of every kind having been prepared, the Runchini and Sagodatae, Slavic nations, which the Dragobitae then had joined to themselves, moved all together against the city, the Sagodatae together with the Dragobitae by land, and the Runchini by sea in vessels. And on the first day they surrounded the walls on every side, and, running round, spied out on what side they could be more easily stormed, and did nothing else then; and while they were resting after having done this, God, who had already prodigiously turned away the Strymonian Slavs from attacking Thessalonica together with the rest, as by the compact entered into with these they ought to have done, the Thessalonians, who, of the enemy
h. Although the author asserts that the vision which he narrates here was shown not in a dream but in very truth, far be it that the Saint should be believed to have said in very fact the things which are here ascribed to him. It has not rarely happened that those who were affected with visions thought that they saw and heard many things which are far from having ever taken place in fact, or even from being able to take place. Apply this also to some visions related above.
i. The report of the apparitions or visions related here, spreading widely at once, restored courage after a fashion to the Thessalonians, as our author narrates in Greek words from the Mazarin codex not copied among us; yet they passed the night sleepless; and at daybreak the Slavs on every side, both by sea and by land, attacked the walls with every kind of arms, and threw fire upon the παραπύλιον, that is the smaller gate or postern mentioned in the vision just related, in order to open a way for themselves into the city by it; but how unprosperously both this and the attempted storming of the city turned out for them, our author sets out in words extant in the codex formerly of Mazarin, fol. 179 recto and verso, and here immediately following the interposition of dots.
k. Some words in the codex formerly of Mazarin are eaten away here; and in order that a perfect sense may be formed from the rest, I think that πρὸς should be supplied, and I have therefore adapted the Latin interpretation to the sense so supplied.
l. And thus, as is narrated by our author in the words already set down, through St. Demetrius, or rather through angels, that Saint of ours obtaining this from God, the city of Thessalonica was freed from the siege of the Slavs mentioned in the present chapter; and in order that the author may show more clearly that this was truly done by a prodigy, presently also, after he has related that the Thessalonians gave the highest thanks to God and to their preserver St. Demetrius for that happy success, he subjoins in the codex formerly of Mazarin, fol. 180, the things which here immediately follow the interposition of dots.
m. Here in the codex formerly of Mazarin the author subjoins not a few things, again not copied by us on account of the shortness of the time during which it was at hand; and first, that a few days later those also who had been sent out with ships to buy provisions from the Belegezitae returned unhurt, St. Demetrius protecting his own, together with no small quantity of grain which they were bringing, having learned among the Belegizitae that the Slavs had already been compelled to abandon the siege of Thessalonica; and then he adds that Thessalonica was indeed freed from the siege of the Slavs in the manner set out by him, yet not on that account did their almost daily raids into the places neighbouring Thessalonica cease, nor the irruptions made from ambush, by which this very city might one day be intercepted, into other places lying as close as possible to the walls of the same city, by which it came about both that very many captives were led away and that not a few other losses were inflicted on the Thessalonians. It further came about, as the author proceeds, that, since the barbarians were continually thinking of occupying Thessalonica, and were striving to devise various warlike instruments to this end, one of them, more skilled, although a Slav by nation, in constructing instruments of this kind, devised a wooden tower of wonderful artifice, by which he asserted that Thessalonica would certainly be stormed. But when, the design of that tower having been set before the princes of the Slavic race and approved, and the things necessary for its construction having been supplied to him by those who had already unexpectedly moved forces up to the city in order to make trial of the engine to be built against it, he was on the very point of putting his hand to the work, many bringing him help, St. Demetrius suddenly offered himself to his sight, and, striking him on the face with a slap, made him deprived of his mind, so that he took to flight with the utmost speed, and withdrew into the desert mountains, out of the sight of men, no otherwise than a wild beast avoiding it, while others pursued him in vain and called out to him to begin the work. There further he remained until the Slavs, the warlike engine by which they had hoped Thessalonica would be stormed remaining unmade on account of the flight of the architect, gave up the expedition undertaken against the Thessalonians; and then he recovered the sound mind which he had lost at the Saint's instigation, and Demetrius again appeared to him and commanded him to leave the solitary places and enter Thessalonica: which when he had done, and had beheld the image of St. Demetrius in that city, he declared to all that he had been struck by the man represented by it, and prevented from building the wooden tower designed by him, and, having embraced the Christian faith, was washed in the sacred waters of Baptism. So, both concerning the expedition undertaken by the Slavs against Thessalonica, in order to storm this city by a warlike engine of new artifice, and also concerning the prodigies by which it came about that it lacked happy success, the codex formerly of Mazarin speaks much more at length at the place cited above; and all these things are also narrated in our Greek Ms. codex ✠ Ms. 193, contracted into an abridgment by John Stauracius. But since this writer most probably yields to our anonymous author, by whom those things were committed to writing, the palm of antiquity (see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 25 and the following), he can add absolutely no weight, or at any rate very little, to the words of our anonymous author; and these are of such a kind that they will most probably not easily find credence with all. However that may be, I now subjoin to the interposition of dots the remaining Greek words with which he completes the present chapter in the Mazarin codex from page 148 to page 187.
n. In Macedonia (see Baudrand in the Geographical Lexicon at the word Strymon) is situated a river named Strymon, rising from Mount Orbelus; to this river, most probably, not to say undoubtedly, there lay adjacent a Thema or province, recorded in the third place by Constantine Porphyrogenitus, book 2 on the Themata, or smaller provinces, into which the Eastern empire was divided when it had already been mutilated in many of its parts by the misfortune of the times; nor do I doubt either that the Strymonian Slavs, of whom our anonymous author speaks here, had their abodes by that river, or in the province of the empire just mentioned, which was situated by it, when the things narrated in the present chapter happened. That opinion is settled, because then, nay even earlier, the Slavs had occupied not a few places not very far removed from the city of Thessalonica; which I show in this manner. Constantine Porphyrogenitus, praised above, On the Administration of the Empire, cap. 32, writes thus concerning the Serbs, who were a Slavic race: But the principality of Serbia having devolved from the father on two brothers, one of them, taking half of the people, fled to Heraclius, emperor of the Romans; who received him and gave him a place to inhabit in the theme of Thessalonica (namely Macedonia, which belonged to the theme of Thessalonica), which from that time is called Servia. Already therefore from the age of Heraclius, who held the reins of the empire when the seventh century had not yet advanced to its middle part, the Serbs, and so, from what has been said, Slavs, had abodes not far removed from Thessalonica. Those Slavs indeed, or at any rate the chief part of them, not very long after, leaving those abodes which they had obtained from Heraclius, received to inhabit another region, which is now called Serbia, the name being derived from them; but that either at least some of those who had not left the abodes once granted them by Heraclius, or at any rate other Slavs, had occupied places not far removed from Thessalonica as the seventh century was already drawing to its close, is understood from what Theophanes, Cedrenus and Zonaras record of Justinian Rhinotmetus, who then held the reins of the empire. I copy the words of the first of these three writers which bear on this. They run thus: In this year (namely 689) Justinian led out an army into Bulgaria and Thrace, and for the first time repulsed the Bulgars who had met him in arms; and, having made raids from time to time even as far as Thessalonica, he led out of their country an immense number of Slavs, partly subdued by the valour of war, partly going over to him of their own accord and surrendering, and, the strait of Abydos having been crossed, decreed that they should dwell in the parts of the Opsicium. Nor is there reason for you to reply that the Slavs who, as is understood from these recited words of Theophanes, dwelt not very far from Thessalonica, were deported by Justinian Rhinotmetus out of that country of theirs, as that author also teaches in the same words, into the Opsician Thema, situated in Asia according to the book of Constantine Porphyrogenitus On the Themata, and so that the Slavs in the eighth century, that is when the siege of Thessalonica mentioned in the present chapter happened, did not have abodes in places not far removed from Thessalonica, contrary to what our anonymous author indicates in more than one place of the present chapter. For although Theophanes, whom Zonaras, Cedrenus and other writers also support, expressly relates in the words already given that an immense number of Slavs was led away by Justinian Rhinotmetus into the Opsician Thema, yet he nowhere affirms that the same lot befell all the Slavs dwelling not far from Thessalonica. And indeed it is permissible to gather from what the same Theophanes records of the things done under the empress Irene that the Slavs still had abodes not far from Thessalonica in her reign, that is as the eighth century was drawing to its close. Hear how he speaks at the year 782: In this year Irene, peace having been made with the Arabs, being free from the care of wars, sent Stauracius, patrician and logothete of the swift course, with a numerous army against the nations of the Sclavini: who, having gone to Thessalonica and Greece, subjected the whole region to the empire and compelled it to pay tribute. Moreover, penetrating into the Peloponnese, he brought back into the Roman dominion a huge crowd of captives and spoils. See also Constantine Porphyrogenitus, already praised more than once, On the Administration of the Empire, cap. 49 and the following, and you will learn from what he writes there that under the emperors Nicephorus and Theophilus, of whom the former died in the year 811 and the latter in the year 842, the Slavs still had abodes in the Peloponnese, a region not very far removed from Thessalonica. I pass over here John Cameniates, who, concerning the destruction of Thessalonica, that is the storming of this city by the Saracens in the year 904
o. See what I noted above at letter d, and add to what was said there, from what I observed at the preceding letter, that the Runchine Slavs were most probably neighbours of the Strymonians.
a. This chapter extends in the codex formerly of Mazarin, from which it is exhibited here to the reader entire as it exists copied among us, from fol. 187 to fol. 199, marked on its front with this following title: Περὶ τοῦ μελετηθέντος κρυπτῶς ἐμφυλίου πολέμου κατὰ τῆς πόλεως παρὰ τοῦ μαύρου καὶ κούβερ τῶν, On the intestine war which Maurus and Cuber, Bulgars, secretly contrived against the city.
b. The things which our author supplies in almost the whole of this number, and especially at its beginning — he being not rarely, elsewhere also, as will become evident to anyone reading through the work of his given here by us, very difficult to understand — are so obscure and involved that it is exceedingly difficult to translate them aptly into the Latin tongue; nor perhaps could it have been done by me in any way at all, had not the sense intended by him, as it appears from the context, brought light.
c. Namely in the first two chapters of the present work, and especially in the former of them.
d. Knowledge of all and each of the places named here by our author is commonly to be met with in the Geographical Lexicons of Baudrand and others, and I therefore do not think it worth while to exhibit it here to the reader. But as to what now pertains to the assertion by which the author says here that he recorded above that the inhabitants of all the same places were led away captive by the Slavs, this is not altogether accurate, since above, namely at num. 158, he only wrote that the same places were rendered empty of inhabitants by the Slavs, and this could certainly have been done otherwise than by leading away the inhabitants into captivity to the quarter situated towards Pannonia, as everyone sees. And indeed that all the inhabitants of the regions which the Slavs and other barbarians depopulated were not led away into captivity, but that others of them were also slain, and others slipped away in flight, anyone will without difficulty find out from Theophanes, Zonaras and others who treat of those matters; so that our author has besides most probably, not to say undoubtedly, used amplification here.
e. Truly Sirmium had formerly been, and that before the age of our author, as he indicates here, the metropolis of Pannonia. For before the fifth century, in which this most celebrated city was overthrown by Attila, it was for some time not only the head of all Illyricum, but also the seat of him who presided over this very ample region in the office of praetorian prefect, as may be seen in Farlati, tom. 1 of Illyricum Sacrum, page 70 and the five following; and Illyricum comprised Pannonia, as is clear if only from Sextus Rufus and Jordanes. For the former has thus in the Breviarium: Illyricum has seventeen provinces: two of the Norici, two of the Pannonias, Valeria, Savia, Dalmatia, Moesia, two of the Dacias; and in the diocese of Macedonia there are seven: Macedonia, Thessaly, Achaia, two of Epirus, Praevalis and Crete; and the latter writes thus, On the Succession of Kingdoms and Times, book 1: But Illyricum, all bound together indeed by parts and members into one
f. I think that our author here designates, not Chatzon, mentioned a little before here, who seems to have been leader of the Slavs only and not also of the Avars, but that very Chagan of the Avars who was called in to their aid with promises and gifts (see cap. 2) by the Slavs, when they had been compelled to withdraw from Thessalonica, besieged by them under the leadership of Chatzon; and although he here ascribes to the Avars and their Chagan in this place what he writes above, num. 158, was done by the Slavs, he ought not on that account to be judged contrary to himself; for that with the Slavs, while they did in Illyricum what is narrated at num. 158, there were also mingled not a few in number of the Avars, to whom they seem to have been joined by treaty and in part also to have been subject, or that the Slavs did it at least either by their command or at their impulse, becomes most probable from the things which are found recorded about both those nations in the writers just praised and others.
g. Into these Greek words of our author, παῖς δὲ παρὰ πατρὸς ἔκαστος τὰς ἐνεγκαμένας παρειληφότων καὶ τὴν ὀρμὴν τοῦ γένους κατὰ τῶν ἠθῶν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, I am persuaded that an error has crept through the drowsiness of the copyists; to them meanwhile I have attributed the Latin interpretation which the sense seemed most to require; and if anyone shall bring a better, I will most gladly embrace it.
h. The devastation mentioned by our author both here and above, cap. 1, by which an innumerable multitude of men was led away into captivity from the lands of the empire, as he has just related here, most probably happened, as I have already shown in the Annotata subjoined to that chapter, under Constans the third, or one or other of his two successors, Constantine Pogonatus and Justinian Rhinotmetus, that is the second. Nay rather, that I may now determine the epoch of that event somewhat more closely after a fashion, John, archbishop of Thessalonica, undoubtedly prolonged his life up to the year 681, as is clear from the things which I brought forward in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 23, and most probably ended it, as I have already shown above, before the year 700, nay even before the year 690, lest otherwise that prelate should be said to have reached too advanced an age (consult the Annotata subjoined to cap. 14 of his work at letter h); and from the things which our anonymous author both prefixes to his work by way of preface (see the Annotata which I subjoined to the last chapter of the work of John of Thessalonica at letter g) and relates in the third chapter of this, the aforesaid devastation seems to have happened for the first time when the said archbishop of Thessalonica was not much removed from his death, and so between about the year 680 and the year 690. Now, since these things stand so, and the things which our author afterwards narrates in the present chapter happened more than sixty years after the same devastation, as he says in this place, it follows that their epoch is not to be fixed before about the year 740. Nay rather, it seems that these things are not to be placed even before about the end of the eighth century, that is the time when Constantine the seventh, son of Irene, held the reins of the empire. I suppose so because our author seems on no head to depart in his narrating from the order in which each thing was done, and the things which he records in the preceding chapter happened under Constantine, son of Irene, that is when the eighth century was already inclining to its end, as I have shown in the Annotata subjoined to that chapter at letter t.
i. Of this prince, who, as is understood from the title of the present chapter recited above in the Annotata at letter a, was a Bulgar, I find mention nowhere among other writers; St. Nicephorus, patriarch of Constantinople, in the Historical Breviary published at Paris in the year 1648, page 16, does indeed make mention of Cubratus, a Bulgar by race, who under Heraclius, that is when the seventh century had not yet advanced to its middle part, rebelled against the Chagan of the Avars, and, leaving his ancestral abodes with the people he had received from him, withdrew to the Romans, that is to Heraclius. But although Nicephorus thus ascribes to Cubratus not a few of the things which our anonymous author presently ascribes below to Cuber, and the names of Cubratus and Cuber are besides sufficiently akin, yet the difference of the age in which both flourished prevents the latter from being said to be one and the same with the former. For Cubratus, as is clear from what has been said, flourished in the seventh century; but Cuber in the eighth, and indeed most probably when it was already far advanced — unless perhaps someone should wish that the things which our anonymous author presently subjoins about Cuber are wrongly affected by him with chronological notes from which it follows that they happened when the eighth century was already far advanced, as I have already shown in the Annotata at the preceding letter.
k. These Greek words, καὶ ἀντάρται καταλέλεκται τοῦ χαγάνου γίνονται, I have interpreted in Latin, "and they become rebels to the chagan", taking no account of the word καταλέλεκται, since I do not perceive what it could signify here.
l. A plain or level ground of this name, which was situated not far from Thessalonica, I find nowhere. But there is no reason why this should seem strange to anyone, since neither are Geographers wont to mention all plains or fields, nor geographical maps, however accurate, to exhibit each one distinguished by its name.
m. So also other Greek writers from time to time call Constantinople by way of an honorary title.
n. The Dragobitae, therefore, if our anonymous author here records true things, already had abodes not far from Thessalonica before that time at which Cuber with his people settled in the Ceramesian Plain. Further, those Dragobitae, or, as this name is also written above by our author, Drogobitae, were a Slavic nation too, as he relates above in more than one place, and were most probably sprung from those whom Constantine Porphyrogenitus, in the book On the Administration of the Empire, cap. 9, writes were tributaries of the Russians, and distinguishes by the name of Drungubitae, meanwhile making no mention, either there or anywhere else, of the Dragobitae or Drogobitae, who, as I have already said, were most probably sprung from these Slavs.
o. That is, Constantinople, as I have still noted above.
a. This chapter is mutilated in the codex formerly of Mazarin both in its title and in its beginning, because one or another leaf has been cut out of it after page 199, although meanwhile the series of pages is not interrupted, because these were not distinguished by numbers until after this had been done; and the things pertaining to it that remain in the aforesaid codex run from fol. 200 to fol. 203 verso. Further, the said chapter is exhibited here to the reader from our Greek codex ✠ Ms. 193, in which it exists copied from the Ms. of Leo Allatius from fol. 81 verso to fol. 83 verso; and although it is only an abridgment of the longer narrative, made by John Stauracius, and not the longer narrative itself of our anonymous author, yet, since we do not have that entire, it is edited by us here under the name of our aforesaid anonymous author, because the things which it comprises seem certainly to have been first committed to writing by him, and it certainly does not differ in substance from his original narrative, as may be an argument for this the narrative occurring in Mabillon, tom. 1 of the Vetera Analecta, page 89 and the six following, in which the same things in substance altogether as are narrated in the present chapter, expressed in the words of John Stauracius, exist committed to writing by Anastasius the Librarian, who himself too contracted the narrative of our anonymous author into an abridgment.
b. Nothing at all occurs by which I might determine after any fashion of what see in Africa he was archbishop here. But as the eighth century was drawing to its close and the ninth beginning, at which time, as I shall show at the next letter, the miracle narrated in the present chapter befell Cyprian, archbishop in Africa, it is permissible to conclude, if only from what Pagi brings forward in the Critica at the year 893, num. 1, that bishops and archbishops at least existed in Africa.
c. Our author, as it is easy to draw out from what I brought forward in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 24, certainly flourished before the year 882, and indeed, as appears from the Annotata which I subjoined to the two chapters immediately preceding, probably either as the eighth century was drawing to its close or as the ninth was beginning; wherefore, since in his narrative, as it exists in Mabillon at the place cited above contracted into an abridgment by Anastasius the Librarian, he expressly affirms at the beginning that the miracle narrated by him in the present chapter happened in his own age, it follows that it probably happened either as the ninth century was beginning, or even a little earlier, that is as the eighth was drawing to its close; and in both these centuries the Slavs who dwelt in Dalmatia, and had occupied this region already from the age of the emperor Heraclius, continually practised piracy, as anyone will easily understand if only from what Andrea Dandolo records of that nation in more than one place in his Chronicle. Now, since these things stand so, it could easily come about that the archbishop Cyprian, to whom the said miracle befell, fell into the hands of the Slavs while sailing from Africa to Constantinople; which our author here relates actually happened.
d. Most probably somewhere in Dalmatia, as it seems should be determined from the Annotata at the preceding letter.
e. Thus St. Demetrius, who is commonly adorned by the Greeks with the title of μεγαλομάρτυρος, great Martyr, is here named in some manner by antonomasia, or by way of excellence.
f. No other martyr of this name is undoubtedly designated here than that most celebrated one of whom it has already been treated by us on the 21st day of July, on which he stands inscribed in the Roman Martyrology and very many other sacred Fasti, and enjoys a quite remarkable cult at Marseille.
g. The narrative of our anonymous author, contracted into an abridgment by John Stauracius, ends here (for the things which follow have only been added by this later writer); but concerning the temple which, as is narrated here above, the bishop Cyprian built in honour of St. Demetrius in that place in Africa where he had his see, our author supplies some things, not mentioned by John Stauracius, in that part of the same present chapter which alone, from what has been said, still remains in the codex formerly of Mazarin. Since they are noteworthy enough and make for the glory of our Saint, it pleases me to transcribe them here, with a Latin interpretation added. They run thus: Διακοσμήσας εἰς κάλλος τὸν ναὸν ἐξήτει τὸν Θεὸν δι᾽ [Note: ] [a word could not be read here.] προσευχῆς καὶ δεἡσεως τὴν χάριν ἐπισκιάσαι τοῦ μάρτυρος, καὶ μὴ ἄμαυρον γενέσθαι θαυμάτων τὸν εἰς ὄνομα αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομηθέντα ναόν, καὶ δὴ τυγχάνει τῆς αἰτήσεως. Ποιεῖ γὰρ τὸ θέλημα τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ τῆς δεήσεως αὐτῶν εἰσακούει. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ τῆ ἐπιφοιτήσει τοῦ μάρτυρος ἴασεις ἐπιτελοῦνται νοσημάτων ποικίλων καὶ πνευμάτων ἀπαλλάττονται τ;ῶ ἐλαίω τῆς αὐτοῦ κανδήλας χριόμενοι. Δήγμασι δὲ σκορπίων ἀνεπιβούλευτοι γίνονται πάντες οἵ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦντες· θῆναι δὲ αὔτη προσαγορεύται, τὸ πρότερον, ὥς πολὺς ὁ λόγος, ἐν δύο μησὶ τοῦ ἔτους Ἰουλίωτε καὶ Αὐγούστω μὴ δυναμένων εἰς γῆν κατακλιθῆναι καὶ καθεύδειν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πληττόντων σκορπίων, ἄλλ᾽ εἰς καράβους εἰσιόντων, κἀκεῖσε τὴν χρεῖαν ἐκπληρούντων τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτῶν· ἀπὸ δε τοῦ παρόντος ἀφ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐγκεκαίνισται ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πανένδοξου μάρτυρος, κάν εἰ συνεβῆ δηχθῆναι τινὰ ἐκ τῶν σκορπίων, ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου τῆς κανδήλας περιχρίεται εἰς τὸ πληγὲν μέλος καὶ τῆς ὀδύνης θᾶττον ἀπαλλάττεται. When he (namely the bishop Cyprian) had beautifully adorned the temple, he asked God through prayer and supplications that the grace of the Martyr might overshadow it and that the temple built to his name might not remain obscure, without miracles; and he obtained his wish. For God fulfils the will of those who fear Him, and hears their prayers. For behold, through access to the Martyr cures of divers diseases are accomplished, and those who are anointed with the oil of his lamp come out free from demons. And all who inhabit the city are in no danger from the bites of serpents; whereas the city itself is asserted to have been afflicted by these, since before, as report relates, during two months of the year, July and August, they could not lie down on the ground and sleep for the multitude of harassing serpents, but went into boats and satisfied there the need of sleep; but from that very day on which the house of the most glorious Martyr was consecrated, even if it happens that someone is bitten by serpents, he is anointed with the oil of his lamp on the injured limb, and is at once freed from the pain. These same things, which the narrative of our anonymous author, as it exists in the codex formerly of Mazarin, thus sets forth somewhat more at length, the abridgment of the same narrative in Mabillon at the place cited above, woven together by Anastasius the Librarian, also comprises in these few words: Through his (St. Demetrius's) prayer, if any sick person shall come devoutly into the same temple (namely the one built by the archbishop Cyprian), if he be anointed with the oil of his lamp, he will be healed forthwith. Further, this abridgment, although, from what has been said, agreeing in substance with the abridgment of John Stauracius, yet comprises still more other circumstances, and those noteworthy enough, which are absent from the latter, as he will find who shall compare the one with the other. For the rest, as regards the credibility of the things narrated in this chapter, so that something about it after a fashion
a. So that you may have some sort of view of the value at which the work below of this writer, of whom it is not known in what determined age he flourished, ought to be held, see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 25. Further, this work, which extends in the codex formerly of Mazarin from page 208 to page 226, does not in it immediately follow the work, already given, of the likewise anonymous writer, but between this and that there are interposed, from page 205 to page 208, the Homily beginning with these words, ἔφη ὁ σωτήριος, and mentioned more than once in the Preliminary Commentary, and some other things.
b. The miracle which is exhibited to the reader in the chapter below from our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193 is also narrated in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 209 to fol. 215, some things being prefixed by way of preface on fol. 208 verso and the following recto, with this beginning: Ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλα..
a. This chapter, which is again set before the reader here from our codex ✠ Ms. 193, is narrated in the codex formerly of Mazarin from fol. 215 to fol. 218 verso.
b. Thus both here and again below St. Demetrius is designated; and by what reasoning this is done you will understand from the Annotata subjoined to cap. 6 of the preceding book at letter e.
c. In the Greek text, after these words, τουτῷ ἀνδρὶ, the word φαίνεται seems to be wanting for the completion of the sense, and I have therefore adapted the Latin interpretation to it as supplied by that word.
d. Behold, a remarkable miracle indeed! But what is to be thought of it? Although indeed all the things which are narrated as wrought by the Saints above the powers of nature ought not to be held as fictions and fables on this head alone, that they are prodigies, yet the more prodigious and so the more difficult to believe they are, the greater the credibility and authority also that is wont to be required, in order that they may be believed, of the witnesses or writers by whom they have been recorded; and since this is so, whether our author is of sufficient authority to win undoubted credence for such a prodigy as he relates here, you will determine from the things which I brought forward about him in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 25. Meanwhile John Stauracius supports him, who affirms above, num. 214 and the following, that several miracles of this kind were wrought by St. Demetrius.
a. The present chapter, or, if you prefer, the prodigy contained in it, from the codex formerly of Mazarin, in which it runs from fol. 218 verso to fol. 221 verso, Combefis has already published before me in Greek and Latin together, among the Writers of Byzantine History after Theophanes, page 314 and the two following. And this indeed fell out very conveniently for me, since the Greek narrative of our anonymous writer had not been able to be copied from the said Mazarin codex; but, although this is so, and I shall here only reprint it as it exists published by Combefis at the place cited, I have yet judged that a new Latin interpretation should be substituted for that by which it is set out by this writer, because the one prepared by him renders only the sense of the author, but not also from time to time his words; which does not agree sufficiently with our method of interpreting Greek.
b. The Saracens, called by others Agarenes and by our author the sons of Agar the handmaid, because they are believed to draw their origin from this servant of Sara, wife of Abraham, through her son Ismael, stormed Thessalonica in the year from the foundation of the world six thousand four hundred and twelve according to the computation of the Greeks, and so in the year 904 from the birth of Christ, and, having thrown down the walls, and the inhabitants having for the greater part been either slain or miserably carried off into captivity to the lands of Tripoli, they burned it. So teaches us, besides other writers, an author beyond all exception, John Cameniates, Cleric and Cubuclesius of Thessalonica, who depicts graphically the whole History, which he had beheld with his own eyes, of his country then cut off, in a little book written on that matter, published first by Berthold Nihus and then again by Combefis among the Writers of Byzantine history after Theophanes; and it is undoubtedly of this destruction of Thessalonica (for no other wrought by the Saracens is known) that our anonymous author speaks here; wherefore, since he presently subjoins that the miracle which he narrates in the present chapter happened also at the same time at which this occurred, we have its epoch exactly determined.
c. By this name, which is at once indeclinable and of the plural number, are distinguished places of Thessaly, or the little region which comprises them, situated in a most pleasant valley which the river Peneus cuts in two, between Larissa and the sea-coast. See at the word tempe either Estienne in the Thesaurus of the Latin Language, or Baudrand in the Geography; or also Hofmann in the Lexicon of Antiquities, who besides explains why that little region was so called.
d. That the old man Achilleus, mentioned by our author here and above, was a bishop, Le Quien in the Oriens Christianus, tom. 2, col. 28, rightly concludes from this place; but does he equally rightly make him there archbishop of Thessalonica? That indeed does not appear so to me. For it is narrated by our author above that Demetrius, who, as is said below, num. 226, had left Thessalonica his country, taken by the Agarenes, met the old man Achilleus straight in front, as he was making his journey together with the Latin pilgrims hastening to Thessalonica to the tomb of our Saint, and having already passed the Thessalian Tempe, lying not far from Larissa according to the Annotata at the preceding letter, and said to him that he was hastening to him; and since this is so, and a holy bishop and metropolitan of Larissa in the fourth century, named Achillius or Achilleus, of whom it has already been treated in our Work at the 15th day of May, is known from the sacred Fasti of the Greeks and especially from the Basilian Menology, I think that it is he, and not a Saint of the same name who was archbishop of Thessalonica, who is designated by our author, who insinuates, according to what has already been said, that St. Demetrius, having left Thessalonica, which had been taken by the Agarenes, withdrew to Larissa to St. Achilleus; and I am most of all confirmed in this opinion because an archbishop of Thessalonica who was called Achilleus is not known from elsewhere. For the rest, the praised Le Quien also wrongly understood at the place cited the narrative supplied by our author in the present chapter, when he affirms that it is related in it that the old man Achilleus, who is narrated to have appeared together with St. Demetrius to the Italian pilgrims, and who, for the reasons already given, seems to be struck out of the Catalogue of the archbishops of Thessalonica, besought God in vain on behalf of the city of Thessalonica that He would avert from it the assault of the Saracens that was impending; for it contains not even a word by which this might be built up, as he will easily discover who shall read through the whole present chapter.
e. The apparition of SS. Demetrius and Achilleus narrated by our author in the present chapter, which the above-praised Combefis indicates in the margin, in the edition of the writers cited at letter b, page 315 and the following, to have been carried out by the ministry of angels, rests, as all the things occurring up to this place, where those which pertain to that vision end, make manifest, on the credit of the pilgrims alone; and whether this is a sufficient foundation for the said apparition to be believed without doubt, I leave to the judgment of the prudent reader, yet so that I should wish him to remember this before the other things which might be discussed on this argument, that the relations of pilgrims generally, and especially of those who, as is the case here, are not known from elsewhere, which contain anything prodigious and of rare occurrence, are all held suspect.
f. The ancient writers of the Greeks, as Strabo teaches, book XI of the Geography, page 507, and in other places, were wont to affect all the northern nations with the name of Scythians and Celto-Scythians; and so, after their custom, I think that by the Scythians are here understood by our author the Hungarians, who, carried from the North towards the South, first fixed their abodes, as the ninth century was drawing to its close, in Pannonia, thereafter called Hungary from them, and in the year 934, and then again in the year 943, broke into the dominions of the Eastern empire; and since besides he seems to indicate here that this last happened in his own age, it is also an argument, of whatever sort, that he, who perhaps (see the Preliminary Commentary, num. 25) flourished already even from the ninth century, composed his work at least in the tenth century. Add these things, then, to what was said in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 25.
a. This chapter is exhibited here to the reader as it exists among us copied entire from the codex formerly of Mazarin, in which it extends from fol. 221 to fol. 224 verso; and it exists also, on fol. 90 verso and the following recto, in our codex marked ✠ Ms. 193, set out in other words by John Stauracius.
b. Since our author nowhere declares whether he lived at a long or only a short space of time removed from the miracle already set out, I cannot, if only on that account, define what credence it deserves.
c. See also what was said about that sacred place and the frequent concourse of people to it formerly in the Preliminary Commentary, num. 93.
d. The name being namely derived from Ἀρμὸς, a joint or limb, and γεννάω, to beget or generate, and attributed to the Saint and his temple because in it he seemed in a certain manner to generate limbs, while he restored to health those which were dissolved or struck with paralysis, as our author here records.
a. This chapter too is set forth here as it exists among us copied entire from the codex formerly of Mazarin, in which it runs from fol. 224 verso to fol. 226 recto; and it exists likewise explained in other words by John Stauracius in our codex ✠ Ms. 193, in which it immediately follows the miracle given in the preceding chapter.
b. Neither a city nor a village of this name situated in Cappadocia do I find in the geographical maps or lexicons; so that, as an obscure
c. Since all the things narrated in the present chapter, with which our author ends his work, are said to have been done in Cappadocia, and he seems to have flourished not in that region, but either at Thessalonica or in a place not very far from this city, and so very far removed from Cappadocia, it can surely, if only from this, be not undeservedly called into doubt whether he deserves full credence in all the things which he records here.

Feedback

Noticed an error, have a suggestion, or want to share a thought? Let me know.

Support the Translation

The Acta Sanctorum has never been available in English. This site is translating all of it: January through September are done, and the calendar runs to November 10, where the Bollandists stopped in 1940. The scholarship pipeline is built; what remains is a compute bill. Contributions go directly to translating more of the calendar.

The Acta was a funded enterprise for three centuries; the translation runs the same way. Everything here is free and stays free whether you give or not. Wroot Press is a small independent press — an imprint of Wroot Labs LLC, not a charity. Contributions aren't tax-deductible; they buy compute.